Chapter 1: Kids these days...
Chapter Text
Presenting the Crossover that absolutely no one asked for:
Konosuba and A Song of Ice and Fire
A Clash of NEETs
A Full-Paragon Production
Directed by The Grand Cognator
Brought to you by: Cabin Fever
And, with a special thank you to our sponsor, Raid, Shadow Legends. Buy now and get a free bar of Axis Cult Brand Edible Soap!
Chapter 1: Kids These Days...
The large wheelhouse rolled up the bumpy road towards Winterfell, the small folk coming to the graveled road and waving and cheering as the king’s company arrived. The crown prince ignored them, trying to get in one last nap before he had to make nice with the boring people. They were his dad’s friends, so he figured that meant they had to be fat idiots who had an obsession with violence and, horror of horrors, going outside.
“Wake up, nephew. You do need to look presentable for our hosts.”
The prince opened one eye, glaring up at his uncle. “Why do I care if I’m presentable? I’m the Crown Prince, it’s their job to accept me, not the other way around.”
Tyrion Lannister sighed and shook his misshapen head. “You know your father intends to make Eddard Stark his hand. It would behoove you to at least make a good first impression on the man who will help run the Seven Kingdoms.”
“Fine.” The prince sat up, patting down his messy blond hair and smoothing out his clothes. “Mom send you in here to bitch me out or you come on your own?”
“Your lady mother seems to consider this trip nearly as onerous as you, nephew, and as such appears to be making little effort to display her good breeding.”
“So that means I don’t have to try either, right?” the prince asked hopefully. When his uncle just gave him a disapproving stare, he rolled his eyes. “Ok, whatever. I’ll even ‘speak properly’ so you don’t ride my ass about it later.”
“That would be wise of you, Prince Kazuma,” Tyrion agreed. “I’m so glad to have a nephew with such wit and virtue.”
Kazuma made a rude noise, and he and his favorite relative shared a good laugh.”Ah well, I guess it won’t kill me to act like a prince for a day.”
“Oh, you never know. All sorts of things can kill a man if he’s not careful,” Tyrion said as they walked to the exit, the wheelhouse having just rolled to a stop.
“Alright boy, now don’t go disrespecting old Ned,” the king ordered, shaking a fat finger at Kazuma. “None of your tricks now, you hear.”
“Honored father, I shall endeavor to behave with the utmost sense of decorum while in the home of Lord Stark,” Kazuma said, inclining his head.
That gave the fat old king pause. “Oh, er right. See that you do, boy. I don’t want any funny business now. Be polite and respectful, Northmen are prickly sorts.”
For a wonder, Kazuma managed to avoid rolling his eyes, then respectfully followed his father down the steps. He waited, giving Tyrion a hand, as his bowed legs didn’t take the steps well. His uncle nodded his thanks, and Kazuma turned to the family waiting respectfully for them. He remembered their names, mostly. The oldest was...Rob? Right, Rob, the tall one with dark red hair. The other boy was...J something? He wasn’t important, he was a bastard. Not that Kazuma really cared, but-
“BEHOLD!” one of the girls yelled, jumping out in front of his dad and startling the old man as she struck a dramatic pose, both hands over her head, red eyes blazing. “I AM KOMEKKO! CUTEST LITTLE SISTER OF THE HOUSE OF STARK!”
There was a soft groan, and Lord Stark put his hand over his eyes as his wife reached out to grab her youngest daughter by the collar and haul her back into line. Before she could though, another Stark girl jumped out, standing behind her younger sibling and quickly putting on a scarlet eyepatch. “BEHOLD! I AM MEGUMIN! FOREMOST GENIUS OF THE HOUSE OF STARK, AND WIELDER OF THE MAGIC BLADE, CHUNCHUMARU!”
Now Lady Stark looked furious, while the two elder Stark sons appeared to have developed a coughing fit. The baby, Ricky or something, looked delighted and was clapping his hands. Several of the knights had smirks on their lips, while others looked as mortified as Lord Stark, who was still groaning.
“A-And Behold! I am Yunyun! Foremost Seamstress of the House of Stark, and she who w-will be a p-proper lady!” the eldest Stark daughter cried, posing beside her twin sister.
The king's party was thunderstruck, apparently not sure what to make of this egregious breach of protocol. Kazuma, however, knew exactly what to do.
“BEHOLD!” He roared, drawing his sword and jumping out infront of his father. “I AM PRINCE KAZUMA BARATHEON! NOBLEST WARRIOR OF THE HOUSE BARATHEON, AND HE WHO WILL ONE DAY BE KING!”
Sure, Kazuma could practically feel his family’s disapproval, but he was not letting these northerners upstage him.
At that, Lord Stark looked up, his mouth falling open slightly, as Lady Stark paused in her efforts to somehow grab all three of her daughters by their ears.
“Ha!” Megumin cried, wiggling away from her lady mother who had confiscated the eyepatch and grinning from ear to ear as she planted herself in front of the prince. “At least, a southerner who knows how to give a proper greeting! See father? I told you we should do a full family pose!”
For a moment, no one could think of what to do or say. Then King Robert let out a deep belly laugh. “Seven Hells, Ned. The goddesses cursed you with one too, did they? Or maybe it’s three!”
“My daughters do seem to have somewhat unique sensibilities,” Lord Stark agreed as he stepped out to put a hand on Megumin’s shoulder. Kazuma could see wince slightly as the hand rested on her shoulder, but the squeeze that followed seemed more affectionate than angry or hurtful. “I apologize, your Grace. My children have-”
“Oh leave off, Ned, we’re old friends,” Robert chuckled, and stepped forward to wrap his old friend in a warm embrace. “It’s good to see you again, it’s been too long.”
“When the two separated, Robert nudged Kazuma forward. “Well, it seems you’ve met my eldest, Kazuma. Don’t ask about the funny name, his birth was marked by queer omens from Aqua herself and for some reason it seemed like the only proper name for him.”
“Strange you should mention that,” Eddard said, frowning at his own daughters. “I don’t follow your Southron gods myself, but Catelyn was most insistent on some...different names for our daughters.”
“That is because our births were marked by dark, terrible omens that have foretold that one day we shall be required to save the world from an endless night where the Others themselves-” Megumin was cut off when her mother very firmly grabbed her by the shoulder and yanked her back.
Everyone went through introductions after that, which was boring, so Kazuma didn’t really pay that much attention. Instead, he found himself eyeing the very strange Stark girls. He wasn’t really sure what had come over him to copying their silly poses, but it had at least been more interesting than the usual bowing and scraping crap people did.
Maybe staying in Winterfell wouldn’t be so bad after all.
Still, Kazuma made sure to fortify his sanctuary as soon as possible, selecting a room with a nice warm fire and a large bookshelf, which he had servants fill with all his favorite books. He ditched the fancy silks for a comfortable robe he could relax in, and set about partaking in his favorite activity: Taking a nap.
However, there was soon a knock at the door, and the prince opened one eye. “What? I’m in the middle of something!”
“Lion-O is missing,” a timid voice said.
With a groan, Kazuma pulled on a tunic and trousers, scratching at himself as he swung open the door to glare down at his younger siblings. “What, again?”
Myrcella nodded, her eyes wet with tears. “He ran away when he heard the howling and now we can’t find him!”
“You gotta help us, Big Bro, everyone else is busy!” Tommen begged.
Despite his cultivated persona of being a useless layabout and greedy jerk, there were a few things in life that could melt even Kazuma’s heart, and one of them was his Little Sis giving him the puppy dog eyes.
“Ok, fine. We’ll go look for your stupid cat,” Kazuma agreed, stepping out of his sanctuary with more than hint of reluctance.
“Aren’t you going to bring your sword?” Tommen asked, looking very worried. “There are monsters here, we heard them howling!”
“I mean, yeah, we probably could use someone to keep us safe,” Kazuma agreed, and put his fingers in his mouth and whistled sharply. “Yo, Sandor, come here!”
There was a growl, and a massive knight in plate stalked out of the shadows. “What is it?”
“Lion-O ran off again,” Kazuma informed his bodyguard as Tommen hid behind him as the fearsome Hound approached. “Oh relax, Tommy, I’ve told you. The Hound’s bark is worse than his bite. At least as long as you're good.”
“I-I’m good,” Tommon whimpered, but stepped out from behind Kazuma. Kazuma took his little brother's hand, giving it a squeeze. Really, Sandor was ugly as sin, but he was a big softy so long as you weren’t his asshole brother.
“You want me to help find your pet cat?” Sandor growled, glaring at Kazuma.
“No, Lion-O is my pet!” Myrcella declared. “Come on Mr. Hound, you always know the best places to look for him!”
“As my liege commands,” Sandor muttered, but followed after the little princess, and when she reached up to take his massive hand, Sandor clasped it, following along after Myrcella. It had taken Kazuma a while to convince Sandor that the most important part of keeping the Crown Prince safe was making sure his little sister was happy. He still seemed almost frightened he’d hurt Myrcella or Tommen, but at least Myrcella’s eternally bright and happy disposition seemed to be softening even the Hound’s black heart.
“You should get your sword,” Tommen said, looking worried still. “There are monsters here.”
“Oh, fine,” Kazuma grumbled, and retrieved Masamune and buckled it on. He barely used the thing and always hated it when his dad or Uncle Jamie dragged him out to practice with it. Still, he was pretty good for a twelve year old he figured, but it wasn’t like he could take an adult in any fair fight.
Good thing Kazuma firmly believed fair fights were for suckers and morons. That was one of the few things about himself he knew that Sandor highly approved of.
They wandered about Winterfell for a bit, looking in all the usual places that Lion-O might have run off too. The cat had been a nameday gift from Kazuma to his sister a year ago, and the spoiled cat still behaved like a skittish kitten most of the time. Even with the bells and ribbons Myrcella and Tommen adorned the tabby cat with, he could be quite the challenge to find.
“O-oh! H-hello, um, y-you’re Prince Kazuma, right?”
Kazuma looked up from his search through one of the many rooms that had been given over to the Southron invaders to see the nervous looking Yunyun standing there, biting her lip.
“That’s my name,” Kazuma agreed. “You see a cat around here? Tabby, got red ribbons tied around its neck, little bells on it.”
“A c-cat? Um, no, I haven’t,” Yunyun admitted. “Is it your pet?”
“It’s Cella’s pet,” Tommen said, nodding seriously. “Lion-O ran away. He got scared by the monsters.”
“M-monsters!? Y-you mean like that big scary one with the big sword and the dog face?” Yunyun gasped.
Kazuma shook his head. “Nah, that’s just Sandor. He looks mean but he’s not so bad once you get to know him. Tom just thinks there’s some giant monsters making weird noses, but all the books I’ve read say all the monsters are beyond the Wall now so the North is just cold and boring.”
“Oh good. Well, I-I can help you find your cat! My pet Lady is really good at finding things! W-We could be friends!” Yunyun stammered, blushing and looking down.
“Ok, you seem nice,” Tommen agreed. He’d picked up more than a little of the “improper speech” that everyone was always ragging on Kazuma about, much to their tutors and nannies' consternation.
“Great! Here, Lady!”
Kazuma turned just in time to see a giant monster barreling down the hall towards them, great red tongue lolling out, massive fangs gleaming in the light.
“AHHH, MONSTER!” Kazuma shrieked, and shoved Tommen behind him as he drew his sword and pointed it towards the beast. He felt a strange welling of energy within himself, and found himself saying, “CREATE EARTH!” A clump of dust appeared in his hand, and he tossed it at the monster in desperation.
Or at least, he would have, if Yunyun hadn’t thrown herself in the way. “Noooo! Lady’s a good girl, she-ack, pfff!”
Kazuma had ended up throwing a dirt clod at Yunyun, who rubbed at her eyes and started to cry. The giant monsters came to a halt and...began to lick her face? Kazuma blinked, and realized it was actually a great big puppy. A wolf puppy, sure, but it was clearly a friendly one.
“Oh, um, sorry, I-”
“GLORY TO HOUSE STARK!”
Something jabbed Kazuma in the back, and he spun around to find Megumin glaring at him, a sawed off wooden broomhandle raised at him in a two handed fighting grip. Written on the wood in crude charcoal letters was “CHUNCHUMARU.” Kazuma batted aside the stick in irritation with his own sword, though he felt a little bad. “Oh back off, Tommen was just scared to see a giant puppy charge us. I’m not going to skewer your sister or her dog.”
“It wasn’t your little brother who was screaming like a little girl,” Megumin taunted, striking right back at Kazuma’s sword. “And you made Yunyun cry!”
“She made Tommen cry first!” Kazuma argued, and before he knew it, he and Megumin were exchanging a rapid flurry of blows. They weren’t actually trying to hit one another, just doing the satisfying back and forth of striking at one another’s blades. Kazuma was careful to hit only with the flat of his own blade, as he didn’t want to slice Chunchumaru in half and piss off the irate Stark girl even more.
“WHAT IN THE SEVEN HELLS IS GOING ON IN HERE!?” the angry voice of Kazuma’s father bellowed, and he and Megumin both jumped about three feet in the air and spun around to face the red faced king, who was wheezing slightly as he lumbered down the hall towards them, Ned Stark hot on his heels
“S/HE STARTED IT!” Kazuma and Megumin wailed, both pointing at one another.
“Kazuma disgraced our family and assaulted Yunyun!” Megumin declared, pointing a finger accusingly at Kazuma as she tried to hide her “sword” behind her back.
“Oh I call BS! We were just looking for Lion-O when that great big menace of a dog of hers ran at us, and I was valiantly defending my little brother! Yunyun just got in the way!” Kazuma argued, handing his own sword off to a very confused Tommen to disguise his own guilt.
“W-wait, it’s OK, we were just, um, playing!” Yunyun said desperately, trying to play peacemaker. “It was a game! Um, Kazuma, he was er, showing Megumin how to sword fight!”
“Shut up Yunyun, I’m not supposed to have a sword!” Megumin hissed, putting her hand over her sister’s mouth.
“Ha! I knew it!” Kazuma taunted. “You’re crap with a sword anyway! I totally could have cleaned your-AHHH!”
Megumin gave up on Yunyun and launched herself at Kazuma with a snarl the two of them rolled around on the floor, kicking and punching at one another and hissing like two cats in a sack, until both their fathers grabbed them and forcibly hauled them apart.
“Boy, this is no way for a prince to behave!” Robert roared, poking Kazuma in the belly. “That’s not how you treat a lady!”
“She’s not a lady, she’s crazy! And she’s just a little girl, a very rude one!” Kazuma argued as he hung limply in the king’s grip. “Besides, YOU’RE the one always talking about tumbling a girl, I figured I’d get started with her!”
That got his father to shut up and go even redder in the face, his mouth hanging open. Ned Stark, who had been in the middle of lecturing his own daughter, paused and gave Kazuma a scandalized look. Megumin, however, was apparently even worse than Kazuma at knowing when to shut up.
“Ha! I’ll tumble you, you stupid brat! Just you wait until I get a REAL sword! I’ll study the way of the blade and tumble you so hard I’ll knock your socks off!”
“Oh Seven Hells,” Robert groaned, dropping Kazuma to the ground as he let out a panicked squeak and smacked into the floor. “Boy, that is not what I meant by...look, ya don’t talk about such things in polite company! And here I was trying to get a marriage agreement between you and one of Ned’s daughters...”
“Marriage!?” both Kazuma and Megumin exchanged horrified looks with one another.
“No way! I’m way too young for this!” Kazuma protested. “I just want to relax and have a good time! A wife is way too much work! I’d have to get a job!”
“You’re going to make me marry him!? He’s dumb and rude, and I hear he spends all his time in his room like some sort of NEET!” Megumin argued with her father, who had set her down somewhat more gently.
Ned, however, was eyeing Kazuma and Megumin, a thoughtful look on his face. “You know, your Grace, I might just be willing to agree to such a thing. My girls are young yet, but mayhaps our children will develop a fondness for one another.”
“W-we could be friends!” Yunyun agreed eagerly, even as Robert groaned and put his hand over his face, scrubbing at it.
“Your job, boy, is to be King when I get too old and fat to sit on that bloody throne anymore! What did you think you were going to do, have to become a cobbler and something?!”
Kazuma shrugged, feeling slightly abashed. “I mean, I dunno, I figured I could do something cool like become a pirate or Adventurer. You know, get rich.”
“You’re going to be king! Kings are always rich!” Robert cried, throwing his hands up in the air. “That’s what taxes are for!”
“Yeah, but that sounds lame. I’d rather steal my treasure from Lysene merchants or by killing monsters and taking their loot,” Kazuma pointed out.
“Ned, you deal with your daughters, I’m having a talk with my son,” the king growled, and grabbed Kazuma and began dragging him off.
“Me too, daddy?” Tommen asked, jogging along and clinging to Masamune.
Robert blinked, apparently having forgotten Tommen was there. Sensing an opportunity, Kazuma hastily picked Tommen up with one arm and slung him onto his back. “Of course! It’s time for some father son bonding time! Dad’s going to show us his certified anti-monster fighting tactics. Just like the ones he used on the Trident against Rhaegar!”
“Really?” Tommen gasped, looking eager. While Robert was somewhat exasperated by Kazuma, he at least paid him occasional attention. He seemed to forget Tommen existed half the time.
“Of course, you know our dad is the biggest and the strongest, and the greatest warrior in the Seven Kingdoms!” Kazuma bragged.
That got their father to puff up with pride, and he was soon regaling his sons with stories of his past adventures as Tommen listened eagerly, and Kazuma congratulated himself on getting out of trouble, at least for the moment. He did have to endure a brief training session out in the yard, but hey, things worked out.
Kazuma did wonder about that weird power. Had that been magic? If it had been, this required further study. There had to be a way to apply it to get out of his lessons with the maesters.
======================================================================
Viserys Targaryen was a nervous man, who lived in perpetual fear for his life, even in the manse of Illyrio Mopatis. After all, there was nothing he feared more than accidentally Waking the Dragon. He could still hear the screams of anguish and see the broken bodies from the last time the Dragon had Woken up, when assassins had come to the House with the Red Door.
For now, however, he was fairly certain the Dragon was asleep, and was taking a moment in the early morning to get some peace and quiet as he ate breakfast in the gardens. He had important visitors today, and he-
“Good morning, Big Bro!”
Viserys nearly choked on the pomegranate he’d been eating, coughing and spitting out the pulp and seeds he’d nearly swallowed. “L-Little Sister! G-Good morning!”
“It’s a good day today, Big Bro!’ his sister said, planting herself at the table and grabbing some of Viserys’s food. He didn’t complain: he might accidentally Wake the Dragon. “I just know we’ll find a way to get back your throne and go home soon!”
“Er, yes, Little Sister. I, er, was going to talk to you about that. You see, the Dothraki have heard of our plight, and are sending an emissary from Khal Drogo, who leads a massive army of Dothraki screamers. I was thinking of sending you with them, as, um, a peace offering and-”
“Oh yes! I’ve heard about the Dothraki, they seem really strong, Big Bro! Don’t worry, we’ll both go and make the Dothraki fight for us against the Usurper!”
Wincing, Viserys tried to find the right words. “Ah, you see, sister, I was going to stay here while you went. I, er, don’t have the constitution for such a long journey, and I’m not terribly fond of riding horses. I was just going to remain with Illyrio and-”
“Oh no, Big Bro, you’re the one who’s going to be king,” his sister said seriously looking at him with her strange purple eyes. “You have to come too so that the Dothraki can see how cool my Big Bro really is! They’ll be sure to swear themselves to you and help us take your throne back!”
“Er, of course, but you see, I was thinking that, well, since the Dothraki enjoy fighting so much, and well, you know how you feel about that! Well, perhaps you’d be interested in marrying Khal Drogo to form our bargain…”
“Haha! Don’t be silly, Big Bro! You know you’re the only man for me!” His sister gave Viserys an affectionate hug. It made his skin crawl, and he felt his breath catch in terror. “We’ll get married someday, just like all the Targaryens before us! And we’ll be together, forever and ever, Big Bro!”
“Um, yes, Iris. I’m certain we will,” Viserys agreed, and said a quick prayer to the Seven Goddesses to please, please, find someone who could take his little sister far, far away from him, forever. He had thought he wanted to be king, until he saw what his baby sister could do to people. Now he just wanted to find somewhere quiet to live, far away from violence and his Little Sister.
Much to Viserys' consternation, both his sister and Illyrio insisted that he attend the party with the Dothraki instead of hiding in his room, as was the sensible thing to do. Still, the Dothraki were amiable, with Khal Drogo finding Iris some sort of intriguing exotic specimen. They also met a knight named Jorah Mormont, who tried to pledge himself to Viserys.
“Oh, no, its her you want, not me,” Viserys said, pointing to Iris who was talking eagerly with several mercenary captains, who at first had been amused to have a little girl talk to them about how to best wreck mayhem, but were now seriously discussing tactics and ways to maim people with her.
“Aren’t you the heir of Aerys Targaryen?” Ser Jorah asked, his great bushy black brow furrowing in consternation.
“Technically, yes, but she’s Iris Stormborn, blessed by the Goddess Athena on the night of her birth. I’m just her Big Bro,” Viserys told Jorah bluntly.
Jorah seemed to be unsure how to take this, but Iris did accept his fealty “in the name of her Big Bro.”
Despite his best efforts, Viserys was unable to sneak away and find a boat for somewhere quiet and peaceful where Iris never tired to murder anyone. She always seemed to sense when he was going somewhere, and would insist on accompanying him to “protect my Big Bro.” Viserys had stopped going out after a couple of thugs had attempted to rob them a few years back, and the then ten year old Iris had ripped one of their arms off and used it to beat the other senseless with.
He wished he was exaggerating that, but he could still see her smiling brightly at him, spattered with blood. “Don’t worry, Big Bro, I’ll keep you safe!”
After a month, the wedding was set, as Iris had agreed to marry Khal Drogo, “If he can beat me!”
Drogo had thought this was a joke, and had remarked through a translator how he liked his feisty bride to be. Viserys knew for an absolute certainty that Iris was going to show up to the wedding clad in plate and demanding a duel.
For a brief moment, Viserys thought his little sister was going to be sensible for once when she turned up to the wedding party dressed in her wedding dress. He’d barricaded himself in his room the night before and claimed to be sick, as Iris had come to his door and asked if he wanted to claim her hand in marriage. He honestly couldn’t think of a more horrifying fate.
At the start of the wedding, Drogo had smiled at his bride to be, until she had stepped up and said in perfect Dothraki (having gotten Ser Jorah to teach her the words), “Khal Drogo, I challenge you for leadership of your Khalasar!”
At first, everyone laughed at seeing a fourteen year old girl who had barely entered womanhood and who came up only to about Khal Drogo’s shoulder if she was standing on her tiptoes. Then, seeing that his intended was being stubborn, Drogo made some lewd remark about breaking a horse before you mounted it, picked up his arakh, and strode toward Iris. Despite his mounting horror, Viserys’ couldn’t look away.
Which meant he got a very clear look as Iris easily dodged Drogo’s first swing, and broke his arm with a single blow, then his leg, dropping Drogo to the ground. On seeing this, Drogo’s bloodriders let out a bellow of anger and charged Iris, who was still wearing only her dress, barefoot and barefisted. Viserys groaned, knowing just how lopsided the fight would be.
There were only three of them, after all. And they weren’t even wearing armor.
Iris caught the whip of one of the men right out of the air and jerked it hard enough to send him flying towards her. She simply slammed him to the ground, then charged his roaring companions. She didn’t bother to dodge the arakh swing this time, smacking it out of the air on the flat of the blade with her palm, which made its wielder howl and drop the weapon, just in time for Iris to jump up and kick him in the chest hard enough to send the man crashing through the table Viserys was now hiding under.
“DO YOU YIELD?” Iris roared, having the last Bloodrider by the braid as she held his battered head up. He didn’t have time to answer, as upon seeing Drogo’s Bloodriders downed, just about every minor khas and ko had picked up their weapons and run screaming at Iris.
“YOU WILL ALL SERVE MY BIG BRO!” Iris roared, and picked up an arakh. “SACRED SWORD TECHNIQUE!”
Fully a dozen mighty Dothraki warriors were rendered limb from limb in a spray of gore, and Viserys whimpered and covered his head with his hands, pressing his face into the dirt. He heard Jorah fighting to protect him, but Viserys never looked up.
After what felt like hours, he felt someone shake him. “Big Bro, I won! I beat them all!”
Trembling, Viserys looked up to see his grinning sister, her wedding dress now a bloody rag. He already knew not one drop of that blood belonged to Iris, though she was so covered in filth and gore most would have thought her mortally wounded.
“Er, that’s good, little sister. Do, er, you have an army?” Viserys asked hopefully. Maybe he could send Iris off to Westeros and have her fight Robert. That would solve at least one of his problems.
Iris’s expression fell. “No, sorry Big Bro. I sort of accidentally killed Drogo, I think he got crushed in the melee. And then I kinda broke all his best fighters and the rest all ran away. And, um, well, we need to run because I accidentally on purpose set everything on fire.”
Viserys looked around, and saw that all the tents and pavilions were indeed blazing merrily now. There were corpses of dothraki warriors everywhere, and Viserys even hoped some of them hadn’t been Iris’s handiwork.
“Er, that’s good, little sister. Um, let’s just head back to Magister Illyrio’s,” Viserys said, trembling slightly as Ser Jorah helped him up.
“No can do, Big Bro. He ran away and told me to never come near him again,” Iris said mournfully. “Don’t worry, I got us some horses and treasure everyone left behind when they ran away from me!”
Viserys spent the night outside the walls of Pentos as he watched Khal Drogo’s encampment burn to the ground. In the morning, Iris eagerly scrambled over the wreckage, pulling out valuables as Ser Jorah watched in amazement.
“Truly, she is Queen Iris Stormborn,” Jorah breathed. Viserys glanced at the man, and saw adoration written on his features. He shuddered and scooted away. Another maniac.
“Big Bro, Big Bro, look!” Iris yelled, drawing Viserys out of his stupor. Iris held out her hands, revealing a crooning lizard of some sort.
Then, it spread its wings.
“Big Bro, I got you some dragons!”
Viserys started to weep.
Cast of Characters:
Kazuma Sato as; Joffrey Baratheon
Megumin as; Aria Stark
Yunyun as; Sansa Stark
Komekko as; Bran Stark
Iris Stylish Sword Belzerg as; Daenerys Targaryen
Aqua as...I dunno. The Maiden, probably.
Athena from Saint Seiya as; the Warrior
Various others
And the cast of a Song of Ice and Fire as Themselves (except the ones who aren’t)
In Memory of our good friend, ASOIAF canon. You had a good run up until the Konosuba cast showed up.
Chapter 2: Fight Like A NEET
Summary:
Eddard makes a strong case for World's Best Dad, which Kazuma shows that he still retains his ability to stick his foot in his mouth.
Chapter Text
Written and directed by: Full Paragon
Produced by: The Grand Cogitator
This chapter brought to you by: Dollar Shave Club. Try our new Spice and Wolf scented shave butter today, and we’ll throw in a free lesson on medieval economics!
And special thanks to our readers and reviews who support us on patreon. You can become a A Clash of NEETs patron at the Like level by leaving a Like today, and ensure more crack is distributed to a NEET in need.
Chapter 2: Fight Like a NEET
Early morning sunlight filtered through the red leaves of the weirwood tree in the Winterfell Godswood. Lord Eddard Stark sat with Megumin’s head nestled in his lap as she snored softly. She’d been ordered to spend the night in prayer and repentance alone in the godswood, but when Ned had come out to put a warm blanket around his daughter she’d already been fast asleep.
His daughter had hardly spent the night alone: Megumin’s direwolf lay curled around her mistress's feet, ears twitching slightly as she slept. Ned had already taken Yunyun back to her bedchambers, as despite not being punished herself, she’d snuck out to spend the night with her sister.
He smiled to himself and smoothed away some of her dark hair from her forehead. Despite the consternation she caused him with her boundless energy and strange obsessions, he loved his daughter dearly. He loved all of his children, but Megumin’s wild spirit had a special place in his heart.
“Goddesses of my fathers, watch over my daughters. Give them wisdom and temperance, and give me patience and virtue in dealing with them,” Eddard whispered as he stroked Megumin’s hair. “Help me be a better father, and guide me in accepting Robert’s offer to become his hand.”
“Well, for one who desires so many blessings, thou hast only the one apple and a bit of ale. If they desires so many blessings, thou should give better offerings.”
Eddard Stark just about jumped out of his skin when he looked over and saw a naked woman going through the satchel he’d brought from the kitchens. Only, on second examination, Eddard realized that this was no mortal woman: she had long brown hair from which poked two wolflike ears, and sprouted a long furry brown tail with a white tip. When she smiled at Eddard, he spied two sharp fangs.
“Goddess, you honor me with your presence,” Eddard gasped, and made to prostrate himself.
“Do not rise, my loyal wolf. Let thy pup sleep. She has many trials ahead of her,” the old goddess said, taking a bite out of the apple and chewing noisily, her tail wagging back and forth happily as she did so. “Hmm, this is not bad. Very well. I shall answer one of thy questions: The Old Goddesses are not in charge of watching over thy daughters. However, as a favor to my good friend Aqua, I did agree to host them in mine lands. And, of course, Winter Is Coming.”
“Winter is coming,” Eddard echoed, feeling as though the foundations upon which his world was built were being destroyed at a single stroke. True, he had always prayed to the Old Goddesses, but they did not take such an active role. Not in living memory, at least.
The wolf goddess took out the flask of ale, popped the cork, and chugged it, letting out a satisfied sigh. “As for thy next question, I cannot see what will happen in Southron lands. But, for the Winter that approaches, even the might of Winterfell and the Night’s Watch will not suffice. We shall need allies, Oath Holder.”
“I...see,” Eddard agreed, nodding slowly. Winter. Winter was coming. His children, would they be safe?
“Oh do not fear overly much; perhaps if you mortals were left to your own devices the world would truly be under threat once more, but these new goddesses of the south do so like to meddle,” the wolf goddess mused, rummaging around in the sack and pulling out some bread and cheese to eat.
Realizing the goddess could likely read his mind, Eddard tried to control his racing thoughts. “You mean… my daughters...they truly were born under a dire omen sent by the Seven?”
“No, just Aqua. Madoka decided Aqua could fix the mess she created,” the goddess replied as she rapidly polished off the food. She appeared to be nearly as ravenous as Komekko.
“Now,” the wolf goddess said, turning toward the trees. “If your Southron mate would come out and give me the food she has brought for thee, I will grant her the blessing she desires.”
Eddard felt himself flush with embarrassment as Catelyn slowly walked out from the trees, carrying a wrapped basket. Her eyes were very wide, and she was looking at the goddess with a mixture of awe, consternation, and naked jealousy.
“Fear not, Lady of Rivers. I have no desire for thy mate,” the goddess said, her tail wagging slowly, eyes fixed on the basket. “Thy victuals, however, are another matter.”
Looking at least a little mollified, Catelyn held out the basket, which the goddess snatched and eagerly shredded the wrapping, pulling out several steaming sausages, which she eagerly devoured. She gave a happy yipping sound, much like the direwolf pups, then nodded to Catelyn, wiping grease from her chin. “Very well. Ask for thy blessing. Though thou art one of the Seven’s followers, I shall grant thee this boon, as thou hast raised thy litter on my lands and are mate of my favored lord.”
“I…” Catelyn swallowed, then slowly took a seat beside Eddard, taking his hand in hers. She smiled down at Megumin, gently putting a hand on her cheek, then looking back up at the goddess. “I ask...I ask to quicken again, goddess of the woods and fields.”
Solemnly, the goddess nodded. “In exchange for thy gifts, I shall grant thee a bountiful harvest, Lady Wolf. Thy child shall be strong and healthy, and thy birthing bed easy.”
“And...and keep my children and husband safe,” Catelyn blurted, blushing slightly.
The goddess gave Catelyn a mischievous grin. “That was not the bargain we struck. However, as thou saw fit to bring me three more apples, I shall grant thee this other boon, provided thou agreest to a service for me.”
“Anything,” Catelyn agreed quickly.
“Let thy mate take up his burden of honor to his old packmate. Young Prince Kazuma will have need of the Wisdom of Wolves ere long. Thou, however, must remain in my lands: for I cannot grant thee my boon should thou wander'st far from my den. Thou shalt keep thy two youngest as well, for they too shall be needed here. The others must go with their sire; even thy heir. Worry not: There shall still be three Starks in Winterfell, and our ancient bargain shall hold true.”
“What of Jon?” Eddard blurted.
The goddess sighed. “Tell thy mate, oath holder of mine. Secrets do not become a wolf. Then, grant him his request and make him my sword and shield, sworn to me. He is thy blood, but his is the Song of Ice and Fire.”
“Jon Snow is not the heir of Winterfell!” Cately snarled, something deadly flashing in her eyes.
“Be at peace, she wolf,” the goddess said, her tone amused as she took out the skin of wine in the basket. She quickly drained it, then nodded. “Thy offerings are spent, my work is done. Send away thy cub and mine, and mate here in my sight, and our bargain shall be held fulfilled in the light of the sun.”
With that, the goddess walked over to the heart tree, and, in a single bound, leapt into its open mouth, leaving behind only the scent of freshly harvested grain.
“She was…” Catelyn whispered, her eyes wide.
“One of the Old Goddesses,” Eddard said softly, gently shaking Megumin.
“Hmmm?” Megumin yawned, smacking her lips and blinking bleary eyes. “Daddy?”
“Your punishment is at an end,” Eddard told his daughter, picking her up and gently kissing her on the forehead. “Go now to the kitchens and get some breakfast. Tell Fat Tom at the entrance not to allow anyone else in until your lady mother and I depart.”
“Ok. Sorry, dad, mom. I’ll be good,” Megumin yawned. “Come on, Chomusuke. I’m hungry.”
The black direwolf with the odd red marking on her forehead shook herself, then sprang to her feet, eagerly following after her mistress.
Eddard waited a moment, then sighed heavily. “That is not the first time a goddess has visited us.”
“It’s been nearly eight years since Aqua and Eris last appeared,” Cately agreed, shuddering slightly. “Ned, what sort of world do we live in now, where goddesses walk among mortals, and speak openly to them?”
“A strange and new one. Winter is Coming,” Eddard repeated, and felt the deadly frost in those words. John Aryn was dead, possibly murdered if Catelyn’s sister’s cryptic note were true. And he was to go south to be Hand of the King. Then, he steeled himself. He took a deep breath, gripping Catelyn’s hand. She pressed into him, but he shook his head. “Cat. I...the goddess is wise. There is a secret I have kept from you, for fifteen years now.”
Catelyn bristled slightly, looking wounded. She’d always wanted to know, but hadn’t asked him since that terrible day where he’d raised his voice in anger at her, nearly raised his fist. “Jon’s mother was Lyanna. My sister.”
For a moment, Catelyn could only gape at him. “But then, he is not-”
“He was not born Jon Snow. By rights, he is Aegon Targaryen. His father was Rhaegar Targaryen. He took Lyanna as his second wife. I claimed Jon as my bastard, to protect him. I...I swore I would tell no one. But the goddesses hold sway over the oaths of mortal men…”
“But why...why not tell me?” Catelyn whispered, tears coming into her eyes. She shook her head, even as Eddard gently wiped them away with his thumb. “You gave your oath to Lyanna before she died, didn’t you?”
Eddard could only nod, unable to find further words, tears filling his own eyes as the pain of the lie he had lived for fifteen years was opened again like an old scar ripped open. Somehow, Catelyn’s mouth found his.
“My poor, foolish, honorable husband. Do not let your honor be the death of you, Eddard Stark. I love you too much for that.”
From the tree, two wolfish eyes watched as her Bonded Warden took his mate, and she muttered the words of fertility and binding that would make their child her own. Those Southron goddesses had meddled in her affairs and lands long enough. Time she took back her pack as her own. After all, she had plans as well. They didn’t call her the Wise Wolf for nothing.
========================================================================
“You can’t sit there, that’s Vanir’s spot,” Yunyun called helpfully.
Kazuma paused in the act of sitting at the breakfast table. Tyrion had come by and informed him there was absolutely no room service in Winterfell, and that he would be required to sit at table if he wanted to eat. Since eating came in a close second to napping the list of Kazuma’s favorite things to do, he figured he’d haul his carcass out of bed.
“Who’s Vanir?” Kazuma asked, eyeing Yunyun suspiciously. There clearly was no one sitting in the chair, which had a plate full of food at it.
“He’s my friend! Can’t you see him?” Komekko pipped up from the other side of the empty spot.
“No, there’s no one there,” Kazuma grumbled. The only thing in the chair was a black and white doll. He glanced around frowning. If he couldn’t sit here then...the other other spot was by Megumin. He tried to pull out the empty chair and sit down anyway, but it seemed to be stuck. He jerked it again, grunting with effort.
“Vanir says if you don’t leave his chair alone he’s going to be mad at you,” Komekko told Kazuma seriously, giving him a disapproving look. From underneath the chair, there was a low growl, and Kazuma jerked back. He realized he must have been slamming the chair into Komekko’s direwolf, who was pitch black save for two glowing amber eyes.
“Hoost is a good puppy, he won’t bite if you’re nice,” Komekko declared, giving Kazuma a big smile. So did Hoost, only his involved a lot more teeth.
“Er, nice doggy?” Kazuma chuckled, then hurried away and slid into the chair by Megumin. She gave him a baleful look, until her older brother Robb elbowed her.
“I’m...sorry,” Megumin ground out.
“Huh? For what?” Kazuma asked, pausing in the act of serving himself some breakfast.
“For my unlady-like behavior,” Megumin half spat.
“Oh. Whatever. At least you weren’t boring. If more girls acted like you do maybe they’d be more interesting. The rest of them just want to talk about dumb stuff like how handsome I am or some nonsense. I’ve got a mirror, I’m not as ugly as my uncle but I’m not that good looking.”
“That’s a crude thing to say about Lord Tyrion,” Robb said, frowning at Kazuma.
Hook, line, and sinker! “Tyrion? The ladies can’t get enough of him. I was talking about Uncle Jamie. No one will touch him with a ten foot pole!”
From across the high table, Tyrion let out a chuckle and raised his goblet to Kazuma, who returned the gesture with a wink. Robb, for part, was gaping at Kazuma, but Megumin was snorting and ducking under the table as she giggled. After a moment, Robb nodded to Kazuma, a slow grin spreading over his face.
“Anyway,” Kazuma eyed Megumin, who was still sniggering as she sat back up. “I guess I’m sorry or whatever for not treating you like a lady.”
In response, Megumin made a very rude noise with her lips, which made Yunyun blush in embarrassment and Robb develop another coughing fit.
“Megumin’s not a lady, she’s an Adventurer!” Komekko piped up.
“Indeed, I am no blushing brainless beauty, but a battle hardened veterain of many campaigns! Soon, my fame shall encompass not just the north, but the entire Seven Kingdoms! I have slain many a foul beast already!”
“What, like a grumpkin, maybe a few snarks?” Kazuma asked, allowing a smirk to wash over his face.
“Oh, you mock me, Southron fool, but already I have drunk of the blood of my foes!” Megumin boasted.
“Megumin, you threw up when we had to go see dad chop off that poor deserter's head,” Yunyun pointed out. “Jon had to carry you back because you were crying. After you begged and begged for us to go with the boys.”
“You were crying too, and Robb had to carry you!” Megumin snapped. She turned to glare at Kazuma. “Don’t you dare mock me!”
“Hey, I ain’t exactly one to make fun for that,” Kazuma said, making a face. “Uncle Jamie made me go to an execution once. Not my idea of a good time. Ugly old bastard.”
“Well, perhaps you’ll enjoy one today,” a breezy voice said, and Kazuma felt a heavy hand fall on his shoulder. He winced, and looked up to see none other than the smiling face of what even Kazuma had to admit was his rather good looking uncle. “I’ve heard that Robb here is quite the swordsman, as is Jon Snow. I don’t suppose you two mind showing my nephew the yard, would you? He’s been rather lax in his sword practice, and I would so like to see him learn the techniques of other houses.”
Kazuma flushed. “Listen, I’m not-”
“Your lady mother informs me that you would be happy to do so, my prince, else His Grace your father might need his memory jogged about certain events.”
“You wouldn’t dare,” Kazuma gasped, half turning to glare at his uncle.
“I think an ugly old bastard that no one would touch with a ten foot pole might dare a lot of things, nephew. I’m certain they won’t be too rough on you. After all, it’s not as though you assaulted their sister and brought her honor into question, is it?” Jamie laughed, and strode away.
Swallowing, Kazuma put on his best smile and turned towards Robb, who was exchanging an evil grin with his baseborn brother at the lower table. “My most gracious Lord Stark, I’m certain we can all be friends here…”
“Yes! We should be friends!” Yunyun said eagerly, leaning forward as her red eyes glowed. Kazuma shied away as he felt Robb’s iron grip tighten on his shoulder.
“Yunyun, I think Myrcella was saying how much she would like to practice needle work with you later, and maybe play with Lady. She seems quite taken with your wolf,” Robb purred, his tone soft and deadly.
“Really?! Oh, I have to go find her, we’re going to be best friends!” Yunyun declared, and hurried away.
“I just want you to know that, if you kill me, it’s probably treason or something,” Kazuma groaned.
“Why, my prince, who said anything about killing you?” Robb gasped, putting a hand to his heart. “We merely wished to express our...appreciation, for how you have treated our sister.”
A short while later, Kazuma found himself in padded leathers with a wooden short sword in one hand, and a shield in the other.
“Just so you know, this is the sort of thing I pay you for, Sandor,” Kazuma called as a grinning Jon stepped into the ring.
“You don’t bloody well pay me, your mother does, and she thinks you could do with a good drubbing,” Sandor said, then spat into the ground.
“I shall remember this treasonous act,” Kazuma vowed. “When I am King, I will remember my friends, and who turned their back on me in my hour of need.”
“Kick his butt, Big Bro!” Tommen shouted eagerly from the sidelines.
Kazuma half turned to Tommen, an incredulous expression on his face. Jon was three years his senior and both taller and with longer arms and legs. There was no way he could-
Something triggered in Kazuma’s head, and he slid to the side like a greased pig, barely dodging Jon’s blow. “Oh thank Eris,” Kazuma groaned in relief. “My Luck’s in today.”
“I think your luck’s just run out, your highness,” Jon said, a wicked grin on his face. It wasn’t often that a bastard got to duel the crown prince, but as Uncle Jamie and his damned mother had given the match their blessing, Kazuma couldn’t very well wiggle out of it. Besides, he’d have felt terrible if he’d used the circumstances of their birth to get out of something. Jon couldn’t help it anymore than Kazuma could have if their situations were reversed.
Jon came on again, and Kazuma flung his shield at the older boy. That made Jon take half a step back in shock, raising his own barricade to block the projectile. Which was when Kazuma slid around to the side and jabbed Jon in the back, aiming for the kidney.
“Ow!” Jon cried, and scrambled away, his expression pained.
“Point to the prince,” the old knight, Ser Rod, or whatever his name was, called. “Reset.”
Grimacing, Jon kicked Kazuma’s shield back to him, but he just kicked it back towards Tommen, who picked up the shield eagerly. Jon raised an eyebrow at Kazuma, but the prince just shrugged. “Never liked that thing slowing me down anyway.”
This time, Kazuma relaxed, and just let his Luck do all the work for him. Some days it was in, some days it was out, but right now, Kazuma was the luckiest son of a bitch in the Seven Kingdoms, and he knew it. He bobbed and weaved, dancing away from Jon, and holding his sword in a one handed grip, the other hand raised behind him as he faced the other boy in a sideways stance. No one had ever taught Kazuma how to fight like this, and it irritated both his father and uncle to no end when he did it, but they weren’t here right now, so he didn’t care.
After a minute or so, Jon started to grow frustrated, his attacks growing more reckless. Although he was still disciplined and maintained his form, there were more openings. So Kazuma struck, moving in with a flick of his practice sword. Wrist, wrist, hand, and Jon dropped his sword and-
The older boy’s shield came around, and Kazuma realized he’d just fallen into a trap. It smacked him dead on in the nose and he staggered back as he felt his luck drain away. Jon bent to grab his sword, and Kazuma leaned over as well, acting as though he were more hurt than he was. Jon took advantage of the opening, and Kazuma jerked up, throwing a handful of dirt in the other boy’s eyes. While Jon was blinded, Kazma’s sword darted under his raised guard, poking the other boy in the thigh.
“Point again to the prince,” Ser Rodrik said, sounding amusing. “You fight like a Bravosi, your highness. Where did the king find a Water Dancer to tutor you?”
“A what now?” Kazuma gasped, putting a hand gingerly to his nose. He tweaked it, and sighed in relief when he felt that it wasn’t broken.
Ser Rodrik’s bushy white eyebrows shot up, and he stroked his mustache. “That stance, and your style...I could have sworn you’d tutored under a master Water Dancer. Masters of the blade they are. They fight with swords alone, only lightly armored, but they are a terror in a duel. Not a match for a knight in plate on the field of battle, you understand; no room to maneuver. But one on one...well, I’ve seen experienced knights humiliated facing them.”
“I dunno, just feels right, you know?” Kazuma said with a shrug. He eyed Jon, who was looking at him sourly. He really didn’t want to piss this guy off; they were supposed to stay in Winterfell for a few weeks, and Kazuma just didn’t have the energy for a grudge. “That was a slick move with the shield though, Big J. Thought you damn near broke my nose for me. Gotta remember that.”
Jon blinked, and seemed to relax. “Big J?”
“Yeah, I’m not so hot with names. I’d forget my own if they didn’t put it on my smallclothes.”
That got Jon and Robb to both laugh, and Kazuma noticed Sir Rod stroking his mustache rather vigorously to hide a smile of his own. That made Kazuma relax himself. It was hard to hate someone you shared a laugh with.
“I think I’ve had enough for now,” Jon chuckled, and turned to hand his sword and shield off to Robb. “Let’s see how you fare against the eldest Stark.”
“Ah, you see, I have a cunning plan for defeating this next challenger,” Kazuma said arily, raising his sword.
“Oh, and what’s that?” Robb asked, his tone amused.
“Tag team, tag team!” Kazuma cried, and dashed over, tossing the practice sword at Sandor.
“Oh come now, is that how the prince really handles a noble foe?” Robb called.
Kazuma peaked out from behind Sandor. “Heck yeah it is! You’re even bigger than Big J! I’m not stupid. Pick on someone your own size!”
“He’s a full head taller than me,” Robb said, looking incredulously up at Sandor, who hadn’t budged an inch.
“Really?” Kazuma walked out, frowning at Sandor. He then back peddled until he was next to Robb, and measured the difference in their heights. “By Eris, he’s right! You are a full head taller than me! Clearly, this is a fair fight!”
“If you are too cowardly to face my brother, perhaps you shall consent to face a challenge from the Foremost Genius of the House of Stark!” Megumin cried, and jumped out from behind the stables, wielding an arming sword in both her hands.
“Hey now, no need to get dumb,” Kazuma said, backing away. Megumin grinned and advanced, but this time, Sandor did move.
“I don’t think so, little wolf,” he growled, scowling down at Megumin as he put himself between her and Kazuma. “His Highness receiving his just desserts in the yard is one thing. Coming at him with naked steel is another.”
“Quite so,” Sir Rodrik snapped, grabbing Megumin by the collar and pinning her arms to her side. She squealed, but he easily disarmed her before dropping the irate girl to the ground. “There shall be no naked steel in my practice yard, especially not from you, young lady. Only Lord Robb and Jon Snow are ready for such a thing, and then only at need.”
“Why, because I’m a girl?” Megumin snapped, glaring at Sir Rodrik.
“No, dummy, it’s because neither of us is strong or experienced enough to trust with steel!” Kazuma said, grabbing his practice blade back from Sandor and striding towards Megumin. Robb made to move, but Megumin sprang right up to Kazuma, her nostril’s flaring and red eyes practically glowing in the early morning light.
“Well they won’t even let me use a sword, so how the heck am I supposed to be experienced?!” Megumin demanded.
Kazuma rolled his eyes. “Fine, here. Take this.”
“Ha!” Megumin grabbed the sword and swung at Kazuma, only for him to duck under it and then slap at her arm, making her drop the practice blade.
“See? You’re terrible. You go waving around a real sword and the first person you’ll hurt is you. Do you know how long my dad and uncle made me wave around one of these stupid things before they let me have Masamune?” Kazuma demanded, poking Megumin in the chest.
“I don’t know, because they don’t let girls have swords! It’s not fair, you’re a boy, they let you have all the fun you want!” Megumin wailed, tears coming into her eyes. Robb and Jon again made to move forward, but Kazuma picked up the fallen weapon and passed it back to Megumin.
“Well, I am a firm believer in gender equality. Which means I will totally drop kick your ass if you pick a fight with me again, we clear?”
“I was winning anyway,” Megumin sniffed, but held her sword up again. This time, away from Kazuma, and eyeing him sideways. “Just you wait! I’ll be ten times the knight you’ll be!”
“No, no. You’re not some knight. Knights are dumb. Don’t fight like knights,” Kazuma told her, grabbing Megumin’s arm and forcing her to assume a one handed stance like he used.
“Hear hear,” Sandor rumbled.
“Knights are dumb,” Tommen echoed seriously.
“What?! No! Knights are cool! They go on quests, and slay monsters, and-”
“Get their asses killed all the time by people who don’t run about in gleaming mail and aren’t afraid to fight dirty. You think I could have beat your brother if I fought all honorably?” Kazuma demanded, pointing to Jon. That made the other boy start, and Robb’s eyes go wide in surprise.
“...yes,” Megumin muttered stubbornly. Both she and Kazuma were oblivious to the ramifications of the crown prince acknowledging a bastard as Megumin’s brother.
“Well, you’re wrong. If I’d come at him in the same old stupid way, he’d have kicked my ass. He’s older, stronger, and probably better than me if for no other reason than he looks like the sort of dumbass who ENJOYS going outside and getting all sweaty.”
Megumin did not contest this point, instead allowing Kazuma to fix her stance to something he approved of.
“Right now, you’re at a lot of disadvantages already, so you can’t afford to fight like some stuffy old knight,” Kazuma told her, stepping back. “You gotta fight to WIN, not to show how brave and noble you are or some crap like that.”
“What kind of disadvantages?” Megumin growled.
“Well, you’re short, not very strong, and you ain’t had a whole lot of practice like you said. I don’t think swinging around a broomhandle whenever your mom isn’t looking counts,” Kazuma said, planting his hands on his hips.
By Megumin’s dark expression, Kazuma figured he had her number, so he continued. “So you have to take all that, and turn it into an ADVANTAGE, see? Yo, R Dawg, fix me up,” Kazuma said, snapping his fingers at Robb.
For a wonder, Robb tossed Kazuma his sword. “Old goddesses and new preserve us, he even talks like her.”
“Whatever you say, ‘R Dawg,’” Jon said, a very amused expression on his face.
“Oh, just you wait until I tell Lord Umber you’re ‘Big J,’” Robb shot back, but Kazuma ignored the byplay.
“Now, normally, in a fight, the little guy, or in your case, girl, is on the backfoot,” Kazuma explained. “But, there are advantages to being small. You’re harder to hit. It takes less energy for you to move about. And you are closer to the ground.”
“What’s that got to do with anything?” Megumin demanded.
“Hey, Tommy, someone big and scary comes at you, what do you do?”
“Get Mr. The Hound or you, Big Bro,” Tommen replied without hesitation.
Kazuma rolled his eyes. “They got you cornered.”
“Throw dirt in their eyes and kick ‘em in the balls,” Tommen answered seriously.
Ser Rodrik let out a startled bark of laughter, which he rapidly disguised as a cough. Robb and Jon, on the other hand, did not bother with the coughs, instead dissolving into hysterics as they leaned on one another.
Megumin gave Kazuma an incredulous stare. “That’s your sword fighting lesson?”
“Damn right it is,” Kazuma agreed. “First rule of Fighting With Kazuma: Fight Dirty. Alright, now, I’m going to come at you and-”
Megumin threw a spray of dirt in Kazuma’s eyes, and the next thing he knew, everything was pain, and he flopped to the ground. “Medic,” he wheezed. “Tell my mom and dad I love them, I think I’m dying. Oh goddesses, why did you kick me in the boys?”
“You told me to,” Megumin giggled, crouched down over Kazuma, a wide grin on her face.
“You win this round, you damn chuuni lunatic. But I’ll get you next time,” Kazuma gasped.
“Oh shut up, you stupid NEET. You’re just pretending. It can’t hurt THAT bad.”
“Oh, trust me, sister, it definitely does,” Jon chuckled, wiping his eyes with the back of his hand. “Oh goddesses, what did you expect to happen, your highness?”
“Oh go piss into the wind,” Kazuma groaned, the stars slowly fading from his vision. Which meant he got a wonderful view of his mother’s horrified expression as she froze when she rounded the corner.
“My precious Kazuma!” Cersei wailed, running over.
Kazuma groaned and closed his eyes. Perfect. This was just perfect.
“What have these vicious northern brutes done to you!?” Cersei demanded, her hands running over Kazuma. “You, Hound! Why did you not protect my son, your prince!? Are you not his sworn shield?”
“Begging your pardon, my lady, but he damn well asked for it. Practically begged,” Sandor stated matter of factly.
“Mom,” Kazuma groaned as Cersei dragged him up, hugging him to her chest.
“Don’t worry, I shall talk to your father. We shall depart at once! I will not stand for my eldest son to-”
“Mom!” Kazuma snapped, pushing her away. “We were training! Come on! You know accidents happen! I’m not a baby anymore! You want to mother someone, go bother Tommen! Megumin just got in a lucky hit, that’s all!”
“You!” Cersei snarled, rounding on Megumin, who jerked back at the emerald fury burning in the queen’s eyes. “This is not the first time you have savaged my son! Robert was too gentle, he-”
“Oh back off, mom. Do you seriously think I can’t protect myself from her if I want to?” Kazuma demanded, putting himself between his mother and Megumin. “Look, I was just showing her how to fight, and, well, she, er, well, she fought back better than I thought.”
“You were what?” Cersei hissed, stepping back from Kazuma. “Her?! How to fight?!”
“Yeah, that’s what I said!” Kazuma snapped, folding his arms over his chest and glaring up at his mother. Dammit, why was she still taller than him?! He was twelve already!
“The training yard is no place for a proper lady,” Cersei sneered, her tone a vicious mockery.
“Well, then what does that make you?” Kazuma demanded, his tone cold.
Cersei flinched as though she’d just been struck, and her wounded expression immediately made Kazuma regret his words. For years, he’d gotten along just fine with his mother, even enjoyed her affection and constant protection of him from anything that might make him uncomfortable.
But lately… Kazuma had started to resent it. He didn’t know why, exactly. He should have welcomed his mother rescuing him from the training yard. He’d nearly had his nose broken, and his balls still ached. But her going after Megumin, and acting like that in front of Robb and Jon, not to mention Tommen and Sandor… it made him feel like a child, and he hated that.
“Cersei.”
All eyes turned to Kazuma’s uncle Jamie, who stepped forward, putting a hand on her arm. However, it was Kazuma who Jamie looked at, cold anger in his eyes. “Your Highness. Is that anyway to treat your lady mother?”
Licking his lips, Kazuma flushed. “I...I apologize, mother. I was...hasty in my words. Forgive me.”
Cersei still looked hurt, but she jerked a nod. “I...I forget you are nearly a man grown, Kazuma. Perhaps you are too old for a mother’s love.”
“No, mom, I-” Kazuma sighed, passing his sword to Megumin. “Sorry. We’ll practice more later.”
Then he took his mother’s arm, and escorted her from the training yard. Tommen hurried up to Kazuma’s side, looking frightened and worried, until Jamie picked up the young prince. Sandor followed behind, ever the faithful hound.
Inwardly, Kazuma’s emotions were a mess, but he made himself say, “I’m sorry, mom. You… you know I love you, right?”
That made his mother smile at him, and she patted Kazuma’s arm. “Yes. I love you as well, Kazuma. With all my heart. Just...remember who your friends are. And who your family is.”
Kazuma snuck a look back at Megumin, who was still standing there, practice sword clutched in her arms. For a moment he felt...he didn’t know. It wasn’t a familiar emotion, really. It was sort of like what he felt for Myrcella or Tommen, that need to protect and that warm fondness he felt for both his siblings. A bit like the love he really did feel for his mother especially, and even the respect and desire for approval he felt for his father.
But this...this was something else. Kazuma wasn’t sure what. Only that when he saw Megumin...it was like he was remembering something, only, he’d never felt this way before.
It was probably just his balls aching still. Stupid chuunibyou brat.
“Mom, what’s a chuunibyou?” Kazuma asked, mulling the word over in his mind as they made their way to the apartments the Lannisters had claimed.
Cersei blinked, frowning at her son. “I’ve never heard that word before. Where did you hear it? It almost sounds like something from the Summer Isles, or Yi Ti. Jamie, have you heard the term?”
“I can’t say that I have,” Jamie admitted. “Why do you ask, nephew?”
“I just...I dunno. What about NEET?”
Cersei laughed. “That would be tidy, which your chambers rarely are unless the maids have been at them lately.”
“No, not like that. It’s...an insult, I think?”
“You certainly behave that way at times,” the queen said, ruffling Kazuma’s hair and kissing him on the cheek. “I’ll fetch a maester to see to your hurts. You lie down. Those Starks were far too rough on you, my little lion.”
“Stag,” Kazuma muttered as he was ushered to his bed. He’d started to hate being compared to a lion, even if he did look more the Lannister than the Baratheon. Part of it was his desperate need for his father’s rarely given approval. If Robert heard he’d gotten his ass kicked by a girl…
Kazuma just lay down to take a nap. His head was starting to hurt as much as his testicles. He’d ask Tyrion about those weird words later. He tried to sleep, but for some reason, he kept thinking about how he’d felt, looking at Megumin. He shuddered. Things were changing. And Kazuma wasn’t sure if he liked that.
Cast of Characters:
Holo the Wise Wolf as; The Old Gods
Chomusuke as; Nymeria the Direwolf
Eris as; The Smith? Look, there really isn’t a 1-1 correlation here.
Madokami as; The Father/Chief Goddess
Hoost as; Summer the Dire Wolf
Vanir as; Komekko’s Invisible Friend?
Jon Snow as; Big J
Robb Stark as; R Dawg
Ned Stark as; World’s Best Dad
Catelyn Stark as; Expecting
Jamie and Cersei as; Rehabilitating
And various others
With the cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as increasingly different people (and we’re just getting started!)
Chapter 3: It's Always the Cute Ones
Summary:
The Lannisters are trying to play 4D chess, but Komekko is playing Calvinball.
Chapter Text
Written and directed by: Full Paragon
Produced by: The Grand Cogitator
This Chapter brought to you by: Foster’s Home for Imaginary Friends. When your invisible friend outgrows even your imagination, send them to Fosters. Now streaming on fanfics.
A Clash of NEETs is part of a complete breakfast. Now fortified with extra Cosmic Horror! Just don’t think about it too hard.
Chapter 3: It’s Always the Cute Ones
Komekko was hungry. That was not a reflection on the current state of her stomach so much as a general fact of life. No matter what the hour of the day or night, Komekko always wanted more food. Maester Luwin was unable to explain how a seven year old girl was able to eat an entire suckling pig and have room left over for much more, but he had carefully calculated how much nutriment Komekko needed, and both the servants, her siblings, and her parents did their best to carefully monitor Komekko’s food intake and prevent her from gorging herself to death.
Little did they know that was actually physically impossible, but at the same time Komekko could have eaten all day and night and still been hungry, so at least they were being practical.
Maester Luwin’s efforts did not prevent Komekko from constantly plotting new and creative ways for her to attain more food. Her favorite practice was climbing up to the top of Winterfell and catching pigeons, raiding bird nests for eggs and chicks, and even snagging the occasional rat. After witnessing the horror that was her young daughter eating a raw unplucked bird, Lady Catelyn had issued orders that whatever Komekko brought to the kitchen would be cooked for her, over and above her usual rations. That suited Komekko just fine, as she much preferred cooked meat to raw.
“Sorry, Hoost, people don’t like it when doggies climb,” Kommeko said, looking down at her direwolf, who was whining and had his fore paws up on the stone of the building. Hoost started to jump up in the air to land beside Komekko, but she shook her head. “No flying neither. Maester Luwin says wolves can’t fly. So you behave, OK?”
Hoost whined, but nodded, then set his head between his paws and lay down.
“Good boy!” Komekko pulled out one of the snacks she had secreted about her person and tossed it to Hoost, who jumped up to snag it out of the air. She giggled, and turned back to her climbing. “Come on, Vanir! I don’t care if it gets your clothes dirty, we’re getting some dinners!”
If anyone had been watching Komekko climb, it would appear to them that she had the hand of a stuffed cloth doll gripped in hers. The doll seemed to have a black and white mask, with eyes of the opposite color sewn in neat needle work, and an impish grin on a skin toned face. The body was all in black, with white legs, though stitching made it seem as though Vanir the Doll was wearing some sort of formal suit.
Vanir, as far as the residents of Winterfell knew, had first appeared about the time Komekko had started to speak. One morning, the doll had simply been in her crib with her, with neither her wet nurse nor any of Komekko’s siblings knowing where the doll had come from. He was her constant companion, and Komekko would often describe him as though he were not a doll but a living person.
So firm was Komekko in her insistence that Vanir was alive that her Lady Mother had even acceded to having a place set at the table for Vanir. Most people just figured this was Komekko’s way of getting an extra portion at meal times, and hoped that Komekko would soon grow out of her obsession with her toy.
However, to one gifted with True Sight, they would not have seen Komekko lugging a stuffed doll up the wall, but rather that someone was climbing with her. This individual appeared to be a gangly gentleman dressed in a twin tailed suit of rather anachronistic design with white trousers and a yellow neckcloth, and white cotton gloves complete with well blacked formal leather boots.
“Mistress, moi must again object to this most demeaning method of traversal. Moi could simply teleport us to where the fowl thou seeks make their lairs, or perhaps simply lure them with a simple spell.”
Vanir, of course, was very much not imaginary, nor a doll. He was simply a gentleman, and had no desire to disturb the residents of Winterfell with his presence. Dukes of Hell did not drop in unannounced, that was far too impolite. He chose to appear as a doll to most mortal eyes because he found the entire thing rather droll, especially when the mortals tried to explain to themselves how a child's toy wandered about the castle of its own power at times. Their rationalizations and ensuing despair were most filling.
“Nope, no magic! Maester Luwin says magic is bad, and only naughty people use magic, and we’re good!” Komekko informed her familiar. “We’re gonna get a nice fat pigeon and some eggs, and take ‘em to Turnip and Gage to cook ‘em up so we can eat ‘em!”
Vanir politely declined to point out yet again that as a demon, he had no need of mortal food. His mistress was rather queer this cycle, but she had recalled the proper spells to bring and bind him yet again, so alas, he was once more forced to do her bidding. Besides, now that the foolish boy from Japan had appeared, Vanir was quite certain that those idiot goddesses were going to arrive, and that would mean Vanir would have an opportunity to harass them again.
This morning, Komekko decided to stalk her prey by the First Keep. The castle was mostly deserted, as nearly everyone had gone out hunting with the King. Komekko hoped they brought her back something yummy, as Kazuma had promised she could have whatever he caught. She didn’t know why, but Komekko really liked the funny prince as soon as she had met him. She was pretty sure he was like her Big Sisters and herself, in that he didn’t really belong here, but Komekko didn't mind. Her mommy and daddy were very nice this time and gave her lots to eat, so she would be good.
As they gathered up eggs, several of which Komekko sucked from the shell raw, Vanir made a sudden face. “Mistress, moi must beg that we depart for other parts. Two of those Southron mortals are behaving in a most disgusting manner below us.”
“Are they being bad?” Kommeko asked curiously.
Vanir shrugged. “Mayhaps, for all the lifetimes moi has spent as thy familiar, moi struggles to remember what sort of morality the mortals of this place follow. Is it forbidden to lay with thy sister here?”
“No, I sleep in Megumin and Yunyun’s bed all the time if it’s cold,” Komekko said with a shake of her head.
“Ah. And it is well to take another man’s wife as thine own?”
Komekko considered this. “I don’t think so. Septa Cecily might think it’s OK but she’s weird and Maester Luwin says Axis Septa’s don’t know how to be good very well.”
“Oh, well, then moi supposes they are indeed sinning. Lust was never a concern of mois. Such a base emotion is for succubi.”
“That means they’re being bad! We gotta make ‘em stop!” Komekko declared. Then she grinned. “Or else they’re gonna have to pay us!”
Vanir shrugged, and indicated the chambers where the two mortals were rutting. By the time Komekko clambered down to the window, they were finishing, which at least cut down on the filthy emotions pouring from the two morals.
“Hey, are you being bad?” Komekko asked as she hung upside down from the window frame, her twin braids falling past her head.
The two people let out a cry and separated, and Komekko grinned. It was Kazuma’s mom and his uncle Jamie! They had lots of food. Komekko’s mouth began to water slightly, but she wiped at her mouth and forced herself to focus.
“What-what are you doing here, child?” the Queen asked, pulling away from her brother and covering herself with her clothes. Yep. She was acting guilty! Score!
“Making sure you’re not being bad,” Komekko said seriously. “Because if you are, I might have to tell.”
This was her usual blackmail scheme: Often, Komekko would come across people doing various indiscretions. She’d caught Theon doing the naked wrestling with a lot of girls like these two had been, and he still owed her lots of dinners. He always laughed and paid up, which meant Komekko never had to tell anyone he was being bad. She often found guards sleeping at their posts, or her sisters (usually Megumin) doing something they shouldn’t, and would demand a penance of food.
Otherwise, she’d have to suck their soul out and eat it, but that made her gassy and wasn't as tasty as real food. Being a Queen of Hell was hard sometimes, so Kommeko much preferred just being a girl.
“Jamie...she’s seen us,” the Queen gasped, still trying to cover herself as her brother pulled on his trousers and tunic.
“Yep! Saw the whole thing. You were being bad,” Komekko said seriously, crossing her arms over her chest, despite the fact that she was still hanging upside down. Vanir, of course, was holding her ankles: she wasn’t using magic, that was bad, and she was good. Mommy said so.
“She’s a little girl, Cersei,” Jamie Lannister groaned, looking pained as he walked towards Komekko. He pulled her down from Vanir’s grip, spinning her about and setting her back on the windowsill.
“Yep! But you’re gonna have to pay now,” Komekko said eagerly.
“Jamie...think of our children,” Cersei pleaded. “Think of me. You...you have to do it.”
“The things I do for love,” Jamie sighed. Then he pushed the startled Komekko out into thin air.
Komekko flailed her arms a bit, only for Hoost to jump up from below. He turned back into his real form, which was currently a Wolf Demon, and caught Komekko in his arms. “I got you!” Hoost cried, and then grabbed the windowsill with one arm and flung himself and Komekko back through, going back into wolf shape as he landed.
“What in the name of-” Jamie Lannister gasped, stepping back from Komekko as she burst through the window along with her direwolf. He hadn’t been able to watch her fall, but the ground was nearly 200 feet below them. She couldn’t have survived, and the wolf… Jamie eyed Hoost as the beast circled in front of his mistress, growling.
“You have been very bad,” Kommeko declared, a wide grin spreading over her face. She was going to get so much food from this! “I could have been hurt. That was not nice!”
“I…” Jamie swallowed, and looked to Cersei. But she had taken up his sword, baring the naked steel.
“Jamie. We cannot let her tell our secret. The wolf, it savaged her, you tried to save her. Kill them both.”
“Wow, you just keep being bad! That’s gonna be a lot of dinners,” Kommeko giggled, rubbing her hands.
Jamie took the sword, but didn’t say anything, his hurt eyes looking at the girl and her wolf. Then, he felt a hand on his arm as Cirsei let out a startled gasp.
“Oh foolish mortal man who hides his pain behind a smile and his love behind his duty, thou would be making an error most grievous to take up thy sword against my mistress.”
Slowly, Jamie turned to see the grinning face of Vanir. He realized it was the doll, now a full sized man, come to life, and he felt his blood run cold. With a cry, Jamie drove the sword right through Vanir’s sternum.
Or at least, where a sternum would have been. If Vanir was anything even remotely resembling human.
“Oh-ho-ho! What delicious despair!” Vanir chuckled, looking down at the blade embedded in his chest. He tapped Jamie on the shoulder with a finger, and the man was flung back into Cersei, who was nearly bowled over as she tried to catch her brother. The two of them staggered, but managed to stay on their feet.
“Now,” Vanir said, the shadows of the room seeming to lengthen as the sunlight outside was suddenly robbed of brightness and warmth. “Thou hast attempted to murder the mistress. Moi simply cannot stand for this.”
From the shadows, things began to emerge and crawl. Dolls, exactly like the one Komekko carried around, only these giggled with eerie voices, and began to trundle towards Jamie and Cersei.
“Vanir!” Komekko cried, and walked over and smacked the Duke of Hell on his rear, making him cry out and jump slightly. “No magic! Mommy said so!”
“But this villain has attempted to murder thee! There must be retribution!” Vanir protested.
“Vanir, I’m seven. Stop using big words, they make my head hurt,” Komekko complained. Then she turned to the terrified Lannisters. “Well. You’ve been very bad. I think murder is wrong, ‘cause it’s killing people. Right, Vanir?”
“Most mortals do tend to believe that, yes,” Vanir agreed reluctantly. He snapped his fingers, and the dolls dissolved to dust and shadows.
“Well, we’re not gonna kill you, because we’re good! But, you are gonna get spankings for being bad,” Komekko stated. “If mommy and daddy find out...daddy’s got a really big sword. Bigger than yours.”
“Indeed,” Vanir agreed, absently plucking Jamie’s sword from his chest, then running a finger over the cut in his suit, which instantly repaired itself.
“But, I’m nice,” Komekko told the two Lannisters, giving them a big grin. “If you promise to be good, and also give me your dinners, I won’t tell.”
“What...what are you?” Cersei gasped.
Vanir rolled his eyes. “What doest thou think we are, O woman who lusts after her own flesh and abhors her own husband?”
“You’re a demon,” Jamie whispered, his eyes very wide, trying to keep himself between Cersei and the three monsters, of which he was now very certain the Stark girl was the worst of. However, her direwolf kept circling behind him, and Jamie had a sneaking suspicion that all the swords in the world wouldn’t help him here.
“Oh-ho-ho! What succulent despair! Indeed, moi is Vanir, Duke of Hell,” the dapper demon declared, giving a formal bow.
“I’m Komekko Stark! Sometimes I’m the Devil Queen of Hell, but mostly I’m a little girl so I practice being good.”
The Dire Wolf’s mouth opened, and it spoke. “I’m Hoost. Usually I’m a Greater Demon, but I sorta got shanghaied inta bein’ a wolf spirit for a bit.”
“You’re nicer this way, Hoost, so it’s OK!” Komekko said brightly.
“You’re evil,” Cersei breathed, tears filling her eyes. “You’ll see me and my children dead, won’t you, demon! If you tell anyone what we have done here, they-”
“Don’t be silly! I like Kazuma and Myrcella and Tommen. They’re nice. And I’m not evil, I’m good!” Komekko poked Vanir. “I think we need the Contract. They’re really scared, and they’ve seen you, Vanir. I don’t want Kazuma to not like me because he knows what you are.”
“If you try to hurt my children” Jamie growled, his hands clenching into fists. He tried to never, ever think of Cersei’s children as his own, or to ever speak of such things aloud, but he thought he was certain to die in the next moment.
“You’re not listening! I’m good! Plus, they’re Yunyun’s friends and I promised to be nice,” Komekko sighed. “Vanir, give them the contract. I don’t think we’re gonna get many dinners out of this one.”
“Very well. Standard memory erasure in exchange for services at a later date, mistress?” Vanir asked.
“Yep! They’ll probably hafta remember at some point, so maybe just lock ‘em away.”
“Very good, very good. Ah! Foolish mortals! Let thy minds be at ease! For today, the Forces of Hell mean thee no ill will, for our mistress is a kind and generous Devil Queen.”
“And hungry,” Komekko added.
Vanir whipped out two parchments, which he presented to the Lannisers. “Merely sign here, and here. Thou shalt owe Mistress Komekko a favor, and also thy evening repast for a week. In exchange, moi vows on behalf of his Mistress and all the Forces of Hell, that thy secret love affair shall remain as such, or at least, that we shall breath no word of it to mortal ears. And thy troubled minds shall be eased: you will not recall our meeting”
“You mean...you’re going to keep our secret?” Jamie asked uncertainly.
“What of my son?! What about Kazuma!? What are you going to do to him!” Cersei demanded.
“Nothin’. I think he’s Megumin’s? Or Yunyun’s? I don’t know,” Komekko said with a shrug. “I’m seven; I don’t really remember. It’s more fun that way.”
“How do we know you shall keep your word? Or that you are not simply trying to steal our souls or bundle us off to the Seven Hells?” Jamie demanded.
“Because Hell is super boring. That’s why we live here! Also, daddy says you always have to tell the truth,” Komekko answered seriously.
“And as a resident of the Infernal Realms, moi is quite incapable of lying,” Vanir added. “Thou should know that we of Hell are most solicitous about keeping our contracts.”
Jamie and Cersei shared a look, then swallowed. They both took up the quills Vanir offered them, and signed.
The next thing they knew, they were both following Kommeko down the stairs as her dire wolf led the way.
“Thanks for promising to give me your dinners! I won’t tell nobody I found you playing together!” Komekko called as she began to run off.
The Lannister siblings leaned on one another, their heads spinning.
“We shall… make sure you get your food,” Jamie managed, clinging to his sister and lover.
“Good! Don’t try to break your word,” Komekko giggled, pausing and wagging a finger at Jamie. “Vanir doesn't like that!” Then she picked up her doll, clutching it in both arms, and skipped down the stairs.
“Do you think she knows?” Cersei gasped.
“No,” Jamie whispered, shaking his head. “She found us after we were already dressed. And she said she wouldn’t tell, so long as we fed her our meals.”
“I hate this,” Cersei groaned. “Why can the world not know of our love?”
“Someday, sister, someday,” Jamie promised, and kissed her gently on the lips. Then they turned and left, their confrontation forgotten.
At least for the time being.
Cast of Characters:
Komekko as; Bran Stark. Or possibly the Queen of Hell. We’d ask her, but it’s her nap time.
Vanir as; The Three Eyed Raven. And probably Hobbes the Tiger too.
Hoost as; Summer the Direwolf, and maybe something more.
Cecily as; Septa Mordane
Jamie Lannister as; Busted
Cersei Lanniser as: Still kind of a bitch
And the Cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as Themselves (when they’re not too busy having panic attacks)
Chapter 4: We're Going on an Adventure, You Stupid NEET
Summary:
BEHOLD! I shall tell you the tale of how the Crimson Demon Clan ventured forth into the GREAT AND TERRIBLE Wolfswood, where they slew many fearsome foes, and how their GLORIOUS LEADER, Megumin, Foremost Genius of the House of Stark, took that stupid NEET on an Adventure!
Chapter Text
Written and directed by: Full Paragon
Produced by: The Grand Cognator
This Chapter brought to you by: Raycon Earbuds: for when you’re out Adventuring, but still want to listen to your sick beats to provide a suitable soundtrack to your epic acts.
WARNING: This product contains chuunibyouism. Middle Schoolers, people who may become middle schoolers, and people who are allergic to AWESOME should talk to their doctor before reading this fanfic. Careful not to cut yourself on that EDGE, champ.
Chapter 4: We’re going on an Adventure, you stupid NEET
Earlier that morning, Megumin had been stalking through the castle halls. She was dressed in her riding leathers, with Chunchumaru strapped to her back and her sling tucked away in her satchel. She made her way deep into the Lion’s Den, sneaking past many vicious orcs, trolls, and other horrible monsters, until she found the door to the NEETs lair. She proceeded to bang on it, violently.
“Wake up, Kazuma! We’re going hunting! Come on, I’ll show you where the grumpkins and snarks hide!”
There was a groan from inside the lair. “Megumin?! Do you have any idea what time it is? Go away! I’m not going hunting!”
“The sun’s up, which means you’re up, you stupid NEET! Everyone’s going!”
“Super. I’m not. I’m staying home with Uncle Tyrion. It’s awful outside. You can get sunburned, and bugs bite you, and you get all sweaty and messy. I’m staying in bed. Later, I might read a book. If I’m feeling adventurous, I’m going down to the kitchens to get some food.”
“I thought you wanted to be a pirate or an Adventurer! You have to train if you want to do that! You can’t lay in your bed all day, Scumzuma!” Megumin shouted, and banged on the door again.
All down the hall, doors were opening, and Lannisters were poking their heads out, glaring at Megumin. She ignored it: foolish mortals were always glaring at her. They just couldn’t appreciate greatness.
After a pause, the door opened, and a bleary eyed Kazuma glared out at her. He was dressed in a red silk robe, and had on fuzzy slippers in the shape of little stags. Megumin didn’t bother to hide her giggle.
“What did you call me?” Kazuma growled.
“A stupid NEET,” Megumin answered, folding her arms over her chest.
“No, after that.”
“Scumzuma,” Megumin said proudly. She thought it was an excellent insult.
“Well, what if I called you a damn lunatic chuunibyou mage?!” Kazuma snarled, poking Megumin in the chest.
“Then I’d say sanity is boring, and that I am not a simple mage, but an Arch Wizard of the-” Megumin paused, blinking. What was she saying again? “Um, of House Stark?”
Kazuma glared at Megumin for a moment, his jaw working. “Why do you care if I come? No one else does. My dad doesn’t even try to get me to come on hunts anymore. He knows I hate them.”
“Because he said Yunyun and me could only come if you did,” Megumin admitted, looking down. “And...and I really want to go. It sounds exciting, and I want to go on an Adventure.”
“Then read a book! That’s what they’re for! Real adventures suck! You get cold, and go hungry, and have to work hard and wake up early! Books are a lot nicer,” Kazuma argued.
Megumin looked up again, frowning. “But they’re not real. What’s the point? I want someone to write a book about me, not have to read what someone else did.”
“No,” Kazuma snapped, and started to close the door. Megumin stuck her foot in the way, wincing as it was nearly crushed.
“Please? Come on! Maybe we can practice sword fighting some more! I promise not to kick you in the balls again! And it will be fun! Come on, you can’t just stay in your room all day like a NEET!”
Kazuma considered that. “Ok. But only if you tell me what a NEET is.”
“Great! Get dressed and come on! And bring your sword! We’re going on an Adventure!” Megumin declared, a wide grin blooming on her face.
“Fine.” Megumin withdrew her foot, and then quickly knelt and massaged it after Kazuma closed the door.
What was a NEET, anyway? Aside from Kazuma, that was obvious. Megumin didn’t know why, but whenever she thought about Kazuma, she thought about him being a NEET. Furiously, she tried to work out what that meant. She really was pretty smart, if not very wise, so when Kazuma opened the door, dressed in riding leathers himself, she had an answer.
“A NEET is Not Ever Exiting their Territory,” Megumin stated matter of factly. “It refers to a shiftless layabout who spends all their time in their room, mooching off their parents instead of being a productive member of society. Which is what you do.”
“Yeah, OK,” Kazuma agreed, buckling on his sword belt and stepping out into the hall. “That sounds about right. Fine. Let’s get this over with.”
“Yes! This is going to be great! I bet Jon I could get you to come out, and he’s going to owe me an hour long posing session!”
Kazuma paused for a moment, one eyebrow raised. “You practice your poses for an HOUR?”
“Of course! A cool pose is vital to an Adventurer! It strikes fear into the hearts of your foes, and inspires your allies, while proclaiming to the world that you are a truly amazing person!”
“Uh huh. And that...the poses and weird greetings...that’s what a chuunibyou is?”
Megumin thought about that. “I think being a chuunibyou is an important part of my culture.”
“I’m pretty sure you’re the only person in the North who does stupid poses and acts like a lunatic.”
“Nope! Everybody does them! Right, Fat Tom?” Megumin said, asking the portly guard with greying red whiskers at the entrance as they passed.
He started, and looked pained. “Young Lady Megumin...”
“Come on, Fat Tom! Don’t make me look bad!” Megumin huffed, folding her arms over her chest.
The guard sighed, rubbing his prodigious gut absently. “We have been known to...play along with the young lady, your Highness. It, er, well, it pleases her ladyship, and, well…”
“Come on, Tom, like I showed you!” Megumin ordered, a wide grin on her face.
With a sigh, Fat Tom offered a salute, then struck a particularly egregious pose, hopping slightly on one leg. “Behold! I am Tommard, Foremost of the Guards of House Stark, and he who shall be Captain one day!” He blushed then, then jerked back into place. “Er, beggin’ your pardon, m’lord.”
“Ok,” Kazuma said, nodding slowly. “All Northerners are crazy.”
“Ha! Ours is a madness born from seeing into the abyss, for when one looks into the darkness, the darkness swells within them!”
Though there was barely any light outside, Kazuma and Megumin made their way down to the stables, where dozens of riders were already assembled, and more were making ready. The king was standing with Lord Stark, laughing with a mug of beer in his hand.
“Come on, let’s go see what my dad’s up to,” Kazuma sighed, and steeled himself and made his way over.
Whatever the king had been laughing about, his expression became one of shock when he saw his son and Megumin approaching.
“Kazuma!? Seven Hells, boy, did she actually-”
“I told you, Robert, my daughter is most persuasive,” Eddard sighed, but he gave Megumin a grin, and she smiled back, posing and sticking her hand over one eye in a V sign as she winked.
“Not like I could get any sleep with her banging on the door and yelling like that,” Kazuma grumbled. “So, where’s our horses?”
“Mine is Pucchin, the Grey Wind, swiftest of all horses!” Megumin bragged.
The king started. “Wait, girl, you don’t actually intend to-”
“Your Grace did promise my daughters they could attend the hunt if they managed to convince Prince Kazuma to accompany us,” Lord Stark interrupted, his tone one that indicated he intended to be stubborn about things.
“You’d let your girls come on the hunt with us?!” Robert demanded, looking at Eddard incredulously.
“We are not your soft Southron women! We are the Starks! The Direwolves of the North! We are she who howls in the night! When justice calls, we shall answer! Come, Kazuma, our prey awaits!” Megumin cackled, and led Kazuma over to the stables.
There, he found Sandor with his horse, Matsukaze, already brushed and saddled, along with a very eager looking Yunyun.
“Kazuma, Megumin! You came! Oh, I’m so happy! We’re going to have so much fun today with all our friends! I was just talking with Sandor, he’s really nice once you get to know him!”
“Aww, Sandor, look at you!” Kazuma said, giving his bodyguard a thumbs up. “Making friends and being nice! Next thing you know, you’ll be smiling and cuddling with puppy dogs!”
“Bloody girl just kept begging for your damn horse to be saddled. Just wanted to shut her up,” Sandor growled. But then Yunyun gave him a bright grin, and Sandor looked away, trying and failing to hide a faint blush.
“Ok, it was totally worth it to wake up early just for this,” Kazuma chuckled, stroking Matsukaze’s muzzle affectionately. He didn’t like to go out riding all that often, but he did like the horse his father had given him for his tenth name day, and did his best to take good care of it.
“Why nephew, that is so good to hear! Perhaps it is true what they say: the maiden maketh the burden light.”
“Uncle Tyrion!” Kazuma cried, and spun about. “They dragged you into this farce too, huh?”
“I’m afraid so,” Tyrion sighed, reigning in his horse. He was already mounted in his special saddle, which Kazuma had helped craft and design. He was remarkably talented at such things, even if he was rarely moved to engage in such experimentation. “It seems that everyone is expected to participate in this hunt, even hermit princes and young she-wolves.”
“...Not a NEET,” Kazuma muttered.
“Not for lack of trying, you stupid Pedo-NEET,” Megumin sniggered.
“Oh, so now I’m a lolicon now, huh?!” Kazuma demanded, glaring at Megumin. “What does that make YOU, Ms. No-boobs?! We’re the same age!”
“S-shut up! I’ll get my boobs someday, mom just says it takes some girls longer!” Megumin cried, covering her chest with her hands.
Yunyun blushed, her own hands going to cover her rather modest bodice. Unlike her sister, who could easily have been mistaken for a boy, especially with her short, messy hair, Yunyun was beginning to show the first signs of womanhood, much to her embarrassment.
“W-well, um, we’re going to have fun today, right?” Yunyun stammered, trying to change the subject. “L-Lord Tyrion, you’re going to ride with us, right? I just know we’re going to be friends!”
“There’s no need to flatter me, Lady Yunyun,” Tyrion chuckled. “No one will think less of you for wishing to stay apart from a dwarf.”
Tears filled Yunyun’s eyes. “You mean...you don’t want to be my friend? But you seem so nice...you’re always making jokes, and smiling, and making everyone laugh!”
“Hey man, I told you not to be so down on yourself,” Kazuma said quietly, taking a couple steps towards Tyrion. “Look, Yunyun’s a sweetheart. She really will try to be your friend. Don’t just try any of your perverted crap on her, OK? I mean heck, she even tries to be friends with me and nobody bothers with that usually.”
Tyrion frowned down at Kazuma, then looked up at Yunyun. She gave him a big smile, and the Lannister lord realized there was no vice in that smile, no guile: Yunyun just wanted to be his friend, and to her, that meant accepting Tyrion for who was.
“Well, I suppose if my lady wishes to be friends, who am I to argue?” Tyrion asked, and his voice came out rougher than he had meant.
“Oh good!” Yunyun sprang forward, smiling and offering a hand to Tyrion, who after a moment took it and shook, looking a bit amused. “I like your horse! He seems very gentle. What’s his name?”
“Cub, for he carries but a small lion,” Tyrion replied, a bit of the humor returning to his voice.
“You’re a good horse, aren’t you Cub?” Yunyun said, and offered the horse a bit of carrot she had secreted in her robes. The horse took it eagerly, and Yunyun had made two more friends that day. Megumin just knew she was going to get out that stupid journal of hers and write down everything she knew about the horse and Tyrion. Yunyun had a page for everyone for miles and miles.
The hunt itself took place in the Wolfswood, with a great many knights, nobles, and even ladies joining the party. As for Megumin, she led her band deep into the woods, seeking new and exciting adventures. She was hoping they’d find an orc (boar) or chimera (bear) or even a centaur (deer) and be able to take it down and return as triumphant heroes. However, the animals of the woods appeared to take one look at Sandor Clegane and the two direwolves bounding through the woods with the group, and decided that they under no circumstances wished to get in the way of that kind of trouble.
It didn’t help that Megumin’s concept of “stealth” was to wrap a black scarf about her head and ramble on about “becoming one with the shadows.” She shouted and yelled, waving about the newly remade and rechristened Chunchumaru as they rode through the wolfswood, doing battle with a variety of invisible foes.
Yunyun of course played right along, being well used to her twin’s antics. Kazuma tried to remain aloof for a while, but Megumin’s enthusiasm was infectious, and he’d read far too many silly adventure stories that featured snarks, grumpkins, and other terrible foes not to pick up a stick and wave it about as he charged right along with the girls (he wasn’t stupid enough to actually use Masaume for such a thing).
Tyrion rather enjoyed making japes about the children’s flights of fantasy, though he easily fell right in with Megumin’s delusions, concocting a grand story about her jousting and defeating a dragon when her horse started several pheasants into flight. Even Sandor seemed to be somewhat amused, making several acidic comments about Kazuma’s behavior. The prince, however, just laughed.
Megumin’s great triumph came when they started a young buck out of a small copse of trees while riding along a streambank.
“Go, Chomususke!” Megumin ordered, and her wolf leapt to the attack. The deer tried to escape, but with Lady cutting it off, it made a bad turn, and Chomusuke grabbed the deer around the neck, jaws snapping shut.
“Yes! I win again!” Megumin proclaimed as her direwolf thumped her tail eagerly, her bloody muzzle split by a wolfish grin. Scrambling off her shying horse, Megumin ran over to embrace her pet, then shooed off Lady, who was sniffing at the corpse.
“No! We shall return with our prize, and claim victory!” Megumin declared. She grinned at Kazuma, who was leaning on his saddlehorn and looking amused. “What have you contributed to our hunt? Truly, I am the greatest genius of the House of Stark!”
“Your wolf did all the work,” Kazuma observed. “But give me your sling and I’ll contribute.”
Meguin rolled her eyes, but handed the homemade weapon over to Kazuma, along with several rocks Megumin had picked out less for their aerodynamic properties and more for how cool they looked.
“Oh you’ve done it now,” Tyrion said, shaking his head as Kazuma selected a rock and placed it in on the leather, before whirring the sling about his head, casting about for a target.
“What? That thing? I mean, I’m not bad with it, I practice hitting targets with Jon all the time, but I don’t think the prince can-”
Megumin cut off as Kazuma let fly with a cry of, “Snipe!”
Megumin followed the path of the speeding stone through the air, and it knocked a pheasant that had just taken wing to the ground.
“Dog, fetch your master’s supper,” Kazuma proclaimed, pointing to the downed bird.
“Bloody well get it yourself, I’m not crawling through that brush,” Sandor spat.
Kazuma glared at Sandor, but dismounted and scrambled off, bringing back the pheasant, which he handed over to Megumin. “That’s one.”
“What do you mean, ‘that’s one?’” she demanded, narrowing her eyes.
“Kazuma, that was great! Where’d you get so good with a sling?” Yunyun asked as Sandor dismounted and took the deer over to the nearby stream. The Hound unsheathed his knife, and began to clean the kill, tossing the offal to the eager wolves.
“I’m just naturally talented,” Kazuma bragged, buffing his knuckles on his tunic.
Megumin and Yunyun looked to Tyrion, but he just chuckled. “My nephew, for all his complaining about martial pursuits, is quite skilled with sling and bow. He does always have to shout his ridiculous battlecry first, but his accuracy is rather surprising for someone who avoids practicing archery at all costs.”
“That’s because there’s no need to improve on perfection,” Kazuma sniffed. “I’m not good, I’m lucky.”
Indeed, on the way back, Kazuma killed no fewer than half a dozen fowl, including a large tom turkey. Yunyun even got Lady to start retrieving Kazuma’s kills, the wolf happily fetching the birds, then depositing them at Yunyun’s feet, wagging her tail excitedly.
“Good girl!” Yunyun praised, and tossed Lady a treat, which Chomusuke naturally grabbed out of the air and ran off with, her sister whining sadly.
“Mine is still bigger,” Megumin grumbled, eyeing Kazuma’s brace of game and the small deer carcass Sandor had wrapped in hide.
“You both are winners!” Yunyun happily informed them. “I’m so glad we all had fun today! Komekko will be so excited we brought her some food!”
“Yeah, she’s a cute little bugger, even if she’s weird. She carry that doll of hers with her everywhere?” Kazuma asked.
“Komekko is perfectly normal for a Stark,” Yunyun sniffed. “And I’ve never seen her without Vanir.”
“I’m starting to think these Starks are as mad as our young prince,” Tyrion remarked quietly to Sandor.
“Whole bloody world’s gone mad, Lannister,” Sandor growled. “Is it a wonder our prince found a girl as odd as he?”
“Perhaps not,” Tyrion admitted, but he smiled. It was good to see his nephew laughing in the sun. He appreciated that Kazuma preferred quieter pursuits, such as a game of cyvasse or a good book, but the boy was young, and strong. He should enjoy the simple life while he could.
Back at Winterfell, the hunt was returning, and Robert was bragging about the boar that he and Ned had slain.
“-and so Ned says to me, ‘Robert, you’re too fat to run down that beast and I’m getting too old, let those youngsters handle it!’ Well, I says to him, ‘I might be fat, but I can still-”
“BEHOLD!”
All eyes in the courtyard turned to where three children were posing atop the gatehouse, a grudging Sandor holding up the dead buck, while Kazuma, Yunyun, and Megumin were holding aloft a fowl apiece. Tyrion stood to the side, looking amused and bearing the dead turkey. Two wolves flanked the party, and started howling, throwing their heads back and splitting the air with their cries.
“We, the Crimson Demon Clan of Adventurers, have ventured forth this day and slain the fiercest of foes within the dark and deadly Wolfswood!” Megumin declared, grinning and passing her hand over her left eye, which once more bore an eyepatch, this one cut from a corner of Kazuma’s red riding cloak.
“Lo, we have slain the deadly Jabberwocky, and claimed its meat for ourselves!” Kazuma boasted, pointing to the deer, which made Sandor roll his eyes and foist the carcass up a little higher.
“And we couldn’t have done it without our friends!” Yunyun added, smiling happily.
“Indeed, such incredible feats of daring and bravery have scarcely been seen outside the pages of the most fanciful of children’s tales,” Tyrion agreed. “Verily, I thought this fearsome bird might have pecked my eyes out if not for my nephew’s timely intervention.”
“Indeed, for that is none other than the deadly Cockatrice of Axel!” Meguimin boasted. “We ventured deep into a dungeon, facing many terrible foes! But Ser Tyrion, in a brave act of valor, felled the terrible beast with a single blow from his axe!”
“Did I now?” Tyrion asked, chuckling. “I must have forgotten in all the excitement.”
“You call me Ser Clegaine and I’m chucking your bloody deer over the wall,” Sandor growled.
“And Archwizard Clegaine, using only his fearsome glare, fended off a terrible gorgon!” Megumin added, without skipping a beat. Sandor snorted, but was clearly having a harder and harder time not smiling at the small girl’s ever evolving vivid tale, which included several close calls, a battle with a band of wildlings, Megumin saving the prince from giant toads of all things, and Yunyun and Megumin “combining their deep crimson” to slay a “general of the Witch Beyond the Wall herself!”
“Ned,” Robert said quietly as the crowd whistled and cheered to hear of the exploits of the “Crimson Demon Clan”. “I’m starting to think both our children are quite mad, you know that?”
“You just realized that now, did you Robert?” Eddard whispered back, smiling and clapping as Megumin’s ramblings wound down.
“Seven Hells Ned, they’re going to have to get married. No one else would tolerate them! You know that half the maidens in King's Landing call my son Pervzuma? Apparently, he’s managed to steal several of their smallclothes. How, I have no bloody idea. The boy seems like he’s afraid of women half the time, and uninterested the other half. But I swear, at twelve he’s more of a lecher than I ever was.”
“They’re still young,” Eddard told his friend, slapping the king on the shoulder. “But I think this match will turn out to be most beneficial to the both of us.”
“Aye, I suppose it will be good for the North to have closer ties to the throne, and the South,” Robert agreed.
“I was more thinking that it would give their poor fathers some peace of mind, and keep us from going bald and white, while their mothers tear their hair out in frustration,” Eddard whispered, his mouth near to the king's ear.
Robert started, his eyes going wide as Eddard slapped him on the back again and stepped away a pace. “You have changed, Ned. What happened to that dour man of honor who couldn’t have had fun in a whorehouse?”
“He had children, and realized some things are more important than a man's honor,” Eddard said with a shake of his head. “Megumin has had a way of making her poor father consider what is merely a point of pride, and what really matters to him. In the end, I’ve picked her time and again.”
Robert grunted, and looked up at his son, considering. “Well. Maybe there’s some wisdom in that.”
Up above them, Megumin bowed to her adoring audience, and stepped back. “Come, let us depart to the kitchens, that we might feast on the spoils of victory!”
Beaming with pride, Megumin only came to a halt when she found her mother and the queen waiting for them at the base of the stairs, worryingly neutral expressions on their faces.
“Er, greetings, mother. Have you, um, come to witness our glory?” Megumin stammered, taking half a step back.
However, Kazuma boldly continued on, taking Megumin by the hand and dragging her forward. “My ladies! I bequeath to you the first of the spoils of our conquest! We shall have the cooks prepare an excellent dish especially for you. Won’t we, O fearless leader?”
“Um, yes! That is exactly what we shall do!” Megumin agreed, grinning widely at her mother and praying to the goddesses old and new she didn’t get in trouble for this. She wasn’t sure exactly what she had done that would get her in the most trouble, but she was also fairly certain she had done a variety of things that her mother had forbidden, the first of which was that both she and Yunyun were dressed in boys clothes.
Instead glaring at her daughters, Catelyn looked to the prince. “Did my daughters act as proper hostesses, Your Highness?”
“Um, yes?” Kazuma ventured. “I mean, yes, Lady Stark. Your daughters have been the very model of, er, feminine grace and beauty, and have catered to my every need.”
“Oh mom, you won’t believe how much fun we had!” Yunyun cried, breezing past her sibling and giving her mother a hug and a big grin. “Kazuma is really good with a sling! He got all kinds of birds today! Oh, and Queen Cersei, your brother is so funny! We’re good friends now! Did you see the stitching Myrcella and I did yesterday? She says you’re really good at it too! Tomorrow, let’s all sit together and do some needlework, my mom’s good at it too! I’ll make Megumin behave, and Mr. Sandor says Kazuma’s pretty good with a needle too! Please, can we?”
Cercei blinked at Yunyun, then looked up at her son, who blushed. “Well, I mean, it’s not hard or anything. Anyone can figure out how to sew an eyepatch.”
“Come on, let’s go get Komekko and we can help my friend Turnip cook the food!” Yunyun said, and grabbed Kazuma and Megumin and hauled them away.
“Sister. Lady Stark,” Tyrion said, easing himself down the stairs. Then he waddled off, chuckling to himself. Sandor just followed after the children silently, still carrying the deer carcass.
The two ladies watched them go, then Cersei let out a long, much suffering sigh. “I have a bottle of Dornish Red secreted in my rooms. I believe you could use a cup or two of it as much as I, Lady Stark.”
“I rather think you are right,” Catelyn agreed. She’d never thought she’d bond with Cercei Lannister of all people over the trials of motherhood, but…” At least if we’re drunk enough, we won’t have to strangle our children and husbands for their foolishness.”
By the time the feast rolled around, Cersei and Catelyn were both further into their cups than the King, and well on their way to becoming fast friends. Yunyun couldn’t have been happier.
Cast of Characters
Kazuma Sato as; Joffrey Baratheon’s less douchey cousin.
Megumin as; The Foremost Genius of the House of Stark, Aria.
Yunyun as: Sansa, if she were a friendship addict, and apparently better at politics.
Chomusuke as; Nymeria the Dire Wolf
Sandor Clegane as; Ser Definitely Not A Ser
Tyrion Lannister as; the newest member of the Crimson Demon Clan
Robart Baratheon as; working on his dadding, but rocking that dad bod.
Cersei and Catelyn as; Say thanks to your mom, kids. She puts up with all your shit.
And Eddard Stark as; By the Old Goddesses, my daughter might not die alone.
With the Very Confused cast of a Song of Ice and Fire as (mostly) themselves.
Chapter 5: Not Entirely Useless
Summary:
In the end, isn't everything always Aqua's fault?
Chapter Text
Written and Directed by: Full-Paragon
Produced by: @The Grand Cognator
This Fic is sponsored by: Smartwater. Feeling dumb? Drink a bottle of Smartwater! Then, you’ll still be dumb, but at least you’ll be hydrated!
And brought to you by your local PBS Station, and reviews from readers like you. Thank you.
Chapter 5: Not Entirely Useless
Snow blanketed the ground, and a cold wind blew out of the North. Though this winter had lasted only a few months and would be a brief one, no Northern Winter was ever light. There was no one about on the road, and the sky was black, save for the twinkling of scattered stars. Then, two squabbling voices filled the peaceful air.
“Oh man, why couldn’t we make it summer? It’s too cold right now! I’m going to freeze!”
“I told you it was cold, but you said you didn’t need a heavier jacket. And would it kill you to wear pants, or at least a longer dress? Seriously, no one wears a skirt in the Winter Time.”
“Ugh, I’m just going to make it Summer for a bit, this is too cold.”
“No, don’t do that! Do you even REMEMBER how hard it was to get Holo to allow us up here?! We had to give her a literal ton of apples!”
Two young women walked along the cleared path towards the castle gates through Winter Town, one dressed in a thick, sensible ladies dress and cloak with a feathered mantle, and the other in a cute white jacket and white cap. Though she had on long stockings, part of her legs were barred by her dangerously short skirt. A few eyes peeked out at the strangers, but as it was cold outside, none of the towns residents bothered to confront the two women.
“Oh man, the gate’s closed,” the woman in the skirt sighed when they got to the castle. “How are we supposed to get in?”
“Ugh, I knew this would happen. We should have just appeared in the Sept,” the other complained.
“...but I wanted to see the town! Gotta make sure this is the right place, you know? Maybe we should just do the Reach or Dorne again instead. It’s warmer there.”
“I’m not going all the way back to the south after we came here. Besides, we agreed that this was the best place for the three of them. I’m not resubmitting our plan because you can’t handle the cold.”
“Hmph. Well, whatever. You’re the lucky one, how do we get the gate open?”
“Come on, there’s a side door somewhere.”
The two women started to trudge through the waist high snow, until the first got fed up and clapped her hands. Instantly, the snow flew out of her way, piling itself neatly in a stack to the side.
“...you forgot that snow is water again, didn’t you?” her companion sighed.
“Shut up. Snow is icky water, it hardly counts.”
“Do you remember that clouds are water, too?”
“Of course I remember that! That’s where rain comes from! How dumb do you think I am!?”
“...you really want me to answer that?”
After several minutes of walking and bickering, the two young women found a side gate, and the warmly dressed one walked out the door, tapping it with her finger. “Pick Lock.”
The door swung open, and both girls stepped inside, only to be confronted by a suddenly very alert pair of guards.
“Who goes there?” Fat Tom, who wasn’t so fat yet, growled, pointing his spear at them.
The cutely dressed girl stepped forward, grinning broadly. “Greetings, mortal! I am the-”
“No one is here,” her companion said, clamping her hand over her friend's mouth. “You opened the gate to check on a noise. Nothing was there. Go back to your duty.”
“We opened the gate to check on a noise,” Skinnier Tom intoned, his eyes going dull. “There was nothing there. We should go back to our duty.”
“This is a stealth mission, you ninny! Lurk!”
The two women vanished, and aside from a trail of footprints in the snow, there was no sign of their passage.
Up in the Lord’s room, Eddard and Catelyn were lying in one another's arms, sweaty and content, having just finished one of the only activities one can partake in during a long winter night. The room felt a bit empty to Catelyn, as not long before Robb had been moved to his own chambers. He was nearly three, and now his nurse would be tending to him instead of his parents. She was hoping that she would have another child soon: Eddard had been home for several years, and though they had shared a bed frequently, she had not yet quickened again.
Both were just about to fall asleep when the door banged open to reveal the two strange girls.
“Greetings, Mortals! I am the-oh, you’re going to complain again? These are the right mortals, aren’t they?”
“Oh my me, this is not how you introduce yourself!”
Eddard sprang out of bed, his hand flying to his sword as his mouth opened to yell for the guards. Catelyn screamed and drew the bed sheets up to herself. The two quarreling women paused as Eddard raised Ice, but their reactions made him freeze.
“Heh heh. Nice,” the first woman said, giving Eddard a thumbs up. “Guess we don’t have to worry about Megumin’s dad being under equipped.”
“Um, er, we’re supposed to be virginal goddesses, please put some clothes on,” the other whimpered, covering her eyes.
“Speak for yourself. YOU can be the Maiden: Madoka doesn’t have a no-boinking rule for her pantheon and I’m thinking about trying it out,” the woman turned back to Eddard, giving him a big grin. “Behold, mortal! We are the goddesses, here to grant you a divine blessing!”
“You don’t look like any goddesses I worship,” Eddard said slowly, not lowering his sword.
“Huh? Wait, is he on the list?”
“Um, no, he’s not. Catelyn is though. Eddard’s one of Holo’s,” the blushing goddess said, taking out a parchment from thin air and looking it over.
“Seven preserve us,” Catelyn gasped, lowering the blankets slightly as she gaped in astonishment. “Ned...I think...I think that’s Aqua and Eris.”
“Yep!” the blue haired goddess said, giving Catelyn a big grin. “That’s us! We’re here to talk to you about our Isekai program!”
“Aqua, they’re not Japanese. They don’t know what an Isekai Program is. And do they really look like NEETs to you? Come on. We’ve been the Goddesses of this world for literally seven thousand years,” Eris groaned.
“Oh. Um, we’re here to…”
“Talk to you about how we’re going to save your world,” Eris said firmly. “Please, Eddard, put the sword down. We want to help save your house.”
“And we want to hang out with-” Eris clamped her hand over Aqua’s mouth and hissed something in her ear again, but Eddard did lower his sword slowly. Then he blushed, and hurriedly grabbed his clothes, scrambling into them and tossing Catelyn her own.
“Oh, don’t worry about that, we see lots of naked mortals. You would not BELIEVE how many people envision themselves as naked when they die,” Aqua giggled.
“Goddesses, we are...we are honored by your presence,” Catelyn managed, pulling her nightgown over her head quickly. “But...why have you come to visit us?”
Aqua’s expression fell, and Eris looked grim. “Yours is the world of Ice and Fire. Things are...unbalanced. Winter and Summer last for years, and the world tilts between destruction by both. This is now how things were meant to be.”
“We weren’t the original gods in charge of your world. But those gods were super lazy, so we kicked ‘em out and took over,” Aqua explained. “There are some terrible forces of, er, the Ice King?”
“Between the Lord of Night, and the Lord of Light,” Eris explained. “One seeks to bathe the world in flame, and bring only chaos and destruction. The other would see the world a chilled tomb of order, with the only life that which he controls utterly in his grip.”
“And you, Lord Stark, are the Warden of the North,” Aqua continued, falling into a rhythm. “Yours is the line of guardians of Ice. We’ve tried to help out, to bring a Queen to balance out the Night King, but...well, that was only a temporary fix.”
“We want to help you,” Eris said, her tone pleading. “You know that Winter is Coming. But,...goddesses aren’t allowed to just fight mortals' battles for them. We are here to guide and empower mortals to face the horrors of this world.”
“But we also can maybe put a finger on the scales to tip the balance,” Aqua added. “And we’d like your help.”
Eddard had sunk to his knees, taking Catelyn’s hand in his own. “How...how can we help you, Goddesses? I serve the Old Gods, but-”
“Whoa, not asking you to convert, that’s not part of the deal,” Aqua assured Eddard. “We just need your permission to grant you a special blessing: the Children of Destiny.”
“We will give you children, as you desire, those blessed by the Goddesses to face the evil that is rising in this World of Ice and Fire. They will be...different. Touched by a terrible destiny, but able to stand against both the Night that binds and the Light that blinds,” Eris said gently.
“Children?” Eddard asked, startled. “You would bless us with strong sons?”
The two goddesses exchanged a look. “Um, well, not quite. But they’ll be strong. And, more importantly, they will change the destiny of House Stark,” Eris explained.
Aqua nodded, looking irritated. “The other gods were really hands off, they were just gonna let all sorts of terrible things happen! Well, we’re not that sort of goddesses! We’ll make sure your kids are blessed, and able to help their friends and family even as they save the world.”
“Your children will not be alone: there will be others,” Eris promised. “We are the guardians of mortals in this realm, and we love all of you. Even if we have...strange ways of expressing it.” Eris’s eyes slid to Aqua, who was oblivious to the jab. “But it will be a hard path, for all of you. This is the way to salvation, though. Please: accept our blessings.”
“We have wanted more children,” Catelyn said quietly. “Ned, if the goddesses bless us…”
Slowly, Eddard nodded. “We shall be grateful for your blessings, goddesses. I will...I will even ensure that prayers and offerings are given to the both of you.”
“Eh, don’t worry about it too much, but that would be nice” Aqua said, then walked over and took Eddard’s head in her hands, and kissed him gently on the forehead. Then she did the same to Catelyn. She stepped back, smiling as the two mortals trembled slightly. “Great! Now, about their names.”
“Names?” Catelyn asked, touching her brow where Aqua’s lips had pressed.
Aqua nodded. “Yep. Gotta have the right ones. Now, for the twins, you’re gonna wanna name them Yunyun and Megumin. You’ll know which is which, trust me. We’ll come back when it’s time for the next one, just make sure she’s good.”
“The...next one?” Eddard asked faintly. “Twins?”
“Yep! Don’t worry, Cat’s super strong and we’ll make sure the births go well!”
“Good luck,” Eris said, giving the two baffled mortals a wink. “Don’t worry, things will work out! Just lighten up a little, and have some fun!”
“Bye! Say hi to Yunyun and Megumin for me! We’ve got other stuff to do, but don’t worry, the Old Goddesses will keep an eye on things for us!” Aqua called cheerily. Then, without a further word, the two Goddesses simply vanished in a blaze of light.
Silence filled the air, and for a long while, Eddard and Catelyn didn’t move, simply clinging to one another.
“Well,” Catelyn said at last, clearing her throat. “Children. Blessed by the goddesses.”
“That was...was that a dream?” Eddard asked faintly.
Catelyn gave her husband a wide smiled, and pulled him to her. “I don’t know. Let’s find out.”
Out in the night sky, two stars arose: both shimmering with a deep crimson. Nine months later, Winterfell celebrated the birth of twin girls with dark hair, and Crimson Eyes. While their parents selected very odd names for them, no one remarked over much on the selection. After all, they had been born under strange signs.
Four years later, Aqua and Eris returned, and once more, a Crimson Star arose in the sky above Winterfell, though it was summer, and nights were rare, it blazed day and night until Komekko was born.
In the years to come, in their weaker moments, the Lord and Lady of Winterfell would ask themselves just what had compelled them to take the strange blessing of the Goddesses. Unbeknownst to them, they were far from the only Great House to ponder such a thing.
==================================================================
Despite the feast that was taking place that night, Jon Snow was feeling a bit melancholy. It wasn’t because of anything in particular, in fact, he should have been in high spirits. Catelyn Stark, for the first time Jon could remember, had invited him to sit at the high table when there were guests around. When the Queen had made a face about having a bastard sit with them, the Crown Prince himself had defended “Big J” and called him his friend.
Which meant either Yunyun had been getting to the Lannisters, or Prince Kazuma was a much better man than he appeared to be, for all his oddities.
And so, Jon found himself outside the feast, sitting with Ghost in the godswood and contemplating his future. His Lord Father, Robb, and the twins, were all heading south in a few days with the king’s company, with Lord Stark to assume the office of the Hand of the King, the second most powerful man in the land.
Jon could ask to come with them, or even to stay in Winterfell. Lady Stark’s sudden unexplained warmth to him was a balm to Jon’s spirits, but there were too many years of cold treatment from her for him to really desire to stay in Winterfell, even with Komekko and Rickon. Theon Greyjoy had indicated he wished to go south with Lord Stark and Robb, and seemed to believe that Jon should come as well.
“Think of it, Snow. Plenty of women with open arms and legs waiting for us, the ward of the Hand, and the bastard! Ha! Robb might think himself above visiting a whorehouse, but you aren’t, eh? Besides, the capitol is the perfect place for bastard sons and misfits. You might take up service for one of the Southron lords. You’re not bad with a blade, even if you did lose to Prince Kazuma, and someone would be sure to take you on.”
If Jon took service in the south, his path would be clear: work as a knight for one of the lords of the land, perhaps one of the Great Houses. Prince Kazuma seemed to think highly of Jon, and it wouldn’t be unreasonable to assume he could help him find a place at Casterly Rock or Dragonstone. Jon was certain his father would provide him with arms, armor, and a horse, and Jon knew if he served faithfully and well, he’d likely be rewarded with a keep or holdfast somewhere, along with the daughter of a wealthy merchant or minor noble. Perhaps he’d even earn a proper last name.
That, however, didn’t feel right, didn’t sit right with him. He glanced at Ghost and frowned. “Well, boy, what do you think I should do?”
Ghost simply wagged his tail, his red eyes unreadable in the dim light of the short summer night. “At least you will always love me no matter what I do, even if no one else will.”
“That is not true! Even if you turned into a warg or one of the Others, still, I would stand by your side through darkness and flame, forever battling against your mysterious and wicked nature!”
Jon snorted a laugh and turned as Megumin came over and sat down by him. “You would think that, wouldn’t you?”
“Of course! But aren’t you going to come with us?” his little sister asked, her red eyes glowing slightly in the darkness. Jon knew what few others did: all three of his sisters could see like cats, even in near pitch blackness. Ghost looked up, his tail wagging slightly as his sister Chomusuke padded over and stretched herself out beside him.
“I don’t know. It doesn’t feel right. I don’t think my path lies to the south,” Jon admitted.
“What have I told you of such things?” Megumin demanded, squatting down on her haunches across from Jon.
He sighed. “To listen to the voices that call to me from beyond the void. But I don’t think that’s actually going to help me in this situation, Megs.”
“Hmph. That is because your inner voices are lame. For someone with such a dark and mysterious past, you have a depressing lack of incredible hidden power and evil demons possessing you.”
“My past isn’t that dark and mysterious,” Jon said, his tone dry. “I’m a bastard, Meguimn. Father’s by blow on some woman.”
Despite the shadows, Jon could see the scowl on Megumin’s face. “I don’t think so. Dad doesn’t seem like he’d just cheat on mom like that. You’re secretly the child of a demon, or maybe a hidden prince, or even-”
“Megumin, father’s a man, for all his virtues. He wouldn’t be the first noble man to fall to temptation. At least he’s done right by me,” Jon pointed out. “I could have done a lot worse to be the bastard son of Eddard Stark.”
Megumin shifted, moving to come beside Jon and wrap him in a tight hug. “You’re not a bastard; you’re my brother. Kazuma, on the other hand, is a bastard.”
Jon had to suppress a cough, hiding a smile. He’d left the feast hall just as the prince and his sister had decided to pick a fight with one another. Both of their lady mothers had seemed rather exasperated by the whole thing, especially since the fight ended up being over something entirely silly: who’s sword had the cooler name.
“Chunchumaru is lame! What does that even mean? It’s nonsense! Only a chuuni idiot would like it!”
“Oh yeah?! Well who’s ever heard of a sword called Masamune! That’s a stupid name only a NEET would think up!
The argument had devolved from there to little more than bickering, at which point Jon had left, probably right before King Robert lost his temper.
“You know father intends for the two of you to wed, don’t you?” Jon teased.
“Hmph. Before that, I shall run away, and join the Night's Watch! I shall slay the Night King, and become the Lord Commander, and have a cool black cloak, and they shall call me Megumin Nightsbane!”
“I don’t think they let girls join the watch. They call it a brotherhood, after all,” Jon chuckled.
“Hmph. Well, I guess it’s good my boobs are so small,” Megumin muttered, and looked down forlornly at her chest. “I can pretend to be a boy until a suitably dramatic moment.”
“You’re only twelve; give it time,” Jon told her gently, giving Megumin a squeeze. “Some girls just take longer, just like some boys don’t get their growth until later.” That struck close to home for Jon, who despite being only a little younger than Robb was a hand shorter.
“I guess,” Megumin shrugged.
“You know...I was considering joining the watch myself,” Jon admitted. It had been the logical step. If he wasn’t going south, and he wasn’t staying in Winterfell, the only place left to go would be north.
While Jon had expected Megumin to go on about how his was a dark and terrible destiny and of course he should join the Night’s Watch, instead, she looked up at him, startled and perhaps a little afraid. “What?! You mean, you would...leave? But...you’re my brother.”
“I can’t stay here forever, Megumin. Perhaps I could become one of Robb’s knights in time, or rule a holdfast, but that’s not what I want. I want something of my own, and, well, something of the Starks. Our house has long sent its bastards and spare sons to the wall.”
Tears filled Megumin’s eyes, and she suddenly threw herself on Jon, squeezing him tightly. For a minute, she didn’t say anything, only pressing her face to his chest, but then she looked up, and nodded at him. “Ok. You’ll be the greatest Lord Commander that the Watch has ever known. I know Uncle Benjen will take good care of you, and that you will realize your dark and terrible destiny with the watch. Perhaps you shall meet a beautiful woman beyond the wall, and fall in love with her, and one day become King Beyond the Wall!”
“Sworn brothers of the Night’s Watch take no wives, and have no children,” Jon told her, feeling slightly bemused as he often did when speaking to his sister.
“Only until you die,” Megumin pointed out. “After that you can do whatever you want.”
The sheer absurdity of that statement robbed Jon of a response aside from stifling his laughter.
“You’ll always be my big brother,” Megumin told Jon, giving him another hug. “No matter where we are. If you are ever in need of aid, speak my name, and I shall come!”
“And you’ll always be my sister. In brightest day, or blackest night, if you call upon me, my lady, I shall come,” Jon told her.
Later that evening, Jon found his father and Uncle Benjen talking alone as the feast wound down.
“My Lords,” Jon said, clearing his throat.
Benjen turned to Jon, frowning. “Why so formal? You haven’t been in your cups, have you Jon?”
His father didn’t speak, but his eyes looked pained.
“Father, I...I would ask your blessing to join the Night’s Watch,” Jon said, squaring his shoulders and forcing his voice to be calm. “I don’t wish to go south with you. I’d always be the Stark Bastard there, no matter what I did. And...and while Lady Catelyn has been kindly to me these past few weeks, I know she bears no love for me. I cannot remain here. I would seek my own destiny, and join the Night’s Watch.”
“Have you been talking to that sister of yours?” Benjen asked, a smile playing on his lips.
“No. Well, yes, but...I’ve given this a lot of thought. It is...traditional, for the spare sons of Winterfell to join the Night’s Watch, as you did Uncle Benjen, and many before you. And besides; even a bastard may rise far in the watch.”
Benjen weighed Jon’s words, then looked to his older brother. After a moment, Lord Stark nodded, then put a hand on Jon’s. “It is an honorable path you have chosen, my son. Though it is also a hard one. The Wall is no kindly place, even compared to the years when my lady wife had little love for you.”
“I know. But...I want you to be proud of me, father,” Jon said, feeling raw emotion in his voice.
Eddard reached out, and embraced his son. Though Jon didn’t know his true lineage, Eddard Stark did think of the boy as his son, and not a bastard at that. He’d been grieved that he couldn’t allow his sister’s son to sit with him at the high table all these years, and had done what he could to make Jon’s boyhood a happy one. He regretted now he’d never trusted Catelyn with the truth. After all, if he couldn’t trust her, who could he?
They separated, and Eddard gently passed Jon over to his brother. “Watch over him, Ben. I don’t expect you to coddle the boy. But he is my son.”
“He shall be my brother, as everyone in the watch is,” Benjen stated grimly, then softened slightly, and mussed Jon’s hair. “But he’ll be my nephew as well. Don’t expect me to go easy on you, boy. If anything, I’ll be harder. I expect more from a son of Winterfell than from the common scum we scrape out of dungeons.”
Jon swelled, and nodded. “I’ll make you proud. Both of you. Who knows? Maybe I really will be Lord commander one day.”
“What?”
The three men turned to see a panicked looking Yunyun. “Y-You’re joining the watch? B-but that’s so far away! We...we won’t see one another!”
Jon sighed. He’d known this would be the hardest part. “Yunyun, I-”
She sprang forward, throwing herself into Jon’s arms. “I’ll write you every day! W-when I can’t send a raven, I’ll save the letters for when we send up supplies! And you write me back! I want to hear about all the friends you make, and how much fun you’re having, and, and if you’re scared you come back! I’ll tell mom to be nice to you and-”
“Come, my love. It’s late. Your brother has preparations to make,” Eddard said, gently removing Yunyun from Jon’s arms and picking her up. She sniffled, clinging to her father, though she was getting a bit big to be carried so, Eddard managed easily.
Jon sighed, then stiffened his spine and nodded. He turned, and headed for his chambers. He had a few days, but he wanted to be ready.
No one noticed that Ghost had stayed behind in the god’s wood, nor that five other dark shapes had loped to the wood, leaping the fence easily and forming a semi circle on either side of their white brother around the weirwood tree. The wolves sat in silence for a moment, until a great shape shifted within the woods.
From the shadows stalked an enormous beast, larger even than a full grown direwolf, bigger than a destrier, nearly the size of a mammoth. The great she-wolf’s coat was brown, save for a white underbelly and tuft at the end of the tail. Her children bowed to their mother, inclining their heads respectfully.
The Wise Wolf of the North did not remain by the weirwood tree, instead walking to the godswood pond, in which the light of the half moon glowed. The wolves sat, waiting. After a few minutes, the surface of the water rippled. From it arose a startlingly beautiful young woman of indeterminate age. She could have passed for a maiden of only a handful of winters, or perhaps a far older woman. She walked across the surface of the pond, her bare toes splashing softly. Her clothes and blue hair were dry, and she walked up to the great she-wolf. Though it towered over her, the Goddess did not seem fearful. She only bowed politely, inclining slightly at the waist. In return, the Wise Wolf lowered her head, acknowledging her equal.
“So, it’s working?” Aqua asked.
My brother goes north to the barrier, Grey Wind growled, speaking not the tongues of men, but something far older and more primal.
Four wolves shall ride south, three of my cubs with them, Holo added, sitting back on her haunches and lowering herself so that her eyes were on a level with the Southron goddess’s.
“Ok. I’ll talk to my friend up north. It’s getting harder to speak with them, even as it’s getting too easy for us to touch the world,” Aqua said, shivering slightly. “We’ve kept the magic locked away for so long, but we can’t do it for much longer. They’re both breaking free.”
Winter is coming, the wolf pack agreed.
Fear not, Goddess of Water. The Wolves will hold to our ancient oaths, even as men forget, Holo growled.
“Well, that’s why we’re reminding them, right?” Aqua asked. Then she sighed. “But Winter isn’t our only problem. If it’s Winter up here, you know what that means for the southern lands. The Lord of Light grows in power. He hasn't been this active since he brought the Doom. We contained that mess, barely, but...if we have the Long Night and another Doom to contend with at the same time…”
Aqua started to sniffle, wiping at her eyes as her lip trembled. But Holo leaned forward, nuzzling the New Goddess.
Then mortal men shall fade from this world entirely, and us with them as the Light and Darkness destroy all in their eternal battle. Do not fear, young goddess. I have seen many gods come and go. There were thousands of my brothers and sisters, who once held sway across the entire world. Now, only I remain. The Last Wolf.
“I won’t let them,” Aqua whispered. “I... you know I cheated, right? I brought heroes from another world. It’s...well, it’s what I do. This isn’t the only world I watch, but...I love my followers here just as much as I do anywhere. I had to do something.”
‘Tis hardly cheating when one makes the rules of the game, Holo replied, her tone amused as she gently licked Aqua’s cheek. I have known other lands as well. But here I stay with my mate. I believe in thy cause, young goddess. We shall stand, together, alongside mortal men as we once did.
“That’s how the other gods of this world died, isn’t it?” Aqua asked quietly, reaching up to gently stroke Holo’s neck. Normally the other goddess would have been offended at such a gesture, but she was as frightened as Aqua, though she hid it far better.
Yes. Even gods must fade. No world lasts forever. All stories must end, Holo said, even as her pups whimpered mournfully.
“Not this time,” Aqua said fiercely, and an ethereal blue glow entered into her eyes. When she stepped away from Holo, though she looked the same, no mortal could have mistaken her for a youth: she was old, and terrible, and full of power. Though to Holo, she was indeed a very young goddess, barely into her tenth millennium.
Holo had been there before the dawn age, before even the Children of the Forest, over 20,000 years ago, back before time began. To her, even an unfathomably ancient being like Aqua was little better than a child.
Then we shall sing the Song of Ice and Fire once more, Holo said, and threw back her head and howled.
Aqua grinned, and there was sadness and pain in her smile, but also triumph. “I always preferred the smell of Bakuretsu in the morning.”
Cast of Characters:
Aqua as; A not-so-useless goddess (but still kinda dumb)
Eris as; The Designated Driver for Aqua
Aegon Targaryen as; Knowing Nothing, Jon Snow
The Stark Direwolves as; Holo’s puppers
Holo the Wise Wolf as; Biggest Pupper
And with ???? and ???? as; The Lord of Light and The Night King
And the Cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as the Straight Man
Authors Note:
We’re not going to be spending a great deal of time going over Jon’s joining of the watch, or his training there. You can more or less hazard that it proceeds mostly in line with canon, save for one or two incidents we’ll cover. I did want to at least acknowledge that he’s a bit happier in this universe, and that his three little sisters do love him very much, and he them.
There will, however, be a few different things up north, as it were, and when Jon confronts them, well, you know what they say.
If you give Frodo a Lightsaber…
Then you’d better give Darth Vader a bouncy castle!
Wait...
Chapter 6: Friendship is Magic
Summary:
How many friends does Yunyun have? Yes.
Chapter Text
Written and directed by: Full-Paragon
Produced by: @The Grand Cognator
This chapter is sponsored by: Blue Apron. When you want to make meals for your 3241 friends, Blue Apron has you covered. Fresh meals ready to cook delivered to your door, with instructions so easy a NEET could do it.
WARNING: The following is rated NC-17, for extreme acts of lewdness. You have been warned. There is HAND HOLDING in this chapter. And *gasp* headpats. Those perverts.
Chapter 6: Friendship is Magic
The sun was barely up, but Yunyun had been awake for hours, hurrying about Winterfell making some last minute preparations. “Good morning Rickon!”
“Morning,” Rickon yawned, smiling up at Yunyun as she opened his shutters.
“I’m going to miss you,” Yunyun said, sitting on Rickon’s bed and giving her baby brother a big hug.
“Miss you too,” Rickon said, happily giving his favorite sibling a squeeze. Yunyun knew he didn't really understand that she was going to be gone for a very, very long time. Possibly years. It pained her to be leaving her mother, Jon, Rickon, and all her friends behind, but she was also excited for the chance to go somewhere new and make new friends! She had made sure to ask for several new Friendship Journals to record everything in.
Yunyun walked Rickon down to breakfast, where they ate with Jon, Uncle Benjen, mother, and all of Yunyun’s friends. Catelyn was a bit embarrassed and exasperated that this meant they had to sit at the lower tables, but there just wasn’t room for everyone at the high table! Yunyun chatted with Mikken the smith, and Gage the Cook, and Barth the Brewer, and their daughters and wives and sons and everyone else. She gave away many small gifts, with special ones for her siblings.
“Rickon, I made you a special toy,” Yunyun said, and pulled out the crochet wolf in the grey and white colors of Shaggy Dog, which she gave to the delighted Rickon. “Make sure you think about me when you play with it, alright?”
“OK!” Rickon agreed happily, and held the toy out to the real Shaggy Dog, who sniffed it appreciatively.
“Mother, I made you this,” Yunyun said, and pulled out a small hanging she’d embroidered over the past few days. She’d had to cheat a little on it, but no one had noticed her knitting needles working quietly on their own, so she figured that was OK. It was a picture of Yunyun, Megumin, and their parents, done in vivid colors. Yunyun had also had to cheat a little on the colors, as they hadn’t had all the right thread, but she’d done that so often no one even suspected she was using magic. She wasn’t really sure how she used the magic, but she always knew how to do it.
“Thank you, Yunyun. I’ll hang it in my bed chamber. It will be a balm to me when I think of my two oldest daughters and my lord husband,” Catelyn cried, wiping at her eyes. She and Yunyun hugged and had a good cry together, but Yunyun had to pull away: she still had more to do.
“Jon, this is for you,” Yunyun told her older brother, she refused to think of him as a bastard and became very cross with anyone who dared mention such a filthy word in her presence, and pulled out a set of thick, black, woolen stockings. “Um, since you’re joining the Night’s Watch, I thought maybe you’d need something to keep your toes warm! And, well, I guess this is your color now.”
“I helped!” Megumin said brightly. She had indeed, as originally the stockings had been white, until Megumin helpfully pointed out that the Night’s Watch wore black. The two of them had gotten in a bit of trouble for stealing the dye and using it, but unlike her sister Yunyun was rarely in trouble for long. No one seemed to have the heart to deny their friend anything.
“Thank you, both of you,” Jon said, pulling both of his sisters into an embrace and kissing their heads. “I’ll miss you.”
“Be safe. A-and if you’re in trouble, write to me, or call! I-I’ll come and help!” Yunyun promised.
“I don’t know how much help you’d be against wildlings, sister, but I suppose I can look forward to more socks on my next nameday,” Jon chuckled.
Yunyun beamed. Though even she wasn’t aware of just how helpful she could be against wildlings, or anything else that was vulnerable to beams of molten plasma. Which was just about everything. So far, Yunyun just knew she could use tricks to make more presents for her friends. Which was good, because Yunyun had a lot of friends.
“What about me?!” Komekko asked eagerly.
Yunyun sighed. She’d wanted to get something more permanent for her sister, but…gifts were about what people wanted, not what you did. “I made your favorite.”
“YES!” Komekko cried as her sister set a plate of honey cakes in front of her. Catelyn confiscated them of course, giving Komekko exactly one, and having a servant take the others for storage. That was good, they might last until Yunyun was actually gone then.
Of course, despite Yunyun’s efforts, there just wasn’t enough time. She barely was able to say goodbye to all her friends in the castle, despite having started the day before. In desperation, she ran up to the king as he was mounting his enormous horse.
“Your Grace!” Yunyun cried, hurrying up to look up at the big man as he was stepping onto the mounting block. “Please, can we take the time to say goodbye to my friends in Winter Town? I know we’re in a hurry, but it would mean a lot to me! You understand, don’t you? We’re friends, aren’t we?”
Robert smiled, and reached down to pat Yunyun affectionately on the head. “Of course we are! Why, I’ve never seen Myrcella so happy as when she’s with you. Don’t fret child, I’m old, and fat. We’ll go slowly. I’ll make sure you have plenty of time to say goodbye to all your friends.”
“Oh, thank you so much!” Yunyun gasped, and hurried away to get the wagon she had prepared. She barely noticed Robert’s jaw drop as she led out the overloaded vehicle, which was piled high with packages and bundles.
“You’ve done it now, Robert,” her father laughed. “I dare say we might be lucky to make it out of Winter Town by the evening.”
“Seven Hells, Ned, how many friends does your daughter have in Winter Town?” the King asked, sounding faint.
“There are currently 3,241 people living in Wintertown!” Yunyun called brightly.
“Aye, but how many are your friends, Yunyun?” Robert asked.
Yunyun blinked. “I told you. There are 3,241 people in Winter Town. I’ll be quick! Come on, Theon, you promised you’d help me!”
“I suppose I did, though I didn’t think his grace would consent to let you visit every last house and home in the town,” her father’s ward laughed, but he climbed up into the wagon seat, and flicked the reins, driving Yunyun’s gifts out before the King’s Wheelhouse.
Robert watched her go, then turned incredulously to Eddard. “Goddesses be good, Ned, she can’t be serious, can she?”
“My daughter,” Eddard drawled, slouching slightly in the saddle. “Has several books in her room, neat and tidy as my stewards. She calls them her ‘Friendship Journals.’ In them, she has a list of every single person she considers her friend. Which is just about every person she’s ever met. She lists their name day, their favorite foods, who their family is, where they live, what they do for a living, their likes and dislikes, what they need or what, and various other small details.
“Every day, she compiles a list for my stewards of which of her friends are getting gifts. They are small things. For a crofter's sons, perhaps a pair of wooden swords for their name day. For an old widow, some of the leftover food from my kitchens to be delivered to their doorstep. Mayhaps a pair of new shoes for an orphan girl, or mayhaps a job for the girl baking bread or weaving in the town.”
Robert gaped at Eddard, who continued.
“In winter time, Yunyun has organized gangs of boys and young men to chop firewood for the elderly, the sick, and the weak. In summer, she puts together teams to bring in extra game or wild mushrooms, berries, and fruit, and stores them for a time of need to distribute. If someone is sick, the first person to hear is Yunyun. If she can’t visit herself, she makes sure that someone does.”
“That’s...does the girl fancy herself Lord of Winterfell?” Robert asked, clearly unable to comprehend this.
Robb laughed as he walked by the king. “Your grace, if I were to inform our people I was abdicating in favor of Yunyun, I can’t think of a single one of the small folk who would object, and there would be precious few of our bannermen who would either. Even Lord Bolton has been known to smile in her presence.”
“You let your daughter consort with the small folk and commoners?” Robert demanded, still unable to wrap his head around the concept.
“I’d have to tie her to her bed posts to stop it,” Eddard admitted ruefully. “From the time she could walk and talk, Yunyun made friends with everyone. People think that Megumin is the odd one of my twin daughters. It’s true Megumin is more vocal in her peculiarities, and that she had a tendency to make herself the center of attention in every situation. It is Yunyun, however, who is the truly strange one to most people's way of thinking. I don’t think she really understands that a Lord and Lady should stand apart from their people. And, if I’m honest, I’m starting to question the wisdom of such practices myself. My people have never been more content, more loyal, or better cared for than since my daughter began her crusade.”
Indeed, when the king rode out of Winterfell, he found that people were lining the streets not for him, nor even for the Lord of Winterfell, but to say goodbye to Yunyun Stark, their beloved lady.
Robert and the King’s company watched as Yunyun and her sister, though Megumin quickly grew bored and dragged Kazuma off only the goddesses knew where, said goodbye by name to every last person who came to see her, and gave them what seemed to be a personalized gift. She clasped hands, hugged, laughed, and cried with each of them. It was well past midday by the time the party made its way out of Winter Town, but that wasn’t the end of it.
It seemed as though every hundred yards, some crofter or their family, or even just an old woman, would appear beside the road. Then Yunyun would hurry over, greet them by name, exchange pleasantries, and give them a gift from her now nearly empty cart.
“You take good care of our Lady Yunyun now, your Grace,” an old crone with a particularly hideous face that Yunyun referred to as, “My good friend Mrs. Heddy” scolded the king. “She’s a sweet young thing. Don’t want no Southrons corrupting our dear lady.”
Though he was certain he should have been offended, Robert only nodded gravely. “I’ll do that.”
After all, Yunyun was Robert’s friend. How could he do anything else?
========================================================================
More than two months after departing Winterfell, Kazuma realized something was wrong. On the trip up, he’d spent days without leaving the wheelhouse, and they’d been making better time then. Sure, at first, Kazuma had resented being dragged out of his comfortable chambers and forced into the bouncy, rickety giant wagon, but he had his books, and he and Tyrion had spent long hours playing various games, and he’d spent plenty of time with his siblings goofing off, so it wasn’t all bad.
But he had done hardly any of that. Instead, he'd been spending time outside. Which meant...
“Goddesses help me, I have a tan!” Kazuma said in horror, looking down at his arms, which had indeed attained a healthy glow from time spent in the sun.
“That’s what happens when you spend less time with your nose in a book, and more time out riding,” his Uncle Jamie chuckled. Kazuma glared at the man.
“You’re not helping. This is going to ruin my reputation when we get back to King’s Landing.”
Jamie paused in the act of raising his wine cup to his lips, and eyed his nephew. “Your highness, considering your reputation was that of a recluse who only left his chambers to pilfer the undergarments of young ladies, I hardly see how that could be the case.”
“But I worked so hard at that!” Kazuma groaned, slumping in his seat. “Now people are, you know, going to expect me to do things. I’ll have to do prince stuff. I’ll have hardly any time for naps and gaming sessions.”
“And we couldn’t be prouder of you,” his mother said, kissing Kazuma on the top of the head before sitting next to him at the table. “Your uncle and I were talking just the other day about how much healthier and happier you look, my son.”
“How could I be happy when that brat keeps bothering me?” Kazuma complained.
Jamie and Cersei shared a look that Kazuma didn’t bother to notice. If he had, he might have begun to realize just how doomed his life as a NEET was.
It wasn’t long before said brat arrived, banging on the door of the wheel house, as was tradition by this point.
“COME ON NEETZUMA, I KNOW YOU’RE AWAKE, MYRCELLA SAID SO!”
“Seven Hells, a maester could keep time by the girl,” Robert groaned as he staggered out of his bedchamber. “Well, boy, be off with you. Try not to do anything too foolish.”
“Yeah, OK, dad, love you too,” Kazuma grumbled, and grabbed his now somewhat weathered and stained cloak and Masamune. He gave his mother a peck on the cheek, then hurried out to where Megumin was waiting impatiently.
“Come on, you promised we could practice today!” Megumin growled. Their two horses were already saddled and waiting, Sandor standing with the bridles in hand.
“Yeah, fine, whatever,” Kazuma agreed, buckling on his sword belt. “Take the day off, Sandor. Get a nap for me or something.”
“Been spending an awful lot of time alone in the woods with Lady Stark lately,” Sandor growled. “People are talking.”
“Oh relax, she’d kick me in the balls again if I tried something lewd,” Kazuma said, scrambling into the saddle. “And if something dangerous comes by, we’ll sick Chomusuke on them then run like hell. Just make sure Myrcella and Tommen don’t try to follow us, OK?”
Sandor just grunted, watching and Kazuma and Megumin rode off into the surrounding woods. After half an hour's ride, they came to the banks of the Trident, not far from where the legendary last battle of Robert’s Rebellion had been fought. Normally, Megumin would have demanded they search for the rubies from Raegar’s armor, but they had different plans for today.
Most people assumed that Kazuma and Megumin were sneaking off for further sword lessons. Their parents would have normally found the idea of a young lord and lady spending a great deal of time alone unescorted far more scandalous, but as their fathers had agreed on a formal engagement, it was a lot less salacious than it could have been. If the prince decided to claim Megumin’s maidenhead early, well, she’d had her first flowering not long after they’d left Winterfell, and weddings could be moved up. Besides, most of the party were just grateful that Kazuma was acting more like a prince, and that Megumin was out of their hair.
Of course, both Kazuma and Megumin had no such plans or intentions, and both barely seemed to realize they were friends despite the fact that they spent nearly every waking hour together. Indeed, they didn’t even intend to spend any time practicing swordsmanship, but instead, to engage in their closely held secret.
Not long after they’d left Winterfell, Kazuma and Megumin had been practicing their sword play. Yunyun, Sandor, and Kazuma’s siblings had been with them, though they’d been a distance off gathering berries, along with the two direwolves.
That was when a shaggy brown bear had shambled out of the trees, apparently curious about the noise the two had been making. Kazuma and Megumin had both let out similar shrieks, but then Kazuma had lowered his hand towards the bear.
“Kindle!”
A small gout of flame had spurted out, singing the bears fur. It had then decided that the two humans were absolutely not worth the trouble, and ran off even before a bellowing Sandor and howling wolves and rushed over. Megumin and Kazuma had been completely terrified by the encounter, as for all of Megumin’s brave words, she really was still just a young girl, and Kazuma had no problems with owning up to the fact that he was terrified of bears.
They’d been bundled back to camp, lectured and scolded, but as Megumin wove increasingly bizarre tales about how she and Kazuma had fought off not one bear, but several dozen, the entire thing was dismissed as the prince claimed it had merely been a curious cub that had turned tail as soon as it had heard the screaming.
That evening, however, Megumin had hustled Kazuma away, her red eyes glowing with excitement. “You can do magic ?!”
“Shhh! Keep it down! If anyone finds out about that, they’ll, I dunno, burn me at the stake or something! You’re not supposed to do magic unless you’re a septon or something!” Kazuma had shushed.
“Well, I don’t see why I shouldn’t tell everyone that the prince is a heretic,” Megumin had said, grinning and rubbing her hands. “Unless…”
“Unless?” Kazuma prompted, feeling his heart skip a beat.
Megumin bared her teeth in a feral grin. “You agree to teach me.”
And so, for the past month and a half, the two youths had been finding out of the way places to practice their “magic.” Unfortunately, aside from one or two rare instances where Kazuma became angry with Megumin, no magic was forthcoming.
There had been poses, chants, the offering of various small animals as blood sacrifice, even the cutting of their palms and attempting dark and terrible blood magics. They had called on every goddess they knew, though they had only attempted to call upon the Lord of Light once. The resulting eerie bright light and distant echoing laughter the two had heard had driven them back to the company in tears, and both had engaged in a lewd act with one another for the first time, much to their shame.
They still tried not to speak of the time when they’d held hands, though both Kazuma and Megumin thought of it frequently.
Today, the two of them stood on the banks of the Trident, Chomusuke sleeping nearby, as they posed and chanted, flinging forth their hands.
“Create… Earth!” Kazuma cried. He could feel something, a fuzzing welling of power, but nothing happened, again.
“Spirits of flame and passion, I call thee!
By the heat of my soul and the red of my eyes
I summon thee forth!
KINDLE!”
Megumin panted, her hands splayed forth as though she were attempting a hadoken, which, oddly enough, both she and Kazuma seemed to have a vague idea as to what that was. However, not even a spark or a puff of smoke manifested.
“We should just give up,” Kazuma sighed, slumping to the ground and scratching at his head. “Face it, we’ve been trying for weeks, and all I’ve managed to do is steal your panties.”
“Which we agreed we would NEVER TALK ABOUT,” Megumin hissed, glaring at him, and crossing her legs as she flushed.
Kazuma rolled his eyes. “I don’t even know how I did it! And you tried it too!”
“Yes, but nothing ever worked. But one day, Kazuma, I will stand over you, triumphant with your smallclothes!”
“Pff, you want them? You wanna see my princely behind?” Kazuma demanded.
“N-no! Back off, Pervzuma!” Megumin stammered.
Suddenly, Chomusuke raised her head, letting out a low growl. Both children’s heads came around, frowning as the dire wolf slowly stood, the hair on her back raising.
“What is it, you smell a bear?” Megumin asked worriedly, taking up Chunchumaru, whose latest form consisted of a wooden practice sword.
Kazuma looked around, frowning. Across the wide and shallow river, he spotted a man, who was peering at them. “Who’s that? Hey, who’re you?”
“Just a traveler, come for a drink,” the man shouted back. “What are you boys doing? Is your family nearby?”
“I am no boy!” Megumin snarled, jumping forward. “I am Megumin! Foremost Genius of the House of Stark, and she who will one day be Lady Commander of the Kingsguard!”
This, of course, was Megumin’s latest obsession. Jamie had given both the prince and his lady several sword fighting lessons, and Megumin had moved the Lannister knight from “lame pretty boy” to “super amazing badass” on her list of people.
“Megumin? You mean, you’re the daughter of a nobleman?” the man shouted back. “Who’s your friend?”
“Behold, I am Kazuma, Crown Prince of House Baratheon, and he who will one day be lord of the Seven Kingdoms!” Kazuma shouted.
The man nodded. “Where are your retainers?”
“Ha! We have eluded our caretakers, and are seeking our great destiny alone! There is no one but us for miles!” Megumin boasted. She should have been paying more attention to Chomusuke’s growls.
“That so? Well then.” The man let out a piercing whistle. Behind him, across the river, a band of rough looking men in mismatched armor and leather emerged. They had a few shaggy looking horses, bows, axes, spears, and even a rusty sword or two.
“Oh shit,” Kazuma breathed, taking half a step back. “Megumin, we gotta run.”
The men started across the ford, coming on as quickly as they could.
Megumin, however, didn’t move, as Chomusuke moved under her mistress's hand. The wolf looked up, her eyes now nearly on a level with Megumin’s. Megumin looked dazed, staggering slightly.
“Megumin!” Kazuma cried, grabbing her hand. “We have to-”
“I shall deal with them,” Megumin said, and Chomusuke moved over, blocking Kazuma from grabbing her.
“What, no we-”
Megumin raised her hands above her head, pointing Chunchumaru skyward, and closed her eyes. She held out her other hand, and desperately, Kazuma reached over Chomusuke and clasped it. Then, Megumin began to chant.
“Darkness, blacker than black, from my past, I call thee
O Crimson of my Blood, ancient and true, arise!
My time of awakening has come; let the veil be torn!
Let the wrath of Ancient Days rise once more!
My power is loosed! I claim thee, and bind thee to me!
Shatter; barriers between worlds! Be sundered, laws of nature!
I exert my will, let my love pour forth in violent glory!
EXPLOSION!”
As Megmin spoke, great glowing circles appeared in the sky above the Trident. A few of the bandits paused, looking up and frowning. Others, seeing their prey simply standing there, hurried forward, their faces dark with murderous intent. When the glowing, swirling storm of rainbow sparks filled the air, a few cried out in shock, and one or two tried to turn back.
But it was far too late for that.
The sparks slammed together as the circles above collapsed, and both Kazuma and Megumin were picked up off their feet and flung back as a massive blast enveloped the far bank of the Trident. The bandits, one and all, were reduced to nothing but ashes, and the very waters of the river to steam and vapor as the earth bucked and heaved. Kazuma and Megumin clung to one another as first the blast washed over them, then the wind howled as it was sucked back to where it had been so suddenly expelled.
For long minutes, they could only lay there, gasping and terrified. Then, slowly, Kazuma sat up. He looked out at where the river had been, and saw now a great hole a hundred yards across. The very course of the river had changed, and was slowly filling in the crater as the waters surged and raged. The far bank was aflame, with trees shattered and burning for as far as he could see. On their side, the blast had toppled even great oak trees, and around the two of them lay branches and great stones.
They hadn’t noticed Chomusuke shielding them from shrapnel or rebuffing a great boulder with a strike from her palm, nore seen her tail smash an oak branch out of the way of her two charges. Now, she was simply a wolf again, waiting patiently for her mistress to recover.
“Oh shit. OH SHIT!” Kazuma wailed. He shook Megumin. “Get up! We have to run!”
“Can’t… can’t move,” Megumin slurred. “Did you see it, Kazuma? I… I used magic.”
“I saw it! EVERYONE saw that, Megumin! Holy shit, I think the goddesses saw that!”
“Are… are you safe?” Megumin gasped, her eyelids drooping.
Kazuma looked to the river, where muddy waters still swirled. If there had been any survivors, they would now be swept away by the violent flood. “Yeah. I’m safe, Megumin. You...you saved us.”
“Good. Can you please carry me? I can’t… I don’t think I can move.”
Quickly, Kazuma grabbed Megumin, hauling her onto his back, where she clung weakly. He cast around for their horses, but even those well trained beasts had fled in blind panic at the burst of magic, the like of which had not been seen in Westeros since the First Age when the Old Gods and their allies had clashed with the Others.
So, Kazuma took off running. Not towards the road and the King’s party, but away from it. In his unreasoning panic, he thought that everyone had to know it had been Megumin who had caused the disaster, and that they would want to hurt her, take her away from him.
“We’ll run away together,” he panted as he ran, Chomususke lopping along easily at their side. “We’ll hide in the forest, become outlaws. They’ll never find us. Don’t worry, Megumin, I’ll keep you safe.”
“That’s good. How would you rate my Explosion?” Megumin asked, half asleep.
“Ten out of ten. Best one I’ve ever seen,” Kazuma vowed.
“I win… again,” Megumin sighed, her cheek drooping on Kazuma’s shoulder.
Despite his intentions, Kazuma ran only for about half an hour before he was too scared and exhausted to continue further. He found a cave, which at one point had been host to a bear, and other various beasts. As it was summer time, those animals had moved away to seek out food and mates, and thus it made an excellent shelter. Kazuma lay the sleeping Megumin down, and huddled next to her with Chomusuke, who was rather amused at the humans' antics.
The wolf lay down with her sister Megumin and her chosen mate, wrapping both of them in her tail and watching dutifully over them. Chomusuke could have easily slain those enemy humans herself, even if she had simply remained as a wolf. She was as large as a bear or small horse now, and still growing; those fools would have been easy meat. Still, it had been time. Megumin’s power had been sealed away for long enough.
Watching as Kazuma’s breathing slowed, Chomusuke smiled. Soon the boy passed out, clutching to his lover of many lifetimes. Chomusuke had been there for some of them, and remembered such events vaguely. On occasion the boy had ended up with the other Crimson Demon, or even the perverted knight. Chomusuke wondered where Darkness was, but did not worry about it overly much. She was not one of the Great Goddesses, only a very small one, bound to this strange human.
Sister, we come, Senko, now known as Lady whispered. Chomusuke did not know the Helpful Fox well, though now she was a helpful wolf, Chomuske supposed. She was one of Holo’s, a minor Old Goddess of this world that had happily agreed to be the chosen partner of one of the Children of Destiny.
Are they safe? Grey Wind growled in Chomuske’s mind.
That made her bare her teeth. Do you think me so careless? Mind your own charge, Tsume.
That is not who I am now, and you know it. I am Grey Wind; this is my duty.
Please stop fighting! Lady begged. You know I don’t like it when you fight, big bro, big sis! We are littermates, we should be friends!
Both Chomusuke and Grey Wind sent scents of apology to their frantic sister, which calmed her slightly. Truly, their mother had chosen their partners well. Chomusuke well remembered being born into this world. They had been instructed by the Goddesses, old and new, in their tasks, before being deposited as pups at the roadside for the humans. Chomusuke somewhat resented being the plaything of a mortal girl again, but at least Megumin always gave good belly rubs.
Besides, if the minor goddess were honest with herself, she had rather missed her strange human sister.
It wasn’t long before the scent of sweaty prey beasts and humans filled Chomuske’s nostrils, and she nuzzled her sleeping charges. They awoke just as a frantic Robb Stark followed Grey Wind into the den, sword in one hand, torch in the other.
“Oh thank the goddesses,” Robb gasped as the children stirred. “You’re safe! We all feared you’d been killed!”
Robb turned and yelled as Kazuma scrambled up, tears in his eyes, raising Masamune. “I won't let you hurt her!”
Megumin was sobbing, clinging to Kazuma’s leg, barely able to sit up. “I’m sorry! It was my fault! Don’t blame Kazuma!”
Robb seemed taken aback as Jamie Lannister entered the cave's narrow entrance, he and Robb pressed together in the cramped space.
“Nephew. Lower your sword. There are only friends here,” Jamie said gently, taking a step forward and putting his own blade back in its sheath.
Kazuma wavered, looking utterly terrified. He licked his lips. “I won’t let you take her, Uncle. Not… not even you. We’re going to run away, together! We’ll never bother anyone again, honest!”
Jamie paused, and looked to Robb. The youth shook his head, looking as baffled as his fairer companion. “I just found them, sleeping together with Chomusuke. Grey Wind led me right to them.”
“My Prince… Kazuma, please. It’s me. We mean you no harm,” Jamie whispered, stepping forward into the reach of Masamune. Kazuma wavered, then dropped the sword with a sob, sinking to his knees. Jamie scooped him up as Robb picked up the still sniffling Megumin. Together, they stepped back outside, shouting to the other searchers.
Chomusuke and Grey Wind nuzzled one another in apology, then followed the humans back outside. Human mating practices were very odd. But then again, their two legged siblings were odd beings, even for humans.
Cast of Characters:
Yunyun as; Living her best life
Chomusuke as; Wolbach, goddess of sloth and violence (and leaning more towards violence now that she’s a wolf not a cat)
Senko-San as; Lady the Helpful Wolf. She’s Yunyun’s friend!
Tsume of Wolf’s Rain as; Grey Wind. He’s the Serious Business Wolf.
Robb Stark as; Onii-Sama
Jamie Lannister as; Taking lessons from Ned.
The bandits as; Target practice
And various others
With the Cast of a Song of Ice and Fire as Yunyun’s friends. Except the ones who aren’t. RIP them.
Chapter 7: Idiot Plots are Stupid Anyway
Summary:
Even Explosion has fallout!
Chapter Text
Written and Directed by: Full-Paragon
Produced by:The Grand Cognator
This chapter was sponsored by Nord VPN. For when you want to keep secrets, use Nord VPN. That way, your convoluted plot won’t unravel the first time two characters get a clue and talk to one another.
Feeling withdrawal from your crack habit? Talk to your dealer about A Clash Of NEETs, which is proven to contain 50% more crack than a plumbers’ convention. Side effects may include: Loss of sanity, mad cackling, EXPLOSIONS, and excessive crossovers.
Chapter 7: Idiot plots are stupid anyway
Back at the camp, everyone was frantic with worry, even the King having ridden out to look for his son and Ned’s daughter. It took nearly a full day for everyone to return, during which time both of the children were given a mixture of tearful hugs, irate dressing downs, stern lectures, and much needed sleep and food.
With them returned however, Eddard, Robert, Jamie, and Jory Cassel, head of the Stark troops, met in private, grim looks on all their faces as the men talked quietly.
“That blast was unlike anything we’ve ever seen,” Eddard informed them. “Our maesters have measured it, and even they have little knowledge as to what could have caused it. Some claim it was a fallen star, others an eruption of gas. I have my doubts as to the truth of that.”
“The children were there, we found tracks. Perhaps they know,” Jory offered.
“They refuse to speak of it, and I do not think pressing the issue will help,” Jamie said with a shake of his head. “I half suspect they are responsible.”
“Are you daft, man?” Robert demanded. “Megumin may claim she’s got some terrible dark powers, but she’s a slip of a girl! As for my son, no matter what the signs surrounding his birth, I refuse to believe he could have caused it, despite what Aqua and Eris supposedly said about him!”
That got Jory to look up, shocked. He glanced at his own lord, frowning. “Lord Stark, does the king, er, know?”
Eddard drumed the table with his fingers, eyeing Jamie and Robert, who seemed to be sharing a silent conversation.
“Your Grace, Eddard Stark is to be your Hand. It would be wise to trust him with such things, especially if your son is to marry Lord Stark’s daughter,” Jamie said slowly.
“Oh fuck off, Kingslayer,” Robert grumbled. But he nodded. “Ned, there’s something you need to know about my son. His birth was...odd. To say the least. Cercei says she was visited by the Goddesses themselves the night he was conceived. I don’t remember it myself, I was too deep in my cups, to my shame. But…”
“I saw them, Lord Stark,” Jamie whispered, his eyes haunted. “I was standing guard at the queen's chambers that night. They appeared to be two maidens, extremely fair to behold. And yet...not. I cannot explain, but if you asked me their age, my answer would change with each telling. Perhaps no more than sixteen summers, mere girls. Then, well past thirty, but with the years resting lightly upon them. At other times...I cannot say.”
Eddard and Jory exchanged a look, and the Captain of the Guard nodded. “I saw them myself, the second time. Only caught a glimpse as they came out of the Sept, but what I saw...your description, Ser Jamie, is accurate. I could not give them an age.”
“Twice, Catelyn and I have been visited by the Goddesses,” Eddard explained, meeting Robert’s eyes. “First, before the birth of the twins. Again, years later, before we had Komekko. Their words and actions were odd. I have a hard time recalling them, as though they slip through my mind, but one thing I am certain they told us: my daughters would have a terrible destiny, and great power.”
“And that they would be the salvation of the world,” Robert finished, looking pale and worn.
“And Winter is coming,” Ned agreed.
Robert reached for his cup of wine, then hesitated. “Get me some water, Jamie. I need a clear head for this.”
Jamie bowed, and returned with goblets for everyone. He even poured even for Jory, who nodded his thanks.
“They’re too young for this,” Robert muttered, taking a pull of water and making a face. “Seven Hells, Kazuma’s barely more than a boy. And a foolish one at that. Do you think he…?”
“I don’t know,” Eddard admitted. “The ways of the goddesses are strange.”
“And not for men to know,” Robert snarled, slamming his cup down. “But dammit, Ned, we have to know! Fuck the kingdoms, that’s my son and your girl! I...well, I know I’m not the best father, but I love my son. He’s odd, to be certain, but he’s a good lad. Kind, gentle, and strong when he wants to be. He’ll be a better king than I, one day.”
“I have little experience with Southron goddesses, save for when they visited my bedchamber unannounced,” Eddard said slowly. “I cannot see into their minds, nor fathom their plots. We need someone who can.” He looked to Jory, who winced.
“Gods be good, my lord. Not her,” his captain groaned.
Eddard pressed his lips together. “If anyone knows the mind of Aqua, it is her. Fetch her, Jory.”
Jory bowed, and exited the tent. Robert and Jamie eyed Eddard, wary looks on their faces.
“Who is this woman? Yunyun?” Jamie asked.
“No, my other daughter would have to be pried from her sister by force, and I don’t know a man in the camps with the heart to do it,” Eddard said. “This is...another strange woman. She is...well, she is an Axis Septa.”
Robert brightened considerably at that, until Nedd added, “Who prefers women. I swear, I’d have expelled her years ago if she wasn’t the only person I’ve ever met who can manage to get lessons into Megumin’s head. My daughter had driven off five tutors and twice as many nurses before the Scepta arrived.”
“The Axis Cult,” Jamie groaned, rubbing the bridge of his nose with one hand. “If they weren’t so popular, I would think they’d have been disbanded years ago. The other cults can be strange enough, but the Axis…”
“Is the best one of all!” Jamie and Robert jumped as a ray of sunshine flounced into the tent, and sat down next to Eddard, a wide grin on her face. “Come on, big guy, you know you love us! Everyone does! You know what they say! All Love is good, and nobody loves more than Aqua!”
“Your grace, I present to you Septa Cecily. My daughter’s tutor and minder,” Eddard said, trying very hard not to sigh heavily.
“How’s it going, Bobby B? Big fan, you know! You’re Aqua’s favorite king in ages!” Cecily declared. She snatched up a cup, took a drink, and made a face. “What, water? Wow, you Lords are boring. Come on! Life’s short, so have fun while you’re here!”
“...I don’t know that I want a clear head for this anymore,” Robert muttered, then shook himself. “Alright Ned, didn’t think you'd have a pet Axis Septa. Though you would choose one that wouldn’t jump into bed with you. Only reason anyone tolerates them, I swear.”
“Aww, I’d go a round with Lady Stark, and maybe Eddy too if he’s good!” Cecily laughed. She winked at the king. “You want to have some fun, you let me know, tiger. Everyone’s heard about Lil’ Bobby. Bring your wife, it’ll be fun!”
Jamie flushed and clenched his jaw, but the king slammed a fist onto the table and roared, “Seven Hells woman, I’m worried about the life of my son! Now what do you know about that damnable explosion that nearly killed Kazuma and Megumin!”
“Sheesh, relax, you’ll give yourself a heart attack,” Cecily muttered. She sighed and rested her head on one hand, eyeing Eddard Stark. “You know boss, this would be a lot easier if you ever bothered coming to church. It’s fun! We sing songs and stuff.”
Eddard didn’t respond, having long ago learned that engaging Cecily in banter was a sure way to get no answers and a massive headache.
“Ok, so, you two are church going men, right?” Cecily asked. “Don’t have to explain the basics to you?”
“Woman, I am about ten seconds from tossing you out of this tent and having Ser Illyian beat some manners into you!” Robert shouted. “Do you know anything, or are you just taunting us?!”
“Fine, whatever. Megumin and Kazuma are Children of Destiny. That means they’re been chosen by the gods, blah blah blah, religious stuff, reincarnation of ancient heroes. Point is, if you're wondering where this explosion came from, I’d bet it came from the two of them,” Cecily declared.
“My son is no bloody sorcerer!” Robert snapped. “He’s...well...Kazuma has always been a bit queer, you see, but he’s not capable of...that!” The king gestured vaguely towards where the crater resided.
“Begging your pardon, your grace, but Kazuma has displayed many rather unusual skills,” Jamie mused, rubbing his stubbled chin, as none of the men had shaved that day. “There’s his uncanny aim with the bow and sling, and his sword fighting ability.”
“Talk sense, Lannister! He’s a twelve year old boy! He’s been practicing the sword and boy since he was old enough to walk!” the King barked. Then he frowned. “Or, no, wait. He’s been avoiding practicing them. Seven Hells, I practically have to drag him out to the yard, and half the time I give up before we get there. I suppose you haven’t had much better luck.”
Jamie shook his head ruefully. “And as Ser Roderik pointed out in Winterfell, Kazuma doesn’t fight like a knight of the Seven Kingdoms. He fights like a Bravo, and a master at that. I certainly didn’t teach him to ‘throw dirt in their eye and kick them in the balls’ but he’s got Tommen doing it as well.”
“That’s true enough. I always thought he just did it to infuriate me, as the lad seems to reveal in that,” Robert muttered, stroking his own beard. He glanced up at Eddard. “Don’t tell me Megumin has shown some magical talent. The maesters tell us magic’s been extinct since the Doom.”
“Ehh, kinda,” Cecily said, tilting one hand back and forth as she made a face. “The Goddesses locked magic away to keep mortals safe, that’s true. But they also grant it to a chosen few. Septas have always been able to do minor magic. You know, like the Cult of Renewal can heal people, and Axis members can purify water. However, Aqua also grants special favors. Your kids are chosen by her. That means they’ve got a lot more magic than a normal mortal hidden away for time of need.”
“There have been...strange things,” Eddard admitted. “Nothing like this, and, well as often with Komekko or Yunyun as Megumin. But...they can see in the dark. We’d find the girls wandering the halls of Winterfell in the dead of night with no candle or lantern, able to see better than you or I at midday. At times, Megumin has managed things I wouldn’t have thought possible. We mostly consider it a result of her youthful fervor, but…”
“I’ve told you, blessings from the Goddess,” Cecily declared. “Aqua said they’re got power, here’s your proof. Plus, I’ve told you, when I’m tutoring her, Megumin just knows things. It’s more than her just being smart, because she is, but she and her sisters just figure things out too fast. Her figuring out how to blow something up just makes sense.”
“Power like that,” Robert mused. “It could annihilate an entire army with a single blow.”
That idea made Eddard’s face darken. “You are not turning my daughters into weapons, Robert.”
“Oh, nay, no, not now,” Robert agreed, still looking thoughtful. “The Seven Kingdoms are at peace, for now. But we’ve enemies, Ned. A display of power like that...makes a man think is all. Besides, could have been my son that set that off.”
“Why don’t we just ask them?” Cecily demanded.
“You think we haven’t tried that, woman?” Robert growled, going flushed in the face. “The two of them just say they got scared and ran!”
“I’ll talk to my daughter, and Kazuma,” Eddard promised, standing. “It’s been more than a day, and they’ve had a night of sleep. Best if we talk about it now.”
“I’ll come with you,” Robert said, trying to rise, but struggling to do so in the narrow confines of the tent.
“Begging your pardon, your grace, but I think it’s best if I try alone first. Megumin is fierce, but she has a shy side when she thinks she’s in trouble. If she won’t talk to me, I’d suggest we send Yunyun. She can’t keep a secret from her sister.”
That seemed to irritate Robert, but he jerked a nod. “Very well. I suppose screaming at the foolish boy won’t get him to open up. If he thinks you’re pressuring him Kazuma will turn the entire thing into a jape. Damn! If only Tyrion were here, he could get the boy to talk.”
“He’s still likely at the wall, or not yet returned to Winterfell,” Jamie sighed. “I’m half surprised he didn’t try to take Kazuma with him.”
“Boy’s too lazy for that, knows better than to go where it’s so bloody cold. Very well, Ned, see if you can get them to talk, then have Yunyun try it. I swear, that girl could get a stone to speak if you left it with her.”
Robert couldn’t have known that Yunyun had, in a previous life, indeed mastered the Speak with Stone spell, specifically so she could make friends with rocks as no one else seemed to want to talk with her.
Eddard found his daughters not in their tent, but in the king’s wheelhouse with the princes and princess. Robb was sitting outside of the door, talking quietly with the queen. He stood as his father approached, looking deeply troubled.
“They still won’t say what has happened. I’ve not seen Megumin like this before, father. Something scared her, badly.”
“My son is...unwell,” Cersei admitted. “I’ve tried to speak to him, but he won’t allow himself to be separated from Megumin.” She swallowed, and put a hand on Eddard’s arm. “Lord Stark, my son...he seems fond of you. Perhaps this time, a father can coax from him what a mother cannot?”
“I will do what I can, my lady,” Eddard replied, gently taking Cercei’s hand and giving it a squeeze. To think he was growing close to the Lannisters...Lysa’s letter had indicated that they had murdered Jon Arryn, but...it was growing harder to think of them as rivals and strangers. Not when Myrcella hopped in Eddard’s lap at times, or when Tommen showed him a pretty feather he’d found, or when Kazuma was clearly becoming Megumin’s closest companion.
Eddard quietly got Yunyun to take the other children away, and closed the door. Megumin and Kazuma eyed him, and he noticed the two slid close to one another, taking each other's hand. It was hurtful, seeing his daughter clearly mistrust him and instead look to another man for comfort, but it also brought joy. Every father knew that one day, their little girl would grow up and find a man to replace him as their protector and confidant. It seemed that day had come sooner for Megumin than most.
“First, before we begin, let me say that I’m not angry,” Eddard said quietly. “Quite the opposite: I’m frightened for the two of you. That blast could have killed you. If it had… nothing could have caused me greater pain. So this is why I ask you again: what happened? I promise, nothing you say will rouse me to anger, nor shall it incur punishment on you. I will weigh your words, and not dismiss what you say out of hand. No matter how wild the tale.”
Kazuma swallowed. “We told you, it was a falling star, we-”
“Kazuma,” Megumin whispered, squeezing the prince’s hand. “He’s my dad. We...we have to tell someone. What if there were more?”
“I...OK. I trust you,” the prince said, swallowing hard.
Megumin took a deep breath. “We were… playing. Well, practicing. Not… not sword fighting. I know that’s what you think we’re doing… but… ”
“We weren’t doing anything lewd!” Kazuma swore. Then he looked down, seeming to realize he was holding Megumin’s hand. He seemed to almost jerk away, then steeled himself. “Well, OK, we have held hands sometimes.”
“N-not all the time! I’m not a pervert!” Megumin stammered.
Eddard hid a smile behind his hand. “Considering that the two of you are betrothed, I hardly think holding the hand of your future Lord would be considered improper, Megumin. Now. What were you practicing?”
“Magic,” Megumin admitted quietly.
“I...I can do magic. Sometimes,” Kazuma admitted, and Eddard felt his heart leap. He wasn’t sure if it was fear, relief, or both.
“The blast wasn’t Kazuma though,” Megumin added, looking down, and dread began to fill Eddard’s heart. “That… that was me.”
“There were bandits,” Kazuma whispered. “We… we were alone, and they came after us. We couldn’t run away, there were too many. Megumin… she saved us.”
“Bandits?” Eddard said, and despite having given his word, fury did flush his face, and he tightened his fists. He saw fear in the children’s eyes, and hasten to reassure them. “I am sorry. I am not wroth at the idea you slew some brigands. Only at the thought that men would dare to try to harm my daughter. I suppose it was foolish to allow you to wander off alone, even with Chomusuke. I thought this area well patrolled.”
“I don’t really know what happened,” Megumin admitted. “Whenever I’d tried to use magic before, the way Kazuma does it, nothing would happen. It never really felt right. But, when I knew they were going to try to hurt him… I just… I could do it. It was like… like there really was a dark power within my blood, calling to me. And I just… answered it.”
Eddard leaned back, considering this. At last, he nodded. “I can accept that. You’ve been told your birth was marked by strange omens. This seems sure proof of it. But, why did you run? Why not come to us?”
“I was scared. I thought… I thought everyone would be angry, that we’d done magic. The maesters say magic is dangerous, evil, old,” Kazuma whispered as he and Megumin wrapped their arms about one another, shivering. “I thought someone would take her away. And… and I couldn’t let that happen. So… I was going to run away with her. Somewhere safe, where no one could ever separate us.”
“I couldn’t move on my own, but I would have gone with Kazuma anywhere,” Megumin said fiercely. “With Chomusuke, we could have survived.”
“It saddens me that you would think I would ever allow anything to happen to either of you,” Eddard said, and moved forward, putting his arms around both children. They clung to him, and he could feel Megumin shuddering as she sobbed. Kazuma trembled, obviously trying to hold back tears of his own. “This I promise, to both of you: no matter what happens, no matter who comes against you, I’ll always be your father, Megumin. And, perhaps yours as well, Kazuma. Nothing in this world is more important to me than the both of you. You can always come to me. Or your own mother, Kazuma. She loves you dearly. You know that, don’t you?”
“I do, but…” Kazuam swallowed. “If I had to pick… I was going to pick Megumin.”
“A wise choice for a man to make, concerning his future wife,” Eddard chuckled. He gave one last squeeze, then stood. “We’re going to have to tell your parents, Kazuma. The fact that you can do magic-”
The door suddenly slid open, and Yunyun tumbled into the room. She jerked upright, looking up at her father with a guilty expression, but then scrambled over to Megumin. “You can do magic too?! I thought it was just me!”
“You-what?” Eddard gasped.
Megumin’s eyes went very wide as her sister grabbed her by the shoulders, still babbling. “At first it was just the needles, but then I could change the color of the thread, and one time when I thought Komekko was going to fall I accidentally made her light and she really did fall, except she sort of floated and-”
“How long have you been able to do magic?” Megumin demanded suspiciously, her eyes narrowing.
“Um, well….”
“How long?!” Megumin growled, reaching up and grabbing her sister’s arms.
“Um. Six years.”
“Six years and you didn’t tell me!? You’ve had this incredible power the entire time!?” Megumin raged, shaking her sister violently.
Eddard separated the two as Yunyun started to sob. “That’s enough! I know you’re still frightened, but this has to stop, now. What about Komekko?”
Yunyun and Megumin exchanged looks.
“You know Vanir’s real, right?” Megumin asked slowly.
Eddard felt a chill run down his spine. “What do you mean, Vanir is real?”
“Nothing!” the girls said in unison. They gave their father a big smile.
“Want to see me do another Explosion?” Megumin offered.
Head spinning, Eddard had to reach out to the door frame to steady himself. “Let’s… defer on any further explosions for now. That was dangerous. Such things should only be done in time of need. Not on a whim.”
“Oh, ok. I guess I can wait to unleash my incredible power again,” Megumin muttered. She glanced at Kazuma. “What about him?”
Eddard frowned, studying the prince as he fidgeted slightly. “What magic can you perform?”
“Just small stuff. I can make a flame, or summon earth. Other stuff too, I think. I just… I can’t do it all the time. I’ve only managed it when I’m scared, or angry, or someone’s in danger, or I think they’re in danger,” Kazuma admitted, rubbing the back of his head and giving Eddard a self deprecating smile..
“Then we shall need to practice. And before you suggest it, Megumin, I am not allowing my daughter to put herself, or anyone else, in danger real or imagined. There are other ways to train a discipline. We should also see if perhaps we can find a Maester with a Valyrian Steel link to aid us. Yunyun, can you show us your magic?”
“Yes! It’s not very hard, really, once you know how to do it. Come on, Megumin, I’ll teach you!” Yunyun said eagerly, and the two girls hurried off, leaving Eddard alone with the prince. He rose, but Kazuma grabbed his sleeve.
“Hey, um wait. What you said, about me and Megumin getting married...are you serious?”
Nodding, Eddard sat back down. “I am. Your father and I have made such an arrangement formally. It will be years yet; though Megumin has flowered, you are not yet a man grown. I think it best to wait until that day.”
“Yeah, probably,” Kazuma agreed, looking relieved. Then he looked away. “But...what if she doesn’t want to marry me?”
Despite himself, Eddard chuckled. “Then I suppose you have the next three years to convince her, don’t you?”
“Yeah,” Kazuma said slowly, nodding to himself. “I guess I do. Thanks, um, Lord Stark.”
“In private, call me Ned. Your father does. I think we know one another well enough now, don’t we, Kazuma?”
The prince looked up, and this time, his smile was genuine, even boyish. “Yeah, I guess so, Ned.”
Then he hopped up and ran out of the wheelhouse, shouting, “Hey, Megumin, wait up!”
Eddard stopped by Cersei, who gave him a worried, questioning look. He gave her a grim nod. “We’d best find Robert. I think this is something both of you need to hear.”
Goddesses be good. Just what was happening to his children? Eddard wished Catelyn was here. He’d have to tell her, somehow. Because he suspected that Komekko, and more worryingly, Vanir, had strange abilities of her own.
Cast of Characters
Cecily as; Septa Mordane. And also Queen of Thirst.
Eddard Stark as; One concerned father.
Bobby B as; Aqua’s Meme Lord.
Cersei Lannister as; Actually a human being.
Jamie Lannister as; Yeah, you were definitely OUTSIDE the queens chambers, pal.
Aqua as; All love is good, be you lolicon, NEET, or have a brother/sister complex.
And the Cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as so not ready for this.
Chapter 8: Prologue: Bored Goddesses are the Most Dangerous
Summary:
Normally prologues go at the beginning, but I thought of this now.
Chapter Text
A Clash of NEETs: Prologue
Bored Goddesses are the most Dangerous
Just like its owner, Aqua's apartment in the Divine Realm was cluttered, disorganized, and rather chaotic. It was clean, mostly because as a goddess Aqua had access to the Heavenly Host Cleaning Service, which was top notch. Aqua claimed she could find anything and everything in her room. Given enough time, it was even mostly true.
"Hey, Eris, what should we watch tonight?" Aqua called as she dug through her disorganized bookshelf of mixed DVDs, VHS, Blue Ray, and even betamax.
The Goddess of Fortune had her feat up on the end of one of Aqua's overstuffed, slightly stained, and very comfortable love seats, her head resting against the other end. She had taken off her formal robes for the day, and was dressed more like Chris the Thief, in jean shorts and a sweater that somehow left her navel bear. Currently, she was tapping away at her phone, answering a few last minute prayers. "I dunno, you pick something. Maybe something from the gangs adventures. Not the Belzerg arc though, we watched that last decade."
Aqua looked up, holding up two colorful box arts of Konosuba Season 4 and 6. "Aww, but I like the one where we visit Elroad."
"Chris isn't even in that one. Pick something else," Eris ordered, still typing on her phone and not bothering to look up.
"Why do you care so much about Chris anyway?" Aqua grumbled, and bent over again to rifle through the box, her loose hair spilling over her shoulders. She was out of uniform as well, and had on sweat pants and a sweat shirt, both rather grungy from millennia of use.
Eris rolled her eyes. She still couldn't believe Aqua had never figured it out, but by this point she didn't want to give up the game.
"Oh, what about the Reverse Isekai one? Where we incarnated Megumin and Darkness as high school students?"Aqua called, her head half hidden in the recess of her massive collection.
"Eh, that arc was kinda boring. What about the one where you did the gender bender thing?" Eris suggested.
"I can't find it, I think Kazuma hid it. He's so embarrassed about it. Mortals are so weird about that sort of thing. It's not like they even remember when their soul switches gender. Oh! I found the one where we did the Super Hero AU! You remember, My Chunni Academia?"
Eris shrugged, closing her prayer app and opening up Mana Binge. "Meh. Boring. That was basically the same as the time you got Madoka to let us create a alternate universe and you sent them all to British Boarding school. Hey, what do you want to eat? I'm getting sushi and ice cream."
"Get me some bubbly and fish and chips. Ice cream does sound good though. Man, we've seen all these shows before," Aqua complained, standing back and planting her hands on her hips.
Eris nodded, putting in her food order. She was just about to put her phone away when she got an email from Madoka.
"Make sure you remind Aqua she's supposed to be sending some reincarnators to Planetos. She's got to fix that whole Kinslayer debacle. I'm keeping an eye on her. I know Aerys II wasn't her fault, but the Targaryen's have turned into a mess, and not the fun kind."
"Aqua, did you remember to send someone to Planetos?" Eris called.
"Huh?" Aqua pulled out her own phone, tapping at it. "Oh, yeah. That's this decade isn't it? I guess I should do that before we relax for the weekend."
"Come on, you do have a plan, right? Remember what happened the last time you just threw power at a problem on Planetos?" Eris needled.
"Ugh, no need to remind me. Everyone still complains about the Kinslayer. It's been 300 years! Besides, Madoka fixed that with the Targaryens, right?" Aqua asked, coming over and slumping into her armchair with a scowl on her face.
"You haven't been paying attention again," Eris sighed, shaking her head. "The Targaryen's are about to get overthrown by a rebellion in a few years. They've lost the Mandate of Heaven. I think Madoka's totally done with them this time. Athena's still sulking about that, she really liked them."
"Dragon Lords were pretty kick ass," Aqua agreed. She frowned. "Man, I guess I should just go find some Japanese schmucks and Isekai them or something. Planetos is so hard to manage. I blame that asshole god who keeps interfering. What was his name?"
"Just call him the Red God, it irritates him," Eris suggested.
"Fine.," Aqua swiped through her phone, looking at her options for reincarnators. "Oh hey, Iris is up for reincarnation."
"Really? Where did you have her?" Eris asked curiously.
"An AU. I made her the first woman president of the United States. Youngest in history too! Let me see, she left a comment. 'That was fun, but you forgot to send Big Bro with me again. When am I going to get to marry Kazuma?' Then she left me three stars. THREE STARS! That's a travesty! She even fixed their economy, redid their educational system, and married a nice boy from Texas. Ugh. There is no pleasing that girl."
"You should just send her to Planetos. She can probably sort it all out no problem," Eris offered. "The Targeryen's even do that sibling marriage thing, that should calm her down a bit."
"Yeah but Kazuma would get super grossed out and leave me a one star review again if he married his literal sister," Aqua said. "Huh. Yunyun just came back too. She left me five stars. I knew doing an AU where I replaced Stalin with her and Trotsky with Megumin was perfect. I even had Komekko as Khrushchev!"
"Really? Where was Kazuma?" Eris asked.
"Oh, he was a girl too, he left me one star again, but it was a lolicon yuri AU. I really ought to stop letting Cecily put together my reincarnator packages. Megumin gave it a 5/5 since she got to nuke the United States. Cecily's ideas are fun, but they're really derivative."
Eris rolled her eyes. "Well, maybe if she didn't spend all her time as your secretary. Let me guess, did that AU end with everyone dying in a nuclear apocalypse?"
"Yeah but we're going to spin it into a Fall Out knock off. We could watch the tapes from that one, should be fun," Aqua suggested.
"Eh. I'm not into the Doctor Strangelove stuff even if Megumin is," Eris told Aqua. "Plus, you really do need to figure out what you're going to do with Planetos. Just throw Iris at it and you're going to end up with another Kinslayer situation."
"Will everyone just leave me alone with the Kinslayer stuff? Sheesh. Maybe if I go fumigate Harrenhal again they'll quit whining. Satella STILL won't shut up about how much of a problem the Cult of the Other is in Dorne," Aqua whined.
"I mean that was all mostly your fault," Eris pointed out. When Aqua glared at her, she shrugged. "If you'd just waited like Madoka wanted, we would have dealt with the Endless Summer before that much longer. As it is, you screwed everything up and the Others are going to be a serious problem again. Not to mention that asshole in Essos."
"Ugh, you're right," Aqua grumbled. Then, she brightened. "Wait. I have everyone! Dust and Lean are still in storage, Claire and Rain were Iris's bodyguards in her last life and they're going through processing, and Komekko is still on parole after taking over hell again."
"What, she didn't get a further penalty for helping Megumin nuke an entire world?" Eris asked.
"I mean, she did, but you can only get so many negative karma points. But think about it, Eris! We could have everyone! Darkness was General Zhukov so she's here too, I have the entire gang! We can just send them all to Planetos! You have Chris somewhere, right? She could go too!"
"Um, that, er, Chris is busy," Eris stammered. She really did not have time right now to take a lifetime off and fool around with Kazuma. As much as she wished she could. Actually, that sounded really, really fun, and Eris was tempted to ask for the time off. No, no, she had duties. But if she could find a way... "But let's think about this, Aqua. Plantos is complicated. There's all the noble houses that are plotting, the situation in Essos, Nyrako to worry about, and even Holo up in the North."
"Hmm, yeah, that's true." Aqua tapped her chin, then picked up her phone. "Hey, Cecily, come over to my place real quick. No, this is not a booty call. You know I'm a maiden goddess. Look, I think I might have an idea to reincarnate you. Yes, there will be cute girls. How many? Um, let's see. I've got Claire, Rain, Iris, Megumin, Yunyun, Komeko-"
The front door slammed as Cecily rushed into the room, still wearing her office uniform. "Why didn't you say so in the first place?! Now what's this about putting me in a world with all those cutie pies?!"
"Cecily, look. The lolicon thing was funny once, but you're taking it too far," Aqua sighed, rubbing her forehead. "If I reincarnate you, we're getting rid of that."
Cecily froze, a look of horror on her face. "You...you wouldn't really do that, would you?"
Aqua and Eris gave the former nun a flat look. Eris shook her head in exasperation. "Look, we're not going to make you into something your not. We're just...we're going to be raising the age restriction on your preferences."
"So...I'll still like cute girls?" Cecily asked, frowning suspiciously.
"Let's go with attractive women, OK?" Aqua said, patting Cecily on the back. "Now look, I've got basically all my favorite reincarnators up as options, and I need to send them to Planetos."
At the mention of "Planetos" Cecily jumped up and sprinted back for the door. She tried to open it, only for it to now be magically sealed. She sprang up, planting one foot on the door frame and tugging, before gripping the doorknob in both hands and grunting as she twisted, finally even putting both feet on the door and jerking side to side.
"Oh come on. It's not that bad!" Aqua declared, planting her hands on her hips.
"Look, I watched Game of Thrones, that place is a hell hole!" Cecily snapped, turning to glare at Aqua as she wiped some sweat and damp hair from her forehead.
"Game of Thrones?" Aqua asked, looking to Eris, who shrugged helplessly. "Where did you watch Game of Thrones?"
Cecily went pale, and tapped her index fingers together as she stammered. "Oh, um, nowhere, I just, I, er-"
"You got it from Vanir, didn't you!" Eris accused, standing to go over and poke Cecily in the chest. The Axis Priestess wilted, looking rather guilty.
"I just...Natalie Dormer is so hot! She's a bit old, but...I'll do it if you let me bang Margaery Tyrell, OK?"
"Who the hell is Margaery Tyrell?" Aqua demanded.
"Wait...what year is it on Planetos right now?" Cecily asked, her forehead wrinkling.
"It's 270 years after Aegon I Targaryen took the Iron Throne," Eris supplied while Aqua was still counting on her fingers and muttering to herself.
"Wait so...that's before Robert's Rebellion right?" Cecily did some considering. "Oh man, that means I can meet Bobby B! He's like the best!"
"I thought you didn't like guys?" Aqua demanded, folding her arms over her chest and glaring at her favorite worshiper.
"For him, I'll make an exception," Cecily vowed, then frowned. "Wait, do they still hate gays and stuff there?"
"Huh? No! The Seven Goddesses are in charge, and I put my foot down on that sort of stuff!" Aqua huffed. "Even Holo's coming around, and Hestia's OK with it since we instituted the heir and surrogacy reforms."
"Well, alright. You um, you've really never seen Game of Thrones?" Cecily asked tentatively. The goddesses shook their heads. A slow, evil smile spread over the Axis Cultists face. "Well then. I have some ideas. You say everyone, right? Dust and them? Just er, not Mitsurugi, right?"
"He's super boring, don't bother with him," Aqua reassured Cecily.
Rubbing her hands gleefully, Cecily looked to Eris. "And Chris? She's a cutie too, you know..."
"You let me worry about her," Eris snapped. Cecily gave her a lecherous grin, which made Eris blush. "Look, I'll try, OK?"
"Oh you let me know if you want to shed that maiden status," Cecily chuckled throatily, the evil light still in her eyes. "Now, what's the whole goal here? Stop the Others, right?"
"Yep, them and the Lord of Light," Aqua agreed.
"Eh, easy. Megumin and Yunyun could handle it on their own. Which means we have more time for Shipping and Slapstick, my favorite things! Now, I have some ideas about where we want to put everyone. We'll start with the Great Houses..." Cecily laid out the basics of a plan, and over the next few years, she, Eris, and Aqua hashed things out in fine detail. In the end, Planetos ended up with fully a dozen reincarnators, spread out to the Nine Great Houses, with Cecily even ending up as Brynden Tully's bastard daughter.
And, Eris even managed to find a way to work Chris in. Even if it did somewhat tarnish her reputation.
Chapter 9: You Can Take the Chuuni Out of the North...
Summary:
Kazuma and Megumin prove that they are terrible influences on one another and that Westeros is just not ready for this.
Chapter Text
Written and Directed by: Full-Paragon
Produced by: The Grand Cogitator
And now a word from our sponsor:
Hey kids! Eddard Stark can see what his daughters are up to, but can he see why kids love Cinnamon Toast Crunch?
In this world, only winter is certain.
No! It’s the cinnamon sugar swirls in every bite!
Part of this complete crack fic!
Chapter 8: You Can Take the Chuuni Out of the North…
The Red Keep was never completely empty, but there were times when it was less busy. Despite the Winter cold, the King had taken it upon himself to go hunting in the Kingswood, after a particularly unpleasant argument with his lady wife. He’d also taken Cersei’s newest handmaiden with him, and she had a feeling when he came back, the stupid whore would have a swollen belly, and would be bundled off somewhere out of sight.
Part of Cersei was glad. It meant she wouldn’t have to worry about taking that oaf into her bed again anytime soon. Part of her was furious. She was the queen. And yet, her husband loved a woman long dead, or the various whores and servants he tumbled. This time he even had the audacity to take a noblewomen to bed, even if she was a minor one.
Which was why Cersei didn’t feel the least bit guilty that her brother was sharing her bed again. She wondered if she’d catch? If she did, she’d have to take Robert to her bed again. The thought of that man putting his hands on her was galling, but it was a small price to pay she supposed. What sweet revenge it would be for her to put a cuckoo on the throne, a pure Lannister instead of Robert’s ill-begotten spawn.
Cersei heard a noise, and languidly sat up. Jamie was pulling on his tunic, but he’d frozen, and Cersei’s heart skipped a beat. She’d left strict orders! Who would-
A sudden blue light filled the chamber, and brother and sister shielded their eyes, even as Jamie grabbed his sword and sprang forward to defend his sister and lover.
“Greetings, Mortals! I-ACK!”
There was the ringing of steel, and when Cersei managed to clear her eyes she found a woman in a long robe with a feathered mantle and two daggers in her hands standing over Jamie, who was on the ground, his sword knocked from his hands. Behind the woman with the daggers cowered a blue haired maiden, who was-
“YOU STUPID JERK! IS THAT HOW YOU GREET GODDESSES WHO COME TO GRANT YOU A BLESSING!?”
“Aqua, you did just jump up and start yelling at him,” the dagger woman sighed. Her blades suddenly vanished with a twirl of her fingers. “Where’s the king anyway? I thought you said Cersei Lannister was supposed to bear Kazuma.”
“Yeah, that’s why we had to wait until Bobby B was gone, Eris. Cersei doesn’t want to have his kids, she wants to have Jamie’s,” the blue haired one explained, coming around. She gave Cersei a big smile. “Hey, what’s up? So, you’re totally in luck! Because I, Aqua Goddess of Water, believe all love is good, be you lolicon, NEET, or have a brother complex, I-”
“Wait, aren’t they brother and sister? Twins?” the first woman said as Jamie slowly got to his feet. She spread her hands, and a book appeared in a sparkle of silver light. “Oh my me, Aqua. They ARE twins! Kazuma would be a bastard!”
“He is a bastard, and a NEET. Plus, all of Bobby B’s kids are bastards anyway, and Cersei keeps praying to me for a kid and to let her love her brother so I’m answering her prayers. Come on, Eris, this makes the most sense!”
“J-Jamie?” Cersei stammered. “Are, are these?”
“Hold up, just a sec,” the woman Cersei was increasingly certain was the Goddess Aqua said. She turned to the other, who had to be Eris. “Look, all love is good, right?”
“Well, I mean-”
“And they love each other, right?”
“Er, yes, but-”
“So what’s the problem!? Athena’s dad married his sister, and Hestia’s mom and dad were siblings too! I mean, I only have a mom, and she just popped me out of her head one day, just like Athena’s dad! I do not get why mortals have this hang up! ”
“Well, it’s the inbreeding, mostly,” Eris said. “I think? Look, it’s been like eight thousand years since I was mortal. I don’t really get it either, but they seem to think it’s important.”
“So we just keep it a secret! That’s what Cecily’s for, right?” Aqua argued.
Eris shrugged. “Ok, fine. Just make sure you clear up any negative recessive traits in the gene sequence.”
Aqua blinked stupidly, and Eris sighed. “Oh, fine. I’ll take care of it. Just give me Kazuma’s soul.”
“Great! Thanks. I never get all that weird science stuff, doesn’t make any sense.” Aqua rooted around in her bosom of all places, and pulled out a glowing blue sphere, which she passed to the other goddess, who accepted it.
“Right.” Aqua turned back to Cersei and Jamie, who were now clinging to one another, terrified. “Greetings, Mortals!”
“G-greetings, g-goddesses,” Cersei stammered.
“You’re not here to judge us?” Jamie asked, sounding rather worried.
“Nah. That’s Satella’s job, or maybe Hestia. We’re here to give you a blessing!” Aqua declared. “One of the Children of Destiny!”
Cersei listened in growing shock, and then, smug satisfaction. She had been right. Jamie was the one for her, and she was being rewarded with a son who would be the Prince that Was Promised. Though that did worry her, as the last Prince That Was Promised had been the Kinslayer of Harrenhal. In the end though, she and Jamie accepted the blessing Eris offered them, and made love once more. Her flesh quickened, and she took Robert to bed. When Kazuma was born, the foolish king believed him to be his own son.
But as her son grew, Cercei began to worry. People talked, especially when Tommen and Myrcella came around. The king rarely called the queen to his chambers, and there was no love between them. Theirs was not the only frosty noble marriage, but the Queen’s children were drawing notice.
Still, the Goddesses would not abandon Cersei now, would they? She prayed not. If they did, however, Cersei’s enemies would not find her a sleeping lioness. She would protect her cubs, no matter what came.
No matter the cost.
=====================================================================
As usual, Megumin got up with the sun, bounding out of bed and scrambling into her clothes. Yunyun was up at dawn as well, bursting with excitement and dressing in her nicest riding dress. Megumin darted out of the door, only to be collared by Septa Cecily before she’d gone five steps.
“Not today, kiddo. You’ve gotta wear your nice duds. Go back and try again,” Cecily ordered, hand gripping Megumin’s neck firmly.
“Leggo, I’m riding with Kazuma!” Megumin protested, attempting to wriggle out of her tutors grip.
“Yes, you are riding with the prince. Which means, at least for today, you have an incredibly important mission,” Cecily informed Megumin.
Megumin paused, eyeing the Axis Septa. “What kind of mission?”
Cecily looked around, then leaned down, dropping her voice to a whisper. “You see, in King’s Landing, the Prince has dozens of dangerous enemies. Foes at every turn. If you’re going to be riding with him, you’ll be a target too.”
Megumin considered this, eyeing Cecily suspiciously. “So, I need to wear armor?”
“No, you need to wear a disguise. Everyone knows that Megumin Stark wears nothing but riding leathers and boy’s clothes. So, to sneak into the city, we have to get you to wear a dress and-GET BACK HERE YOUNG LADY!”
“You’re just trying to trick me, Cecily, I’m not falling for it!” Megumin shouted, scampering away from her minder. She turned around to stick out her tongue at Cecily, only to run smack into what felt like a stone wall. Staggered, Megumin turned to look up and find her father looking down at her.
“Megumin. We’re entering the city today. I asked Scepta Cecily to ensure you were dressed as a lady should be. You are going to listen, aren’t you?”
Folding her arms over her chest, Megumin frowned and began to sulk. “Well, if I have to wear a dress, then-”
“-uncomfortable! Can’t I just ride in the wheelhouse? I don’t want to wear this stupid monkey suit! It doesn’t even fit properly anymore!” Prince Kazuma complained as he exited his own tent, dressed in a red and yellow silken tunic emblazoned with the Crowned Stag and Lannister Lion. It did indeed not quite fit the prince anymore, as he had done some growing in the nearly six months since they had left King’s Landing last, and though the tunic had been adjusted several times it was just a bit too small.
That made Megumin flush slightly, as her dresses fit just fine, her having not grown much since leaving Winterfell. To Megumin’s irritation, Yunyun had actually surpassed her younger sister in height, and the gap seemed to be widening.
“Yes, father,” Megumin grumbled, and turned back to her tent, changing into the riding dress of grey and white with the Stark direwolf on it. Megumin had made it a general policy throughout her life to wear skirts as rarely as possible, as knights did not wear dresses. Though she did have a newly acquired goal of learning magic, she still thought of herself as doing so as an armored knight, not a silly maester in robes.
“Hey.”
Megumin turned to glare at Kazuma, who was standing beside his horse, fiddling with a golden circlet in his hands. “What?” she snapped, ready for the prince to deliver some acidic barb about her appearance.
“You, um, you look good. That dress is, er, nice on you.”
Having been prepared with a cut about how Kazuma looked like an overstuffed scarecrow, Megumin’s mind blanked at the compliment. All she managed was to goggle at Kazuma, who blushed and turned away, scrambling into his saddle far less gracefully than he usually did.
“Um, Megumin, I think he was trying to be nice.”
Megumin turned to glower at Yunyun instead, who was already on her own horse. “What are you talking about? Cadzuma is a rude jerk! He’s never nice!”
“Really?” Yunyun looked at her sister incredulously. “That’s not a very kind thing to say about your friend.”
“We are not friends,” Megumin huffed. Instead of accepting the helping hand up into her saddle, Megumin hiked up her skirts and jumped up into the saddle rather ungracefully.
“For someone who you’re not friends with, you two spend a lot of time together,” Yunyun said, still eyeing her sister sideways.
“That is because we have to learn about, you know,” Megumin wiggled her fingers suggestively, as though casting a spell.
“Megumin, even before that, you woke up at dawn to get Kazuma, played together all day, then didn’t separate until it was bedtime,” Yunyun pointed out. “You spend more time with him than you do me these days.”
“That’s because you’re not interested in becoming a knight, and learning the art of the blade,” Megumin declared. “I shall master the blade, and one day, be Lady Commander of the Kingsguard, just like Barristan Selmy!”
“Is that so, my lady? I do confess, do not recall many calling me ‘lady’ Commander of the Sworn Brothers of the King’s guard. Or would that be Sworn Sisters?”
Megumin spun about, going pale, then red, as an older man dressed in a snow white cloak and tabard rode up to them. Despite the man's age and weathered and scared features, he sat with grace and poise in the saddle, and his hand rested lightly on his sword hilt, his eyes steady, yet ever aware of his surroundings like the master swordsman he was.
“Ohmygoddesses!” Megumin squealed. “You’re Ser Barristan the Bold! The Greatest Knight EVER!”
“You flatter me, Lady Stark,” Ser Berristan chuckled. “I would consider myself merely a man who does his duty.”
“But you slew Maelys the Monstrous in the Stepstones! You won Lord Steffon’s tourney where you defeated-”
“Your pardon, Lord Barriston, my daughter has something of an obsession with you,” Eddard said, easing his horse next to Megumin’s.
“Dad! Dad! He’s Ser Barristan! Do you think you could beat him, dad? I bet you could! I know you don’t like tourneys and stuff but I bet if you’d fought him at the Trident you’d totally have kicked his butt!” Megumin babbled.
That made the old knight chuckle. “It seems even the supposed greatest knight of the realm must pale in comparison to the esteem a daughter has for her lord father. Though I will say, Lady Stark, I am grateful that your father and I never crossed swords. He is a man to be respected, on and off the battlefield.”
“If only my daughter believed the same,” Eddard said, giving Megumin an affectionate smile. “Come. We’re to ride at the head with the king’s party. You’re to ride beside the crown prince, Megumin.”
“What about Yunyun?” Megumin demanded, glancing at her sister.
“It’s OK, I can ride with Tommen and Myrcella! I’m just happy we’re going to be able to make so many new friends today!” Yunyun then rode up to Ser Barristen, smiling widely. “Hello! I’m Yunyun Stark! I’m so glad to meet you! You seem nice, we should be friends!”
Ser Barristan’s eyebrows rose, and he glanced at Eddard, who chuckled and shook his head. “Was it not you who told me it is more honorable to make a friend, rather than an enemy, Ser Barristan?”
“I suppose it was,” the Lord Commander agreed, and he bowed slightly to Megumin. “I should be honored to be your friend and protector, Lady Yunyun, for as long as you remain here in King’s Landing.”
“Oh good! I’m sure I’ll be here lots, Megumin’s going to marry the prince. I don’t think she’s figured it out yet though.”
Ser Barriston hid a smile and a laugh with a cough. “Is that so? Well, come. It is time for us to enter into the city.”
Though Megumin rode beside Kazuma as the party entered into the city, she had eyes only for Ser Barristan, and rambled on to Kazuma about his various heroic feats. She didn’t even notice that the prince was growing increasingly irritated at her nattering as they wound their way through the city.
“Oh yeah?” Kazuma snapped to Megumin at last, even as the small folk waved and cheered at the royal party’s passage. “If you like him so much, why don’t you marry him?”
“Don’t be gross, he’s cool, but he’s old. Older than my dad,” Megumin said, making a face. “See, you should try to be cool like Ser Barristan, or your Uncle Jamie. You could have an awesome cloak, and go on quests, and slay vicious foes!”
“Yeah? Well, knight’s aren’t as cool as you think,” Kazuma grumbled. “Wait till you meet Sandor’s asshole brother.”
“Well, Sandor’s alright, but he’s not really a proper knight,” Megumin sniffed.
“True. I don’t bash children’s heads in, or rape women before I kill them,” Sandor growled.
“Clegane!” Jamie snapped, turning in his saddle to glare at the Hound. “Keep a civil tongue in your head around the lady.”
“Oh, your pardon, Ser Jamie,” Sandor said in a dutiful tone, but the emphasis he put on the Ser made it more than half an insult. “What was it they call you again?”
“Ok, Sandor, knock it off, right now,” Kazuma ordered, turning in his seat to glare at the Hound. “What the hell has gotten into you? Ok, so Megumin’s a knight fangirl. It’s annoying. But that doesn’t mean you need to pick on her. Back off.”
“As you say, your highness,” Sandor muttered, and pulled his mount back slightly.
“He’s mad because he feels bad he didn’t protect you,” Megumin said softly, feeling guilty. “And me, probably. Haven’t you noticed? He’s slept outside your door pretty much every night.”
“How do you know that?” Kazuma asked suspiciously.
Megumin flushed. “Well, he may have caught me trying to sneak in and get you to try practicing magic during the full moon. It’s supposed to make some spells more powerful.”
“How am I not surprised?” Kazuma sighed. He managed to give Megumin a smile. “So, um, what do you think of King’s Landing so far?”
Megumin looked around, wrinkling her nose. There were stains of old filth everywhere, gutters with brown water and worse, and unwashed masses of people. It wasn’t like Winterfell at all, which housed over a thousand, but was clean and well kept. “It stinks, and it’s too noisy.”
The prince snorted and had to stifle a laugh. “You know, I think the same thing. That’s why I hardly ever bother leaving my rooms.”
They arrived at the palace at last, where the party split up to refresh themselves from the road. Megumin was eager to change out of her dress and have a bath, until she spied what Cecily had laid out for her and her sister to wear.
“This is outrageous! It’s unfair!” Megumin bellowed, standing up in her bath and making Yunyun squawk as she was splashed. “I already wore a dress today, how am I even supposed to walk in that thing?!”
“Tell you what, you wear the dress, I’ll throw in the eyepatch,” Cecily said, holding up a bright crimson strip of cloth. “Deal?”
Megumin considered this, eyeing Cecily distrustfully. “You won’t trick me and try to take it?”
“Honey, Axis Cultists know how to make a good entrance. Knock ‘em dead,” Cecily said, giving Megumin a big thumbs up. “Just don’t put it on until you’re ready or Eddy will take it. Sheesh, you’d think he’d lighten up after all these years and learn how to have some fun! Now you two hurry up, I’m supposed to help you remember all the names of all these supposedly important people. Can’t remember them myself most of the time…”
With the realization that she was going to be able to make a spectacular introduction in front of the entire court, Megumin eagerly scrambled into the dress, but had Cecily and Yunyun help her hide Chunchumaru in her skirts. She had to make sure they did a proper introduction.
“Um, Megumin, just this once, maybe we could, you know, introduce ourselves like normal people?” Yunyun asked as they made ready to head to the great hall.
“Yunyun, what have I told you? This is a proud and important part of our culture. Now, are you a proper member of the Crimson Demon Band of Adventurers or not?”
“I am, I am,” Yunyun agreed. “You know dad is going to have a fit.”
“You let me worry about him. This will be totally worth it,” Megumin declared.
Unfortunately, no sooner had they stepped outside then their father and Robb were standing there, waiting.
“Megumin. Where is Chunchumaru?” Eddard asked, baring Megumin’s way.
“I don’t know, in my trunk or something,” she said, scowling in irritation.
“Sister, we’re in King’s Landing. Father is to be Hand. We cannot dishonor our family name,” Robb said. “Now. Your sword.”
“But, but we have to-”
“We’ll have time for posing and shouting about your great feats later,” her father said sternly. “I’m not going to ask again. Where is Chunchumaru?”
Grumbling, Megumin hiked up her skirts and handed over her wooden blade, which her father stowed back in the sisters chambers. “Now. I trust you will both behave yourselves? Follow the example of the royal family if you forget your lessons. Which I am certain Septa Cecily did not neglect.”
“Hey, we just went over that stuff. Megumin can curtsy with the best of them!” Cecily laughed. When Lord Stark gave the Septa a pained look, she just winked. “I’ll behave myself, boss. Don’t sweat it, your girls will be good!”
As they walked, Megumin fell back to Cecily and glared at her. “You told.”
“Damn right I did, kid. It’s for your own good you know. Unless you want to join the Axis Cult, you can’t really get away with acting like that down here. We’re not in Winterfell anymore. Dog eat dog in the court,” Cecily said seriously. “Look, I care about you, Megs. Make a good impression. It counts for a lot.”
“I was going to make a good impression, but then you all ruined it,” Megumin muttered. Then she brightened. She did still have the eye patch. Maybe the situation was salvageable after all.
When they did arrive at the Great Hall, Megumin suddenly felt slightly relieved that her father had confiscated Chunchumaru and forbade her from her typical theatrics. She hadn’t realized just how many people there would be here. Even riding through King’s Landing hadn’t quite prepared Megumin for the pageantry of the lords and ladies of the court assembled in their finery. There were over a hundred of them, plus servants, men at arms, courtiers, and several children.
They were just making their way into the hall when Prince Kazuma appeared with Sandor at his heels. “My Lord, if I may have the pleasure of escorting my lady?” Kazuma said.
To Megumin’s surprise, her father nodded, and allowed Kazuma to take Megumin’s arm.
“What are you doing?” she hissed.
“Getting you this,” Kazuma replied, and held a hand out to Sandor, who quickly passed Kazuma a long object.
“Here, take it. We just grabbed a random one, but I figured you’d get busted and your dad would take Chunchumaru,” Kazuma whispered.
Megumin gaped as she realized the prince had given her a sword and scabbard, but she quickly made it vanish into her skirts. “Why’d you bring it to me?”
“Duh, so we can do a proper introduction,” Kazuma hissed. “Wait, hold up, gotta let my dad go first.”
The court greeted Robert, who nodded looking a bit irritated at the long winded greetings offered by the members of his Small Council.
“Before we go any further, I have two announcements,” Robert said, leaning forward on the rather uncomfortable looking Iron Throne. It was a lot bigger than Megumin had imagined, being taller than a man was with what had to be hundreds of swords making it up.
“First, Lord Eddard Stark has accepted the position of Hand of the King. Let his word be my word, and his actions, my actions, for he is my right hand in all things,” Robert declared, standing with a grunt and shambling down the steps of the throne. Megumin’s father knelt, and Robert draped a heavy golden chain of interlocked golden hands about Eddard’s neck.
“I accept this burden, your Grace, and shall execute the duties of the office of the Hand with honor and justice,” Eddard vowed.
“So be it,” Robert said, making a hurrying up gesture. Did he look...bored? How could he be bored? This was so cool! “Rise, Lord Stark.”
“Next, Lord Stark and I ought to share with you all,” the king said, looking around the chamber. “He and I have pledged our houses to be joined, by the marriage of my son, Crown Prince Kazuma Baratheon, and his Daughter, Lady Megumin Stark.”
“Now!” Kazuma cried, and before she knew what was happening, Megumin jumped out from the crowd, drawing her new sword and raising it high. She caught her father's expression out of the corner of her eye and- was he smiling?
“BEHOLD!” Kazuma roared, causing a collective gasp of breath from the assembled court. “I AM KAZUMA BARATHEON, CROWN PRINCE OF THE SEVEN KINGDOMS, AND HE WHO WILL ONE DAY MARRY MEGUMIN!”
“BEHOLD! I AM MEGUMIN STARK! FOREMOST GENIUS OF THE HOUSE OF STARK, AND SHE WHO WILL ONE DAY BE QUEEN!”
Megumin grinned at the astonished expressions of the assembled nobles, and lowered her sword, making an arcane sign over her eye, which of course bore her eye patch once more. “Ha! I see my glory has left these poor Southron fools speechless! No wonder the King and Prince Kazuma were forced to battle their way north, against vicious demons and terrible monsters in order to find a worthy bride!”
“Of course, how else could my dark and terrible power have been tamed save by the hand of the She-Wolf of Winterfell?” Kazuma asked, leaning against Megumin’s back and posing with his sword held in a high guard position.
“As you can see, our children are somewhat enthusiastic about the betrothal,” the king said dryly. “I’m quite certain you’ll all agree it’s a suitable match, and that I couldn’t have found a better woman for my son if I’d searched all the way to bloody Yi Ti. Now, if the two of you will excuse us, you’re not quite king yet, Kazuma. There are some small matters to attend to, I’m certain.”
“Um, yes, of course, father,” Kazuma said, giving a jerky bow. Megumin gave a curtsy to the king, blushing as she and Kazuma scampered back to where Yunyun was standing.
“Still don’t think he’s your friend?” Yunyun whispered.
“Well. I am beginning to think he may have certain redeeming qualities,” Megumin whispered back. She eyed Kazuma, considering. Maybe being a queen wouldn’t be so bad. Some queens had been dragon riders, after all, and fought in battles. She’d just have to be that kind, instead of the fussy annoying type like Cersei Lannister was.
Neither she nor Kazuma ever saw the small private smile on the new Hand’s face, or the amused look the queen gave her son and his betrothed. And while both of them got quite a lecture from their respective parents in private later, it wasn’t quite as thorough as it could have been.
Cast of Characters:
Megumin as; WINNING!
Kazuma as; The Chuuniest Prince in Town
Yunyun as; Red Eyes of Friendship
Eddard Stark as; The Hand of Judgement
Robert Baratheon as; Not nearly drunk enough for this
Ser Barristan Selmy as; Holy shit this guy is so cool
And the cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as rather scandalized.
Chapter 10: Evasive Maneuvers
Summary:
Truly, Iris has a dizzying intellect.
Chapter Text
Written and Directed by: Full-Paragon
Produced by: The Grand Cognator
Sponsored by: Mustang Brand Lighters. Build a man a fire, and he will be warm for a day. Set a man on fire, and he will be warm for the rest of his life.
Chapter 9: Evasive Maneuvers
Kings Landing was much as Eddard Stark remembered it: a rats’ nest of small folk living on top of one another in squalor, with the Red Keep perched atop it all. He was sweating more than ever in this Southron heat, even this early in the day. Still, Robert’s summons had seemed urgent, and Eddard and Jory strode quickly through the halls to the Small Council’s Chambers.
“Ah, Lord Eddard, so good to have a punctual Hand once more,” Lord Varys said as Ned entered the room. The Spider was already seated at the council table, and did not rise, only giving a bloodless smile.
“Lord Varys,” Eddard said, giving the eunuch a nod and doing his best to hide his distaste. He’d become somewhat better at such things since his last stay in King’s Landing, as his daughters had taught him a great deal about patience and tolerating things he found unpleasant.
“I must say, your daughter is such a delight. It is rare that someone manages to take the court so unawares,” Varys chuckled, a wet, almost coughing sound. “And such a match for the prince! Indeed, many of us had despaired of our beloved Kazuma ever finding a wife that would put up with his own peculiarities.”
Something about the comment rankled Eddard, and he felt as though Varys was mocking his daughter. “Megumin is quite dear to me. I hope she and Kazuma will find happiness together,” he replied coolly. Further conversation was interrupted as the Grand Maester and Ser Barristan entered the room, deep in discussion about some more arcane point of lore. They were followed shortly by the king’s youngest brother Lord Renly, and Lord Baelish, the latter of which gave Eddard a knowing smile.
“Well then, shall we get started, my lords?” Varys said, giving another ingratiating smile as everyone was seated.
“What of the king, and Lord Stannis? I have not yet seen him about the keep, is he unwell?” Eddard asked.
“Lord Stannis has been absent for many months now, departing for Dragonstone not long after the king went North,” Baelish replied, a small smile on his lips. “And, well, if we wait for the king-”
“Then you’d bloody well be doing what I keep you around for, Little Finger,” Robert gasped, hauling himself into the room and panting softly for breath. “Forgot how bloody large this damned place is.”
Groaning, Robert eased himself into the massive padded chair at the head of the table, then glared around the chamber. “Alright, I want to know where the bitch is.”
“Pardon, brother, but does our new Hand know of whom you speak?” Lord Renly asked, eyeing Eddard with a neutral expression.
“Seven hells, Renly, he damn well should! I’m speaking of that viperous bitch, Iris Targaryen!” Robert roared, slamming the table with his fist. “What’s this I heard about her burning Pentos to the ground, and why did I hear of it as a jape from Loras Tyrell and not from my Master of Whisperers!?”
“Ah,” Varys said, licking his lips. “We had not sought to trouble you, your Grace, so fresh from the road. In truth, Pentos still stands, we only know that the girl has left the city.”
“After slaughtering an entire damned Dothraki Khalisar! What in the name of all the goddesses is she up to?” Robert snarled. “I want that girl's head on a bleeding pike! Didn’t we send some of the Faceless Ones after her?”
“Robert!” Eddard cried, forgetting himself somewhat. “She is nought but a girl! Not even a woman grown yet!”
“She’s a Targaryen, and they’re all snakes,” Robert growled. “And this one I want dead like the rest of her brood.”
“I do have some information, but it is unverified. I hardly credit it myself,” Varys said, reaching into his robes. “I had hoped to have something other than base rumor for you, your Grace, but what whispers have passed to my ears are troubling.”
Varys pulled out a rolled parchment, smoothing it out on the table. Eddard glanced at it, and felt his heart skip a beat. On it was an image drawn in hasty charcol, then lacquered. It depicted a girl sitting atop a horse, long lightly colored hair escaping from her hood. She had both arms out, and perched on each was a winged beast, tongues of flame shooting from their muzzles. Above her flew another creature. All looked to be about the size of an eagle, but what they were was unmistakable.
“Dragons,” Eddard gasped, reaching out slowly to touch the paper.
Robert slumped in his seat, his face going gray. “This cannot be. There hasn’t been a living dragon in generations.”
“It is said on the night of the girl's birth, Athena herself appeared in the sky, blessing her,” Grand Maester Pycell said, shaking his head. “There have been rumors of late. Rumors of goddesses and magic running rampant. The return of dragons would be an ill omen indeed.”
“Still think she’s just a girl, Ned?” Robert growled.
Slowly, Eddard shook his head. “If she has dragons, even young ones...she is no girl. She’s a dragon lord, come again. Do we know of her intent?”
“The last word was that she informed the magisters of Pentoss that she would, ‘cross the sea and take back my Big Bro’s kingdom,’” Varys stated. “At which point, she vanished into the Dothraki Sea. She’s reemerged at several points, but we haven’t been able to piece together her plan.”
“Bring me a bloody map!” Robert barked. “I want details! I’ll see this girl dead if I have to hire every assassin and sell sword from here to Asshai!”
A map of Essos was dutifully retrieved and laid on the table, and Varys began to carefully mark where reports of Iris and her dragons had been located, indicating the likely date when the sightings had occurred.
When Varys was done, Eddard could only stare at the map in despondency. It was crisscrossed by lines that indicated possible travel and stops by Iris Targaryn’s band, which was rumored to consist of her, her brother, and now Ser Jorah Mormont. Ned felt a pang of regret he’d not executed the man instead of exiling him. To have a Targaryen with dragons loose in the world again...Eddard had a soft spot for children, and he still feared for Jon’s life. He did think of the boy as his son, and as a Stark, not a Targaryen. But Iris was a threat.
“We can make nothing of her intended path or destination. Wherever she appears, she recruits new followers to her company, causes some havoc with those who could hope to resist her, then vanishes,” Varys stated.
“The Targaryen’s are mad, but cunning,” Robert growled. “Only the goddesses know what devilish scheme that girl is brewing.”
======================================================================
“Big bro, I think we’re lost again,” Iris admitted after what Viserys estimated was at least three days of wandering in circles.
“Perhaps, little sister, if you would let someone else use the map?” Viserys suggested, trying not to let out a groan of anguish.
Iris shook her head, smiling brightly. “Don’t worry, Big Bro, I know exactly where we’re going! We’re going to get an army, then cross the Narrow Sea and kick Fat Robert right off his stolen throne!” She held up the map, pursing her lips, and frowning.
This time, Viserys did let out a groan, and scrubbed his face with his hand. Iris had the map upside down. And, how he didn’t know, also backwards.
“Hmm. I think...that way!” Iris declared, pointing in what Viserys assumed was a random direction. “Yep! This is sure to be the way, Big Bro! Come on, Ser Jorah!”
“As you say, my lady,” Ser Jorah agreed, and waved his arm. The collection of misfits that Iris had been acquiring over the past few months followed after her as she rode on her horse, leading them only the goddesses knew where.
Part of Viserys wondered just why anyone would follow his obviously insane sister. The other part of him kept an eye overhead, where three dragons circled lazily in the sky.
One of them, the largest and a black colored brute, swooped down to Iris, causing the horse to shy. The dragon was growing swiftly, and was now about the size of a large hound. Iris reached into her saddle pack, pulling out a bit of cooked meat and tossing it to her pet.
“Good boy, Belzerg!” Iris said, reaching down and petting the dragon’s pointed muzzle. The beast breathed out a bit of flame, which made Iris giggle as the fire played over her fingers.
As Viserys and everyone else had learned, Iris appeared to be entirely immune to fire, as the dragons had burned down no fewer than three tents with her inside. The first time, Iris had only woken up when Jorah had thrown water on the fire. She’d stumbled out, dress still smoldering, and demanded to know who was attacking them. Upon hearing it was the dragons, Iris had proceeded to set all three of the beasts down and delivered a stern lecture on fire safety.
At first, Viserys had thought this just a sign of his sister's madness. After all, dragons were beasts, not men, even if they did have odd powers. Except that Belzerg seemed to take exception to the lecture, and had attacked Iris. Ser Jorah and some of their followers had gasped in shock, until Iris wrested the dragon out of the air and proceeded to literally spank him.
After that, Belzerg was much more compliant and tame, apparently having realized what Viserys had learned a long time ago: Iris was tougher, stronger, and meaner than anyone else. Though decidedly not bigger, as most of the dragons were now larger than she. Belzerg had tried several times to prove himself against Iris, but so far all he’d earned were several more lickings.
In contrast, the two females, Stylish Sword and Imoto, were far better behaved than their larger brother. Stylish Sword was a mottled dark red, and was nearly as aggressive as Belzerg when it came to hunting for prey. Whenever Dothraki had been foolish enough to attack Iris’s group, Stylish Sword had been the one to pursue the horse riders the longest and fiercest. She was, however, docile enough that she would allow others beside Iris to feed her, though she would suffer no other hand to touch her.
As for Imoto, she was the smallest of the dragons, and for a fire breathing monster that lived for war and conquest, she was surprisingly gentle, even allowing other hands to touch her at times. Though whenever Iris offered to let Viserys do so, he quickly begged off. The dragon was, however, extremely protective of Iris, and prone to sending licks of flame in the direction of anyone who dared raise their voices against her mother.
They hadn’t got far before the female dragons overhead let out warbling shrieks, and dove on something out of sight on the rolling grassy hills. With a roar and burst of flame, Belzerg rose into the air as well, following after his sisters. Iris laughed and spurred her horse, which caused Ser Jorah to race after her. Viserys didn’t know why. It wasn’t as though Iris were in any danger. Maybe Jorah was worried for the sake of whatever was currently being flame broiled by the dragons.
Half an hour later, Viserys rode over a low rise and came upon a grisly scene: half a dozen slaughtered and seared sheep, which the dragons had mostly devoured.
“Look, Big Bro, Imoto brought your dinner!” Iris declared, holding up a lamb that had apparently been dropped from a height to break its back.
“Er, that’s nice,” Viserys said, forcing a smile on his face. At least it was better than starving. They’d acquired over one hundred former dothraki slaves, who had been left behind when their former masters had either perished or fled after attacking Iris. Viserys wasn’t sure if they had been trying to avenge Khal Drogo, or if they’d just been dumb enough to think that a girl and her three pet dragons were easy prey.
They had spent more than half a year wandering across the Dothraki Sea by Viserys reckoning, though he was admittedly fairly bad at math that didn’t involve figuring out how far away he was from his little sister. During that time, they’d clashed innumerable times with the Dothraki. Part of Viserys wondered if the horse lords were just slow learners, or if somehow they hadn’t heard of the destruction of other khalisars because Iris didn’t leave enough survivors.
Most of Iris’s “army” was a collection of former slaves that Iris had “freed” after destroying several khalisars. A rather large portion of those slaves had sensibly run away screaming from the sword wielding maniac and her three pet monsters, but there had always been at least a few that had viewed Iris as a savior, if a violent one, and sworn themselves to her service. There were also a few warriors, most of them Dothraki that had bent the knee rather than be incinerated or hacked to pieces.
As it was nearing nightfall, the group began to set up camp in the manner that Iris prescribed. Viserys didn’t see why Iris insisted on each camp being set up in neat, orderly rows, with the fighters on the outer edges and the women and children, and Viserys, on the inside. When possible, Iris also demanded that a line of stakes and a shallow trench be dug around the camp. The most obsessive part of Iris’s plans however, came to sanitation. Slit trenches for latrines were always to be placed downhill and down stream of the camp, and were to be buried before the group moved on. Somehow, Iris had found a couple Axis cultists, and required that all water was to be purified or boiled before it was used for drinking.
“She behaves as though she’s an old campaigner. Even Randyll Tarly or Tywin Lannister would approve of her quartering of troops,” Ser Jorah had mused. Viserys thought that was dumb, as most of them weren’t troops, but a bunch of useless women and children they had to feed.
As of late, the feeding was much easier, as Iris had taught her dragons to locate game, and either bring it back, or circle above their kills and wait for parties to retrieve it for the camp. As the dragons were just as terrified of her as everyone else, they were rather androit in their services.
With the camp set up, Iris set about holding court. She always demanded that Viserys attend and sit in the high seat, as though he were actually in charge.
“Captain Jokko, Big Bro needs to know our scouts reports,” Iris said, standing dutifully beside Viserys.
“Khaleesi-”
“General,” Iris corrected. She seemed to envision herself as the commanding officer Viserys’ army, which was hilarious because the army's primary purpose seemed to be to keep Viserys from running away.
“General Stormborn,” Jokko acceded. He spoke only Dothraki, which Viserys wouldn’t have bothered to learn if Iris had insisted on personally tutoring him until he mastered the language. As it was, he was quite fluent. “The scouts report we have entered into the territory of the lamb men. They fled, leaving behind some small portions of their flocks upon seeing your glorious children.”
“What’s a ‘lamb men?’” Viserys asked, looking to Ser Jorah.
“That would be the Lhazareen. We must have crossed the Dothraki Sea and entered into the Lhazar.”
“Is that near Braavos? I was trying to get to Braavos so we could cross the Narrow Sea and get Big Bro’s throne back,” Iris asked, her brow furrowing.
Ser Jorah and Iris’s other advisors goggled at her, and Viserys cleared his throat. “Ah, little sister, Lhazar is just about the opposite direction from Braavos. It’s on the other side of half the continent.”
“Oh.” Iris scratched at her chin, frowning. “Maybe someone else should use the map.”
“I think that might be wise,” Ser Jorah said faintly. “I had thought- were you not making for Slaver’s Bay? I had thought you were seeking to hire mercenaries, such as the Unsullied.”
“Oh! What do you think, Big Bro? Should we get some mercenaries? We’ve got lots of treasure now.”
Indeed, Iris’s baggage was composed of nearly 200 pack horses, many of which were laden with gold, silks, and other wealth they had taken from the defeated Dothraki. It was only a fraction of what had been left behind, and Viserys imagined there were still vast fortunes hidden in the grass as it grew back from the battles. It still pained Viserys that they’d left behind so much wealth, but they had simply not had the people and horses to transport all the plunder they’d seized from the khalisars.
“Er, well, Unsullied are supposed to be excellent and loyal troops,” Viserys ventured. “We could do that?”
“Great! We’ll get Big Bro’s army from Slaver’s Bay!” Iris agreed happily. “Now, I want a quartermasters report. How are our provisions? Big Bro wants to make sure his army is well fed!”
Viserys actually didn’t give a damn about any of that, but he smiled and nodded and did a lot of “Well, little sis, what do you think?” and then told everyone to do what Iris said. It was what everyone was going to do anyway.
Early the next morning, the sentries reported the arrival of a band of armed men, some mounted, but most on foot with slings and spears. Viserys immediately went to the safest place: behind Iris. Unfortunately, that refuge had just buckled on her plate armor and had strode out to face the oncoming force.
“Who dares approach my Big Bro’s army?” Iris shouted in dothraki as the group of just over a hundred fighters hurried towards them.
“We are the warriors of the Lhazareen! Prepare to face justice, dothraki dogs!” a voice replied in the same language
“We are not dothraki, you blind fools,” Ser Jorah bellowed. “Before you stands Queen Iris Targaryen, the first of her name, Queen of the Andals, The Rhoynar, and the First Men, Lady of the Seven Kingdoms, Blessed of Athena, and Protector of the Realm!”
“That’s right! And don’t forget my Big Bro!” Iris agreed. Viserys fervently prayed that everyone would, and he could find some out of the way place to hide in for the rest of his days.
That brought the Lhazareen up short, and their leaders held a whispered conference. “Well, you still have stolen our sheep!”
“Oh, we can pay for those! My Big Bro is super generous,” Iris declared. “My babies were just hungry.”
“Babies?” the leader of the lamb men asked, and then had just enough time to piss themselves as Belzerg, Stylish Sword, and Imoto flew down out the sky bearing a sheep apiece. The dragons glared at the cowering warriors, several of which had turned tail and run off.
“That would be the dragons,” Ser Jorah said dryly. “Her Grace is a dragonlord. We’d have thought you would have noticed.”
“Oh, don’t be scared, my babies are very well behaved.” Iris turned her gaze on her dragons, her eyes flashing. “Because mommy would be very upset if you killed people you weren’t supposed to.”
The dragons all immediately assumed what Viserys could only describe as postures of wounded innocence. Belzerg shuffled slightly, apparently remembering the last time his mother had decided to discipline him.
“Er, well, i-i-if you’re going to pay for the sheep, I suppose it’s fine.” the remaining Lhazareen commander stammered.
“Great! Quartermaster, negotiate a suitable price for foodstuffs for our forces, and include the animals we have already taken,” Iris ordered.
The negotiations were short, and unless Viserys was even more uninformed of livestock prices than his sister was on geography, the deal that was struck was ludicrously favorable to their group. Considering that Iris and the dragons were perfectly capable of taking what they wanted from these timid people, Viserys figured the shepherds had still gotten a pretty good deal.
That day, they rode through more rolling hills, and made their camp by one of the Lhazareen towns. The villagers appeared to be utterly terrified of them, hiding in their homes and peeking out through their shuttered windows on occasion. The only time they showed themselves was when they were given payment for their flocks, and a few men hurried out to separate the sheep that were needed.
Near dusk, a woman emerged from the largest building on a rounded hilltop, which Viserys assumed was a Red Temple from the large braziers out front. Upon seeing she was dressed in red and white robes like that of a jester’s motley, Viserys suspicions were confirmed. The Red Priestess proceeded to build a large bonfire not far from the camp, loudly reciting prayers to the Lord of Light. A few villagers hurried out to toss some fuel into the flames and mutter a quick prayer before running back inside.
Seeing Iris was occupied, Viserys snuck out to the bonfire, bringing a handful of wood chips to offer into the blaze.
“Why do you disturb my night fire, intruder?” the priestess demanded.
“Oh, you know, just saying my own prayers,” Viserys said, giving her a halfhearted smile. He didn’t necessarily believe in the Red God, but he was also incredibly wary of the Seven Goddesses, as he largely blamed them for saddling him with Iris.
The priestess regarded Viserys, looking thoughtful. “Do you follow the Lord of Light, False Dragon?”
“I’ll follow anyone who could keep me away from that monster,” Viserys muttered, and threw in the wood chips.
To his shock, the flames suddenly roared, and he heard cackling laughter. Viserys jumped back, his heart racing and face pale.
“The Red God hears your prayers,” the priestess declared, raising her hands to the sky. “Fear not, noble prince. The night is dark, and full of terrors, but The Lord of Light shall bring laughter to every lip, and warmth to every heart.”
“That’s um, very nice, and-”
“I see within the flames, prince. I see you far away from your sister, given rest at last, the false goddesses laid low at your feet.”
“Really? Far away from Iris?” Viserys asked, suddenly far more interested.
“Indeed. All you need do is follow the path the Lord of Light lays out for you, child, and he shall ensure you are warm for the rest of your life,” the priestess promised.
Viserys slowly nodded. “I see. And, who, exactly, are you?”
The priestess’s broad face, painted in red and white, was split by a grin. “I am Mirri Maz Durr. Priest of Kefka, Lord of Light and Laughter.”
The woman smiled at Viserys, and he couldn’t help but smile back. After all, how bad could this Kefka be?
Cast of Characters
Bobby B as; Actually correct on his threat assessment of Targaryens
Iris Targaryen as; Murder Loli
Viserys as; a total schmuck
Mirri Maz Durr as; Oh shit
And introducing:
Kefka Palazzo as; R'hllor, the Lord of Light
And the cast of a Song of Ice and Fire as thoroughly screwed
Chapter 11: The Times, They Are A-Changin'
Summary:
Welcome to Wiz's Shop and Sundries! We specialize in colorful scarves, women's swimwear, and slaying Others!
Chapter Text
This episode brought to you by the National Endowment for the Arts: If I promised to stop writing, they said they'd pay me. Suckers.
Chapter 10: The Times, They Are A-changin'
The midnight sun circled low overhead as Benjen Stark led his line of rangers along a low ridge, past the familiar brightly painted sign. The First Ranger allowed himself to relax slightly, and he could hear a sigh of relief from his men. They'd seen plenty of evidence of Wildlings nearby, and even experienced rangers had a healthy respect for the ferocity of their longtime foes.
No man, wilding or Black Brother, was foolish enough to violate the Witch's Peace. At least not if they were long for this world.
They passed down the ridge and into a valley, where a stand of trees sheltered a cluster of buildings. Each of house was vividly colored, and stuck out like a sore thumb from the dreary landscape of the the lands Beyond the Wall. The trees were all tropical in nature, from broad leafy palms to even several cacti. They would have looked more at home in one of the Free Cities perhaps, but they were a familiar and welcome sight to Benjen by now.
A ranger rode up to Benjen, scowling as he approached. "Tormund Giantsbane is here, with a band of at least two score. Shop's not open either."
"You think she's absent?" Benjen asked, but his scout shrugged.
"Didn't get close enough to check. Tormund's boys seem nervous, and I didn't want to go into that alone."
"They'll keep the Peace," Benjen said firmly. "But ready your weapons. We'll remind them of the wisdom of doing so."
The rangers spread out, not approaching stealthily, as there was little point in that. Tormund's group would have known they were coming, and if they had wanted to start trouble the wildling band would have struck well outside of the Witch's territory.
Indeed, Tormund and two of his men walked out some distance from the buildings to meet the Black Brothers, and Benjen dismounted. He didn't like Tormund Giantsbane; the man had killed too many of his rangers and brothers for anything less than hatred. But he respected the wildling leader. He was honorable enough in his own way, and they had parlayed before.
"You've flown far from your nest, Crow," Giantsbane called. "And so many black birdies! Something have you scared, Stark?"
"Mayhaps. What brings you this far out of your territory, Tormund? Out of bears to fuck?"
"Ha! Funny, coming from a man who thinks his dick is for naught but pissing," Tormund laughed. Then he turned serious. "She's not here, Stark. Hasn't been for a while."
That news worried Benjen, and he motioned for his rangers to leave him as Tormund's warriors stayed back a pace. He stepped forward, and kept his voice low. "Not here? But then, where?"
"I don't know. Stark, queer things are happening. People are vanishing. Entire clans, gone. It's supposed to be summer, but ice spreads from the Frostfangs. Beasts are fleeing from the Lands of Always Winter: entire herds of mammoths and ice bears." Tormund licked his lips, and glanced around. "Listen, Crow, I'll break your bloody neck if you breathe a word of this, but it frightens me. Something's not right. And the Witch is missing."
Ice entered into Benjen's veins. The Wildlings were no friends of the Watch, or of the lands they guarded, Tormund in particular. But there were strange things in the woods near Castle Black. And it was summer, yet the Wall did not weep. And the dreams of men were troubled.
"What are you saying?" Benjen asked.
Tormund ground his teeth, then looked around. "Mance has called the clans. Stark. You should come with me. I'll grant you safe passage with my band. You're a Crow, but you're a fighter, and you've honor. And more importantly, you breathe. The Kinslayer doesn't."
"It can't be Him. The Others are nothing but a shadow of the nightmares of men from long ago," Benjen whispered. "She's seen to that."
"Aye. But she's missing," Tormund replied. "When was the last time she wasn't here?"
Benjen could only shake his head. He'd been First Ranger for three years, and been a ranger for nearly a decade before that. In all that time, the Witch had never been missing from her shop, not even once.
"I'll tell you when," Tormund whispered. "When I was a boy, there was a terrible winter. A bleak, cold one. The Others came down out of their lands beyond the Frostfangs. They took people. Ice spread. And then, one day, the Witch came north. I didn't see the battle. Anyone who tells you they did is a liar and a fool. But her shop was closed for ten days. And when it reopened, the Others were gone again."
"Maybe she's gone to deal with them," Benjen offered. "And this summer will resume its normal course."
"She's been gone two moons at least. We've had word," Tormund said. "What of your patrols? Haven't they come this far north and seen she's not here? Isn't that why you've come?"
For a moment, Benjen debated not answering, but while he hated wildings, they were men. Against his true foes, he would ally with Tormund or even the Lord of Bones in a heartbeat, for at least they had one.
"None of our patrols that have gone beyond sight of the Wall have returned in two months," Benjen stated. "And many who have seen strange things. And they've put down more than a few of our missing patrols."
"That far south?" Tormund asked, his ruddy face going pale. "Stark, if the dead are rising that close to southern lands...you need to come to meet Mance. I know you call him a turncloak and a bastard and a dozen other things, but ice and bone, man, something's wrong. I've seen unburned bodies rise before, but not below the Witch's Shop. And never in summer."
"I need to find the Witch. We have to have answers. Where are the clans gathering?"
"The Fist of the First Men. Where the Others were turned back," Tormund said. "It's a holy place, where more than one god lies dead."
Grimly, Benjen nodded. "I'll send back word. It will be hard to convince some: there have been far more raiders of late."
"They're not raiding, Crow. They're running," Tormund spat. "Some think that the Kinslayer is rising again. They hope to find safety in the south."
"The Night King is long dead," Benjen said, then paused. Beyond the wall, death was not always permanent.
"I think they're fools myself. It's just the Others coming south again. We defeated them before, we'll do it again. With or without you Crows, or even the Witch," Tormund growled. Then he relented. "Be easier with your help, however."
"Against the dead, all of the living are my brothers," Benjen promised. "We'll see about the Witch, and I'll let the Old Bear know. Winter is Coming."
"Aye. Up here, it always is," Tormund agreed. Then, he did something Benjen didn't expect. He offered his arm. "Good luck to you, Stark. Find her."
Benjen gripped Tormund's arm, feeling the hot blood under the furs. "And to you. Goddesses watch over you, Giantsbane."
"Up here?" Tormund gave a bitter laugh. "There's no goddesses up here, Stark. Only the Witch."
After that, Tormund returned to his band, who soon departed. The Rangers ventured into the small town, where a girl was just turning around a sign on the window of a shop from "closed" to "open." Benjen wondered why they bothered. Most of his rangers couldn't read, and he knew that it was a rare wildling indeed that had their letters.
"Good morrow to you, sir," the girl said brightly. Gilly, Benjen thought her name was. Like most of the girls who lived in the Witch's Village, she would have been abandoned there by her parents, a mouth they couldn't afford to feed, left as an offering to the Witch.
"Is Lady Wiz here?" Benjen asked hopefully.
Gilly shook her head, looking concerned. "Our mistress has been gone for some time, sir. She had a visit from a raven, and departed for the North. Said she had things to attend to."
"A Raven?" Benjen asked, surprised. While the Black Brothers had long offered to give Wiz a rookery, the Witch of the North had always refused, saying she was neutral and did not meddle in the affairs of men.
"Yes, at least I think so. It was a seven colored bird, and glimmered like the rainbow. Never seen such a thing in all my years sir. Oh, begging your pardon, you'll want to shop. Our stock is running a bit low, I'm afraid, with the mistress gone. But there's still warm clothes and hot food, and beds if you need them."
Benjen suppressed a sigh, but nodded. He didn't need another polkadot scarf or a color changing toothbrush, but it was traditional to buy something from the Witch's Shop whenever you visited. Even if the rangers typically burned the junk or simply threw it away. It wouldn't do to get on the bad side of Wiz. Though she was kind and pleasant, she was also the closest thing to a god Beyond the Wall.
No one knew precisely when the Witch of the North had first appeared, but it had been not long after the Andal Invasion of the Kingdoms of the First Men. That meant that Wiz, the Witch of the North, was at least two thousand years old, and perhaps far older than even that. The earliest mentions in the Watch's Records of Wiz indicated she'd simply appeared one day, saving a patrol of Rangers from an attack by the risen dead. She'd not simply destroyed the corpses as most men did, but instead guided the souls of the fallen to their eternal rest.
Not long after, Wiz's Shop and Sundries had appeared. There had been a clash of Wildlings and Black Brothers nearby, which had swiftly ended when Wiz had walked out of a swirl of snow and politely but firmly informed the combatants that she would tolerate no violence or slaughter in her lands. Those who objected soon realized that Wiz could do far more than guide restless spirits.
Benjen had seen Wiz fight exactly once, though fight wasn't really the right word. A giant had gotten drunk, and had attempted to take one of Wiz's girls, for purposes that made Benjen shudder to contemplate. The brute had just grabbed the screaming woman when Wiz walked out of a shimmer in the air. She had raised a hand, and with a word, sent a spear of ice larger than a man through the giant's chest. Then she had burned the body with a casual gesture and sent the spirit on. She'd looked sad as she did so, but there had been no mercy in her actions.
Perhaps magic was dead below the Wall, but above it, that was not the case. And the Witch of the North would have made even the strongest of the Bloodmages of Old Valyria whimper in fear.
And if something could best the Witch...Benjen shivered, and bought a novelty pen shaped like a 'giraffe,' whatever that was. He then sat down to compose a hasty letter back to Castle Black.
Winter was coming.
Dice clattered against wood, and Megumin let out a hoot of triumph. "My Dragon swoops down upon your weak cavalry, and with its flames purifies their souls and sends them to the next life."
"You do," Kazuma agreed. Then he grinned maliciously. "But your poor beast has betrayed you."
"Ha! Your army is shattered, broken! You have only a few pathetic pieces which will soon I-" Megumin cut off as Kazuma moved his light horse through a gap in Megumin's lines, left by her dragon's vicious assault on Kazuma's vulnerable troops. The horse stopped beside Megumin's Queen (she had insisted on having a queen instead of a king, and as it turned out Kazuma had a specially made figure for Nymeria of the Rhyone). With a finger, Kazuma knocked over the Queen, his horse standing triumphant.
"That's cheating!" Megumin wailed.
"That's Cyvasse," Kazuma told her with a shrug. "Don't matter that you killed more of my pieces. Your queen is dead, and my king yet lives. I win."
"NOOOOOOO!" Megumin cried, falling to her knees and clutching at her hair. "It's not fair! How do you keep winning!? I was even rolling better than you for once!"
"Hey, you're getting better. You had me up against a wall: I had to sacrifice a bunch of pieces to get you to leave yourself open," Kazuma pointed out.
Megumin sniffed and looked away, her lip sticking out in a pout. "You could let me just win for once."
Kazuma raised an eyebrow at her. "Really?"
"Well no, but you could at least pretend and let me think I had," Megumin grumbled as she began to pick up her pieces.
Outside, a steady rain was falling as a summer squall had blown in from the Narrow Sea. Despite her reluctance to spend time inside, Megumin had been persuaded to partake in a gaming session with the prince, and to her surprise had discovered a passion for Cyvasse, especially the "modified and expanded rules" that Kazuma had brewed up.
They had been back in King's Landing for a week, and already both of them had explored more of the Red Keep than Kazuma had managed in his first 12 years of life. They had delved deep into the Dragon Pits (with Sandor and Chomusuke following along) gone through the kitchens and servants quarters, and generally caused enough mayhem that the court was already discussing the changes that the Prince's new lady had wrought.
"Hey, whatcha up to?" Cecily called, striding into the room without bothering to knock. Yunyun looked up from the book she had been reading in the corner with Myrcella and Tommen and smiled.
"They're playing Cyvasse, but we're reading about the history of King's Landing. I need to know all about what it's like to live here if I'm going to make friends."
"Well from what I've heard you've managed to get quite the start on that already. Just how many tea parties have you had?" Cecily asked in amusement.
"Lots!" Myrcella said happily. "It's been so nice! Mother never let me have tea with people like Lollys Stokeworth, but she's actually very kind."
"Well, you have fun with that. Megumin, Eddy wants you and Kazuma."
"Why? We didn't even do anything!" Megumin protested even before she remembered that they had, in fact, gone down to the kitchen and made off with a tray of pastries that they had shared with their siblings, which probably counted as "something."
"Oh relax, he's got something fun planned for the both of you. He said something about giving you a real magic sword," Cecily laughed, plucking a pastry off the tray and taking a bite. "Go on, I'm supposed to give lessons to the rest of the munchkins while you two do that."
"What sorts of lessons?" Tommen asked suspiciously. He was growing to share his older brother's dislike of the maesters' instruction, if for no other reason than that Tommen considered Kazuma to be his own personal idol and attempted to emulate nearly everything his big brother did.
"Fun ones! We're gonna learn about the goddesses and why Aqua is clearly the best one. Oh calm down, Yunyun, I'm keeping it appropriate for children."
Kazuma and Megumin hurried out, if for no other reason than to escape religious instruction, even if Cecily's tended towards the colorful.
"You ever think it's weird that Aqua's a maiden goddess and her followers are so…" Kazuma waved his hand vaguely back toward Cecily, who did indeed encapsulate just about every negative stereotype of the Axis Sect in one person.
"I dunno, are you a virgin NEET and still a pervert?" Megumin teasted, then whooped and ran off as Kazuma raced furiously after her. There was the sound of swearing from behind them, and the two children turned to see Sandor lumbering along after them in leather armor, Chomusuke bounding along at his side.
A few people had protested that dire wolves the size of ponies did not belong in the Red Keep. Megumin had argued that the wolves were not that big, and upon further inspection all three of the dire wolves had seemed to have shrunk down to be smaller even than a normal wolf. Robb had been rather baffled by it, but Megumin had been delighted to discover she was in possession of a magical familiar.
Of course, when they had gone riding the wolves had suddenly been the size of horses again, which had only made Robb mutter under his breath. Grey Wind had looked a bit ashamed and seemed to have shrunk slightly. Until Chomusuke nipped at him and appeared to taunt her brother, at which point Grey Wind had gone back to being the biggest out of the three. Robb had given up and simply accepted the fact that the wolf pups they'd found waiting for them by the side of the road were indeed magical blessings from the goddesses as Megumin had always claimed.
Interestingly, Megumin's father appeared not to have been surprised in the slightest that they had variably sized wolves, which considering that he now knew that three of his children were budding sorceresses was perhaps not as shocking as it could have been.
After a dash across the courtyard to the Tower of the Hand that left them both slightly sodden, Megumin and Kazuma hurried up to Lord Eddard's study, where he was hard at work.
"Damn you Robert, I never asked for this," the Hand was muttering as he signed parchments.
"Hey dad, what's up?" Megumin said, hurrying into the room.
Eddard looked up, smiling at the two out of breath children as Sandor took up a position outside of the Hand's door. He was adamant that the prince wasn't to leave his sight again, as while Sandor didn't know about the bandits, he did think that Kazuma had nearly been killed by a cataclysmic event, and seemed to believe that he could have somehow prevented it. That might even have been true, as most bandits would have taken one look at the Hound and found someone else to bother.
"Two things. First, there's to be a Grand Tourney in honor of my appointment as Hand and to celebrate your betrothal. Ravens are going out today to all the Great Houses, and it will be held in six weeks time."
"A tourney?!" Megumin squealed. "That's so amazing!"
"Eh, they're OK. Dad has them all the time," Kazuma said with a shrug. Then he eyed Megumin and added. "But I'm sure it will be interesting to see your first one."
"Will there be a Melee?! And a joust?! And what about archery?! Kazuma should compete in the archery competition!" Megumin declared.
Kazuma blushed and rubbed the back of his head. "I mean, if you think so…"
"You totally have to! Do you think your archery skills are magical? Is that cheating? We should totally do it, but we'll have to make sure you don't get caught by the Master of Games and-"
"The prince is free to compete, and I hardly think magic is likely to be forbidden as most do not believe it exists beyond the blessings granted by the Faith of the Seven," Eddard said with a chuckle. "Thoros of Myr is likely to compete with his fiery blade if what Robert claims is true. But this news is not the only reason I called you here."
"Oh?" Megumin asked, looking anxious and thinking of stolen sweets.
"There's someone I would introduce to you. Come." Standing, her father led Megumin and Kazuma to a large empty chamber within the Tower. Inside they found only a man sitting at a plain table in the corner, the rest of the room bare stone.
"Ah, you are here, that is good," the man said, standing and taking up three wooden swords. He was of middling height, and had a wrinkled bald head and a large nose, along with a large golden earring hanging from each ear. Megumin decided he looked a bit like a pirate, which was pretty cool.
"Megumin, Kazuma, this is Syrio Forel, once the First Sword of Braavos, and a master Water Dancer," Eddard said.
"Dancing?" Megumin asked, making a face. Yunyun liked dancing, but Megumin thought it was silly.
"He's a blade master?" Kazuma asked, tilting his head to one side. "He looks like a pirate."
"I know right?!" Megumin gasped, a wide grin spreading on her face.
"A pirate? Syrio is no brigand. No, I am here to teach you the Water Dance. Normally, Syrio does not teach two boys at once, but the Hand has offered triple the pay, so Syrio accedes."
"She's not a boy," Kazuma snapped, his face flushing.
"Girl, boy, it does not matter. A Water Dancer is a blade; no more."
"Wait, are you really letting me take sword lessons?" Megumin asked, turning to her father, her heart fluttering in excitement.
"Since it seems it is hardly possible to prevent you from attempting to learn, I decided it was best if you had a proper teacher," Eddard said, giving Megumin a quick hug. "Go on. It will be good for both you and the prince to learn the blade. As he seems to favor the Water Dancer's style already, the King and I have decided to attempt a more novel method of arms instruction for the both of you."
"I have heard you know the blade, boy," Syrio said, tossing Kazuma a sword, which he fumbled out of the air. "Let us see if that is true."
For a moment, Kazuma looked as though he were going to beg off, but then he rolled his shoulders, then kicked off his boots, which made Syrio's eyebrows raise. "Yeah, OK. Guess it wouldn't kill me to practice a little."
Kazuma fell into his fighting stance, standing up on his toes, sword arm forward, off arm raised behind him.
"Interesting. Have you studied the Water Dancers path before, boy?" Syrio asked, cocking his head to one side.
"Nah, not really. Just, you know, figured a few things out."
"Hmm. Let us see." Syrio's blade suddenly flicked out like a snake, and Kazuma danced to the side, slapping the sword away. Syrio pursued, and the air was filled with the sharp clatter of wood on wood. At first, Kazuma had a confident grin on his face, easily evading Syrio's attacks and the dancing master barely avoiding the prince's strikes.
However, the grin soon slipped from Kazuma's face, and Megumin realized that Syrio was pressing the prince ever harder, his blade moving faster and in increasingly complex patterns, then in what appeared to be utterly random attacks. Now Kazuma was sweating, his face a mask of concentration as he continued the dance. No longer was Kazuma attacking, only barely fending off Syrio. Then, Syrio feinted, and Kazuma failed to counter properly. He dodged the first attack, but the Syrio delivered three swift strikes to Kazuma's arm, causing him to drop the sword.
"Friggin' ow," the prince grumbled, but Megumin raced to his side.
"That was so cool! Why didn't you fight like that before?! You really did look like you were dancing!" she spun to Syrio, and the sword master actually took half a step back, shock spreading over his face, for Megumin's eyes were glowing with an unearthly red light. "You have to teach me how to do that!"
"That would be what Syrio has been hired to do," the dancing master said, recovering his composure. "What of you, girl?"
"I'm not as good as Kazuma, but I do know one trick," Megumin said, picking up Kazuma's sword and reaching down to take off her own shoes.
"And what is-" Syrio cut off as Megumin quickly threw both her shoes at the man, then jumped at him, sword swinging wildly. Syrio delivered a sharp rap to the back of Megumin's legs as he dodged to the side, causing Megumin to cry out and fall to the ground.
"Not bad, girl, but you betray yourself. Your eyes, your hands, your breath, if you are to try to catch your foe unawares, first you must learn how to fool yourself," Syrio said sternly. He nodded to himself. "Again, but no foolishness this time."
Megumin didn't last nearly as long as Kazuma, but Syrio still seemed pleased. "You have not been learning this brutish flailing about you Westerosi call fighting. This is good; you have less to unlearn." Turning to Eddard, the swordmaster inclined his head. "I believe these two can learn the Water Dance, Lord Stark."
"Excellent. I'm certain they'll both be eager, and well behaved students," Eddard said. He gave Megumin a hug and Kazuma an approving pat on the shoulder. "You did well, my prince. I'm certain your father will be pleased to see your progress, and to see you compete in the archery competition."
Kazuma flushed to hear the praise, and turned back to the lesson, paying just as rapt attention as Megumin was. While a normal person might have wondered about being ordered to go and stalk cats, to Megumin, such a lesson made perfect sense: after all, if one wished to be graceful, what better way than to seek out and capture the beasts, thereby claiming their power as your own?
Cast of Characters
Wiz as; Crastor (kinda, but fuck that guy)
Gilly as; Much happier
Benjen Stark as: I'm sure he'll be fine. No one's died yet, right?
Tormund Giantsbane as; This is the book version, guys. He's like 60.
Syrio Forel as; Possibly a pirate?
And The Kinslayer as; The Lord of the Others
And the Cast of A Song of Ice and Fire in a mad, mad world.
Chapter 12: Wolf on the Run
Summary:
Komekko is bitten by the Good Idea Fairy and goes to save her Big Bro Jon from being hungry.
Chapter Text
Written and Directed by: Full Paragon
Produced by: The Grand Cogitator
Brought to you by: Jose Cuervo. Seeing things that aren’t there? Drink enough Tequila, and you sure will!
Chapter 11: Wolf On The Run
Komekko ran out into the courtyard, Vanir hot on her heels, though to everyone else it appeared she was carrying him over her shoulder. “Hi Lord Tyrion! Did you bring me some dinners?”
“I’m afraid not, Lady Stark,” the little man chuckled, accepting a hand from one of the guards to aid him in dismounting.
“Aww. What about my big brother? Is he OK?” Komekko asked eagerly.
“Jon Snow was hale when I left him,” Tyrion agreed, giving Komekko a nod and one of those grown up looks.
Wrinkling her nose, Komekko frowned at Tyrion. “Do they not have enough food? I’ll make sure mommy sends more with the next tithe: We have extra ‘cause so many people went with daddy and Megumin and Yunyun and Robb.”
“Komekko, let Lord Tyrion catch his breath at least,” her mother ordered, walking over. She gave a slight bow. “Welcome back to Winterfell, my lord. I trust your sojourn to the Wall was enlightening?”
“It was,” Tyrion agreed. He looked to Komekko and smiled. “I do have something for you, young lady, even if I would encourage you not to eat it. Jyck, if you would?”
One of Tyrion’s men reached into a saddlebag, and pulled out several brightly colored objects, which were handed over to Komekko and Rickon.
“What is it?” Kommeko asked curiously, turning the small object over in her hands. It was fuzzy, as if covered in fur, and was yellow and brown, with an animal head of some sort on one end and a point on the other.
“It’s a ‘giraffe pen’. I traded for it from one of the Black Brothers as a curiosity. It writes quite well, better than a quill and ink, but it's so absurd looking I can’t think what it might be aside from a child’s plaything. They said it’s from ‘Wiz’s Shop and Sundries,’ whatever that is.”
“Did moi hear correctly?” Vanir said, perking up. “Mistress, inquire if he is certain about this shop’s name, and if the keeper becomes poorer the harder she works.”
“Vanir wants to know if you know who Wiz is, and if she’s poor,” Komekko said.
“I don't rightly know,” Tyrion confessed. “The shop is supposedly run by a wilding witch of some sort beyond the wall, which I did not care to venture to.”
“Hmm, fascinating, moi had not suspected moi’s old business partner was still unalive, nor that she trode upon this world,” Vanir mused, taking the pen and examining it. “This does appear to be the sort of useless trinket she would sell, however.”
“Please, the hospitality of Winterfell is yours, Lord Tyrion. Stay as long as you like,” Catelyn offered, smiling at their guest as Rickon giggled and ran about with his new toy.
“Thank you. Our journey was not overly taxing, but I would rest a day or two before departing once more. Have you word of your husband’s party?” Tyrion inquired.
Catelyn hesitated, but then smiled and nodded. “He and your family have arrived safely in King’s Landing; we had a raven naught but a day ago.”
“Ah, good to hear. It will be a long journey back to King’s Landing, but I feel much the wiser for having seen the end of the world. Lady Stark, if you would, a word in private?” Tyrion asked.
“Of course. We can speak in my husband’s solar.” With that, mommy and the dwarf walked off, but Komekko frowned. Tyrion had used the grown up voice when talking about Jon. Maybe he was hurt. Lowering her voice, Komekko spoke in a whisper.
“Vanir, go listen, I want to know what Tyrion says about my big brother. See if he says anything about Wiz. I think I knew her, right?”
“She was one of your generals when you first rose to power as the Devil Queen of Belzerg, yes. Dear Wiz has the same silly obsession that you do, mistress, in that she ever seeks to preserve mortal life. Why, moi does not know; they shall die in a few decades anyway, what of it if they perish a bit sooner?”
“Vanir, be good. I know you don’t like being mean, you’re just being silly,” Komekko said, giving her familiar an exasperated look.
“It is true; moi tragically has gained a semblance of morality in the millenia bonded to thee,” Vanir agreed. “However, as moi also acquired a reason to continue to exist, moi supposes it was a worthy trade off. Fear not, mistress, moi shall convey the words of thy mother and the lustful man who is ever faithful to a woman long dead to you.”
“Thanks! I’m gonna go see if I can find some snacks.”
Komekko wandered off, but before long she heard a voice in her ear, that of her mother and Tyrion as they spoke.
“Lady Stark, what do you know of the Others?” Tyrion’s voice asked.
“Ah. Did you hear tales from the Black Brothers?” her mother responded.
“I did. I had thought them nought but fairy tales, but...here.”
“He has produced a jar of vile liquid with a zombie’s hand within,” Vanir explained. “It yet twitches and moves, though the magic will not linger long away from the Great Barrier to the north.”
“What’s a zombie?” Komekko whispered, craftily sneaking towards an unguarded platter of freshly baked bread.
“An undead. Here I believe they call them ‘others’ mistress. They are weak, nothing to trouble thyself over. Ah, they continue.”
Mommy spoke again as Komekko snagged two loaves and booked it from the kitchen even as Turnip yelled and tried to grab her. “I once thought as you did, Lord Tyrion. I was a Southron myself when I first came north with my lord husband. Now, I am not so certain. Benjen Stark speaks of them as though they are quite real, and that the Wall is all that protects the realms of men from the dead rising throughout the Seven Kingdoms.”
“But this is madness!” Tyrion declared. “How does every lord not know of this? The wall was barely manned! They are understrength, in desperate need of supplies and more bodies! And something queer was in those woods, my lady. I saw...I do not know. Only that it glowed with an eerie, pale light in the dimness of dusk.”
“Because it is far from home. It is near 200 leagues to Moat Cailin from Winterfell. Almost twice that to the Wall. The others are far away; a burden for the North, if they are even real.If people in the south fret, it is over Harrenhall and what stirs in the Gods Eye and the Blighted Isle, or perhaps the dead that roam Dorn yet.” ”
“Then it is well my nephew weds a Northern lady. This is perhaps a more terrible threat even than the restless dead of Harrenhal or monstrous rotting fish,” Tyrion said grimly. “I shall see to it that this is brought before the King, and your husband. Something stirs beyond the Wall. Your husband’s brother went to seek out this ‘Wiz.’ She is a sorceress of some sort, ancient and terrible. But the Watch seems to fear an inclusion of monsters out of legend.”
Having escaped Turnip, Komekko sat atop the roof of the kitchen and gnawed on her bread, listening.
“You believe this to be true?” Catelyn asked, worried.
“I do. I bear letters from Ser Jeor Mormont, to the king and your lord husband. He fears dire times will come this winter. And even The Long Summer cannot last forever.”
“Perhaps I am too much a Stark now, or perhaps it is the child I bear, but I think now of the Stark words: Winter is Coming, Lord Tyrion. If what you say is true...perhaps my husband should not have gone south. But…”
“You are with child? That is good news! Is it known yet?” Tyrion asked.
“Yes; I knew not long after my husband departed. It is likely I shall bear another child in his absence, for I must remain here in Winterfell. This one shall be a son, we shall call him Bran.”
“You see quite certain,” Tyrion said, his tone amused.
“Yes. But for my sons born and unborn...Travel swiftly, Lord Tyrion. Perhaps it would not be well for you to linger overlong here in Winterfell.”
“No. I shall stay only a few days, long enough for our horses to rest. I must say, I never thought to receive such a warm welcome from the Starks; our houses have long held little love for one another.”
“That was before my daughter was to wed your nephew. And before your sister and I shared a bottle of wine in commiseration for their misdeeds.”
“Some would think it a match arranged by the goddesses themselves,” Tyrion chuckled. “Are you well, my lady? You seem pale.”
“Just...perhaps you are more right than you know, Lord Tyrion,” Catelyn laughed, though her mirth had a strange quality to it.
“You know, Cersei always said Kazuma was born under signs from the Goddesses. I have heard the same about your daughters. Who knows? Perhaps this was their grand conspiracy to aid us mortals in forgetting our feud.”
“He is correct, by the way, mistress. I told you I detected that meddlesome goddess here not long ago,” Vanir commented.
“Hmm. Vanir, come here. I got some thinking to do,” Komekko ordered.
There was a puff of sulphurous smoke, and Komekko let out a heavy sigh. “You weren’t supposed to use magic, Vanir. You know what maester Luwin says about magic.”
“Mistress, moi cannot help moi’s nature,” Vanir chuckled, taking a seat on the roof. “What are thy thoughts?”
“I think Jon’s in trouble,” Komekko pronounced, picking crumbs off her dress and popping them into her mouth. “We’re gonna go rescue him.”
“Of course, mistress,” Vanir agreed. “Perhaps we shall have a chance to drop in to visit Wiz?”
“Is she nice? I think I remember her being nice,” Komekko mused, scratching at her head.
“Most beings do tend to be fond of Wiz, save the fouler sorts. She was a close companion to thee for many lifetimes,” Vanir dutifully informed.
“Great! Then we’ll go after we get some dinners to bring with us,” Komekko said, hopping down off the roof. It was a far enough drop she should have broken both of her legs, but Komekko was fuzzy on just how durable most people were, and thus didn’t realize she was drawing on a great deal of magic to stick the landing.
It wasn’t that easy, of course. Tyrion left after a couple days, and Komekko kept accidentally eating all the food she hoarded. Then, she hit upon a brilliant scheme, and stole a cooking pot and everything else Vanir said was needed to prepare food on the road.
“Hoost will catch us dinners, won’t you Hoost?” Komekko asked her pet.
The dire wolf thumped his tale on the ground and gave Komekko a doggy grin, which made her laugh and hug him.
“We’ll go tonight!” Komekko decided. She had a vague idea that running away from home was bad, but she really was worried about Jon. She carefully wrote a note to her mother and set it on her bed, explaining that she was going to make sure her Big Bro Jon was OK and that the zombies were not going to eat everyone. Vanir had to help her with some of the spelling, but the funny pen really was pretty nice to write with.
Then, she snuck out of her room. She did have to use a little magic, and felt bad that Fat Tom would probably get in trouble for her casting Sleep on him while he was guarding the poston gate, but she resolved to give him some dinners when she got back to make it all better.
Then, Hoost got big, and Vanir got small, and Komekko hopped up on her wolf’s back, and they rode off towards Castle Black in the dim light of the twilight that passed for a summer night. Hoost, being a demigod, was tireless, and could have run the entire way to Castle Black which was Very Far.
However, his mistress was decidedly not tireless, and after a while Hoost moved into the woods, depositing Komekko in a hollow and tucking her into the blanket they had brought. Komekko snuggled up next to Vanir and fell asleep as Hoost went to procure some game for his mistress.
“Well well well. What have we got here, Stiv?”
Komekko blinked bleary eyes and sat up to find two filthy men crouched over her.
“Hi, do you have food? I’m hungry,” Komekko yawned, smacking her lips.
“Hungry, she says, Wallen. And here we ain’t had nothin’ to eat since we robbed that holdfast two days back,” the man Komekko figured was Stiv chuckled.
“Mistress, these men mean to violate you, then murder you,” Vanir informed her.
“That’s bad. You’re not supposed to kill people,” Komekko said, frowning at the men.
“Who are you to tell us what to do, girl?” Wallen growled.
Both men jerked back as Komekko jumped up, striking a pose just as her Big Sis had taught her. “BEHOLD! I AM KOMEKKO! CUTEST LITTLE SISTER OF THE HOUSE OF STARK! And if you’re bad, I’ll steal your dinners and give you spankings!”
“What’s this then?” a new voice called, and a tall woman strode out of the trees, frowning at the two men. “What are you two crows up to?”
“Piss off, Osha, we found the brat,” Stiv snarled. He looked down at Komekko, frowning. “Was just going to bugger her and kill her, but if she’s a Stark…”
“They already want us dead, but if we take her, she’s a hostage,” Wallen chuckled. “And we can bugger her as much as we want.”
“She is a child. Leave her,” Osha ordered, raising a large spear.
“Or what?” Stiv sneered. “There’s two of us and one of you. Take her first, Wallen. I’ll keep an eye on the wilding bitch.”
Wallen raised a hand to grab Komekko, who jerked back, feeling, for the first time in her life, real terror. She was, after all, really seven years old, and despite her terrible powers, this smelly, crude man scared her. “Vanir!”
To Wallen’s point of view, a man simply appeared before him, wearing a mask and with a terrifying glow in his eyes. He had just enough time to realize he had made a terrible mistake, and to feel utter despair. The deserter from the Night’s Watch didn’t even have a chance to fully comprehend that, perhaps, there were more terrifying things than Others in the wide world. Then, Vanir snapped his fingers, and the earth rose about Wallen and consumed him utterly.
Komekko sat down, weeping, as Vanir turned to regard Osha, who had frozen, her spear through Stiv’s guts.
“What of the women, mistress? She seems to mean thee no ill will,” Vanir mused.
“I don’t know!” Komekko wailed. “I want to go home! I want my mommy!”
“What...what are you?” Osha gasped, withdrawing her spear from Stiv as the man let out a death rattle and flopped to the ground.
“Ah! How rude of moi! I am Vanir, Duke of Hell, and Familiar to my Mistress Komekko of House Stark,” Vanir declared with a sweeping bow. “Moi thanks you, o warrior who flees an enemy beyond her reckoning. Tell moi, has thou met Wiz, of Wiz’s Shop and Sundries? She is a dear friend.”
“You know the witch?” Osha gasped, taking half a step back again, her spear leveled at Vanir.
“Ah, moi sees you have indeed met Wiz; how peculiar,” Vanir said, rubbing his chin. He glanced down at his mistress, who was still sobbing, and frowned. He was terrible with mortals, children in particular. “Moi sees that thou seeks a shelter from the brewing storm in the north. Very well: Moi shall make thee an offer, woman of the wild and free who seeks the safety of bondage. Comfort moi’s mistress, for though moi possess great power, it is beyond moi’s grasp to dry her tears.”
Osha regarded Vanir warrily, but then looked to Komekko. “She is a Stark?’
“Indeed. The youngest female spawn of the Lord and Lady of that name,” Vanir agreed.
Slowly, Osha set down her spear, then knelt and picked Komekko up, wrapping her in strong arms. The little girl clung to the spear wife, hiccuping and terrified.
“There, there, child, all is well.”
“Mistress!”
A youth with skin the color of pitch and glowing amber eyes crashed out of the woods, wearing only dark furs about his waist. Osha jerked back, until Komekko looked up.
“H-hi, Hoost. I want to go home. I don’t like running away anymore.”
“Mistress, forgive me,” Hoost said, kneeling and raising his hands in supplication. “I ran as quickly as I could when I sensed your peril. I have failed you.”
“N-no, I’m OK. Vanir and this nice lady saved me,” Komekko whimpered. “What’s your name?”
“I am called Osha, Spearwife of Clan Cragfist. And...and the last of Clan Cragfist.”
“This is Hoost. He’s my doggy,” Komekko sniffed.
Osha nearly dropped the girl in disgust. These kneelers. To refer to a servant as-and then she looked back, and found that instead of a man, a wolf the size of an Ice Bear was lying on the ground, whimpering.
“Thanks, Osha,” Komekko said, resting her head on the wildling’s shoulder. “Can you take me back home? I’m hungry, and I want my mommy.”
“I...I shall do that,” Osha agreed, feeling somewhat faint. It was true, what they said. Gods really did walk these southern lands. Perhaps she could be safe here.
“Ok. Vanir?”
“Yes, mistress?”
“Go find Jon, make sure he’s OK. And look for Wiz too. Tell her I say hi, but I don’t remember her ‘cause I’m seven.”
“Mistress! To depart from thy side-”
“It’s OK. Hoost will keep me safe, and so will Osha. She’s a nice lady, right?”
Osha looked to the strange god, who studied her for a moment before nodding. “Indeed. She is a kindly creature, if hurt. Serve the mistress well, mortal, and thou shall be rewarded. And indeed, if there be any shelter in this world, thou shall find it within her service. For she is Komekko, Devil Queen of Belzerg and the Seven Hells.”
“Not no more, I’m just a little girl now. Daddy says,” Komekko muttered, hiding her face in Osha’s furs.
“As you say, mistress,” Vanir agreed with a bow. “Moi shall return. Call only my name, and moi will be at thy side.”
With that, Vanir turned and headed north, whistling a happy tune as he went.
Osha watched the god go, then looked down at the girl in her arms. She was sucking her thumb, and snoring. With a slow shake of her head, Osha looked to the wolf, who was sitting up, head cocked as he regarded Osha.
“Are you a god as well?” Osha asked.
The wolf let out a bark, then thumped his tail happily on the ground. Osha was not sure if that was a yes, or a no, but decided it would be best to treat the creature as though it were indeed a god. She picked up her spear, and started down the road, heading south.
She had not gone far before she saw dust, and heard the thunder of distant hooves. Her every instinct screamed to retreat into the woods, to take cover until the Southerners had passed, but she looked down at the girl in her arms, still asleep. If she was the bloodkin of Benjen Stark, she was important to these kneelers. And besides, she had a god with her. What good would steel and armor avail against such a creature?
And so, Osha simply stood, leaning on her spear and waiting as the riders approached.
“You there!” the lead rider, a weathered warrior with long white sideburns barked. “Stand and deliver, wildling!”
“Be at ease. I believe I have the child you seek,” Osha called. “She has had a hard night. Two deserts of the Night's Watch accosted her. I and this... wolf, slew them. Fear not, she is hale; no harm came to her.”
“Goddesses be praised,” the warrior breathed, and jumped from his horse, hurrying over. Osha attempted to hand Komekko over, but she stirred and clung tightly to her.
“Lady Komemeko, are you well?” the man asked gently.
“I want my mommy, Ser Rodrick,” Komekko whimpered.
“You shall have her. She is frantic with worry. What possessed you to run away?” Ser Rodrick sighed, then motioned to one of his men. “Give the lady and her bearer your horse, Alebelly. She may be a wildling, but she has brought our lady safely back to us.”
“Keep your beast, Southerner,” Osha said, eyeing the animal mistrustfully. “I have never ridden a horse; my own two feet are good enough for me. How far must we travel? I am fresh, and can run many miles yet today.”
“We are but three leagues from Winterfell. By horse, less than an hour. I have seen you wildings run; it would take you about the same,” Ser Rodrick replied.
“Then take my spear. I will carry the girl,” Osha stated, adjusting Komekko in her arms.
Ser Rodrick took the spear, eyeing the wolf. “Her I expect this sort of thing from, but I had thought to find better sense in a wolf.”
Hoost whimpered and looked down, and the old knight muttered something under his breath about “going mad as Lady Megumin” and remounted.
The next thing Komekko knew, she was back in Winterfell, and being taken in her weeping mother’s arms.
“I’m sorry I was bad. I won’t ever run away again,” Komekko promised. “Can I have breakfast now?”
“I should send you to your rooms with naught but bread and water for a week!” Catelyn cried, half laughing as she did so. “You nearly frightened me to death, child. Come. Go with Ser Rodrick. He will find you something to eat.”
Before she went though, Catelyn turned to Osha, who was standing awkwardly in the courtyard. Taking a deep breath, Catelyn stepped forward.
To her shock, the wildling dropped to her knees, bowing her head. She was a tall woman, and well built, even taller than Robb had been when last Catelyn had seen him.
“I offer you my service, high lady Stark,” the wildling said. “I can do whatever you need: I’ve a strong back, and willing hands. I don’t know your Southern ways, but I can learn.”
Catelyn considered, then spoke. “I vow that you shall always have a place by my hearth, and meat and mead at my table. And I pledge to ask no service of you that might bring you dishonor. I swear it by the Old Gods and the New. Arise."
The wildling scrambled to her feet, looking confused, while the guards regarded their lady thoughtfully.
“You brought my daughter back to me, and from what I gather, at great personal risk to yourself. That spear is yours?”
“Aye. I was a spearwife,” the woman agreed.
“Then take up your spear once more. What is your name?”
“Osha, high lady,” the wildling said, hesitantly accepting her weapon from Alebelly.
“Then, Osha, I name you my daughter's shield. It seems she has need of one. May you ever ward her from danger.”
The wilding blinked. “Didn’t think you kneelers let women hold a spear. Er, sorry, high lady.”
“No, it is quite alright,” Catelyn laughed. “I will forgive much of someone who delivers me my daughter from the jaws of death. Come. I shall give you food, and a place to stay.”
Dutifully, the spearwife followed Catelyn, but paused when the high lady did.
“I know it is much to ask, but...did my daughter have a doll with her? We cannot find Vanir anywhere.”
“The god?” Osha asked, confused at the reference to a doll.
“God? No, he is a doll, a toy. I think my daughter may have lost him. He was her constant companion. It is silly, but…”
“He left, high lady. The mistress sent him to the wall to look after her brother.”
“Did what now?” Catelyn asked, now frowning.
“The god. She sent him to the Wall,” Osha said, pointing to the north. “To look after her brother and find the Witch.”
Deciding the wilding was slightly mad, Catelyn only nodded, giving up the toy as lost. Later, she would recall the conversation, and wonder how she’d ever thought such a thing.
Cast of Characters
Komekko as; Actually a little girl
Vanir as; The God of Trolling
Hoost as; A Good Pupper is never late, nor is he early
Tyrion as; Everyone’s fun uncle
Catlyn Stark as; About 180° from where she was in canon
Osha as; Sonja the Red
And the Cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as doomsday preppers
Chapter 13: That Wall's Lookin' Kinda Thin
Summary:
Jon makes a friend, and Yunyun does not.
Wait, are we sure about this?
Chapter Text
Written and Directed by: Full-Paragon
Scored and Produced by: The Grand Cogitator
The Following is a non profit fan based parody. A Song of Ice and Fire, Konosuba, and Game of Thrones, are the property of their respective rights holders. I'd say please support the official release, BUT WHERE'S WINDS OF WINTER, MARTIN!?
Chapter 12: That Wall's Lookin' Kinda Thin
"Lord Baelish, a moment, if you would," Eddard said as the Small Council meeting broke up.
The slim and slight master of coin gave Eddard a knowing smile, and nodded. "Of course, Lord Stark. Always a pleasure to endure your company."
A vein throbbed in Ned's forehead, but he did his best to ignore it, and smiled at the younger man. "I wanted to discuss a few things regarding the late Hand. I am surprised that Jon Arryn was willing to allow the Seven Kingdoms to draw near to the brink of financial ruin. We are millions of dragons in debt, and this new tourney will only worsen the situation."
"And yet, the King will have his little pleasures, as he calls them. Besides, would you deny a tourney in your own honor?" Baelish asked. "Jon Arryn did indeed attempt to curb the King's spending habits, but his mind was troubled, especially near the end."
"Was it?" Eddard thought back to the strange letter he had received at Winterfell. He had meant to investigate the circumstances of his old friend and father figure's death, but with the discovery that his daughters possessed the same dark and terrible powers Megumin had been claiming she had for years had weighed more heavily on his mind, as had the need to mold Kazuma into a man fit to be husband to his daughter. Not to mention his new duties in running the Seven Kingdoms.
"Oh yes, the poor man had been reading a musty old tome, and seemed to find something within it that troubled his mind," Baelish said, looking mournful. "Such a strange thing. He seemed to be in the best of health, then one day, simply took ill and was dead by the next morning."
"Do you suspect foul play, then?" Eddard asked, trying to recall the contents of the letter. It had implicated the queen in the death of Jon Arryn, but to what purpose? Had Jon threatened Kazuma or another of her children somehow?
That didn't seem like the man Eddard had known. The prince could be a trial and was certainly exasperating, but that was no reason to wish the boy harm. He was a boy, after all, and Jon Arryn had once helped to turn both Eddard and Robert into the men they would become.
"I suspect much, but know little," Littlefinger admitted. "There had been some animosity between the Hand and Queen. He had been investigating some of Robert's bastards, which is always a sore subject with her Grace."
"He hasn't changed, has he?" Eddard sighed. That was one thing he would have to ensure that Kazuma never troubled Megumin with. He was fond of the boy, but he would not bring Megumin the grief of an unfaithful husband. It had been bad enough when Catelyn had thought he had been unfaithful once, but Robert's infidelity was infamous. Edric Storm, Robert's bastard by Delena Florent, was the worst of it. He was the only bastard the King had acknowledged, but even Eddard who had kept well out of Southron politicking knew of a dozen more.
"And of this tome, do you know of it?" Eddard asked.
"I believe Grand Maester Pycelle has the volume. You would have to inquire of him as to the title," Baelish said with a shrug. "It was a large, dusty thing. Perhaps Lord Arryn perished of sheer boredom."
"An ill jest, Lord Baelish," Eddard said testily, but added. "I appreciate your thoughts on the matter of Lord Arryn's death, however. Are there many of the King's bastards in the city?
"A fair few, or should I say, a dark haired few," Baelish said, chuckling at his own jape. "Several in my own whorehouses, as a matter of fact. His Grace has been a most loyal customer."
"Are they provided for?" Eddard asked, frowning. Robert was disturbingly disinterested in his children, especially Myrcella, who had latched on to Ned himself as a substitute for the fatherly affection she lacked. Even Kazuma seemed particularly eager to attain Eddard's approval, and he had noticed that Robert rarely acknowledged his heir. Perhaps that would change, now that the boy had picked up the martial pursuits that Robert had ever favored.
"The queen has forbidden Robert from acknowledging any of his baseborn bastards, and the King seems disinterested in children beyond the making of them," Baelish said with a shrug.
Eddard felt a pang, and grimaced. "Then I must beg you to give me a list of those you are aware of. I will look into them, and see that they are cared for."
"Of course, I'll draw up a list and deliver it myself. Such things are best not bandied about. The queen is rather jealous of her husband's affections. Who knows what she would do to a bastard if she were made aware of the child's existence?"
"Cersei is not a monster, Lord Baelish," Eddard said quietly, not noticing that he was addressing the queen by rather familiar terms, and missing the narrowing of Baelish's eyes. "They are children, and she is a mother. Even Catelyn resented my own bastard's presence. Is it a wonder a woman who's husband has been so unfaithful bears little fondness for the fruits of his infidelity?"
"I am surprised to hear you take the side of a Lannister, Lord Stark," Baeliash replied somewhat stiffly, though again, Eddard didn't notice the subtle shifts. "I had thought you were less fond of them."
"If I were so unfond of Lannisters, I would not have betrothed my daughter to Cersei's son," Eddard replied. "Good day to you, Lord Baelish. Please deliver that list of Roberts children at the earliest possible time. No child should go uncared for, especially not the children of the King."
With that, Eddard strode away, his thoughts dark and troubled. He was able to attain the thick volume from Grand Maester Pycelle with little trouble, but set it unopened on his desk in the Tower of the Hand, interrupted by Kazuma and Megumin's latest feud, this time over who had caught some damned cat.
The both of them were dressed in stained tunics and trousers that would have been better suited to stable boys, and indeed, by the amount of dung and other filth coating them, they appeared to be aspiring to the position.
"I had that stupid tomcat, and she stole it!" Kazuma argued as Ned listened in exasperation.
To Eddard's horror, his daughter actually stuck her tongue out at her betrothed. "You only had it because I cornered him! I would have had him first if you hadn't elbowed me out of the way!"
"Well that was no reason to throw a road apple at me!" Kazuma snarled.
"You knocked me into a turd, it was only fair that-"
"ENOUGH!" Eddard bellowed. "You are both behaving like spoiled children! Megumin, Kazuma, since you both seem to enjoy manure so much, you shall spend the rest of the day mucking out the stables under the supervision of Sandor Clegane and Septa Cecily, who I remind you BOTH smeared with dung with your foolish bickering!"
"WHAT?! But I'm the prince, you can't-" Kazuma began, but Eddard raised a hand.
"I am the Hand of the King, but more importantly, I am your future father-in-law. You have disgraced yourself, and my daughter. Will you accept your punishment with honor, or will you behave like a villain who hides behind his titles to escape justice?"
Kazuma shifted on his feet, his face sullen, but he nodded.
"Good. Megumin has some experience mucking out stables. I am certain you will both learn a valuable lesson from this. Clegane?"
"Yes, Lord Stark?" Sandor called, leaning in from the hall.
"See to it that these children are productive in their new vocation."
"Aye, Lord Stark," Sandor growled, eyeing both the children with no small amount of vindictive malice. His tabard was still stained with dung, and he smelled nearly as strongly of fury as of horse manure.
"Then be gone. I do not wish to see either of you again until you have become appropriately penitent," Eddard ordered.
"Yes, sir," Megumin muttered, and Kazuma echoed her, for a wonder.
"Sorry, Sandor," Kazuma sighed as they left. "And...I'm sorry, Megumin, I shouldn't have shoved you to get at the cat."
"...it's OK. It was an accident. I shouldn't have pasted you with the manure. Even if you deserved it."
Eddard rubbed his nose for a long moment after the two children left, then turned to the innumerable paperwork that came with running a kingdom. He'd been at work for about half an hour when someone cleared their throat quite loudly behind him. He turned to find Jamie Lannister standing at the doorway, an amused look on his face.
"The queen has had word of your new stablehands, Lord Stark," Jamie said, and Eddard could see his lip twitching towards a smile. "She has sent me as an envoy to express her feelings on the matter."
"If she wishes to rescue the boy, she can try. I hope he has more honor than to allow his mother to rescue him from a fate of his own making," Eddard growled.
"Oh no, not at all." Jamie held out a bottle of wine and a bag of herbs. "For the headache, you see. My sister finds the tonic most useful in dealing with my nephew's peculiarities."
That got Eddard to laugh, and he motioned Jamie to a chair. "I suppose you could use a bit of tonic yourself, Ser Jamie."
"Mayhaps." Jamie took a seat, and Eddard retrieved a pair of goblets from his beside, pouring two cups, and adding some of the herbs. Jamie accepted the cup, and took a long drink.
"I must say, you are a brave man, Lord Stark," Jamie chuckled. "To accept responsibility not just for the kingdom, but for my nephew… well. Some burdens go beyond the call of duty."
"Sometimes I wonder what is harder to manage. These Seven Kingdoms, or my daughter and your nephew," Eddard admitted. "Once, I would have said the Seven Kingdoms, but that was when I had only to deal with Megumin. Goddesses old and new watch over Catelyn: we received a raven this morning that Komekko ran away from Winterfell for some unknown flight of fancy."
"Goddesses be good, is the girl well?" Jamie asked, looking genuinely concerned as he leaned forward.
"She was found only hours later. Of all things, a wildling woman found her, saving her from two deserters from the Night's Watch," Eddard groaned, taking another long draught.
"A wildling? That is queer. But she is safe at home once more?" Jamie inquired, and Eddard nodded. The kingsguard sighed, shaking his head. "Perhaps the goddesses were kind to me, to put me into the service of the crown that I might never father children. Still, it is enough to look after my niece and nephews. Did you know, Tommen kicked poor Santagar right in the family jewels when the man was trying to give him some sword lessons? When asked about it, the princling claimed that was the first rule of fighting, as taught to him by Kazuma."
The two men shared a laugh, and Eddard poured for them again. "You know, he taught my daughter the same lesson back in Winterfell."
"And now they're learning how to catch cats from this Water Dancer you found," Jamie sighed, finishing his wine and standing. "Though apparently, they'd rather hurl dung at one another like Flea Bottom strays." Jamie turned to go, but paused at the door. "Thank you, Lord Stark. I know you are not over fond of me, or my house, but you have shown a great deal of kindness to my nephew. You are, perhaps, the first man to see my nephew like more than a nuisance, if a high born one. Myself included, to my shame."
"Ser Jamie…" Eddard grasped for words, then found a few. "We have not always seen eye to eye, you and I. Nor our houses, the closest of allies. Perhaps our children, for all their foibles, can lower the barricades their fathers and uncles have put between us."
"Mayhaps, Lord Stark. For my part, I would sooner have you as a friend than a foe," Jamie said, then bowed and left. Eddard missed the look the Lannister knight gave the book on his desk, but not the significance of his words.
A few hours later, Yunyun came by, bringing some food Eddard had no doubt she prepared herself.
"We missed you at the table again, dad," she said, setting down a plate of food on his desk and scooting over a chair of her own.
"My apologies. Your father has been overworked of late," Eddard said, leaning over to kiss his daughter's forehead. "Thank you, Yunyun."
"You're welcome. I want to make sure I don't forget about you, even as I'm making so many new friends," Yunyun said happily. "I know you're working hard, but don't forget to take breaks. You told me a leader can only lead as well as they are rested."
"True enough," Eddard chuckled. "Please, sit. Tell me, which new friends have you made here in King's Landing?"
Yunyun brightened, and spoke of all the new people she had befriended, from high ladies to scullery maids and stable boys, her sister and the prince aside. Her enthusiasm and pleasure at befriending so many people made Eddard smile, and her cooking was delicious as always. Absently, Eddard wondered just how his daughter had learned how to prepare meals, but decided it was likely from Gage. He had no way of knowing that Yunyun had spent several lifetimes culvivating excellent culinary skills as a way to make friends, and that though she didn't remember it, the fruits of her labor were still manifest.
He had just finished his meal when Lord Baelish appeared at the door. "Ah, Lord Stark, this must be your eldest daughter."
Yunyun gave their visitor a wide smile, bouncing up to greet their guest. "Oh, hello, who are you? I'm Yunyun.
"This is Petyr Baelish. He was a friend of your mother's in their youth," Eddard said.
"Such a delightful child," Baelish said, carsessing Yunyun's hair slightly. "You have the look of your mother about you, and perhaps a bit of her tender spirit."
"O-oh, um thanks?" Yunyun stammered, shying away from Littlefinger.
"You have something for me?" Eddard said, rising and stepping forward. To his surprise, Yunyun hid behind him. She was frequently nervous and timid, but rarely shy, and he wondered if perhaps all the new people were wearing on even her.
"The list we spoke of. Ah, I see you have Lord Arryn's book. A good cure for sleeplessness, I imagine, but I suppose perhaps that may be to your taste. Let us hope you don't meet the same fate as it's last reader," Baelish chuckled. "Farewell, Yunyun. Look after your father. I'm sure we're all quite fond of Lord Eddard Stark."
With that, Baelish left with another laugh. When he did, Yunyun reached out and closed the door, then hid behind Eddard again.
"Yunyun? Are you well? I had thought you'd be happy to meet an old friend of your mother's." Eddard said, leaning down to peer into his daughter's face.
"W-well, um, don't take this the wrong way dad, but...I think maybe mom needs to pick better friends," Yunyun said, looking down and shifting uncomfortably on her feet.
Eddard leaned back as though struck. "Yunyun, what are you saying?"
"Um, I don't know. But… I don't think Lord Baelish is a very good friend. When he touched me… dad, I don't like him."
"You… mislike Lord Baelish?" Eddard said, rocking back on his heels slightly.
"I'm sorry!" Yunyun gasped, waving her hands. "I know you probably like Lord Baelish, I'll try to be his friend, but-"
"No. I have never liked Petyr Baelish," Eddard said firmly. "If you do not wish to be around him, I shall leave orders that he is to be denied entry to the tower unless escorted by our men, and that shall not be allowed near you or your chambers."
"And Megumin too," Yunyun added quickly. "Or Myrcella."
"I… see. Very well. I'll talk to Jory," Eddard agreed. And made a mental note to speak to Ser Jamie as well.
"Thanks dad," Yunyun said, giving him a quick hug. "You're my best friend.
"Thank you. At least one of my daughters is every inch the lady," Eddard chuckled.
"You still like Megumin though, right?" Yunyun asked worriedly.
Eddard shook his head. "No. I love her, just as much as you, Yunyun. Each of you in your own special way."
"Oh good. I wasn't sure after you made her work in the stables again, but I trust you dad." Then Yunyun skipped off, her good mood restored.
Eddard eyed the book, then the list. He sighed. He would have to investigate the death of Jon Arryn, something about it still seemed wrong, and he needed to see to Robert's bastards.
But he would never trust another thing Littlefinger said.
If there was one thing that Jon Snow had not been prepared for when joining the Night's Watch, it was that he would be envied for his status. He hadn't realized that, as the bastard of a High Lord, he'd been given certain privileges and opportunities other boys his age were not afforded. True, he had been mistreated to a degree, and his life had not been simple nor easy, but in some ways, compared to the other youths who were training to join the watch, his life had been good.
Even compared to Jon's new companion, Samwell Tarly, he had been treated well. Samwell appeared to have been sent to the wall for no other reason than that his father wished for his younger brother to inherit, as Sam was a self described craven. Indeed, even Jon had little good to say about Sam's fighting ability, but he knew what it was to be treated as little better than refuse, and with his help Sam was slowly integrating into the group of trainees.
Though it was not easy, Jon was adapting to life on the wall, even if he was still concerned there had been no word of his Uncle Benjen, who had been missing for nearly two months now. More and more patrols were going missing, and Jon feared for his uncle, even as he refused to admit any possibility that he was truly dead.
And so, Jon lay in his cell, brooding and wondering what the next day would bring.
As it turned out, he was not ready for what came that night.
"Ah, young boy who ponders his parentage though he had a loving man who was happy to be his father, art thou well?"
Jon blinked at the strange voice, and sat up. He looked to Ghost, who was sitting up, head cocked to one side. "What is it, boy?"
Ghost glanced at Jon, then at the foot of his bed, then lay back down and put a paw over his face, as if embarrassed.
"Moi knows that you have heard quite clearly, boy who seeks brotherhood amongst the brotherless. Now, answer the query: Art thou well?"
Blinking, Jon looked at the foot of his bed, where a familiar shape sat.
"Vanir?" Jon asked slowly, wondering if he was going quite mad, or if he was merely having an incredibly odd dream.
The doll nodded, its oversized head cocking to one side. "Indeed, it is fortunate thou recognizes moi, or moi would have more concern about thy brain power than moi typically does for mortals of thy age. Though it seems that despite the fact that thou has graduated to monosyllables, thou art still unable to answer a simple question. Moi would inquire with thy brother wolf, but as moi has learned that one is quite incapable of speech."
Jon let out a yell and fell off his bed, hand scrambling for his sword.
"Hmm, as delicious thy despair is, moi was charged by thy sister to inquire as to thy health. Be at ease, child of twin legacies, for moi means thee no harm. Moi's mistress would be most cross if Moi caused her beloved 'brother' undue distress."
Panting, Jon pointed his sword at the talking doll. "K-Komekko. She..she sent you?"
"Indeed. Moi's mistress intended to visit thee in person, but it seems she is yet too young to be long separated from the woman who spawned her this cycle," Vanir sighed, which made Jon realize the doll was moving its mouth. Previously that had been a bit of string, hadn't it?
"She… she is well? My sister?"
"Hmm? Oh, moi is quite certain the mistress has recovered from her ordeal by now, yes. She was not given any permanent harm, moi saw to that. Now, since thou art in a more talkative mood, perhaps Moi's inquest may find an answer? Art thou hale?"
"I… I am well, yes," Jon said slowly, his sword trembling in his hands. "You… you can talk?"
The doll let out a heavy sigh. "Moi wonders how mortals manage not to simply forget to breathe at times, seeing as you lot cannot seem to grasp the most self-evident of ideas. Yes, O boy who others cannot see for what you are though you stand before them, moi is quite capable of speech."
"But… but you're not alive. Are you?" Jon demanded, slowly lowering the sword.
"Ah! Now, that is indeed a question moi has pondered before. You see, Moi's body is naught but earth, possessed by Moi's spirit, as Moi's true vessel yet lies deep within the fourth hell. So, Moi does not breathe, nor eat, nor sleep. And yet, Moi is by far more aware of Moi's surroundings, and a far sight more thoughtful than most mortals. So, what is it that makes one live? Be it a body that lives and breaths? Or capacity for thought?"
Jon Snow blinked. "What?"
The doll, somehow, rolled its eyes. "Moi thinks; therefore, moi lives."
"I have gone mad," Jon muttered, rubbing a hand through his dark hair. "Utterly mad. I'm talking to my sister's doll."
"Hmm? Oh, that." Suddenly, instead of a doll, a man sat cross legged on Jon's bed, a man who looked like, well, Vanir the Doll.
"What are you?" Jon whispered.
"Moi is thy sister's bonded familiar, her guardian and protector, and, if Moi dares to be forward, her friend. Though Moi is but a humble Duke of Hell, Moi has long known Komekko, and it amuses Moi to remain her companion."
"My sister...has a pet demon?" Jon asked slowly.
"Do not be absurd! Moi is not like thy mangy mute beast, Moi is a familiar, not a pet!"
Ghost sat up, then gave Jon an amused look.
"Ghost...isn't my pet. He's more like a brother, as much as Robb or a member of the Watch," Jon said quietly. Then he shook himself. "I've seen strange things since I came to the Wall, but never something like this. Did my sister really summon a demon from the seven hells just to torment me?"
"No, do not be absurd. She summoned me to fetch her a snack," Vanir huffed.
There had been a great many answers to the question of "why Vanir" but all things considered, Jon supposed that "because Komekko was hungry" made the most sense. "Aye. Well, you know I'm hale. What are you going to do now?"
"Moi shall depart," the demon declared, springing to his feet. "Moi seeks to reunite with an old friend; Wiz, the shopkeeper who becomes ever poorer the harder she works."
"A shopkeeper," Jon said dully.
"Indeed! Fare thee well, boy who is a friend of wolves and crows, yet a stranger to dragons. Moi shall inquire as to thy health when Moi passes through once more. Do try not to perish; it would upset the mistress greatly, and Moi has no ability to deal with weeping children."
And then, Vanir was a doll again, toddling out of Jon's cell and into the hall. He looked to Ghost. "Did that really just happen?"
Ghost, however, had gone back to sleep, being well familiar with strange visitors and odd happenings. Deciding that was probably wisest, Jon himself rolled over, and went back to sleep.
In the morning, Jon awoke, and decided that what he had witnessed was, in fact, a very strange dream. He was homesick, that was all. Thus, Jon rose, ate with Sam, Pyp, and Grenn, and then headed out towards the Haunted Forest. They spent the morning chopping wood for their fires, though they did so with several older brothers, armed with bows with dragonglass tipped arrows and armed with daggers of the same.
Already, Jon had seen one corpse put down and burned, its hand sent back with Lord Tyrion to beg for aid. The older men were talking: such things had not happened before, and many were deeply concerned. Benjen Stark was not the first ranger to go missing, only the last. They said the Old Bear was planning something, but what, Jon did not know.
On the way back inside, Jon noticed something queer in the sudge of ice and snow just past the gate. He bent down to retrieve it, and his heart skipped a beat. It was a black and white mask, like that Vanir had worn when he had taken the shape of a man. Hastily, Jon shoved the mask in his pack, and attempted to put it out of his mind.
That evening before bed, Jon took the mask out of his pack, eyeing it warily. On a whim, he took it out behind the tower and buried it, digging a shallow hole in the frozen earth. That done, he breathed a bit easier, and went back to his bed.
The next morning, he awoke to a doll at the foot of his bed. His scream brought three brothers running, all armed and looking for trouble.
"What is it, Snow?" one of them growled. "Did the Others make it beyond the wall?"
"Oh no, Moi is quite certain the barrier is intact," Vanir, who was still a doll, said. "No being of magic could pass beyond that barrier."
Jon looked at the brothers expectantly, but they didn't seem to hear Vanir speak. Instead one of him cocked his head. "What's this? Didn't take you for one to have a toy in his cell, Snow."
"Tell him I am from Wiz's shop," Vanir advised.
"...he's from Wiz's Shop?" Jon offered.
"Oh." The older man frowned. "Who told you of the Witch, Snow? You're not yet a sworn brother."
"Relax, the boy will be soon enough, and he's already seen the Other's handiwork. Let him keep his talisman. Mayhaps the Witch will return, and solve this bloody mess for us. What was the scream for though, Snow?"
"I...had a bad dream," Jon ventured. "My uncle, you see."
The older men's expressions softened, and they put away their weapons. "Aye. You're not the only one to get the screamers at times. You've seen them. Had nightmares for months the first time I saw the dead walk. Bloody well don't tell you that when you sign up, do they?"
Jon mutely shook his head, and the Black Brothers departed. Once they were well and truly gone, Jon slowly inched forward, examining the grinning doll. "Why… why did you return?"
"It seems the barrier keeps things both out, and in. Moi cannot traverse it alone," Vanir sighed. "To reach Wiz, moi shall require aid.
"I… see. And… will you not depart back to Winterfell then?" Jon asked hopefully, wondering if he truly had gone mad.
"Oh no, the Mistress wishes moi to find dear Wiz, and thus, moi shall do so. So, boy who dreams of a mother's touch, Moi shall stay with you, until an opportunity to venture forth arises."
"You want me to just… take you beyond the wall and bury you again?" Jon asked hopefully
"Oh no! Moi shall remain here. Before Moi's form disintegrated, Moi sensed a brooding power, one darker and more terrible than even a Duke of Hell. Thus; Moi shall fulfill the mistress's other charge, and keep her foolish brother safe from harm."
Jon nearly screamed again.
Cast of Characters
Vanir as; - MOI IS NOT FINISHED!
Lyrics by The Grand Cognator. Music by Alan Menken
Jon looked around his cell. "Who are you talking to?"
"Moi addresses the choir invisible. Now, let us begin.
Vanir snapped his fingers, and Jon's cell seemed to grow in size to that of a great icy cavern. Dozens of Vanir dolls sprang out of the ground, Ghost transformed from a wolf into a boy with pointed ears, though he was still an albino.
"Music!" Vanir ordered, and instruments appeared in the hands of many of the dolls, and Ghost took out an odd, flute-like instrument. Jon tried to scramble away from the mad Duke of Hell, but Vanir grabbed Jon, and, as the band struck up a jazzy tune, he began to sing as he swing-danced with Jon.
Well nasty Aegon had Balerion
Bran the Builder had his giants too
But, mortal, you're in luck! Because up Moi's sleeve,
Moi has a better option just for tou!
Jon ducked and tried to escape Vanir as a giant black dragon swooped over head, and giants sprang up around. His struggles ceased with the dragon and giants put on atop hats, produced enormous canes, and began to tap dance to the beat. Vanir spun Jon about, dancing with his summoned apparitions.
Thou has some power in thy corner now
And to get it thou but need'st to ask
Thou hast some punch, pizzaz, yahoo-and how,
And all thou has to do is find moi's mask
Vanir vanished, leaving Jon holding only the demons mask in his hands. Vanir wasn't gone for long though, appearing behind Jon and shoving him into a chair as his mini clones trucked out a table. Ghost, in the form of the white haired and red eyed humanoid boy, appeared across from Jon, and passed him a menu.
And I'll say,
"Monsieur Tar -NO NOT YET- come, wish 'pon une etoile
Let me take your order, jot it down?" You ain't ever had a friend like moi!
Life is thy restaurant, with limitless foie gras!
Come, whisper what it is thou want! You ain't never had a friend like moi!
Yes sir, Moi pride ourselves on service
Thou'rt the boss, the king, the shah!
Say what thou wish, 'tis yours! True dish!
How about a little more Baklava?
Various dishes appeared before Jon at a snap from Vanir. He leaned forward to sniff one, a cake in the shape of Vanir's mask, only for the Duke of Hell to suddenly spring up out of the table, causing Jon to jerk back and fall out of his chair, only to be scooped up and dusted off by the little clones as Vanir stood on the table and serenaded Jon, offering a menu again.
Have some of column "A,"
Skip "B" though, it's quite blah,
Moi's mood is to help thee, dude,
You ain't never had a friend Moi!
Can thy friends do this?
Do thy friends do that?
Do thy friends pull this out their little hat?
Snapping his fingers, Vanir called into existence a gleaming suit of armor with a dire wolf on one breast, and oddly enough a dragon on another. It vanished before Jon could ponder this, replaced by a gaggle of giggling girls, who were swept away when Vanir whipped the table cloth off, covering them and making them vanish.
Can thy friends go, poof?
Well, looky here!
Can thy friends go, Abracadabra, let 'er rip!
And then make the sucker disappear?
The fallen tablecloth bulged, then sprang up and was tossed aside to reveal a snarling wildling warrior with dirty red braids and a scared face, only for Vanir to smack the apparition with a wooden mallet, making him groan comically and crash to the ground, vanishing in a puff of smoke.
So don't sit there slack jawed, buggy eyed
Moi's here to answer all your foolish prayers.
Thou got me bona fide, certified
Thou hast a Demon for your chare d'affaires!
Vanir tossed aside the mallet, taking Jon by the hand and leading him and ghost, who was once more playing his strange instrument, up a flight of stairs to look down at the wild ruckus below them, full of playing clones, dancing giants, and the dragon spouting great gouts of flame in time to the music.
Moi's got a powerful urge to help thee out
So what's thy wish? Truly Moi must know!
Thou hast a list that's three miles long, no doubt
Well, all thou need'st do is rub like so - and oh
Good Lord Comm- SPOILERS, FOOL! Make a wish, 'fore the Wall thaws!
Moi's on the job, thou big nabob
You ain't never had a friend, never had a friend,
You ain't never had a friend, never had a friend,
Vanir suddenly produced a top hat, shoving it on Jon's head, and dancing with him for a moment, before kicking him screaming off the top of the stairs and into darkness as Vanir continued to sing.
You ain't never,
Had a,
Frieeeend
Liiiike
Moiiiiiiiiiiii!
You ain't never had a friend like moi, hah!
With a jerk, Jon sat up in his bed, blinking. The cell was back to normal, and Vanir was a doll again, sitting lifelessly on the floor next to Ghost.
But next to Ghost, lay that same strange instrument, shaped a bit like a conch shell, colored blue, and with holes to play it, like a flute. In other lands, it would have been called an ocarina.
"I'm going mad," Jon whimpered, and curled up into a ball and tried to sleep.
… well, OK then. That happened. And….Cast of Characters?
Jon Snow as; Knowing far too much. +5 Insight, -2 San
Ghost as; "…"
Yunyun as; Creeper detector
Petyr Baelish as; A really bad friend
Kazuma and Megumin as; in tsundere with each other
And the Cast of a Song of Ice and Fire as failing a San check.
Chapter 14: Chapter 13: Chess, or Checkers? Or maybe Candyland?
Summary:
Petyr resorts to semaphore to try and get Eddard to realize what is going on, while Varys falls for the chunni bait.
Oh, and there's some bed time story about the Kinslayer of Harrenhal. I'm sure he's not that scary or important.
Chapter Text
Sponsored by: Diplomacy. The game of political maneuvering, where the true currency is trust. Can you scheme your way to victory?
And by Who's Line is it Anyway, where the rules are made up and the points don't matter.
Chapter 13: Chess, or Checkers? Or maybe Candyland?
"Uncle Eddard, can we have a story?"
Eddard blinked, looking up from his reading of Maester Malleon's The Lineages and Histories of the Great Houses of the Seven Kingdoms. He found Myrcella and Tommen peering up at him expectantly. They'd been over for dinner with Kazuma, and apparently had stayed around. Eddard wasn't quite sure how the prince and princess had gotten into his chambers, until he looked and saw Yunyun smiling at him as well.
In truth, Eddard was grateful for an interruption, as Maester Malleon's ponderous tome seemed to be good for little more than putting him to sleep. What Jon Arryn had found compelling about the book, the new Hand was not sure, nor what value Littlefinger put in it. Perhaps the Master of Coin merely wished to lead Eddard on a wild goose chase.
"I don't think this is the sort of book you'd like a story from, your highnesses," Eddard chuckled, putting aside the book.
Myrcella wrinkled her nose. "You're not supposed to call me that. You can call me Cella, because we're friends. Yunyun said so."
Tommen nodded. "And I'm Tommy!"
Giving his eldest daughter a somewhat exasperated look, Eddard set the book aside. "Well, I suppose we do have time for a story. What sort of stories do you like, Cella and Tommy?"
"Scary stories!" the princess giggled eagerly. "Yunyun says you know lots of good scary stories!"
Tommen looked nervous, but swallowed and nodded.
"I suppose I could manage to think of a frightening story," Eddard agreed, and Yunyun eagerly sat down on the floor with her royal friends. Myrcella plopped herself in Eddard's lap, a habit she was rapidly developing, while Tommen sat on Yunyun's lap. The princess looked eager, while her brother looked like he was trying to be brave. Still, Eddard thought it good for children to hear frightening tales, especially true ones.
"Have you heard the tale of the Kinslayer?" Eddard asked.
"Oh, that's a good one. It was Megumin's favorite," Yunyun commented, and the younger children shook their heads.
"Long ago, before the Seven Kingdoms were one, but long after the Andals came across the Narrow Sea, the Doom came upon Valeria."
The children let out a startled gasp, and Tommen stuck his hand in his mouth, before quickly withdrawing it.
"During that time, a summer came that did not end," Eddard continued. "At first, this was a good thing. For who does not love summer? Crops grew, and the people grew fat off the land. At that time, the Stark in Winterfell was King in the North, and he and his people rejoiced at the Long Summer, for the North is a hard, cold land. He was Benjen the Bold, and he was a wise, good king."
"Our story, however, does not start with King Benjen Stark, but to the south, in the Kingdom of the Trident. It was ruled by a House long gone, a house whose name we do not speak; for it is cursed. Indeed, so accursed is the name, that we do not say it, only write it. I shall do so now, but do not say it aloud."
With a flourish, Eddard took out pen and ink, and wrote the name upon a piece of parchment. He showed it to the children, who gasped and nodded appropriately, though Eddard could see Tommen's lips moving as he sounded it out. That should be fine, as they were far south. And besides, the Kinslayer and his house were long dead.
"In that kingdom ruled another wise and good king. His name was Terenas, the second of his name. At first, King Terenas and the other rules of the lands believed the endless summer was nothing but good. But then, the rivers began to dry up, and the crops withered and died, as no new snows fell. It became hotter and hotter, and men began to suffer."
"It was at that time that the king's son, a noble and handsome prince, who was a leader of the Faith Militant, prayed to the goddesses. And, as they always do in the time of men's need, the Seven Goddesses answered. Aqua, the Goddess of Water, took pity on her followers and a
appeared to the Prince."
"What was his name?" Myrcella asked, looking up at Eddard with big, excited eyes.
"It is cursed: We do not speak it," Eddard told her sternly. "I will not even write it down. It is too dangerous. Truth be told, I do not recall it. Only maesters and septons know this name, and few dare write or utter it, for to speak the name is to draw its owner's attention."
The princess nodded solemnly, and Eddard continued. "Aqua told the Prince that the Doom was a curse from the terrible Lord of Light, known as the Laughing God. His followers had asked for an endless summer, to drive away darkness and despair, and he had given it to them. However, as are all gifts of the Lord of Light, this one was cursed."
"It had destroyed the Valarians who had requested it, and now, Summer would not end. Thus, Aqua told the Prince to go to the Lands of Always Winter, far to the north, beyond the wall. There, he would find the Others, called the White Walkers."
Even Yunyun sucked in her breath at that.
"The Others are real?" Tommen whispered, trembling slightly.
Gravely, Eddard nodded. "All too real. Aqua, in her haste to save her people, sent the Prince on his mission: to find a bit of winter, and bring it back to the lands. Not too much, or it would cause another Long Night. But enough that Summer would end, and the snows would bring rest and refreshment to the lands."
"The Prince departed, and had many adventures. Along the way, he met Benjen the Bold, and the King of the North joined the Prince in his quest. Together with several brave companions, they passed the Wall, into the lands of the Wildlings. Against all odds, Benjen the Bold and the Prince arrived in the Lands of Always Winter. There, they found where the gods had imprisoned the Night's King, within an icy, frozen throne. There was nothing left of him, save his bones, and his cursed armor, which sat in a never melting block of ice."
"What was said there is not known: only The Prince returned, bearing a hungering blade of ice, forged by the Others. It is said, however, that the Night's King required a sacrifice; that of the Prince's friend, Benjen the Bold."
Tears filled Yunyun's eyes as they always did at this part in the story, and the other children sniffled as well.
"But...but why'd he kill his friend?" Myrcella whimpered, pressing herself tightly to Eddard.
"Perhaps he thought it was necessary for his honor. Mayhaps, he believed it was his duty. Or perhaps there was some evil in the Prince's heart, though all said until that day he was a good man, noble and true. I do not know. What I do know is this: the prince brought that bit of winter back to the lands of men."
"What was the sword called?" Tommen asked.
"We don't speak its name," Yunyun hushed. "It's an evil, cursed sword, a runeblade of the Others."
Tommen made an "O" with his mouth and nodded seriously.
"The Prince went south, then crossed the Narrow Sea to where the Doom lay upon Valeria. There, he battled the servants of Kefka, another name for the Lord of Light, and laid them low. When he destroyed the last of the Lord of Light's priests, summer broke. The next day, snow began to fall again, and men rejoiced at the coming of winter for the first time."
"The Prince returned in triumph to his father's kingdoms, where Terenas welcomed his son. There was a grand procession, and though it was winter, men and women lined the streets, hailing their Prince, who had saved them from the endless summer."
"I shall tell you the name of the city and keep, for it still stands now, abandoned. No man walks its streets, and only the dead dwell there: Harrenhal."
"No," Tommen whimpered, and Myrcella let out a soft moan of fear.
"Should I stop?" Eddard asked, as he had a hundred times before.
"No!" the children replied, as they always did.
"Then, Harrenhal was a great castle; the greatest in the Seven Kingdoms. It was a place of beauty, with gardens watered by the rivers, and tall towers of white marble that shone in the daylight. As the snow fell, the Prince entered the castle, where his father awaited. King Terenas arose from his seat to embrace his son. But he was met with steel."
"The Prince drove his runeblade through his father's heart, slaying him. The people screamed in panic, and many brave knights attempted to slay the Prince. All of them were laid low. Many tried to feel the city. Few did. Ice had frozen the gates shut, and snow blocked the roads. Death stalked the streets that night, some even say that the Others came south for one night, slaying the living with their icy touch."
"The next day, not a living soul remained in Harrenhal. But an army marched forth: an Army of the Damned, led by the Kinslayer. They headed north, marching over frozen rivers, slaying all who stood before them. Some survived in holdfasts and keeps, but many perished, only to rise again at the command of the Kinslayer."
"The army of the damned headed north, and Torrhen, Son of Benjen the Bold, feared his kingdom was lost, and perhaps, all of Westeros, for the Kinslayer marched upon the Wall, which he would tear down from behind, and allow the Others to sweep down across all of Westeros."
"But, but they stopped him, right?" Tommen asked, sounding terrified.
Eddard smiled. "That was when Torrhen called for aid. No man in the seven kingdoms responded to him, for the Kinslayers dark hordes of undeath were a scourge upon the entire land"
"But the Goddesses, old and new, heard Torrhen. And they sent help: three dragons, and their riders. The last of the Valaryians."
"Aegon!" Tommen gasped.
Myrcalla nodded eagerly. "And his sisters! Visenya, and Rhaenys!"
"Yes. When they arrived, Torrhen bent the knee, swearing fealty to Aegon as his liege lord. And thus, Aegon and his dragons swept down upon the Kinslayer and his army of the damned as they besieged Castle Black and the Night's Watch. The battle was fierce, but with the aid of the Starks and the Lords of the North, Aegon defeated the Kinslayer. He was slain, and his body and broken blade taken beyond the wall, where it was given over to the Witch of the North."
"And then all the Seven Kingdoms bent the knee to Aegon, 'cause he saved the world!" Tommen blurted.
Eddard laughed. "Yes, indeed. But, they say in Winterfell, on a cold night, you can still hear the whisper of the Kinslayer: that one day, all must serve the new Night's King, and Lord of Winter."
The children squealed in mock fright, and Eddard laughed and stood. "Come. It's time to take you to bed. It is late, and I am certain your lady mother is wondering where you are."
Eddard escorted the tried children to their chambers, and ended up carrying a snoring Tommen the last little distance as Yunyun led a nearly asleep Myrcella the last little way.
"There you are," Cersei Lannister said, appearing around a corner with her ladies in waiting. "I had thought you would have returned for your dinner with Lord Stark and his children some time ago."
"He told us a scary story, mommy," Myrcella yawned. "It was good. He told us about the Kinslayer."
Cersei glanced at Eddard, raising an eyebrow.
"A favorite of Megumin's," he supplied, and Cersei shook her head, a rueful smile on her lips.
"That one would be," Cersei said, taking Tommen from Eddard's arms. He stirred, but sighed happily as he nestled himself on his mother's shoulder. "You seem fond of children. I hear that Theon Greyjoy has said he sees you as dearer than his own father."
"I raised Theon from when he was but a lad of ten," Eddard replied. "While I am not his father, nor he my son, I do love him."
"Was he not to be a hostage? Insurance against Balon's good behavior?" Cersei asked. "Oh, here. Rain, take the children. I would speak with Lord Stark."
"Yes, m'lady," Rain Lannister, Cersei's younger cousin and new lady in waiting agreed, taking Tommen and the princess, and going into their chambers.
Cersei watched them go, smiling slightly. Then she turned to Eddard. "Would you put a child you raised to the sword, Lord Stark? I heard you counseled against the killing even of Iris Targaryen."
"That was before she put a thousand dothraki to the sword and acquired three dragons. She is a child no longer," Eddard said grimly.
"And what of Theon Greyjoy? He is a man grown now. No boy."
For a long moment, Eddard thought, not speaking. Finally, he spoke. "Were Theon to rebel against Robert, and with his father make war upon those he once called friends, aye. I would kill him. But, I would do the same even to my own son. I would sooner die myself, but to break all oaths and forsake one's own honor...it would have to be done."
Cersei's face was a blank mask. "You would kill even Robb if your honor demanded it?"
Again, Eddard hesitated, then, he lowered his voice. "No. I would fight Robb, yes. I would try to convince him to lay down his arms and regain his honor. But if it was my life or his on the field of battle… I would perish."
"And the Greyjoy boy?"
"I do not know. It is...a hard question. One I hope I never have to answer," Eddard replied.
"I see." Cersei was quiet for a moment, then put a hand on Eddard's arm. "I too love my children, Lord Stark. And I am growing fond of yours. I hope you love them as much as you do Theon Greyjoy."
With that, she turned and departed, leaving Eddard feeling slightly confused. Did Cersei think him a threat to her babes? He would sooner cut off his own hand than harm Myrcella or Tommen, and Kazuma was to be his son in truth. More and more, Eddard did think of the boy as his son, even if the wedding was years in the future yet.
It was a week before the tourney, and Eddard went with Robb and Lord Baelish to a blacksmith the next day. Despite his misgivings, Eddard had given Robb leave to participate in the tourney. While he did not approve of playing at war, Megumin's enthusiasm for the event seemed to have infected his eldest son, which meant that Robb was to participate in the joust. Naturally, that meant he needed a new set of armor, and Littlefinger had been happy to recommend a suitable shop.
Arriving at the Smithy, Eddard had to admit it had the look of a master artisans show. It was finely decorated on the outside, and large enough to house several forges with at least a dozen journeymen and twice as many apprentice boys laboring at the forges.
"Ah, m'lord Hand! Your son's armor, it is ready," Tobho Mott, the master smith said, meeting them at the door. "Come. We must do the last of the fitting. A fine piece, with a wolfshead helm, as you requested."
Robb flushed, not meeting his fathers eyes. That had not been the original order, but Eddard had a sneaking suspicion Robb had told Megumin, who had insisted on some eclectic modifications.
"Master Mott does good work, I've had several pieces made here myself," Baelish said, picking up a fine silver inlaid dagger from a rack and inspecting it.
"I appreciate the recommendation," Eddard said, trying to remain polite. He'd been initially inclined to refuse Littlefinger's aid and advice, but Jamie Lannister had told Eddard he thought Mott the best smith in the city as well, and so Eddard had acceded.
"There is one other aspect of the shop I thought you should know of. Come," Littlefinger said, and led Eddard inside, to where the sweltering heat of the forges was nearly overwhelming.
"Ah, you there, boy. Come here a moment. You are the one who made young Stark's helm, are you not?" Baelish said to one of the journeymen.
For a moment, Eddard was taken back in time, and though he was looking at a young Robert as the smith bowed to him
"It's good work, m'lord. I know I'm just a journeyman, but I'll be a master one day. My work is good, best in the shop save for Master Mott's."
"I am certain it will suffice," Eddard agreed, and Littlefinger let the boy go back to his work.
They withdrew back to the cooler entrance, and Baelish gave Eddard a small knowing smile. "So, what do you think?"
Eddard was quiet, trying to see the trap in Baelish's words, but not finding one. "He is Robert's?"
"His byblow on a tavern wench. Lord Arryn got the boy his apprenticeship when he was six," Baelish informed. "Thought you ought to know. He is the very image of his Grace, is he not?"
"Aye," Eddard agreed. He considered for a moment, then nodded his thanks to Baelish. "Thank you. It is good the boy is cared for. He seems skilled."
"Oh he is. A most talented man with a hammer, like his father. I imagine his hands would find a sword as comfortable as those tongs he bears now," Baelish chuckled. "He even has Robert's foul moods."
Eddard nodded, feeling uncomfortable discussing such a topic, but Baelish continued.
"Indeed, I've found all of Robert's bastards share some aspects of him, though they all have that Baratheon look about them. It is as Lord Arryn said. 'The Seed is strong.'"
"Indeed. Prince Kazuma is much like his father," Eddard agreed, eager to change the topic.
Baelish looked at Eddard incredulously for a moment, then laughed. "Is he? The boy looks more like a Lannister than a Baratheon to me."
"You haven't seen the mischief he gets up to. He's the very picture of Robert at that age," Eddard sighed, thinking back to a time when a young Robert had been the scourge of the Eyrie. Much like Kazuma, he'd been a constant source of headaches for his caretakers, always running off on an adventure. Though Eddard would see to it that the prince did not get a bastard on a girl at the tender age of fifteen as his father had. Eddard did try not to think about what the Prince and Megumin might do in a few years, but at least they were betrothed.
"Perhaps now, but he was quite the scholar and recluse before he went North. Many remarked that he seemed more like Tyrion Lannister than his own father," Baelish mused.
"Is it a wonder? Robert showed little love for the boy, whereas Tyrion gave him nothing but affection. That is changing, now that he is older and taking up the sword. Robert has come several times now to see his son practice in the yard."
Indeed, despite initially being skeptical of the Water Dancer's way, Robert was delighted to see Kazuma best other boys in the yard. Even Robb had lost to Kazuma in a duel, prompting Robert to gloat about which of their sons was the better. Both Robb and Eddard had taken it in good humor, and Kazuma had even apologized for his father's words in private later. He was a good lad, and would make a fine king.
Lost in his own thoughts, Eddard once more missed the increasingly exasperated looks from Baelish. The problem, you see, with playing 4D chess, is that one tends to assume that everyone else is at least playing 2D chess, and thus are competent schemers. Lord Baelish was realizing he had somewhat overestimated Eddard Stark, and was taking increasingly drastic measures. Still, he could account for Eddard Stark, who while not a master manipulator, was at least politically savvy in his own way.
What Baelish was not prepared for was the fact that some people were not playing chess at all, but perhaps checkers, or maybe Go Fish. Or, in some particularly egregious cases, Calvinball, which had no rules to bend and twist, and no moves to think ahead for.
Speaking of lunatics who couldn't plot their way out of a Walmart parking lot (and had failed to do so at several points in past lives) Megumin was currently stalking the depths of the Red Keep along with Chomusuke. Kazuma was practicing his archery for the tourney, and that had gotten boring after about five minutes and Megumin had snuck away. Currently, she was posing before some dragon bones, and doing something so foolish that it had several goddesses in a panic, frantically messaging Cecily to do something before Megumin blew everyone up (again).
"Black of my soul, arise! Hmm. No. What about… Deep back of the void, come forth! Yes, that one is good. Ok. Next part. Crimson of my soul, arise! Eh, too similar. Crimson of ancient blood, I call upon thee! Better, better…"
Despite the fact that she was currently both indoors and underground, Megumin was practicing Explosion chants. Chomuskue was watching her mistress, looking about half a step from a panic attack herself, which was pretty impressive for a direwolf. Even a variably sized one.
Suddenly, Chomusuke's ears cocked to one side, and she leapt forward, tackling her mistress to the ground, then grabbing her by the cape and dragging her back behind some of the dragon bones.
"Ow! Chomusuke, what was that for?!" Megumin demanded, until her wolf put a large paw over her mouth and let out a low, soft growl. Megumin froze, and Chomusuke let her up to crouch behind the dragon bones.
From further within the maze of passages under the Red Keep, a red glow of torchlight appeared, and the tread of soft-soled boots on stone could be heard. Soon, a shadowed figure of a man with a steel cap, with leather armor and a sword and dirk at his hip. Chomusuke breathed out a sigh of relief as the man started to go past without noticing their hiding place.
Megumin, of course, could not allow this.
"HALT, O DISGUISED ONE!" Megumin shouted, and jumped out in front of the stranger, her sword held in a high guard position.
The man let out a coarse oath and took a stumbling step back, hand going to the hilt of his sword.
"Behold! I am Megumin! Foremost Genius of the House of Stark! What are you doing here, villain? Plotting to dark webs to deliver the kingdom into the hands of its enemies?!"
"You brat," the man snarled in a gravely tone. He had his sword half way out of the scabbard before he saw two glowing eyes, hovering a foot above Megumin's head. He raised his torch, and the blood drained from his unshaved face, as he beheld a wolf that should have been too large to make its way to the chamber, her lips bared in snarl. Swallowing, the man managed. "I'm just Rugen, m'lady. A humble gaoler. Goin' about me rounds."
"You think to fool me?! I can see through your cunning disguise! You are a spider, spinning webs of lies to entrap noble heroes!" Megumin hissed, taking a step forward and making Rugen fall back.
"Don't know nuthin' about what m'lady is-"
"I see it now! You seek to resurrect the bones of dragons thought long dead! You would bring fire and destruction down upon this keep and kingdom! Well, I, Megumin, Leader of the Crimson Demon Clan of Adventurers, shall not allow it! I shall fight for my one true love, Prince Kazuma, and prevail against your wicked plans!"
Rugen was sweating now, his hands trembling as he looked back and forth between this tiny madwoman and the giant wolf, unable to decide which was more frightening. His worries were interrupted when a frantic septa tumbled down the stairs and grabbed the girl, hissing something about ill behavior. Clearly, her entrance had been planned all along.
"Watch yourself, you traitorous wretch. I shall uncover your plots, and bare your lies for all to see!" Megumin snarled as she was dragged away by her supposed caretaker. A moment later, after one final low growl, Chomusuke followed after, shrinking down to the size of a hound as she went.
For a moment, Rugen the turn key stood there. Then, swiftly, he hurried away, and as he went, the facade of the dim and gruff jailer vanished just as the man entered into a hidden passageway. In his place was a very frightened Lord Varys.
"She knows," the Master of Whispers muttered to himself as he sagged against the wall. "How does the girl know!? Her father appears ignorant, unaware of the seeds that I have long planted! But then… she must be the one. The one who somehow quelled the feud between Wolf and Lion. How? How!? For decades I nurtured their hates. When Robert accepted my suggestion to make Eddard his Hand I thought the plan had nearly reached fruition! But it was her! Megumin was the one who sussed out my plots, and stopped them! But how?"
Varys hurried back to his chambers through the hidden doors and ways of the Red Keep, his mind racing. So, it was all an act: the girl really WAS the Foremost Genius of the House of Stark, her behavior an act to fool onlookers into believing her naught but a mad girl. But she had ensnared the Prince, and through him had the Lannisters wrapped around her little finger. It all made sense now.
After ensuring he was alone, Varys took out several hidden journals, hastily scratching out plans and revising them. There was a new player on the board now. But why had she revealed herself? What did she stand to gain from this? Varys began to adapt his plots. He would have to move up his timetable. The girl would have to be eliminated before she caused further problems. Yes… yes, he could have her killed, and frame the Lannisters for such an act. It would be a challenge, but Cersei suspected that Eddard was close to learning her secret. She would make a good scapegoat.
And so, the Spider began to spin new webs to entrap his foes in, as he plotted to place a false dragon upon the throne of the seven kingdoms, and at last bring to fruition the plot to destroy the magic of the world forever, freeing the land from goddesses and demons alike. He had simply to account for the devilish schemes of Megumin Stark.
Varys, however, forgot to account for one thing in his schemes:
You can't out plan an idiot.
Cast of Characters
The Prince of Harrenhal as; The Great Other
Tommen and Myrcella as; Exploiting the power of moe
Varys the Spider as; All According to Keikaku (Translator's Note: Keikaku is weeb for plan)
Petyr Baelish as; Master of 4D Chess
Eddard Stark as; Big fan of Checkers
Megumin as; Archwizard of Calvinball
Chomusuke as; The Cloud Cuckoolander's Minder
And the cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as; Overthinking This.
Chapter 15: HMS Ironborn the Musical
Summary:
We learn how to become the ruler of the Greyjoy Fleet.
Chapter Text
Written and Directed by: Full-Paragon
Music and Production by: The Grand Cogitator
This episode is dedicated to my favorite musical, the Pirates of Penzance. I watch it orphan. As in frequently.
Chapter 14: HMS Ironborn the Musical
Laughing, Theon Greyjoy strode through one of the seedier parts of King’s Landing near the River Gate docks. He was with a group of other young noblemen from the court, having fallen right in with their carousing. Indeed, at this very moment they were making their way down to one of the many brothels located near the docks, though they were headed for one of the finer establishments instead of one of the dockside places frequented by sailors.
While Theon felt a bit guilty due to the disapproving looks he’d received from Lord Stark, it wasn’t enough to prevent him from continuing his lecherous ways. He still ensured he did his duties, of which he had more than a few as Ward of the Hand of the King, but once his work was done, why not enjoy life a little?
While his companions were all nobly born, Theon enjoyed a place of prestige in the group both due to his connection to the Hand and from being a Greyjoy; eldest son and heir of Pyke and the Iron Islands. True, Theon hadn’t set foot on his home islands in nine years since he was a boy of ten, but he still thought of himself as Ironborn. Besides, he was good with a sword, and excellent with a bow, and being a warrior was the first part of being Ironborn in Theon’s mind.
“Ladies, I have come once more to bless you with my presence!” Theon called, striding into the brothel. He had been frequenting the establishment for some weeks now, and had his favorites, and flattered himself that they enjoyed his affections as much as his coin.
This day, however, a new girl caught his eye. She was tall, with short black hair that was bleached blonde at the tips, and a full figure. She was dressed oddly, in tight fitting breeches and a loose white shirt. The novelty of her appearance intrigued Theon, and he grinned, walking over to her. “What’s this, a pretty face I’ve not seen before, nor blessed with my affections? We’ll have to rectify this.”
Slowly, the woman turned to Theon, having been talking to the Madam of the Brothel, a thin, tight lipped woman who nevertheless seemed to have the best selection of girls at the docks. “That is a crude thing to say, sir. Who, exactly, are you, to address me as such?”
“Why, I’m Theon Greyjoy, the Kraken of the North!” Theon quipped, making his companions laugh. “Who might you be? Someone looking for me to bless with my purse and cock?’
The woman turned to Madam Gretty, who seemed to be fighting back laughter. “This is him?”
“Aye, that’s m’lord Greyjoy,” Madam Gretty agreed, giving Theon a gap toothed grin.
“He thinks rather highly of himself, doesn’t he?” the woman said cooly, then turned back to Theon, frowning. “How disappointing. It seems you’re more the Stark then the Greyjoy now.”
That remark made Theon bristle as his companions chuckled behind him. “My blood is salt and iron, girl. Careful with that tongue, or I shall cut it out instead of letting you use it as a whore should.”
“I’d like to see you try,” the girl said, and pulled a dirk from the small of her back. She made a “come on” gesture to Theon, standing with one arm behind her back, her dirk raised in a duelist’s stance.
Snarling, Theon tugged his sword from its scabbard. “I won’t kill you, girl, but I’ll make you regret this.”
“We shall see. Have at thee,” the girl said, and lunged. Theon countered, but soon found himself on the back foot, pressed hard by the girl despite her weapons' short reach. She was tall, nearly as tall as he, and had long legs and arms. She also seemed to move faster than the eye could see, and despite fighting as hard as he could, Theon couldn’t keep her off of him.
Soon, Theon found himself pressed out the door and into the alleyway, his sword ringing fast and hard against the dirk, which seemed to be everywhere and ever closer to his flesh. Then, Theon slipped in a puddle of mud, and though he did not fall, his footing was unsteady for a moment. The next thing he knew, his hand stung and his sword was on the ground, the dirk pressed up against his throat.
“I would have thought Eddard Stark would have at least taught you proper manners and discipline, Theon. Instead, you are nothing but a perverted layabout who spends his days whoring and dicing. Our father would be most disappointed to find his son had become nothing but a worthless NEET.”
For a moment, Theon gaped silently, then managed a weak, “Claire?”
His sister sighed and stepped back, making the dirk vanish again. “I had high hopes that you would have more iron in your spine, Theon. Instead, I find a man who wastes his days fawning at the heels of Starks and Lannisters.”
“I am no dog of the greenlanders,” Theon snapped. “I am Ironborn as much as you! I’ve been left to rot for nine years, with no kith nor kin save the Starks! If I value them and their company, well, it’s because they value me!”
“Do they? Are you so fond of Eddard Stark, the man who killed our brothers?” Claire demanded.
“Our father killed our brothers with his senseless pride,” Theon snapped, forcing himself to stand straight and tell, despite his anger. “Lord Stark killed neither Rodrik nor Maron. Besides, Rodrik was a drunk, and Maron was a liar and a bully. In comparison, I’ve known naught but kindness from Robb, who treats me as well as his own siblings.”
In private, Theon often dreamed of marrying Yunyun, though she was six years his junior, and becoming Lord Stark’s son in truth. A part of him was ashamed of that, especially now, but the other half of him longed for the approval of the man who had been his father in more ways than Balon Greyjoy ever had.
Claire studied Theon’s face, then, to his surprise, she smiled. “So you do have iron in your spine. That is good. You also seem to have an understanding of duty, even if it is misplaced.”
“You are not...that is, you understand?” Theon asked his older sister, feeling baffled. He hadn’t seen Claire since he’d left for Winterfell almost a decade ago, and she’d been a gangly girl of fourteen then.
“I have my own differences with our father. His loyalties are...misplaced, as are yours,” Claire said coldly. Then she sighed. “But, you are my brother. I suppose it is understandable we have drifted apart over the years and distance.”
“I...suppose it is,” Theon said, feeling unsure of what to do next.
“Well, come on then,” Claire said, slapping Theon on the back. “I cannot truly blame you for enjoying the same pleasures I do.” With that, Claire turned back to the brothel, walking quickly back inside.
Hurriedly, Theon picked up his sword, then hurried back inside. His former companions had vanished, apparently not eager to get caught up in the sibling’s feud.
“Which of the girls do you like then?” Claire asked as Theon hurried in. “I’ve a fondness for blondes myself.”
“You...what?” Theon asked, blinking stupidly.
“I prefer blondes, but I’ll tumble any girl if she’s shapely in a pinch,” Claire said with a shrug. “It gets lonely out at sea, especially with naught but men aboard.”
“What about salt wives?” Theon blurted, thinking back to his boyhood.
Claire’s nose wrinkled. “A disgusting practice of a bygone era that has long overstayed its welcome. By the Treaty of Rivers and Isles of 2CE, slavery is forbidden in the Iron Islands, as they are rightfully a vassel of the Iron Throne.”
“You always were fussy about the rules. But salt wives and thralls were never considered slaves; the Ironborn have ever kept them,” Theon argued.
“Such is a practice that violates the spirit of the law, if not the letter. A true officer and lady understands that regulations are not to be followed to the letter, but to be obeyed in their original intent,” Claire stated in a tone that brooked no argument.
Thus, Theon changed tactics. “Well, I don’t know that this establishment offers boys, and I’m not certain I wish to discuss such things with my own sister.”
“I’m not interested in boys,” Claire said dismissively. She turned to Madam Gretty. “Bring me a few blondes to pick over. I’m in the mood for one with large breasts. What are you having, Theon?”
“I...I don’t think I’m in the mood for a girl,” Theon said faintly, and for the first time since he’d tumbled the brews wife three years ago, he actually wasn’t.
“Oh? Well. I suppose I can wait then. It has been a while since I’ve seen my brother.” Claire took out a silver coin and tossed it Gretty. “For your troubles.” Then she picked up a heavy overcoat with golden buttons down the sides, putting it on, then setting an odd cap with a long, pointed brim to two sides, the front and back folded up under her arm, and buckling on a long curved blade.
“Well, let us be off then. I suppose I should make my introductions at the palace. Come. You may escort me,” Claire satiated, and strode out of the brothel, putting on her hat once she was out of doors. She whistled, and three men in sailor's garb of canvas trousers and sail cloth shirts stood up from a dicing game, picking up weapons and falling in behind her.
Theon hurried after her, his long strides able to match hers, as he was only a bare inch taller than his sister. “Claire, I suppose it’s good to see my sister after so many years, but what are you doing here?”
“I received word of the Hand’s Tourney, and, upon consulting with the Crawling One, arrived to attend the festivities. We made port late this afternoon,” Claire stated crisply.
“You intend to participate?” Theon asked incredulously. The Ironborn were not famous for their record in tourneys, as few were held in the Iron Islands, and they never had many knights, nor much interest in tournaments that were a part of the Andal tradition and associated with the Seven Goddesses.
“Do not be absurd. I make war, Theon. I do not play at it,” Claire replied.
“You sound like Lord Eddard,” Theon muttered.
“As he is a man of honor, I shall take that as a compliment,” Claire laughed. She gave the startled Theon an amused smile. “Oh do relax, little brother. While I consider the Starks to be my foes, I also consider them to be noble ones.”
“I thought you said you served the Iron Throne?” Theon asked suspiciously.
“I do. As is my duty as an officer and noble,” Claire said grimly. “Come. I shall expect you to make introductions for me.”
Flustered, Theon took Claire to the Tower of the Hand, as he had no idea where Robert was, and Theon knew that bothering the king was most unwise. The Stark guards were a bit surprised to see Theon with a woman in a very strange uniform and three armed sailors, but Claire had her men stay in the courtyard, and followed Theon to Lord Stark’s study.
“Lord Eddard?” Theon called, sticking his head into the room.
“Yes? What is it, Theon?” Eddard replied, looking up from a large, dusty tome Theon had seen him browsing of late.
“My lord, I have the honor of presenting my sister, Lady Claire Greyjoy.”
“Captain Claire Greyjoy,” his sister said punctiliously. She bowed instead of curtsying, sticking her odd hat under one arm, one hand on her sword hilt. “Of the
Indefatigable
.”
Lord Stark stood, returning the bow slightly. “A pleasure, ah, Captain Greyjoy. I had not expected your presence.”
“I had only just arrived, and found my brother waiting for me, right where the Crawling One directed my steps,” Claire said with a shrug. “I regret there was no time to send a runner to announce my arrival.”
“I’d had word of a strange ship arriving in the harbor. I take it she is yours?” Lord Stark asked.
“If she is a three masted vessel, armed with fourteen scorpions below, and two mangonel’s above, 156 feet beam to beam and a draft of nineteen feet, that would be my vessel,” Claire answered formally.
“I believe that does fit the description. She is the famous flagship of Lord Greyjoy then?” Lord Stark asked.
Claire shrugged. “I cannot speak to my vessel's fame here in King’s Landing, having not frequented this port, but she has been in service these past five years. Her sister ship, the Victory is to be launched in a months time, as per my report to the crown.”
“I am afraid I did not receive such a report; I have only just begun my duties as Hand, and have much of Lord Arryn’s documents to look over still. Will you join us for dinner, Lady Claire? I am certain Theon would be gladdened to see his kin again, and I would be interested to hear your reports myself.”
“Very well. I shall be happy to dine with you, my lord. Can you see to my men? Three of them wait outside, and I would have them fed.”
“Of course, I can see to it that food and lodging are found for them,” Eddard offered.
“I appreciate the offer of lodging, but my men and I shall be staying aboard ship, save those on shore leave. We are here only for the Tourney.”
“Very well. Tommard?”
“Yes, Lord Stark?” the guard said, stepping into the room.
“Show Captain Greyjoy to a room where she may refresh herself before dinner. Theon? A moment, if you would.”
Nervously, Theon tried to give Lord Stark a smile as Claire was shown from the room. Once she had gone, Eddard motioned him to a seat, sighing heavily.
“I suppose it’s past time you and I talked about your status, Theon,” Eddard said quietly. “You know that you are my ward, and that though you are a man grown, you have not been allowed to leave my household.”
Theon’s mouth felt dry, and he tried to swallow. His voice came out as a rasp. “I’m a hostage. Against my father’s good behavior. To prevent another rebellion from the Ironborn.”
“That is true, to a degree. I have done my best to show you how to be a man, Theon, to raise you as one of my own children. I know it cannot have been a happy or easy life, to be away from kith and kin, a prisoner in all but name.”
“I...in some ways, yes, Lord Stark. But in others…” Theon managed to swallow, but he couldn’t meet Eddard’s eyes. “In some ways, my time in Winterfell was happier than when I lived in my father’s own keep. Your children are more like siblings to me than my own blood. And you...Lord Stark...you were ever kinder to me than my own lord father ever was. Perhaps now that I am his heir that would change, but…”
Eddard was silent, and Theon wrestled with what to say, finally, he managed. “I know you’d kill me, should my father rebel again. That would be what your duty would demand. But...but I hope it never comes to that.”
“You think me so callous, Theon?” Eddard asked softly. “That I would kill a boy who ate at my table, who is friend to my children, and who lived under my protection for most of his life?”
Now Theon met Eddard’s eyes, but his were wide and started. “But, that is why I am your ward, is it not? The King, he would require it.”
“If Robert wants you dead, he’ll have to do it by his own hand, and after he’s wrested you from me by force,” Eddard said grimly. “Iris Targaryen is one thing. She possesses dragons, and seems as mad as her father, has already proven her ability to make war, and is an avowed enemy of his Grace and myself. But you, Theon? Would you have your father rebel?”
“No. I thought it was grand and good that he declared himself king, but it brought only suffering to our people. He was a fool,” Theon said bitterly.
“Then I would not hold you at fault. I would kill your father if he rises again, not you. Indeed, with Balon dead, I would see you installed as Lord of Pyke in his stead.”
“What? But if he rises-”
“If he rises again, as you said: He is a fool. I do not think it likely, however. My plan, Theon, was simple. To win you over not by steel, but as Yunyun does.”
Theon blinked rapidly. “As Yunyun does? You mean… as a friend?”
“Who do you love best, Theon? Who is your closest companion?” Eddard asked.
“Why...Robb. We’ve grown apart here in King's Landing, he doesn’t-” Theon flushed, but forced himself to say, “He doesn’t go whoring.”
“You are a man grown. If you wish to visit a brothel, that is your own concern. The coin you earn is from your work as my squire. If you wish to waste it on whores, you are not the only young man to seek such pursuits,” Eddard said with a shrug. “Robb is yet fifteen, and while he remains a child, he shall not get a woman with a bastard.”
Slowly, Theon nodded. “I see. And my sister?”
“You may not depart with her. I will not give you over to your lord father. And your sister has a reputation as a pirate. True, she raids mostly merchants from Essos, but she is a pirate nonetheless. That is not the path I would set you upon. The Ironborn must change if they are to endure, Theon. They must become more than reavers and slavers. You have become a man of honor, Theon. And I would have your people learn the same from you.”
Upon hearing those words, Theon’s chest swelled with pride. “I’ll do what I can, Lord Stark. We Ironborn are a stubborn lot, but then, so are Northmen. I’ll lead my people to glory, whether they want it or not.”
“That gladdens me, Theon. Though you are not a son of my body, I think of you as one,” Eddard said. And, to Theon’s shock and delight, Eddard Stark hugged him. It wasn’t the first hug Theon had gotten from the Warden of the North, but it was the first in several years. When Theon had been a boy, he’d received his share of affection from his host, but as he’d gotten older, he’d required less physical affection from his father figure, and over time it had faded. Now though...now Theon realized that on many occasions, he really had wanted a hug from Westeros’s Best Dad.
“I’ll make you proud, Lord Stark,” Theon said, his voice rough. “I swear it.”
Theon even resolved to not visit whorehouses again, though that was a vow he kept only for the next few days. He was, in many ways, still a boy, and one ruled by his passions and lusts. Unfortunately for him.
That evening, Claire Greyjoy returned to her ship along with her men. The Indefatigable was moored at a dock that was meant for several large merchant ships, and to most eyes, looked distinctly out of place. No other ship at King’s Landing, or indeed the world save for her sister ships the Victory and the Repulse, looked like the Indefatigable .
They did, however, look an awful lot like an 18th century East Indiaman, a class of ship that had absolutely no business being in a medieval fantasy world. Of course, no one actually knew this, save for several irate goddesses that had given the party responsible a through chewing out for their actions.
Captain Greyjoy strode up the gangway, to a cry of, “Captain on deck!”
The crew, oddly enough for Ironborn, saluted their captain adroitly, knuckles to foreheads.
“As you were,” Claire said, nodding to the sailors, who quickly returned to their duties. “How stands the watch, Mr. Harlaw?”
“We have a visitor, Captain,” Earl Harlaw replied. He was also dressed in a uniform similar to Claire’s, another decided oddity. “Your uncle is below with her now.”
Claire closed her eyes, and appeared to count to five as the crew hastened to scramble out of the way. “Mr. Harlaw. Are you trying to inform me that she is here?”
“She turned up not an hour ago, Captain. The Damphair decided it was best to pull her aboard before the Greenmen noticed, and I agreed with him, begging your pardon,” Mr. Harlaw answered, looking slightly embarrassed.
“No, Mr. Harlaw, you did as you should have,” Claire sighed. She supposed it was best she hadn’t found a whore earlier after all. “Adjust the watch schedule. I may be...occupied.”
“Already done, Captain. And...best of luck. I’d say Crawling One watch over you, but…”
Claire gritted her teeth. “Indeed. You have the deck, Mr. Harlaw.”
“I have the deck,” the first mate agreed, and returned to his task of seeing that the ship was set in order for the night.
“And send out a press gang. I have a feeling we may require more hands before this is all over,” Claire said as she headed below.”
“Aye aye, captain. I’ll send out Lieutenant Qarl and some lads.” Mr. Harlaw pronounced the word as “left-tenant,” yet another anachronism.
Claire made her way belowdecks to her cabin, where she found her uncle Aeron Greyjoy, the Damphair and high priest of the Crawling One, waiting just outside.
“Uncle. She is here?” Claire asked, fiddling nervously with her hat under one arm, as it was against regulations to go inside covered.
“Once more, our goddess, She Who Crawls on Endless Tentacles has graced us with her presence, niece,” Aeon Greyjoy replied. “Truly, you are blessed by Chaos herself.”
“I’d rather she just bugger off and leave us alone,” Claire muttered, being a rather impious sort.
Aeon glared at his niece, shaking his head and causing his long, shaggy mane of greying hair to move back and forth like swaying seaweed. “You were born under the Sign of the Goddess, She Who Rules Beneath the waves. She granted you this ship, and shall lead our people to freedom and glory through you, niece.”
“And she’s also a pain in the arse,” Claire said, but nodded to her uncle. “Thank you for keeping her out of sight. It is best if the greenlanders do not learn of our ladies...peculiarities.”
With that, Claire pushed past her uncle into her cabin, which ordinarily was a neat and orderly place, with every chart and log precisely where it belonged, including a desk, two sea chests, and a porthole to look out behind the ship. Now, however, things were strewn about everywhere as though an overly energetic child or a small hurricane had been set loose in the cabin. On the bed, dressed in one of Claire’s own uniforms much to her consternation, lay a girl with long silver hair and green eyes, and one one tentacle that quickly vanished into her body after it dropped the book it had been holding up.
“Oh, alas, the pirate queen returns to RAVISH me,” the girl wailed. “Me, a poor maiden, taken as a salt wife by cruel reavers, enslaved and forced to do UNSPEAKABLE lewd acts to satisfy the carnal CRAVINGS of the wild and mad queen of the seas!”
Glancing about her destroyed cabin, Claire tried very hard not to scowl, and only mostly succeeded, making her look as though she had to sneeze. “My lady. Is this what we’re doing this evening? You do know there are other mortals you could grace with your presence.”
“Well, yeah, but I’m not allowed in the Seven Kingdoms until the Tourney Starts. Probably gonna get another chewing out. Ugggghhhh. Those goddesses are so boring! Stupid Aqua. Why does SHE get to have all the fun!? We’re both water deities!” the girl whined, sitting up on the bed.
“Of course, my lady,” Claire agreed. Inwardly, she groaned. She was going to have to deal with this until the tourney? She had planned on getting some actual work done. “You shall be staying with me until then?”
“No, I gotta deal with some stuff. Stupid Kefka’s getting rowdy AND that asshole up north’s screwing around. And I sorta promised Madokami I’d help her and her girls out,” Clair’s guest sighed. Then she flung herself forward, wrapping her arms about Claire, who stiffened. “BUT CLAIRE-CHAN? How is Theon-kun?! My one true eternal love!”
Claire rolled her eyes. “My little brother is well, my lady.”
“Oh Claire, we’re lovers! You don’t have to refer to me so formally. Call me Nyaruko-san!”
Claire regarded the goddess of the Iron Islands for a moment. She’d never been able to work out what the odd suffixes the manic deity randomly insisted on using meant. At times, she referred to herself as Nyarko, Nyarkolotep, the Crawling Chaos, or even the Drowned Goddess if she were in a bad mood. But at any moment, she could tack on all sorts of odd epitaphs, and use them to refer to others as well.
“We’re not lovers, you just insist on harassing me,” Claire replied, her tone mildly scolding. One of her supposed goddesses more irritating aspects seemed to be that she had only a passing acquaintance with the truth, and seemed to lie out of habit and reflex. Claire suspected (correctly) that a good portion of the Cult of the Crawling One’s liturgy was nothing more than nonsense made up to amuse their capricious deity.
“That’s just ‘cause you won’t let me use my tentacles,” Nyarko muttered. “Or turn into you into a guy. Come on, I’ve tried it before, it can be fun to experiment!”
“I am quite satisfied as I am, thank you. Now, was there a reason for this visit, besides wrecking my cabin?” Claire demanded.
“Oh lighten up! You are like, the worst pirate I have ever seen. Pirates are supposed to be JOLLY!”
“I am not a pirate. I am a privateer, given Letters of Marque by both the Lord of Pyke and the Iron Throne to conduct commerce raiding operations against the Free Cities, Slaver's Bay, and other powers of Essos and the Summer Isles,” Claire corrected.
“See, this is why I’m making Theon-kun my lover. You’re boring. For someone reincarnated by a bunch of goddesses, you are really dull Claire. Theon-kun would be a pirate for me.”
“I follow the New Way, as created by you, Lady Nyarathotep. Or did you forget?” Claire asked, her left temple twitching slightly.
“I should have just kept you guys as knock off vikings. That was more fun than stuffy british copies,” Nyarko grumbled. What she was talking about, Claire had no idea, but the Crawling Chaos was strange beyond even goddesses. Nyarko brightened suddenly. “Hey, think you can get Theon-kun down here for a quickie? It’s been way too long.”
“Considering he is the hostage of Lord Stark and that the very first thing I would do once my brother was aboard would be to depart in all haste to save him from the greenlanders, no,” Claire replied, trying not to rub her aching head.
“Drat. Well, I guess I can wait a few more days. I’ve waited a few hundred years already,” Nyarko sighed. “Oh well. Hey, just a heads up, but there’s gonna be a bunch of you people here for the tourney. Aqua’s got a plan or something. I dunno, those meetings are boring, I usually sleep through them. Bye!”
And with that, Nyarko opened the porthole, turned into a writhing mass of tentacles, sliding through the space, and landing in the water below with a loud plop. Claire dearly hoped no greenlanders saw the Eldritch abomination from beyond the stars and self styled goddess of the Ironborn do so.
After cleaning up the absolute chaos that her goddess had left behind, Claire sat down on her bed and had a long think. What had Nyarko meant by “a bunch of you people?” So far as she knew, she and her brother and a few of her officers would be the only Ironborn to attend the tourney. She herself would not have attended, if Nyarko had not ordered it. As much as Claire found the weird deity distasteful, she was technically Claire’s superior, and she would follow orders.
With a sigh, Claire turned to the secret compartment at the head of her bed, opening it with a secret key that sprang from a ring on her finger. Inside, lay a portrait of Iris Targaryen as a young girl, along with a lock of silvery hair. Tenderly, Claire caressed the image, bowing to it. “Fear not, Lady Iris. One day, I shall have my fleet, and we shall reclaim your place as rightful ruler of the Seven Kingdoms.”
Maybe then, Nyarko would finally leave Claire alone, and she could find a nice girl and settle down in peace. Preferably somewhere far from the saltwater, so she was never bothered by annoying goddesses again.
Cast of Characters
Theon Greyjoy as; Desperately seeking fatherly approval
Claire Shinfornea as; Asha Greyjoy. Excuse me. That’s CAPTAIN Greyjoy.
Nyarko-san, the Crawling Chaos as; The Drowned God
Eddard Stark as; Everyone’s Dad
And The Iron Islands as; Wooden Ships and Iron Men. Get it?
And- wait. Where’s that music coming from?
In an alternate reality, one with a lot more musical numbers; one written by The Grand Cognator
Theon gaped at the woman who had so brazenly refused his advances. “Just who are you?”
The woman blinked at Theon. “I see. Well, it has been a few years, so I suppose it is only fair that you failed to identify me. As for who I am...oh, boys!”
At the woman’s call, there was the sound of opening doors and pounding feet, and a dozen sailors in various states of half dress pounded out into the central chamber.
“Yes, cap’n?” an old salt with an eye patch asked, a man that Theon somehow thought he recognized.
The woman nodded to Theon. “This is Lord Theon Greyjoy. He wishes for me to introduce myself.”
The sailors flushed slightly. “What, here, now?”
“I insist. It’s only proper,” the woman declared.
The sailors knuckled their foreheads. “Right you are, cap’n.”
A sailor hurried over with a large dark blue great coat, which the woman shrugged on, along with an odd hat, shaped a bit like a ship with a wide brim at the sides and the front and back turned up. Theon started when he saw a pin with the kraken of House Greyjoy on it, but he didn’t have time to think as the woman suddenly stepped up onto a table, as one sailor produced an accordion, and began to play. This was especially odd, as Theon didn’t know what an accordion was, as they shouldn't have been invented yet.
To his astonishment, the woman began to sing in a bright, clear voice.
When I was a lass I found a ship
While wandering the beaches for a skinny dip.
I ran to the Seastone Chair at Pyke
And I told my good Lord Father it was mine by right.
As she finished, the sailors all echoed the last line:
She told her good lord father it was hers by right!
I didn’t know it yet, but by fortune sweet
I soon would be a captain in the Iron Fleet
She didn’t know it yet, but by fortune sweet
She soon would be a captain in the Iron Fleet
My da’ rode out to see the ship
And decreed only Greyjoys could captain it
The other reavers wouldn’t have it, they called bull
But my father laughed and called the ship the Indefatigable
But her father laughed and called the ship the Indefatigable
My da’ bade me kneel down at his feet
And he fashioned me a captain in the Iron Fleet
Her da’ bade her kneel down at his feet
And he fashioned her a captain in the Iron Fleet
My brothers either hostage or dead at sea
A Reaver’s education I did receive
When all the day’s pillaging and raids were done
I offered sacrifices to the Crawling One
She offered sacrifices to the Crawling One
My sacrifices were judged good and meet
So I am still a captain in the Iron Fleet
Her sacrifices were judged good and meet
So she is still a captain in the Iron Fleet
As a Privateer I wish’t be known
For I only sailed for the Iron Throne
But then they had the nerve to call my work at sea
The raggedy profession of piracy!
The raggedy profession of piracy!
For this insult I had them beat
For they spat upon the honor of the Iron Fleet
For that insult she had them beat
For they spat upon the honor of the Iron Fleet
So landsmen all, whoever you may be
If you want to rise to the top of the tree,
There’s a path you can take to make it so:
Remember that my house’s words are, “We do not sow,”
Remember that her house’s words are “We do not sow,”
Take a Salt Wife or two, and kill lots of Essosi
And you can be a captain in the Iron Fleet!
Take a Salt Wife or two, and kill lots of Essosi
And you can be a captain in the Iron Fleet!
With that, the woman gave a deep bow, and the sailors and whores clapped politely. Theon, for his part, could only manage a strangled, “Claire?”
Fin
Chapter 16: Hello Darkness My Old Friend
Summary:
It's time for the rest of the party to join.
Chapter Text
Sponsored by: Bud Light Beer. For a great taste that won’t fill you up and will never let you down, buy something else. This is basically horse piss with added ethanol.
Chapter 15: Hello Darkness My Old Friend
The first day of the tourney dawned bright and clear; a perfect summers day with a cooling breeze coming off of Blackwater Bay. The chivalry and nobility of the kingdom had arrived in all their glory for the Tourney of the Hand, with houses from across the land competing. Even Lord Stanis had arrived from Dragonstone, though he had avoided speaking with Eddard and the king thus far, keeping his distance and speaking with Lord Baelish, Lysa Arryan, and his younger brother, Renly.
Still, it was not a day for politicking, and Eddard hoped it would be a joyous one. And prayed Robb would be safe.
“Lord Tyrell, allow me to introduce my children,” Eddard said, bowing to Mace Tyrell of Highgarden. “This is my heir, Robb. He shall be riding in the tourney.”
“Ah! He’ll be riding against my Loras, then!” the wide Lord of Highgarden laughed, slapping his youngest son of the back. “He looks a strong lad, I’m certain they’ll meet in the finals!”
“Mayhaps,” Eddard agreed neutrally. Loras was a boy of only 16, but had a reputation as a tourney knight already. Privately, Eddard hoped that Robb went up against Sandor Clegaine, who Eddard at least trusted to eliminate his son quickly and efficiently. “These are my daughters-” Eddard paused, and Yunyun gave him a nervous smile. Megumin, however, was nowhere to be seen. “-my eldest daughter, Yunyun.”
“Ah, I’m afraid my Margaery had to remain in her chambers this morning. Something about a cold I think,” Mace said, stroking his beard and frowning. “What of your other daughter, the Prince’s betrothed?”
“She is probably with his highness,” Eddard said, praying to goddesses old and new that they were not causing too much mayhem. He turned to Cecily, and gave the scepta a glare and mouthed, ‘Find them.’
Cecily looked around, realized that one of her charges was missing, and flushed and hurried off, clutching at her skirts.
Steeling himself, Eddard turned to greet their next guests. “Lady Olenna. It is a pleasure to-”
“Oh spare me the pleasantries, Stark,” Olenna Tyrell grumbled. She was a shrunken, older woman with a cane, and her disposition seemed even more thorny than rumored. “Bad enough you had to haul my old bones out here for this silliness. We both know you and I hate tourneys. Why are they even bothering with this nonsense?”
“His Grace insisted,” Eddard replied neutrally. “And my own son shall ride in the Tournament.”
“Will he? Stupid boy. Good way to get himself killed. Well, I’ll say a prayer for him, if the damned goddesses are even listening anymore,” Olenna said, pushing past Eddard. “Cersei! There you are. I know you’ve a bottle of wine somewhere, woman. Give it over. Mace took mine before we left our chambers.”
“Mother!” Mace Tyrell gasped.
“Enough, boy. I’m not sitting through this farce sober. Well? Do you have it Cersei, or I am going to have to ask your husband?”
“I...shall see if we can obtain a glass for you, Lady Tyrell,” Cersei said, looking startled.
“Don’t bother with a glass: only a skin or a bottle will do for me,” Olenna declared, and shuffled over to her place. Apparently, the Queen of Thorns had gotten cantankerous in her old age.
As the Tyrell’s had been the last of the great lords to arrive, Eddard took a seat, as the opening ceremony of the tourney was soon to begin.
“Well if the woman wants a drink, bloody well give her one!” Robert roared at a wincing Rain Lannister. “What’s your name, girl?”
“R-Rain, your Grace, I-”
“Rain? Rain!? Who named you, some sort of slow witted weather maester? Now go fetch me and Lady Olenna some damned drink, girl!”
Tears in her eyes, Rain ran off, and Eddard grimaced. “There’s no need to bully the child so, your Grace.”
“I’m surrounded by smirking Lannisters and sour Starks,” Robert grumbled. “One tells me what I can’t do, and the other tells me what I should!”
Eddard looked to Cersei, who’s mouth had formed a thin line of irritation. “If my lord husband wishes for our son to participate with the peasantry in the archery contest, far be it from me to forbid it. Even if my husband won’t even fight in the melee any longer.”
Robert rounded on Cersei, his face flushed in anger.
“I-I’m just so glad we’re all here together, t-to watch the Tourney!” Yunyun stammered, inserting herself between the quarreling royals. “C-Cersei, who do you intend to give your favor to? A-and R-Robert, w-who do you think will win the joust?” The girl was wringing her hands nervously and looked half terrified, but both the king and queen started, and looked slightly ashamed.
“My brother shall wear my favor, as is proper,” Cersei managed, turning away from her husband.
“He won’t take this joust,” Robert snorted, but then softened his tone. “I don’t think your brother likely to either, Yunyun. The Mountain is riding in the lists today. And I don’t think anyone, even someone as skilled as Ser Jamie, is likely to overcome him.”
Eddard let out a sigh of relief and relaxed slightly, until he felt a trembling hand on his shoulder, and heard a panicked hiss of, “Boss!”
Heart thundering, Eddard spun to face Cecily, who was pale and breathing raggedly. What had happened to his daughter?
“Boss….We are in so much trouble…” Cecily groaned. Then stepped aside so that Eddard could see his daughter Megumin, sitting in her seat with the prince. At first he calmed.
Then he saw their companion, and Eddard Stark, Lord of Winterfell and Hand of the King, nearly fainted.
========================================================================
Earlier that morning, Kazuma and Megumin were preparing for the tournament. Not with any last minute archery practice, nor with prayers to the goddesses. Instead, they were practicing posing and introductions.
“BEHOLD! I am Kazuma Baratheon! Foremost archer of the Crimson Demon Clan of Adventurers, and he who shall claim today’s prize in honor of my lady, Megumin Stark!”
“Not bad,” Megumin said, blushing slightly at the last bit. “But you need to make a cool motion with your hand and not just stand there. A good pose is dynamic, not static.”
“Like this?” Kazuma asked, swaying side to side slightly and doing jazz hands as he did so.
“No! That looks lame! You’re not a mummer, you’re a Crimson Demon!”
“No he’s not.”
Kazuma and Megumin turned to see a scowling girl who looked to be perhaps a few years their senior. She seemed to be Tyroshi, with hair a vivid blue that could only have come from dye, and an odd bauble in her hair. Her dress, though, was of the Seven Kingdoms, a long blue gown inlaid with pearls and lace in the style of a high ranking Axis Septa. She suddenly broke into a grin, running forward and wrapping both Kazuma and Megumin in a hug.
“Oh my gosh guys, it’s been so long! So, turning Kazuma into a Crimson Demon already, eh Megumin? I’m glad you remember! That makes this a lot easier.”
Megumin flinched and glared at the girl as she separated, eyeing the flustered Kazuma. She turned back to the girl, but frowned instead of snapping at her. Did she know this girl? She seemed...familiar.
“Who are you?” Kazuma asked, looking equally puzzled.
“Oh come on guys, you remember me, right? I’m your best bud!” the girl cried, planting her hands on her hips. “Seriously? I took the next couple days off just so we could hang out! And you don’t even have the decency to remember me?”
“I think...I think I’ve seen you before,” Megumin said slowly, her mind thinking back. She nodded slowly. “Yeah. You visited Winterfell a few times, didn’t you? I saw you in the Sept. Didn’t you tell me about the hero's sword, Chunchumaru?”
“Right...I think I’ve seen you before too,” Kazuma said slowly. “You talked to me once and gave me a copy of the Axis Scriptures, The Book of Awesome Things That I Totally Did. ”
“See? We’re buds! I knew you guys wouldn’t forget me! Oh, but I’m like, incognito and stuff. Call me Mizu!”
“Alright...Mizu,” Megumin said, folding her arms over her chest. “But why are you here?”
“Duh, so we can watch the tourney! Oh man, this is gonna be awesome! You’re gonna be GREAT tomorrow, Kazuma! And I totally know Darkness is gonna win too.”
“Who’s Darkness?” Megumin and Kazuma asked at the same time.
Mizu wrinkled her nose, looking back and forth between them. “What, you don’t remember? Oh well, I won’t spoil it. Oh, before I forget, one more thing.” Reaching over, Mizu smacked Megumin upside the back of her head. “STOP PRACTICING EXPLOSIONS INDOORS YOU LITTLE MANIAC! DO YOU WANT TO BLOW YOURSELF UP!?”
The sudden physical violence took Megumin off guard, and before she could react Kazuma was trying to wrestle the new girl to the ground, his fingers pinching her cheeks cruelly. “What did you do that for?!”
“Ow! Ow! Stop it! She’s the one who tried to blow up the Red Keep! Do you have any idea how many problems that would cause!? There were six of you here that day, it would have ruined EVERYTHING!” Mizu wailed, tears running down her face.
Kazuma paused and let Mizu go, and turned to look at an embarrassed Megumin. “You what?”
“Um, well, I mean, I didn’t actually manage to cause an Explosion,” Megumin muttered. Behind her, Chomususke let out a long suffering sigh.
“I know, right? Sheesh. Thanks for getting her to stop, that would have been a real problem. I told your mom, she’s very proud,” Mizu said to the wolf.
Kazuma and Megumin forgot their own argument, turning to Chomusuke and Mizu, baffled looks on their faces. Chomususke lay down and put her paws over her muzzle, one eye glaring at Mizu.
“What? What?!” Mizu demanded, planting her hands on her hips and glaring down at the wolf, who was currently shrunk to the size of a hound. “I give you a compliment and this is how you react? Sheesh. Is this because we didn’t pick you to be one of us? I told you, anyone who lets a little girl bind them as a familiar has no business being a big shot. You should just be glad Holo took you in.”
“Who are you talking to?” Megumin asked suspiciously.
“Chomusuke. She thought she should have-” Mizu began, but the wolf bolted up and bowled the Axis Septa over, straddling the woman as she doubled in size. Mizu started to cry, until Chomusuke let out a low growl in her ear, then what Kazuma could have sworn sounded like some actual whispers.
“Oh, fine. Whatever. They’ll catch on eventually you know,” Mizu muttered, but Chomusuke let her up, and the odd girl dusted herself off. “Look, anyway, no more Explosions indoors. Or in a city. Go somewhere with a wide sightline. I swear, you should have better sense about this, you know what you can do. Now come on! I want to make sure we get good seats.”
“We’re sitting in the royal box though,” Megumin said, frowning at Mizu.
“Sweet! Oh man, do you think Robert will fight in the Melee? He’s, like, my favorite champion EVER.”
“He hasn’t done that in years. He’s too fat now,” Kazuma said, finding himself falling in beside Mizu as if it were perfectly natural.
“Pfff, I can fix that. One Blessing and he’ll be up and at ‘em again!” Mizu laughed.
Megumin eyed their new friend sideways. “Aren’t you an Axis Septa? What could purifying water do?”
“Huh? No, like a real blessing. Besides, this is his last chance. Bobby B should go out on a high note,” Mizu declared.
That got both Kazuma and Megumin to laugh. “Bobby B? Oh man, I’m so calling dad that,” Kazuma sniggered. “He always hates all those titles anyway.”
They made their way to the royal box, where there appeared to be an extra chair there, with a small name card on it that read “Mizu.”
“I’m stealing this one,” Mizu said, taking her name off the chair. “This Mizu person will just have to lump it.”
Kazuma exchanged a look with Megumin, then both started laughing. “Aren’t YOU Mizu?”
“Oh. Um...hey, shut up! I er, look! I am a very busy Arch Priest! I forget things sometimes!”
“What’s an Arch Priest?” Megumin asked, frowning. “Aren’t you a septa?”
“Oh, yeah. I’m, like, a super important Septa. Oh hey, it’s Cecily! Cecily! Long time no see!” Mizu jumped up and wrapped Megumin’s tutor in an embrace causing the other woman to go pale and jerk away from Eddard, who was breathing quickly, his face flushed.
“Hey, Ed! I hear you’re expecting again! Congrats!” Mizu said, patting the Lord of Winterfell on the shoulder, then moving on. “Yunyun! Good job on all the friends so far! You’ve come a long way, haven’t you? Megumin and Komekko behaving themselves?”
Yunyun looked up from her conversation with the queen, who frowned at the sudden intrusion. However, upon seeing their guest, Cersei’s eyes rolled up into her head, and she slumped over.
“I damn well knew I wasn’t drunk enough for this,” Olenna muttered. “This is your fault, Robert. I knew nothing good would come from having a party boy on the throne.”
“Oh my gosh, help!” Yunyun wailed, scrambling to lay Cersei down. “Elevate her legs! She’s going into shock! Get a maester, and a Renewal Cultist! What’s wrong with the queen?!”
“Hmm,” Mizu said, kneeling and running a hand over the Queen’s forehead, to the shock of the assembled nobility. “Huh. She just fainted. No problem, I got this.”
“What are you-” Yunyun began, but then Mizu just slapped the queen across the face.
“Hey, wake up! Shows about to start, don’t you wanna watch?”
Robert jerked up, fury blazing in his eyes, and opened his mouth, but Eddard put a hand on his shoulder and firmly sat the king back down. “She’s an experienced healer, Robert. Let her work.”
“She just slapped my wife!” Robert thundered, shooting back to his feet. “Selmy! You get your withered old arse over here and-”
“I- I’m fine,” Cerei gasped, sitting up with Mizu’s help. The queen looked at the smiling ditz, her eyes wide with panic. “M-my lady, what are you-”
“I’m here to watch the Tourney! And um, I’m… Kazuma, what’s my name again?”
“Mizu?” Kazuma offered, feeling very baffled and unsure if he should be furious or amused that someone had just slapped his mother awake.
“Right. I’m Mizu the Axis Arch Priest. I mean Arch Septa. And I’m here to watch my best buddy Kazuma compete! And maybe we can get Bobby B to fight too, eh? Come on, you’re his wife! You know you want to see your husband kick ass and take names in the melee again!”
Cersei’s mouth hung open along with everyone else’s for a long moment, until she looked at her husband and swallowed. “Um, well my Lord, It seems I must beg your pardon: clearly, you should fight in the melee.”
“Truey?” Robert asked, sounding stunned. Then he bellowed out a laugh. “Well, I have to say, I never thought I’d see anyone who could talk sense into my wife! Ha! I’ll do just that! You there, boys, Tyrek, Willem, go and get my armor ready! Haha! Bet you never thought you’d see your king fight again, did you, Ned?”
“No, your Grace,” Eddard managed, looking as though he wanted to be getting as drunk as Olenna was managing.
The two Lannister boys looked disappointed, as they’d surely miss the joust, and turned away, but Mizu wasn’t done.
“Hey, listen, when you need the breastplate stretcher, go get Rain. She can help you out,” Mizu said in a stage whisper.
The two squires nodded, and hurried off, and Mizu sat down next to Kazuma, humming to herself happily.
“Breastplate stretcher?” Kazuma asked. “Really? Come on. I’ve never been a squire, but even I’m not dumb enough to fall for that.”
“Yeah, Theon asked Robb and Jon to look for one, they spent hours until they realized he was making fun of them. That wasn’t nice,” Yunyun lectured.
“Why don’t you have a breastplate stretcher?” Mizu asked, blinking at Yunyun. “What if someone gets too fat for their armor, like Bobby B?”
The king just about choked on his beer, turning to glare at Mizu. His anger faltered when Kazuma and Megumin started cracking up.
“S-sorry dad,” Kazuma cackled. “You really are pretty fat.”
“Oh man, someone needs to invent a breastplate stretcher,” Megumin hooted. “Are you gonna get big and fat like that when you’re old, Kazuma?”
That made the prince stop laughing. “What? No! I mean...I don’t think so?”
“If he stays a lazy NEET who holes up in his room, he totally will,” Mizu said smugly. “He never even liked exercising like Bobby B does.”
“I am not a NEET!” Kazuma argued, poking Mizu in the shoulder. “And I get plenty of exercise!”
“Only because of Megumin. She’s the only reason you ever do anything!” Mizu snarled, pressing her head against Kazuma’s and shoving back at him.
“Ha! I win again!” Megumin bragged.
“Your Grace,” Eddard groaned. “Please. Just start the games. Before someone commits an act of blasphemy.”
That got the three arguing children, even if one was probably a lot older than the others, to sit down and shut up, causing the Queen and Eddard to let out shuddering sighs of gratitude.
“Bring forth the knights! And get me another beer!” Robert bellowed. He made a sour face, and muttered to himself, “Fat am I? I’ll bloody well show them. Think I’m fat, do they? I’ll win the whole bloody melee.”
“Heck yeah, Bobby B!” Mizu encouraged, giving him a thumbs up, a gesture that would have been ludicrously out of place if certain children hadn’t taken to using it. As it was, it only made Olenna roll her eyes.
“You know Ned, I think I like this girl,” Robert mused, eyeing Mizu as she excitedly watched the knights and their squires parade past the royal box. “Easy on the eyes she is.”
“Robert, if you try to sleep with her, may the goddesses have mercy on your soul,” Eddard replied, closing his eyes and trying not to weep.
“You’re no fun at all, you know that?” Robert muttered as Olena cackled madly.
“Oh by all means, try my Lord,” Cercei snorted. “That would be something I would pay to see.”
Robert blinked, then looked at his drinking horn. “Seven Hells, didn’t think I’d had that much yet.”
As the knights rode past, various ladies stood and offered favors to them. Yunyun and Megumin both gave Robb scarves to tie about his lance, while the queen gave her brother her own favor, though she seemed oddly reluctant to do so. Myrcella, however, had a different idea.
“Mr. The Hound!” she shouted, waving as Sandor rode past. “Come here!”
“What?” he barked, but rode his horse close to the royal box.
Mycella giggled, and had Kazuma help her lean out and tie a scarf to the big man’s lance, making him flush. “Kick their butts, Mr. The Hound.”
“As my lady wishes,” Sandor muttered, jerking his head in bow, and slammed his visor shut to hide a blush as he rode away.
Cersei gave her daughter a disapproving look, but the little princess planted her hands on her hips and stuck her chin out. “Mommy, no one’s ever nice to him! Yunyun says we have to be nice to our friends!”
“Plus, he’s cool!” Tommen added. “Even if he is scary.”
When the Mountain rode out, however, Tommen and Myrcella shouted, “BOOOOOO!”
Their mother looked ready to scold her children, until she noticed that Mizu was standing with the younger royals, shouting derisive comments at Ser Gregor Clegane as well.
“Lord Eddard?” Cersei said, sounding faint.
Eddard, looking rather poleaxed still, managed. “Yes, your Grace?”
“Remind me to tell my father he should find a new bannerman,” Cersei gasped.
“What, because the children don’t like him?” Robert asked, sounding baffled.
“Yes. Let’s go with that,” Cersei agreed.
“Good, that guys an asshole,” Kazuma commented.
“Boy, the Mountain’s a terrifying fighter. He’s just the sort of banner man a king WANTS leading the charge,” Robert lectured. “Just because you find a man unpleasant doesn’t mean there isn’t a use for him.”
“If the goddesses abandon a man, would any want to associate with him?” Cecily asked from her place at Eddard’s side, looking just as lost as her boss.
“Darn right,” Mizu agreed. “I’ve said it before, Ath-”
Cecily suddenly coughed loudly, then shouted. “Oh look, a Mystery Knight! How exciting!”
She pointed to a knight with no tabard or house icon. The knight was tall, over six feet, riding a large warhorse with golden barding. The knight’s armor was lacquered in yellow and white, and the helmet had a feathery white plume atop it.
“Oh, oh! Hey! Pssst, Darkness! Come here! I got a favor for you!” Mizu shouted, waving to the knight in question
The knight started, turning to look at the waving woman. “M-me?!” they said, in a surprisingly high pitched voice for such a massive rider.
“Oh, Seven Hells,” Olenna groaned, resting her head in her hands. “You didn’t.”
“Come on, Darkness! You gotta have a favor! All the coolest knights do!” Mizu argued, holding up a pink scarf of her own.
“Um,” the knight’s voice suddenly changed, becoming much deeper. “Thank you, my lady. I shall wear your favor with pride.”
“Awesome! Do me proud, Darkness! I know you can beat ‘em all!” Mizu encouraged, giving a double thumbs up.
The knight spoke, voice high pitched again “T-thank you,-” they coughed, then tried again in a basso rumble, “Thank you, my lady. Though I have to ask, how do you know my name?”
“Cause you told me! Hey, Chris! Wait, why are you here? I don’t remember putting you here…”
The knight’s squire, a boy with Targaryen features who had been trying to hide behind his master's horse, peered out, and waved shyly.
“Ah, whatever. Who cares? Go kick some butt! This is gonna be so much fun!” Mizu declared, and eagerly sat back down. “Hey, where’s the drinks? Get me some bubbly, I want the good stuff!”
“I’ll get it!” Cecily gasped, then hurried off. She was back in moments, slightly wild eyed. “What’s bubbly?”
“Oh right, you don’t have that here. I’ll have what she’s having,” Mizu said, pointing to Olenna.
“Right! Um, Highgarden’s finest, coming up!” Cecily scampered away, looking more frantic than ever.
“Megumin, what did you do?” Yunyun asked quietly, watching Cecily leave.
“Huh?” Megumin frowned at Yunyun. “Nothing!” Yunyun gave her twin a flat look. “Really! Ask Kazuma!”
“She tried to use her magic inside,” Kazuma said quietly. “Mizu came and chewed her out.”
“WHAT!?” Yunyun gasped. “How could you! You could have been-MMMPH!”
“Ixnay on the agicmay,” Mizu hissed, hand clamped over Yunyun’s mouth. “It’s not supposed to be out yet! Besides, you haven’t managed to do anything more than a little sewing. Hurry it up! We don’t know how long you guys have, the others are breathing down my neck!”
Yunyun said something muffled, then shrugged and nodded.
“Good. And yes, we are friends, Yunyun. How many times do I have to tell you? Sheesh.” Mizu let the poor girl go.
“Your wine, my lady,” Cecily panted, presenting a chilled goblet of wine to Mizu.
“Awesome. Hey, where’s yours? Yo, Olenna! Come one, share with my favorite septa here! I know you and Cersei have to have some bottles.”
“That septa has to be the most impolite wench I’ve ever seen,” Mace commented, scowling at Mizu. “Even for an Axis Septa. What right does she-”
“Hush, boy. You’ll just embarrass yourself again,” Olenna snapped, and passed over the bottle to Cecily, who simply chugged it, before passing it to Eddard, who took a long pull himself.
“Dad?” Yunyun asked worriedly.
“Just, ah, nervous about your brother,” Eddard said, giving Yunyun a pained smile, and moping at his sweating forehead despite the cooling breeze
“Oh, don’t worry, Robb will do great!” Yunyun declared happily.
Soon, servants were bringing a steady supply of alcohol, and Megumin noticed her father imbibing far more than he usually did. Before long a good portion of the royal box was rather inebriated, with everyone cheering loudly for the competitors. Megumin and Kazuma tried to sneak a few drinks, only for Mizu to confiscate theirs.
“You’re both too young to start drinking! No wine!” Mizu ordered, then guzzled the drinks and let out a loud belch.
“You’re not that much older than we are,” Kazuma argued.
That made Cecily dissolve into gales of laugher, nearly falling out of her seat. The queen began to chortle as well, and Eddard managed a nervous giggle or two himself.
“Seven Hells, what has gotten into you lot?” Robert demanded. “How is it that I’m the only bloody one of us that’s sober?”
“Experience,” Olenna declared, taking another pull from her wineskin. “These lightweights hold their beer no better than a Flea Bottom whore.”
“Mother!” Mace cried in a strangled voice, looking like a fish with his mouth flopping open.
His mother rolled her eyes. “Oh, do be quiet, Mace. You’re at least half the reason I’ve come to this state.”
“Not been the same since my lord father died,” Mace managed, tugging at his tunic sleeves nervously.
“Shhh, it’s Robb’s turn!” Megumin ordered. She motioned to Chomusuke as Yunyun motioned to Lady. All four she-wolves threw their heads back and howled lustily as Robb rode up to the lists, causing a variety of odd looks to be directed their way.
That didn’t last long, as Robb suddenly stood in his stirrups. “BEHOLD! I am Robb Stark, the Young Wolf of the North, and he who shall claim the victors prize this day!”
“YOU GO BIG BRO!” Megumin and Yunyun cheered, which caused Mycrella and Tommen to jump up and down and start chanting “Big Bro, Big Bro!” as the commons went wild at the display.
“Need another pull, boss?” Cecily asked, offering the wine bottle to Eddard.
“I think I need to stay at least partly clear headed for this,” Eddard groaned, giving a pained smile to his son.
“Hmmm,” Mizu said, eyeing Robb, who was going up against Ser Meryn Trant of the Kingsguard, an experienced tourney knight. “You want him to win, right girls?”
“Of course, he’s our Big Bro!” Megumin declared.
Yunyun nodded seriously. “Robb is one of my best friends. Ser Meryn is my friend too, but Robb is my brother; he’s family.”
“Well, OK. I guess we can cheat a little.” Mizu pointed to Robb as he prepared to charge. “Blessing!”
For a brief instant, there was a shimmer above Robb’s head, and Megumin thought she could see a glowing blue shape, like that of a water wheel. She gasped, and looked to Kazuma. “Did you see that?”
“See what?” Kazuma asked, but Yunyun was gaping.
She looked to Mizu, frowning. “Are...are you a Fortuna Septa? Or one of the Faith Militant? Isn’t it cheating to use those blessings on knights at tourneys?”
“It’s cheating to use one of Eris’s or Athena’s blessings, yeah. But, as I am Aq-”
“A quite talented Septa!” Cecily blurted. “She’s um, really talented! Aqua’s favorite!”
“Nah, you’re my favorite, that’s why I keep bringing you back!” Mizu laughed, causing Cecily to blush and look down.
The two knights charged, and Megumin let out a gasp as both lances shattered on the shields of their opponents. Robb managed to keep his seat, but a cursing Ser Meryn tumbled to the ground.
“GO BIG BRO!” Megumin and Yunyun screamed along with Tommen and Myrcella, the byplay between Mizu and Cecily forgotten already.
Next came Ser Jamie Lannister, riding against the mystery knight, Darkness.
“Aww, tough break, Cercei,” Mizu laughed. “I don’t even need to bless her!”
The queen eyed Mizu, then glanced at her brother, who appeared far more confident then the fumbling Mystery Knight of Darkness, whose squire was having to give a last minute pep talk. “I think my brother has a chance.”
Mizu giggled and shook her head. “Nope!”
The two riders charged, and Ser Jamie’s lance struck home easily. Indeed, somehow, the mystery knight fumbled their shield, taking the blow full on the breast plate, while their lance only grazed Jamie’s shield. Despite the clean hit, The Knight of Darkness seemed positively delighted, though their squire waved at them frantically, clearly outraged at the poor showing.
Looking chagrined despite the full helm, the mystery knight came about, and tilted again against Jamie. And though the queen’s brother scored another clean hit, he had no better success. Indeed, he staggered from a much better blow from the mystery knight, who seemed solid as a stone in the saddle. On the next pass, Darkness’s lance struck true, and Jamie was launched out of the saddle. He had scored another excellent hit, but it appeared to do nothing but excite the mystery knight.
“Damn fool,” Olenna mumbled. “Going to be the death of me.”
“Do you know that knight, mother?” Mace asked, frowning. “I don’t think I’ve seen them before.”
“Well, then you’re even blinder than my husband was when he rode off that cliff. More wine!” Olenna ordered.
To Megumin’s delight, Robb seemed unstoppable that day. He tilted against several formidable knights, including Loras Tyrell and Aron Santagar, the Arms Master of the Red Keep, defeating them both easily after a single tilt.
“KICK HIM THE BALLS, BIG BRO!” Tommen bellowed to Robb before he faced Santagar, making the King nearly choke on his beer, while the queen merely let out a long suffering sigh.
“That’s not how jousts work, Tommen,” Cersei said, pulling her son back down as his nursemaids fluttered about in shock.
“Oh. Um, Big Bro, how do you win jousts?” Tommen asked, turning to Kazuma.
“Easy, get Sandor to do them for you,” Kazuma advised. Tommen nodded seriously, while Robert looked at Kazuma incredulously.
“Don’t you want to joust in a tourney, boy?”
“Heck no. I’m gonna be a champion archer, just you watch,” Kazuma said, giving his father a wink.
“At least he’s taken up a martial pursuit? You were never much of a jouster either, Robert,” Eddard pointed out.
“Of course not. Can’t very well smash someone’s head in during a joust or archery,” Robert grumbled, but let the matter drop.
As for Mizu’s favored knight, they defeated both Renly Baratheon, and Ser Barristan Selmy, much to Megumin’s disappointment.
“We’re rooting for Robb, remember?” Yunyun told her sister.
“Yeah, but… but he’s just so cool,” Megumin sighed. “I guess a mystery knight is pretty cool too. But I really wanted to see Barristan the Bold win a tourney! Or at least lose to Robb.”
The semi-finals came down to the Clegane brothers, Robb, and the Mystery Knight. Sandor and the Knight of Darkness were up first, and competed in several fierce tilts. On the third pass, both were unhorsed, and scrambled to their feet, going at it with swords. Sandor seemed dazed from his fall, however, and after two harsh blows, he was knocked flat on his back, and yielded to Darkness, who seemed disappointed, but good naturedly offered him a hand.
“You’re a fool, you know, you and that boy,” Sandor growled as he was let up. “My brother will kill for that purse.”
“Really?” the mystery knight asked.
“He’ll come after you, and beat you bloody,” Sandor warned.
“You… you think so!?” the other knight demanded, sounding positively eager.
That made Sandor flinch back. “Bloody maniac.” He stumbled from the field with the help of his squire, leaving the Mystery Knight to walk away with his silent squire, who glanced nervously at Mizu.
Mizu, however, was busy puking over the back of the royal box, having managed to put away fully a dozen bottles of wine over the course of the day. Cecily was rubbing her back, looking nervous. Megumin wrinkled her nose, then sniffed the air. She turned, just in time to see a sparkling rainbow erupt from Mizu’s mouth as a panicked Cecily tried to use her head scarf to hide it.
“Kazuma, Yunyun, do you see that?” Megumin asked.
“Yeah, Robb’s screwed,” Kazuma sighed, and Yunyun let out a whimper.
Megumin spun to see Ser Gregor Clegaine, brother of Sandor Clegane, ride out onto the tourney grounds. The Mountain was a literal giant, nearly eight feet tall, larger even than his brother by over a foot. Robb was not a small man, but compared to Gregor, he looked to be a child.
“Y-you can do it, Big Bro!” Yunyun called nervously.
Robb lowered his visor, and gamely raised his lance and shield. He and Gregor thundered down the lists, and Robb was nearly flung from his saddle as Gregor’s lance shattered against his shield, but somehow, he managed to stay in his seat.
“Sorry,” Mizu muttered, taking a seat again. “Last one’s just about wore off. Blessing!”
Once more, Megumin saw the seven spoked water wheel appear about Robb’s head, then fade in a shower of blue sparks. “Ok, you saw that, right Kazuma?” she demanded.
“Yeah, your brother should just yield. Gregor’s killed people in jousts before,” Kazuma said quietly.
“Not that!” Megumin hissed, but then, Robb was tilting again. This time, Gregor’s mount suddenly shied as Robb’s lance impacted Gregor’s shield, causing Gregor’s aim to be thrown off. Gregor roared in anger as he tumbled from the saddle. In a fury, he drew his sword, turning to his own beast.
“Ser!” Robb called, turning his mount and riding around to Gregor’s side. “There is no need to-”
With a bellow, Gregor reached out and dragged Robb from the saddle with one hand, flinging him to the ground. He raised his sword, and Megumin found herself screaming in panic. Yunyun’s eyes began to glow, and she raised a hand.
“LIGHT OF-”
“No,” Mizu said, pulling Yunyun’s hand down. “Darkness has this.”
From the sidelines, the Mystery Knight charged on foot, moving almost faster than the eye could see as they bellowed, “INTERCEPT!”
They came to a halt, right in the path of Gregor’s blow, and the crowd roared in anger. Megumin thought she was about to see the poor knight cut in half, but to her astonishment, there was a sound like that of a bell being struck, and Gregor staggered back, his sword rebounding from the mystery knight’s armor.
“SEIZE THAT MAN!” Eddard was bellowing, drawing his sword and leaping out of the royal box as Stark men-at-arms raced to stop the fight.
Gregor was heedless to the Hand’s commands, backhanding one guard and thrusting his blade at the mystery knight again with a roar. Instead of raising a blade, Darkness simply opened their arms wide, and once more the crowd gasped in horror. Somehow, instead of skewering the brave knight, Gregor’s sword shattered on the armor. He looked at his broken blade in astonishment, and even Eddard Stark paused, unable to believe his eyes.
“Oh, stop standing there and finish it before someone else gets hurt, you fool!” Olenna called.
“Yes, ma’am!” the mystery knight squeaked, and swung a fist at Gregor, and clumsily hitting his chest.
The Mountain went flying back, crashing through the barrier between the lists and tumbling across the churned ground in a clatter of metal, before slamming into one of the boxes in a crunch of wood. Sandor was the first to reach his brother, hauling the dazed man out of the wreckage non-to-gently.
“Arrest him!” Eddard barked, pointing his sword at the fallen Mountain. “Take that man to the dungeons! He attempted to slay my son!”
“It will be my pleasure,” Sandor said with a vile grin and evil laugh. “You’ve done it now, you fool. There’s no coming back from this one: all have seen your crimes.”
Gregor, however, was only able to spit blood and teeth, moaning and coughing as he was clapped in irons and hauled away.
With that, Eddard turned to Robb, who was helped to his feet by Darkness.
“Um, well, I guess now we face one another?” they strange knight said, their voice once more a deeper tone.
“No,” Robb said, removing his helm. “I yield, sir. You saved my life. Gregor would have split me in half. How you survived, I do not know.”
“You have my thanks,” Eddard said, clapping the knight on the shoulder, tears in his eyes. “My son… whatever you need, Ser, you shall have. I would offer you a holdfast on my own lands for saving my son’s life this day.”
“T-that’s very kind, but, um, well, I really think we should tilt-”
“Oh, give it over you fool, you’re in for it now!” Olenna called.
The mystery knight stiffened, then bowed. “T-thank you, Lord Stark. I must decline your gracious offer: the honor of saving a, um, fellow knight is enough.”
“May I know the face of the man who saved my son?” Eddard asked earnestly. “Your fame should be spread throughout the Seven Kingdoms.”
“What?!” the mystery knight squawked, voice breaking. “I mean, no, my lord, I must remain-”
“Oh, come now!” Robert said, coming to the railing of the royal box. “Your king commands it! Remove your helm, ser, and name your Queen of Love and Beauty! No maid could deny a man so valorous this day!”
The Mystery Knight backed away nervously, and behind them their squire hurried out with a horse, looking panicked.
“I, I, I cannot, I-”
“Just do it, you fool!” Olenna ordered. “I warned you, but you wouldn’t listen! Now you have to face the consequences!”
After another moment’s hesitation, the Knight of Darkness looked to their squire, who sighed.
“May as well, I don’t think even I could get out of this,” the squire said in what was unmistakably the voice of a young maiden, causing Eddard and Robb to start in surprise.
Slowly, the knight reached up, and removed their helm. Instead of a grizzled man, or even a smooth cheeked youth, they revealed the blushing face of a maiden with pale skin, soft brown eyes, and long curling brown hair that was messy with sweat.
“Margaery?!” Mace Tyrell gasped, jerking up in his seat.
“I KNEW IT!” Megumin bellowed, jumping up on the railing. “HA! YOU ARE ALL LIARS! A WOMAN CAN BE A KNIGHT! SHE BESTED YOU ALL!”
“G-greetings, father,” Margaery Tyrell managed, wincing slightly as she bowed. “R-really though, I-I’d prefer it if you call me Darkness.”
“Fool of a girl never did like her own name, even if I didn’t let you name her Lalatina,” Olenna grumbled.
“I-I guess, um, I guess I name, um, my Grandmother, Olenna Tyrell, as Queen of Love and Beauty?” Margaery stammered.
“This is madness!” Robert bellowed, whirling and pointing an accusing finger at the Tyrells. “You can’t have a bloody woman win the joust! What is the meaning of this, Lord Tyrell?!”
“Um, well, I guess that means I’m disqualified, doesn’t it?” Margaery sighed. She gave Robb a nervous smile. “Well, I do not regret my choices. Congratulations on winning your father’s tourney, Lord Robb.”
“What? No!” Robb spun. “Your Grace, this, um, brave knight, defeated all challengers, and saved my life! Surely, she is a worthy champion!”
The king slowly turned to Robb, his face a mask of anger and confusion.
“Your Grace, Lady Tyrell saved my son’s life,” Eddard said, feeling a mixture of gratitude, confusion, and existential dread. “As this tourney was held in my honor, I would name her champion. She is worthy.”
“Yeah dad, this is totally your chance to strike a blow for gender equality!” Kazuma agreed loudly, making Megumin hop down from her perch and grin at him.
“Goddesses be good,” Robert grumbled.
“I’m cool with it!” Mizu piped up, making Cecily let out a strangled sob.
“Very well! I give you, Lady Margaery Tyrell, champion of the Tourney of the Hand!” Robert declared, though he still seemed reluctant. There was scattered applause and cheers, as if even the commons didn’t know what to do.
“Hmph. Lame,” Mizu muttered. “Greater Blessing.”
Suddenly, the sky seemed to tear open, and a great glowing seven spoked waterwheel appeared in the sky above Darkness, causing the crowds to cry out in shock.
“She is chosen by Lady Aqua!” someone shouted, and soon the commons were cheering raucously for their beloved goddess and her newest champion. Few noticed Margaery’s squire glare at Mizu, looking peevish at the blatant display of power.
“Are you…?” Megumin asked, frowning at Mizu.
“Am I what?” Mizu asked, giving Megumin a vacuous smile.
“Nevermind,” Megumin said, shaking her head.
There was no way this blue bimbo was really a goddess.
Cast of Characters:
Mizu as; Who do you think?
Chris the Thief as; Hol’ up, does that mean Eris is here too?
Chomusuke as; Rejected by the New Goddesses. But she’s still a good pupper.
Darkness as; Margaery Tyrell
Olenna Tyrell as; So done with this shit
Mace Tyrell as; Derp
And the Cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as progressively minded supporters of Gender Equality
Chapter 17: Eat, Drink, and be Merry, for Tomorrow You Could Be An Ice Zombie
Summary:
You didn't think the Others were going to be a push over, did you?
Chapter Text
Need to talk with your god? Try DivineMessenger, Worshiper Edition! Leave prayers and offerings with the touch of a button, and earn cool blessings to show off to your friends!
Chapter 16: Eat, Drink, and be Merry, for Tomorrow You Could Be An Ice Zombie
Despite the late hour, the streets of King’s Landing were crowded as Cecily made her way along the avenue. She wasn’t wearing her scepta’s robes, as she didn’t want to be pulled into a party right now. This was, perhaps, the first time in her life (this one anyway) where that was true. She made her way from the Red Keep to the Great Sept of Balor, dodging past partying small folk and nobles alike. May of them were raucously celebrating the very event that was causing her so much consternation: the Great Miracle of Aqua.
Outside of the Sept, two members of the Faith Militant stood guard, their armor gleaming in the Lights of Hope that hovered above the entrance. The combination of members of Athena’s Cult and the blessings of Madoka’s Cult of Magi proclaimed the sept as one where all orders of the Seven were welcome, and indeed the outside had stained glass depictions of the Seven Goddesses, their consorts and heroes, and the various deeds of the faithful throughout the millennia.
“Welcome, friend. How may we help you?” one of the brothers asked, his tone gentle but firm as he blocked Cecily’s path.
Digging out her water wheel pendant that marked her as a septa, Cecily said, “I need to meet with the High Septa, and the heads of any orders here. Fetch them and wake then if you must, this is urgent.”
The guards exchanged a look. “Sister, it is late, and the High Septa rests, as do most of the Arch Septons and Septas. It would be difficult to-”
“Oh, here, just read this,” Cecily interrupted, and held out a roll of parchment, sealed with the Hand of the King’s own sigil.
Eyebrows shooting up, the older of the Militant Brothers accepted the letter, breaking the seal and reading it. His eyes widened as he read, mouth dropping open. “Then, the miracle-”
“Was a freaking party trick; but it was real. Now are you going to go get the leaders of our faith or am I going to have to do it myself?!” Cecily demanded.
“Wake the Brothers, and fetch the High Septa,” the paladin ordered.
“Sir,” the other bowed, then hurried off.
Cecily was shown to an opulent waiting room, and began to pace nervously back and forth, wringing her hands. It wasn’t long before the High Septa, Charity XIV, hurried in, still in her nightgown and followed by two attendants. She had entered into her eighth decade not long ago, but as she was blessed by the goddesses, her stride was firm and swift . She had once been called Tristana Westerling, but had taken her vows as a septa of Ristarte when she had been but a maid. She had been married, as was only proper for one of the followers of her order, but her husband was long dead, as were several of her children.
“Wait outside,” the High Septa ordered her followers, and closed the door behind her. She stopped before Cecily, studying her for a moment. “Well. What is this, my daughter?”
Cecily knelt, tears filling her eyes as she took the wrinkled hands of the leader of the Faith of the Seven. “Mother, forgive me, for my heart is full of fear, and I know not my path.”
“Be at peace, child,” Charity said gently, her hand reaching up to smooth a lock of hair away from Cecily’s forehead. “For the goddesses watch over us all. Now. What is it you can tell me of the Miracle at the Tourney this day?”
“Lady Aqua herself performed it, and I witnessed it,” Cecily said quietly. “But she was there, Mother.”
“Of course, her sign made it obvious she favors Margaery Tyrell. She would not be the first female knight, though it has been-”
“Mother, you do not understand, Aqua sleeps now in the Tower of the Hand in a guest bed chamber. She took meat and mead at my lord's table with his daughters, Prince Kazuma, and Margaery Tyrell.”
The High Septa blinked, seeming not to understand. “Child?”
“Aqua is here , Mother, in the flesh! I have spoken with her before, but always it was in a dream or my prayers, she never-”
The door banged open, and a man in disheveled Axis robes stumbled in. He had a narrow face, and neatly trimmed beard going grey. His hat was askew, showing he was going bald as well. “Alright, what’s going on? I was having a good time! Lady Aqua *hic* gave us a sign!”
“Come in and sit down, Brother Zesta,” Charity said, sounding faint as she took a heavy seat in one of the padded chairs in the office.
“Huh what’s-” Zesta paused, realizing that Cecily was still there, kneeling on the floor. “Don’t I know you?”
“A-Arch Septon,” Cecily cried, bowing her head. “Um, I don’t know if you remember me, but, I’m Septa Cecily Rivers. I, um, I was the one that was sent-”
“Goddesses be good, you’re the favored of Aqua she sent to Winterfell,” Zesta gasped, putting a hand to his chest. He sat down next to Charity, looking a bit pale. “Was it you who performed the Sign of The Joyful One at the Tourney?”
Cecily shook her head, biting her lip. “No. That...that was Aqua herself. I think...I think Margaery Tyrell is another of the Children of Destiny. Aqua indicated she knew her. And another: a girl, Chris Dayne. Aqua greeted her as a friend as well.”
“I think...I think I’m not drunk enough for this yet,” Zesta muttered, and pulled out a flask. He took a pull, then passed it to Charity, who took a drink as well, looking stunned.
“We’ve known the Children of Destiny were here for the past 20 years,” Charity sighed, rubbing her temples. “You were the first sign, child. Revealed to us when you were barely more than a babe. This is her, I take it?”
“She is the one,” Zesta agreed. “I was not yet Arch Septon of the Axis Cult then, but I was informed of her upon my ascension. Aqua herself appeared in a dream and told me she was the Child of Joy, here to prepare the way for the rest of the Children.”
“Rise, child. Have a seat. Have a drink,” Charity ordered, handing over the flask. “The others will be found as they can, but many are out enjoying themselves. We are fortunate that Zesta here seems to have been enjoying himself in his bed chambers.”
Zesta blushed and coughed. “Well, I mean, when your lady appears in the sky, that’s a good reason to party.”
“You’re Axis. You think everything is a good reason to party,” Charity said, but she did so with a gentle smile. Then she turned more serious, looking back to Cecily. “But you are certain? The goddess herself has appeared?”
“I recognized her! So did Lord Stark, and the Queen! She was not…” Cecily struggled for words. “She was in disguise, but it was not a good one.”
“Our Lady isn’t a subtle one,” Zesta agreed. He took back his flask and drank again, making a face. “But if she’s here, walking among us… that isn’t a good sign.”
“We must find the rest of the Children of Destiny,” Charity agreed. “Dark times approach. The goddesses do not send champions in days of peace. Even during Robert’s Rebellion, the goddesses stayed out of the affairs of men aside from sending more healers, and Satella appeared to grant mercy to far too many souls.”
“We can’t have another Kinslayer situation,” Cecily agreed, sitting in a chair and rubbing her shoulders in worry. “He was the last Child of Destiny to appear.”
“That is why you were sent to guard the Children of Winterfell,” Zesta agreed. “But now we learn there are others. How many?”
“Chris Dayne, Margaery Tyrell, and Prince Kazuma Baratheon,” Cecily said, trying not to wince as she lied. But that was a secret she had promised herself she would take to her grave. “And, um, maybe some others. I’ll have to check.
“Seven. Seven children of Destiny, at least,” Charity muttered, looking increasingly worried. “And the Stormborn is out of reach. For her to come at such a time… I had feared we would simply see a Targaryen on the throne again, even if one that was not as mad as her father. But now…”
“Now we do not know what to do,” Zesta sighed, taking off his hat and scratching at his thinning grey hair.
“Um, I, er, could ask Aqua?” Cecily offered. “When she wakes up. She’ll have a bit of a hangover, but I can probably get some answers out of her. We’re ‘best buds’ or something.”
That got Charity and Zesta to exchange started looks. “You think… you think she would answer you?”
“I mean, probably. We talk all the time, I just thought we already knew the Children of Destiny and didn’t ask her about it that much,” Cecily admitted.
“What do you talk about?” Charity asked curiously.
“Um, well, I mean…” Blushing, Cecily swallowed and made herself answer. “...what girls I think are cute, gossip about what people say during confession, what Megumin got up to lately, what Komekko tried to eat, who Yunyun decided to make friends with, and, um, well, when Aqua and Rista get in trouble for something-”
“Who’s Rista?” Charity asked suspiciously.
“Er, I mean, Lady Ristarte. And what Hestia’s kids are doing, and what Aqua had for dinner, and if she likes my new dress, and-”
“You really are her best bud,” Zesta gasped, looking pale. “How… how often does the goddess talk to you?! I’m lucky if I get a direct answer once a month!”
That made Cecily feel pretty bad. She’d never liked talking about this, but now it seemed important. “P-pretty often. A few times a day at least. This morning I was a bit worried because when I woke up my only message was a ‘I’ll see you soon’ with a winky face emoji.”
“Winky face emoji?” Charity asked, her voice faint.
“Um, yeah. It’s er, it’s in DivineMessenger. I, um, here. I’ll draw one.” Cecily quickly sketched out a crude face smiling and winking, along with a few other emojis. “They just sorta...pop into my head. I can ignore them if I want. Sometimes we do video chat too, usually when I’m sleeping. Every once in a while some of the other goddesses join in, usually Eris or Rista, they’re Aqua’s closest friends in the Pantheon, but I talk to the others too sometimes. Satella’s kinda a creeper because she’s always going on about the latest souls she’s collected and…”
Cecily trailed off as she realized that both the High Septa and the leader of her own cult were gaping at her.
“You talk to ALL the goddesses!? I… I don’t even do that,” Charity gasped, her hands clutching at her head. “How...how have you not gone mad?!”
“Who says I haven’t? Sanity’s boring. Just ask Aqua!” Cecily joked, a smile blooming on her lips as her prior fear was forgotten. “Even Madoka says most mortals are hard to talk to because we do all this groveling. She lets me borrow her blessing whenever it’s dark though, see?” Cecily snapped her fingers, conjuring up a ball of light. “I could use it whenever I wanted in Winterfell because they don’t really get that I’m an Axis Septa and we’re only supposed to purify water, but I’ve tried not to use it here because people would probably get weirded out. Sorta… sorta like you two are right now. Am I in trouble?”
“No my child, I… you are not in trouble,” Charity managed, giving a wan smile to Cecily and looking rather dazed. “I… I will discuss this with the other Cult Leaders when they arrive. Return to the Goddess, and attend her. Learn what you can of all the Children of Destiny, and why they are here. Ask… ask the others of the Seven as well.”
“What about Holo and Nyarko-san?” Cecily blurted.
“Holo and...who?” Charity asked, blinking.
“Um, I mean the Old Goddesses and the Drowned Goddess. Um, they dip into our group chat sometimes too,” Cecily admitted. “That’s er, well, Aqua’s says it’s not blasphemous but I gotta be careful because Nyarko lies all the time. She’s not really a goddess but she keeps bugging me about Theon.”
“My child, I think we shall need to have some very long talks about the many, many theological revelations that seem to be bouncing around inside your head,” the High Septa said faintly. “Go, now, before you give this old woman a heart attack.”
“Oh, um, I can do healing too, you know,” Cecily offered.
Zesta barked out a laugh. “Of course you can! No, go, little sister. We’ll talk more later.”
Cecily bowed, and hurried away. As she did so, there was a little ding in her head, and she got a message from Eris.
Look, tell Aqua, I can explain, and that I’m still a maiden. I’m dealing with something back in Belzerg and I’ll talk to her when she gets back.
Cecily let out a whimper. She was just an Axis Septa. This was supposed to be fun . Not a terrifying existential crisis!
=====================================================================
Coughing, Benjen awoke from his half dazed sleep as foul tasting water was forced down his throat. He spat and tried to resist, but after weeks of rough treatment and terror, he could manage only a little. He looked up at the faces of his men as their empty eyes looked down at him, forcing now a thin broth into his mouth.
They had been dead for a long time now, and were starting to rot. How long had it been since the ambush? Benjen couldn’t tell, in the eternal daylight of the Lands of Always Winter during the summer. But it had been too long.
He and his rangers had been tracking the Witch when a sudden blizzard had blown up. They knew what that meant: White Walkers. The Others. They had come out of the snow, silent and terrible with their pale armor and icy blades, but the Rangers had fought their kind before. But this time, there were too many corpses with them. Wildlings and beasts freshly killed and raised, or bones dead so long they were impossible to identify. The Rangers had fought well, but they were cut off, surrounded, and worn down by sheer terrible numbers.
Benjen had watched his men die, watched them rise. He’d thought he was dead too. If only that had been the case.
He was being carried tied to a pole, hauled along between the corpses of two of his men. Occasionally, he caught a glimpse of one of the Others in their icy armor, but not often. They let their undead slaves do their work. Where they were taking Benjen, he did not know. Nor did he want to.
But he feared he knew.
That day, he was carried down from a tall mountain into a valley shrouded in a thick mist. The vapor seemed to be ice crystals floating in the air, and seemed to freeze Benjen to the bones. He shivered uncontrollably, both from fear, and from his weakening body. He started to drift off again, only to be awakened as the group once more began to ascend up a steep slope. However, when he looked, Benjen saw dark, shaped stone.
“No,” he croaked. “No…”
But his weak struggles were in vain, and he was carried up the stairs of the dark citadel. At last, he was cut loose, and he flopped on the frozen stone, struggling to stand. Two others came, grabbing him with a touch that could freeze a man’s soul. They spoke in their terrible language, but Benjen could not understand it; no mortal man could.
He was carried to an icy altar, strapped down by bonds of cold iron. He prayed fervently to all the goddesses he knew, old and new, and even to the witch, but he knew they could not hear him. Not here.
Turning his head, Benjen was able to see what he had feared: a great block of ice, dark blue and shrouded in the mists, set atop the fortress. Within it sat a figure in dark plate, a terrible blade that seemed to be made of pure ice gripped in a frozen hand.
“No… no… you are dead,” Benjen whispered as the Others gathered around him. He looked up, tears freezing in his eyes as the tallest one, dressed in a dark robe with silver scroll work on the sleeves raised an icy dagger. “Please, no, I-”
The dagger plunged down into Benjen’s heart, and he let out a final gasp of pain, before his eyes went dull and blank. Dark blood seeped from the wound, pooling down to collect in a silver bowl set beneath the altar. The priest of the Others waited a minute, then took up the steaming bowl of blood that was already cooling. He hurried to the throne, pouring the dark fluid out upon the ice that sealed away the figure.
As he did so, the ice steamed and hissed, and began to melt away. The Others stepped back, bowing low. Cracks appeared in the dark ice, and within the block, two blue lights appeared where the eyes of the seated figure would have been.
Then, with a scream of shattering ice, the front of the block dissolved in a boiling mass of steam. The Others stumbled back slightly, but then resumed their posture of supplication.
Slowly, the dark armored figure stood, ice falling away from him like shed scales. He took up his blade, and walked over to the altar, where Benjen’s cooling corpse lay. He raised his blade, and the strange runes upon it began to glow. A voice, distorted and echoing, rumbled out, like the breaking of sea ice and the grinding of old bones.
Rise, son of Winter, son of Wolves. Arise, and serve your King.
“I serve!” Benjen rasped, and slowly sat up. He slid from the altar, kneeling before his new master.
Long have I lain dormant. But the Winds of Winter blow once more. Tell me. What of the Dragon Kings? What of the realms of Men?
“The dragons are dead, my king. Slain by their own brothers. The blood of the dragon is scattered, lost, with only a single boy and girl child across the sea still bearing it,” Benjen replied. Somewhere, deep within him, the soul of Benjen Stark screamed in agony and torment. But his mind, his body, and what little remained of his will, was commanded by the will of the Night King, trapped within the cursed runeblade, and bound to the Frozen Throne.
Then our time has come. The Witch trapped me for 300 years, but now, her power wanes. She yet defies me, but she shall kneel, or be slain, then rise and serve again.
Benjen looked up, his eyes glowing with a terrible blue light. “Yes, my king. What are your orders?”
You shall be the general of my armies, Benjen Stark: My Hand. You shall rally the forces of Winter, and march upon the realms of men. This time, we shall tear down their Wall, and not even the Witch or the Dragons can stop me.
“As you command, so I obey,” Benjen rasped, rising.
So spoke Arthas Menathil, the Kinslayer, Lord of the Others, and the Night’s King.
And so would Benjen Stark, Hand of Death, would do.
The Lich King of the Others raised his accursed blade, pointing it south. Frostmourne Hungers.
Cast of Characters
OC, Donut Steel as; The High Septon
Cecily as; Aqua’s bestie
Zesta as; More or less himself
Benjen Stark as; High Lord Darion Mograine
And introducing;
Arthas Menathil as the Night’s King
And the Cast of a Song of Ice and Fire in:
WRATH OF THE LICH KING: KEFKA’S BOOGALOO EDITION
Chapter 18: This Goddess Must Be Crazy
Summary:
Westeros may have decided to go slightly mad, but amidst the chaos, one man stands up and shouts "STOP BEING SO SILLY."
Let me know how that works out for you, Stannis.
Chapter Text
GEICO: 15 minutes could save you 15% or more on your Act of Goddess insurance. Not responsible for demonic acts, Geico is only available in non-fantasy realms.
Chapter 17: This Goddess Must Be Crazy
Look, I can do in-jokes too, ok?
The sun was just peaking over the horizon as Megumin stole out of the Tower of the Hand, sneaking past the guards out of a servants’ door along with Chomusuke, then dashing for the Red Keep as fast as she could. She was dressed in what she considered to be “appropriate” dress for the occasion: a boy's tunic and tights, stolen from one of the page boys that served her father. It galled her slightly that they fit nearly perfectly, but would have been awkward on her sister. Still, for today’s mission, she would have to pass for a boy anyway.
Sneaking across the courtyard, Megumin made her way into the Red Keep, through side passages and servants’ halls to her destination. She had to question a few servants to get the door right, but when she did, she quickly pounded on it, heedless of the still early hour.
After only a few seconds of banging, the door jerked open, and a girl a year or two older than Megumin glared at her. She had a similar style of hair as Megumin; short and messy, though she was dressed in a gown with a purple badge bearing a silver sword and falling star. “What?”
“I’m here to be a squire! Why are you wearing a dress, isn’t Darkness going to fight in the melee?!” Megumin demanded.
The other girl rolled her eyes. “Oh please. As if we could get away with THAT again. No. Go away. And we don’t need any squires.”
“Oh, come on, Chris! You were a squire, I saw it!” Megumin whined. “Please!? I’ve wanted to be a knight my entire life! Ser Darkness is the perfect mentor for me!”
Chris opened her mouth to argue, but Darkness’s voice came from inside. “Chris? Who is it? Send them away, we’re busy!”
As Chris turned to answer her mistress, Megumin slammed the door in her face and slipped inside as the other girl let out several potent oaths that were highly inappropriate for a lady of her station. But then again, so was squiring, so Chris’s idea of proper behavior were about as accurate as Megumin’s.
“My lady!” Megumin gasped, dropping to her knees and offering her sword to the startled Margaery Tyrell. “I have come to offer my service as your squire! I know I can aide you in triumphing over those stupid oafs in the melee today!”
“Er, my father and grandmother have strictly forbidden me from fighting in the melee today,” Darkness admitted. “I… I cannot violate their will, though I would dearly love to throw myself into battle, battered and attacked on every side by those powerful, dangerous men, used as their training dummy and-”
Chris let out a cough and shut the door. “You’re freaking her out, Darkness.”
Indeed, Megumin had looked up, gaping in shock and horror at Darkness, who flushed. However, Megumin’s outrage turned out to be unrelated to the blatant perversion.
“Why are you wearing a dress!? You’re a knight! Knight’s dont wear dresses!” Megumin snarled, and jumped up to try to haul Darkness out of her green gown.
The older girl squawked, then groaned slightly as Megumin tried to wrestle her. Then, she sighed and simply picked Megumin up with one hand, holding her by her tunic collar as Megumin squirmed in outrage. “You’re simply not going to do. I could never be satisfied by a pipsqueak like you, boy.”
“I’M NOT A BOY, I’M A GIRL!” Megumin ranted. “CAN’T YOU TELL WHO I AM!?”
Darkness blinked, then started and dropped Megumin, who landed on all fours, growling. Chomuskue, who had let herself into the room (which raised questions about how she’d opened the door), let out a sigh and rolled her eyes as she sat and waited patiently. So long as her mistress was not in mortal peril, the wolf would allow her to reap what she sowed.
“Lady Stark?” Darkness asked suspiciously.
“Who else has red eyes, huh?!” Megumin demanded, jumping to her feet. “Only the sisters of the House of Stark possess the sign of the Crimson Demon! Now, are you going to let me be your squire or not?!”
“I have no need of a squire this day, as I said,” Darkness told Megumin, who wilted. But then, the older girl gave her a mischievous grin. “However, I know of another who could use your services.”
“Well, it won’t be as cool as fighting for a Lady Knight, but I suppose I could help a smelly guy if he’s not too dumb,” Megumin grumbled. However, when she was led to the side chamber, Megumin let out a gasp of delight.
“Er, hello,” said the woman who was half dressed in plate, and already wearing the quilted underarmor of a knight. She was seated, and blushing slightly. “Greetings, Lady Stark. I am Brienne of Tarth. Um, one of Lady Mar-that is, Darkness’s handmaidens.”
“This is so cool!” Megumin squealed, rushing over to help put on the rest of the armor. She knew mostly what to do, having been observing Mikken the smith for most of her life. “Two lady knights! And me and Chris are girls too! We can form our own sisterhood of the sword, and go on adventures, and fight monsters and slay bandits, and write our tale of glory in BLOOD!”
“Ah, Lady Stark, we are not-”
“Don’t call me Lady!” Megumin said in exasperation as she fiddled with the armor. Chris came over to help her, looking amused. “I’m not a lady! That’s Yunyun’s job! I’m going to be a knight, like you Ser Brienne! Call me Megumin.”
“Very well, Megumin. But, you see, Darkness and I are not knights. I am merely one of her ladies in waiting, as is Chris. We merely, um, moonlight as warriors.”
“And my father has sternly forbidden me from taking up the sword to participate in further tourneys,” Darkness admitted. “I shall try to convince him to allow me to walk the path of the warrior, but my grandmother warned me he would react so if he found me in my armor.”
“Well, how’d you get the armor anyway?” Megumin asked, quickly figuring out how to adjust the straps as Chris and Brienne helped her.
“That would be Lady Olenna. She supplied us with arms in secret,” Brienne explained. “In fact, she heard that I had trained as a knight, and sent for me to wait up on Darkness. I had thought I would be trapped as a maid in skirts, but it seems we both share the same dream.”
Armoring completed, Brienne stood, showing she was half a hand taller than even Darkness. Unlike the daughter of Highgarden, the Lady of Tarth was not nearly as lovely, having a flat chest, crooked protruding teeth, and a broad nose that had been broken more than once.
Still, Megumin didn’t care, and saw her as one of the most amazing people she had ever met, up there with Dacey Mormont or even Ser Barristan Selmy. Dacey was considered attractive by most men of the North, and not only because she was the heir to Bear Island. She was equally at home in an evening gown and chain mail, and had once slew two wildling raiders in a single blow with her mace.
“Well, if they won’t let you be knights, you come talk to my dad,” Megumin said firmly. “He’s letting me train to be a knight. I practice every day with Serio and Kazuma. I, um, well, I’m not very big, so I don’t know if I could wear all that armor. But I can be a Water Dancer! I’m really good with Chunchumaru!” She held up her sword to Brienne, who took the offered blade and draw it, testing the balance
Though Chunchumaru was a rapier with a two and a half foot blade, in the massive hands of Brienne, he seemed little more than a large knife. Still, Brienne gave a few experimental flicks and thrusts, then nodded and passed the sword back to Megumin. “It has good balance. But surely the Hand would balk at having two women in his service as armsmen.
“Nuh-uh. Dad says Lady Mormont can best any Southron and most Northmen in a fight, and Dacey’s just as good!” Megumin argued. “Besides, you saved Robb, so he owes you!”
“Sounds like a better deal then we get here, boss,” Chris sighed, looking down at her dress. She made a face. “It’s cold as tits up in the North though, and a long way from Starfall too. But, don’t you follow the Old Gods up North?”
When Megumin nodded, Chris gave a wicked grin. “Well. Then maybe she would leave me alone for once.” Then Chris gave Megumin a suspicious look. “What about Aqua, though? She was with you yesterday.”
The other three turned to look at Chris, and Megumin tilted her head to one side. “Aqua? You mean, the Goddess of Water? No, but we had Septa Cecily and Mizu with us. I think Mizu’s a septa, but she’s kinda weird. So is Cecily though.”
“Huh? Are you sure? I could have sworn that was Aqua throwing around all that Divine Magic,” Chris said with a frown.
“You could see that too?!” Megumin gasped. “I thought it was just me and Yunyun! You see, we Starks have mystical abilities, and our eyes grant us superior vision, along with a variety of other phenomenal cosmic powers the likes of which would make most mortals TREMBLE in terror!”
Chris smirked. “Yeah? Bet mine are cooler.”
“Chris…” Darkness said, and Brienne took half a step forward.
“Oh, it’s fine. I think she’s like you anyway, Darkness,” Chris said. She pointed at Megumin. “Very well. I challenge you to a demonstration of your mystical powers!”
“Ha! Very well, I accept! I have been honing my abilities and-”
“Lurk!” Chris cried, and fell into a low stance. She went a little blurry, which made Megumin cock her head to one side. She watched as Chris tiptoed to her side, reaching for Megumin’s coin pouch.
“Hey!” Megumin snapped, slapping the hand away. “That’s not magic, you’re just stealing!”
Chris jerked back, and the odd blurriness faded. “What?! You could SEE me?!”
“Duh. You just… I dunno. It was like the sun was in my eyes or something, you were kinda hard to see,” Megumin said with a shrug. However, Darkness and Brienne let out a gasp.
“She does have strange powers!” Darkness muttered, stepping around to eye Megumin. “Her eyes! She can see through Chris’s Lurk!”
“Wait, do you all have special powers?” Megumin asked suspiciously. She wasn’t sure if the blurry thing had just been a trick or not, but, as a chuunibyou at heart, she was fully willing to believe it had been an amazing magical ability that only her superior skills and dark powers had defeated. Instead of the more logical explanation that these three ladies were mocking her.
Fortunately for Megumin, ever since the arrival of the Seven Goddesses, the world seemed to have decided it ran on moon logic. Megumin being there was not helping the case for sanity.
“She does,” Chris said pointing to Darkness. “Brienne’s just really strong and tough.”
“I have attempted to learn some of Chris and Darknesses abilities, but it seems I cannot manage to master them,” Brienne said, looking a bit forlorn. “Still, I am thankful to the goddesses that I have found two companions who are ever faithful in their support of me.”
“I promise to be your faithful squire, Ser Brienne!” Megumin vowed eagerly. This was going to be great .
======================================================================
Some distance away on the tourney grounds, Lord Eddard Stark was having an early morning meeting himself, having trekked out to them not long after dawn. He made for the tent bearing the symbol of the Stag of Stannis’s cadet branch of House Baratheon, which was nearly identical to Robert’s own banner, save it’s stag did not bear a crown, and was smaller in size on the banner.
The guards let Eddard into Stannis’s tent, and he found the king’s brother sitting at a small table, reading a familiar large tome.
“Ah, Lord Stark.” Stannis stood, giving a slight bow. “Welcome. Have you broken your fast?”
“I have not,” Eddard said, and Stannis motioned for him to take a seat, calling for food and drink. Ale, warm bread, and some bacon and fried eggs along with fruit were soon served, and Eddard took a quick bite, though he noticed that Stannis ignored his food.
“I am grateful you agreed to meet with me this morning, Lord Eddard, and on such short notice,” Stannis said, his tone gruff and brisk.
“We have missed you at council, Lord Stannis. I have received queer reports from Claire Greyjoy of late. What are these letters of Marque she talks of, and why has she been arranging for so-called ‘prize’ ships to be delivered to the crown?”
“The girl is mad, but effective. She’s provided a fair bit of income to the realm, as well as keeping those damn Lyseni and Braavosi pirates at bay,” Stannis answered. “Her ship is like nothing I’ve ever seen, save for the one she’s launched last year and the other that’s been laid down. She’s building a navy, Stark, and I am not sure as to her loyalty. She seems loyal to the crown, referring to her father only coldly. Still, she seems to resent Robert, and myself. But I did not ask you here to discuss my role as Master of Ships.”
“Oh?” Eddard set down his mug of ale, studying Stannis. He was a stern man, nearly as tall as Robert and as broad in the shoulder, but going bald and with none of the fat Robert bore. He was also a man who when he spoke, was worth heeding, being an excellent battle commander and a man of honor.
“Have you seen the like of this book before?” Stannis asked, tapping his copy of Maester Mallon’s tome.
“I have a copy of it in my office. It makes for ponderous reading,” Eddard replied. “But Jon Arryn seemed to place some import on it before his death. Do you know why?”
“I do,” Stannis said, nodding curtly. He opened the book, turning it to a page that had been marked with a bit of string. “Look here, Stark. What do you make of this?”
Eddard glanced over the page, one that described the marriage of a Baratheon maid to that of a Lannister man. “I have read it, but I confess, I do not understand the import.”
“I see. What of this?” Stannis flipped to another page, this one detailing the union and issue of another Baratheon and Lannister, this time with the lord and lady reversed.
Eddard read it more carefully, brow furrowing. “I confess, what knowledge that is locked within these pages eludes me.”
“Black hair,” Stannis pronounced.
Eddard looked up, frowning. “Yes. So it would seem. The children favored their father.”
“And yet, in the other, their mother. I have written down several others. Look them over. We shall talk again once you have. I know you have little love of Lannisters, Stark. Or at least, I had thought so.”
“It is true there has been enmity between our houses, but Robert seems to seek to mend it with the union of his son and my daughter,” Eddard said.
Stannis snorted at that. “Does he? Or does the Lannister woman?”
“Cersei seems to find the union agreeable as well,” Eddard agreed, and Stannis’s eyes narrowed.
“Cersei. You seem to have grown close to that lioness, Stark. Have a care. Lions have been known to hunt wolves.”
“I do not take your meaning, Lord Stannis, but I find your tone disagreeable,” Eddard said, feeling his gall rising.
“Be at peace, Stark. I seek to save you, not damn you. We have time. But Robert would not listen to me. Perhaps he will you,” Stannis growled.
“You have been talking to Lord Baelish?” Eddard asked, his mind racing.
“I have. I mislike the man as much as you, Stark. But he is clever.”
“Too clever,” Eddard said with a sigh. “Thank you for the food and thought, Lord Stannis. May we expect you at council after the tourney?”
“Mayhaps. I shall stay a few more days at least,” Stannis agreed.
Eddard nodded, then ducked out of the tent, then paused, surprised to see Kazuma standing there.
“Hey, um, you seen Megumin?” the boy asked, looking a bit nervous. “She wasn’t at the tower.”
“No,” Eddard groaned. “But I am certain she will turn up soon. She would not miss the melee. Or your own performance in the archery competition.”
“Yeah.” Kazuma poked his head into the tent, ignoring the guards. “Yo, Uncle Stan, you bring my little sis with you? Kinda hoping we could meet instead of just writing letters…”
“Begone, boy! I would not trouble my daughter with your presence.”
“Good freaking morning to you too, pal,” Kazuma muttered, withdrawing and making a face. “Would it kill him to let poor Lean out once in a while? She says she isn’t even sick…”
The prince turned to Eddard, and gave him a nervous smile. “So. Dad’s in the melee today. You think he, er, he’ll do OK?”
“I see no reason not to believe he shall,” Eddard said, thinking back to who exactly had suggested Robert participate. He prayed she was gone, because if-
“Hey, hey Kazuma! Come here! I wanna buy some honey cakes, but I forgot my wallet!”
Eddard’s head snapped around, and there she was, Cecily hovering nervously in the background, along with Yunyun, who looked excited just to be out having fun with friends.
“M-my lady, I can purchase the food for you!” Cecily offered, looking desperate.
“Nah, that’s Kazuma’s job. He’s rich and stuff, he can afford it,” the blue-haired walking disaster said dismissively. Though she called herself Mizu, Eddard had no doubt that her true identity was that of Aqua, one of the Seven, Goddess of Water. And, as Eddard knew from prior experience, a very alien being.
“I’m gonna wind up in debt with the way you’re spending it. Didn’t you eat?” Kazuma demanded, taking out his purse and withdrawing a few coins.
“Yeah, but I’m hungry again! I only get to use this body every so often you know, gotta put it through its paces while I can!” Aqua laughed, grabbing the money out of Kazuma’s hands and skipping off. She returned a moment later, pressing a honey cake into Eddard’s hands. “Thanks for letting me stay at your house! And for taking good care of my friends. Megumin and Yunyun have never looked so happy! You’re a good dad.”
And then, the goddess stood on her tiptoes, stretching up to kiss Eddard lightly on the cheek. He felt stunned, touching his cheek as Aqua giggled, turning away from Eddard.
“Come on! Let’s go exploring!” Aqua took Kazuma’s hand, grabbed Yunyun as well, and led them off through the tourney.
“I’ll keep an eye on ‘em, boss!” Cecily promised. “Sorry about Megumin! I was busy!” Then the scepta ran off after her goddess, still looking about half a step from the edge of madness. Which, really, wasn’t that unusual for an Axis cultist, come to think of it.
Eddard made his way to the royal pavilion, where he found Cersei sitting in the shade of an awning, eyeing a tent from which voluble swearing could be heard.
“Think my lord husband will fit into his armor after all?” Cersei asked as Eddard took a seat across from her.
“I suspect he will. Did Rain manage to find a breastplate stretcher?”
Cersei frowned, then glanced around. She leaned close to Eddard, dropping her voice. “I’ve suspected something for some time now, as Rain is not a traditional Lannister name. But I spoke to the girl last night: she has odd powers as well. She did indeed stretch Robert’s breastplate when her brother asked. I think she’s another Child of Destiny.”
“What does it mean, though?” Eddard asked, feeling desperate. “Why has this goddess become so active now? Iris Targaryen is the chosen of Athena, named the Stormborn of our generation. Our children are the chosen of Aqua. Why? Do the goddesses themselves intend to go to war?”
“We can only pray it is not so,” Cersei said, shuddering slightly. She raised her voice. “Food and drink for the Hand and myself!”
“Hi uncle!” Myrcella said, coming over bearing her cat. “Daddy’s gonna fight today! Are you?”
“As the games are in my honor, it would not be proper,” Eddard told the girl. He did not say he thought it improper for Robert to fight, as he was the king, not to mention the considerable danger he could be in if an assassin was amidst the field. However, what a goddess commanded, men must do.
“That’s good. I wouldn’t want you and daddy to fight, you should be friends like Yunyun says,” Myrcella said, nodding sagely. “Say hello, Lion-O.”
The cat let out a meow, then tried to wiggle out of his mistress’s grasp.
“No! Bad kitty! Come on!” Myrcella skipped away, taking her anxious pet with her.
As Eddard sat eating with Cersei, several horses rode up with dust clad travelers on their back.
“I return!” Tyrion Lannister proclaimed, giving Eddard and Cersei a lopsided grin. “And what do I find? My sister, and Eddard Stark, sitting at the table as old friends! Yunyun would be proud.”
“Brother,” Cersei said, nodding. “Do you require refreshment?”
“As a matter of fact, I do. We rode through most of the night, for a little bird told me that my nephew was to participate in the archery contest this day, and I could not very well miss it,” Tyrion said, groaning as a servant helped him from his saddle. A chair was given to Tyrion, and he sagged into it, sighing in relief.
“Your lady wife sends her regards, Lord Stark,” Tyrion said once he had drank some wine. “She is doing well, last I saw her, though that is some six weeks ago. I imagine she is great with child by now. A son, they say.”
“We were told it would be such,” Eddard said, forgetting himself slightly.
“Well, whatever it is, I’m certain you shall treasure your newest offspring. A pity you cannot return home to be there for the birth,” Tyrion said, nibbling at a bit of meat pie.
Cersei eyed Eddard, but he shook his head. “Not her. My own goddess spoke to me of this child’s birth.”
“They do that in the North, do they? Cersei always did claim that Kazuma was blessed by the Goddesses. Perhaps she is even right. But that is not what I wished to speak to you of, Lord Stark. As you know, I left to visit the end of the world, as it were. I did indeed manage to piss off the Wall, though it was less satisfying than you might think.”
“Did you now?” Eddard asked, not bothering to hide his amusement at the dwarfs' words.
Cersei blanched and made as if to rise, but Tyrion waved her back. “Oh do relax sister. That is by far the least grim thing I have to talk about. It seems that the grumpkins and snarks we made mock of as children are more real than I ever imagined. Even as a boy,” Tyrion said, his face taking on a haunted cast.
Eddard immediately turned grim. “The Others. The Brothers spoke to you of them?”
“They did more than that. They brought back a wight that was only half dead, though it soon stilled once it was on our side of the Wall. I had a jar with a twitching hand, but once we left the North it dissolved to goo, and I burned the foul thing.” Tyrion shuddered, and looked faintly ill.
“The Others? Wights? You tell bedtime stories, brother,” Cersei said with a derisive sneer.
“He does not,” Eddard said softly. “The dead made it all the way to the Wall? That has not happened in generations. Not since the days of Aegon and the Kinslayer’s battle.”
Cersei jerked, spinning to face Eddard, her eyes wide. “But-”
“He speaks true, sister,” Tyrion whispered, leaning forward on the table, half rising in his chair to do so. “I would not have believed it myself, but...I saw one. A White Walker. Perhaps it was a trick of mine eyes, but from atop the wall, I beheld a shimmering white shape in ghostly armor. I thought I could feel it’s gaze eating into my soul.”
“They cannot… they are children’s stories. The Kinslayer was only a madman who practiced black magics. He was destroyed, and the secrets of necromancy lost with him,” Cersei stammered.
“And yet, no man will go within ten leagues of Harrenhal to this day, despite the keep being intact, and the city unlooted,” Tyrion argued. “We know the dead walk there, sister. We simply do not speak of it.”
“But Arthas, he-”
Eddard reached out, fast as a striking serpent, and put a hand to Cersei’s mouth.
“Do not speak that name,” he said softly but firmly, the queen looking at him with wide, frightened eyes. “Not even here, in the south. It is an ill thing. A cursed thing. Call him something else. Azor Ahai. The Kinslayer. The Night’s King. But do not speak that name. It is accursed.”
Cersei jerked a nod, and Eddard removed his hand. He took a deep, shuddering breath. “The Others stir. The dead wake near the wall. Cersei… our children. If they are what we believe…”
Tyrion’s eyes narrowed, and he pursed his lips, looking back and forth. “What is it you suspect? I heard rumors. A cataclysmic event on the King’s Road, a prince fleeing with his lady. What has happened?”
Eddard didn’t speak, instead, he looked behind Tyrion, and nodded. “Look, and tell me, Lord Tyrion.”
Tyrion spun, just in time to see Aqua, Kazuma, and Yunyun hurry over, Cecily hot on their heels still.
“Hey guys, what’s up!” Aqua laughed. She smiled at Tyrion. “Oh hey, wasn’t sure you’d make it! Good to see you? How’re your legs?”
Tyrion didn’t answer, only gaping at Aqua, his eyes very wide.
“They hurt, huh? Well, tell you what. You’re Kazuma’s favorite, right?”
“Tyrion’s the best,” Kazuma agreed.
“Well, you were made the way you are for a reason, Tyrion. I know it’s hard to believe, but...well. The goddess always have a plan, eh? Sorry about your mom, but, well...we can only do so much. But I’ll bend the rules for you, just a little.”
Then, Aqua reached out, taking Tyrion’s trembling hands in her own. “Heal.”
A blue glow, visible even to Eddard appeared briefly around the goddess and the dwarf, and Tyrion gasped.
“There. That should help! Straightened things out a bit, so to speak. If you get problems, talk to Cecily! Though, um, not for a bit. Depends on how things work out. Later! Come on, Kazuma, let’s go see if we can find the others! I wanna say hi to Chris, I haven’t seen her in practically forever!”
“Good to see you again, uncle,” Kazuma said, giving Tryion a slap on the back.
“Glad you made it safe!” Yunyun said with a smile and wave. “Bye! Tell me about mom and Komekko and Rickon and Jon later!”
The children ran off again, leaving the three adults in silence. Tyrion slowly eased himself out of his seat, and stood. He was a bit taller now, though he was the same size, as his legs and back seemed to have been fixed.
“How… she is…” Tyrion swallowed, looking up at Eddard, his mismatched eyes wide with near panic. “The goddess?”
“Have some wine, Tyrion,” Cersei sighed, pouring out a goblet and passing it to her brother. “And welcome to our little club. Now you know why I’m always so faithful to offer devotion to the Joyful One.”
Tyrion guzzled the wine, then hopped back into his seat, his hands trembling slightly. “How did… she really did come to you, then?”
“And Catelyn and I as well. Twice,” Eddard said quietly. “There are others, we suspect. Cecily knows more than she has told me. I will have to question her.”
“Well. And here I thought I had dire news,” Tyrion chuckled. Then he paused, frowning. “No… they are related, aren’t they? If evil rises… then the Children of Destiny will rise to oppose it. Is that not in the Book of Hope?”
“I do not know your Southron scriptures well, but I believe that may well be the case.” Eddard felt sick, and bent his head, and Cersei looked on the verge of tears. “But… they are my children. And Kazuma… he is a boy. He cannot, must not… not yet.”
“No, even the Old Bear thought we had time yet,” Tyrion said gently. “We will train them, prepare them. And, when the time comes, fight beside them. Well, you shall, Lord Stark. I do not see myself, even now, as one who belongs in the line of battle.”
“Thank you, Tyrion,” Eddard whispered, fighting back tears of his own. “I pray that we shall be ready.”
Just then, Robert emerged, clad head to toe in shining plate. “Ha! Think I’m fat now? This body is a Temple to Athena! Just you watch, I’ll claim the victor's crown yet! Ah, Tyrion, good! You’re here to see my triumph! Well, come along then! Can’t very well start the melee without the victor!”
The king laughed and strode away, his warhammer resetting on the pauldron of his golden armor.
Cersei watched him go, a sneer on her lips. “And you think he shall lead us to victory, Eddard?”
“Robert may not be a good king in peace time. But in War?” Eddard stood, a smile on his lips again. “In war, Cersei, there is no better man to lead us.”
Cast of Characters
Bobby B as;
*air horns*
MEME KING
Stan the Man Baratheon as; Stop Having Fun Guy
Aqua as; Trouble incarnate
Chris the Thief as; Edric Dayne
Tyrion as; I’M BACK BITCHES
Cersei as; Not sure if becoming a better person or just better at hiding evil side
And the Cast of a Song of Ice and Fire as, this Monday…
The people need a king.
And one man, shall rise to the challenge
RIGHT HERE ON MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
BOBBY B! FIVE TIME WRESTLE MANIA CHAMPION RETURNS TO THE RING, ONE NIGHT ONLY!
WITNESS THE SHEER BRUTALITY OF THE STORM STAG HIMSELF AS HE LEAVES IT ALL ON THE FIELD
ONLY ON PAY PER VIEW!
Hestia hurried to the couch, flipping on the TV. Satella was sitting in the corner, looking down at her phone and furiously texting. “Rista! Athena! She did it! Our show’s starting!”
There was the pounding of feet, and Ristarte, Goddess of Healing, slid across the marble floor on her socks, then dove into her seat, eagerly leaning forward to watch. She had her hair up in a messy bun, and was dressed in sweatpants and one of Seiya’s old shirts tied up with a rubber band, and decidedly did not look godly in the slightest.
Athena was a bit more stately in her arrival, but she was walking just a bit too fast to be truly dignified, and sat down on the overstuffed old couch next to Hestia. She had on jeans and a T-Shirt with “TRIDENT ‘83!!” on it, showing a picture of Robert and Rhaegar fighting in the water and covered in mud. They hadn’t actually been bare chested and wearing luchador masks in reality, but Eris hadn’t let that get in the way of merchandising.
“Where’s Eris, she’d love this,” Hestia asked, taking a sip out of her extra large cup of margarita through a brightly colored straw. Once more, Hestia was pregnant, and had on a somewhat shapeless dress that had multiple stains on it.
“I dunno. Thanks for letting us crash at your place, Athena,” Rista said, giving the Goddess of Battle a big smile. “At least here we don’t have to worry about a bunch of munchkins underfoot.”
“Yeah, we left Bell and Seiya with the kids,” Hestia agreed. “Be nice to get some time with the ladies.”
“Is Madoka coming?” Satella asked, finally putting away her phone and looking up. It was a pain to get her away from her latest lover of choice, but the other goddesses agreed it was time they had another girls night out.
“She’s picking up the food,” Athena answered. There was a knock at the door just then. “Must be her now.”
Instead of Madoka though, Athena found Holo waiting at the threshold, carrying a tray of fresh forest fruits. Unlike the other goddesses, Holo wore the garb of Westeros, being limited only to that planet, but her dress was brightly colored and fit the casual air. “Greetings. I was told there was a ‘girls night?’”
“Of course! Come on in. You didn’t tell Nyarko, right?” Athena asked, stepping aside.
Holo wrinkled her nose. “I would prefer not to spend my time being molested, thank you very much. I did not inform her.”
“Hold the door! Pizza, coming through!” Makoka called as she descended on glowing wings. She was dressed casually as well, and had on shorts and a tank top. “Hey, you made it, Holo! Great! About time we brought you into the pantheon. Has to get lonely all by yourself.”
“I am considering your overtures. But a breaking of bread together seems an appropriate beginning,” the Wise Wolf said as she sniffed. Her tail began to wag slightly as they went inside. “Did you get meat lovers? I do so adore this ‘pizza’.”
“Of course! And a hawaiian style for you, Satella,” Madoka said, passing a steaming box over to the Goddess of Death. The other goddesses made various faces, but then laughed at their friend when she stuck her tongue out.
Not long after, Eris arrived, bearing several bottles of wine and soda, dressed in a skirt and tube top. “Sorry I’m late! Someone finally managed to defeat Belzerg’s latest Devil King.”
“Don’t sweat it, have some pizza,” Madoka said, motioning for Eris to take a seat.
“Shh! It’s starting!” Athena shushed, as the knights of Westeros assembled for the melee.
“Ok, now, Satella, remember. Nobody dies in this one,” Ristarte lectured, leaning back on the couch and taking a large bite of pizza.
“Fine, fine. I’ll turn a blind eye for now,” Satella sighed. “But I do get them later, right?”
“You always do eventually,” Madoka giggled. “Shhh! There he is!”
Robert Baratheon in his golden plate on an enormous horse appeared on screen, and the goddesses squealed in delight.
“BOBBY B!”
Truely, the goddesses work in mysterious ways.
Presenting:
Satella, the Witch of Envy from Re:Zero as: The Stranger
Madoka Kami as from Madoka Magica as: The Father
Ristarte from Cautious Hero as: The Crone
Hestia from Danmachi as: The Mother
And the cast of a Song of Ice and Fire on SMACKDOWN VS RAW
Chapter 19: The Ballad of Bobby B
Summary:
Did you ever hear the tale of Bobby B the Wide? It's not a tale a Targaryen would tell you.
Chapter Text
Brought to you by: SUPER SMASH BROTHERS, MEEEEEELLLEEEEEE E! A Song of Ice and Fire edition. No, you shut up about there being too many swordsmen. Barristan Selmy is perfectly balanced.
Chapter 18: The Ballad of Bobby B
Standing with Brienne's shield, Megumin was giddy with joy. All around her, knights and their squires were preparing for the grand melee, which was to take place in a large grassy area on the tourney grounds, surrounded by various boxes for the nobles, and roped off sections for the commons to stand in.
"Your shield, Ser," Megumin said, passing the shield with the quartered sun and moon blazon of House Tarth up to Brienne.
Brienne nodded, taking up the shield and shifting slightly in her saddle. She bore a heavy blunted sword in one hand, a hand-and-a-half-blade that could be used either in one or both hands, though in Brienne's grip it seemed to be a simple arming sword.
"You'll win, just like Darkness!" Megumin whispered excitedly. In truth, Brienne was at a disadvantage, as she was going in with no alliances. While there would be only a single victor in the melee, the best strategy was to enter with friends or members of your own house, and work together to defeat foes. Usually, even large teams would be worn down to one or two, but occasionally they would endure and split the champions purse, or turn on one another and fight to the last.
"As long as I acquit myself nobly, I shall prove that a woman is just as capable as a man in battle," Brienne answered in a low voice. Megumin grinned and nodded, stepping back. She herself had on a Stark Direwolf badge. It was something she'd had to whip up, so it was a bit crude, but she was proud to represent her house as a squire for Brienne.
Brienne looked to where King Robert sat his horse with his own squires, resplendent in his golden armor. "Though I fear that even I cannot hope to best Robert Baratheon."
"He's old, fat, and lazy. Kick his ass!" Megumin ordered, to Brienne's mortification.
However, there was no further time to debate as the horns blared, and the riders spurred their mounts into the arena, yelling war cries of their house. Brienne bellowed wordlessly, and within a mere minute, used her sword to knock Ser Emmon Frey clean off his horse. The other Frey riders came after Brienne, all five of them with the blue Towers blazon of the Twins.
At first, Megumin feared Brienne would be surrounded and overwhelmed, but she managed to fight off Ser Hosteen and Ser Theo, driving them both back. For a moment, it looked as though Brienne would fight her way to freedom, only for Danwell and Jared Frey to cut her off. There was a furious exchange of blows, and Megumin groaned as Brienne was jarred, and nearly knocked off her horse.
Then, a golden charger crashed into the melee. "YOU COWARDS! NOT LATE WHEN YOU'VE THE ADVANTAGE, ARE YOU!?"
Robert Baratheon, with Ser Boros Blount and Jamie Lannister of his Kingsguard, rolled over the Freys like an oncoming tide. He knocked two from the saddle with his warhammer, while Jamie and Boros accounted for another each. Brienne quickly dealt with Ser Theo, leaving the Freys all unhorsed on the ground.
"YIELD, YOU MISERABLE DOGS!" Robert roared, and the Freys raised a hand in surrender and supplication.
Brienne swung her mount to face Robert, but the king raised his visor. "You fight well, Tarth. I did not think to see one of your house here. Come! Ride with me to glory! I can always use a man with grit at my side."
Brienne nodded silently, raising her sword in salute.
"Ha! Come, Jamie! I've a mind to ruin the day of those damn Redwynes next! I may have forgiven the bastards for siding with the Targaryens, but I haven't forgotten!" Robert roared with laughter, spurring his mouth forward, his Kingsguard and Brienne guarding his flanks.
Megumin went to negotiate prices with the Frey squires, as Brienne would have a share in their mounts and armor they would have to ransom, only for a hand to fall on her shoulder. She looked up to see a very annoyed looking Robb scowling at her.
"What, little sister, do you think you are doing?"
"Squiring," Megumin answered. "Duh."
"I suppose I deserved that," Robb chuckled, but then he looked grim again. "Father is frantic. Megumin, what possessed you to do this?"
"Because Brienne and Darkness are going to be knights, and so am I!" She declared, sticking out her chin. "And you can't stop me."
"I rather think I can," Robb said, his tone amused as he took a step forward.
"W-wait! Brienne doesn't have another squire! She needs me! Please, Robb, you have to let me help her! This is my dream! I've always wanted to be a knight, you know that!" Megumin begged.
Robb hesitated, glancing out at the field. "This Brienne… she is a friend of Margaery's?"
"Don't call her that, she hates that name," Megumin snapped, planting her hands on her hips as she rapidly forgot her recalcitrance.
"Does she?" Robb shifted uneasily. "To be saved by a woman… but she seems to be quite the warrior."
"I'm going to make dad accept her as one of his sworn swords," Megumin sniffed.
That got Robb to laugh. "I suppose that would be your goal. And this Brienne?"
"She's the Tarth rider, with Robert," Megumin said, pointing out at the field, just as Brienne clubbed Horas Redwyne out of his saddle.
"She's good," Robb mused. "As good as Darkness?"
"Well, she hasn't won yet," Megumin said smugly. "But I think she will."
"By rights I should drag you back to father by force. Kazuma is looking for you as well," Robb said, nodding to the royal box.
Megumin flushed. "Um, tell him I'm striking a blow for Gender Equality, and that one day his queen shall be a knight herself, and I'll be a member of his Kingsguard."
"You realize the brothers of the Kingsguard are sworn to lifelong celibacy, don't you?" Robb asked in amusement.
"Well, if Kazuma is king, he can change the rules," Megumin stated, as if it were obvious.
"I suppose he could," Robb agreed, a small smile on his lips. "Very well. Chomusuke, you'll keep an eye on her, won't you?"
The direwolf, who was currently doing her very best wolfhound impression, sneezed and looked at Robb with an expression that clearly communicated, "What do you think I've been doing?"
Robb looked to Greywind, who was about the size of a pony currently. The other wolf nodded, wagging his tail in approval. "Well, if the wolves have granted you their blessing, I suppose I shall as well. Best of luck, Squire Stark."
"Thanks Robb! You won't regret it!" Megumin promised. Then she rolled up her sleeves and went to bully the Frey squires, who would soon learn the futility of defying the Foremost Genius of the House of Stark.
Watching from the royal box, Kazuma licked his lips, his eyes following his father the king. His hands were balled into fists, and every so often he'd look to his side, where Megumin should have been. A large part of them wanted to go look for her, but an even bigger part wanted to see his dad do what he was legendary for: Break some heads.
So far, the melee had been a chaotic mess, but Robert and his allies had soon proven that while the king may have gotten a bit large in the belly, he could still swing his warhammer as well as the day he'd caved in Rhaegar's skull. He was relentless, clashing again and again with his foes, his kingsguard and the Knight of Tarth at his heels.
Beside Kazuma, Mizu was cheering wildly for the king, providing a variety of colorful advice to him. "SWEEP THE LEG, BOBBY B! SWEEP THE LEG!"
"Kick 'em in the balls, daddy!" Myrcella and Tommen were shrieking, over and over again, and Robert did indeed do just that several times when he dismounted to fight on foot, as the king had no compunctions against fighting dirty, something Kazuma was certain he'd inherited.
Robb returned, and whispered first to Lord Stark, who looked out over the field, sighed, then nodded. Kazuma stood and hurried over to Megumin's brother, even his father's battle forgotten for the moment.
"She's fine. Squiring for the Tarth rider," Robb told him, pointing out over the field. Kazuma couldn't really make out more than a short figure with dark hair, but he did spot Chomosuke, who was small enough to be lost in the swirl of dust and men.
"Thanks," Kazuma sighed. "How'd she manage that?"
"You'll have to ask her, but I imagine she did it the same way my sister does anything: with great gusto," Robb chuckled, then sat down next to his father.
Returning to his own seat, Kazuma was able to relax and cheer on his dad, shouting encouragement over the clash of metal and the scream of horses and the shouts of wounded men. A melee was not a safe contest, and men and horses had died in them before. Still, Renewal Cultists and Maesters were on standby, providing aid to those who had been taken from the field. So far, none had perished, though there were a great many wounds.
After more than an hour, the field had been reduced from nearly 50 riders to only a dozen, of which the Knight of Tarth and Robert were two. Jamie had taken a hit meant for the king and gone down, and Ser Boras's arm had been broken by a hit on his shield from Thoros of Myr and his flaming sword.
Of the remaining knights, most were working alone or in pairs as the king and the Knight of Tarth were. There was still a team of four, consisting of Renly Baratheon, Loras Tyrell, and two Tyrell bannerman.
"COME ON, RENLY! I KNOW YOU'VE ALWAYS FANCIED YOU'D MAKE A BETTER KING THAN ME!" Robert thundered at his youngest sibling. "WELL HERE'S YOUR CHANCE TO PROVE IT! MAYBE LORAS WILL KISS YOU FOR IT!"
The king's barbs only made Renly smile, but Loras flushed and charged at the king, dodging to the side to avoid the sweep of Robert's hammer. Upon seeing his lover take the bait, Renly waded in as well, sweeping his longsword at Robert as the two Tyrell men came on from behind. However, the Knight of Tarth was there in a flash, warding the king's flank as she knocked Loras's shield out of his hands with his hammer, then slammed the haft of the weapon into the young knight's nose. Loras was down, and Robert turned to deal with his brother.
However, his companion had already engaged Renly, battering at him with sword and shield. Robert set to work on the two other knights, while his brother dueled. In the end, Renly managed to knock away his foe's shield, only for a gauntleted fist to slam into his jaw, then a blunted blade bruised his ribs. Renly sank to a knee, and yielded, unable to continue.
For his part, Robert gleefully pounded the other two knights into submission, taking one in the chest and sending them skidding away gasping for breath, and smashing the other's legs out from under him. With the last large team dealt with, there were none who could stand before the king and the Knight of Tarth, and Kazuma cheered himself hoarse.
At last, Robert and his companion turned to face one another.
"I yield," the Knight of Tarth said, taking a knee before the king. "I would have been lost in the first minutes of the fight if not for you, your Grace."
"Aye, and you've saved me more than once now. Up, man, up! Face your king with honor! I'll not have anyone say that I failed to best all the men in the field today!" Robert ordered.
The knight of Tarth hesitated, then spoke in a loud, clear voice to the crowd. "My King, you have bested all the men in the field this day."
"What are you saying?" Robert demanded as he scowled. He glanced at the stands, where he spied Margaery Tyrell sitting with her father. She blushed and looked away from the king, but the Knight of Tarth spoke again.
"My liege, I am no man. I am Brienne of Tarth, Lady of the Sapphire Isle." With that, the knight removed their helm, showing to all the world that it was a maiden, not a man, who had fought beside the king.
For a moment, Robert only gawked, and Kazuma feared he would erupt in anger. Instead, Robert threw his head back and laughed uproariously. "You see that, you shits?! No a single damned one of you could stand before me or this maid! She's twice the man and five times the fighter of every single one of you!"
Robert continued to laugh, shaking his head as tears rolled down his cheeks. "You there! Girl! Darkness, wasn't it?"
"Yes, your Grace?" the woman in question responded, flushing deeply.
"Someone, get that girl a sword, then get her down here in the mud and the blood where she belongs!" Robert bellowed, waving grandly.
"What?!" Mace Tyrell gasped, jerking to his feet. "Your grace, she is-"
"Ten times the fighter you ever were, Mace, and don't make me have her beat you bloody to prove it!" Robert thundered. "Now get her a sword!"
"Here," Robb called, taking out his own blade and passing it to Darkness.
She flushed, but smiled and nodded her thanks. Then, the giant of a woman ripped her skirts down the middle, climbed over the railing of the royal box, and jumped down into the churned earth of the melee, landing with a very unlady like thud. She hurried over, kneeling before the king at her friend's side.
"Right then." Robert drew his own sword, setting down his hammer. He tapped both of the girls on the shoulders. "By virtue of your skill and valor at arms, and by winning both the Joust and the Melee during the Tournament of the Hand of the King Eddard Stark, I, Robert Baratheon, the first of my own bloody name, do name you Ser Brienne of Tarth, and Ser Mar-"
"Darkness! Ser Darkness!" the girl interrupted, flushing.
The king chuckled. "You're lucky I find you amusing, girl. Very well. I name you Ser Darkness of House Tyrell. Arise, and serve your king."
Then Robert grabbed Brienne and Darkness's arms, thrusting them skyward. "YOUR CHAMPIONS!" he boomed.
The crowd erupted with cheers, and the next thing the king knew, someone had jumped in front of both the newly minted knights, striking a ridiculous pose.
"BEHOLD! THE GREATEST KNIGHTS OF THE REALM! THE BATTLE SISTERS DARKNESS AND BRIENNE, AND THEIR FAITHFUL SQUIRE, MEGUMIN!"
The king did a double take, but before he could figure out what was going on, another girl appeared, this one, posing beside Megumin. "AND ME! CHRIS, OF HOUSE DAYNE, SQUIRE EXTRAORDINAIRE!"
"Oh Seven Hells," Robert muttered. "They're multiplying."
"WHOO HOO! YOU GO GIRLS!" Mizu's voice shouted. "BEST SEASON FINALE EVER!"
What that meant, Robert decided he wasn't drunk enough yet to ponder.
Despite all the excitement from the melee, it was only midday, and the king held a royal feast at a wide table set out under a large tent for his guests of honor. His two newest knights and their rather unorthodox squires. However, at his right, he sat Kazuma, who Robert was now loudly bragging about.
"Never misses, my son does. He's got eyes like a hawk, and hand's steadier than a Maester! He'll take first prize today, you mark my words!"
Kazuma blushed and looked down, unused to the voluble praise from his father.
"He's right, you know." Kazuma looked up to see Megumin leaning over the wide table, grinning at him. "You'll win, I know it!"
"Duh, of course Kazuma will win!" Mizu proclaimed. "He's my champion!"
"WHAT?!" Megumin snarled, her face contorted with rage.
"Yep. Kazuma's the best, why he-"
With a clatter of upturned dishes and a spray of food, Megumin launched herself across the table, tackling Mizu to the ground as her chair went flying. Kazuma could only gape in shock as the two girls rolled around in the grass, slapping at one another and pulling hair.
"OW! OW! MEGUMIN STOP IT!"
"HE'S MINE YOU HEAR ME?! I SAW HIM FIRST YOU WORTHLESS TRAMP!"
No one seemed to know what to do, until Cecily appeared, grabbing Megumin and turning her over her knee and giving the girl a thorough spanking as Mizu sat on the ground and wailed, tears flowing down her cheeks. Once Megumin was howling, Cecily dumped her, then picked Mizu up and slapped her across the face, causing the other woman's eyes to bug out of her head.
"What is wrong with you!?" Cecily hissed. "You know they're betrothed! You set this up! You know she's more possessive than the Iron Bank and more jealous than a magpie! Act your age for once!"
Mizu stared at Cecily, unable to comprehend what was happening. "Y-you can't slap me! I'm-"
There was another loud thwack, and Mizu's head jerked to the other side. "I damn well can! I didn't ask for this! None of us did! Now stop acting like a spoiled child, and apologize!"
Mizu blinked, then sniffed and started crying again, before throwing her arms around her former assailant. "I-I'm s-sorry, M-Megumin! I-I just wanted to hang out! A-and be friends!"
Megumin, of course, was sobbing as well. "I-I shouldn't have a-attacked you, M-Mizu. F-Forgive me. W-we can be friends!"
The two sniveling girls managed to make up, right before Cecily grabbed both of them by their ears and hauled them away, muttering under her breath.
Kazuma rose to his feet, until Eddard Stark set a hand on his shoulder and pushed him back down. "Let Cecily handle those two, Kazuma. I'm not certain if anyone can call Mizu to task, but if Cecily can manage it we should all be grateful."
Stomach churning, Kazuma sat back down, looking down at his plate, uncertain what to do or say.
"You're lucky, son."
Kazuma started, looking up to see his father smiling at him. That was a rare enough thing: usually when Robert noticed Kazuma it was to berate him. "I am? I mean, I know I've always been good at dice but-"
"Not that," Robert said, grimacing and waving a hand dismissively. He massaged his left shoulder for a moment, then sighed. "Look, boy. Your mother and I… we have never loved one another. We married because it was what was best for the realm. You marrying a Stark girl made the same sort of sense: to bind the North to the South."
"Right, yeah, I've studied politics," Kazuma said, not sure where this was going exactly.
"You're not listening! She loves you, boy. Women don't get that riled up over a man they don't give two shits about! That girl, as much trouble as she is, loves you. And, unless I miss my guess, you her. The goddesses have seen fit to bless you in a way they never did me."
"Mom would like you more if you didn't have so many bastards," Kazuma told his father, and immediately regretted it from the pained expression Robert made. "Sorry, I-"
"No, no, you're right," his father said gently. "My marriage is frosty in no small part because of my own choices, Kazuma. Be a better man than me. Keep to your marriage bed. Love the woman you marry, instead of another, right?"
"I think Megumin would literally kill me if I cheated on her," Kazuma pointed out.
"Haha!" Robert wheezed, shaking his head. "I feared the same about your mother, truth be told! But, for all my hatred of Lannisters, I suppose I can't complain about her too much. She did give me you. Do me proud today, boy."
Kazuma nodded eagerly, feeling hopeful, proud, and dreading the idea that he could disappoint his father. He missed the disapproving look Eddard gave the King, but he did hear the words he spoke. "You should be proud of your son regardless of how he places in the competition today, Robert. He's shown himself to have honor and courage these past few months, something any father should be pleased to see in his son."
"Aye, but I'll be more pleased if he wins!" Robert laughed, then grimaced and winced, rubbing his left arm. "Damn, must have taken harder hits than I thought. Get me a Renewalist and a Maester! I'll not miss my son's triumph!"
Before long, it was time for the archery practice, and Kazuma tried to steady his breathing and he changed into his leather jerking and put on his vambraces with Sandor's help.
"You'll do fine," his bodyguard growled. "You're a good shot."
"I mean, I know I'll do OK, but what if I don't win?" Kazuma asked nervously.
"Then you'll do better next time. You damn well know I don't win every joust, and there isn't a man in the Seven Kingdoms that can best me in the field, save perhaps my brother," Sandor said, glaring down at Kazuma.
"But my father-"
"Fuck the king. He's a fat arsehole who lives for whores, wars, and wine. You want to be like him?"
Mutely, Kazuma shook his head, clutching his unstrung bow.
"Then you be the man you want to be. Not the man you know you shouldn't. I've fucking had to learn that for the past five years as your shield. And I-"
"BIG BRO!" Myrcella and Tommen squealed, rushing into the tent and wrapping Kazuma in a hug.
"We know you'll win!" Tommen said, grinning broadly up at his idol.
Myrcella nodded, and tied a scarf about Kazuma's bicep. "But even if you don't, you'll still be our Big Bro."
"Yeah! Good luck!" Tommen said, and then they were gone again.
Kazuma glanced up at Sandor, who shrugged. "I'm not my brother. Took me damn well long enough to learn that. Those two helped. And so did you. Didn't think I'd ever be proud to serve a noble, but you're not so bad."
Kazuma felt his throat swell up, and he nodded. "Thanks, Sandor. I… I'm glad you're my shield."
"Just don't fucking try to knight me," Sandor barked. "I'm not a knight."
"Eh," Kazuma gave Sandor a lopsided grin. "Knights are dumb anyway."
They hadn't made it far towards the archery grounds when they were greeted by the Stark sisters and Mizu, and the ever vigilant Cecily. Yunyun gave Kazuma a big smile, then gently pushed her sister towards him.
"Look, you better not embarrass me," Megumin muttered, holding up a grey scarf, which she tied around Kazuma's outstretched wrist. "And just so you know, just because I gave you my favor doesn't mean I actually want to marry you or anything. Maybe you'll have to marry Yunyun or something."
"Eh, it's happened before, but I don't think it likely this time," Mizu said with a shrug.
Yunyun gave Mizu a skeptical look, while Megumin flushed and looked rather angry for someone who had just suggested she wasn't that interested in Kazuma. Especially when she spied his other favor. "Who gave that to you?!"
"Myrcella," Kazuma hastily said, and the ominous red glow faded from his betrothed's eyes.
"Oh. Well, that's ok."
"I'll be giving my favor to someone else. Not that we're not friends! Just that I don't need Megumin thinking we're rivals again," Yunyun explained, rolling her eyes at her younger sibling's antics.
"I have told you! We have been rivals in all things since the day of our birth, when you foolishly beat me out of the womb!" Megumin ranted.
"Why do you think I made sure that happened?" Mizu muttered. "You're enough of a brat otherwise."
That got the three children to regard their friend skeptically. "You determine birth order?" Kazuma demanded.
"No, that's Hestia's thing, but I wrote her a memo," Mizu said with a dismissive gesture. "I'd give you a blessing, Kazuma, but, well, I can't make it too obvious I'm favoring you, especially not given your competition."
On that baffling note, the four women left, and Kazuma headed to the field. Upon arriving, he took his place in the line, taking a deep breath. They were early, as Kazuma had wanted to gauge the conditions. He couldn't just let his luck carry him here.
"Well, well, look what we have here! Do my eyes deceive me, or did Sandor have to bodily haul you out of your sanctuary, Kaz?"
A wide grin bloomed on Kazuma's face, but he turned it into a scowl and spun about. "Ugh, is that camel shit I smell, or did they start allowing stray dogs in this competition?"
"Oooo. Nice. But we don't have any camels in Dorne," the object of Kazuma's scorn said with a lazy grin. He was a tall, lanky youth about Kazuma's age, with dark hair he had slicked back with oil and odd red eyes. "Try again?"
"Your mother was a hamster and your father smells of elderberries," Kazuma declared.
The other boy burst out laughing. "Seven Hells, Kaz, what does that even mean?"
"Means you suck, Dust," Kazuma declared.
"Your mom sucks better," the Dornish princeling shot back.
"OK, you officially lose. If you're stooping to your mom jokes, you're not even trying," Kazuma said. Then he extended his hand to Dust, and the two exchanged a complicated series of gestures that ended in a slapping handshake. "Didn't think I'd see you today. Thought you weren't coming."
"Eh, I've been around. Uncle Oberyn had some meetings or whatever. Actual meetings, not the euphemistic kind," Dust explained.
"Gross." Kazuma made a disgusted face. "He take you to a euphemism yet? Tyrion says my mom would crucify him if he tried."
"Oh you know the ladies can't get enough of this," Dust declared, flexing his muscles and grinning. Then he winked. "Hear you got yourself a main squeeze already. Nice. Still gonna play the field?"
"Will you two quit braying like a pair of donkeys? I'd bet a golden dragon neither of your balls have even dropped yet," Sandor growled.
The two boys turned to the grumpy guardian, their faces fixed in expressions of shock and horror. "Sandor!"
"Look man, we got reputations to maintain," Dust pointed out. "He steals panties, I make crass remarks. We're the Perverted Princes!"
"Yeah, um, afraid I'm gonna have to drop out of the club," Kazuma admitted. "Megumin would, er, not be too happy about that."
"Hoo hoo! She got you by the balls son! You whipped!" Dust cackled, slapping his knees in delight.
Before the Dornish prince could hurl further blandishments at his friend, the archers were called to the line. Kazuma felt himself sweating, looking up his father, who was laughing and drinking, boasting loudly about what a good archer his son was. Then the prince's eyes slid to Eddard Stark, who smiled and nodded at him. Well. At least one person wouldn't hate him if he didn't win.
Still, it was nice to hear Megumin cheering loudly when it was Kazuma's turn to shoot. He forgot to do the pose he'd practiced, instead taking an arrow from his quiver. He took a deep breath, closed his eyes for a moment, then opened and smoothly drew back his bow. "SNIPE!"
The arrow hit near dead center of the target at ten paces, though this was mostly just to prove you could hit the broad side of a barn. This was the range that little kids practiced at, not experienced bowmen.
Just about every archer who had joined the contest easily hit the target closely enough to advance, including Dust, who made a great show of struggling to draw his bow before releasing with a cry of "EAGLE EYE!"
"When did you start doing that?" Kazuma asked his friend as they moved back to twenty paces.
"Dunno, couple months ago, maybe? Just felt right. Makes my aim a lot better. Now I'm better than even you, you lucky dirtbag."
"Oh we'll just see about that," Kazuma laughed, despite the butterflies in his stomach.
The field whittled down with each step backwards, with the most men dropping out at 50 paces, which was a range even the best shots missed at occasionally. Kazuma felt his heart flutter a bit when he loosed, but he still struck true, advancing past even men who had won contests before they failed their shots at 70, 80, then 90 paces.
At 100 paces, it was down to four: Kazuma, Balon Swann, and a commoner from the Dornish Marches named Anguy.
"Hey man, you're not bad. Want a job after this?" Dust asked his countryman.
The older boy flushed. "I'm just a lad from Haavar, m'lord."
"Yeah, but you're a good shot. Even if you won't win," Dust told him.
That made the older boy scowl, and he made his shot, even as Balon Swann was walking away, swearing, having missed his last shot.
"Let's make this interesting, shall we?" Dust said, taking out two arrows. "Two, for the price of one? Eh? EAGLE EYE DUAL SHOT!"
Both arrows flew true, embedding themselves dead center of the target, and both better even than Anguy's. The other boy's jaw dropped as the crowd went wild.
"Beat that, Kaz," Dust taunted.
"Oh, I think I will," Kazuma told him, sauntering forward despite his trepidation. Still, he couldn't back down now. He didn't try the two arrow trick, he had no idea how Dust had managed that, but what he did do was lay out two arrows in the ground in front of him, then put two in his hand.
Heart pounding, Kazuma visualized what he wanted, then stopped thinking and moved. He shouted his battlecry as he fired the first, and it had barely left the bow before he notched the second arrow to the still vibrating string and cried "SNIPE!" again.
Both arrows slammed into Dust's, splitting them down the middle, then Kazuma took up the other two arrows and fired as fast as he could, splitting his own arrows in turn. He felt a slow, lazy grin spread on his lips, and he leaned on his bow, turning to Dust, who looked irritated. "Not bad, eh?"
"Cheating bastard," Dust muttered.
"Oh? I'm not the one using freaking Dual Shot to show off," Kazuma argued.
"Yeah, yeah," Dust muttered. "Alright. Let's take this to one-fifty. See who's so fancy then."
At a hundred and fifty paces, most men would be lucky to hit the target at all, let alone score a decent shot. At that extreme range, Anguy missed, though by less than a hand, a still impressive shot, as no one actually practiced at such long distances. Besides, in times of war, archers did not fire at targets, but into a mass of men.
Dust, however, not only hit the target, but got within three fingers of the center, to the excitement of the crowd.
"That money is practically mine! Easy life, here I come!" Dust hooted happily.
"You already have an easy life: you're a prince," Kazuma pointed out.
"Look, man, that's my dad's money. It's the principle of the thing, you know? Not the same when you're blowing someone else's cash," Dust argued.
Anguy looked petulant, but Dust slapped him on the back. "Hey, don't worry, you did good! We'll hook you up with an easy job. Uncle Oberyn will set you up with some of his favorites too. He knows all the good brothels."
That seemed to perk the other Dornishman right up, but Kazuma ignored the byplay. He turned his face into the wind, gaging it, then carefully ran his hands over his arrows. He selected one, then notched it to his bow string. He felt his luck raising as he raised his bow, aiming high. "Snipe."
Before the arrow had even landed, Kazuma knew it would hit dead center. He turned around, facing the royal box, and stood up on one leg. "BEHOLD! I AM KAZUMA BARATHEON, FOREMOST ARCHER OF THE SEVEN KINGDOMS, AND HE WHO NAMES MEGUMIN STARK AS HIS QUEEN OF LOVE AND BEAUTY!"
The roar of the crowd was a distant whisper, as Kazuma had eyes and ears for only one person. Megumin blushed, and held up one hand, giving Kazuma a thumbs up and a nod.
As far as he was concerned, that was the best prize he could have hoped for.
Cast of Characters
Brienne as; That's SER Brienne to you, pal.
Darkness Tyrell as; STOP CALLING ME MARGAERY!
Chris the Thief as; Not Eris. No, really.
Megumin as; TOKUSENTAI! ELITE WOMAN WARRIORS SQUAD!
Robert Baratheon as; MULTIKILL! DOMINATING!
And introducing:
Dust as; Prince Trystane Martell.
And the cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as off their rockers.
Chapter 20: My Heart is Burnin' For You
Summary:
Viserys and Iris Do Meereen.
Chapter Text
This chapter is sponsored by: Skillshare, now with How to Train Your Dragon, Belzerg Edition. For when you need to keep your beloved vicious monster in line, try our new course in draconic parentage.
Chapter 19: My Heart is Burnin' For You
The noon sun beat down on Viserys, and he squinted at the city that lay spread out before them. It was a colorful place, shining brightly in a myriad of hues, its bricks a variety of reds and yellows. There was also the green of many gardens, watered by the river that followed through the city. And of course, the famous pyramids shone like a polished bronze mirror. Truly, a city of the wealthy, a place where a man of refined tastes could relax, and be attended by slaves all the day long.
Morosely, Viserys wondered what Meereen, greatest of Old Ghis, would smell like as it burned to the ground. He couldn't fathom any other fate for a city Iris visited, especially not with her three dragons.
"Just you wait, Big Bro! The Lhazareen said there's lots of slave soldiers here! We'll get a bunch, and some ships, and sail back to Westeros and you'll be king in no time!" Iris burbled happily as they began their descent down the hillside.
"You know, Iris, I don't really think it's entirely necessary you go to all this bother. Perhaps we could just carve out a kingdom here? There's plenty of old abandoned cities, and from what we've heard the Dothraki are practically extinct now thanks to your efforts. We could set up here quite nicely," Viserys suggested.
Shaking her head, Iris gave her brother a dazzling smile. "Oh no, Big Bro. The Iron Throne belongs to you! I won't let a usurper bully my Big Bro. Robert has to pay!"
"I mean, maybe we could just send him a very nasty letter?" Viserys suggested. He was treading over old ground though, and knew it. He mostly argued with Iris just to pass the time. If she started to get angry, he always immediately caved and agreed she was right. And, since Iris's eyes took on a familiar intensity that spoke of Waking the Dragon, he did that now. "Ha! Only joking. Of course we'll go and spank Rotten Robbie."
"Oh Big Bro, you're so funny!" Iris laughed, and spurred her horse down the hillside, Ser Jorah following as her ever faithful shield. Not that Iris needed one.
"You sister is eager to return to the lands of the False Goddesses," Mirri Maz Durr said from Viserys's elbow, making him jump in the saddle. He glared down at the squat woman, who was sweating in her ochre and white face paint.
"Look, we've been over this. They are patently not false goddesses. I just don't like them very much because they made my life a living hell," Viserys sighed.
Mirri scoffed, shaking her head and making the bells on her cap jingle "What powers do the false goddesses have that the Lord of Light does not?"
"Well I don't know. Has he ever made anyone like Iris?" Viserys responded dryly as he flicked his reins.
"He raised up Azor Ahai, the Prince that was Promised, as he will you in turn, O great prince," the Red Priestess intoned.
"That's nice. What I really want is him to either find a way to get rid of Iris, or get me somewhere far away from her. I'm not a hero, Mirri. I've seen what happens to heroes: Iris picks her teeth with them."
"Offer your sister to the flames, and it shall be done," Mirri promised in a low voice.
That was funny enough to get a bark of laughter out of Viserys. "Mirri, sometimes I wonder if you're stupid, or just hard of hearing. This is Iris we're talking about. She thinks fire tickles. Did you not recall people talking about how her tent burned down, with her inside it, and she didn't even wake up?"
"The fires of The Lord of Light consume all, my prince. And they favor the blood of gods and queens," Mirri told him, her voice low and throaty.
Viserys gave her a pained smile, then kicked his horse into a trot to get away from her for a time. What was it with the insane women in his life? Did he have a sign on his back that said "lunatics welcome"?
Before long, they arrived at the gates of Meereen, which stood open, but were bared by a line of slave soldiers, along with several powdered and pompous nobles on litters born by bare chested slaves.
From the city rode a man with hair shaped like rams horns, bearing a massive bronze lance and dressed in bronze ringmail. "You, Dragonmaster, do you intend to conquer this city? Would you burn the pride of Old Ghis as an offering to your craven goddesses?"
Viserys looked around, but realized the man was addressing him. He turned back, cupping a hand to his mouth and shouting in reply. "I'm afraid you have quite the wrong idea. We're not burning anyone as an offering, especially not to the Seven. Do you even read their scriptures? They're rather against human sacrifice, you know."
"You tell him, Big Bro!" Iris declared, giving Viserys a wide grin.
The Meereenese rider seemed taken aback, but stood in his stirrups and called back, "I am Ozank zo Pahl, Champion of Meereen! I would challenge you, Dragonlord! A wager! Your Dragons against a thousand slaves! If your champion can best me, they are yours, but should I slay your champion, the dragons are ours!"
"Are you daft, man?" Viserys called back. "They're dragons. Not dogs. They're not going to serve you because I sign a piece of paper or something. Really, I'm starting to question your intelligence. You don't know anything about religion or dragons. Is there something you do know? Because otherwise I think I'd rather speak to someone of proper breeding and wits about this."
"I know this!" Oznak snarled, raising his great spear. "I am the son of Hzork zo Pahl! Are you men, or are you eunuchs? Will you not face me?!"
"Iris," Viserys said, rubbing his face with one hand in exasperation. "Why don't you just go teach that man a lesson. We'll get our thousand soldiers and-"
"I ACCEPT YOUR CHALLENGE!" Iris roared, catapulting out of her saddle and dashing towards a startled Ozank faster than a sprinting horse. She was far enough away that Oznak had time to raise his spear and spur his mount, but it did him little good. Iris leapt over the weapon, and clothlined Oznak so that he tumbled to the ground, dropping his lance. Then, Iris bent the rattled man over her knee, and proceeded to thoroughly spank him.
"Are you sorry!?" Iris demanded as she wailed on the nobleman. "Tell Big Bro you're sorry!"
Oznak managed to wheeze something that seemed to mollify Iris, who stood the shaking man up on two legs. He was hunched and clutching at what had to be several broken ribs, but he was still more than a hand taller than Iris.
"Right. Now you owe us a thousand soldiers," Iris said seriously. "Also, we'd like some boats. We're going to invade Westeros!"
A sniveling Oznak stumbled back to the flabbergasted leaders of the city, hobbling on only one boot, the other having been knocked off in his fall. There was a hasty conference as the palainquins of the slave masters were drawn together. At last, one litter, bearing an especially fat man, hurried forward.
"The Great Masters of Meereen bid you welcome, Iris Stormborn. We shall be happy to provide you with your mercenaries, as promised. For your ships, perhaps you can win them in the Fighting Pits."
"Fighting Pits?" Iris asked, looking suddenly eager. She turned to Viserys, a huge grin on her face. "Big Bro, they have Fighting Pits!? Do they let you fight as much as you want?!"
"The fighting pits of Meereen are famous, my lady, for their blood sport," Ser Jorah informed her. "They are a barbaric place, where the blood flows like water as the crowds cheer."
"R-really?" Iris asked, her pale violet eyes suddenly glowing. "And… they pay you to fight?"
"Oh yes, champions can grow quite rich in the Fighting Pits," the Great Master chuckled. "Will you be participating yourself, young mistress?"
"YES!" Iris agreed eagerly, then flushed. "Um, if it's alright with Big Bro, that is."
Viserys looked to the Great Master, pursing his lips. The man was sweating profusely, and though it was a hot day, he guessed the poor fool actually thought he could get Iris killed in gladiatorial combat and solve his problems. Well. Maybe it was time for some of Viserys's misery to be spread around a little.
"I think that's a great idea, Little Sister. Think how many mercenaries we could win from your exploits in the Pits?" Viserys asked, giving Iris a smile. Maybe it would keep her distracted for a few days.
"Well they gave me a thousand for beating one guy and he wasn't even very hard! I bet we'll get a whole army!" Iris said eagerly. "Come, show me these fighting pits! And make sure you bring your strongest fighters!"
It was, of course, not that simple. Somewhere had to be found for Iris's menagerie of followers and trio of dragons, who had continued to grow on a rich diet of mutton. While most everyone was terrified at the sight of the dragons, even Belzerg was rather well behaved despite being the size of an aurochs now. This might have had something to do with the fact that Iris had given the dragons rather thorough educational courses in when it was OK to kill people (when she said so or when they "hurt Big Bro") and that it was never OK to eat people, no matter how tasty they looked.
And the fact that two days ago when Belzerg had tried to headbutt Iris, she'd headbutted him right back and knocked the dragon out for about twenty minutes. Viserys figured if his sister could do that to a dragon of all things, the Fighting Pits were doomed.
In the end the Great Masters gave over a decently sized manse near the river, which stank to high heaven as it was used as a sewer and they were staying in the downstream portion.
"This will not do: Open human waste is a vector for all manners of diseases. I have inspected the riverbank, and they do not have proper lining to prevent possible seepage into cisterns and wells," Iris declared, continuing what Viserys considered her pointless crusade for cleanliness.
"Well, there's not much you can do about it, is there?" Viserys sighed. "It's not like you can punch the river into submission."
"No, but Septon Garreth and Septa Lirra can!" Iris declared. She then took her two Axis cultists upriver, and had them work on purifying the water while she lectured passersby on "proper waste management."
In the end the two Axis cultists could only do so much, but they drew interest from many of the slaves coming to dump their waste into the foul waters. Viserys tagged along for the entertainment value, and also to get away from Mirri who was harassing him again. To his mild amusement, most of the slaves seemed rather eager to learn about the Faith of the Seven and Aqua in particular.
"Does this goddess require you to burn the manhoods of young boys on her altar?" one older man with a clean face and a fat belly said. Viserys figured he was a eunuch, a barbaric practice these Meeranese inflicted on their slaves.
"What?! No! That's awful!" Septa Lirra gasped. "Aqua would never ask that! All she wants are prayers and offerings of alcohol, and maybe the occasional nice painting or sculpture."
"Does she require the sacrifice of human flesh to keep back the night?" another slave asked.
"Only the monstrous and wicked false god of the Red Temples demands such. The Seven Goddesses value all their followers, and would never allow them to be killed in their name!" Septon Garreth declared. Then he and Septa Lirra hopped up on a couple of barrels and began to preach the Gospel According to Aqua.
"Life is hard and short, so you should be happy while you're alive!"
"All love is good in the eyes of Aqua, be you slave, free, or master, all are beloved in her eyes."
"All life is precious, because you never know when it's going to end. So be excellent to one another!"
One thing Viserys had to say for the Axis Cult: Their sermons were always amusing. The slaves didn't seem to find the inane platitudes funny, instead hanging on their every word. This only lasted about half an hour however, before Mirri and several other Red Priests and their attendants showed up.
"What is the meaning of this?!" Mirri bellowed, striding forward. "How dare you preach the word of the false goddesses in this city!"
"SCREW YOU RED BITCH!" Septon Garreth shouted back. "ONLY REASON WE HAVEN'T PURGED YOUR HERETIC ASS IS BECAUSE YOU'RE BIG BRO'S FRIEND!"
"In this city, you have no power, for here, we serve the Lord of Light!" Mirri proclaimed. "All Heretics will be offered to the flames, as a sacrifice to hold back the Great Other! For the Night is Dark, and Full of Terrors!"
"The night is dark, and full of terrors," the slaves repeated dully, attempting to surreptitiously flee from the Red Priests before they were accused of heresy themselves. Viserys didn't really care, but Iris seemed upset by the display.
"At least Aqua cares about proper sanitation. And you really shouldn't be burning people, Big Bro says that most people get hurt when you burn them," Iris informed Mirri and the other Red Priests.
"It is through sacrifice to our god that we are kept safe from the darkness of night," Mirri intoned. "But, we have come to talk of a different kind of sacrifice. They are ready for you at the Great Pit of Daznak."
The thought of being able to fight someone seemed to make Iris forget her quibbles with Meereen's sanitation practices, and she grabbed Viserys's arm, grinning widely. "Come on, Big Bro! This will be fun, and we'll get you a big army!"
Deciding not to mention that the sight of blood made him queasy, Viserys allowed himself to be escorted through the city to Daznak's Pit. Viserys had sort of expected it to be a drab affair of dusty stone and sand stained with dark blood, but instead it was colorfully painted, with benches that matched the hues of the rainbow with red at the bottom and violet at the top.
Over it all looked a grinning statue of Kefka, the Lord of Light, wearing his blood red cape and motley patchwork of colorful clothes, the statue being painted just as garishly as the arena. The Laughing God appeared to be grinning down at the fight pit, as if the spilling of blood pleased him. Beside the statue were two blackened iron poles, which Viserys realized had to be used for human sacrifice. He hoped they just burned the losers when they were already dead, but he knew that wasn't the case.
The Great Bowl was currently packed with people, from slaves down in the red benches to merchants sitting on the yellow to the very top where nobles reclined on blue or purple depending on their rank. All were clamoring eagerly for blood, and down in the pit waited a hulking brute of a man, dressed in black plate and carrying an enormous two handed axe over one shoulder, his face hidden in a black helm shaped like the face of a snarling boar.
"Oh, he looks strong, Big Bro! Do you think he's strong? Maybe he can even hurt me!" Iris said eagerly, practically jumping up and down in anticipation.
Viserys somehow doubted even the monster they had found to battle Iris would be able to so much as scratch her. Perhaps if she stood very still and let him take a swing at her, but Iris didn't believe in going easy on people.
"Before we begin, we must dedicate these games to our patron!" one of the Great Masters boomed from the highest box, raising his hands to the sky.
He seemed about to say something more, until Iris raised her sword skyward, and a lightning bolt crashed down into her. Instead of frying his little sister where she stood, the strike made her crackle with power. "I DEDICATE THESE GAMES TO THE GODDESS ATHENA, AND TO MY BIG BRO!"
Before anyone could protest further, Iris let out a squeal of glee, leaping down about fifty feet to the arena floor, landing in an explosion of power and sand. The pit fighter stumbled back and raised his axe, only for Iris to dash forward, sweeping the big man's legs out from under him with the flat of her blade. He landed in a clatter of armor, and Iris was on top of him in a heartbeat, her sword tip pressed to his chin.
The slaves and lower classes went wild with cheers, while the Great Masters looked on in stunned silence to see their chosen fighter bested before he'd even begun.
"DO YOU YIELD!?" Iris shouted, her teeth bared in a feral grin.
"I-I yield, Great Mistress," the slave fighter gasped, letting his axe fall from his hands and raising them in supplication."
"Do you swear to serve my Big Bro?" Iris prodded, not lowering her sword.
The gladiator nodded, his voice squeaking slightly from fear. "I swear! I will serve you and your brother faithfully!"
At that, Iris hopped off his chest, sheeting her sword. "Great! Go wait over there. I've got to win a lot of people if we're going to have a whole army. Ser Jorah will fold you into our force organization chart."
As if he couldn't believe it, the slave rose jerkily, looking around. Then he bowed low to Iris, blubbering his thanks, picking up his axe and hustling over to where Ser Jorah was waiting along with several of the dothraki Iris had press ganged into her service as well.
"This… this is an outrage!" the Great Master in charge of the fights cried. "There must be blood, for these games are dedicated to Kefka, the Lord of Light! He must have the blood of the valiant to strengthen our defenses against the Great Other!"
"Don't be silly; I dedicated these games to Athena, not stupid Kefka," Iris sniffed. "I'm not killing any man who yields and agrees to serve my brother. That would be a tremendous waste of human resources and an egregious display of heresy."
That seemed to incense the Great Masters and Red Priests in attendance, but as they were probably planning to kill Iris by throwing her against their strongest fighters, they didn't argue, instead sending in the next fighter, this a man armed with a heavy crossbow and several daggers. He fired a bolt at Iris even before he finished stepping out on the sands.
Unfortunately, Iris was busy waving excitedly to Viserys, and the bolt struck her square in the back of the head. The crowd cheered at the prospect of seeing brains and blood on display, and Iris staggered.
Viserys just shook his head. The poor fools.
"I felt that!" Iris gasped, rubbing the back of her head as she straightened. A small lump appeared where the bolt had struck, and a slow trickle of blood seeped out.
The archer jerked in surprise, but quickly began to wind back his bow for another shot. That effort proved entirely futile when Iris changed him like a raging bull, forgoing her sword to toss the man over her shoulder, sending him tumbling ass over teakettle across the arena sands. He had no chance to recover, as Iris once more touched her sword to the man's throat and demanded his pledge of loyalty, which he gave as soon as he got his breath back.
There were dark mutters from upper decks of the crowd now, but the slaves seemed intrigued to find this supposed noble who showed mercy and clemency to her defeated foes. Iris repeated the display for upwards of an hour, to the increasing ire of the Great Masters, until she had assembled a score of tough looking pit fighters of all shapes and sizes, from a pair of women who wielded daggers and nets, to a man who claimed to be an exiled alchemist of kings handing and had attempted to douse Iris in wildfire.
"Enough! That is enough for today! There has not been a drop of blood spilled this day, an insult to The Red God!" the arena overseer bellowed.
"To be fair," Viserys called up to him. "I'm pretty sure there was at least a little blood spilled. My sister did rough up our new friends rather badly."
"We're not offering blood to stupid Kefka anyway! He's ugly and mean, unlike my Big Bro!" Iris shot back.
"ENOUGH! Begone from this stadium! You are fortunate indeed we do not simply slay you where you stand!" the Great Master ranted.
Viserys was happy enough to be done for the day, heading back to their borrowed mansion and enjoying a light dinner. Iris was busy playing with her new toys. Something about "instructing the new recruits in close order drill." Whatever that meant.
Viserys was just about to go to bed when there was a knock at this door. He opened it to find Mirri there, along with two exceedingly lovely Red Priestesses. One had darkly tanned skin and even darker hair, while the other was paler with almond shaped eyes. Both were comely, with a great deal of bosom showing.
"Great Prince, we invite you to come and join us for the Night Fire at the Great Pyramid this evening. Afterwards, these ladies would have you grant them the gift of your presence, for they fear the night and what it holds, and would have your protection against it."
"I'll just put on my boots," Viserys said eagerly. Perhaps there was something to this new religion after all.
The sun was poised just above the horizon as Viserys was hustled to the very top of the great pyramid. He was breathing hard by the time he got there, but the two lovely priestesses were still smiling at him as he ascended the last step. He found himself looking down at the flat top of the pyramid, where there were three great bonfires laid out, but not yet lit. He noticed they had wooden stakes tied to them, and wondered what those were for.
Glancing around, Viserys spied Garreth and Lirra, who looked somewhat the worse for wear. "Come to celebrate the Lord of Light? I thought you two would be opposed to Night Fires."
"Oh, they shall BE the Night Fire. Along with you, Great Prince," Mirri cackled. That was when the two lovely priestesses grabbed ahold of Viserys and dragged him over to one of the pyres. He tried to struggle, but he wasn't especially strong, and they easily overpowered him.
"What? No! You can't do this to me! I'm your prince that was promised right?" Viserys babbled as he was tied to a stake, along with the weeping Garreth and Lirra.
"Oh indeed. Your soul shall ascend to the Lord of Light, and he shall send a Great Shadow to blot out your heretic sister," Mirri sneered. "The Stormborn shall fall, and soon, the pathetic goddesses of your western lands!"
"But I don't want to die!" Viserys blubbered as the priests withdrew. For the first time in years, Viserys cried out for his sister. "Iris! Iris! Help me! Little sister, please! HELP!"
"She cannot save you now," Mirri cackled, then raised her hands. "O Lord of Light, we offer these two heretics, and he who bears the royal blood of dragons to you! May their souls bring great warmth to this world, and cast a long shadow! For the Night is Dark, and Full of Terrors!"
"For the Night is Dark, and Full of Terrors!" echoed the assembled Great Masters and Red Priests.
Mirri and three other priests stepped forward, bearing torches as they chanted praises to Kefka, the Lord of Laughter and Light.
Weeping, Viserys shied away and closed his eyes, gibbering in sheer terror. He felt a blast of heat, and screamed in panic.
"GET AWAY FROM MY BIG BRO!" a voice cried like thunder.
There was a scream, but it wasn't Garreth or Lirra, but rather, Mirri was crying out in pain and panic. Opening one eye, Viserys saw a burning figure flailing about on the stone as the Great Masters and Red Priests began to scream in terror. Above them hovered Iris on the back of Belzerg. Imouto and Shining Sword had grabbed the other two priests who had been going to light the pyres, and had flung them from the Pyramid.
"You…" Iris snarled as Belzerg landed on the steps, blocking the escape of the terrified worshipers of Kefka. "You were going to hurt Big Bro. He's not immune to fire. Neither are Gareth and Lirra! How DARE you!"
"Please, O great queen, we-" the Great Master from the Pit of Daznak began. He was interrupted by his own screams of pain when Belzerg lit him on fire with a blast of flame.
"You want to burn someone to your god? YOU'LL ALL BURN!" Iris roared in anger. "NOW, MY CHILDREN IT IS TIME TO-"
A bolt of lightning struck Iris, knocking her off of Belzerg's back and flinging her to the stones, dazed. She stood on shaky legs as three shimmering shapes appeared, women glowing with unearthly power.
"What," a purple haired woman in bronze armor demanded cooly. "Do you think you are doing, Stormborn?"
Iris paused, blinking. "Um, killing everyone who tried to hurt Big Bro?"
"Is this justice?" demanded the armored goddess. "Is this why I raised you up and blessed you, to deliver fire and death?"
"Come on Iris!" the second woman of the trio demanded, planting her hands on her hips. She had blue hair, and wore a blue dress with a scandalously short skirt. "This isn't why I brought your soul back! Focus! Do you really want to kill all these people? LOOK! There are CHILDREN here! Do they deserve death?"
"Um, no, probably not," Iris admitted, looking ashamed. "I just… I was angry. They were going to burn Big Bro. Those Red Priests are evil!"
"No, their master is evil," the final goddess said, shaking her head so that her silver hair swayed back and forth. "He would deny me the souls of the dead to fuel his own power. Instead of granting rest and peace, he brings only torment. Would you do his work for him, Stormborn?"
Iris scuffed at the ground with her boot, looking embarrassed. "No… I just…" she sighed and turned to the cowering nobles and terrified Red Priests. "Sorry. I shouldn't have burned you. Without a proper trial."
"Wait, what?!" the blue haired goddess gasped.
"Justice is our domain, Aqua," Athena declared. "Satella and I have granted Iris wisdom. Let her judge those who committed crimes, and render a fair verdict."
"Pardon," Viserys called. "But, I'm still tied to a pyre. Would one of you be so kind as to let me off before one of those dragons sneezes?"
"Oh! Sorry, Big Bro!" Iris gasped, and quickly hurried over, freeing Viserys, as Aqua saw to her own septa and septon.
"Ok, good work so far you two! These people have really had it rough under Kefka. So show them how to actually smile and enjoy life again, alright? I'm granting you both a special blessing," Aqua said, kissing both of her clergy on the forehead.
"T-thank you, my lady!" they gasped, staring up at their goddess in adoration.
"And do something about the river too," Aqua admonished, wrinkling her nose. "It stinks. Water should give life, not spread death."
"Grant these people justice, and you shall prove yourself worthy of reclaiming Westeros and leading it through the coming chaos, Stormborn," Athena told Iris, who was helping a wincing Viserys hobble away from the pyre.
"Do not forget that even I show mercy to those who need it," Satella added. "Not all here are ready for my halls. Some are yet deserving of life."
"Well, OK. But they were pretty mean to try to kill Big Bro," Iris said uncertainly.
"Not all victories are won through strength of arms, my champion," Athena told Iris gently. "When one seeks to win a war of belief, you must change hearts and minds, not simply beat the other side into submission."
"Yeah, OK. I'll try to help Big Bro be a better king, Goddesses," Iris sighed, then went over to see to her dragons.
Which left Viserys alone with the three divine beings, who all turned to regard him. He immediately prostrated himself. "Forgive me! I let myself be led astray! I just… I need a break! She's too much!"
"Be at ease, Viserys Targaryen," Athena said, sounding amused. "We only ask that you endeavor to be a better guide to Iris."
"Just don't get any ideas, Mister. SHE'S the one who's going to be queen, not you!" Aqua lectured.
Viserys lifted his head enough to give the odd goddess an incredulous glance. "Are you serious? Forgetting that, as a man, I could never be queen, I am well aware Iris is infinitely more qualified to lead a nation than I. Well. Unless it involves maps. Then, perhaps, she should leave that to someone else."
"Everyone has their little foibles," Satella sniffed. "Iris is just a tad directionally impaired."
Viserys lifted his head furter to raise an eyebrow in disbelief.
"Look, I had to make something her dump stat, and Knowledge: Geography didn't seem like it would come up much," Aqua grumbled.
"Regardless, do your duty as an elder sibling, and you shall be rewarded, Viserys," Athena promised.
"All I want is to live in peace and comfort, and maybe have a woman who isn't totally insane," he muttered. "Is that really too much to ask?"
"Sanity is boring," Aqua told him. "Just learn to relax and have fun!"
WIth that, the three goddesses vanished in another gleam of light, and Viserys pushed himself up to his knees, feeling a bit dazed as he watched Iris herd the very cowed Great Masters into their pyramid.
"Don't worry, Big Bro! We'll have trials for everyone who was involved in your abduction, and I'm sure you'll deliver justice to everyone who deserves it!" Iris informed him happily.
Viserys was pretty sure he'd deliver whatever verdict Iris thought was a good idea, or perhaps even cut out the middleman and have her do it while he had another nervous breakdown. Goddesses on one side, his little sister on the other.
Honestly, Viserys wasn't certain which was more terrifying.
Cast of Characters:
Mirri Maz Duur as; Did you order Original Recipe or Extra Crispy?
Iris as; Best Imouto
Viserys as; the extremely pathetic onii-san
Belzerg the Dragon as; Pecking order. Iris Belzerg Sheep and other food The Dirt Belzerg's Stool Viserys
And the Cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as receiving several important lessons in civics and waste management. You know something, John Snow (no, the other one) .
Chapter 21: The Lies We Live
Summary:
Eddard Stark must make a choice.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Sponsored by: Better Call Saul. If you’re going to lie, why not hire an expert to do it for you?
Chapter 20: The Lies We Live
The air was lit by dozens of bonfires and braisers, along with several gleaming lights supplied by Magi cult. All across the tourney grounds, a great feast was underway. In honor of the victories of the King and Prince, Robert had decreed the Champion’s purse from the melee would go to food and wine for the commons, and all of King’s Landing seemed to have turned out on short notice for the festivities.
Open air kitchens had been set up to cook all manner of food, from roasted animals to baked bread to fresh vegetables and fruit that had been purchased with the crown’s coin and was now being distributed. Robert and Kazuma had never been more popular, and a feverish air of festivity gripped the city, even as the midnight hour came and went.
As for the King and his party, they had returned to the Red Keep for their own debauchery. The Lords and Ladies of the land were treated to a truly spectacular feast; endless casks of Highgarden’s finest wine, and ale from the Stormlands by the barrel. There were jugglers, bards, and whatever other entertainment could be scraped together.
However, for a feast that was nominally to celebrate the Tournament of the Hand, the Hand of the King was notably absent. Instead, Eddard Stark knelt in the Castle Godswood before the Heart Tree, praying to his own goddess for wisdom and guidance.
“Hey.”
Eddard started and turned, but instead of who he had been expecting, he found Aqua standing there, smiling at him sadly.
“My Lady,” Eddard said, bowing his head. “It is passing strange to find you here.”
“Nah. Holo’s a good friend,” the New Goddess said, patting the carved face of the weirwood affectionately. Then she sighed, and turned to Eddard. “I just... tell Kazuma I’m sorry, OK? Even goddesses can’t meddle in certain affairs.”
“My Lady?” Eddard asked uncertainly.
The strange goddess smiled and sat down next to Eddard, looking up at him. “You’ll understand. And, I’m sorry about what you’re about to go through too, Eddy. Just… I want you to know that you’ve done a great job, especially with Megumin, Yunyun, and Komekko, but with Kazuma too. You’re a good man. One of the best.”
Nodding, Eddard held his peace as the goddess brooded. At last, she sighed. “I hate having to risk it all on you mortals, but if I had to pick one, and I did, I’m glad it’s you, Eddy. You’ll do the right thing. I can’t tell you what to do. Just… be yourself, OK? Make the choice that will be easiest to live with, because you may have to for a very long time if this all works out.”
With that, she stood, and walked over to the weirwood tree. “We’ll meet again. Soon, I hope. I know you’re not one of mine, but… smile a little, OK? Life is tough. It’s OK to enjoy it. Now, sorry, gotta go stop a genocide real quick. We’ll talk later!”
Then the Southron deity put her hands on the tree, and turned into a fine mist of water that blew away on the wind. Eddard could only stare in shock, unable to fully process what he was seeing. The Goddesses, Old and New, were working together? Or the same? He didn’t understand.
Eddard sat beneath the trees for a time, trying to collect his thoughts. It was almost a surprise when he heard movement, and stood, turning to find Stannis Baratheon, Lysa Arryn, and Petyr Baelish approaching. Only Baelish seemed to have the tread of a woodsman, which surprised Ned. It increased his respect for the little man, at least to a small degree.
“My Lords. Sister,” Eddard said, bowing his head to Lysa. He had seldom met Catelyn’s sister, but he treasured his wife enough to love her relations, especially when she had been wife to the man who had been his father in so many ways. Lysa was stouter than Catelyn, the thin girl Eddard remembered lost to many stillbirths and miscarriages. She also had a proud, haughty cast to her eyes, and the way she held herself that did not seem to be much like her sister at all. While Catelyn was proud, she was also kind and gentle, while Lysa seemed harder, sharper.
“Stark,” Stannis replied, giving Eddard a curt nod. “What we have to say is dangerous, know that. But it’s for the good for my brother, and the Kingdom.”
“To be the Hand of the King is to face the King’s foes where he cannot,” Eddard replied. “What have you to say?”
“My husband,” Lysa snarled, stepping forward. “Was murdered. Did you not receive my letter? Do you not know the Lannisters did it!?”
“We received a letter, aye, but had no way to confirm it. But your words do trouble me, and I have looked into your Lord Husband’s death. I can find no evidence connecting the Lannisters to his death, however.”
“Are you blind, Stark?” Stannis demanded. “Did you read the book? Did you not SEE?”
Eddard withdrew the volume in question from a satchel at his side. “I have looked at the passages, and I confess, I do not understand why you find them significant. Baratheons have wedded Lannisters many times in the 300 years since the Cleansing.”
“And each time, the issue favored the Baratheon side, did it not?” Baelish asked, his tone soft. “You saw the boy, Gendry. There are others I could bring you, here in this city. Dark hair. Blue eyes. Broad in the shoulders and chest, even the maids.”
“But not the King’s supposed heirs,” Lysa spat, her lips drawing back in a snarl, showing white teeth in the dim light of the godswood. “They are no Baratheons. They are Lannisters. Every one of them.”
“Lannisters in appearance, yes, but the queen is a Lannsiter,” Eddard said, his mind slowly ticking over, and rejecting the suppositions it was raising. “They merely favor their mother. You have seen my son, Robb. There is little of Stark in his appearance: he looks a Tully of Riverrun. The same is true for his brother, Rickon.”
“For the first time in three hundred years, a pairing between a Baratheon and Lannister results in all three children favoring the lion over the stag? I think not,” Stannis growled. “Think, Stark. That woman loathes my brother. She shares his bed as infrequently as possible.”
“This is a deadly accusation to make, to claim all three of the king's children are not his heirs,” Eddard said slowly. “Who would you accuse of being the father?”
“Her brother. Jamie Lannister. The Kingslayer,” Baelish replied smoothly. “It would not be the first time he betrayed his lord’s trust.”
Eddard staggered slightly, his mouth falling open in shock at the sheer audacity of the accusation.
“That is why that woman poisoned my husband!” Lysa declared, stabbing a finger at Eddard. “He knew! He learned the truth! And before he could tell the king, she killed him! And had her pet Grand Maester attend him, and let him die!”
“Cersei...Killed Jon?” Eddard gasped, clutching at his thundering chest. No. No. Kazuma, a monstrous child of incest? Tommen, Myrcella, black seed of infidelity and betrayal?
“Aye. We have the proof we need,” Stannis growled. “My brother needs to know. I do not love him overmuch, but I cannot stand to see him cuckolded in such a manner.”
And, Eddard thought, it would make you his heir. Unless he legitimized a bastard, which was unlikely. Or fathered new heirs. But that would take time.
“She’ll kill you too, Lord Stark. And your children,” Baelish said, reaching out to set a hand on Eddard’s arm. It was an effort of will not to jerk away. “But we can prevent it! Here, now! I have the watch, reinforced to beyond the numbers even the Lannisters have in the city!”
“And I have my men as well, and Lysa’s knights,” Stannis added. “We can move tonight. Robert will listen to you, Stark. He never would heed me. But we have to act. That Lannister woman is working some witchcraft on you, and on Robert. He hated her and her filthy spawn before they went north, but something has shifted.”
“Aye,” Eddard agreed. “Robert still mislikes Cersei, however. It is not her bed he shares most nights, though he rarely sleeps alone from what I have learned.”
“So are you with us, or against us, Stark?” Stannis demanded.
Eddard thought for a long moment. “I will do what is right. The Hand brings the King’s Justice, even on those he would rather not. But. What of the children? Their mother?”
“You always were tender hearted,” Stannis sighed. “They have to die, Stark. Tywin would raise a host and march if they live. He may, even if they die, but we can hold his sons for ransom. That may convince him to see reason.”
“War is not what we want,” Baelish said. “We want peace, Lord Stark. But the realm cannot have it while the Lannister poison festers at the heart of the kingdom.”
“There are lies and treachery here that must be rooted out,” Eddard agreed. “And the murder of Jon Arryn must be called to account. I loved him as a father. Though I mislike killing women… Cersei has committed enough crimes. But my daughter loves Kazuma.”
“Do you want your daughter to wed a bastard born of incest?” Stannis demanded.
“No. I would not allow that. But she would not forgive me soon if I killed the boy either,” Eddard said quietly. “I will aid you, but only if you spare the children. Hold them hostage to Twyin’s good behavior if you must, but they must live.”
Stannis considered this for a moment, then looked to Petyr Baelish, who smirked. “I told you, our Lord Stark is a prickly man, who hates to see babes slain. Let him have his pets. No one will want to see monstrous bastards on the throne in any regard.”
“Fine. But if this leads to war, on your head be it, Stark,” Stannis growled.
“On my head,” Eddard agreed. “I shall speak with Robert on the nonce. He is too deep in his cups to be reasoned with this night.”
“True enough,” Stannis grunted. “Very well. But we’ll have the men ready regardless.”
Eddard nodded. “As you say. But now I think I must put in an appearance at the feast held in my name, or I shall be seen as passing strange.”
“Hmph. I suppose that’s true enough,” Stannis agreed. He held out a hand to Stark. “Your word on this, Stark. I know I can trust your oath.”
“You have it. I pledge myself to justice's cause,” Eddard said, clasping Stannis’s hand. Then, he turned and left, and his soul wept.
======================================================================
Kazuma was a bit drunk. Not too much; he’d had only watered wine, but he’d also had quite a few cups. He was laughing and dancing with Megumin, Yunyun, and Dust, whirling about the cleared space. His father danced as well, and with his mother for a change. To his surprise, Cersei actually seemed pleased, and did not recoil at the king’s touch as they flew by in the complicated steps.
Everything was perfect: Kazuma had friends, his father’s approval, and best of all, he had Megumin. She was smiling and laughing with him, and for one clear, crystal moment, Kazuma felt as though he owned the world.
Then, it cracked. In Kazuma’s head, it was as though a pair of dice had been thrown, and it had just come up snake eyes. Kazuma stopped in the dance, making Dust swear as he bumped into him, then Megumin squawk as she nearly tripped. But Kazuma didn’t notice. He turned to look at his father, who was clutching at his chest. His mother’s smile slipped, and she went to her husband's side, frowning.
The king’s face was red, and he was struggling to breath, one hand at his throat, the other at his breast.
“Dad?” Kazuma whispered. Then he shouted. “DAD!”
Robert’s face had gone purple, and he sank down to his knees, gasping for breath and groaning in pain.
“HEALERS!” Cersei screamed. “THE KING IS UNWELL!”
There was a cry, and Cecily jumped over a table, dropping the serving girl she’d been fondling. She was at the king’s side in a flash. “Purification!”
Nothing changed; and Kazuma took his father’s hand, as the king twitched and trembled. His skin was clammy and cold, and Kazuma felt nothing but terror.
“Not poison,” Cersei gasped. “Move aside, let someone else-”
“HEAL!” Cecily roared, and a blue-green glow surrounded her, causing many to gasp in shock. She was an Axis Septa: they did not know the magic of healing, that was Ristarte’s cult. And yet, she clearly had just performed such a feat.
Robert gasped, and managed to suck in a breath. Cecily sagged back, looking relieved.
“Kazuma,” the king whispered, reaching a hand up. “My son. I… I’m proud… of… of you.”
“Dad, it’s OK, Cecily healed you,” Kazuma said, tears filling his eyes. He heard running feet, and looked up to see a shocked and panicked Eddard Stark sink to Robert’s other side.
“Still hurts,” the king whispered. “Oh, goddesses, it hurts. Can’t… can’t hardly breathe.”
“Again!” Kazuma ordered, turning to Cecily. “Heal him again!”
Nodding, Cecily put her hands on Robert’s temples. “Heal!”
The king groaned, then coughed. “Not working. Gods, what’s wrong with me? Get a maester. I… AH!” Robert clutched his chest again, writhing in pain.
Cecily grabbed the king roughly, and her eyes suddenly glowed a deep blue, like that of the sea under a cloudless sky. “SACRED GREATER HEAL!”
This time, the glow was blinding, and Kazuma reeled back, even as Cecily sighed and slumped to the ground, unconscious. Robert, however, continued to writhe.
“Ned… I can’t see,” the king croaked, breathing quickly and shallowly.
“I’m here, Robert. I’m here,” Eddard said, taking the king’s other hand as Kazuma clung on.
“Take care… take care of my children.” The King’s eyes turned to Kazuma, and they were milky with pain. “Kazuma… he’ll be… better… than me… you… you guide him… AH! Ned, I-”
A dry, rattling breath escaped from Robert’s lips, and he sagged back, his chest no longer rising.
A woman in dark robes approached, her face obscured by a pointed hood that had only two holes for her eyes. She ran a hand over the king’s forehead, then shook her head. “He is with My Lady now. In the embrace of his Last Lover.”
Kazuma crouched there, his entire body trembling. “No. No… DAD!” he found himself pressing at the King’s chest, in the weird motions like he’d seen the Priests of the Crawling One perform, as if he could return the king to life. “WAKE UP! DAD, YOU HAVE TO WAKE-”
“He’s gone, son,” Eddard Stark said, grabbing Kazuma. Somewhere, he could hear Myrcella weeping. He had to go to her, had to tell her it was alright. Their dad was just sleeping. He was strong! The strongest in the world. He’d just won the melee! He had to wake up! He-
“Cersei, get your children,” Eddard snapped. He pointed. “You, Darkness, Brienne. With us. Quickly. Jory!”
“Yes, my lord?”
“Clear the hall of guests.’
“Dad,” Kazuma whimpered, sagging in Eddard Stark’s arms. He found himself being taken by Sandor.
“Get them to the Tower of the Hand,” Eddard’s voice whispered near Kazuma’s ear. “Do it now.”
Kazuma didn’t resist, letting himself be dragged away by rough arms as he wept bitter tears, his father lying on the stones of the Red Keep. His corpse already cooling.
======================================================================
“What is the meaning of this?” Cersei hissed, grabbing Eddard’s arm.
Eddard paused, looking around at the chaos. He seemed to judge them unlikely to be overheard, and spoke. “We have not much time. I had thought to tell Robert, but…” He glanced down at the body of his friend, of Cersei’s longtime jailer. Her heart thundered in her chest. He knew.
“Tell him what?” she demanded coldy, forcing herself to be still, calm.
Eddard looked up, and met her eyes. “How did Jon Arryn die?”
Cersei hesitated. “I… I do not know, exactly.”
“Tell me the truth, Cersei,” Eddard demanded, squeezing her arm.
She grew frantic. He did! He knew! But, this, at least, she was innocent of. “Poison. Pycelle says it was poison. Who, I do not know.”
“Was it you?” Eddard demanded.
Cersei shook her head mutely. Her children. Her children would die. Stark would kill them himself. He was a wolf, and he smelled blood. Would he seize the throne for himself, or give it to Stannis and return to his frozen hell?
“Did he tell you what he suspected? That your children were bastards born of incest?” Eddard demanded.
The queen paled. “No, I- Stark, my husband’s corpse is not yet cold. How can you-”
“Littlefinger lied.”
Cersei’s heart nearly stopped, but she managed to say, “What?”
“He has manipulated Lysa Arryn and Stannis Baratheon. I believe Littlefinger poisoned Jon Arryn, to stir up enmity between our houses. How he seeks to profit from this, I am not clever enough to know. But this I do understand: Yunyun mislikes him.”
“Yunyun likes everyone,” Cersei said stupidly, her mind reeling. What was happening?
“There have been others. One turned out to be a raper. Another was a woman who stole from her relatives. We have not time to speak of more, but this I know: if Yunyun does not wish to be someone’s friend, they are not worthy of friendship. But she does want to be your friend, Cersei. So I ask myself, who do I believe? A man who seems to make a habit of lying, and covets my wife and her sister for himself? Or the mother of my daughter’s best friends?”
“They are not… who do they say the father is?” Cersei managed, her mind now racing. “Tyrion? Or do they at least have the decency to claim it was Jamie? Perhaps one of my uncles, or cousins?
“It matters little, but they say your twin. Tell me now, Cersei. Who is Kazuma’s father?” Eddard demanded.
The chaos around Cersei slowed to a crawl. She forced herself not to blink. In one clear, crystalline moment, she looked to her husband’s body, and spoke the words. “Robert. Unlike him, I never shared my bed with another. Robert is Kazuma’s father.”
She looked back to Eddard Stark, and to Cersei’s unending shock, she saw belief. There was a shadow of doubt, a flicker of misbelief, but the man nodded. “Aye. Their evidence is thin. An old book that claims the children of unions between Lannisters and Baratheons always favor the Stag. And the fact that Robert’s bastards have dark hair.”
“That… that’s all? They would kill my children over dusty words in a book and his ill gotten gets?” Cersei demanded, putting real scorn in her voice. “I would have thought they’d at least fabricate a witness or two.”
“They have no real proof. But they have swords. Who is the Watch loyal to?” Eddard demanded.
Cersei felt fear grip her heart again. “Gold. They are not soldiers, but even those follow the coinmaster, as my father taught me well. And Littlefinger pays them.”
“Aye. I feared as much. And the King is dead. What better time to act?”
“What can we do?” Cersei demanded, feeling terror rise within her.
“We retreat to the Tower of the Hand. It can be fortified and held, for a time, but we cannot stay there forever. I have no provisions laid up, and even that cannot be held long. Who can you trust?”
“There are fifty of my father’s men in the castle. Perhaps some of his bannermen could be relied upon, but we have not the time to contact the few that came for the tourney,” Cersei replied, forcing herself to dwell only on the current crisis.
“I have as many with me. Not enough. There are thousands of Goldcloaks, and I do not think we can trust the Baratheon house guards. They could be loyal to Stannis.”
“Renly cannot be trusted either, nor the Tyrells I fear,” Cersei put in, thinking quickly. “Loras is Renly’s lover, though they have not formalized the partnership yet, it is likely they will. Especially if Renly sees this as a chance to make a play for the throne.”
“He likely will. We will have to flee,” Eddard told the queen. “I’ll see if we can secure a ship. Perhaps Claire Greyjoy can be bargained with using her brother’s life.”
“We put our children on that boat, and they will be made hostages of Balon Greyjoy, while we rot at the bottom of the sea,” Cersei warned.
Eddard hesitated a moment, then nodded. “Another, then. You know the harbor better than I. Send a man to find us transport.”
“I shall,” Cersei agreed. She paused, then reached out and squeezed Eddard’s arm. “Thank you.”
“It is my duty. And, Kazuma is to be my son as well,” Eddard said grimly. “I will not see more children dead in pointless conflicts.”
That was when Cersei realized: Eddard Stark knew. Somewhere in his mind, he understood. Cersei was an adultress with her own brother, her children bastards born of incest.
But Eddard Stark loved her children, perhaps as much as he loved his own. And he would follow his heart here, not his head. So long as he could convince himself that this was a scheme by Littlefinger to enrich himself or a plot by Stannis to gain the throne, the Starks would fight for her, for her children.
And she must never, ever, do anything that would disrupt that illusion Eddard Stark had crafted for himself. Because the day Eddard stopped believing the lie he had woven in his mind was the day Cersei’s children died.
And so, Cersei bid Jamie’s caresses goodbye forever. She was many things, but above all, Cersei Lannister was a lioness.
And she would die before her cubs were harmed.
Cast of Characters:
Eddard Stark as; Papa Wolf
Bobby B as; RIP
Stan the Man as; Misreading Eddard entirely
Petyr Baelish as; too clever by half
Lysa Arryn as; Black Widow
Kazuma as; Grieving
And Cersei Lannister as; One Lucky Bitch
With the cast of a Song of Ice and Fire as just itching for that civil war.
Notes:
Hey, this fic has a TV tropes page now, that's pretty NEET! Thanks to all the contributors, I really appreciate it.
Chapter 22: The King is Dead. Long Live the Kings!
Summary:
The Starks and Lannisters are out numbered and cornered in King's landing.
Too bad for Stannis they also have the Crimson Demon Clan.
Chapter Text
Brought to you by FUBAR: The nut filled snack bar that leaves an impending sense of dread in your mouth and reminds you we are in Westeros after all, Timmy.
Chapter 21: The King Is Dead, Long Live the Kings
The maid giggled as Theon pinched at her breasts and cupped her bottom. He’d just about gotten her out of the dress, when the door to the storage room banged open. Swearing, Theon turned just in time to see his sister stride in, dressed not in her naval uniform, but a man’s doublet and hose, tailored exquisitely.
“Seven Hells, Claire, what are you-”
“The king is dead,” Claire snapped, picking up Theon’s trousers and throwing them at him. “Get dressed. We are leaving, now.”
“Dead?” Theon gasped as the maid, whose name he’d forgotten nearly as soon as he’d learned it, whimpered and tried to tug her dress back on. “Robert, dead? But how?”
“I do not know, and it does not matter. We must flee, now. This is our chance, Theon. To finally correct the madness of this forsaken realm,” Claire informed him as Theon pulled on his clothes.
Theon suddenly straightened, glaring at his sister. “I shall not help father betray the realm and rise in vain again! We lost two brothers that way, and our people suffered! House Greyjoy cannot stand against the realm alone!”
“And we shall not. I do not seek to become queen. There is another. The true heir, not this usurper and his spawn,” Claire growled.
That made Theon hesitate. “Then who? Kazuma is Robert’s heir, he-”
“Iris Targaryen yet lives, you fool!” Claire said, grabbing Theon’s arm and hauling him bodily out of the room. “She is in Essos, even now, working to reclaim her throne! We shall go to serve her as these greenlanders battle for the Throne.”
“Battle? But even if Robert is dead, his heir is obvious. Kazuma is-”
“A bastard born of incest,” Claire interupted as she dragged Theon down the halls. He tried to resist, but she was monstrously strong, and it was as if he were a small child again with her twice his size. She’d rarely manhandled him, but when they had been small she had won every tussle between them. “I have sources. There are those in the capitol who yet serve the true heir to the Iron Throne, who seek the return of the Stormborn to resist the evils of this world.”
Theon’s head was spinning. “But, but what of the Starks?”
“They’ll be dead before dawn,” Claire declared as they navigated the maze of passages, servants, lords and ladies running in a panic. “Lord Stark is supporting the Lannisters, why I cannot fathom. But Lord Stannis means to seize power, and he has Baelish and the City Watch, those damned Gold Cloaks, on his side. They’ll end the Starks and the Lannisters with one blow.”
Ice filled Theon’s chest. “They’ll kill them?”
“Aye, and you as well. Which is why I-”
Theon drew his sword and slashed at his sister’s arm. To his surprise, he drew only a little blood from her, a shallow gash. But she hissed and dropped his hand, her own sword flashing into her hands.
“I’m not leaving them to die, Claire,” Theon growled at her. “Eddard Stark has been a better father to me than our own ever was. Robb and Jon were the brothers I should have had, and even Yunyun and Megumin have treated me kindly. I will not flee like some coward.”
“You would fight me?” Claire demanded, falling into a fighting stance, her cutlass raised in a high guard. “I was always better with a sword than you, little brother. You would test me?”
Swallowing, Theon didn’t answer, only taking his sword in both hands, point directed at his sister’s heart.
Instead of attacking, she grinned and saluted him with her sword. “Well. You do seem to have a sense of honor and duty. I suppose I can grant you this one favor. Though they are my enemies, the Starks have honor, and it would be an ill thing to see them fall to betrayal. Besides, I’ve never liked Stannis. I don’t think he even reads my logs.”
Heart leaping, Theon turned and headed for the Tower of the Hand, sword in his fist. He might be a piss poor Stark, but that made him a hell of a Greyjoy by his own reckoning.
========================================================================
Yunyun clung tightly to Tommen, rocking him back and forth in her lap as the boy sobbed hysterically. Sandor was looking dazed as well, rubbing Myrcella’s back as she cried against his jerkin, while Megumin was comforting Kazuma, his head resting on her shoulder as she whispered softly to them. Chris was pacing back and forth nervously, daggers appearing in her hands, then vanishing seemingly into thin air. Darkness and Brienne stood at the door, naked steel in their hands, shifting uneasily as the Tower of the Hand swarmed like a kicked ants’ nest.
Robb poked his head in, looking flushed and worried. “Sandor. A moment.”
The big man gently passed Myrcella over to Yunyun, who whispered words of comfort to the still weeping younger girl. Her ears perked up though, listening carefully as Robb whispered to Sandor. She didn’t make out everything, but Robb looked frightened, and Sandor’s face went totally bank, his scared face going slack as his hand tightened on his sword.
“I understand,” Sandor said softly. He looked to Kazuma. “Stay here. Don’t trust anyone not in Stark or Lannister colors.”
“Huh?” Kazuma managed, blinking away tears and looking up, wiping at his running nose.
“And get your sword,” Sandor ordered, then strode out of the room after Robb.
“Shh, it’s OK,” Yunyun whispered to Myrcella and Tommen. “Let me get you a drink.”
The two siblings nodded and clung to one another as Yunyun got up, hurrying to catch Robb just outside of the room.
“What’s going on?” she asked, reaching out to touch her brother’s arm.
He spun about, hand going to sword hilt, but relaxed slightly when he saw her. “Nothing yet. But father is worried. We think-”
There were sudden shouts from down below, then Yunyun heard the ringing of metal. A moment later, someone screamed in pain.
“Get back inside!” Robb barked, drawing his own sword and racing down the stairs. Yunyun was nearly knocked over as Brienne and Darkness stormed past her, their faces grim. They’d both changed into their armor upon their arrival in the tower, and both women towered over most of the guards.
“Yunyun, get back inside!” Chris hissed, taking her arm. “You’re not ready for this!”
Down below, Yunyun heard another man scream in pain. She recognized the wails. That was Harwin, who always boasted of his valor at arms, now weeping for his mother. She spun about, pushing Chris away. “Those are my FRIENDS!”
Chris stumbled back, her eyes wide as she beheld the face of a true Crimson Demon: Yunyun’s eyes were glowing a sinister red, her face a snarl of anger, as power crackled about her body. Hiking up her skirts, Yunyun ran down the stairs, pushing past guardsmen and worming her way to the door. She saw wounded being dragged back, including poor Harwin, who had taken a spear trust to his leg, and was bleeding profusely.
She got there just in time to see Robb take an arrow to his gut, and her brother sank to his knees, gasping in pain as a Gold Cloak raised his sword to deliver a killing blow. Grey Wind leapt for the man, jaws open, but he would be too late.
Rage seared through Yunyun like nothing she’d ever felt before in this life. She raised a hand, and a blast of pure raw energy erupted from her palm as she screamed, “LIGHT OF SABER!”
The gold cloak and six of his companions were instantly vaporized, and three more were killed by the detonation of the spell's impact into the paving stones. More were wounded, some fatally, by the shrapnel of stone shards that were thrown up. Yunyun ignored the smoke, blood, and shocked silence, striding out into the open, Lady at her back, grown to the size of a cart horse.
“LIGHTNING STRIKE!” Yunyun shouted, pointing at a stunned group of Gold Cloaks, and the night turned to day as it split asunder with a deafening boom. Men were tossed about like leaves in the wind, and Yunyun pointed to another cluster, this of advancing Dragonstone Baratheon guards. “TORNADO!”
A roaring tempest sprang forth, picking up men like they were leaves and hurling them across the courtyard, even as it ripped tiles from the roof and shattered glass windows before dispersing against the steep walls of the keep.
There was a snap and a hiss, and Yunyun spun as a crossbow bolt spun towards her, one of the gold cloaks having recovered enough to fire at this terrifying specter. However, a spinning parasol interposed itself, and the bolt skittered off harmlessly.
“I got your back!” a chipper girl's voice said, and Yunyun blinked as a girl about her age smiled at her, her umbrella held like a shield. She had on a strange red and white robe-like dress, and was wearing wooden platform shoes. The oddest part about her, however, were the reddish brown wolf ears that poked out from her hair, and the long bushy tail that wagged above her skirts. “Don’t worry, Yunyun! We’ll keep all our friends safe!”
“Um, yes,” Yunyun agreed, and spun back around as her foes rallied thanks to the momentary distraction. More crossbows were raised, but this time, Yunyun was ready. “WIND BLADE!”
The bolts were brushed aside harmlessly by the solid wall of wind, which cut down three more men, ripping through armor like cloth. Yunyun gritted her teeth, breathing hard. She wasn’t used to this kind of exertion, and her reservoir of strength was running low. Still. She had to save her friends.
Behind her, her father was clutching at his eldest son’s hands. The arrow had gone into Robb’s liver, and no maester’s art nor septon’s magic could save him. It would be a slow, excruciating death, one that most soldiers would ask for the gift of Last Mercy before they suffered.
“Father, I-” Robb gasped, blood bubbling to his lips. He gasped, his eyes unfocused and crazed.
Eddard couldn’t speak, his grief was too overwhelming. He knew it was dangerous to defy Stannis, but this… this was a price too great to bear.
“Goddess, please, he’s my son,” Eddard whispered, tears staining his cheeks.
“Now is not his time.”
Eddard looked up, and saw a young man he had never seen crouching next to Robb, his expression grim. He had silver hair, and golden eyes. And two fuzzy ears that poked out of his head.
“Who-” Eddard gasped, but the man, no, the old god, shook his head.
“There is no time. My brother is dying. There is one way I can save him, but the cost is great. You are his sire. Will you accept it?”
“Anything,” Eddard swore. “Anything to save my son.”
“Then it is done.” The old god took out a knife, cutting his palm. “Let the ancient blood rise once more. Let the oaths of old be fulfilled. Drink, my brother. Drink, and remember.”
Squeezing his palm, the boy dripped dark blood into Robb’s open mouth. Compulsively, Robb swallowed, gasping and choking. As he did so, his eyes became suddenly clear, and he began to writhe, his body jerking and twisting.
“Stand back,” the wolf god ordered, grabbing Eddard and pushing him away. “He will not be able to control himself.”
Fighting against the grip, Eddard tried to get back to Robb’s side, as he was clearly still in pain. Then, the boy lay still, and Eddard feared he’d even stopped breathing.
Then, Robb sat up, rolling over onto his side, then pushing himself up against the wall, his back to Eddard.
“Lord Stark! We have a break in the fighting, but you must get back!” Darkness cried, grabbing Eddard from behind and jerking him away. “Get Lord Robb as well! Perhaps Cecily can-”
Robb suddenly snarled, spinning around on all fours. When he saw his son’s face, Eddard gasped, for though he recognized his son, something was wrong. His eyes were glowing golden, like the god who’s blood he had just drunk, his mouth was full of fangs, and he’d sprouted a beard as his face elongated into a muzzle.
“Get back, foolish human!” the silver haired old god ordered, reaching for Darkness, but she batted his arm away without even turning.
“Lord Robb? Are you well?” Darkness asked carefully, slowly advancing. “Please, let me help, I can take you to Cecily, she is awake again, and we can-”
With a growl, Robb jumped forward, his fingernails extending into claws. He slammed into Darkness, teeth going for her throat. She blocked him with a gauntlet, which he savaged, worrying it like a dog with a bone. Then he raked a claw across her face, and leapt back. He seemed to be ready to attack again, when Grey Wind appeared, snapping and snarling at Robb, nipping at his heels. The wolf harried his master back out into the yard, where Robb hurled himself at a group of guards that were trying to sneak up on Yunyun and...was that a girl with an umbrella with her?
Eddard stepped forward, sword in hand to help his children, but Darkness put an arm out to stop him. “No, my lord, stay here! I’ll get your children to safety!”
“They are my children, and Robb could attack you again!” Eddard snapped, trying to shove the arm aside, but found it as unyielding as steel.
“I KNOW!” Darkness panted, her cheeks rosy and eyes dancing. “Isn’t it EXCITING!?”
And then the woman ran out into the melee, bellowing for everyone to focus on her. For a wonder, the enemies that hadn’t fled did so. Eddard thought for a certainty she’d be cut to ribbons, but just as the Moutain’s blows had, not a single spear, sword, or arrow seemed able to wound the woman. She even took a blow from a battle axe to her head, and all that happened was a bit of her brown hair fell out it’s braid, before Darkness’s sword crudely slammed into her attacker like a bludgeon, caving in his rib cage.
Still, Eddard hurried out, rushing to Yunyun’s side just as she sank to her knees, the strange girl with the parasol sheltering her.
“She’s exhausted,” the girl said, cradling Yunyun in her arms as Eddard’s daughter panted for breath. “Get her to safety. I’ll help Grey Wind with Robb. Don’t worry, while he’s warging he’ll heal from most wounds.”
“Thank you,” Eddard gasped, and took note of the tail and ears, then added, “Goddess.”
The girl made a face. “Just call me Lady. You always give good scratches, no need to be so formal.”
Not entirely sure what to make of that, Eddard hurried with Yunyun back into the tower, passing her off to Brienne and ordering the woman to take Yunyun back with the other children. As he turned, Robb was brought back in, struggling and snarling on Darkness’s shoulder, and bound with strips of hastily ripped gold cloth. The two old gods were with her as well, guarding their rear.
“Get a barricade erected!” Eddard ordered his men, who quickly shoved furniture, boxes, and the shattered remains of the doors into place.
“Shhh, sleep now,” the old goddess whispered, passing a hand over Robb’s face, and his struggles stilled. His face slowly returned to normal, though he kept a great deal of red stubble on his cheeks. She looked to Eddard and smiled. “Well, that’s all we can do for now! Sorry, this far south we don’t have much in the way of powers. Doesn’t help we’re pretty young still.”
“My brother and sister will need food and sleep. They are not used to their abilities, and will need to sleep for a long time,” the male said. “We shall need to recover as well. Fear not; we shall continue to ward our charges.”
And then, with a ripple of flesh and fur, Grey Wind and Lady were in the place of the two old gods. Or rather, Eddard realized, Grey Wind and Lady were two old gods. If very young ones.
“I… I shall see to Robb,” Darkness managed, eyeing the wolves with a rather healthy amount of respect. “Does he, er, do that often?”
“No, never before,” Eddard supplied, shaking his head slowly. Just what was happening?
To his surprise, Darkness looked disappointed. “Oh. Well. I’ll see to him anyway.”
She hurried off in a clank of armor, and Eddard rubbed his forehead, gazing out over the makeshift barricade as his men and the remaining Lannister guards readied crossbows and pikes.
“They've buggered off for now,” Sandor growled, and Jory nodded.
“My Lord, I do not know how much time we have. If we mean to break out, we shall have to do it soon.”
Eddard nodded, feeling sick. The Gold Cloaks and Dragonstone Baratheon guards had responded far too quickly. Stannis had already been moving, even before he’d known his brother had been dead. He was making a play for the throne, and he had Littlefinger’s support, as well as Lysa Arryn’s. How many would believe the lies, especially if he, the queen, and her kin died in the fighting? Stannis might even claim the Lannisters had killed him and his children in an attempt to prevent him from telling the same damned lies.
But breaking out would be suicide. He had lost a dozen men already, and would have lost more if not for Yunyun and Robb’s sudden magical manifestation. How? What could he do?
“Lord Stark!”
Turning, Eddard found a gasping Theon Greyjoy running towards him.
“Theon! I had thought you lost, or taken. How did you get into the tower?” Eddard asked, reaching out a hand to steady his ward.
“Secret passage,” Theon wheezed, leaning on Eddard as he tried to catch his breath. “Varys, my sister. They’ve a way out, down to the river.”
Hope suddenly leapt in Eddard’s heart, and he squeezed Theon’s arm. “Are you certain?”
Theon nodded, giving Eddard an impudent grin. “What, you thought I’d run off and left you?”
“I would not have blamed you if you had taken a way to safety, I thought us all lost,” Eddard cried, embracing Theon. He gave the young man a wide grin. “Thank you. You have saved us all, Theon Greyjoy.”
Chest puffing out in pride, Theon smiled. “Come on! They’re already taking the queen and the children through. Don’t worry, Ser Jamie and the Kingsguard lead the way. Varys won’t be able to pull any tricks. And Claire has given her word she’ll see us safely to the docks.”
“Thank you,” Eddard repeated. He turned to his men. “Pass the word. Everyone through the passage.”
“I don’t think so,” Sandor rumbled. He glanced over the barricade, and shook his head. “They’re getting ready for another rush. Be a while before they work up the courage after what they saw. A girl throwing around magic out of legend, a boy turning into a beast. They’ve pissed themselves, and their officers are beating courage back into them. But they’ll come. You need a few to stay, hold the line.”
“What are you saying?” Eddard asked, but he knew what it was that Sandor planned.
Jory took up a crossbow, placing it on the ground and winding the crank. “He’s saying that some of us are staying, Lord Stark. Leave the wounded with Sandor and I, the ones who can’t move fast, but can yet hold a bow or a pike. We’ll make a brave show of it, make them think we’re trying to stay here until relieved. It will give you time. Time you need.”
“I will command no man to do such a thing,” Eddard said, looking to the grim faces around him. “To stay here is to risk death and worse.”
“Aye. But Kazuma, Tommen, and Myrcella will live,” Sandor said, rolling his shoulders. “I’m that boy’s sworn shield. He showed me there was more to live for than getting my dick wet, or drinking until I couldn’t see. Besides. My brother’s still here. Maybe they’ll send him after us. Wouldn’t want to miss that. Wanted to bury my sword in Gregor’s guts since we were boys.”
“I swore to defend you and your house with my life from the day I took up my sword for your father. I’ve seen one Lord of Winterfell die. I won’t see another on my watch,” Jory told Eddard, then took up a place at the barricade.
There were nods from a dozen other men, most of them wounded in some way. A few others shifted nervously, clearly not willing to say anything, but not wanting to leave as well.
“I’m certain we’ll need swords at the docks as well,” Eddard told them. “Neither path is safe.”
He led the relieved looking men at arms away, but spared one last glance back at Sandor and Jory and their faithful few. A part of Eddard wished to stay with him. But he knew his fight lay elsewhere. He turned away, hurrying up the stairs to where he found Theon waiting for him, torch in hand, along with a few frightened looking servants, and Claire Greyjoy.
“Come, the others have gone already,” Claire said, motioning Eddard to take the lead.
“I had not thought for you to ally with us, Captain Greyjoy,” Eddard said, accepting a torch of his own from a servant and lighting it from Theon’s.
“Make no mistake, Stark. I do not love you. But my brother does. And a man like you should perish honorably on the battlefield, not to base treachery such as this,” Claire declared. “I offer you the services of the Indefatigable . You’re not likely to find another ship so fast, nor so capable as her.”
“I shall have to decline. I am afraid I do not trust you that far yet,” Eddard told her.
One of Claie’s lips tugged up in a half smile. “Wise. But pointless. An officer’s word is their bond. Come. Let us be out of this trap.”
The passages were dark and narrow, going first down, then up, then down again, along a putrid sewer, and through places so narrow Eddard had to half crawl to get through them. At last, he came to a breath of fresh air, and a portal out to the noise and smoke filled night. Beside the doorway, he found the scent of lilacs, wafting from a man who appeared to be a dungeon turnkey.
“Lord Varys?” Eddard asked, stepping to the side so the others could pass.
“Indeed. It seems this is where we must part ways for a time, Lord Eddard. I confess, I did not think your tenure as Hand would be quite so brief. Robert’s death… so sudden. But there was no poison?” Varys asked, his heavy lidded eyes peering into Eddard’s in the dark.
“Cecily’s healing abilities are beyond anything I have seen from any of your Southron priests. If she failed to cleanse a toxin, I believe there must have been none,” Eddard replied quietly. “Robert… I fear his pleasures killed him where Rhaegar’s blade could not.”
“He would not be the first man to die in such a manner,” Varys sighed. “The realm shall suffer greatly for this I fear. I mistrust Littlefinger and his schemes. I had thought I knew what the man was planning, but this? I confess, he took me by surprise.”
“So were we all. I should have seen him for the snake he was the minute Yunyun told me he was one,” Eddard said bitterly. He caught the subtle shift in Varys' demeanor, but was not certain what it meant.
“Well. Best of luck to you, and to our true king, Kazuma Baratheon,” Varys said, smiling with puffy lips. “I fear I must stay. I shall pass what information I can on to you. But what little I can do for our young kings' cause is here.”
“You have done much already; no man can fault your loyalty,” Eddard said, clasping the eunuch’s shoulder firmly. The man winced, but Eddard suspected it was feigned. “I owe you a great debt, Varys. One I can never repay.”
“We shall see. Perhaps one day I shall ask a favor of you, Eddard Stark. We shall see if it is not too much. Farewell.” With that, Varys turned and left, heading back into the murky depths.
The passage head led them to a place not far from the docks, but with a group of nearly one hundred, they soon attracted attention. Revelers were still in the streets, despite the gold cloaks now shouting for everyone to return to their homes. Everything was a confused press of people, but soon someone realized that somehow the Starks and Lannisters had escaped the keep, and were making a break for the docks. The crowd screamed as Gold Cloaks began to fight against Lannister and Stark arms men, even as they attempted to seize a craft.
Salvation came in the form of the Mermaid’s Tail , a trading cog from White Harbor, and the Western Lover , a galley from Lannisport. By offering the captains and sailors of both a healthy sum, they managed to get enough crew for the Mermaid’s Tail. However, a problem soon arose.
“There’s just not room nor provisions enough for you all, m’lord,” the captain of the Tail shouted over the din of battle. He was a weathered northman, who claimed to be a loyal servant of House Manderly, though it had taken the promise of a considerable purse to get him to take them. “And we’ve got to cast off! They’re getting close to bow shot, and if they get fire arrows in my ship, we’re done for.”
“Lord Stark, my ship is still at your disposal,” Claire Greyjoy said stiffly. Her crew had joined in the battle against the city watch, lobbing ballista bolts and missiles from their catapults to force the city guard back from the docks.
Forced to make a decision, Eddard ordered the servants and some of his guards aboard the Indefatigable. He noticed that Claire grabbed Theon and put him on her own vessel, but did not protest that. She had a warship, and once they were out to sea, Claire could easily overtake the Mermaid’s Tail and with her ships weapons and experienced sea fighters, overwhelm the few guards the Starks and Lannisters had left if she desired.
There was a break in the fighting as the Indefatigable bombarded the docks, destroying parts of it as frantic Stark and Lannister guardsmen jumped aboard dinghys and other small craft to row out to the two ships that had already weighed anchor. They were fortunate indeed that the tide was receding, drawing the ships into the Blackwater Rush and out into the bay.
Eddard watched from the bow of the Mermaid’s Tail as they moved away from King’s Landing, and winced as several burning arrows embedded themselves into the ship’s hull. However, they were soon extinguished, and he breathed a sigh of relief as both vessels made their way out into the bay.
However, he was unable to relax for long, as a lockout from the prow screamed a warning.
“SAIL HO! IT’S THE DRAGONSTONE FLEET!”
Eddard swore and raced forward, watching in mounting fear as dark shapes glided across the water, the sound of drums and the splash of oars reaching his ears.
“LORD STARK!” Claire’s voice bellowed from her ship. “WE SHALL ENGAGE! GET OUT OF HERE! THAT COG WILL BE WORSE THAN USELESS IN A FIGHT!”
“She’s right, m’lord. There’s only a light breeze, and it’s in the wrong cursed direction,” the Mermaid’s captain reported. “Those galleys will be on us before we make it half a mile.”
“VERY WELL!” Eddard roared back. “GODDESSES OLD AND NEW BE WITH YOU!”
“IF IT'S ALL THE SAME TO YOU, I’D PREFER THE GODDESSES BLOODY WELL SOD OFF AND LET ME SEE TO MY BUSINESS!” Claire bellowed, then turned to shout commands to her crew. Drums and whistles sounded from the Indefatigable , and the ship veered towards the oncoming galleys. Flaming ballista bolts and burning jars of pitch lit up the dark waters as the warship opened fire, moving to shield the Mermaid’s Tail as it did so.
Eddard held his breath, but the galleys’ concentrated on the larger warship, likely assuming it bore the more important passengers. Slowly, the cog drew away from the fighting, making its way out into Blackwater Bay where it’s sails could be put to good use. However, they had not gotten far when more war galleys were spotted coming from behind. These were the Royal Navy, and while they should have served Kazuma, Stannis Baratheon was Master of Ships, and Eddard did not think it likely they meant to offer an escort.
“Are they our friends? They have the King’s banner on them,” Yunyun asked, having come out onto the deck with her sister. In the dark, she could see better than any other. Which was why she managed to duck as arrows buried themselves in the mast behind her, settling the question of if they were friends or not.
“We’re done for,” the captain said dully, his face going grey as the new galleys glided across the water.
“Can you get away?” Eddard demanded.
The other man laughed bitterly. “If we had more distance, the wind at our back, and were on the open sea? Perhaps. Galleys tire over long distances, but they have good short legs, and those are veteran crews. We’ve no chance to escape.”
“Dad? What’s happening?”
Eddard spun to see Megumin approaching on shaky legs, her red eyes glowing slightly in the dim light. He swallowed. “Get below, Megumin. There’s going to be some fighting again. But we’ll get free.”
He doubted it. They had less than twenty unwounded fighters. Ser Barristan and Ser Jaime had both been injured, in Jamie’s case severely enough that it wasn’t certain he would live, but neither would be much use in a fight. Eddard would fight to the last himself, but he was no sailor, and already felt queasy from the light swells.
“Are those the villains that seek to slay us?” Megumin asked, pointing to the oncoming galleys. They were only a 1000 yards away now, and closing fast.
“Yes,” Eddard said, kneeling and putting a hand on Megumin’s shoulder. “Watch Kazuma. Make sure you have Chunchumaru, and be ready if anyone breaks into the hold.
“They shall not have the opportunity. I am the Foremost Genius of the House of Stark. Yunyun had her chance to display her awesome might, now it is my turn. Stand back!”
“What in Seven Hells is she-” the captain demanded, but Eddard grabbed him and hauled him away as Megumin moved to the prow. She raised her sword over her head in a two handed grip, and the blade began to grow with a red light as sailors and guardsmen alike paused in their duties and stared. Then, she began to chant.
Darkness of the night consume me
Flames of crimson fury envelope me
Let my wrath be manifest in unholy splendor
I call upon my blood once more, rise and surge
Song of my soul sing once again in candor
And now, let fire my foes purge
EXPLOSION!
Strange shapes appeared in the sky above the royal fleet, circles glowing with fiery red runes. Stars seemed to shine brighter, their light coalescing until it was brighter than day, painful and terrible to behold. Then, a blast of pure raw magic slammed into the ocean, sending out a shock wave that snapped away the Mermaid’s Tail’s sails and broke one of her masts like a twig. A fireball enveloped the entire royal fleet, vaporizing the ships and the waters around them in an instant. The Mermaid bucked and heaved in the sudden violent waves, and men screamed for mercy from the goddesses.
When it was over, Eddard blinked away the stars from his eyes and found Megumin slumped on the deck. She was limp, the strength drained from her, but her eyes glowed with passion.
“Did I do it? Are we safe?” she asked in a hoarse whisper.
Eddared peered out into the night, but he saw only a few pieces of burning wreckage, far behind them. They’d been swept out, over a mile into the bay in nearly an instant. Men were picking themselves up, trembling and frightened at the unheard of magical display. Even compared to what Yunyun had done, this had been an act worthy of an angry goddess.
“I think you did,” Eddard said gently, and kissed his daughter's forehead.
“Oh good. I’m going to throw up now.”
Eddard had just enough time to point Megumin’s mouth over the side of the ship as she emptied her stomach in several violent heaves.
“I don’t like boats,” she moaned as Eddard carried her below. “Can we get off now?”
“Not for a while, I’m afraid,” Eddard told her. He laid Megumin in a hammock, and she was soon asleep. Despite his own worries and fears, Eddard himself lay down, and soon joined her. Too much had happened that day that he did not understand, but one thing he did know:
He and his were safe. At least for the time being.
Cast of Characters:
Theon Greyjoy as; not a shitheel
Lady as; a VERY helpful wolf
Grey Wind as; Lycanthropy For Fun And Profit
Robb Stark as; a Winterfell Werewolf in King’s Landing
Darkness as: Target Acquired. Set phasers to pervert.
Yunyun and Megumin as; You Don’t !@#$ With The Crimson Demon Clan
Eddard Stark as; Fate 0, Yunyun’s Friend Senses 1
And the Cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as; not ready for this level of munchkinry.
Chapter 23: I Stan For Stannis
Summary:
Stan the Man Baratheon has seized the Iron Throne, and means to keep it.
Meanwhile, Theon abandons what little good sense he ever had and embarks towards death. By Snu-Snu!
Chapter Text
Brought to you by: POWER THIRST, MANNIS FLAVOR. SO MANLY, EVEN STANNIS BARATHEON DRINKS IT. NOW WITH STAG BLASTING JUICINESS!
Chapter 22: I Stan for Stannis
Standing before the Iron Throne, Stannis Baratheon looked up the monument to the kingdom Aegon had forged from fire and blood, rescuing it from the brink of disaster three hundred years ago. Now, the Seven Kingdoms stood on the precipice of destruction once more, brought there by Stannis’s drunken elder brother and the machinations of foolish goddesses. But Stannis would not allow the kingdom to fall to chaos and madness.
Setting his jaw, Stannis turned as footsteps sounded behind him, revealing Petyr Baelish along with a soaking wet Janos Slint, whose boots squelched as he walked, leaving behind puddles of water.
“Well?” Stannis demanded. “What of the traitors? What caused that blast?”
“We do not know, your Grace,” Baelish answered, bowing smoothly. Stannis misliked the man’s constant smirks and knowing looks, as if he believed himself to be the cleverest person in the room. “There is nothing but wreckage and burning hulks in Blackwater Bay this morning. We know that Claire Greyjoy and her ship won free, but were damaged in the fighting. As for the Starks and Lannisters, we believe they may have been destroyed in the same cataclysm that consumed the Royal Fleet.”
“I am not interested in what you believe, Lord Baelish. What I require is definitive proof of the fate of my enemies. If somehow Eddard Stark managed to get that bastard spawn of the Lannisters away from us, he will raise him up as a false king to challenge my claim. At this very moment, regardless of what else has happened, I expect that Tywin Lannister is calling his banners and intends to declare war upon us. He will not suffer the deaths of his children and grandchildren peacefully: the man built his reputation on making it clear that he always pays his debts, be it in blood, steel, or gold.”
“My lord, nothing could have survived that blast,” Janos Slynt said, stepping forward and speaking with far more authority than the man had any right to. “The Starks and Lannisters were seen boarding the Mermaid’s Tail. That ship was last seen before that blast enveloped the bay. They’re nothing but splinters now.”
“Are they?” Stannis demanded, stepping down from the stairs to loom over Janos. The commander of the Gold Cloaks winced slightly, trying to meet Stannis’s gaze. “Did you know, another, similar blast was reported on the King’s Road while the Starks and Lannisters traveled?”
“Well, yes, but I-”
“And did you not see the evidence of the feats of magic performed here, in this very keep, by said Starks and Lannisters?” Stannis snapped, taking a step forward and forcing Janos to cringe backwards. “Something queer is going on, and they command powers that have not been since since the Doom of Valyria 400 years ago. If it turns out that you have wasted time not dispatching further ships to intercept them, or at least ascertain if they survived or not, Commander, then I shall expect you to make a choice.”
“W-What is that, your Grace?” Slynt stammered.
“Fall on your sword, or go to the Wall. Perhaps they have some use for fools who cannot even manage to secure a tower surrounded on all sides.”
Sylnt flinched again, babbled something about seeing to his guards, and fled, leaving Baelish and Stannis.
“Get me Olenna and Mace Tyrell at once. They are going to call their banners for me, or face my judgement,” Stannis ordered.
Baelish frowned. “Olenna Tyrell is nowhere to be found. I suspect she found a way to flee with the Starks and Lannisters; Margaery was seen boarding the Mermaid’s Tail , and fought on their side against us.”
“Do you believe them dead?” Stannis demanded.
“I believe that until I find either their bodies or find the wreckage of the Mermaid’s Tail , which I have several boats looking for at this very moment, I shall operate as though Eddard Stark is bound for White Harbor, and in a months time shall call his banners and march south, if Catelyn has not done so already,” Baelish said with a grimace.
“And my brother?” Stannis demanded.
“Loras Tyrell and Renly Baratheon were captured attempting to flee the castle along with the rest of the Tyrell knights. They put up a fight, but your brother is currently a guest in his chambers, while Loras resides in the Black Cells. I can have them moved if you wish?” Baelish offered.
“Get Loras into better chambers. I want his father’s loyalty. But he and his brothers are our hostages to Mace Tyrell’s good behavior,” Stannis ordered. “Has Lysa called her banners yet?”
Shaking his head, Baelish explained.“She is returning to the Vale on the morrow, where she shall rally her banners to your cause, your Grace. That leaves only Dorne. Prince Oberyn has indicated he wishes to speak with you on the matter.”
“What will he want?” Stannis growled. “I’ll need Dorne or I’ll risk having my rear invaded and plundered by them.”
“If I might hazard a guess? Two things. First, he will want the head of Gregor Clegaine, who currently resides in the Black Cells.”
That got Stannis to bark out a laugh. “He wants the head of one of the bannermen of Tywin, who is likely to be my greatest foe in the struggle for the throne? Ask him if he wants it delivered, or wishes to claim it himself. What is the other thing?”
“Your daughter,” Baelish said, lowering his voice. “Prince Dust is in the castle as well. He is close to Lean’s age. He will want the boy to wed her, making him your heir presumptive.”
Stannis rubbed his chin, considering. “Not a bad match, especially if it wins me the loyalty of House Martell. There is the issue of Dust’s friendship with Kazuma the Bastard.”
“He is a boy; by the time he comes of age, you shall have the throne secure, and Kazuma will long be dead,” Baelish assured Stannis. “We have the Crownlands, the Vale, the Reach, the Stormlands, and, if we can broker a marriage, Dorne.”
“I.”
“Pardon, your Grace?” Baelish said, blinking once before he covered his shock.
“I have the throne and the banners, and Shareen is my daughter. You are my Master of Coin, Baelish. Do not overstep your bounds. I promised you the hand of Lysa and stewardship of the Vale. Do not overreach.”
“Yes, of course. I merely misspoke,” Baelish said smoothly, but Stannis detected the disappointment. The man likely fancied himself the Hand of the King. He was talented, Stannis would give him that, but Stannis would have a Hand he trusted, a man who was competent and loyal. Not a turncloak like Baelish who went where the profit was.
Baelish left, and Stanis turned to regard the throne again. It would be his. Robert had wasted his crown. Aerys had despoiled it. But Stannis? Stannis knew what was coming, what was needed. Iris Stormborn was still out there, the puppet and tool of foolish goddesses. She would scour the Seven Kingdoms in some sort of divine retribution, laying waste to them as the Red God had done to Valyria. Men could trust neither gods nor goddesses.
Thinking of the goddesses made Stannis think of Lean, and he felt a pang in his chest. Making a sudden decision, he called for a Maester, composing a quick letter to Selyse, summoning her and Lean to King’s Landing. He had intended to leave them at Dragonstone until this affair was settled, but if he were truly going to make a marriage alliance with the Martells, he would have Lean meet her future husband.
And have the boy know of Lean’s… deformity.
Stannis’s jaw clenched as he balled his hands into fists. Thinking of that night again...he had been tricked. Fooled. Aqua and Eris had claimed they would bless him with a daughter who would be one of the prophesied Children of Destiny. Instead, she had been born accursed, a mockery of nature.
“Damn the goddesses and their schemes,” Stannis growled.
“My lord?” Cressen asked looking up from his notes.
Stannis didn’t correct the man: Cressen had served him long and faithfully enough that omitting “Your Grace” in private was easily forgivable. “Nothing, Cressen. Just raging against the heavens I suppose.”
Cressen nodded slowly. “I have noted you are not fond of your wife’s Familia Septa and Septon. Nor do you pay much devotion to any of the Seven, and you turned away the Red Priestess that visited after threatening to burn her at her own stake.”
“The Seven are foolish and capricious, but the Lord of Light is a mad god that seeks to rule the world. I will tolerate fools, but madman should be locked away or killed,” Stannis said dismissively. “A pity we cannot do that to every religious fanatic.”
“I see. A question for you, your Grace. What do you intend to do with Pycelle?”
“I’m not going to execute the old fool, but I have no wish to be served by a Lannister pet. He will be shipped off to Oldtown where he can cause little enough harm,” Stannis answered. “Why? Do you wish to be Grand Maester? You have served me faithfully and well, these past years.”
Cressen let out a wet, wheezing chuckle. “No, my lord. Ah, your Grace. You see? My mind, it is not what it once was. No, you need a younger man, one who has vision. Shall I send to the Citadel for one such?”
“Do so,” Stannis said, resting a gentle hand on Cressen’s shoulder. “But I will not turn you away, old friend. Loyalty and service should be rewarded. If you wish to retire, a place shall be found for you to live out your days in comfort.”
“I shall serve you until my dying day, your Grace. But I would have another who can continue on in the offices I can no longer fulfill. I think I know of one such man. One who can, perhaps, aid you in your quest to be free of the influences of the goddesses. I was never high in the councils of the Archmaesters, but I have heard talk before.”
“Oh? I know the Maesters have long vied for influence against the Septs. Is there more to this rivalry?” Stannis questioned.
“I do not know. Only that you are not alone in your resentment of the goddesses. I ever mistrusted them. I know too well the story of the Kinslayer, and other tales that show them to be fallible. What right have they to rule over Men? Ah, but you listen to the ramblings of an old fool. I shall send those letters, Lord Stannis.”
“Thank you,” Stannis said, inclining his head to Maester Cressen, then leaving the room.
The next day, he received word that the High Septa, Charity XIV, had passed away, having over exerted herself seeing to the wounded during the fighting.
“Well then appoint a new one; I shall be crowned, as is proper,” Stannis ordered the Arch Septons who had arrived to deliver the news.
“Oh we have, My Lord,” Zesta the Axis Arch Septon replied, and Stannis’s nostrils flared at the insolence. Unlike Cressen, who was elderly with a wandering mind, Zesta was only in his mid fifties and knew perfectly well what he said. “We have sent for her even now, to take her rightful place as the Goddesses' Guide upon this world.”
“Very well, when will she be here so that we may schedule the crowning?” Stannis demanded. He was standing before the Iron Throne, as he would not ascend to it until he had seen to it that he was properly crowned. He was no pretender; he was the true Heir of Robert Baratheon, and would win his throne by conquest if necessary.
“We do not know. Indeed, we do not know where she is. We can only pray that Septa Cecily is still alive,” Zesta replied coolly.
“Cecily?” Stannis asked, frowning. He racked his mind for a moment, knowing he had heard that name before. Suddenly, he gritted his teeth, recalling. “You would appoint the personal Septa of the traitorous Starks as the High Septa?”
Zesta gave Stannis a grin that more resembled a baring of teeth. “She is one of the Children of Destiny, favored of the Goddesses. She can perform the signs and blessings of each of the Seven, and she speaks with all the goddesses on a regular basis. And, she is a personal friend of Lady Aqua, who appeared to us and declared Cecily to be her favored companion.”
The other Arch Septons and Septas nodded seriously, all of them eyeing Stannis with a great deal of mistrust.
“You come close to calling me a usurper and traitor with your words and deeds,” Stannis warned.
“The goddesses decreed that it is the Sept’s duty to guide the souls of men, but the Throne’s to govern the realm. We do not interfere with politics. We have healed your men as readily as we did the survivors of Sandor Clegaine and Jory Cassel’s men,” Zesta answered calmly. “We choose who the goddesses have chosen. And we shall continue to offer you advice, and your men healing, as we have always done.”
“So, you would prop up a bastard born of incest on the throne, using him as a puppet?” Stannis accused, pointing a finger at Zesta and the other clergy.
His response was a shrug. “The goddesses use no man as a puppet. As for our new High Septa, it is for her to decide if the goddesses have blessed you with the Mandate of Heaven, just as it was Charity XIV’s to decide if your brother had attained it, which he had.”
“Tread lightly, Septon. You edge towards the politics you claim to abstain from,” Stannis said through gritted teeth.
“The goddesses make kings, Stannis Baratheon. Not men.” With that, he turned to go, the other orders following after the Axis, for once. A worrying development: Aqua was perhaps the most mercurial of even the unpredictable goddesses. And the one that had inflicted the Kinslayer on the world.
“If they will not crown me,” Stannis vowed. “Then I shall forge a crown of Blood and Iron, that no man may dispute the justice of my claim.”
========================================================================
Theon Greyjoy awoke with a pounding headache, groaning as he tumbled from his bed. He’d taken a heavy blow to the head from a falling bit of tackle when that blast and slammed into the Indefatigable like the fist of an angry goddess. He recalled nothing after that, but by the fact that he felt the sway of waves under his feet, he guessed the ship was underway.
Stumbling out into the sunlight, Theon peered around.
“Steady there, lad. You alright?” Mr. Harlaw asked, taking Theon by the shoulder and setting him more firmly on his feet.
“Fine. It shames me, but I confess, I do not have my sea legs yet,” Theon gasped.
Harlaw barked out a laugh. “You’ll find them soon enough, lad. Come, the Captain requested she be notified when you awoke: it was her berth you were resting in. She’s had nary a wink of sleep all night.”
Claire was standing atop the forecastle, next to one of the catapults as a crew worked to repair the weapon, gazing out to sea. When she saw Theon, she let out a sigh of relief and nodded. “Good to see you on your feet, brother. I feared the worst. Our surgeon saw to you, but there were many wounded last night.”
“Where are we headed?” Theon asked, looking around. There was nothing but endless ocean all around them, no shadow of land on the horizon. They were farther out to sea than most galleys or longships dared.
“Pyke,” Claire answered. She glanced at Theon and sighed. “Don’t make that face at me. No, I’m not going to help father rise again, even if I suspect that is exactly what he shall do.”
“You said you would not betray Lord Eddard! We have Stark and Lannister men aboard this ship!” Theon argued, anguish and grief gripping his belly.
“Eddard Stark and all with him are dead in that blast. By our best reckoning, the Mermaid’s Tail was nearly in the center of that explosion. Even if they were not instantly consumed by it, their ship would have been wrecked as surely as the sun rises,” Claire informed Theon.
Theon wanted to argue, wanted to rage, but he knew it was pointless. Claire was likely correct.
“The Lannisters would not welcome us if we brought the news that all of Tywin’s children and grandchildren are dead,” Theon said dully, leaning against the rail.
“I am unwelcome in Lannisport for a variety of reasons,” Claire said stiffly.
“Because you’re a pirate?” Theon guessed.
He could hear Claire grinding her teeth. “I am not a pirate. I conduct commerce raiding operations. Occasionally, we have boarded and seized Lannister vessels, because they supported the False King, Robert.”
“If you’re so dead set on supporting Iris Stormborn, why are we not headed for Essos?” Theon demanded.
“Because I shall not come to my queen with only one ship, but a squadron,” Claire replied. “We-”
“SAIL HO!” a look out bellowed. “THREE POINTS TO STARBOARD!”
“Damnation,” Claire growled, pulling out a long bronze cylinder and extending it before setting it to her eye. Theon watched curiously, having never seen a spyglass before, as it was yet another anachronism on a highly out of place ship. She scanned the sea for a moment, then swore again, this time more loudly and at length.
“Mr. Harlaw!” Claire shouted.
“Aye, captain?”
“Standby to heave to and pick up...a passenger,” Claire snarled, slamming her spyglass shut and tucking it back in her coat. “She would pick now to show up, wouldn’t she?”
“She? She who?” Theon asked, baffled as he put a hand to his brow and searched the shining sea. It was relatively calm, with only a stiff breeze blowing.
“Don’t you know? She-” Claire cut herself off, and suddenly eyed Theon appraisingly. “You don’t know, do you?”
“Claire, you’re speaking in riddles. Who is this mystery woman on a boat in the middle of the Narrow Sea?” Theon asked, feeling slightly exasperated.
For a moment, Claire studied her brother, her lips pursed. When she spoke again, she asked, “Would you care to do me and my crew a great favor? One that will aid our cause immensely?”
“I have no interest in serving a Targaryen, Claire. I have no love for them, nor for Stannis. Perhaps I’ll just turn pirate like you,” Theon said morosely.
“I am not a pirate!” Claire snarled, sticking her finger under her brother's nose. She took a deep breath and withdrew the finger. “Look. All you have to do is keep… her… entertained. How skilled are you in bed?”
“In bed?! Claire, what are you even talking about?” Theon stammered, jerking away.
“Don’t play coy with me; I’ve heard what you’ve been up to. Sleeping your way through King’s Landing’s brothels and the castle maids.” Claire considered, then nodded. “Yes. That would solve two of my problems at once. I’ll lend you the use of my cabin, but don’t touch my papers. I just got them back in order after her last visit.”
“I don’t just take any girl to my bed, Claire! You’re not foisting some ugly-”
Claire thrust the spyglass into Theon’s hands, and pointed, her expression neutral.
Slowly, Theon opened the device, cautiously putting it to his eye. After a moment, he was able to focus it with Claire’s guidance, and settled the spyglass on the boat in question. It was a small craft with a single sail, and had but one passenger: a lady in an odd dress with wide, voluminous skirts. She had a parasol she was holding over her head, and seemed to be waving excitedly to the Indefatigable. How such a small boat had come so far from shore, Theon didn’t know.
However, focusing on the lady aboard, he sucked in a breath. Even over the distance, he could tell she was quite lovely, with long, silver hair, lively green eyes, a modest bosom, and womanly curves. Her skin was fair and unblemished, and her arms long and slender.
“Well, if you insist, I suppose I could attempt to seduce her,” Theon said stiffly, handing the spyglass back to his sister.
“Oh, I wouldn’t worry about that,” Claire said, sounding rather amused.
It wasn’t long before the ship drew alongside the boat, and a rope ladder was dropped down to it.
“Oh, please, won’t my noble prince rescue me?” the lady in the boat called up. “I have been stranded for DAYS, buffeted by wind and storm, barely surviving! Oh, I am too weak to climb the ladder!”
Theon looked around, and found the sailors looking various levels of bored, incredulous, and irritated, while the Lannister and Stark servants they had taken aboard looked baffled.
“I shall rescue you, my lady,” Theon called down, and slid down the rope, stumbling slightly as he got into the boat. To his surprise, the lady eagerly steadied them, then threw herself into Theon’s arms, nearly capsizing the boat.
“Oh, noble prince, you have RESCUED ME! Take me away, that I might properly reward you for your heroic deed!” the lady cried, wrapping herself about Theon and nuzzling his cheek affectionately.
Slightly perplexed, Theon simply accepted this, as he wasn’t one to question the affections of a beautiful young woman. “Fear not, my lady, I shall take you to a chamber where you may take refreshment and rest and recover.”
“Oh, Theon, I knew you would take care of me,” the lady sighed.
Puffing out his chest at having his fame recognized, Theon ascended the ladder, where the crew of the
Indefatigable
backed away from him and the woman, who was grinning widely as she held on the Theon. He should have realized her grip was far too strong for someone who had supposedly been lost at sea for days. He carried the girl to the cabin, where he set her on the bed, then poured some wine for her.
“My Lady, I do not know your name, might I have the pleasure of-” Theon said as he turned with the two cups, then froze, his mouth dropping open in shock.
The lady had nearly finished undressing herself, having gotten down to her small clothes. She eagerly took the wine cups from Theon, downing both of them. “I’m Nyarko-san, your one true love, Theon! Oh, I have waited so long for you to return to me!”
Theon’s mind blanked out, and he allowed his lower brain to assert dominance, grinning as he stepped into Nyarko’s arms. He didn’t even notice the tentacles helping him out of his clothes.
Back on deck, Claire was quietly congratulating herself at having successfully solved the problem of having an eldritch manifestation of chaos mucking about her deck, and her brother moping about his dead brood of traitors at the same time. She turned and gave orders to get the ship underway again.
“Next stop, Pyke!” she laughed, feeling relieved.
“Excuse me. I believe our next port of call should be Lannisport, Captain Greyjoy,” a firm female voice said.
Frowning, Claire turned to find a maid in her late teens in a rumpled dress and disheveled blond hair looking at her with a determined expression.
“And who might you be, to give a captain orders on her own ship?” Claire demanded.
The girl took a deep breath. “I am Rain Lannister, daughter of Ser Kevan Lannister. I am the highest ranking member of House Lannister aboard this vessel. As such, I formally request that you let us debark at Lannisport. We… we are Lannisters, and we shall pay our debts. And… and for the Stark men here as well. They should be seen to, for they aided us in our time of need.”
Claire gave the girl an amused smile. “Your father has wanted me and my crew hanged for the past five years, ever since we started raiding shipping to and from Lannisport. What makes you think I’ll go anywhere within sight of that anchorage?”
“I-If you return me, and my brother and cousin, our house will be in your debt, and-”
“I have two children of Kevan aboard?” Claire asked, her brow furrowing. “And who else?”
“Er, Tyrek Lannister, my cousin, and our men at arms, several servants and-”
“I don’t care about those, no one’s going to pay a gold ransom for a scullery maid,” Claire said dismissively. She pursed her lips again, studying Rain appraisingly. “You, however, they would pay a good weight of gold for.”
“You-! You promised to see us safely back home!” Rain gasped, her face going scarlet. “If you won’t, then… then I’ll seize this ship!”
That got an amused smile out of Claire, and several nearby sailors chuckled. “Oh, really? Your arms men have been disarmed, and most are wounded. We outnumber them anyway. Mostly you have women and children.”
“You’re a woman, and you’re not that much older than I am!” Rain snapped angrily.
“Yes, but I have these, and know how to use them,” Claire said, patting her hand crossbow and cutlass.
Something odd flashed in Rain’s eyes, and Claire took half a step back. “I have something too. I’m warning you, Captain Claire. There will be consequences if you try to kidnap us! I’m not becoming your salt wife.”
Claire raised her lip in a sneer. “I don’t hold with that barbaric practice. No, if anything, you would be delivered to Her Grace, Queen Iris Stormborn Targaryen, as hostages. Be grateful that I-”
Claire had been about to say, “am a woman of my word and shall deliver you to your uncle” but she didn’t have time, as Rain pointed a finger, her eyes now burning with green fire.
“LIGHTNING!”
Out of the clear blue sky, a jagged bolt swept towards Claire, but she was already moving, her cutlass hissing into her hand. She swung up upward, into the path of the lightning, something within her surging forth.
“SPELL DEFLECTION!”
A blueish glow enveloped Claire’s sword, slicing cleanly through the lightning spell and sending it hurtling into the water, where it exploded in a fountain of harmless steam. Claire didn’t stop moving though, sprinting forward, instinct screaming at her that under no circumstances did you battle a mage at a distance: you closed, knocked them off balance, and prevented further spell casting. She was behind Rain in a flash, locking her in an iron grip, cutlass across the girls throat.
“No more spells,” Claire hissed. “Or I cut your throat here and now. That hits the ship, and we’re done for, you fool. A fireball or lightning spell would have her ablaze in a heartbeat, and we’d be sore pressed to put it out. You understand?”
Mutely, Rain jerked a nod, hanging limply in Claire’s grip.
“Good. At sea, you use ice and wind magic. Not lightning and fire. You do that, and you, your brother, and all your little friends die along with me. Do we have an understanding?”
“Y-yes,” Rain stammered, looking very pale. “I’m sorry! I just...I don’t know what came over me…”
“I’ll have your oath you’ll try no more such foolishness, or I’ll have you bound, gagged, and stuffed in the brig.”
“I… I swear on the Honor of House Lannister, I shall not try to burn you or your vessel,” Rain gasped. “But, I’m not going to stop trying to win free! You have no right to hold us hostage! I-If we want to serve Lady Iris, we get to choose to do so, not under threat of force!”
“Hmph. I accept your parole, Rain Lannister. I expect you to behave with honor,” Claire said, letting the girl go. She stood there, trembling, but defiant, her green eyes blazing with anger still. Claire considered, then nodded. “Join me in the officers’ mess for dinner this evening. We shall discuss the terms of your return to Lannisport.”
“I… yes. That is acceptable,” Rain agreed, flushing slightly and trying to hide a smile of triumph.
“Good. I expect you to look presentable. I think you’d look charming in blue.” With that, she turned away, leaving the stunned Rain gaping after her. She was quite pretty. Perhaps her brother wouldn’t be the only one to acquire a paramore over this voyage.
Cast of Characters
Stan the Man Baratheon as; JUST STOP BEING SO SILLY
Theon Greyjoy as; Mahiro Yasaka?
Nyarko-san as; This character rated NC-17 for tentacles
Claire Greyjoy as; She’s a Pirate!
Rain Lannister as; About 200% better than Lancel
And the Cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as; wait, what was that?
“Look, I’m telling you Claire, this will totally work! She’s into you already, you’ve had dinner together every night, and she’s actually enjoying herself. You just need that little extra to win her over!” Nyarko said as she helped Claire put on her nicest (freshly pressed) uniform.
“I hardly think someone as refined as Rain Lannister is going to be won over by a song. Besides, it’s not as though she has much of a choice in dining with me; I do have her aboard my ship,” Claire argued.
“Look, everyone’s been practicing, and they’re going to be SUPER let down if you don’t let them do this at least once, OK?” Nyarko argued, giving Claire her very best pouty face.
Rolling her eyes, Claire shrugged in acquiescence. “Fine. But did you really have to use the ‘p’ word?”
“I told you: Pirates are awesome. We’re totally using the P Word. Now, you know your lines, right?”
“Yes, I do indeed know my ‘lines.’ Honestly. It’s not as though you would let me forget them.”
“Perfect! Wait here. I’ll let everyone know and we’ll get things set up.” The energetic eldritch girl ran out onto the deck, leaving Claire to pace in her cabin. She should not be getting this flustered, or worried. It was just...why did the goddess of the Iron Islands have to be so silly, and why did Rain Lannister have to be so damned attractive?
After several minutes of stewing, the door swung open, and Nyarko reappeared now wearing a mustache, eyepatch, and bandana. Claire almost felt like asking if the mustache was real, but didn’t. She had learned long ago to never ask The Drowned Goddess questions that she really didn’t actually want to know the answer to.
“Yar, cap’n, yer dinner awaits,” Nyarko growled.
Sighing, Claire followed her out, only to pause and blink as she regarded the deck. It was brightly lit with oil lanterns, and there was a table with a checker patterned cloth atop it sitting on the main deck. And, heavens help them, a candelabra with lit candles in it. A confused looking Rain was sitting at the table, a plate and empty wine glass before her with a matching set across from her.
Squaring her shoulders, Claire strode across the deck, taking off her hat and jacket and setting them across the back of her chair. “Thank you for joining me for dinner again, Miss Lannister.”
Just then, two of the crew started to play on their instruments, a “violin” and a “accordion.” Two implements that Nyarko had brought the crew. It would be more irritating if the music wasn’t agreeable on long voyages, and the sailors had shown quite a bit of aptitude for the instruments. They were, of course, in their dress uniforms, complete with caps and neckties. Nyarko really had planned this all out.
“Er, my pleasure, Captain Greyjoy. The decor this evening is, um, novel. What exactly are your intentions, might I ask?” Rain asked somewhat stiffly. She was dressed in canvas trousers and a bodice she’d had to borrow from Claire, as there was something of a dearth of appropriate dresses for someone of her station aboard. They had left in a hurry after all.
“Well,” Claire said, thinking back to her ‘lines’. “I was wondering. What is it you plan to do with yourself? That is, what vocation do you intend to pursue?”
Nyarko gave Claire a thumbs up from behind the girl, grinning broadly, then turned and made frantic motions for the crew to get into place as Rain spoke.
“That is… an odd question. Well, I suppose I shall be some lord’s wife, and bear his children and manage his estates. I’m certain Uncle Tywin will have a husband picked out for me, especially if there is to be war. He’ll want to secure new alliances,” Rain replied, looking around a bit nervously as the sailors hurried into their places, taking off their caps and holding them in her hands.
Claire slowly stood, taking a deep breath, then began to sing as the accordion played a few familiar notes.
When I was just a lass looking for my true vocation
My father said "Now girl, this choice deserves deliberation
Though you could be a septa or perhaps a fine lay-dee
My girl, why not consider the pirate’s life for thee?
At first Rain merely gawked as Claire sang, but she jumped when the crew began to sing along to Nyarko’s conducting.
Hey ho ho!
You'll cruise to Essos’ shores
And you'll keep your mind and body sound
By working out of doors
Claire put her leg up on her chair, smiling roguishly and giving it her all as she sang again;
True friendship and adventure are what we can't live without,-
The crew winced, knowing how much their captain hated the next part, but sang gamely on under their goddesses watchful eye:
-and when you're a professional pirate-
A spotlight seemed to fall on Nyarko from nowhere as Rain leaned away from the goddess as she put a hand on Rain’s shoulder and sang.
-that's what the job's about.
Crew rushed in to grab the table and chairs, with Claire perching on hers as Rain squeaked and was lifted and carried to the forecastle along with the rest. “Upstage lads!” Claire barked. “This is my only number!” And she prayed it would be so as she launched into her solo.
Now take Lord Harwyn Hoare, the Northmen all despise him
But to the Ironborn, we love him, o’, we idolize him
It's how you look at raiders that makes them bad or good
And I see us as members of a knightly sibling-hood
The crew set them all back down, and burst into song again.
Hey ho ho!
We're honorably inclined
And before we loot and plunder we will
Have our orders signed
Claire nodded, singing as she pantomimed firing a crossbow bolt into Nyarko, who did an excellent job of pretending to die gruesomely.
On occasion, there may be someone you have to execute,-
And when you're a professional pirate-
Mr. Harlaw stepped forward, squinting at a piece of paper in his fingers as he half sang,
You can wear a snazzy suit. Yar?
Theon stepped forward, looking a bit baffled, but sang gamely,
I could have been a maester, but I’m ‘fraid I ain’t too smart.
Next came Lieutenant Qarth, who struck a dramatic pose as he sang;
I could have been a mummer but I couldn’t play the part
Mr. Harlaw turned his paper over and sang,
I could have been the King because I've always been a big spender
And me Nyarko continued, sporting an inexplicable black eye, I coulda been, a contender
Stepping forward, Claire took Rain’s hands, pulling her to her feet as the girl looked on in befuddlement.
Some say that pirates steal and should be feared and hated
I say we're victims of bad press, that's all exaggerated
We never stab you in the back, we never lie or cheat
We're just, in fact, the nicest bunch you’d ever want to meet
Claire suddenly pulled Rain close, then leaned the girl back, gazing into Rain’s eyes as she blushed a deep red.
“Tell the truth, Lass. Do you really think your father and uncle are planning to marry you off to someone you’d be happy with? Wouldn’t you rather share a life of adventure, here with me? I’m even nobly born! True, our houses haven't always got along, but I offer freedom! Excitement! And treasure, to which you entitled a full share based upon rank and length of service, as per the Royal Naval Charter.” Claire had added the pit about the terms of conditions of share portions in treasure, but she felt such matters important. She lifted Rain back to her feet as the crew sang again.
Hey ho ho!
It's one for all for one
And we'll share and share alike with you
And love you like our own
We're a crew set for fortune and that's what we're bound to be
And when you're a professional pirate-
You'll be honest, brave, and free!
The soul of decency!
You'll be loyal and fair and on the square
But most importantly,-
Bracing herself, Claire sank to one knee, one hand to her breast, the other extended towards Rain as she sang the hated word.
-when you're a professional pirate
You are always in the best of company!
The crew held their breath, holding their poses as they stood there, watching.
At last, Rain giggled, then extended a hand to Claire. “Why Captain Greyjoy. I didn’t know you were so...musically inclined. I must say, you make a compelling argument. Why don’t we discuss this further in your quarters?”
Claire blinked as she found herself being led to her own cabin. She looked back incredulously at Nyarko, who was giving her an enthusiastic thumbs up. Had that really just worked?
Was this even canon? Who knows.
Chapter 24: We're off to see the Witch, the Wonderful Witch of the North
Summary:
Trusting Vanir is always a good deal. For Vanir.
Chapter Text
This episode brought to you by our magic words; Klaatu, Barada...um...crap. What was that last one again?
Chapter 23: We’re Off to See the Witch, the Wonderful Witch of the North!
It was about noon, and Komekko was eating lunch with her mom, Osha, and Rickon in the small dining room. Osha wasn’t sitting at the table, instead standing by the door, leaning on her spear. She was also dressed like a Winterfell guard now, complete with boiled leather, chainmail, and a steel half helm. Komekko wondered why everyone called Osha her “shield” when she didn’t even carry one, but figured it wasn’t worth asking about.
As usual, her mom reminded Komekko to slow down while she was eating, and Komekko tried really hard, but she was just so hungry! She finished her soup and gnawed on some hard crusts of bread instead of using them to sop up the remains, remembering to pass down some bits to Hoost and Shaggy Dog under the table.
She was just about to look for more bread to eat when she heard pounding footsteps, then the door burst open to admit a breathless Maester Luwin, his face red and flushed, tears streaming down his cheeks. “My, my lady, a message,” Luwin gasped, holding out a small roll of parchment.
Slowly, Catelyn stood up, her face pale as one hand rested on her swelling belly. She said Komekko’s new baby brother would come soon, which was exciting as Komekko could barely remember when Rickon had been born. “What is it, Luwin? What has happened?”
Luwen pressed the note into Catelyn’s hands, unable to speak, his lip trembling.
“Maester Luwin?” Komekko asked, getting up and hurrying over to her teacher. “Are you OK? Do you want some food?” she held out some of the bread she had been going to eat, hoping it would make Luwin feel better. Food always made her feel better.
“No, child,” Luwin managed, kneeling and putting a hand on Komekko’s head. “I am… I am sorry.”
“Luwin,” Catelyn asked, her tone breathless, her hands trembling. “Is this… this cannot be true. All of them?”
Nodding, Luwin, looked up at Catelyn, his eyes still wet with tears. “I have not yet received further word, but I fear it likely. It is in Pycelle's own hand.”
“Mom?” Komekko said worriedly. Rickon began to cry at seeing his mother so frightened, and Catelyn scooped him up. A moment later, Komekko was in her mother’s arms as well, her heart thundering in her chest. “Mom?”
“Komekko, Rickon, I…” Catelyn hiccuped, tears flowing down her cheeks as she smoothed the hair of her children. “Your father, your elder siblings… they are all dead. Robert is dead, as are his wife and children. Stannis Baratheon has seized the Iron Throne.”
“Dad?” Rickon whimpered, clinging to his mother.
Komekko couldn’t believe it. “No, they’re not. They… they can’t be! They were OK when they left! How can dad, and Megumin, and-” Komekko started to sob uncontrollably, clinging to her mother tightly. Even Bran the Baby seemed sad, kicking against mommy’s belly.
After what felt like forever, mommy set Komekko at the table and took a deep breath. “Komekko...you are the Stark in Winterfell. You… you are the new Lady of the North. I… I shall aide you as I can, but-”
“Stannis has been bad,” Komekko growled, her hands balling into fists. She stood up slowly, her red eyes glowing as she looked to Maester Luwin “Tell everyone. Get Uncle Big Jon. Send for Auntie Maege and Dacey. Get Uncle Medger, and Uncle Robett, and… and EVERYBODY! Stannis Baratheon is going to pay. Maester Luwin! Get me my giraffe pen and parchment. I’m writing letters to everyone.”
“You are your father’s daughter,” Catelyn whispered, kissing Komekko on the forehead. “We’ll get you parchment. Maester Luwin will help you write.”
Komekko insisted on writing the letters herself, weeping hot tears onto the papers as she wrote, Hoost sitting at her feet, growling softly. She didn’t worry about the spelling very much, and mommy said it wasn’t that important. She got the important part down: Daddy, and Robb, and Yunyun, and Megumin, and Fat King Robert and Big Bro Kazuma and Myrcella and little Tommen, were all dead. And Stannis Baratheon had killed them.
And Komekko was calling her banners. Because SHE was the grownup now. And it was time to make Stannis Baratheon pay. She didn’t even stop to eat. Komekko wasn’t hungry anymore. Not for food.
Komekko affixed daddy’s seal, only, it was her seal now, to each of her letters. Grey, with a running direwolf on it. A copy was given to riders, another to a raven. They were dispatched throughout the North.
That night, when Osha was asleep, Komekko got out a knife, and cut her palm on it. Her eyes glowed red as she drew the circle in blood, chanting words she did not know, but her blood remembered. When she finished, she growled in a language not meant for mortal tongues, and a portal opened. From it, stepped two terrible beings.
Both hand long horns on their forehead, and long talons on their fingers. One was a female, and had cloven feet and a tail that ended in a spike, while the other was male and had two dark leathery wings.
“Mistress,” they intoned, kneeling before the little girl. “We hear and obey. What is thy will?”
“Maxwell. Regina. Someone killed my daddy, and my sisters, and my brother. I want revenge,” Komekko snarled.
Maxwell, Duke of Pain and Suffering adjusted his glasses, his pale hair seeming to glow in the moonlight. “Oh? I take it this revenge shall be...painful?”
“He shall suffer seven times as greatly as my family did,” Komekko vowed. “Him, and everyone who helped kill my daddy.”
“Our vengeance shall be swift, and terrible,” Regina, Duchess of Revenge and Manipulation purred. “Blood for blood.”
“You are to wait here, with me, until it is time for my banners to march south,” Komekko ordered, her red eyes unblinking and glowing with terrible power. “I want to be there when it is time for Stannis Baratheon to pay. He shall know what it is to face the wrath of the Cutest Little Sister of House Stark.”
That night, Komekko slept well with her two new dolls. When Osha saw them in the morning, the big woman looked afraid, wincing at the sight of the cute stuffed toys.
“Don’t worry, they’re not here for you,” Komekko told Osha. “I’m good. Daddy said.”
“And… Stannis?” Osha asked warily.
Komekko’s eyes gleamed again, burning with a dread intensity that did not belong in an eight year old’s face. “He’s been bad.”
========================================================================
Despite the relative heat of the day, the Wall did not weep. It stood as it ever had, gleaming white and blue in the last of the summer sun. White Ravens had come from the Citadel of Old Town: Winter Was Coming. And the Watch rode out to meet it.
Lord Commander Mormont had sent word to the lords of the North that the Watch required aid, but so far, little had been forthcoming. Jon knew why: word hard arrived not a week ago: his father, the twins, and Robb, were all dead, slain by the Usurper Stannis Baratheon. And Komekko Stark had called the Banners. The Umbers had sent forth a contingent of their men, but half had turned back and answered the call of Winterfell. The North would march South to war, not to the Wall to a threat that may yet not materialize.
A part of Jon desperately wished to respond to the call, to ride and avenge Megumin, and Yunyun, and his father, and Robb, and even Kazuma, who should have been king. Vanir, however, had talked him out of it, mad is it might seem.
“My mistress shall avenge Eddard Stark, boy. You need not fear she shall allow such a slight to go unanswered. But moi feels a foul wind blowing from beyond yon barrier. Something stirs, boy who thirsts for battle for he has not seen it. Moi urges you to go forth and meet it. If it is beyond Wiz’s skills to battle, moi fears this foe shall be treacherous indeed,” Vanir told Jon.
Jon had been about to go anyway when Ghost came over to him in his cell, putting his head on Jon’s lap. The wolf had looked up at him with red eyes, then sighed. He’d stepped away from Jon, looking to Vanir.
“Hmm? Oh. Your companion, it seems, has aught to say to you,” Vanir told Jon.
“Ghost? He’s a wolf. He can’t speak,” Jon said, frowning at the mad demon.
When he looked back though,boy about his age with eyes the color of blood and skin pale as new fallen snow, dressed in a white tunic with an odd white cap on his head crouched there. Jon jerked back, shocked and baffled. “Ghost!?”
The boy held up a fist, shaking it up and down, then gestured to himself, followed by the tapping of his pointer and middle fingers together, then making an odd rising gesture with one hand.
“Yes, my name is Ghost,” Vanir translated, and Ghost continued his gesticulations. “You named me, brother, and I am your faithful guardian. Please, listen. My mother, Holo the Wise Wolf, wished for us to go beyond the Wall.”
“Alright,” Jon said slowly, eyes flicking back and forth between Vanir and his now human wolf. “Vanir, what did you do to Ghost?”
“Moi has done nothing: Ghost is not merely a wolf, he is what thou would call an Old God, or perhaps a Child of the Forest.”
Ghost nodded his affirmative, then made more signs as Vanir interpreted. “I have no voice; I am the silent wolf. I come from a world far from here, called to be a hero once more. We must venture beyond the Wall. But, I will tell you a comfort: I do not mourn my sisters, nor my brother who went to the Land of the Seven Goddesses. I have not felt their deaths, nor has my mother. I believe they yet live, but they are beyond the sight of Old Gods.”
“Then, my father, Megumin, Yunyun, Robb? They… they live?”
Ghost shrugged. “He does not know, but he believes they do,” Vanir counseled. “Moi suggests we go beyond this wall. If thou wishes to safeguard thy family and friends, thou should go with thy newly adopted brothers.”
Ghost nodded, then rippled, going back to the form of a wolf, then sitting and looking expectantly at Jon.
“He shall follow where you lead, O child of ice and fire. But moi would head the wisdom of thy furry brother. Moi has run across his type before: a hero out of legend. Thou could become one such, if thou would follow the path laid before thee.”
“I should write Lady Catelyn and tell her father might yet live,” Jon said, feeling immensely relieved.
“And what wouldst thou say? That thy wolf and thy sister’s doll have told thee that they believe thy false sire lives?” Vanir asked in amusement.
“Well no, but- what do you mean, false sire?” Jon demanded.
“O-ho-ho! What delicious despair! Fear not, silly boy. Such things should not overly trouble you. You love this Eddard Stark, do you not?”
“Yes, he IS my father, whatever you say, demon,” Jon growled.
“Moi shall not argue the point: arguing with mortals is like trying to hold back the tide. Even if one succeeds, one looks incredibly foolish simply for trying.”
And so, when the host of the Black Brothers rode forth, Jon rode with them. He had taken his vows before a Heart Tree three days before, kneeling on the frozen ground along with Sam, who followed the New Goddesses, but still said his vows beside Jon. Thankfully, they were not attacked by any wights during the vigil, likely because Ghost stayed on watch. He passed the twilight of night without incident, and now he wore the black cloak of a full Brother of the Night’s Watch.
Jon rode with the Stewards, having been selected as Lord Commander Mormont’s personal dogsbody. He’d resented it, until Vanir had laughed at him and pointed out he was essentially Mormon’s squire, a position to be envied. Sometimes, Jon appreciated the demon’s company, but at other times, it was downright grating. Still, he had peace for a few days, as Vanir’s mask rested in his haversack, unmoving.
“Tell me, Jon Snow, do you resent that we make common cause with the Wildlings?” Lord Commander Mormont asked Jon one night a few days into their journey towards the Fist of the First Men.
Instead of answering right away, he stirred the pot of barley stew for a few moments longer, checking the rabbit’s meat that Ghost had caught for the Lord Commander’s supper. After sipping a bit of broth, he replaced the lid and turned back to Mormont. “A bit. I’ve seen the aftermath of Wilding raids with my father. Men killed. Women raped or dragged off to be taken back beyond the wall. Farms burned. The Wildlings are not our friends. And yet, I’ve also seen the dead walk, my Lord.”
Mormont nodded, giving a bit of corn to his pet raven, who let out a squawk and pecked it from his master’s gloved hand. “You know, I was Lord of Bear Island. We faced raids from Wildings coming down out of the Bay of Ice, and from Ironborn coming north with their damned longships. I have little love for wildings myself. But the Watch does not exist merely to ward off Wildings, as you well know.”
“Aye,” Jon agreed, shivering. “We were founded to shield the realms of men from the Great Other. I used to think that was over and done with since the defeat of the Kinslayer. Now, I wonder.”
“As do I. We
must
know what it is we truely face, Snow. And I will make common cause with even Mance Rayder against the Others. More importantly, I wish to find the Witch.”
“I… might be able to help with that,” Jon said slowly, glancing over to the corner of the tent.
Vanir had begun to reform, but was still no bigger than the doll he typically appeared to be. He was drowsing now, something the demon had previously not done, but apparently passing beyond the barrier of the Wall had sapped him of a great deal of strength.
“Oh? Is there some Stark secret I was not privy to?” Mormont demanded, narrowing his eyes at Jon.
In answer, Jon picked up Vanir, who yawned sleepily and held him up. “My Lord, do you recognize this doll?”
“Why, I’ve seen it’s like at the Witches shop,” Mormont said, taking the mini Vanir from Jon’s hands.
“Oh, moi assures you, oh man who came to die but found life instead, thou has never had a friend like moi.”
The Lord Commander let out an oath and chucked Vanir into the fire.
“Don’t ask him about a friend like moi,” Jon advised as the Old Man took up his sword, his eyes wide. “I still have nightmares about… whatever that was.”
“Thou simply lacks an appreciation for musical theater, a malady moi shall have to remedy for this world,” Vanir declared, picking himself out on stubby legs and wobbling out of the fire, not the slightest bit singed.
“A demon,” Mormont gasped, whirling on Jon. “Snow, what have you brought among us?”
“Oh do relax, O man who wishes his son would join him in exile. Moi is indeed a Duke of Hell, but moi is a friend to Wiz, who thou seeks. If moi can assist in locating the perpetually impoverished shop keeper, moi shall do so. And, as a bonus, moi shall also help dispose of these wretched frostbitten undead,” Vanir offered.
“He’s mostly harmless,” Jon reassured Mormont. “And he seems to be powerful, and know of Wiz. He could aid us.”
“Moi is indeed offering to aid you, O leader of men who ward against the unknown. Moi has some experience dealing with the undead,” Vanir informed the still startled Lord Commander.
“Who, or what, are you?” Mormont growled pointing his sword at Vanir.
“Ah! An excellent question! Moi is, in fact, currently a construct of earth, animated by the magical energies bound within my mask which my Mistress, Komekko Stark, has summoned and bound to her will. As for who, moi has the pleasure of being Vanir, Duke of Pride and Humiliation!”
The name seemed to catch Mormont off guard. “Vanir? Snow, is that true?”
“That’s what Komekko always called him. I used to think he was just a doll, but he’s proven to be rather more lively than a simple toy,” Jon admitted.
“You… you are the old companion of the Witch?” Mormont demanded, kneeling down to peer into Vanir’s face.
“If thou means dearest Wiz, indeed! We were generals in the Devil King’s army, and it was moi who first showed her the secrets of immortality!” Vanir declared.
“Devil King? Like in the books of the Southron Godddesses?,” Mormont muttered, stroking his long beard.
“Ah, that poor fool is long since dust, defeated by a group of most unlikely individuals, who were more a collection of character flaws and personality defects than an Adventuring Party, yet somehow they struck down the mightiest of foes despite their own best efforts,” Vanir laughed.
“I… see,” Mormont said slowly. He nodded, looking thoughtful. “I suppose when we go to face the others alongside the wildlings, I should not be picky in my choice of allies. Even if you are a denizen of the Seven Hells.”
“Oh no, moi is no mere denizen of hell. Moi is the ruler of the Second Hell. One would wish to point out that at least there, it is much warmer.”
“You know, I think it says something about my time on the Wall that spending a few years roasting alive doesn’t sound quite so bad anymore,” Mormont sighed. “Very well, Snow. I suppose you and Master Vanir could indeed prove useful. Can he fight?”
“I haven’t seen him do so, but he has odd powers, and he claims he can help locate Wiz, which I understand is of some importance,” Jon explained.
Mormont grimaced. “Aye. That it is. Very well. We’re drawing near to the Witches Shop. We’ll see what can be learned there on the morrow. Perhaps Vanir will show himself to more than a child’s plaything.”
It was quite a shock to the Black Brothers the next day to suddenly have a dapper gentleman in a mask striding alongside them, especially given his odd mannerisms and way of speaking. However, when Vanir proclaimed himself to be a friend and companion to Wiz, most of the men simply nodded and accepted this. If there was one thing they knew about the witch, it was that she was a strange being indeed.
As they approached the Witches Shop, Vanir frowned, sniffing the air. “Moi detects the undead, and in large numbers. And something in the air… yes. A barrier. Wiz is under siege. Come! We must make haste!”
“The Others, here?” Mormont gasped. “Impossible! They never venture so near to-” he cut himself off, raising his hand. “TO ARMS! WIGHTS AND WORSE APPROACH!”
Indeed, they had just fallen into a battle order when a venerable horde of wights shambled out of the trees ahead, approaching at a dead run, their blue eyes glowing even in the daylight.
“ARCHERS!” Qhorin Halfhand roared. “Make ready to-”
“Such filthy things! And not a drop of despair amongst them! Feh, moi shall handle this,” Vanir proclaimed, and snapped his fingers. Before the Watch, the earth rippled, and dolls much like Vanir emerged, giggling as they trundled forward towards the swarm of wights. The undead snarled and lunged for the constructs, which proved to be the last thing they ever did.
No sooner had the wights fallen on the mini-Vanirs then they exploded in a rippling series of blasts that sent a gust of wind back, staggering the Night’s Watch. The first rank of Wights was utterly demolished, leaving behind only a few twitching limbs. But with another snap of Vanir’s fingers, more earthen dolls ran forward, eagerly rushing towards the remaining undead, which were either dragging themselves forward on mangled limbs, or standing after being knocked over. Another wave of detonations resounded, and then the air was still, save for the swirling of dust and smoke.
“O-ho-ho! What delicious despair from you mortals!” Vanir chortled, placing his forearm against his head. “Ah! Moi feasts well this day! Come, there are more ahead, if you foolish men are so eager yet to slay them, moi shall leave a few for you.”
“That’s, ah, quite alright,” the Halfhand managed, goggling at the destruction. “Goddesses be good, I never thought… you are a friend of the Witch, aren’t you, creature?”
“Moi is no creature, foolish mortal. Moi is a Duke of Hell! Now come! Moi wishes to inspect this barrier Wiz has erected.”
Two more attacks by the undead came, but Vanir annihilated each of them easily, despite both consisting of over a hundred wights each. No Others were spotted, but scouting parties rode forth to attempt to find the beings that were raising such a large mass of wights. After a short time, they came to what Jon could only assume was the barrier Vanir had been talking about. It was a patch of air that rippled and shimmered with a pale blue light, and when one placed a hand near it, a deep cold could be felt.
“Do not touch; moi fears thou wouldst lose a limb or worse,” Vanir told Jon. “A moment. Moi is familiar with this spell. One merely needs to key to open it. And...ah. Simple, when one knows how.”
The air cracked and popped, and the blue glow faded. Jon could now see the cluster of houses and odd plant life, and wondered if Wiz was as odd as Vanir. The force of Black Brothers had not gone far, however, before an arrow buried itself in Vanir’s chest. He glanced down, frowning in irritation, but apparently unharmed.
“THAT’S FAR ENOUGH, CROWS! WHAT DID YOU DO TO THE WITCH’S BARRIER?” a female voice shouted.
“Moi has merely dispelled it for the time being, O fiery mortal who weds a spear but not a man,” Vanir shouted back. “Pray do not fight these other mortals; moi would hate for thee to waste thy energy upon the living when the dead deserve it so much more.”
“We’re yet living, you damned fool!” Mormont shouted, standing in his saddle. “We’re here to find the Witch, and reinforce Mance! We’ve no quarrel with you!”
A girl with red hair wielding a bow poked her head up from behind a fallen tree, scowling at the Night’s Watch. “If you mean us no harm, why’d you go and drop the barrier? That was all that's keeping the White Walkers and their minions from killing us!”
“Do relax, dear girl,” Vanir said, pulling the arrow from his chest and tossing it aside in a nonchalant motion. “Moi can restore the barrier easily enough, but such a thing would not have kept you safe forever. It was weakening, and would have failed in oh, a week or so by moi’s reckoning.”
That got the wilding to go even paler than she already was. “A week? But… who are you, exactly? You’re no crow, though you wear black.”
“This is Vanir. He’s a friend of Wiz’s,” Jon said, stepping forward. He raised his hands, showing them to be empty. “We mean you no harm. Tell us, is the Witch here?”
“Aye. But… well, come. Best if you see for yourself, crow. We’re all bloody well doomed,” the wildling spat, then stood and turned towards the buildings.
Mormont brought Jon, Qhorin, and a few other senior officers of the watch with them as they walked towards the buildings. They found more Wildlings in prepared positions, most of them elderly or young. They were all armed however, and even the toothless old grandmas looked as though they knew which end of their spears to use. It would have sickened Jon to fight them, but they were Wildings. The enemy. Or, had been, until the world went mad.
Once inside the shop, Jon looked around in puzzlement at the odd assortment of goods. None of it looked like something that belonged beyond the wall, instead it was a menagerie of brightly colored clothing in odd styles, queer toys and games, and impractical looking equipment such as a “portable commode” that appeared to be a wooden bucket with raisable screens around it.
“She’s back here,” the red-headed wildling said, gesturing behind a door. “We keep an eye on her, but...she won’t wake. Don’t do anything foolish, crows. Or it will be the last thing you ever do.”
“Be at ease, girl. We’ll hold to the peace,” Mormont said, then ducked inside. Jon followed along with Vanir, and found himself in a small cramped room. A woman was laid out on the bed, with long brown hair obscuring her face. She looked queer, and as Jon appraoched, he saw she was translucent.
“Goddesses preserve us, what has happened to her?” Mormont muttered as Vanir crouched by the bedside.
“She is wounded,” Vanir said, his normally jovial tone gone grim. “And fading. Jon Snow, moi must beg of you a favor.”
“Yes?” Jon asked, crouching beside Vanir as the devil pulled off his white gloves.
“Wiz must be restored, ere she fades before long. She was likely using the last of her magic to fuel that barrier, fool that she is. Moi cannot restore her; only the vitality of the living may do that.”
“What do you mean?” Jon asked, frowning.
“Your life force. I must transfer some of it to Wiz. Moi must beg your leave to do this, as the process is painful.”
“She’ll die otherwise?” Jon asked, peering down at the woman. She was quite lovely from what he could tell, though she was a near ghost and appeared sickly.
“She is already dead. She will cease to exist,” Vanir explained. “Wiz is a lich.”
“What?” Mormont hissed, taking half a step back. “Her? One of the Others? That is-” he paused, frowning. “That makes sense, I suppose. She is thousands of years old. But why-”
“We have not the time. Willst thou consent, Jon Snow?” Vanir demanded.
Slowly, Jon took off his own glove, then held his hand out to Vanir. “If she’s the one who’s saved all these people… then, yes. I-” He let out cry of pain as Vanir seized his hand, putting his other palm on Wiz’s forehead.
“Drain Touch.”
Despite the pain, Jon soon felt lethargic and weak, his eyelids fluttering. After a minute, he slumped over, unable to keep kneeling. As consciousness faded, his last thought was that perhaps trusting a demon wasn’t the wisest thing he’d ever done.
End Book 1.
Cast of Characters;
Lady Komekko Stark as; You do NOT !@#$ with the Crimson Demon Clan
Catelyn Stark: Don’t fuck with mama wolf neither.
Vanir is; Man, this guy just SCREAMS trustworthy, amright?
Jon Snow as; Knowing nothing
Ghost as; Wolf Link. No, really.
And introducing:
Regina as; Duchess of Revenge and Manipulation (seems she got downgraded from Goddess)
Maxwell as; Still torturing Alderp, thanks.
And Ygritte as; First Girl Wins, right?
Full Cast List in (rough) order of appearance:
Kazuma Sato as; Joffrey “Baratheon” if he wasn’t a douche.
Tyrion Lannister as; Chaddest of Lions.
Robert Baratheon as; Fs in Chat Boys.
Komekko as; Bran Stark, and Cutest and Most Terrifying Sister of the House of Stark.
Megumin as; Arya Stark, MISTRESS OF BAKURETSU.
Comrade Yunyun as; Sansa Stark, Commissar of Friendship.
Catelyn Stark as; Momma Wolf, with Bran Stark ETA 3 months.
Eddard Stark as; HE LIVES! SUCK IT, CANON!
Rickon Stark as; Himself. But with a weird watch.
Iris Shining Sword Belzerg as; Daenerys Targaryen, if she lifted, bro.
Viserys Targaryen as; having come to the dawning realization of how boned planetos is early on.
Khal Drogo as; We hardly knew ye.
Jorah Mormont as; Not having the hots for Iris.
Cersei Lannister as; Bitch Queen of Dumb Luck.
Myrcella as; Kazuma’s Lil Sis, and honestly much happier for it.
Tommen as; Onii-sama will protect me!
Robb Stark as; He did the mash, he did the Monster Mash!
Jon Snow as; Wait, shit, he was supposed to live for at least four more books, right?
Jamie Lannister as; Not the Only Kingslayer in Town.
Sandor Clegane as; This was a triumph, I’m making a note here: Huge Success.
Jory Cassel as; It’s hard to overstate my satisfaction, and believe me I’m still alive.
Theon Greyjoy as; Oh yes. I’m certain taking an eldritch abomination to bed is a great idea.
Claire Shinfornea as; Asha Greyjoy, Pirate Queen of the Narrow Sea.
Note: Claire insists she is not a pirate.
Earl Harlaw as; Mr. Harlaw. Apparently, the New Way is British.
Darkness as; Margaery Tyrell, Knight Pervert of the Seven Kingdoms.
Brienne as; The maid of Tarth, she took some hearts, all on a Summer’s knight.
Chris as; Edric Dayne. Ugh, stop bothering me, mom!
Olenna Tyrell as; So over this nonsense.
Petyr Baelish as; Really should have read the rules of this game.
Varys the Spider as; Enigmatic as ever.
Stannis Baratheon as; Stan the Man with a Plan to Rule the Land.
Dust as; Trystane Martell, Kazuma’s Bro and still kind of a perverted dork.
Lean as; Shireen Baratheon. She’s got a heck of a tail to tell.
Rain as; Lancel Lannister. And possibly a pirate?
Vanir as; Simply moi. Could moi be anyone else?
Hoost as; Summer the Direwolf, if he were a blue-collar demon turned into a werewolf who was also an old god.
Chomusuke as; Nymeria the Direwolf, except her mistress is somehow even crazier.
Tsume as; Grey Wind, bringer of Lycanthropy.
Link as; Ghost, the Hero of Hyrule.
Garurumon as; Shaggy Dog. Yes, that makes Rickon one of the digidestined. No, it won’t come up.
Senko-San as; Lady the Direwolf, Friendship Crusader.
Cecily the Lewd Lesbian as; Septa Mordane, and also the High Sparrow. Hoo boy.
Aqua as; The Maiden. Only, you know, real. And kinda dumb.
Eris as; The Smith. Only she makes it rain, boyz.
Madokami as; The Father. Except, you know, a woman. And also ultra powerful.
Athena as; The Warrior, and chooser of the Stormborn, Saint of Battle.
Ristarte as; The Crone, if she looked about 20, had a smokin’ bod, and granted healing powers.
Satella as; The Stranger, who welcomes all into the embrace of death.
Hestia as; The Mother, and jumping Bell’s bones every chance she gets.
Holo the Wise Wolf as; The Old Gods, and the Last Wolf.
Nyarko-san as; The Drowned God, and hoo boy, Theon is not ready for this. DEATH BY SNU-SNU,
Kefka Palazzo as; Rh’llor the Lord of Light. He’ll keep everyone warm, forever, and put a smile of madness on everyone’s face.
Arthas Menathil as; The Great Other. IN THE END, ALL SHALL SERVE.
End Credits Bonus Scene: Kazuma v. Joffrey
Yawning, Kazuma smacked his lips and scratched at himself as he rolled out of bed. He blinked, looking around the room. Where was he? Nothing was right. It looked about the same shape and size, but where were his books? Where were the Cyrvasse pieces neatly lined up on the shelves to display his collection?
“What the heck?” Kazuma mumbled, and slid out of his bed, his feet padding on the ground. He found a large crossbow in a place of prominence, along with the stuffed and mounted heads of several game animals. “Ugh. Gross.”
Scratching at his head, Kazuma went to the window and peered out. Everything looked normal enough. The Red Keep bustled with activity, and he recognized some of the servants. He spotted Aron Santegar moving about the yard.
“Yo! Aron! You seen Sandor around?”
The master at arms glanced up, frowning, then did a double take. “Er, he was with you, your Highness.”
“What? That doesn’t sound right.” Kazuma leaned back in, glaring around his room. This would not do. He’d have nothing to read, and without his Cyvasse collection, things were looking dire as far as entertainment options went. Sighing, Kazuma went to get dressed. For some reason, all his clothes were just a bit too big, which was irritating enough, and Masamune was gone. Not that he was going to bother wearing the sword if no one was making him, but he was a bit disappointed as he rather liked it.
Stepping outside, Kazuma found his uncle Tyrion walking by.
“Morning, Tyrion. Hey, you know what happened to my room? Someone messed with my stuff.”
Tyrion froze in his tracks, his head slowly turning to look at Kazuma. “A good morning to you, nephew. Are you accusing me of ransacking your chambers?”
“What? No. I thought maybe you’d played a prank or something,” Kazuma said, rubbing the back of his head and frowning. “You OK? You’re looking at me all funny.”
“Are you quite well, Joffrey?” Tyrion asked, cocking his head to one side.
“Joffrey? Who the hell is Joffrey?” Kazuma demanded.
Tyrion blinked. “I… I had thought you were… but you’re wearing the prince's clothes.”
“Duh. I’m the prince. Man, what is going on today? You want me to call a maester for you or something, Tyrion? You’re looking a bit pale.”
“I...no. I think-”
“Well, OK. I’m gonna find out who the hell took all my books and messed with my Cyvasse collection. I bet it was Myrcella or Tommen, they’re always borrowing stuff and not telling me. We can use your board for our game this afternoon, right? Later.”
Kazuma walked off, leaving a stunned Tyrion in his wake. He hurried through the halls of the Red Keep, frowning when servants dashed out of his way, their eyes widening in fright when he went by. He was so distracted by it he bumped into a maid, causing her to drop her bundle of laundry.
She dropped to her knees, looking horrified. “My Prince! F-forgive me, I-”
“Nah, it’s OK,” Kazuma said, taking the girls arm and helping her up, then bending over to help with the laundry. “Look, I wasn’t trying to steal anyone’s underwear. Just, er, keep this quiet, alright? My dad had a fit the last time they caught me with a girl's panties.”
“I, er, thank you? My Lord?” the maid stammered, gazing at Kazuma with a dumbstruck expression
“No problem,” Kazuma called as he ran on.
When he found Myrella and Tommen’s rooms empty, he got a very confused guard to tell him where they were, and hurried off to the gardens. He had just entered them when he heard Myrcella crying, and Tommen begging for someone to stop. A burning rage filled Kazuma, and he dashed towards the noises of distress.
He found a tall, blond boy looming over his younger siblings, holding up a yowling Lion-O as Sandor stood to the side, looking irritated.
“-just some stupid cat!” the boy was saying, sneering down at the begging Tommen. “You can find them anywhere in the castle! I ought to drown this filthy stray and-”
“YO! ASSHOLE!” Kazuma roared, leaping forward. The boy had just enough time to turn to Kazuma, a perplexed expression on his face, before Kazuma’s fist slammed into the smug prick. A part of Kazuma realized the boy could have nearly been his twin, but most of him just did not give a damn.
“PICK ON MY SISTER AND BROTHER WILL YOU!?” Kazuma shouted, continuing the merciless pummeling. “I’LL SHOW YOU WHAT HAPPENS WHEN YOU MAKE MYRCELLA AND TOMMEN CRY!”
Despite the fact that the other boy was a bit bigger than he, the element of surprise and the sheer rage that Kazuma felt was enough to allow him to reduce the other boy to a whimpering, weeping mess on the ground in only a few seconds, as his stunned siblings looked on in shock. It wasn’t until Sandor recovered from his own astonishment and hauled Kazuma off of the bully that he quit.
“Ow, ow, OK, I get it, I’ll stop!” Kazuma said, glaring at Sandor, who was holding him up in one gauntleted hand. “But how could you just stand there and let this prick bully Tommen and Myrcella! I don’t give a damn who he is, no one gets to bully them! Don’t you know how to do your job? You’re supposed to protect us, not let some jackass hurt them.”
“I…” Sandor frowned, cocking his head to one side. “Just who in the Seven Hells are you, boy, and why are you attacking Prince Joffrey?”
“I’ve never heard of any Prince Joffrey,” Kazuma scoffed. “And that dipshit was asking for it!”
“I...I’ll have your head for this!” the other boy screeched, standing up with a swollen face and blacked eye that was already developing a nice purple hue. “No one attacks the Crown Prince and lives!”
“Crown Prince of what, the Eighth Kingdom of Assholes?” Kazuma demanded. “Put me down, Sandor. I’ll show this moron what it is to mess with the Heir of Robert Baratheon! Dad always wanted me to fight, and right about now, I’m feeling it!”
Tommen and Myrcella were gaping up at Kazuma, clutching at Lion-O. “Who...who are you?” Myrcella sniffed.
“What?” Kazuma suddenly wriggled in Sandor’s grip, and shouted, “ESCAPE ARTIST!” and landed. He quickly moved to Myrcella, who flinched away, looking frightened. “Hey, Lil Sis, it’s me. Your Big Bro. You don’t need to be afraid, I’ll keep this-”
Kazuma cut off and grabbed both Tommen and Myrcella, covering them with his body as something warned him of imminent danger. The air where his head had been hissed, and he rolled over to find Joffrey glaring at him, Masamune in hand.
“You took my sword!” Kazuma accused. “It was you! You screwed up my room, stole my stuff, and you’re bullying my siblings?! Oh, it’s on!”
“This is Lion’s Tooth, fool, and it is the sword of-”
Kazuma extended his hand, his blood boiling. “STEAL!” Masamune appeared back in his grip, and Joffrey stumbled back, looking at Kazuma in terror.
“W-wait! S-Sandor, stop him! I am the prince, I command you to-”
“Sandor, hold this,” Kazuma said, shoving the sword at the very confused and uncertain shield. “This guy and I are about to have a, what do you call it?”
“R-reasonable talk?” Joffrey stammered.
“A beating. Yes. We’re going to have a beating,” Kazuma declared, cracking his knuckles.
However, Sandor decided enough was enough, and collared both Kazuma and Joffrey. “I’m taking you to the queen. She can sort this mess out.”
Tommen and Myrcella trundled along behind as Sandor took the whining Joffrey and still irate Kazuma towards the queen’s chambers.
“When mother sees what you’ve done to me, she’ll have your head cut off, boy!” Joffrey simpered.
“When mom sees what you did to Tommen and Myrcella, she’ll let me finish the asskicking you need, pal!” Kazuma vowed.
They found Cercei in her chambers, arguing loudly with Robert about something or other. Probably his latest squeeze, which made Kazuma feel a bit sick. Why couldn’t his parents just get along? Before Sandor could interrupt them, Kazuma slipped his grasp again and moved to the center of the room.
“Mom, dad, look, I know you’re angry and stuff, but, could you wait a moment? Tommen and Myrcella are here. Just… please. This idiot broke into the gardens and was harassing them. I apparently need your permission to finish teaching him why you don’t mess with the Baratheons.”
The king and queen interrupted their tirad, goggling at Kazuma.
“Joffrey?” Cersei asked. “What are...your lord father and I are having a discussion. I will see to you later, my love, and-”
“Mother, this wretch dared touch me!” Joffrey interrupted, stepping forward and pointing at him. “I demand you have his head removed!”
“Seven Hells, there’s two of you now?” Robert demanded, glancing back and forth between the near identical boys. “I’m not even drunk, and I’m seeing double!”
“No, he’s the fake! Would I ever hurt my beloved siblings?” Kazuma demanded. “Come on dad, let me kick his ass!”
“Father, I am your heir, you cannot allow this!” Joffrey screeched, his face going red and flushed. “I demand you kill him! Or have Sandor hold him while I beat him senseless myself.”
“Oh, so now you need someone else to fight your battles, jackass?” Kazuma demanded, drawing himself up and folding his arms over his chest. “You’re just some poser. The REAL son of Robert Baratheon wouldn’t need someone’s help to take on someone smaller than he is!”
Cersei was looking back and forth between the two boys, her mouth open in shock.
Just then, Tyrion waddled in. “Sister, something queer is going on with Joff. He- Oh. Well, this is quite the predicament. It seems there are two Joffreys.”
“No, I’m the real Joffrey, he’s a traitor and an imposter,” Joffrey sniffled.
“I’m not Joffrey, I’m Kazuma Baratheon! Who the hell is Joffrey, and why does everyone act like it’s OK for him to pick on my siblings?! They’re royalty too!”
“I… Cersei, which of these is your son?” the King asked, looking slightly cross eyed as he tried to examine both of the supposed princes.
“Dad?” Kazuma spun around, feeling hurt beyond words. “You… you know I’m your son too, right? I know you think I’m kinda a disappointment but… you still love me, right? You know… you know that I want to be a great king like you someday, don’t you?”
Robert blinked rapidly. “Well. I don’t know what has happened, but Cersei, I like this one a fair sight better.”
“MOTHER! Don’t let father do anything to me,” Joffrey pleaded, cringing and trying to hide behind his shorter mother.
Snarling, Kazuma whirled and stalked over to him. “Who are you, anyway? My evil twin? Get away from my mom!”
Cersei, however, interposed herself. “I… I don’t know who you are, but, but I won’t let you hurt my son any further! Robert, see to it that this boy is-”
“Mom?” Kazuma asked, now feeling utterly lost and wounded. Tears blurred his vision for a moment, and he wiped them away. “Mom, it’s me. Your oldest son. You… you remember when you used to sing to me at night, or how you always have time to help take care of me when I get sick?”
Hearing that made Cersei look back and forth between Kazuma and Joffrey. She reached out a hand to Joffrey. “My son, you… you are Joffrey, aren’t you?”
“Don’t touch me, woman!” Joffrey spat, slapping the hand away. “You’re going mad like the rest, falling under this charlatans spell!”
That sounded more like Joffrey to Cersei, but it also hurt her. She turned back to the other boy, who was a near mirror image of her beloved Joff and-
Kazuma wrapped his arms around Cersei. “Mom. Please. You… you know it’s me, right? Your son. I… I love you, mom. And I know you love me.”
“Don’t touch, her wretch!” Joffrey howled. “Sandor, Sandor make him stop!”
Cersei, however, felt dazed. When had been the last time that Joffrey had hugged her like this? When he was seven? Six? She couldn’t recall. But she wrapped her arms around her son, closing her eyes. “My… my son. I do love you.”
“I like him better too,” Myrcella opined as she pointed to Kazuma, and Tommen nodded vigorously.
“He does seem rather more agreeable than the old Joffrey,” Tyrion agreed.
“YOU CAN’T DO THIS TO ME!” Joffrey screamed. “HE’S AN IMPOSTER! I’M THE REAL CROWN PRINCE!”
Kazuma separated from Cersei, glowring at Joffrey. “Yeah? Wanna back that up with something other than words, asshole?”
“I think there’s one way to settle who my son and heir is,” Robert agreed.
An evil grin spread across Kazuma’s face, and he turned to the King, his green eyes dancing. “Single combat? Please say to the death.”
Joffrey jumped back. “What?! No! Father, you can’t-”
“I’m the king, boy, and I can do what I damn well please!” Robert thundered. “Now prove if you’re a Baratheon or not, and face your supposed doppelganger like a man!”
Joffrey backed away from Kazuma, who was edging forward.
“For every tear you made Myrcella cry, I’m going to punch you. For every tear you caused Tommen, I’m gonna kick you,” Kazuma promised. “And then, when I’m all done, I’m not going to have Sandor, or Illiyan, or anyone else kill you. I’m gonna do it myself. No one, and I mean, no one, hurts my little sis.”
“M-mother?” Joffrey stammered.
“I believe you must be the imposter,” Cersei said coldly. “My son would know how to love his mother, and be her protector, instead of hiding behind me like a coward. Are you a lion, or a lamb?”
Joffrey looked around for allies, for someone he could order to fight Kazuma, but all he found were cold eyes looking back at him.
“Here, nephew,” Tyrion said, handing Kazuma a dagger. “I believe you may require this.”
“Thanks, Tyrion,” Kazuma said, flipping it over to hold the knife in a reverse grip. “I’ll give him a cut just for you.”
At that, Joffrey whimpered, pissed himself, and ran. Kazuma took off after him, but as Joffrey wasn’t a NEET who spent all his time napping and goofing off, and had slightly longer legs, he soon outpaced Kazuma. He had to flee the Red Keep, however, as Kazuma was relentless, even as he gasped for breath. Soon, Flea Bottom had a new orphan, a mad one who had the rags of fine clothes, and claimed to be a prince.
Joffrey Baratheon, the first of his name, ended up dead in a ditch less than a week later.
As for Kazuma, he got used to being called Joffrey, though quite a few people were happy enough to call him Kazuma and be quit of the cruel prince for good. Myrcella and Tommen were wary of him at first, but were soon delighted to have a loving Big Bro. Tyrion helped Kazuma get the proper books for his room, and some new Cyvasse pieces. Cersei appreciated having a son who loved her, and her mental stability improved slightly. As for Robert, he was happy enough to have a more respectful heir. He was disappointed Kazuma didn’t seem to enjoy fighting as Joffrey had, but at least he didn’t torture cats and small children.
And they all lived happily after.
Well, not really, it was still Westeros after all. But happier, anyway.
Fin
A Clash of NEETs with return in Book Two: A Storm of Imotos.
Coming January 2021.
Author’s Note:
It’s been a wild ride these past few months, but we’re at the end of the first part of this story. First off, I’d like to extend a big thank you to my beta, The Grand Cogitator for helping me so much in crafting this story, and even contributing several excellent bits of backstory. I’d also like to thank everyone who has contributed to the TV Tropes page. I really enjoy looking at that and seeing what people make of the literary devices I’ve been using in this tale. A special thank you as well to everyone who has been active in the thread. I love the discussion and it’s been fun to talk about things with all of you and see what wild theories people come up with.
This isn’t the end of the story, far from it, but I need a break. Just on this story, I wrote about 150k words between the main narrative and Cecily’s guides on Spacebattles in the past few months, and that’s just a lot of output. I need to refresh myself a bit, then work on putting together book 2. I’ve already got quite a few chapters done, but this part is going to be more complicated and needs more polish before we embark on it. Either way, after the new year you can expect more updates.
In the meantime, let me know what you think of the story so far, and where you think things are going. I’d also appreciate any feedback on what did and didn’t work in the story for you, what the strong parts and weak parts were as that helps me improve as a writer. It’s also good to know what people enjoyed and want to see more of, as that helps me get to know my audience better. You can also check out my various other stories here on AO3, or take a look at the TV tropes page if you have time.
Until next time,
Full-Paragon
Chapter 25: Begin Book 2: A Storm of Imoutos
Summary:
Previously on A Clash of NEETs:
Bobby B has died. The Seven Kingdoms have immediately decided now was as good a time as any to get their Civil War on. Now, Kazuma must face down his uncle(s?) to prove he’s the real king. Meanwhile, Iris Targaryen has accidentally started conquering Essos for her Big Bro, who would really rather she didn’t. Both sides must rely on their hidden super weapons: their little sisters.
Chapter Text
Book 2: A Storm of Imoutos
A cold breeze blew out of the east, fluttering the sails of the Mermaid’s Tail and sending her rocking through the swells of the iron grey sea. A light drizzle was falling on the ship's deck, and the air was cold and frigid. Kazuma’s toes were numb as they gripped the slick boards of the deck, but he focused not on the pain, but on his opponent.
Megumin stood a few paces away from Kazuma, poised on the balls of her feet, her wooden sword held in a steady one handed grip. Her dark hair clung to her head, and her red eyes watched Kazuma warily.
“Begin,” Syrio ordered, and both of their weapons blurred into rapid motion.
Back and forth across the deck the two fighters danced, sliding and shuffling with deliberate motions so as not to lose their footing. They had to dodge sailors and lines of rope swaying in the breeze, but neither lost focus, the sharp clack of their swords striking adding to the noise of a ship under way.
In the end, it was the footing that mattered the most. Kazuma slipped, his left foot sliding on the deck, and he stumbled to right himself. Megumin seized the chance, and her sword scored Kazuma’s ribs, knocking him fully off balance. The next thing he knew, her sword tip was at his throat.
“Good. You are learning, girl,” Syrio said, stepping over as Megumin helped Kazuma back up.
“Alright, what did I do wrong this time?” Kazuma grumbled. His luck wasn’t in that day, and he felt as though it hadn’t been in since his father had died. So much for being king.
When he’d been little, he’d dreamed of the day he would be king, but as he got older he’d realized that for that to happen, his father would have to be dead. Robert had been young, only thirty and six. Kazuma had thought he’d have years yet before he had to take the throne. Now, he wondered if he ever would.
“Nothing,” Syrio answered, and both Kazuma and Megumin turned to frown at their sword master.
“Nothing? But he lost,” Megumin pointed out.
“Just so. But it is possible to do everything right, and still lose. The footing here, it is treacherous. I watched your feet, you placed them carefully and well. Even so, the ship, she moves, and is wet. Sometimes, it is luck that decides the battle. Not skill.”
“Yeah, OK,” Kazuma agreed, rubbing at his sore ribs and grimacing.
“Enough for today. You are learning all that Syrio can teach you for now.”
Megumin and Kazuma gave Syrio a bow, and their sword master headed below. Kazuma, for his part, went to the rail despite the cold, looking out over the misty waters. They were out of sight of land, trying desperately to stay away from Stannis’ hunting galleys. The sea was a wide place, but even so, if a warship did find them, they would have to pray Megumin or Yunyun’s magic was working.
“You OK?” Megumin asked, coming to the rail beside Kazuma.
He almost said yes, but he hung his head, closing his eyes as moisture beaded on his eyebrows.
“No.”
Megumin didn’t say anything, but she did put her arm around Kazuma, and he leaned into her. They stood there for a time, swaying with the motion of the ship. Too much had happened, too much had changed in too short a time. So many people were dead now, people he had known for years. Kazuma hoped that somehow, Sandor had survived, but he doubted it.
“I miss him,” Kazuma said at last. “I know it’s weird. Dad mostly just ignored me, and when he didn’t usually it was to tell me off or make me do stuff I didn’t want to. But...but if he could come back, just for one day, to yell at me and tell me to practice with my sword and shield…” Kazuma couldn’t continue, and Megumin squeezed him hard.
“I know. I’m sorry. I love my dad too. If something ever happened to him... I don’t know what I’d do.”
Kazuma looked down at his hand, feeling angry and frustrated. “I have these stupid magic powers, but none of them could have saved my dad! Not even Cecily could do that! Why not!? Why...why did my dad have to die? Why did Stannis have to betray us? I don’t...how could he even say that my mom and uncle Jaime did those horrible things?”
“We’ll beat him,” Megumin promised. “Get me close enough, and I’ll explode him.”
“Thanks,” Kazuma sighed, resting his head against Megumin’s and taking her hand in his. He figured that, as long as she was with him, somehow, things would turn out alright.
Neither of the pair saw their parents looking on from the poop deck. Cersei and Eddard were standing together under the shelter offered by a tarp erected there.
“It will have to be soon,” Cersei told Ned. “We can’t wait any longer.”
“Aye. You’re likely right,” Eddard sighed. “I mislike the thought of my daughter being wed so young, but things have changed. There’s also the matter of the crowning.”
Cersei grimaced. Trust a man to have no stomach for the hard choices in life.
“I take it there are not many Septons in the North? Cecily will have to do it. It will be odd, having an Axis Septa perform the ceremony, but there will be little choice. It will cost us some legitimacy, especially if High Septa Charity XIV crowns Stannis. Will Cecily do it?”
“I cannot be sure. She is queer, as you well know. I’d suggest that if the coronation happens in the North, that it happens in a godswood, in the sight of the Old Gods and New.”
“That would break tradition, but likely secure him the loyalty of your bannermen,” Cersei agreed. She glanced at Eddard. “Do you think Cecily could get Aqua to perform the crowning? If an actual goddess crowns Kazuma king, no matter where it happens it would be a mighty sign in our favor.”
“That I do not know. Would not such an act be blasphemous though? The goddesses bless the king, aye, but they stay out of the affairs of men.”
“It’s hardly blasphemy if a goddess does it, now isn’t it?” Cersei asked dryly. “Besides, we shall need all the help we can get. At best, we can count on the Westerlands, the Riverlands, and the North. It seems Stannis will have the other regions as his own.”
“Unfortunately, I think you are correct. He likely has my fool son, and if he does the Reach will pledge to him.”
Both Cersei and Eddard turned as Olenna Tyrell hauled herself up the stairs. She groaned, popping her back when she reached the top before coming to stand beside the dowager queen.
“A risky campaign. Stannis will likely fall on Tywin before he even marshals his hosts. Then, he shall move on the Riverlands, and in turn, the North. One by one, you shall all fall.”
“Catelyn will have called the Northern Banners. They may even be marching south before we reach Winterfell,” Eddard said. He glanced at Olenna. “You are certain Mace will call his banners for Stannis? He has little love for the man, and he besieged Storm’s End during Robert’s Rebellion.”
“Oh, he’ll do it. The girl and I may have escaped with you fools, but I doubt Mace managed it. Stannis had things buttoned up too nicely. He was planning this before Robert was even dead,” Olenna growled, shaking her head in disgust. “That lie about Kazuma was nothing but a pretext. He has always resented his older brother, and thought Robert was a fool and a poor king. He was right, of course, but to attempt to murder his own nephews and niece is a disgrace. The man would make himself a kinslayer.”
“I would not have you speak ill of my late husband,” Cersei said stiffly, but Olenna made a rude noise.
“What are you going to do, toss me over the side? We both know you loathed Robert as well, Cersei. I don’t blame you, if I’d had a husband who was unfaithful in addition to being a great fool, I’d likely have been tempted to murder him. Oh, don’t make that face at me. I don’t believe the vile rumors. Perhaps you were tempted to be unfaithful, but not with Jaime. I would have bedded a man or two myself after Luthor died if I’d been a decade younger. You’re young. Remarry, find someone you actually enjoy the company of and have some fun.”
“My grief is still too fresh. Besides, my taking a lover would undermine my son,” Cersei replied, sounding slightly strangled. She did look as though she wanted to toss Olenna over the side, and her hands were balled into white knuckled fists. “I doubt I will ever love a man.”
Olenna pursed her lips, studying Cersei.
“Was that the problem? Tywin would force you to marry a man you had no interest in. Well. Give it time. Now, on to other matters. What do you intend to do with my granddaughter? Going to force her on Robb, or on Tyrion?”
Eddard blinked in shock, while Cersei laughed.
“To the point, aren’t you?” the Queen Dowager asked. “I suppose you can negotiate on which. I would prefer to see her wedded to Tyrion myself, but I suppose Robb would not be a terrible choice, especially once Kazuma gets a child on Megumin.”
“They are not-that is, my son is not yet a man,” Eddard managed in a strangled tone. “And Ser Darkness is not yet a woman grown either!”
“That hardly matters. She’s older than Megumin, and marriage might calm the fool girl down,” Olenna scoffed. “Besides, you need the alliance, Stark. If you’ve not the stomach for it, I’ll talk to Cersei. She can be sensible about such things. Trust a woman who had to marry for politics to understand the realities of the situation.”
“I am not going to simply marry my son off to a girl he has no affection for, nor will I allow you to force a knight in my service to marry a man she has no interest in,” Eddard declared, glaring at both women. “Especially not when the girl may have conflicted loyalties with her father and brothers likely in Stannis’s hands! The girl has too much on her mind.”
Actually, Darkness had only one thing on her mind most of the time, and it was not printable in polite company. Usually, what Darkness thought about involved her being ravaged by several knights in ways no sane person would want, but that a masochist would rather enjoy. However, in recent days, that had changed, and if Eddard could see what Darkness was thinking of... well, first he’d be utterly mortified and scandalized, but he also might not protest on her behalf so strongly.
However, her preoccupation currently was set aside, as she was down in the bilges, amidst the filth of the ship. Normally, the perverted knight would enjoy getting filthy and humiliated, but currently she was worried about something else.
Robb Stark was lying in muck, breathing hard as Darkness crouched beside him, feeling worried.
“I told you to bind me and go!” Robb growled, looking up with glowing amber eyes, pointed teeth bared in a snarl. “It’s the full moon tonight! Grey Wind says it will be even harder to control! I’m not safe, Darkness!”
“I know!” Darkness gasped, shuddering slightly. Robb took it for revulsion and looked away. It was, however, anything but.
Robb slammed his fist into the reeking water, snarling in anger. “If you stay, I could hurt you!”
“You think so?!”
“Darkness, when I warg, I lose all control! I turn into a beast, a monster!”
“A...a strong monster!?”
“Horrifyingly so! Stronger even than you! This time, I won’t even be injured! I could savage you repeatedly! I...I have to stop myself from attacking people now, from simply ravaging them with tooth and claw!”
“Could...could you do that to me?”
“Yes! If you don’t leave, I will!”
“Then I shall stay at your side! Please, take out your bestial passions upon me! Think of me as your personal training dummy, to rip and tear at me as much as possible!”
Robb looked up, feeling horrified.
“I would never willingly-” he paused, finally recognizing the gleam in Darkness’s eyes as not revulsion, but eager anticipation, much like Megumin before she went off on one of her mad tirades.
“Why not!? Who else would you savage?! Brienne? Trust me, she would not enjoy it as I would!” Darkness swore, a look of envy and irritation passing over her face at the thought that Robb, this vile, animalistic man with such base, bestial desires, would want Brienne instead of her. It wasn’t fair! Brienne was taller than her, true, and a better swordswoman, but she was tougher! “I shall endeavor to train harder, to be a worthy match for you if that is what you desire! I...I shall even try to improve my sword play, though I confess, even after years of practice I often forget myself, simply giving in to the savage lust of battle and losing all grace and finesse.”
“I...er, I understand what you mean,” Robb reluctantly admitted. “But, Darkness, you know if you stay, I can’t promise I’ll be able to control myself. I...I have found myself desiring you, in a most inappropriate fashion.”
“You have!?”
“Yes...I confess, I found you attractive before. Your skill at arms is impressive, and I would be lying if I said I did not find you intriguing. You are much like Dacey Mormont, a woman I have long admired though she is twice my age. You are not like the other Southron women, soft and weak. You are strong, and capable. And...and while I am under the influence of my inner beast, I might attempt to violate you.”
Darkness blushed and looked away, hardly able to contain her excitement.
“I...I understand. Please, bind me and go.”
“No, you should bind ME!” Darkness told Robb, and thrust the ropes at him. “That way, I would not resist at all, and you could have your way with me as you desire!”
Robb blinked in confusion.
“I...what? You understand, I mean...I mean I would take your maiden head.”
Darkness let out a high pitched sound, which at first Robb thought was a shriek of horror, but soon realized was, in fact, a cry of glee.
“But, but Darkness, that...that would mean,” Robb suddenly growled, and shook his head. “My lady, I...I do not think our families would consent to our marriage so suddenly.”
“Oh.” Darkness considered this, then shrugged and pressed herself closer to Robb, eye’s gleaming. “Well, I don’t mind. I never wanted to be a proper lady anyway. I shall be your knight-concubine, your shield in battle, and then, at night, when your beast awakens, the one who shall tame your fiercest desires!”
Robb, bless his heart, was a hormonal teenager, and having a six foot tall woman who was everything his addled male brain had ever dreamed of proved to be too much, and he grabbed Darkness, pulling her lips to his and forcefully kissing her, then biting at her neck before he realized what he was doing. He stopped, pulling back as he and Darkness both panted.
“Why’d you stop?” Darkness gasped, looking disappointed.
“I...I don’t know,” Robb admitted. And began again, to his lady’s delight.
The two managed to keep their clothes on, though Darkness did get roughed up by Robb as the night passed and he fell further and further into the thrall of his warg form. He even managed to draw a little blood from Darkness, to her immense delight. In the end, however, they both passed out in the reeking water, exhausted, but content.
No matter the universe, some things never changed: neither Darkness nor Robb had much sense when it came to love and romance, though at least this time they had the good fortune to become involved with someone who was both of their station and politically advantageous - and who could hold up with them within and without the bedroom.
Speaking of good sense, the next morning Yunyun was helping Myrcella with her hair, brushing it out before putting it up on a simple braid. Due to their rushed escape, they had been unable to take more than a few clothes and toiletries with them on the journey, but a hairbrush had helpfully been provided by Lady, who was currently in the form of a young girl and doing Yunyun’s hair.
By this point, everyone was well aware that the three supposed dire wolves were, in fact, old gods, and fully capable of taking on humanoid forms. Grey Wind typically refused to do so, much preferring to remain in his wolf shape, even if he did have to shrink down to the size of a medium sized dog. He was currently wet and miserable, and very sea sick. Chomusuke was even worse off, whatever form she took, and spent most of her humanoid time clutching to the railing and vomiting, no matter what the sea looked like.
In contrast, Lady was the picture of happy health, and while she did fuss over her siblings, the Helpful Wolf seemed to suffer no ill effects from the sea at all, much like her mistress who had adapted easily to life on the waves. While quite a few people were still nervous about having a girl with wolf ears and a tail walking around, the fact that she was clearly Yunyun’s best friend and just as bright and cheerful as her human sister made adapting to the changes much easier.
“Your hair is so nice and long, Yunyun! I should grow mine out, but whenever I try to I always end up shedding. I can’t hardly do anything with it, it’s such a disappointment,” Lady chatted as she brushed away at Yunyun’s hair.
“I like your hair though, it’s a nice red color,” Myrcella said, glancing back at Lady and smiling timidly. The poor girl was still having a hard time with the death of her father and being ripped away from everything she knew, but with Yunyun and Lady’s help she was adapting.
“Oh thanks! It was even redder back when I was a fox instead of a wolf,” Lady said brightly.
“You were a fox?” Yunyun asked curiously.
“Yep! I was a fox spirit, I lived up by Deepwood Motte! I kept the Glovers' hunters safe in the woods, and made sure they caught lots of game! They left me lots of offerings.”
“How’d you turn into a wolf then?”
“Oh, um, well…” Lady looked hesitant, then admitted. “I sort of…almost died. Three hundred years ago, when the Kinslayer came north. I fought with the Glovers to try to keep my followers safe, but...I was mortally wounded. Holo found me, and had to plant me as a weirwood for a few centuries. When I woke up again, she reincarnated me as a wolf spirit. I wasn’t a very old goddess in the first place, only about 500 years old. There aren’t that many of us left, you know.”
Myrcella nodded, looking hurt and thoughtful.
“I understand. Lots of my friends have died too. I...I thought uncle Stannis was my friend, but...but…”
“Shhh, it’s OK,” Yunyun said, wrapping Myrcella in a hug. Lady slipped back into her wolf form, and nuzzled the distraught princess, who buried her face in the wolf’s fur. After a few hiccups, she felt better and they headed out to the deck to take in the fresh air, as well as look for land, as the captain had indicated they should be nearing White Harbor soon.
Just after midday, the misty rain lifted, and the line of sight improved sharply. Lady had clambered up to the top of the mast, a feat that baffled and somewhat worried the crew, especially since as they put it, “wolves shouldn’t climb.” Lady didn’t seem to be aware of this restriction, and happily called out to a few sea birds, who landed and spoke with her for a few minutes before flapping away again.
“They say we’re almost there!” Lady called down to Yunyun. “We should see land really soon!”
Indeed, with the mist gone, they soon saw the coast on either side as they entered the narrow northern neck of The Bite. The shore they could see was stony, with familiar northern trees like leather leaf and the ubiquitous pines near to the water’s edge. They were still a good ways away from the city, however, and it was near a full day’s worth of sailing before the city came into sight, a few hours after dawn. The voyage had taken nearly three weeks, with poor winds and the need to keep well out to sea to avoid pursuit from galleys slowing their progress.
In fact, as they neared White Harbor, Yunyun grew nervous as two galleys rowed out to meet them, though she relaxed slightly when she saw they bore the Merman banner of House Manderly.
“HO THERE!” A voice bellowed across the water. “FROM WHERE DO YOU COME, AND WHO BE THE MASTER OF THIS SHIP!”
The captain put his hands to his mouth and thundered back.
“THIS IS THE MERMAID’S TALE , CAPTAINED BY NYROS STRONGOAR! BUT COMMAND BELONGS TO LORD EDDARD STARK, HAND OF THE KING AND WARDEN OF THE NORTH!”
“SAY AGAIN!?” the first voice demanded. “EDDARD STARK LIVES?!”
“AYE, BY THE GRACE OF THE GODS OLD AND NEW, I DO,” Eddard shouted. “WE HAVE ABOARD HIS GRACE, KING KAZUMA BARATHEON, AND HIS KINSFOLK, ALONG WITH MYSELF AND MY HOUSEHOLD!”
A loud cheer erupted from the two galleys, and one quickly turned about, racing back towards White Harbor at top speed.
“PRAISE THE SEVEN! WE THOUGHT YOU DEAD, MY LORD! WE’LL ESCORT YOU BACK!”
The last few miles of the voyage seemed to drag by, and Kazuma felt slightly sick to his stomach, glancing nervously up at Eddard.
“You...you really think…? I mean, I know my dad’s dead, but…”
“You are the king, now, Kazuma,” Eddard told the boy, resting a hand on his shoulder. “You’ll be crowned when we arrive at Winterfell, as I believe it likely most of my bannermen will be there by now, or on their way. We’ll dispatch a raven and tell them to assemble and await your coming.”
Kazuma nodded, looking faintly green.
“Yeah, I know, just...my dad was the king. If I am, then...then he really is gone.”
“I loved Robert as well, son,” Eddard said, squeezing Kazuma’s shoulder. “Don’t worry. Your mother, myself, and your uncles will advise you as we reclaim your throne from your treacherous uncle.”
Kazuma’s expression darkened, and he nodded.
“Yeah. Stannis has a lot to answer for. Sandor’s probably dead, along with a lot of good men. And...and more are going to die before this is over, aren’t they?”
“If Stannis was willing to become a kinslayer to make himself king, I doubt he will flinch at spilling blood on the battlefield,” Eddard agreed.
The Mermaid’s Tale pushed through the swells of White Harbor, following the galleys through the dark blue waters. Though it was only a tenth the size of King’s Landing, White Harbor was still the largest city in the North, and was a hub of industry. Hundreds of small fishing boats and trading galleys lined the piers, and even a few larger ships from Essos and beyond. Unlike King’s Landing, White Harbor was a neat, orderly city, with clean streets and houses made of whitewashed stone along wide cobbled streets. The stench near the docks was what one would expect of a harbor town, though away from the water it was less putrid.
As they approached the docks, sailors, fishermen, merchants, guards, and even a few nobles crowded the pier. Upon spying Eddard Stark on the deck, they erupted in wild cheers, chanting “STARK! STARK! STARK!” and did not stop, even as boats raced to ferry the noble passengers to the pier.
Even louder cheers erupted when Yunyun showed herself, with her waving enthusiastically to the crowd, and greeting many of them by name, as she had visited White Harbor several times over the years, which naturally meant she had many friends there.
As for Kazuma, there were a few cheers for him, though the Northmen had little love for a boy king from the south. It did not especially bother Kazuma, who had never been overly fond of the adoration of crowds in the first place, though Cersei’s lips thinned, and she glowered from under her hood.
They had not gone far when a litter raced down the cobblestone street, born by a dozen panting young men. Atop it was fat old Wyman Manderly, but he ordered the litter set down, and he scrambled off it, waddling forward to throw his arms around Eddard, tears on his face.
“My liege, we thought you lost,” he gasped. Then he knelt before Eddard, his eyes glittering with sharp cunning. “But you escaped. You have the boy with you?”
“He is your king, Lord Manderly,” Eddard said sternly. “You owe him your allegiance.”
The crowd grew silent, watching to see what would happen. This was the first true test of Kazuma’s power, to see if the Lords of the North would rally to his cause, or spurn him.
Lord Manderly considered Kazuma for a moment, but a moment only. He drew his sword and became the first of the Northern lords to offer it to the new king, hilt first.
“If you’re good enough for Eddard Stark, your Grace, you’re good enough for me. I pledge myself, and my house, to your cause. My banners have already departed for Winterfell, under the command of my son, Wylis. Their swords are yours to command.”
Slowly, Kazuma reached out, his hand touching the pommel of the fat lord’s sword.
“I accept your oath, Lord Manderly. I shall lead with wisdom and virtue in the Light of the Seven. Rule your lands in my name, and under the leadership of my Warden of the North, Eddard Stark.”
“So mote it be,” Eddard Stark agreed. “Rise, Lord Manderly. We have much to do.”
Manderly heaved himself up, nodding.
“Aye, that we do. You being alive changes things, Lord Stark. We were ready to move south and wreck bloody vengeance under your daughter’s leadership.”
That got Eddard to start.
“Komekko? She leads the banners?” he asked, surprised.
“Oh, aye, that she does,” Manderly chuckled. “She might be young, but she’s a Stark. They say she’s got a sword, and a wildling spearwife as her shield, and intends to lead the troops from the front herself.”
“I believe that will not be necessary,” Eddard said firmly.
“I mean, as long as she listens to Vanir, she should probably be fine. He’s weird but he probably knows about leading armies,” Megumin opined, causing her sister to elbow her.
Eddard slowly turned to look at her.
“I recall once you told me Vanir was real. What, exactly, did you mean by that?”
“He’s like Chomusuke, I think,” Megumin said, glancing at her wolf. Chomusuke rippled and turned into a young woman, causing Lord Manderly to cry out an oath and clutch at his chest and shouts erupted from the crowd.
“Vanir is just about the last individual you want leading an army,” Chomusuke stated. “Even if he’s as old as most gods, and far older than I am now, he’s far too mercurial to be a good leader. She’d be better informed listening to Hoost, though I don’t know that he ever led mortal troops.”
“S-Seven preserve us, Ned, who, what…” Manderly swallowed, sweat beading on his forehead as he forgot all his graces.
“I am not one of your New Goddesses,” Chomusuke said icily, her ears twitching slightly. “I am of the North.”
“It seems my children have acquired Children of the Forest as companions,” Eddard said, speaking loudly. “They are the blood of the Last Wolf. The Goddesses, Old and New, walk amongst men once more. These are dark times.”
“And...and you support King Kazuma?” Lord Manderly managed, using his sleeve to dab at his forehead.
Chomusuke glanced at Kazuma, and shrugged. “As he is to be mate to my sister, I shall follow him as pack leader. I cannot speak for all the Old Goddesses; for we are not one pack. But my mother has ever favored House Stark, and I shall do the same.” Then, Chomusuke dropped back on all fours, resuming her wolf form.
“Well,” Eddard Stark said, wondering just what exactly this Vanir was, and why they had appeared to be a doll for so many years. “We must beg of your hospitality, Lord Manderly, but we shall depart on the morrow.”
“Preparations are already underway, and chambers made ready for you,” Lord Manderly promised. “I would come myself, but you will have need of haste, and I fear I cannot manage that. But come, you must be wearied from your journey. The hospitality of White Harbor and House Manderly is yours, your Grace, Lord Stark.”
Chapter 26: Only Mostly Dead
Summary:
Jon was probably out of loose change anyway.
Chapter Text
Brought to you by: Miracles; For when you’ve already gone through their pockets for loose change.
Chapter 25: Only Mostly Dead
Feeling as though he were floating, Jon drifted back to consciousness, and his eyes fluttered open. He felt stiff and sore, and his stomach appeared to be attempting to gnaw a hole in his spine. He groaned, and shifted in the...Jon paused, looking down at himself. He was lying under brightly colored sheets, with pictures of a smiling sun, bright blue waters, and an island with more of those odd leafy trees with large brown fruit on them.
“Oh! Thank goodness, you’re awake! You must be starving. Here, drink this.”
Jon looked up, and found it hard for his jaw not to drop. The woman who had been nearly translucent the last he saw her stood before him, giving him a warm smile as she held out a bowl of steaming broth. He had been correct that she was lovely, but what he hadn’t realized was that she was perhaps the most well-endowed woman he’d ever seen, with wide hips and a smile that could melt any man's heart. He slowly accepted the soup, but didn’t take his eyes off of her.
“Thank you for saving me. I am Wiz, the Ice Witch of the North,” the woman said, taking a seat by Jon.
He blinked, then quickly sipped at his soup, struggling for something to say. He finally managed, “Thank you, my lady, it’s good.”
“I’m glad! We’ve still got some food left, but we’re going to have to move soon. Jorah tells me that Mance is going to make a stand at the Fist of the First Men, and most everyone is leaving for there. I need to know if you feel well enough to accompany us, Mr. Snow, or if you’ll head back with the elderly and the children,” Wiz asked.
“I, ah, serve at the Lord Commander’s pleasure. But it would be my honor to go with you, my Lady,” Jon replied, inclining his head.
Wiz cocked her head to one side, frowning slightly. “Are you related to the Starks, perchance? You remind me of them.”
“I...I am the bastard son of Lord Eddard Stark,” Jon admitted, his spirits sinking slightly at having to admit his baseborn nature.
Wiz, however, seemed delighted by this. “Oh good! It will be helpful to have a Stark with us. Especially…” Wiz bit her lip, then gently took Jon’s hands in hers.
He felt his heart race, and swallowed. “M-My lady?” he asked, but he feared he knew the answer already.
“Mr. Snow, I...I’m sorry to tell you but...your uncle, Benjen...he was taken by the Others. He and his men gave me time to escape the trap we found ourselves in, but...he was taken. I...I am certain he died.”
Nausea filled Jon’s belly, and he was grateful he’d eaten only broth. He bowed his head, taking a shuddering breath. “Thank you for telling me, Lady Wiz. I suppose I’ve known for some time my uncle wasn’t coming back. Or at least... not alive.”
“I wish I could have saved him, but... the Others are growing stronger. I’m worried the seal the Goddesses put on the Great Other is weakening. I’m sending word back with the refugees that we’re going to need the help of the Goddesses and the Seven Kingdoms.”
Jon winced. “Ah, my lady, the realm... it is at war. Stannis Baratheon has seized the Iron Throne, my father and the rightful king were forced to flee from their own capital.”
Wiz went a bit paler, hand going to her mouth. “Oh no! That’s terrible! I... oh, no. Well. We’ll just have to turn back the Others at the Fist, as we once did in times past.”
Jon nodded, then managed to get out of bed with a bit of help from Wiz. Outside, Jon found Ghost had been waiting patiently for him, and the quiet wolf rose and followed after Jon as he headed outside.
“Oh-ho! The young boy who has given a lady his vitality for the first time awakens!” Vanir cried as they stepped out into the shop. “But, we have more pressing matters. Wiz, moi has gone over your ledgers, and moi simply cannot fathom it.”
“What? Why?” Wiz hurried over to where Vanir was standing at the shop’s counter. “What’s wrong with them? They were perfectly in order when I left... Gilly usually does such a good job too…”
“No! That is the problem! These books must clearly be wrong, for if moi’s calculations are correct, you have been showing a profit, Wiz!” Vanir declared, pointing an accusing finger at Wiz.
“That is the point of a shop, isn’t it?” Jon asked, hobbling over and looking down at the book. “I mean, it’s been open for thousands of years. She’d have to make a profit to stay open, wouldn’t she?”
“Vanir!” Wiz cried, planting her fists on her hips. “Are you saying you don’t believe I know how to run a business?!”
“Moi is saying EXACTLY that! Moi has always known thee as the shopkeeper who became poorer the harder she worked, but here it seems you have been making a tidy income! Worse, moi cannot work out where thou receives thy wares! These are not from this world!” Vanir accused.
Wiz blushed. “Oh, um, well…”
“They are a bit odd,” Jon admitted, glancing at a rack of scarves in gaudy colors. “But I can see why people would want warm scarves and the like.”
“Who is thy supplier, Wiz?” Vanir demanded. “Do not play innocent with moi: many of these products come from Belzerg, and moi has also found ‘Made in China’ on several of thy trinkets.”
“Ok, look. Nyarko just gives me a really good deal on whatever she drags up off the ocean floor,” Wiz admitted. “She just pops up all kinds of stuff. Shipping containers from Earth, the contents of a wreck from Belzerg, I don’t know where she gets it all. It’s technically against the rules, but just look at all these amazing products!”
Wiz produced an incredibly skimpy set of what Jon could only imagine were women's small clothes, consisting of a brightly colored strip of fabric meant to cover the breasts, and a matching one for the nether regions. Jon absently found himself wondering what Wiz would look like wearing them, and blushed and turned back to the book to hide his embarrassment.
“Moi wonders who would be wearing a bikini in the icy lands of the north,” Vanir remarked acerbically. “And how thou manages to turn a profit on such things, moi cannot fathom.”
“Well, um, they don’t use it as a bathing suit,” Wiz admitted, and Jon’s head snapped up, his jaw dropping. Women bathed in such things?! How did they not freeze to death?! “But a lot of men like to buy them for their wives, and ladies like them because they’re pretty. And more comfortable than the regular underwear they have. They’re a hot item.”
“Hmph. Moi supposes thy records speak for themselves.” Vanir tapped his jaw with a finger, then sighed, and gave Wiz a bow. “Moi concedes defeat. Thou haste to become a most skillful shopkeeper, dear Wiz. Clearly, thou no longer needs moi. I shall return to my mistress.”
“Wait!” Wiz cried as Vanir strode for the door. “Vanir, it’s been thousands of years since we’ve seen one another! I...well, we’re friends! I’d like to spend some time with you. And, well, we could really use your help against the Others…”
Vanir was back beside Wiz at once, chortling to himself.
“O-ho-ho, thou admits that thou art still helpless without my aid? Ah! What delicious despair! Very well! Moi will consent to accompany you and the foolish young man for a while longer. If only because my Mistress would be most vexed if disgrace were to befall Jon Snow.”
Jon glanced back and forth between the two strange beings. Wiz, blushing and smiling as she took Vanir’s arm and started to reminisce about old times as she led him about the shop, who looked to be a sweet and normal woman, but was clearly some sort of immortal witch. And Vanir, the droll gentleman demon who seemed to exist to torment mortals, but only in a teasing, playful manner that left Jon mostly feeling baffled.
Sighing, he stepped outside, looking around until he spotted the banner of the Watch. He hurried over, and found Sam tending to his cages of ravens.
“Oh, you’re awake! That’s good, I was worried about you. The Lord Commander said that the strange man in the mask is a demon who drained your life or something. You alright?” Sam asked.
“I think so,” Jon said, giving his friend a smile. “How are things?”
Sam shrugged. “The wights keep attacking, but Vanir and Wiz destroy them all before any of us can do much of anything. Honestly, I don’t even know why we’re here. Anything that gets past them will be too much for us.”
“Wiz told me my uncle Benjen saved her,” Jon said quietly, taking a bit of corn to toss to the ravens.
“Oh. Um, sorry. About your uncle, I mean. I didn’t know him well, but he seemed a good man.”
“He was,” Jon agreed, still feeling the pain of loss.
They talked quietly for a bit about other things, mostly what Jon had missed. Though he’d only slept for most of a day and a night, a lot had happened. The Witch’s Village was being evacuated, with some of the Brothers escorting the wildling elderly and children back to Castle Black. While it might seem odd for the Watch to be doing that, as Sam put it, “Better we keep them alive then have to fight them when they’re dead.”
Besides, Jon didn’t have the stomach to condemn old men and young girls to death, especially not at the hands of the wights or worse.
He attended Lord Mormont that evening as he took council with his captains, along with Vanir and Wiz. Vanir, for once, seemed sober and stayed mostly quiet, listening as Wiz outlined what she had learned.
“The Others are making a massive push south. I defeated dozens of them, and destroyed hundreds of their wights, but there were always more.”
“Then they are trying to march on the Wall,” Commander Mormont muttered. “I almost think we should tell Mance to pull back with us, but he’d never do so willingly while he still thought he had a chance, and neither would most wildlings. What could have caused this sudden surge of power?”
“I don’t know, but Aqua and Holo warned me that magic was increasing the world over. I think it has something to do with the Lord of Light, but I don’t know much about him,” Wiz admitted. She looked to Vanir. “Do you know anything about this supposed Red God?”
“Moi has sensed a malign influence upon this world, unlike that of the foolish goddesses, but moi knows little of it. However, the Leylines of this world are strengthening: magic is surging and increasing, though moi knows not why. The mistress called moi here less than seven years ago when she was but a babe.”
“Oh! Komekko is here?” Wiz asked brightly. “Does that mean Megumin and the others are here as well?”
“You know my sisters?” Jon spoke up.
Wiz hesisted, then looked to Vanir who shook his head.
“Not precisely. You mortals reincarnate, and shed your memories of past lives. Some things are similar, but you change. It is quite bothersome to keep track of.”
“Back to the matter at hand, what laid you low, Lady Wiz?” Qhorin Halfhand asked.
Wiz hesitated, then spoke quietly. “A Death Knight of the Others.”
There were gasps around the table, though Jon felt confused.
“There has not been a Death Knight since the Kinslayer was slain!” Lord Mormont cried, looking deeply concerned. “Their power was locked away by the Old Gods when they bound the Great Other to the Frozen Throne.”
“He commanded the ancient magics once more. Blood. Frost. And plague. I...I fear for those on the Fist of the First Men. If the Plague of Undeath is loose once more...” Wiz licked her lips. “You would have to retreat beyond the Wall. Which... which is why I brought this.”
Wiz took out what appeared to be an earthen vessel about the size of a large drinking mug, but upon closer inspection, Jon saw that it was inscribed with a number of odd runes, and glowed slightly. Vanir stood up straight upon seeing in, his lips turning down into a frown.
“What is it?” Lord Mormont asked, leaning forward to peer at the obviously magical artifact.
“My phylactery,” Wiz stated. When that elicited no understanding, she bit her lip. “I...I am undead, as are the wights. Only... not the same. I am a lich, a Greater Undead. I became one thousands of years ago. Normally I would decay and corrupt, but... I was blessed by the Goddess Aqua.”
“How is that possible?” Thoren Smallwood, the Senior Ranger demanded. “You fight the Others, it has been that way for time beyond measure.”
“I am... not from this world. I came from the same world as the Goddesses Aqua and Eris. It was called Belzerg. They needed someone to live beyond the Wall and watch over these lands they could not see themselves. And, so, I came here, to protect the innocent. In some ways, I am like the Others, but they are not truly undead. They are spirits of ice and night, alien beings. For all my battles with them, we have never managed to communicate, though I tried in the early years.”
“So what is this... phylactery?” Mormont demanded.
“It contains my soul, and my earthly remains. As long as it persists, so shall I. However, when I leave here, I will no longer be able to ward it. As such, I must bear it with me. I give it over to mortal men to protect,” Wiz informed them. “And, if the need arises, you shall have to carry it south of the Wall. My phylactery can survive such a trip, for Aqua herself made the vessel. But, it will destroy my corporeal form, for a time.”
The leaders of the watch regarded the vessel with new respect, and no small amount of trepidation. At last, Mormont cleared his throat, and took the vessel somewhat reverently. After holding it for a moment, he shook his head, then passed it to Jon.
“Guard this with your life, Snow. This is the fate of the North, and perhaps all of Westeros.”
“I shall,” Jon said, and carefully placed the phylactery into his pouch. He glanced at Wiz, who smiled at him encouragingly, and blushed slightly. It was hard to imagine such a beautiful woman as being an ancient and terrible being. He wondered absently how many Brothers had fallen in love with her over the millenia. More than he could count, in all likelihood.
It wasn’t like there were many women on the wall.
========================================================================
“Have you reached a verdict?” Viserys asked, for what felt like the thousandth time.
“We have, Big- I mean, my Lord,” the elderly merchant said. He held up the parchment before himself, and carefully read, “Of the crimes of offering human sacrifice to the wicked false god known as the Lord of Light, we find the defendant guilty. Of the crimes of rape of his household servents, we find the defendant guilty. Of the crime of murder, we find the defendant guilty.”
“Thank you, Master Haz’lor,” Viserys said gravely. The head juror sat back down in the box, looking proud of himself and sitting with a straight back. The rest of the jury glared angrily at the defendant, some fat Great Master who had regularly offered the bastards he fathered on his slave women to the flames of Kefka.
Then, Viserys turned to Iris. Really, why couldn’t she just cut out the middleman and be the judge?
“Well, sister. What does the law prescribe in this case?”
Or, to be more accurate, what did Iris think should happen, because her word was law. Things tended to work out that way when you not only had three dragons, but were also the world’s strongest warrior. And, incidentally, the leader of a massive religious revival.
“Under the laws of the Seven Goddesses, as outlined in the Seven Pointed Star, the sentence for human sacrifice is death by execution,” Iris intoned gravely. “For the crime of rape, castration. And for murder, also execution.”
The Great Master blubbered and begged, but Viserys had heard enough of that nonsense he really didn’t care. “Oh stop it. If you man up, I’ll have them execute you before the castration.”
That got the Great Master to pause in his weeping, looking at Viserys with a bewildered expression. “But, what would be the point of castrating a corpse?”
“Well, for one thing, it would be a lot less painful for you,” Viserys pointed out.
The man swallowed, but nodded, and tried to stand up. “What I did, I did for Kefka, and-”
“Belzerg; burn him,” Iris ordered, and the dragon opened his mouth as the Great Master screamed in pain as he was consumed by the very fires he’d offered his own children to. The onlookers refrained from cheering, as Iris had made it clear this was a sober event, and not one to be celebrated.
Viserys just felt sick. He hadn’t eaten right in days: not after smelling cooked human flesh. He was considering becoming a vegetarian.
“Court is adjourned,” Viserys said, tapping the odd little hammer Iris had ordered made for him on the stand. The jury stood, bowing not to Viserys, but Iris, then made their way out of their box and out of the Great Pyramid, which Iris had seized and turned from a residential palace for the Great Masters into her seat of government. Or, well, ‘Big Bro’s’ seat of government. Which was just silly.
Honestly he didn’t even understand the reforms Iris was making. Trial by jury of your peers? That wasn’t even the law in the Seven Kingdoms, especially not for people who were obviously guilty. The Lord of the area, or if it were a noble, the Lord Paramount or the Crown, would just render judgement after hearing the charges and evidence and be done with it. Iris insisted on what she called ‘due process.’
What Viserys had no way of knowing is that Iris had spent a few lifetimes incarnated in democratic nations, where she had invariably risen to positions of authority based upon the fact that she was incredibly intelligent, highly charismatic, and able to tank an RPG round with her bare face and keep smiling. Knowing that would have just driven Viserys further over the brink of madness, so it was probably best that he didn’t.
Aqua did have a taste for reverse isekais though, which had resulted in some fairly strange adventures for Iris over the millenia.
With that done, Viserys managed to escape from Iris for a few hours as she went out to oversee her public works projects she’d undertaken. She was creating what she called “proper sanitation facilities” for Meereen, and as far as Viserys could tell that involved a lot of digging and tearing up of roads and mucking about with wells and the river. It had, however, somewhat reduced the stink of the city, so he wasn’t going to complain that much.
Instead, Viserys went to his current favorite place, which was the library, and squirreled himself away in a distant corner and read a few books while enjoying a light meal of bread and fruit. He absently wondered as he read about the history of religion in Slaver’s Bay if he should go to the Citadel and become a Maester. He was fairly certain they didn’t allow women in their order, which meant it would be perfect. Only he had a vague nightmare of Iris forcing the Archmaesters to allow women, and then marriage, at which point he’d be doomed to spend eternity with Iris as his bride.
Shuddering, Viserys went back to his studies. He didn’t really care what he read about, only that it didn’t involve executions, warfare, or religious proselytizing. After the appearance of three of the Seven Goddesses in Meereen, along with Iris executing every Red Priest she could get her hands on (after a trial, of course) the slaves of the city had happily embraced the Faith of the Seven, being especially fond of the Axis Cult thanks to the actions of Gareth and Lirra, Iris’s pet cultists.
Personally, Viserys considered goddesses to be almost as terrifying as his sister, and would just as much assume have as little to do with them as possible.
Still, Meereen was rapidly reorganizing itself. The Great Masters that could were sprinting to distance themselves from their former practices as devoted followers of Kefka’s Red Temples, and trying desperately to curry favor with Iris. Especially after the three assasination attempts had not only failed, but proven that Iris could go from dead asleep to bashing someone’s head in less time than it took for most people to swing a knife.
“Ah, Lord Viserys, I thought I’d find you here.”
Viserys looked up from his book on the religious practices of Slaver’s Bay, including a recent study on slave religions, to find Ser Jorah Mormont standing at the foot of the table.
“Oh, it’s you. What does Iris want?” Viserys demanded, scowling at the man.
“Her Grace did not send me here to see you, Lord Viserys. I came of my own accord.”
“Oh.” Viserys considered that, then shrugged. “Well, have a seat. What do you want?”
“Thank you. Standing guard during those trials is wearying,” Ser Jorah said, easing himself into the chair. He was dressed in tunic and trousers instead of his armor, though he still had that sword of his.
“Why do you bother? It’s not as though any of these fools could hurt Iris,” Viserys pointed out.
“I would prefer not to find out if they are capable of such a thing. But that is not what I wish to discuss. I merely wanted to ask if you knew of Her Grace’s plans beyond this city,” Jorah inquired.
Viserys shrugged. “I don’t know. Iris has always done what she wants. The last time I tried to get rid of her, she burned down a Dothraki khalasar and found three dragons, so I’ve sort of given up on that.”
“Get rid of-” Ser Jorah narrowed his eyes at Viserys. “So. You wish to rule in truth, then?”
“Good goddesses, no!” Viserys laughed, though it came out a bitter sound. “What I want is to live somewhere in peace, and as long as Iris is around, that’s not going to happen! She’s the Stormborn! She is literally the chosen of the Goddess of Battle. Everywhere she goes, there is conflict, and death, and I am frankly sick of it all. You want to know what I’ve been thinking of? How nice it would be to become a maester. No women, no violence, just me, some books, and a life of peace. Great Uncle Aemon had the right bloody idea when he became a maester and shipped off to the Night’s Watch.”
Very deliberately, Viserys picked up a book and pretended to read again, though he found his eyes drifting back to Ser Jorah, who was studying him.
“I think you actually mean that,” the exiled knight finally said. “I was going to ask you to help prod Her Grace back into motion, to recruit an army, perhaps here in Meereen, then return to Westeros to reclaim her throne. Robert the Usurper is dead. We received word not a few hours ago on a ship.”
“What!? Robert Baratheon is dead?!” Viserys gasped. A sudden plan formed in his mind. “Wait, what if we got Iris to marry his son? What’s his name? Doesn’t matter. She marries him, I win! She’s queen, and I can become a maester!”
“Prince Kazuma is likely dead. Stannis Baratheon sits on the throne now,” Jorah said in a cold tone.
Viserys considered that. “Well, he’s already married, so I suppose that plan is right out. Look, you want to recruit an army and go fight the Baratheons? Be my guest. I want to be well clear of it. I hate boats; I was sea sick the entire way from Westeros.”
“I can’t believe I ever thought you were the rightful ruler of the Seven Kingdoms,” Ser Jorah muttered as he stood.
“Oh, I am. I just have enough sense to realize I would be terrible at it. Unlike some people,” Viserys said, actually going back to his book now that he was fairly certain Ser Jorah wasn’t going to either try to kill him, or get him to do something insane.
“Your sister is the rightful ruler of the Seven Kingdoms. She’s a mind for justice, politics, war, and even civics. Chosen by the Goddesses themselves. You are a weak coward,” Ser Jorah declared, then stomped off.
“If you’re trying to insult me, it won’t work,” Viserys called after him.
The muttered curses from Ser Jorah made Viserys smile as he went back to reading about the Unsullied’s religion. Apparently, they performed their rituals underground, praying to some secret goddess. That made Viserys wonder. Was Iris claustrophobic? Probably not. The only thing she seemed to be frightened of was running out of things to fight.
And possibly maps.
Chapter 27: An Un-Bear-Able Situation
Summary:
Chris has a heart to heart with Eris, which is less confusing than it sounds.
Chapter Text
Sponsored by the Natural Parks service. Remember kids, only YOU can prevent Forest Fires. And were-beasts.
Chapter 26: An Un-Bearable Situation
Despite the late hour, the Sept at New Castle was lit by several glimmering candles left by the septons the Manderlys employed. As both Sea Lords and merchants, their favored goddesses were Eris and Aqua, though they especially favored the Goddess of Fortune, as she was the guardian of merchant ships and had greatly enriched the Manderlys, making them by far the wealthiest lords in the North.
Unlike most of their fellow Northerners, the Manderlys followed the New Goddesses as their Reacher ancestors had, and their sept was richly decorated with various hangings depicting the acts of the goddesses. In particular they showed the favored of Eris, and the statues of her and her attendant Saints were gilded and decorated with bright paint and jewelry.
Which was what made it such a tempting target for a thief. Normally, no one was foolish enough to rob a sept, as having a goddess develop a personal vendetta against you was a guaranteed way to shorten one’s lifespan. Some individuals, however, were brave or foolish enough to do such a thing, as the person dressed in dark clothes and wearing a silver mask must have been as they crept into the sept, carefully extinguishing the candles one by one.
Taking out a few improvised tools, the thief set to work. They moved first to the statue of Eris, prying out several jewels and pocketing them, as well as slipping off gold and silver jewelry from the statue.
Of course, robbing a goddess is a risky trade, and when Eris herself appeared behind the thief, she scowled, planting her hands on her hips.
“Young lady, just what do you think you’re doing?” Eris demanded in an exasperated tone.
The thief spun about, nearly dropping their tools. Upon seeing who had caught them, however, the thief did not panic, instead folding their arms over their chest.
“Oh, I don’t know, maybe robbing you blind?”
“If you need money, you could just ask you know,” Eris scolded. “This is no way for you to behave!”
“Would YOU have ever asked for money, huh? Or would you have taken it?” the thief demanded.
Eris blushed, but rallied. “We’re not talking about me, we’re talking about YOU. Defacing my shrine and stealing from your hosts is very bad manners, missy!”
“Oh lay off, mom. You know you robbed a few shrines in your time,” the thief snarled, pulling down her mask and revealing features remarkably similar to that of Eris.
“How do you-wait, you don’t have any of my memories! You’re just guessing!” Eris accused Chris.
“Yeah, but I figured it would be the sort of thing you’d pull. Who’d you rob? Aqua? Madoka? Ooh! Tell me it was Satella, that would be hilarious!”
“For your information, they were an evil god, and I don’t even know if they exist anymore; they were very minor and they lived only in Belzerg. I was doing the world a favor. Unlike my daughter, who insists on being a delinquent!” Eris ranted.
“Well, then I guess I’m just carrying on the family tradition,” Chris said airily, sticking her nose in the air.
“You put that jewelry back right now, young lady!” Eris ordered, wagging her finger at Chris.
“Or what?”
“Or I’ll have Brienne or Darkness make you do it,” Eris threatened.
Chris glared at her divine parent, then, grumbling to herself, she put the jewelry back on, then shoved the gems back in their sockets. “There. Happy now?”
“Not particularly. Look, Chris, you don’t need to do this. I’ve seen to it you’ll be well taken care of,” Eris sighed.
“Yeah? Did you see those assholes taking over King’s Landing and forcing me to leave my stuff behind?!” Chris demanded.
Eris made a face. “Yes, but I couldn’t interfere. You know the rules.”
“The rules are dumb! You’re the Divine Thief! Even if they say not to meddle you should, you know, meddle!” Chris argued.
“Why, exactly, do you think I made sure you, Darkness, and Brienne were there?” Eris cried, throwing her hands up in the air. “I’m sorry if your possessions were more important to you, but the fate of this world is at stake! And in case you’ve forgotten, you live here!”
“I…” Chris kicked at the ground looking down. “Alright, I get it. I’m sorry. I just...I sort of wanted to get your attention and figured even if you ignored me, at least I’d make some money off of this.”
“I wish I could spend more time with you too,” Eris said, stepping forward and wrapping Chris in her arms, tears glistening in her eyes. “I’ve never had a daughter before, even when I was mortal. I just don’t know what to do.”
“Yeah, well, love you too mom,” Chis sighed, returning the hug. “I understand you’re busy being a goddess and stuff.”
“Chris? Who is that?”
Both Chris and Eris jumped apart from one another, whirling to find Kazuma and Megumin standing in the darkened sept. They were holding hands, Megumin having led Kazuma through the dark without the aid of a light. And because they really were perverts at heart.
“M-Megumin! And Kazuma! I...well. I’m glad to see you, I suppose. It has been a while,” Eris said, managing to give them a smile.
“Mom. They’re mortal. They don’t remember you. They didn’t even recognize ‘Mizu,’ and that was the most paper thin disguise I’ve ever seen in my life,” Chris groaned, pinching the bridge of her nose in exasperation
“Seriously? Mizu? Ugh. I should just be glad no one speaks Japanese here,” Eris muttered. Then managed a smile. “Er, hello. I’m a, ah Septa. I’m Chris’s mother. She was, um, just paying a visit to the sept.”
“What’s going on? I can’t see a thing,” Kazuma complained. “How are you guys able to see so well in the dark? Why is Ashara Dayne here?”
“Smooth, mom. Real smooth.”
“You’re the one who called me your mother,” Eris muttered as Megumin frowned and looked back and forth between them.
“How can you be Chris’s mother? I thought that was Ashara Dayne, and you both look the same age,” Megumin said suspiciously.
“You should just tell them. You know you want to,” Chris said, poking Eris in the side and making her mother glare at her.
“Tell us what? Will someone please make a light! The rest of you might be able to see in the dark, but I can’t!” Kazuma complained.
“Oh for-fine. Illumination.” Eris held up a hand, conjuring up a glowing ball of light, which made the mortals all wince and shield their eyes for a comment. “Hello, Kazuma, Megumin. I know you don’t remember me, but...I’m your friend. Eris. And...and this is my daughter. Chris.”
“Sup. Apparently, we were like, buds or something in one of your past lives. This is my first go around though, so don’t expect me to remember anything,” Chris said giving the two blinking youths a big smile.
“E-Eris?!” Kazuma stammered, taking half a step back as his eyes adjusted. “Wait, hold on, like, the Goddess!? And...and you’re Chris’s mother? But...but Eris is a maiden!”
“I still am!” Eris snapped. Then she sighed. “Look. It’s complicated. But Chris really is my daughter. The Daynes have long been favored by me, and I gave Chris into their care to raise as one of their own.”
“Wait, if you’re her mom, who’s Chris’s dad?” Megumin asked suspiciously.
“Apparently I don’t have one,” Chris said with a shrug. “Mom says it was a miracle or whatever. I think she’s full of shit, but she also supposedly can’t lie so who knows.”
“This is incredible! You really do have a dark, mysterious past!” Megumin said eagerly, jumping forward, her eyes glowing as she leaned in towards Eris. “What about me!? Did you grant me my incredible dark powers that I might lay low Stannis the Usurper and bring glory to House Stark!?”
“No, actually, Stannis wasn’t supposed to do any of this,” Eris sighed. “I can’t tell you much, but... Look. Chris, I need you to help train Kazuma. He should have a number of Thief abilities like Bind and Steal.”
At the word “Steal” both Megumin and Kazuma went scarlet, with Kazuma looking away while Megumin’s hands went to guard her nether regions.
“Oh. I guess he’s using that already,” Eris stammered, going bright red herself.
“What? What?” Chris demanded scowling. “Did he do something perverted? I knew that he really was a menace, pilfering maidens’ smallclothes!”
“Look, it was an accident!” Kazuma protested as Megumin turned to glare at him.
“You were stealing other girls' panties!?” Megumin hissed, inching towards Kazuma.
“N-Not anymore! I’ll only steal yours, I swear!” Kazuma babbled, which did not seem to placate Megumin in the slightest. “I mean, I won’t steal anymore! I’m through! No more Stealing panties!”
“Anyway,” Eris sighed. “Chris can help you relearn Lurk, Bind, Enemy Detection, and a lot of your other abilities.”
“I’m not teaching a pervert anything,” Chris huffed, glaring at Kazuma who continued to back away from Megumin.
At the mention of learning new skills, Megumin looked back to Eris, her earlier ire forgotten for the moment.
“What about me? Can I learn any new magical abilities?”
“You already know Explosion,” Eris said, her brow wrinkling. “Why would you want to learn another?”
“Well, I mean, Explosion is clearly the most amazing spell ever, but it’s hardly fair Pervzuma gets to learn all these abilities and I’m stuck with just one,” Megumin opined, her eyes narrowing. “What about Yunyun? She knows all kinds of cool spells. Can I learn some of hers?”
Eris blinked, then stepped forward, putting a hand to Megumin’s head.
“You don’t have a fever... has she been acting odd lately? Taken any blows to the head?”
“It’s Megumin, she’s always a little odd,” Kazuma joked, then yipped as Megumin kicked him in the shin.
“I’m fine!” Megumin snapped, jerking away from the goddess. “I just want more spells!”
“Er, you don’t know any other spells,” Eris admitted, looking faintly bemused. “You were utterly devoted to Explosion magic in all your past lives. It’s literally the most powerful spell any mortal has ever mastered in all the worlds I oversee.”
“Really!? You mean, I am the mistress of the most powerful magic of all!?” Megumin asked eagerly. Then she frowned. “I mean, that’s cool, but a knight must master many weapons to be properly trained.”
“I...huh. I guess you really are different this time around,” Eris said, a faint smile on her lips. Then she shook herself. “Well. I should be going. It’s good to see you again. Watch out for Chris. She’s a talented thief, but, well, this world is dangerous.”
“Wait,” Kazuma gasped, hurrying forward. “We... we came here to say prayers for my dad. Is he...um, well...is he...ok?”
“Your dad?” Eris blinked, then flushed. “Oh, you mean Robert Baratheon. Yes. He’s with Satella.”
“Could you... could you take him a message for me? I... I want him to know I miss him, and that I’ll be a good king. And I won’t let Stannis get away with betraying his memory!” Kazuma growled, clenching his hand into a fist.
Eris tapped a finger to her chin, then nodded. “I think I can do better than that. One moment.” The goddess closed her eyes, spreading her hands out at her side slightly. “Satella? Yes, it’s me. Do you know where Bobby B is? With you? Ah. Of course. Yes, I know it’s late, and I can guess what you’re doing, thank you very much. No, I have Kazuma here. He’d like to speak to Robert. Can you put him on the line? Ok.”
Opening her eyes, Eris smiled. “Just a moment.” She held up her hands, and another glowing ball of light shimmered into being. A moment later, it changed into the face of a young man in his twenties, with dark hair and a thick black beard.
“Uncle Renly?” Kazuma asked, tilting his head to one side.
“Ha! Don’t you recognize your own father, boy?” Robert laughed, his voice booming out of the image, making the three mortals (well, two and a half) jerk slightly. The former king gave Kazuma a wink. “This is what I looked like when I fought Rhaegar on the Trident, before you were born, boy!”
“Oh. I guess that makes sense.” Kazuma deflated slightly. “I...I wish I was more like you, dad. Strong, and tough, and not afraid of anything. I...I’m scared. What if I’m not ready for this?”
“Kazuma, listen.” Robert let out a heavy sigh, running one hand through his hair. “I was a shit king.”
“What?! No, you were great, you-”
“Boy, if I had been a good king, my own brother wouldn’t have betrayed the realm before my corpse was done cooling,” Robert snapped. “I should have done more than drink, and whore, and host tourneys. You know what killed me?”
Kazuma mutely shook his head.
“I was too fat!” Robert thundered, glaring out of the sphere of light. “I ate, and drank, and got fat, and Satella tells me my damn heart got clogged with some nonsense the maesters would know about. So don’t be like me, boy! Listen to Ned. And...well, love that girl of yours. Megumin’s a good lass, even if she is a bit queer. Don’t disgrace your marriage bed like I did. I...well. As far as I’m concerned, you are my son. And you’ll make a damn sight better king than Stannis would have. And tell your mother...I forgive her. I...I should have loved her better.”
“I’m the only one you need to love now,” a voice purred through the sphere, and a silver haired woman leaned in to kiss Robert’s cheek.
“Dad?!” Kazuma gasped. “You...you’re dead and you’re-” Kazuma cut himself off as he went scarlet with anger.
“Look, it was until death do us part, and I’m dead,” Robert grumbled.
“You weren’t faithful in life either!” Kazuma snarled, pointing to Robert. “That hurt, you know! Not just mom, but me! You spent more time in brothels than you did with Tommen and Myrcella, or maybe even me! You-”
Kazuma took a deep breath, and Robert looked wounded. “Look. I...I just wanted you to know I loved you, dad. And...and I’ll be a good king. Better than you. Looks like I’ll have to be. Come on, Megumin. I’m going back to bed.”
With that, Kazuma turned his back on his father as he started to weep. Megumin spared an angry glance for the dead king, then took Kazuma’s arm and led him back out into the darkness, guiding his steps.
“Well. I suppose I made a bloody mess of that,” Robert sighed. He turned to face Eris. “Does the boy know?”
“Know what?” Chris asked, peering into the orb with interest.
“No, he doesn’t and we’re going to keep it that way,” Eris said firmly. “I’m sure you understand now.”
“I do. Even if I wish I could kill Cersei, I brought it on myself in the end,” Robert admitted. “Besides I-oh. Well, looks like someone’s not satisfied yet! Ha! When you come back to the Divine Realm, Eris we can- Ow! I was joking, woman, joking! I know she’s a maiden goddess.”
Eris went red and quickly cut the connection. “Well. That, ah. Um. You know Satella, I suppose.”
“Not for a long time,” Chris said, making a face. “What was that about Kazuma not knowing?”
“That he has a dark and terrible destiny. Robert was told about his birth,” Eris said smoothly, cleanly sidestepping the question with something that was true, but unrelated.
“Oh. Well, that makes sense. I guess I can hold off on telling him about all that nonsense. Don’t understand most of it anyway,” Chris admitted.
“I’ll keep an eye on you,” Eris promised, and pulled her daughter into a quick hug. She kissed Chris on the cheek, making the girl blush. “I do love you, my heart. I know I’m not the greatest mother, but…”
“Hey, better than some! Besides, Ashara was pretty good to me anyway,” Chris said, and pecked her mother on the cheek. “I promise not to steal from your sept. Tonight, anyway. Thanks for the chat.”
“Just remember, I don’t favor fools,” Eris scolded as Chris walked out of the sept.
“Yeah, yeah. Love you too, mom.”
Eris waited a moment, looking worried. She sighed, shiving slightly. “Winter really is coming,” the goddess muttered. “I just hope this works, Aqua. If you get my daughter killed, I’ll never forgive you.”
Then the sept was empty again.
Though one of Eris’s golden bracelets was missing. Apparently, Chris was either better at palming jewelry then her mother realized, or Eris was just proud of her daughter’s skills.
===================================================================
Standing with Osha and her mother, Komekko watched as the Mormont troops marched through the castle gate. They had just arrived, and thus would be hosted that evening in the great hall, before being set up in Wintertown. Only the Lords and a few attendants were able to dine in the Great Hall every evening, as too many thousands had arrived in the past few weeks for even Winterfell to host them all at once.
Unlike the other groups however, Komekko was excited to have Lady Mormont’s men arrive for another reason, one that dismounted and hurried over alongside her mother and elder sister.
“Lady Stark,” Maege Mormont said gravely, kneeling before her along with her two daughters. “House Mormont renews our oaths to you, and pledges ourselves and our swords to your banners. I have brought fifty horse, and five hundred foot.”
The battle-scarred old woman held out the haft of her battle axe, which Komekko reached out and touched with one hand. “I accept your oaths and swords. Rise, Lady Mormont, and serve me as you did my father, and his father before him.”
Maege did, then smiled at Komekko, a tear appearing in her eye. “You’ve grown, child. We are all saddened by the loss of your father, but it is good to see the blood of House Stark yet runs true.”
“Thank you,” Komekko said, then turned to Lyanna Mormont, and held out her arms. “It’s good to see you too, Lya.”
“You too, ‘Mekko,” Lyanna agreed, hugging her friend tightly. “We are very sorry to hear of Lord Eddard’s death. Our vengeance will be swift. I shall ride south with you, along with mother and Dacey.”
“Good. I know I can count on your council,” Komekko said gravely. The two little girls missed the smiles that their mothers exchanged. Though it was hard to see their daughters grow up so quickly, both were proud.
“Lady Mormont, mother shall see to refreshment for you and your men,” Komekko said, picking up her dolls. “Lya and I must have a meeting in private.”
That got a raised eyebrow from Maege, but she nodded. “As you will, my Lady. I suppose it would be good to have a moment with your friend.”
The two girls trundled off with Hoost following behind. No adults noticed that Lyanna was eyeing both Maxell and Regina in a manner that was not what one would expect for a child’s plaything.
The two girls went to the solar, where Komekko shut the door with Osha waiting outside “Ensure we are not interrupted, Regina,” she ordered.
“Yes, Mistress,” the Duchess of Revenge agreed, and snapped her fingers, causing a red glow to bathe the door.
“Where is Vanir?” Lyanna asked, studying the two demons. Unlike the adults, she was fully aware of who Vanir was, Komekko having confided the secret to her several years ago when the two girls had first met.
“I sent him north to make sure Jon was safe,” Komekko explained, taking a seat and gesturing for Lyanna to do the same. “Maxwell, tea for both of us. Extra honey for me.”
“And I as well, please. Maxwell, is it?” Lyanna asked, studying the bespectacled demon.
“Indeed, Lady Lyanna,” the demon agreed as he conjured up a teapot and some honey. “Have we met? I’m afraid my memory isn’t all it used to be.”
“No, I have not either you, or this Regina. More demons, Komekko?” Lyanna asked, frowning slightly.
“Regina is the Duchess of Revenge. Maxwell is the Duke of Torture,” Komekko explained, her red eyes glowing as she accepted a cup from Maxwell. “They shall be giving my regards to Stannis Baratheon.”
“I see,” Lyanna said, nodding seriously. “That seems proper.”
Hoost walked over to Komekko, sitting at her feet, eyeing Lyanna appraisingly.
“Oh, I am sorry. Hoost, introduce yourself,” Komekko said, patting her direwolf on the head.
Lyanna only sipped at her tea as Hoost transformed, bowing as his tail wagged slightly. “Name’s Hoost. Been servin’ Lady Komekko for a spell now. Ain’t always been a wolf, but it’s not a bad gig. So you’re the bear girl, eh?”
“Indeed. I am a daughter of House Mormont,” Lyanna agreed calmly. She studied each of the demons in turn, pursing her lips. “I must say, Komekko, do you think it wise to have so many demons bound to you?”
“Oh, I have lots more. They just need to stay in hell. I’m not going to conquer the world, I promised to be good,” Komekko reassured her friend. “But they killed my dad, and my sisters, and Robb. They’re going to pay, Lya.”
“I believe the Lannisters have a saying that is appropriate in this circumstance,” Lyanna agreed. “One should always pay your debts to your enemy.” She set down her tea cup, and took out a dirk, which was practically a sword in her tiny hands. “I shall help you settle yours with Stannis.”
“Good,” Komekko agreed. “I’m glad you’re here.” She wrinkled her nose. “A lot of the adults are being dumb. They’re arguing about who’s going to be in command.”
“Really? I thought that would be obvious: you are,” Lyanna pointed out.
“Yeah but they want me to marry someone too. I’m not marrying anyone! I’m eight! When I do marry, I’m going to be a woman grown, and I’m not going to marry some smelly old guy,” Komekko declared.
“Very sensible. My mother never wed my father, which is only natural considering the circumstances. Shall we go ensure that your bannermen don’t tear one another apart?”
“Yeah. If they’re bad, you can knock some sense into them, Lya,” Komekko promised. “Just don’t kill anyone.”
“I shall try, but I have a hard time knowing how strong I am when I am angry,” Lyanna said seriously.
The two girls exited the room, with Osha falling in behind them.
“Osha, this is Lyanna. She’s going to be my second in command,” Komekko informed her shield. “She’s really smart and strong. I think I’m going to have her beat up Lord Umber if he’s rude today.”
Osha nodded seriously, studying the small girl out of the corner of one eye. A few months back, she would have laughed at the idea of an eight year old girl who looked as though she might weigh five stone soaking wet fighting Lord Umber, who was nearly seven feet tall and weighed over 25 stone if he weighed an ounce. However, she had learned not to judge based on appearances, which was wise all things considered.
That evening, Lord Umber once more made a loud and crass suggestion that Komekko should marry his youngest son, who was twice her age. Catelyn glared at the man, but Komekko calmly stood.
“Lord Umber, I have made it clear that my marriage prospects are none of your concern. What is your concern is killing Stannis Baratheon and every last traitorous Southron dog who slew my father and siblings. If you bring up the matter again, I shall be most cross.”
“You might be a Stark, girl, but you’re no battle leader yet!” Lord Umber roared. He was known as the Greatjon, and he deserved the name. Some men likened him to a great black bear, as he was shaggy and oafish by nature. He was not, however, the real ursine in the room.
Komekko looked to Lyanna, who was standing from her seat at her friend's side. “Be gentle. Don’t kill him,” Komekko said sternly.
Maege whirled on her daughter, mouth opening, but Lyanna ignored her mother, climbing up on the table and walking across it towards Lord Umber, who roared with laughter.
“What, are you going to send this little girl to get me in line? I’ve had shits bigger than her!” Lord Umber bellowed as he stood up.
“I was just going to slap some sense into you,” Lynna told the man, who was taller than her now that he stood, even with her on the table. “But now I think you need to learn a lesson.”
“Lyanna! Do not-” Maege began, but Komekko raised a hand.
“I give her permission, Lady Maege. It is time my lords learned that just because I’m a little girl doesn’t mean they don’t have to listen.”
“And you’re going to prove that how?” Lord Umber bellowed, his head turning towards Komekko. A second later, he blinked, and looked back to find a bear cub glowering at him from the table. He had just enough time to realize that perhaps he had made an error, when Lyanna let out a roar and jumped off the table, tackling Lord Umber to the ground. Screaming as he was savaged by Lyanna, Lord Umber couldn’t have known just what he was up against. Lyanna and her sisters were, in fact, the daughters of one of the few remaining Old Gods, the Bear of the Isle himself, who had been Maege Mormont’s lover for many years.
When Lyanna was finished, Lord Umber was moaning and clutching at his arm, and she stood up, turning back into the form of a girl. She spat out two fingers, and walked over, placing them before Komekko. “I think he’s learned his lesson.”
“Does anyone else wish to challenge me?” Komekko demanded, and for a moment, she rippled. Her mother gasped in shock, first at the change that overcame her daughter, and then at the three terrible beings that surrounded the high seat. The various banner men all froze, and their jaws dropped.
In Komekko’s place sat a woman who bore a crown of iron and ice, worked in the shape of wolf’s fangs. She had long dark hair, and burning red eyes. Her figure was slim and boyish, and at her side was a whip and a magic rod of blackened weirwood. Behind her stood a trio of terrible monsters, each of them obviously inhuman, from the dark skinned wolf-like man, to the man with leathery wings, and last the woman with hooves and a long spiked tail.
Then, the image vanished, and the assembled lords blinked. The little girl was back, and she had a wolf at her feet, and two dolls sat beside her in her chair.
Hopping down, Komekko walked over to Lord Umber, who was wheezing and clutching at his bloodied hand. “Do we have an understanding, Uncle Bigjon? Or do I need to remove a few fingers too?”
“I…” Lord Umber blinked back tears, then threw back his head and laughed. “A wolf queen! Aye, we have an understanding, my lady. I’ll broach the subject no more. Old Goddesses be praised, Eddard spawned a demoness!”
“No, I’m good. I won’t be a demoness.” Then Komekko grinned, and her mouth was full of fangs. “Except to Stannis Baratheon.”
Just then, the door flew open, and a panting Maester Luwin ran in. “He lives!”
Everyone turned to stare at the Maester, who held up a roll of parchment. “Lord Stark arrived in White Harbor yesterday morning! Gods be good, they’re all alive!”
Komekko blinked in shock. “My dad...my dad’s alive?!”
“He is,” Maester Luwin babbled, hurrying over and thrusting the parchment into her hands. “They’re all alive! Even the Prince and his family!”
Komekko started to read, but she found her vision blurry as she began to cry. A moment later, Lord Umber was hugging her, weeping himself.
“S-Sorry about your hand,” Komekko blubbered, taking the fingers out of her pocket and re-affixing them to Lord Umber’s hand, who gapped at them in astonishment. “I guess I didn’t need to teach you a lesson. Daddy can do it.”
“It was worth it, my lady,” Lord Umber whispered, squeezing her tightly. “I’d trade both my arms to have Eddard Stark back.”
“Me too,” Komekko whimpered, and squeezed the big man tightly.
For a moment, Lord Umber wondered if she meant she’d have ripped his arms off and burned them as an offering. Then he decided he didn’t care, and laughing, lifted Komekko onto his shoulders as the hall erupted into cheers and tears of joy.
“My dad’s alive!” Komekko hooted. “He’s alive.”
Only three individuals were dismayed at the news, though they had gone back to their disguised forms. Maxwell and Regina shared a look, while Hoost’s ears drooped.
“Does this mean we’re not going to get to torture Stannis for all eternity?” Maxwell asked, sounding disappointed.
“I’m not going back to hell without at least a few new souls to feast on,” Regina muttered. “The mistress promised me revenge.”
“Stannis still tried to kill her dad,” Hoost pointed out. “Maybe that’s worth sucking his soul out?”
“We can hope. The mistress does seem more merciful in this life,” Regina sighed.
“Oh bother. Well, maybe she’ll let us execute a few traitors?” Maxwell asked hopefully.
Hoost snorted. “Ain’t nobody stupid enough to do that around here. More’s the pity.”
Far away, Ramsay Snow sneezed. He rubbed at his nose, shrugged, and went back to his small minded torture of a poor soul he’d captured.
Little did he realize he was about to step into the big leagues, and that he was nothing but small peanuts.
Cast of Characters:
Chris the Thief as: Actually Not Eris.
Eris as: Wait, how can you have a kid and still be a maiden?
Kazuma as: The Sins of the Father are not passed on to the Son.
Megumin as: Branching out.
Bobby B as: Can't even keep it in his pants in the afterlife.
Satella as: Go to Horny Jail. Do not pass go. Do not collect 200 Dragons.
Komekko as: The Cutest Little Devil Queen.
Lyanna Mormont as: The bear necessities.
Regina and Maxwell as: Deeply disappointed
Hoost as: Portrayed by Taika Waititi
Ramsey Snow as: Paragon has a list, he's checking it twice, gonnna find out who's naughty or nice. Satella is coming, to town.
And the Cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as "How many fingers am I holding up?"
Chapter 28: Hello, My Name is Dust Martell
Summary:
Did you know the Mountain has six fingers on his left hand?
Chapter Text
This chapter was stolen by the Dread Pirate Roberts. Watch out, or he’ll come for your soul!
Chapter 27: Hello, My Name is Dust Martell
Gripping the sandalwood half of his spear, Dust hid his nervousness by grinning up at the giant of a man who had entered into the opposite side of the Trial Arena, a sunken pit made of red stone ten paces on a side. “Big bastard, aren’t you? Bet it was real hard for a big, tough guy like you to murder my aunt and her kids.”
Gregor Clegane regarded Dust with a bloodthirsty smile as his manacles were removed by trembling servants. “They sent a child to kill me? I thought I’d get to slay the Red Viper at least. But this? This is too easy.”
“Not as easy as you think,” Dust chuckled, whirling his spear into a guard stance as the Mountain rolled his shoulders. “Hello. My name is Dust Martell. You killed my Aunt Elia. Prepare to die.”
“Odd choice of last words,” the Mountain chuckled as his armor was hurriedly strapped on. He picked up his great sword and shield, swinging it a few times. Then he glanced to where King Stannis sat above them, along with Uncle Oberyn, Mace Tyrell, and several other high lords. “Come to witness me slaughter another babe? I’ll kill any man you send against me, but a boy is just insulting.”
“House Martell picked our finest fighter to face you this day, monster,” Oberyn spat. “Satella herself will reject you this day.”
Stannis didn’t speak, but he did eye Dust appraisingly. Beside the King sat a girl a few years younger than Dust, clutching at her father's arm in consternation. She had soft brown hair and bright blue eyes, and despite her Baratheon blood was somewhat thin and short. Rumor had it she was sickly, and this was the first time that Lean Baratheon had left Dragonstone in her life. Dust waved jauntily to the girl, and she timidly wiggled her fingers back.
“Don’t worry, princess, I’ll handle this-” Dust did a quick backflip as the Mountain suddenly surged forward, his sword slamming into the stones where Dust had been standing. Nonchalantly, Dust brushed off his clothes and gave his foe a wink. “-brute.”
Instead of answering, the Mountain just attacked again, his sword moving with grace and precision despite his bulk. Though he looked like a thug, the Mountain was a clever and skilled fighter, and Dust had to stay on his toes, dodging and weaving as the big man relentlessly pursued him.
“Hello!” Dust snapped, his spear suddenly intercepting the Mountain’s sword, sending it off to the side. “My name is Dust Martell!” He jabbed the spear into the Mountain’s leg joint, scoring a minor wound. Not too fast, like Uncle Oberyn had said. Though Dust had refused the poison. Where was the fun in that? “You killed my Aunt Elia! Prepare to die!”
“SO WHAT IF I DID!? SHE WAS A TARGARYEN WHORE!” Gregore Clegane raged, coming after Dust with even more fury than before, his sword arcing down like the descent of a falling boulder.
Dust caught it easily on his spear haft, causing the Mountain to start when a boy less than half his size blocked the titanic smash without flinching.
“Hello. My name is Dust Martell. You killed my Aunt Elia. Prepare to die.”
The Mountain snarled, and Dust spun off to the side to dodge a straight on smash from the Mountain’s shield. He thrust the spear into the Mountain’s kidney this time, the point punching through the plate with a shriek of metal. The big man staggered, dropping to one knee and gasping in pain.
Dust backed off, circling back around in front of the Mountain.
“HELLO! MY NAME IS DUST MARTELL! YOU KILLED MY AUNT ELIA! PREPARE TO DIE!”
“SHUT UP!” Gregor snarled, dropping his shield to take his sword in both hands and sending a desperate flurry of blows at Dust.
Dust, however, countered them all, then began his own series of attacks, forcing the Mountain to stagger away from him. He scored more hits on the arms and legs; light wounds that wouldn’t kill alone, but would continue to weaken and bleed his foe.
“ONE CUT FOR EACH YOU GAVE TO RHAENYS!” Dust shouted as his flurry continued, Gregor flailing to counter him.
“Little...bitch...deserved it!” Gregor panted, lunging for Dust as he dropped his sword. Dust rolled away, coming to his feet smoothly as the Mountain fell to hands and knees, coughing, blood oozing from a dozen places in his armor.
“Get up. I’m not finished with you yet,” Dust ordered, and kicked the monstrous knight his sword.
Snarling, Gregor used the blade as a sort of crutch and forced himself to his feet. He raised his blade again, blood pooling at his feet. Despite his wounds, the Mountain charged again.
Dust leapt into the air, easily clearing the twelve foot walls of the pit they were fighting in. He’d always been good at jumping, but now he put something extra into it. “DRAGON DESCENT!”
He fell like a stooping raptor, his spear finding its mark in Gregor’s groin as Dust severed him, root and stem.
The Mountain tumbled over like a felled oak gasping in pain and clutching at his removed manhood, blood now gushing from the wound. His eyes were mad with pain, but he still tried to crawl towards Dust, who easily backed away.
“You raped her before you killed her,” Dust accused. “Her children’s blood on your hands.”
“And... I... enjoyed... every... minute... of... it,” the Mountain hissed.
“Do you enjoy this?” Dust demanded, raising his bloodied spear.
The Mountain bared his bloody teeth at him. “I’ll enjoy... caving in... your skull... like I did... those... mewling... whelps...”
In response, Dust dropped his spear and ran forward. The Mountain grabbed at him, but Dust easily slapped away the arm. He grabbed the Mountain by the hair, looking into pain crazed eyes one last time.
“Hello. My name is Dust Martell. You killed my Aunt Elia. Now, you die.”
The Dust slammed the monsters head into the pavement. He heard a sickening crunch, and blood, brains, and other fluids spattered Dust’s boots. He kicked away the corpse in disgust, and turned to the King and his uncle, bowing.
“Justice is done this day in the sight of the Goddesses and Men.”
A few courtiers gave scattered, nervous applause, but stopped when they saw neither the king nor the prince applauding. Instead, Oberyn Martell stood, walked to the edge of the pit, and dropped his pants. Then he unceremoniously pissed on the corpse of Gregor Clegane. Once he finished, Oberyn fixed his trousers, then turned and bowed to Stannis.
“House Martell pledges itself to your cause, King Stannis Baratheon. Let our houses be joined by the betrothal of my nephew and your daughter. It will be good to have a king of Justice upon the Iron Throne.”
At the mention of his impending nuptials, Dust flushed and glanced at Lean. She was looking back at him, but quickly hid her face when their eyes met. Dust smiled and rubbed the back of his head, only to realize he was coating it in gore. Wincing, he hurried off to get undressed, bathed and changed.
Before going to pay his respects to Lean, however, Dust had another trip to make. He stopped by the kitchens, getting a hamper of food, then headed down to the dungeons after grabbing some extra candles.
Knowing where he was going, it didn’t take Dust long to find where Jory Cassel and Sandor Clegane were being kept. Most of the men they’d commanded hadn’t been high enough ranked to merit a stay in the cells and were kept in a stockade, but these two were valuable enough to keep a close eye on.
Squinting against the light of Dust’s torch, Sandor sat up from the pallet of straw. “Well. You’re not dead. Have to say that’s a surprise.”
“And a good morrow to you too, Mr. Hound,” Dust laughed. He passed through half of the baskets contents, then did the same to the cell on the other side of the hall to Jory.
“Thank you, Prince Dust,” Jory gasped after taking a long pull from the ale Dust had brought him. “I fear without you they would forget us entirely.”
“Nah, someone’s been through and collected your chamber pots, or it would stink a lot worse,” Dust observed, taking a seat on a nearby wooden stool. “You fat bastards just want more food.”
“Considering they only remember to do that once in a bloody moon, can you blame us,” Sandor mumbled as he gnawed on the bread he’d been given. He lowered it, eyeing Dust appraisingly. “So. Killed my brother, did you?”
“Sorry. But he’s currently feeding the pigs, per my uncles’ request,” Dust answered, giving Sandor a lopsided grin.
Most men would be horrified to learn their brother was swine fodder, but Sandor chuckled darkly. “Only thing to be sorry for is you got to do it instead of me. Any word on what they’re going to do with Jory and me?”
“You are to be held, but the King admires your courage. He does not intend to have you executed for being loyal to your lords and then surrendering with honor,” Dust explained. “If you were to swear fealty to Stannis…”
“My loyalty is to the Stark in Winterfell, not to whoever sits the Iron Throne,” Jory replied, picking crumbs from his stained surecoat and popping them in his mouth. They really weren’t feeding either man enough, and Dust resolved to see to it that was fixed.
“And you can tell Stannis to piss off for me. You’ve heard the lies he’s spewing about Kazuma, who is the true king now. He was your friend, boy. How can you even consent to serve Stannis?”
Dust hesitated, but decided it was safer for everyone if Sandor didn’t know the truth. Dorne did not intend to serve Stannis any more than it did Kazuma. For now, they just wanted to see Lannisters and Baratheons slaughter one another.
“Kazuma may be my friend, but our houses have long had enmity between one another. He is a Lannister, Sandor. Even you have to see that.” Dust bowed to the two men, leaving them a few candles each, then headed back up the long flight of stairs.
Feeling morose as he always did after a trip down to the dungeons, Dust simply went back to his chambers. However, his uncle was there waiting for him. “Celebrating your victory?” he asked when he noticed the empty wineskins Dust had slung over his shoulder.
“You don’t celebrate taking out the trash, Uncle. You know me better than that. These were to comfort poor Sandor. He lost a brother today, you know,” Dust said, giving his uncle an impudent grin.
“Ah, helping another celebrate then. You are still filthy, however, This will not do. Go get washed, and change. We dine with the king and his family tonight.”
“Am I really gonna have to marry Lean?” Dust asked as he shucked off his filthy tunic, tossing it towards a basket.
“She is not so hard on the eyes, eh? Some would consider you a fortunate man. Claiming the hand of the princess, and becoming Stannis Baratheon’s heir. Hardly a terrible fate.”
“Yeah, but I’m only eleven. I wanted to, you know. Play the field. Like you,” Dust commented as he stepped into the already prepared bath.
His uncle took a seat on the other side of the screen, but Dust could practically hear his shrug. “Just because one is married does not mean he cannot take other lovers. It would be boring to only sleep with one person, even if they were a princess, yes?”
“I guess,” Dust admitted. “Ain’t exactly had much experience.”
“Ha! You will. You shall be quite handsome, I think. And already a mighty warrior. Not to mention the blessing of the goddesses, eh? You shall have many paramours, and even more bastards than I do!” Oberyn laughed.
Scrubbing himself, Dust considered this. That was the Dornish way after all. Have a wife, but also a lot of lovers. He dismissed it for now, as he frankly didn’t care yet. “Yeah. But I mean... there’s still The Plan, right?”
“Yes. And what have I told you of such things?” Oberyn growled.
“Yeah, yeah, sorry.” Dust dunked his head underwater, feeling uncomfortable. He didn’t like the idea of betraying anyone, even Robert the Usurper’s brother, especially if he were going to marry Lean. Sure, she would be his ticket to becoming Lord of Dragonstone, or maybe Storm’s End, but how much would she like it when Dust helped kidnap her and let Iris Targaryen retake the Throne after the Lannisters and Baratheons had bleed themselves white?
And Dust really didn’t like the idea of betraying Kazuma. Sure, he bought that Kazuma was a bastard born of incest, but he still liked him. Wasn’t like it was Kazuma’s fault who his parents were.
Politics, Dust decided, sucked.
Dinner was awkward, and it wasn’t even that Dust had a hard time making his usual jokes and small talk. The queen was a severe woman who had once been a Florent. She and her husband were both stiff and uncomfortable in one another's presence. Their daughter seemed to be a shy thing, only glancing nervously at Dust occasionally before looking away quickly and burying her face in her food.
As for the king, he talked only of troop deployments, logistics, the likely moves that Tywin Lannister would make, and the need to prevent him from joining up with the River Lords, getting them to favor Lysa over Catelyn in the battle for the Iron Throne. Uncle Oberyn was able to discuss such matters, but Dust was a bit mystified by them all. True, he was informed enough to have an idea of what was being discussed, but it would be many years until his education in martial affairs was complete, and both Oberyn and Stannis were masters of the Art of War, though in different ways.
“A few hired knives in the dark could make our jobs easier. If, perhaps, a few dead Lannister bannermen turned up, some might think twice about rallying for Tywin,” Oberyn suggested.
“Knives in the dark are unreliable at best, and an expensive waste at worst if you hire a halfway decent assassin,” Stannis said dismissively. “Go back to your suggestions for raiding their baggage: that has far more merit.”
The conversation went on like that throughout the meal, until Lean tugged at her mother’s sleeve and whispered something.
“Now is not the time, child,” Queen Selyse snapped. “Keep such matters private until your Lord Father says otherwise.”
Before long, Lean was sent away with a maid, and Dust made his own excuses and left, his Uncle and Stannis still deep in conversation. If Dust was right, Oberyn was just learning the weaknesses of Stannis’s forces, so when the betrayal happened, it would be easier to destroy him.
Putting that aside, Dust decided it was time for some fun. He hurried back to his chamber, changing out of his doublet and hose, and putting on dark leathers. He took out a rope with a grappling hook on it, a pair of soft leather gloves and boots for climbing, and made his way to his balcony. He eyed the Red Keep, guessing where the Princess had her chambers. Grinning to himself, he spun the grapple, then began his long climb in the dark.
After nearly an hour of scaling red stone, Dust made it to the correct chambers. He’d made a few bad guesses, but avoided detection. Hanging upside down from the window sill, he popped his head into the room, looking around. He grinned when he saw Lean. She appeared to be alone, and was preparing for bed. She turned away from Dust, and-
Dust fell with a cry, barely managing to grab onto the bottom of the window with one hand, he was so startled. He swore angrily as his grapple plummeted, landing with a thump on the roof below him. He felt his grip slipping, and wondered if this was how his legend ended. So stupid. He should have-
“Oh! Who are you? Are you an assassin? I’m warning you, if you try anything, I’ll roast you!”
Dust blinked, looking up to see Princess Lean glaring at him, a finger that had a glowing pinprick of red light flickering at its tip pointed at him.
Quickly, he removed his hood. “Um, actually, it’s me, Dust. I was, er, going to pay you a midnight visit. We’re supposed to get married, but we’ve never talked so-”
“Oh!” the light vanished, and Lean grabbed Dust’s arm. “I’ve got you!”
“Maybe you should just call someone? I’m kinda heavy so-WOAH!”
With a grunt, Lean hauled Dust into her room, the force of her heave sending him flying up and onto her so that both children toppled to the ground in a heap. Dust righted himself, and found he was looking down at the flustered Lean.
“Er, sorry!” Dust sprang up, then offered Lean a hand. “Thanks for the save.”
Gingerly, Lean accepted the hand, slowly standing. She tried desperately to keep her back to Dust, but it was too late.
“So, er, what’s with the tail?” Dust blurted before he could stop to think. Something of a problem for him, actually.
“Oh. You saw it.” Lean seemed to wilt, and tears sprang into her eyes. Behind her, a long, bushy striped tail drooped to the ground. “You know. You’ll never want to marry me now. I’m cursed.”
“Huh? How? Man, that tail is so cool!” Dust blurted, shuffling around to peer at the tail. “Can I touch it?”
Lean jerked back, her jaw dropping. “Touch it, but- but the Maesters all say I’m cursed! W-Why would you want to touch it?!”
“Looks fuzzy. Is it fuzzy?” Dust asked, reaching out a finger to poke at the tail. Instead, Lean whipped it out of the way and jerked away from him, clutching her tail tightly to herself.
“D-Don’t just touch a girl’s tail like that! I-It’s sensitive!”
“Oh.” Dust frowned, scratching at his head in confusion. “Do all girls have tails?”
It was a stupid question, and Dust knew it. He had seen girls before, and knew the answer perfectly well, though he wasn’t clear on the finer points of their anatomy.
“What?! Are you stupid? No! Of course not! Do all boys have tails?” Lean snapped.
Waggling his eyebrows suggestively, Dust said, “Yeah, but ours is in front.”
“Huh? That doesn’t-” Lean cut off and went bright red, her tail standing up straight and bristling behind her. “YOU PERVERT!”
Dust whooped and dodged away as Lean threw pillows, books, and other small objects at him. That didn’t last long, as two Baratheon guards burst in, swords at the ready to defend their princess.
“Ah, I must away!” Dust declared, jumping out to the balcony. He bowed deeply to Lean as the guards ran after him. “I shall see you on the nonce, milady. Farwell.” Then Dust plucked out a flower from a pot on the balcony, and tossed it over the guards heads. Lean managed to catch it, gaping at him, and Dust salued and jumped.
Why had he been worried before again? He could easily fall a few stories and at worst he might get a few bruises. He forgot about that sometimes. Dust landed on the roof and ran across the red tiles. He made it back to his rooms, and had just enough time to throw on bed clothes and pretend to fall asleep when his own door burst open.
“Huh?” Dust muttered, rubbing at his eyes as though he’d just been awakened. “Oh! Your Grace, what an unexpected-”
“What,” the king growled, “were you doing in my daughter’s chambers?”
Having the tall, bald man with a sword at his side looming over his bed sort of made Dust forget that he’d killed the Mountain earlier that day. Especially since he did feel a bit guilty.
“Well, since everyone says I’m supposed to marry her, I figured, as a proper Dornishman, I ought to woo the lady,” Dust said slowly, leaning away from Stannis and giving him his best winning smile.
Stannis, of course, did not smile. Dust wondered if the king was capable of such a thing. “And sneaking into my daughter’s chambers after sundown while making ribald japes is your idea of wooing someone?”
“I learn from the best!” Dust chuckled nervously. “Just ask Uncle Oberyn!”
Stannis leaned away from Dust, still glowering. “Hmph. So. You have seen her...condition.”
“What condition?” Dust said, his nose wrinkling in perplexity. “She doesn’t have any greyscale that I saw.”
“Then you are either blind, a fool, or lying. Surely you noticed Lean’s...particularity.”
“What, the tail? Yeah, that’s pretty cool. Can she turn into an animal or something? I always wished I could turn into a hawk and fly. I’ve got some cool powers but so far I can just jump really high,” Dust babbled, desperate to talk his way out of trouble. He had yet to learn in this life (or most of them, actually) that the more he talked, typically the deeper the hole he dug for himself.
This time, it seemed Eris was on Dust’s side, as Stannis stood silently for a long moment, eyeing the boy, who had a dopey grin plastered on his face.
“You find her an acceptable match? You would not mock nor mistreat my daughter?”
“Well, I mean, I’d never mistreat a lady, but people tell me I mock them pretty regularly, so that part I dunno about. Personally, I think I’ve shown a great deal of restraint not making any of the bald jokes I’ve thought of since you walked into the room,” Dust babbled.
Not even that elicited a smile from Stannis, which made Dust sweat more than a hot day at Sunspear.
“Very well. I shall agree to the match then,” Stannis said, then turned about and headed for the door. He paused on the threshold, turning to give Dust a baleful eye. “My daughter is not yet old enough for your Dornish predilections. Prince or not, you will wait until both you and she come of age, or you will face my wrath. Do we have an understanding?”
“Yessir,” Dust gasped, hastily saluting and stiffening to an upright sitting position in his bed. He wasn’t sure what he was waiting on, but he was absolutely sure he did not want to make Stannis angry. More than he already was, anyway.
Stannis nodded, and stalked away, leaving Dust to breath out a huge sigh of relief. He flopped back onto his bed, grinning to himself. A Princess, and one with a tail at that? That was so awesome! This was going to be great.
And then he remembered he was supposed to betray Lean and Stannis to the Targaryens, and was unable to sleep for the rest of the night. Moral dilemmas had never been Dust’s strong point.
Though, rescuing beautiful princesses was certainly up his alley...
Cast of Characters:
Dust as: Inago Montoya.
Lean as: Buttercup, but she actually does something.
Stannis as: Stop that, stop that. Too silly. And a little bit suspect I think.
Gregor Clegane as: And strike another one off The List...
Sandor Clegane as: Wait, does this mean Clegane Bowl is canceled? WORST FIC EVER.
And the Cast of a Song of Ice and Fire as Not Left Handed.
Chapter 29: Is That What They're Calling it Now?
Summary:
Everyone needs to go to Horny Jail.
Only problem is, Satella is running Horny Jail.
Chapter Text
This episode brought to you by...Oh my. Er, did Darkness choose our sponsor today? Um, yeah. I think we’re going to have to take the hit on this one guys.
Chapter 28: Is That What They’re Calling It These Days?
The last leg of the Starks’ long journey back home began with another boat ride, this one on a fast galley up the White Knife River. A part of Eddard he hadn’t even realized had been full of nervous tension relaxed as he found himself in the North once more. This was where a Stark belonged, not the South. However, this would be but a respite. He would stay at Winterfell only so long as was needed to rally his banners and march south.
On the first day of their journey upriver, Eddard noticed Kazuma standing sullenly by the rail of the boat. He’d snapped at Tyrion and even Myrcella, and only seemed to tolerate Megumin’s presence. As she was currently seeing to Chomusuke, who was once more seasick despite no longer being at sea, the uncrowned king stood alone, watching the landscape race past.
“Your Grace,” Eddard said, walking over to stand beside the boy. Kazuma had grown quite a bit even since leaving Winterfell, and would soon be taller than Eddard himself. Much like Robert had at Kazuma’s age, the boy was outstripping his clothes nearly as soon as they could be fitted.
“Hey,” Kazuma said, not looking up from where he had his chin resting on the railing.
“You seem troubled this day,” Eddard observed, gently probing to see if he could get the boy to open up.
Slowly, Kazuma stood up, his eyes flickering to Eddard’s. “My dad… he wasn’t a good king, was he?”
Eddard was silent for a long moment, composing his own thoughts. “Your father was a brave and valiant man.”
“Yeah, that’s not what I’m talking about. I’ve read about kings who were brave, or kind, or good, or gentle. But they were all terrible. My dad was like that, wasn’t he?” Kazuma asked.
“Robert was…” Eddard reached for kind words, then sighed heavily and simply spoke the truth. “The realm collapsed into civil war when your father died. He did a poor job of administering his lords. He allowed treacherous councilors to make their den in his small council. The realm is bankrupt and deeply in debt. No. Robert was not a good king. He was a good man, but the throne ruined him.”
“That’s what I thought. I talked with him in the Sept at White Harbor,” Kazuma explained. “Eris was there. She and Chris are...I dunno. But anyway, she let me speak to my dad. You know what he was doing?”
Mutely, Eddard shook his head, trying to wrap his mind around the casual way Kazuma spoke of meeting with yet another goddess, or of speaking with the dead themselves.
“He was sleeping with Satella,” Kazuma growled, leaning over and grasping the railing so hard his knuckles turned white. “He’s not even dead for a month. And he’s cheating on my mom. Again.”
“Is it not a part of your religion that all are given over to the goddess Satella, who is a jealous lover of all?” Eddard managed, scraping up what little knowledge of the Faith of the Seven he remembered Catelyn and Cecily sharing with him.
“I guess. But that’s all he did in life too. You know how many bastards my dad had?” Kazuma demanded.
“Ah, I have some knowledge,” Eddard admitted.
“Sixteen,” Kazuma pronounced. “I know. I checked. I made sure each and every one of my little sisters and brothers were cared for, and kept out of my mom’s way.”
“You… you knew?” Eddard asked, feeling slightly sick to his stomach.
“Of course I did. It wasn’t exactly a secret,” Kazuma said, making a face. “Want to know something else? Dad ignored them even better than he did Tommen and Myrcella. Just like he ignored being king. That’s what made him bad at it.”
“What do you think it is to be a good king?” Eddard asked, trying to change the subject and feeling terribly heartsick. Kazuma was a boy. And yet, he had to be king.
Kazuma considered that for a moment, looking out as the trees along the river bank raced past. “A lot of things. I’ve read books, you know. A lot of them. More than a few about being king. You need to be strong, like my dad was. A king can’t be weak, he has to be able to lead his bannermen in battle. Not just physically strong, but to have strength of character and mind. You have to be wise, and willing to listen to your advisors. But you can’t just listen to everyone. Like my dad with Lord Baelish, that backstabbing bastard. And, I think this is really important, you can’t let yourself get into debt. Especially not for stupid tourneys.”
“Those are all things that make a good king, but you left out what I believe is the most important part of being a good king, and a good leader of men,” Eddard told the boy.
Kazuma nodded, his eyes fixed on Eddard’s face, hanging on his words. “What’s that?”
“Honor.”
“Honor?” Kazuma asked, frowning.
“A Lord is more than just a figurehead. He is the example he must set for his followers. His life must be one that others can emulate. He must be worthy of the trust of his followers; behaving with honor in word and deed and keeping his oaths. He must be loyal, returning fealty for service, and granting gifts and rewards to those who serve him, while punishing those who would break that sacred trust.”
“Yeah, that makes sense,” Kazuma agreed, nodding at Eddard’s words, a thoughtful look in his eyes. “My dad wasn’t honorable, was he? He wasn’t loyal to my mom, that’s for sure.”
“Robert was...he had honor on the battlefield, and there he was a great and worthy leader. But in peace, he was lost,” Eddard told Kazuma. “I wish I had nought but praise for your father, for he was my dear friend. But you need to hear the truth from me, Kazuma, and I must tell you that your father stained his honor black with his infidelity.”
“Well, you don’t have to worry about that. I’m pretty sure Megumin would literally kill me if I cheated on her,” Kazuma said, glancing down the deck to where the girl in question was rubbing Chomusuke’s back as the wolf lay moaning on the deck. He looked back to Eddard and gave him a smile. “Don’t worry, even if she wouldn’t, I don’t want to be like my dad in that way. Sure, having a bunch of little sisters is nice, and I guess having a lot of women is fun, but I’m not gonna hurt her like that. You know, it’s the weirdest thing, but I almost feel like I’ve known Megumin my whole life.”
“You are yet young. A few months is a long time when you are a boy of twelve years. I hope you and Megumin know each other for many years to come.” Eddard cleared his throat. “Megumin? Come here for a moment. Chomusuke will keep.”
“Yeah dad?” Megumin asked, hurrying over.
Eddard sighed heavily, closing his eyes and composing himself. “When we reach Winterfell, the two of you must wed.”
“WHAT!?” both children cried. They looked at one another aghast, then blushed and looked away.
“I mean, if I were going to marry someone, I guess Kazuma’s not the worst,” Megumin muttered.
Kazuma kicked at the deck, looking uncomfortable. “Maybe...maybe I would be OK with that...but why now? I thought we were going to wait until we were both adults.”
“That was when you were merely the Crown Prince, and we thought your reign many years distant,” Eddard told the two children. It grieved him that they were going to be forced into this, but he knew it was the only way forward. “Now, you are the king. And the king must have a wife, with the promise of an heir. It will also solidify the alliance between our houses, and make you not just a Southron King, but the King of the North as well.”
“We’re not going to have to... you know,” Megumin asked, blushing and furtively glancing at Kazuma.
“No. It would be wise to wait to consummate your marriage, and there will be no bedding ceremony,” Eddard told them. “But the bond will be quite real. I would be more hesitant to do this, but it is obvious to everyone the two of you are fond of one another. I am glad. Though I have found happiness and love in my own marriage, the early years with Catelyn were hard. Especially as she believed I had been unfaithful to her.”
Kazuma blinked, and Eddard saw a look of betrayal in his eyes at the realization that Jon Snow was, in fact, proof that Eddard Stark had supposedly violated his own marriage vows.
“Believed?” Megumin asked, frowning at her father. She wasn’t called a genius just because she could blow up a fleet. “Wait. What are you saying? Is this why mom was suddenly so much nicer to Jon? Did you finally reveal his dark and terrible secret? Is he a changeling? Did you find him in a dungeon or were given him by a dark and terrible goddess?”
Ok, so maybe more of a mad genius.
“You...you didn’t betray your wife, did you?” Kazuma asked, sounding desperate to believe that at least this father figure was honorable.
“This is a secret you must tell no one,” Eddard said, glancing around. “But Jon is my nephew. I took him as my bastard because he is the son of my sister, Lyanna.”
“Wait, really? I thought she got kidnapped by-” Kazuma began, but Megumin interrupted.
“Jon’s a TARGARYEN!?” she gasped, her hands flying to her face. “That is so cool!”
“Wait, if he’s a Targaryen, then that would mean…” Kazuma trailed off, then went pale. “Oh no.”
“He has joined the Night’s Watch,” Eddard said firmly. “Whatever claims he had to the throne are void. I tell you this now so that you understand. I was willing to have that stain upon my own honor to preserve the safety of the life of one dear to me. I raised Jon as my own son, and loved him as my own, but he was never mine.”
“You really should have told mom, you know,” Megumin lectured, folding her arms over her chest and glaring at her father. “And us. We wouldn’t have cared. Jon’s my brother no matter what you say.”
“It would be best if he ever remains Jon Snow. When this is over, I will travel to the Wall and tell him the truth. He deserves to know as much as anyone,” Eddard explained.
“I get it,” Kazuma agreed. “My dad would have killed him, wouldn't he? Just because he was a Targaryen.”
Despite the pain it brought him, Eddard acknowledged Kazuma’s point. “I suspect that is so, even though he is the son of Lyanna.”
“Huh. That’s...well. I like Big J, so I think maybe him staying at the Wall in secret is probably for the best,” Kazuma declared. Then he eyed Megumin. “And, um, I do want to marry you, Megumin. I mean, I didn’t think it would happen so early, but... I do like you.”
“I suppose I can consent to being queen of the Seven Kingdoms. Provided I don’t have to wear a dress all the time,” Megumin said, making a face.
“Considering we’re about to fight a war, I think maybe plate is gonna be more appropriate,” Kazuma laughed.
“Yes! I wonder if that means I can’t squire for Brienne anymore?” Megumin mused.
“I think that perhaps you should continue to do so. It would serve you well to learn such skills,” Eddard told his daughter, feeling slightly relieved. Seeming much happier, Kazuma and Megumin ran off to get their swords. Syrio had needed to wait on another boat, as the galley had traveled with only the most important members of the group, but soon the clatter of wood filled the air along with the rower’s grunts as the ship raced up stream.
Over the course of the next two days on the river, Eddard had to deal with Olenna and Cersei, who were still trying to broker a marriage between Margaery and either Robb or Tyrion. However, when they informed Tyrion of the matter, his stance was simple.
“I’m not marrying the girl. She’s a giant, and I’m a dwarf. I’d look silly enough next to a normal woman. Beside that maid, I’d look like nothing so much as her babe and turn the entire thing into a jape.”
“Brother, it would make sense. Your marriage to the girl would tie the Reach to the Throne, and perhaps persuade some of Mace Tyrell’s bannermen to come over to our side,” Cersei argued.
“Have sense, man. Not every marriage is one the bards will sing of. My granddaughter would be a proper match for the next Lord of Casterly Rock, and she’s perverted enough to fulfill even your foolish fantasies,” Olenna barked.
Tyrion shook his head, glaring at both women. “Have you asked the girl how she feels about this? She’s half my age and twice my height. As for my fantasies, they certainly do not involve her. The idea it would take a pervert to love me insults both our houses.”
“I’ve heard what you get up to in the brothels, boy,” Olenna snorted. “You’re as twisted as my granddaughter, and I don’t mean your body.”
“The answer is no, and shall remain that way,” Tyrion said testily, and hurried off. Both women glared after him, then looked to Eddard.
“I’m not forcing Lord Tyrion into a match he has no desire for, no shall I counsel the king to do so,” he told them stiffly. “As for my own son, I shall arrange a marriage for him in due time.”
Unfortunately for Eddard, Olenna had other plans. And his son was kind of a dope. In Robb's defense, he was a teenager.
The first day they were off of the boats on the three day overland trip to Winterfell, Olenna cut Darkness out of line and had her ride beside her a short ways off the road.
“You’re nearly sixteen now, and unbetrothed. It is unseemly,” Olenna told her granddaughter without preamble.
“Yes, grandmother,” Darkness said, looking down despondently. “I know my desire for combat and, um, other urges have scared away the men Father tried to interest me in.”
“You chased off a Florent, a Hightower, and even a Royce,” Olenna said, feeling exasperated. “And two of them you beat bloody! They didn’t even have the courage to tell my idiot son why they ran off and declined the betrothal!”
“I, I wasn’t trying to hurt them! I just, I wanted them to beat me, but when they tried I got too excited, and um,” Darkness blushed, remembering how a simple embrace from her had broken two ribs and a shoulder, and another time a single blow from her during a sparring session had shattered an arm.
“Well, I’m going to give you a choice, girl. You can marry Tyrion Lannister or Robb Stark,” Olenna informed, giving Darkness a glower stern enough to raise the hairs on the back of her neck.
“T-Tyrion!?” Darkness squeaked. “B-But he’s-” Darkness was going to protest he was too kindly to make a good husband, and too small to properly abuse her, but Olenna cut her off.
“The heir to Casterly Rock, if Tywin ever bothers to admit Jaime is actually a member of the Kingsguard. And Tyrion is known for his love of whores and perverse nature.”
“Oh.” Darkness considered that. “Um, I think I would still prefer Robb. He, he is, ah, er, closer to me in age?”
Olenna regarded her granddaughter and her ingratiating smile, and snorted in disgust. “You’re just interested in him because you watched him rip three men limb from limb and want him to do the same to you.”
“H-He is the heir to Winterfell! A-And is noble, and kind and has sharp, dangerous claws he could rake down my back, and savagely maul me while-” Darkness realized she was salivating, and wiped at her mouth in embarrassment. “Um, that is, he would be a good match, I think.”
“You’ve already been at him, haven’t you girl!” Olenna accused, drawing her horse close and studying Darkness’s face. “Has he taken your maidenhead already? If you’ve sullied yourself-”
“N-No! H-He has not! I, um, I might have told him to bind me and ravish me, but, ah, even during the full moon, he unfortunately, I mean, Lord Robb was a proper gentleman and in no way violated me despite my encouragement, but he did rake my back most horrendously, and he bit at my neck and-” Darkness cut herself off, blushing and looking away. “...I am sorry, Grandmother. I know this is not a proper way for a lady to behave herself. I...I shall stay away from Robb and maintain my honor.”
“Now’s not the time for that, girl.”
Darkness spun back around, her mouth falling open as her grandmother nodded in satisfaction. “Likes you, does he? Barely managed to hold himself back from taking your maidenhead?”
“Ummm,” Darkness stammered, going even redder than she had before. “We, er, we sort of wore ourselves out wrestling before then, and I had on my armor, and his claws weren’t very good at taking it off, and, well, it wasn’t for lack of trying, but, ah, we behaved...mostly correctly…”
“Too bad. Next time, don’t wear your armor,” Olenna ordered, and Darkness gasped in astonishment.
“G-Grandmother! You told me to never-”
“I told you to never bed a man unless it was the time for it,” Olenna scolded. “Well girl, now is the time!”
“B-But we are not married!” Darkness protested.
“And you won’t be, because of that idiot Eddard’s sense of honor,” Olenna snapped, pointing an accusing finger at Darkness as she flinched back; “If you don’t manage to bed the boy, Cersei is going to see to it you marry Tyrion, and I’ll help her. So either you lure Robb to your bed and ensure that he’s properly trapped, or you accede to marrying the dwarf.”
“T-That does not sound very honorable,” Darkness protested weakly, leaning away from her grandmother as sweat beaded on her brow despite the cold.
“You’re a woman. Leave honor to the battlefield. In matters of the bed, you do what you have to,” Olenna explained. “You think it was an accident that I ended up with your grandfather?”
“Um, no?” Darkness guessed.
“Damn right. I had to work everything out. First, I had to get that shrew to marry her brother, then I lured Luthor to a grove and made sure he knew what was on offer if he convinced his father to marry me to him,” Olenna said with a sniff, causing her granddaughter to glare at her.
“You mean, you…” Darkness wracked her mind, her lips moving slightly. Then her eyes went wide. “My father was born only eight months after you were wed!”
“Because I was already pregnant, fool girl. We kept it quiet, and babes have been born early before, but it was obvious to anyone with a lick of sense that the reason the wedding happened so quickly was because I arranged for your great-grandfather to find us in the act, so to speak.”
This revelation made Darkness gape at her grandmother, until she managed to lick her lips and timidly ask, “You mean...you mean you’re a pervert too?”
“No. What I did was to ensure that I had a properly highborn husband who could influence the politics of the realm and ensure that my legacy was secure. What you do is because your base desires overrule what little good sense you have,” Olenna snapped.
“Yes, grandmother,” Darkness muttered, thinking rebelliously that Robb was just as highborn as her grandfather was, and would be brother to the queen to boot.
“Now, our family is in a precarious position. On the one hand, Stannis holds your brothers and lord father hostage, fool men that they are. That means he can force your father to call his banners on behalf of the usurper.”
“But we’re here, which means that we serve Kazuma, the true king,” Darkness agreed. “And if we’re not careful, we could be branded traitors by both sides.”
“Exactly. Good to see you have a brain rattling around in that thick skull of yours. Now, this does also present an opportunity: no matter which way the war goes, our house is poised to be on the winning side.”
“Grandmother! That, that is dishonorable!” Darkness cried in horror.
“Oh relax. I’m quite certain that Kazuma will prove victorious, if for no other reason than if his bride can blow up a fleet, it stands to reason she can do the same to an army. Which means we have to show we were loyal to Kazuma all along. Thus, you need to bed Robb Stark as soon as possible.”
“I, um, I-” Darkness stammered, then wilted under her grandmother's gaze. “Yes, Grandmother.”
“We’ll be in Winterfell in two days time. That means you have two nights to seduce the boy. I hope you’ve been paying attention to my lessons on how to catch a man’s interest.”
“I’m not very good at simpering,” Darkness muttered. “I should just challenge him to a duel and let him beat me. Then, when he tries to comfort me, I can-”
“Be sensible! Just crawl into his tent naked. He’ll figure it out,” Olenna ordered, then guided her horse back towards the main road. A moment later, a very perplexed Darkness followed after her.
That evening when the party had stopped to camp, Darkness was pacing back and forth outside of her tent, muttering to herself. She was wearing her quilted under armour, as they had not yet been able to procure ladies’ clothing for her. Even in White Harbor, there were not many over six foot ladies with an overly generous bust size and muscles like those of an amazon.
“Darkness? Are you well?” Brienne asked, stepping out of their tent. Unlike Darkness, she was dressed in riding leathers, as her figure was close enough to a man’s that it hadn’t been hard to find. While Brienne was envious of her friend's more womanly attributes, she was also grateful she was from a minor house and didn’t have to deal with the politics or an overbearing grandmother.
“No,” Darkness admitted. She looked around, then hurriedly explained to Brienne her conundrum.
“Do you wish to marry Lord Robb?” Brienne asked, frowning at her friend.
“Well, yes,” Darkness admitted. “He is a kind man, but has a vicious, brutal side. You should have seen the way he dominated me so easily! Even when I used all my strength, I could not prevent him from having his way with me!”
Brienne gave her friend a flat look, but didn’t chastise her. She was unfortunately all too familiar with Darkness’s predalictions. “Did he take your maidenhead already?”
“Um, no, that’s why my grandmother wants me to, ah, ‘crawl into his tent naked.’ But...I don’t think that’s what I should do. Even though I would eagerly allow Robb to have his way with me, even past the point of no return, um...it seems very dishonest. I do wish to be humiliated and abused, but I don’t think he does.”
“Well, why not simply tell him you wish to wed him?” Brienna asked, scratching at her head. “You’re both highborn, and he seems to like you if what you said about what happened on the ship is true.”
“But that is not...my grandmother said I needed to seduce him,” Darkness said, wringing her hands.
“Darkness, he spent a night in the bilges of a ship doing every possible thing with you short of actually bedding you,” Brienne said in exasperation. “If you haven’t already seduced him, I don’t know what would.”
“R-Really? But what if he finds me distasteful? M-Most men are put off by my strength, or my forwardness, or would not entertain the rough treatment of a lady that I long for…”
Taking her friend by the shoulder, Brienne halted Darkness in her tracks. “You are an honorable woman, for all your strangeness. Do you really wish to entrap a man who does not desire you as his wife?”
“Well, no, but my grandmother said that was how you get a man. She even admitted that she, um…”
“Are you Margaery Tyrell, or are you Ser Darkness, Knight of the Realm?” Brienne barked.
Immediately, Darkness stood up straight, puffing out her impressive chest as she snapped to attention. “I am Ser Darkness, the stalwart knight who shall shield all her allies from harm!”
“Then shall you behave as a simpering girl like Margaery Tyrell would, or shall you act with honor, as a knight would?” Brienne growled, poking Darkness in the chest with a finger.
“I...I shall give battle to my foes, never retreating an inch!” Darkness declared.
“Good, then go forth, and act with honor!” Brienne ordered.
“Yes, yes of course! Megumin!”
“Huh?” Megumin looked up from a campfire not far away, where she was sitting with her sister and Kazuma, a bowl of stew in her hands.
“We must gird for battle!” Darkness declared. “Our foe shall be vanquished, and we shall stand triumphant on the field!”
“Yes!” Megumin cried, and jumped up, wiping her mouth with a sleeve and dropping her empty bowl as she ran over. “Let us prepare!”
Brienne eyed Darkness as they suited up for war. This had not been what she had meant, but Brienne decided not to say anything. Perhaps Darkness’s future husband would be best served knowing what he was getting himself into.
Across the camp, Eddard was sitting with Robb, Jaime, and Ser Barristan around a fire of their own, eating and discussing their plans for marching south.
“The hard part will be getting the Late Lord Frey on our side,” Jaime opined. “If he denies us a crossing at the Twins, we could be delayed. We have to find a way to make it over without losing any more time.”
“Walder Frey is a cautious man, and Stannis seems to have the loyalty of four of the Seven Kingdoms, as well as the Crownlands. We have but the Westerlands and the North, and perhaps the Riverlands,” Bariston pointed out.
“He’ll want a price,” Eddard agreed, rubbing his chin thoughtfully. “Something that would give him a stake in our victory.”
“Perhaps lands or titles?” Robb suggested. “He has a large family.”
“That family is the problem, he’s going to want to marry a few of them off to us if he wants anything,” Jaime said, making a face. “You and I may both find ourselves wed to Freys if we’re not careful, my lord.”
“But, you’re a member of the Kingsguard!” Robb gasped, going scarlet. “And I don’t wish to marry a Frey!”
“As much as it would pain me, I serve the King, and if what my nephew needs is for me to take marriage vows, I’ll do it,” Jaime said quietly. “My honor is already stained. Better I stain it further and do my king a service than attempt to polish what everyone already considers blemished beyond salvaging.”
“A hard choice, but one I understand,” Ser Barristan agreed. “There is more than one way to show honor, Ser Jaime. You have changed much during Robert’s reign.”
Jaime dipped his head in gratitude, but before the conversation could continue, bedlam erupted behind the men. They turned to the sound of drum beats, and found Megumin bearing the rose banner of House Tyrell (helpfully magiced into existence by Lady and Yunyun working together) while Chris banged away enthusiastically and very unmusically on a large drum. Darkness and Brienne were marching together in full plate, their helmets under their arms, and grim expressions on their faces.
Nearby, Olenna let a rather foul oath, then loudly demanded that someone bring her wine. She had stayed away from the bottle during the voyage, but she seemed to have developed a sudden thirst upon witnessing her granddaughter’s antics.
“I said seduce, not challenge to a joust,” Olenna grumbled as a very confused servant brought her a wineskin.
“Hear ye, hear ye!” Megumin shouted, coming to a stop with her Tyrell banner not far from Robb, a rather manic grin on her face. “Ser Darkness does challenge Robb of House Stark to a duel, over a matter of honor. She demands that the oaf in question either meet her on the field of battle, or surrender and agree to her demands.”
“What demands?” Eddard asked, looking at Robb, his brow furrowing.
“Father, I am afraid I have stained this knight's honor, and must answer her challenge,” Robb said stiffly.
Eddard looked baffled, but nodded his ascent. He looked to Megumin as Robb hurried to don his own plate. “Are you responsible for this?”
“The drum was my idea,” Megumin admitted. “And the banner. But they wouldn’t do a proper pose.”
“Let’s all be grateful for that,” Olena muttered as she drained her wineskin.
Several minutes later, Robb emerged, bearing his sword and clad in plate. He and Darkness stepped out to a clear patch, and a crowd quickly assembled to watch.
“Kick him in the balls!” Myrcella shouted to Darkness.
“Throw dirt in her eyes!” Tommen coached Robb.
“This is an honorable duel. There will be no such underhanded tactics,” Brienne pronounced. “Now, begin!”
For about thirty seconds, Robb and Darkness met in an orderly clash of steel, with Darkness even managing a fair bit of sword play that was effective, if not elegant. However, after that, the battle quickly devolved into a farce. Darkness became all too eager to let the blows hit her, and dropped her shield, happily letting Robb batter her with his sword and crying out in pleasure as she swung hers about wildly.
For his part, Robb grew increasingly frantic and wild in his attacks, and eventually dropped his sword, letting out a howl charging Darkness, bowling her over so that they both landed in a clatter of plate. Eddard gasped and made to move to separate the fighters, but Brienne blocked his path.
“Let them finish,” she said grimly.
After a wild scuffle, Robb had Darkness pinned to the ground, her helm having been lost in the melee.
“You have bested me,” Darkness panted. “My honor is satisfied! Now, claim your prize!”
“What? What are you saying?” Robb snarled, ripping off his own helmet and tossing it aside to glare down at the blushing Darkness.
“You have conquered me! I am at your mercy! Carry me away from my family, and make me your bride!” Darkness cried, spreading her arms wide.
Olenna let out a groan and put her face in her hands, having drained a second wineskin during the brief duel. For his part, Eddard was gaping in astonishment. Especially when Robb leapt up, slung Darkness (who was moaning in pleasure) over one shoulder and bellowed, “I claim this woman as my prize! She is mine!” and then made to run away into the forest.
He stopped when his father punched him cleanly in the jaw, staggering Robb.
“What,” Eddard growled, glaring at his oldest son. “Are. You. Doing?”
Blinking, Robb rubbed his jaw, apparently returning to his senses.
“He’s going to ravish me and claim me as his woman with savage, primal lust!” Darkness said eagerly, her eyes dancing in delight.
“Robb, this is no way to behave. If you want to marry the girl, you have to discuss it with me, and her family,” Eddard snapped, pointing to Olenna. “Darkness is of noble blood: you cannot simply abscond with her.”
“Even if I would really, really enjoy it?” Darkness asked as Robb set her down.
Eddard resisted the urge to claw at his eyes and scream in gibbering madness. Thankfully, he had a lot of practice: after eleven years with his three daughters, this was a normal day to him.
“Even then. Robb, do you wish to marry this woman?”
“Um, yes. I er, well, we’ve sort of been sneaking away and exchanging kisses, and, ah, other things,” Robb admitted.
“You heard the boy!” Olenna cried, suddenly sober, though her breath still stank of wine. “He’s violated Margaery’s virtue! I demand they be wed!”
“G-Grandmother! We-”
Olenna slapped Darkness upside the back of her head. “Be silent! Do not make this worse, girl!”
“We, er, haven’t gone quite that far,” Robb admitted. “Mostly due to lack of opportunity.”
Rubbing the bridge of his nose with thumb and forefinger, Eddard bit back a sigh.
“You give your blessing to the union on behalf of Lady Margaery’s family, Lady Olenna?”
“I do. I insist on it, in fact. As I’ve bloody well been telling you for a week and more, you thick headed buffoon,” Olenna harrumphed. Eddard chose to ignore that last comment.
“Then they shall be wed upon our return to Winterfell, Goddesses Old and New willing,” Eddard declared, looking up to meet the eyes of his son and apparent new daughter in law.
“I think they make a great couple!” Lady said eagerly. “Oh boy, a wedding! Yunyun, we’ll have to bake a cake! I know lots of good recipes for cake!”
“I too approve of my brother’s new mate,” Grey Wind said soberly, briefly assuming his human form. He clasped Robb’s hand and slapped him on the back, then bowed to Darkness before shifting back.
“I just checked with Aqua, she’s all for it!” Cecily piped up, giving the couple a big thumbs up. “All Love is blessed in the eyes of the Axis Cult! Even Masochists and furries! Not sure what a furry is, though.”
Eddard looked to Cersei for someone to be a beacon of sanity in the madness, but she merely shrugged. “It does tie House Tyrell to Kazuma by marriage. It’s politically advantageous, and at least no one can say we forced the girl into the marriage.”
“Why not? Robb should force me! I want him to drag me away, throw me onto a bed and-”
“There are children present,” Eddard said coldly, which made Darkness blush and cover her mouth as she stammered out a few incoherent and muffled apologies. Then he smiled and gave Darkness a hug. “I suppose I should be grateful my son has found such a strong woman, one who can guard his back in war, and who has the honor to fight for her convictions.”
“I...you are not upset that I do not intend to give up the sword?” Darkness asked, sounding confused.
Eddard pulled back, frowning at her. “Why would you do that? We’re about to ride to war. You shall be needed at the front.”
“You’re in the North now,” Megumin said proudly. “We are not soft Southron ladies! We ride to battle alongside our men, and make our foes lament our coming!”
“Not every Northern woman is as fierce as my daughter,” Eddard chuckled, messing with her hair. “But if a woman takes up the sword in the North, she is not shunned for it, especially not if she is skilled with a blade. I imagine that Lady Mormont and her heir, Dacey, shall lead their men into battle. Both of them are skilled at arms, and some of my most loyal bannermen.”
“And bannerWOmen,” Megumin muttered.
“Truely, this is a great leap forward for gender equality!” Kazuma declared. “I give this marriage my blessing. Nice, R Dawg.”
With that, the matter was settled.
And Eddard made absolutely certain that Robb slept alone that night.
Cast of Characters:
Robb Stark as: I mean, if that's what you're into?
Darkness as: Getting everything she's ever wanted.
Brienne as: Someone has to be the sensible friend.
Olenna as: Hello? Alcoholics Anonymous? Can I sign up a friend?
Kazuma and Megumin as: A pair of enablers.
And Eddard Stark as the Last Sane Man in Westeros.
And the cast of a Song of Ice and Fire as shipping bait.
Chapter 30: Worst Onii-san
Summary:
In the history of big brothers, Viserys is making an honest effort to be just the worst.
Chapter Text
Brought to you by Lovecraft Brand Flatware: For when you’re just crawling with good ideas, stick a Lovecraftian fork in it.
Chapter 29: Worst Onii-San
Once, Viserys had been morally opposed to being an early riser. Then he had discovered that Iris was a bit of a slugabed who preferred to sleep in whenever possible. He quickly decided that some moral flexibility was good and that waking before the sun was in his best interests. This morning, he was enjoying sitting on his balcony. Looking out at the sunrise, Viserys enjoyed a light meal of warm bread, cheese, and fruit. The sky had lightened to a wonderful red, and the first golden rays of dawn peaked over the landscape, bathing the multicolored roofs of Meereen in rainbow hues.
Smiling, Viserys nibbled away at his repast. He’d recently decided to become a vegetarian. Not out of any moral compunctions, but because the smell of meat now reminded him of Iris and her propensity for burning people alive, and it curdled his stomach to try and eat it. He glanced out again, then did a double take when he saw the glint of sunlight on something on the horizon. For a moment, he wasn’t sure what it was, and then felt rising dread as he became all too certain. That was an army approaching, their steel gleaming in the morning light. They had to have marched through the night to get past their scouts.
“Bother,” Viserys grumbled. “Well, at least it will keep Iris busy. For a few minutes, anyway.”
He briefly considered telling someone, but as the force looked to be no more than a few hundred men, he figured there was no point.
Indeed, half an hour later, Iris bounced into his room, dressed in her armor and looking particularly eager. “Big Bro, our scouts have spotted a force of about five hundred men approaching the city!”
“Well, I’m sure they’ll keep you entertained for a few minutes, dear sister,” Viserys answered sweetly.
“Oh no, Big Bro, they’re carrying the banner of Athena! I think it’s the Faith Militant!”
Now that was a surprising wrinkle. Despite his sister being the Chosen of Athena, her cult had largely left his sister to her own devices. As far as Viserys could tell they’d never done much more than watch Iris’s dealings from afar. Why, he had no idea, but he wasn’t interested in becoming a septon, and especially not in becoming one of the Brothers of the Faith Militant.
“Well, I suppose we’d best see what they’re after, then. Maybe they heard about Athena manifesting a few weeks back?” Viserys guessed, standing and setting aside his book. This could be delicate, and if there was one thing his sister wasn’t, aside from directionally capable, delicate was it.
Viserys decided to suggest they ride out to meet the Brothers instead of having them come into Meereen. Though the Red Priests who had not fled the city had now all been executed, the Faith Militant and Meereen had a history of conflict, and having them before the city gates, even a small force like this, seemed unwise.
The group that rode out to face the Faith Militant consisted of Viserys, who stayed behind Iris, along with Ser Jorah, Captain Jokko and a dozen of his soldiers who were entirely superfluous in Viserys opinion, and of course Garreth and Lira in their formal Axis robes. And three dragons overhead. Between the Axis Cultists and the dragons, Viserys had a faint hope that perhaps the Faith Militant wouldn't just call them heretics and attack on sight.
To Viserys’ delight, instead of bellowing out a “FOR THE SEVEN” and charging, when the party approached, the leaders of the Faith Militant dismounted, then knelt. Behind them, the entire five centuries of the brethren did the same.
“Stormborn,” the commander called, a weathered man with red hair that was going to grey. “You have revealed yourself to the world at last. Throughout the land, the Brothers are assembling to serve you.”
“Great! Are you here to help Big Bro reclaim his rightful place as king of Westeros?” Iris demanded.
The commander looked up again, pain in his pale blue eyes, and Viserys suddenly had a flash of memory, back to when he had been a young boy, fleeing the Red Keep, and the man who had helped bundle him off to Dragonstone, a golden chain of hands about his neck.
“Lord Connington?” Viserys exclaimed, leaning down in his saddle to study the man more closely. Time had not been kind to his father’s former Hand, but the youthful lord that had led the latter days of his father’s futile effort’s against the Usurper’s forces was in there, somewhere.
“I gave up my titles and lands when I forswore your father’s service and entered into that of Athena,” Jon Connington replied. Viserys noticed that Connington avoided addressing him, either as your Grace or my Lord. Interesting.
“You’re my father’s former Hand?!” Iris gasped, jumping out of her saddle and hurrying toward Connington. Even on his knees, the man was only barely shorter than Iris, and he regarded her levely.
“I am, Stormborn. But I do not serve Iris Targaryen, nor do I serve Viserys Targeryen. I serve the Goddess Athena, and I serve her chosen champion, the Stormborn. What I will not do is meddle in the politics of the Seven Kingdoms.”
“None of us will, Stormborn,” a man with a thick dark beard and thick corded muscles on his neck said. He had the look of a Dornishman, and an accent to match. “I am Brother Captain Theodan Wells, leader of the Sixteenth Century out of Braavos. Many of us are sons of Westeros, but we serve at the pleasure of the Goddess.”
“Brother Wells is correct. We come to aid you against the minions of the Lord of Light. While we would go with you to Westeros, it would be that you might cleanse Dorne or Harrenhal. Not to join the ongoing civil war,” Connington agreed.
“Aw, you boys are always such drags!” Septa Lirra complained, dropping out of her saddle ungracefully. “Smile! This city is now dedicated to the Seven, thanks to Queen Iris! She’d be totally great at ruling Westeros! Plus, she’s favored of THREE goddesses!”
“That’s right, Satella and Aqua blessed her as well, we saw them!” Garreth agreed, scrambling down beside his partner in crime. And religion too. They’d been grifters in the Free Cities before joining Iris’s band, though with Axis Cultists that was sort of a given.
This theological revelation didn’t seem to be news to the brothers, who nodded.
“So I had heard. The Goddess Athena directed me to take the five centuries under my command and lead them here. We also have a group of Envy Cultists in our van who were directed by their patron to join us. They will be needed for the trials ahead of us,” Connington said, standing with a creak of armor.
As he did so, the brothers and sisters behind him got to their feet as well. They were one and all kitted out for battle, wearing golden tabards with the Owl of Athena emblazoned on it in purple over plate or mail. Each of the soldiers were equipped with their own personal weapons and armor, and their gear was far from uniform. The main similarity was that each man’s equipment was well maintained and polished, though it had all obviously seen heavy use. Some bore shields and swords, others polearms, some crossbows, and there were axes, maces, and other weapons of choice scattered amongst them.
The entire force was on foot, and there were few pack animals with them. Each member of the Faith Militant bore packs with their field kit and rations, and they had few camp followers with them. Every member of their order was a warrior first and foremost, sworn to take up a blade or bow in service to the Goddess of Battle.
None of them, however, had carved a seven pointed star into their foreheads. As the ancient Hero King Seiya had pointed out, that was needlessly unsanitary and a good way to get an infection. A few did have symbols of the goddesses tattooed on their bodies, or their century number, but no one had mutilated themselves. They left that to the Red Priests.
“Well if you’re not here to help Big Bro retake Westeros, what are you here for?” Iris demanded, glaring at the faith militant.
“Lady Stormborn, you have taken one of the strongholds of the Lord of Light, executed his Red Priests, and converted his city to the faith of the Seven. You have declared war upon the enemies of the Goddesses,” Lord Connington answered. “Yunkai and Astapor have formed an alliance, along with the Red Priests. Our informants indicate that they have a force of nearly 50,000 men. Have you not heard of this?”
Iris blinked in surprise, and looked to Ser Jorah, who seemed dismayed by the news, but not shocked. “I had warned your Grace that we needed to gather what forces we could and leave the city. We have some few thousand fighters, but we cannot stand against the Unsullied nor the mercenaries of Slaver’s Bay. Many of the Great Masters have already fled the city. We would be wise to do the same.”
“Yes, I agree with Ser Jorah,” Viserys said hastily, his skin crawling at the memory of being tied atop a pyre to the wicked Red God. “Not even you can hope to prevail against 50,000, Iris. Not when they will have pyromancers and far worse amongst them.”
“No, Big Bro.”
Viserys blinked, and his mouth flopped open. There was a collective intake of breath from Iris’s various retainers, and heads snapped around to look at Iris. She stood on the ground, looking up at Viserys with real anger in her eyes, and he flinched back. Still, Viserys felt the need to argue for his own skin.
“Iris, be reasonable! We can’t hope to stand against so many, even with these brave soldiers of the goddesses joining us. They may be able to fight ten men each, but that leaves 45,000! We have at most, five thousand trained soldiers we can call upon, and arms for maybe half again as many conscripts. That leaves 35,000 between you and the dragons, and that’s simply too much! These aren’t Dothroki savages! These are the Red Priests' own horrors and minions, their pyromancers and sorcerers! You’ll die, or simply exhaust yourself, and those maniacs will burn me and the city as an offering to their mad god!”
“That’s why we can’t leave, Big Bro. I thought you know that about being a King: You don’t run away from your people. Father never ran away from his people, and neither can we!” Iris declared. “You’ve taken responsibility for Meereen, Big Bro, and that means you have to protect her and her people! We can’t leave them to stupid Kefka and the Red Priests!”
Swallowing, Viserys opened his mouth, but then closed it again on seeing the burning fury in Iris’s eyes. The Dragon had Awakened, and there would be no arguing with her now. She’d make Viserys do this “for his own good” and feel guilt about defying him later, if at all.
“Of course, sister. You know best.”
As they made their way back to Meereen, Iris began to issue orders, sending riders racing off to ready the defenses of the city, talking with Commander Connington, Ser Joran, and Jokko about the dispensation of scouts, the construction of siege engines, provisions, and strengthening their fortifications.
While the city prepared for war, Viserys started to make plans of his own.
That evening, Viserys snuck down to the waterfront of Meereen, Iris being distracted by the pressing need to mount what was certain to be her fruitless defense of the city. He made his way to a dockside tavern, dressed in a ragged robe and servant’s clothes. He made a few discreet inquiries, which led him to a table where a man in fine dark leathers with a patch over his left eye presided over a table that hosted a collection of dangerous looking sailors.
Licking his lips, Viserys said, “I hear you’re the man to talk to if one wants to get out of Slaver’s Bay in a hurry.”
Instantly, the man’s single eye snapped onto Viserys, and his lips curved upward. It was a rather strange expression, especially as they were blue, as though the man were cold or out of breath. “I might be. You are Viserys Targaryen, are you not?”
“Keep that down,” Viserys hissed. “Look, you’re a pirate, right? I’ll offer you gold if you can get me to Westeros, preferably Old Town, or even just back to the Free Cities. I have friends, friends that will pay you more gold upon delivery.”
“Me, a pirate? Lads, do you hear this man? He calls us pirates!” That got gurgling laughter from the crew, and the man stood up, baring his teeth at Viserys. They too were stained blue, even the gums discolored as though dyed by ink. “I’m no simple pirate, your Grace. I would be delighted to carry you aboard the Silence . Though I wonder what your sister, the Stormborn would have to say about that.”
“Well, as long as you don’t do something foolish so that she knows where I’m headed, you won’t have to worry about that, will you?” Viserys demanded. This Captain Crowseye person was rather rude. Did he think himself a lord?
“I’d be happy to have you join us. For a fee, of course. Provided you don’t call us mere pirates again,” Captain Crowseye practically purred. “As it happens, we are bound for Westeros. But it isn’t gold I want from you, Targaryen. There is a certain relic here in Meereen I wish to acquire. I am a purveyor of exotic goods, and I can find a high price for such a relic. Were you to procure it for me, I’d be happy to bring you safely home.”
“Well, I’m not stealing you a dragon. That’s not how it works. They’d just burn your ship down,” Viserys grumbled.
“Oh, no, it’s not a dragon I want. Or at least, not a beastly one.” Crowseye gave Viserys a lecherous look up and down, which made him shiver and pull his cloak tighter. “No, no, what I seek is small. The Fork of Mahiro.”
“Fork?” Viserys asked, his earlier revulsion set aside for curiosity.
“Oh indeed. It’s a piece of silverware kept within the Great Pyramid. Bring it to me, and I’ll see that you arrive safely where you belong. Captain’s honor.”
“You want me to fork over a, er, fork? Maybe I should just see if anyone else will take me,” Viserys huffed. He turned away, only to look back when Crowseye chuckled.
“No one will take you aside from me, little dragon. Do you think they want a dragon aboard their ship? Especially when your sister is so...vociferous is in defense of you. The Silence is the only ship that will bear you or the weight of your heritage, Viserys.”
Nervously, Viserys looked to the other captains, but none of the rest of them would meet his eye. There were other taverns, true, but getting away from Iris was going to be hard, and this Crowseye was apparently some sort of sorcerer himself from what Viserys had heard. He spun back around, glaring at the man. “Tell me true: do you serve the Lord of Light?”
“That clown?” Crowseye threw back his head and laughed. “No! I serve no god nor goddess! Only myself! And I fear neither dragon, nor chaos, nor even the sea herself! For I am the Crow’s Eye, and I shall sail my own waters.”
“Oh. Well, good. Where’s this fork anyway?”
The Crowseye answered slowly, as if speaking to a child. “In the Dragon’s Den, as I said. It resides within the Great Pyramid.”
As it turned out, the Fork of Mahiro was stored within what had once been the Shrine to the Lord of Light at the center of the Great Pyramid. That had been refurbished into a Sept dedicated to the Seven Goddesses (but mostly Aqua, as Lira and Garreth had been in charge of decorations). As for the Fork, it had been stuffed away in an old cabinet that was easy enough for Viserys to get into. He simply asked, and they opened it for him. The Fork in question was stored in a leather case, and Viserys opened it to make sure it matched Crowseye’s description.
It was made of greasy silver metal, and was large for a fork, nearly big enough to be serving piece instead of a utensil. The handle was formed like a tentacle, was formed in such a way that when Viserys hand traced it, he found that it somehow had only one side that wrapped back in and around itself in a pattern that numbed the mind. The tines of the fork were sharp, and gleamed dully in the candle light. Looking at the thing made Viserys queasy, so he quickly snapped shut the case.
“I, er, like it. I think I’ll use it to eat my dinner tonight,” he told the newly arrived Envy Septa who had retrieved the key for him.
“As you say. That is a queer device. Perhaps it should be given over to my lady,” the septa said, her eyes tracking Viserys as he nervously stuffed the fork into his robes.
“Well, maybe I’ll just run it by Iris first, you know? She is the Stormborn.” When that didn’t dissuade the septa’s intense gaze, he hastily added, “Did I mention that I met Satella? Want me to tell you about it?”
“Oh, yes! I love Satella! I’ve pledged my eternal devotion and love for my goddess!” the septa said breathily. “Is she as beautiful as the dawn? As terrible as the storm?”
After Viserys waxed rhapsodic about how wonderful Satella was for a few minutes, the Envy cultist had “pressing personal matters to attend to in my chambers” and left him alone. He hurried back down to the docks, praying that Iris was still too distracted to notice him sneaking away before the massive army descended upon Meereen.
This time, he made straight for the Silence. The ship wasn’t hard to find, as the harbor was rapidly emptying with news of the oncoming attack. That, and there were just not many ships with black sails and a black iron figurehead with mother-of-pearl eyes that seemed to glow in the night. It reminded Viserys of a larger version of the longships that the Ironborn used, actually, and he wondered if this Crowseye was Ironborn. He hadn’t bothered to ask.
“You there, sailor!” Viserys called to a figure on the ship. “Get Captain Crowseye! I found his fork!”
The sailor peered at Viserys, then grinned, white teeth flashing in the dark. He didn’t say anything, only slipping away. A few minutes later, Crowseye appeared on deck, holding a lantern aloft.
“You have the Fork of Mahiro? So easily?”
“Please, I’m ‘Big Bro.’ No one tells me no about anything. Except saving my own skin.” Viserys took out the case and opened it, the fork glowing with a weird light despite the darkness of the moonless sky.
“At last. After so many decades of searching, it is mine,” Crowseye breathed. He took a rope in hand, whistled, then swung down beside Viserys. A moment later, half a dozen sailors landed with soft thuds on the dock, forming a looming ring around the increasingly nervous Viserys.
“Well, I held up my end of the bargain. You hold up yours,” Viserys said, his voice quavering slightly as Crowseye snatched away the case and tucked it away in his own cloak.
“Oh, I shall. Boys. Return this sniveling dragon to his sister. The time is not yet right to deal with him.”
“What?!” Viserys gasped as strong arms seized him. “You can’t do this to me! You promised to-”
“I promised to see you to safety. Which isn’t with me, Targaryen,” Crowseye said, reaching out with a hand to caress Viserys’ cheek. His fingers were soft, with only a few calluses, strange for a sailor. Viserys tried to flinch away, but the sailor’s grips were iron, and he could not. “I’d love to use your blood for my plans, but it is not worth the risk. The Stormborn would come after me, and I am not ready, even with my horn and fork. No, I must first ascend, and for that I need to buy more time. Other blood shall do. Kraken’s blood should serve as well as Dragon’s for my purposes.”
After patting Viserys gently on the cheek, the captain turned around, and the sailors dragged Viserys away as he sobbed, suddenly relieved he wasn’t going aboard the Silence . To his surprise, as soon as Crowseye was aboard, the ship began to sail away, despite the half dozen crew members that were bodily hauling Viserys toward the Great Pyramid.
Well, he supposed he would just have to find another way out of the city.
That evening, Iris locked Viserys in his rooms, with strict orders that he wasn’t allowed out “for his own safety.” Which meant he had a perfect view out his window when the armies of Kefka arrived, 50,000 strong, and ready for war. He couldn’t decide which was worse: that Crowseye hadn’t taken him, or that Iris had him.
Though really, at this point Viserys should have just accepted he had terrible judgement in allies. Euron Greyjoy had never been a man to be trusted.
Chapter 31: Start of Darkness
Summary:
Olena never expected to receive so much karma.
Chapter Text
Sponsored by Audible. I’d like to tell you to pick up the audiobook of this, but that just screams “lawsuit” so let’s just not.
Chapter 30: Start of Darkness
16 years ago…
It was summer, which meant that the fields and orchards of the Reach were full of delectable fruit, bright fields of flowers, and pleasant conversation on shaded verandas.
Which was why Olenna thought it was so typical she was stuck out here in the Stormlands to make sure her idiot son didn’t get himself and his entire army killed. So far, she’d only had to talk him out of storming Storm’s End three times, so perhaps he was growing more intelligent.
Still, the weather in the Stormlands was positively horrid, even in summer time. There was a light drizzle at the moment, and Olenna was sitting under her pavilion watching through the mist as Stannis starved in Storm’s end. Why hadn’t the fool surrendered by now? Any idiot could see that Robert was going to win. The Targaryens had lost the blessing of the Goddesses. Which meant that it didn’t really matter what the fools with the shiny armor and sharp swords did: the Targaryens were going to lose.
So Olenna stayed in the Stormlands and tried to keep Mace from doing anything too egregious. Currently, she was being aided in that by her daughter in law, Alerie, who was occupying Mace’s attentions quite well. Luthor had been much the same. You merely had to keep the three H’s in mind when dealing with men: Hungry, Happy, and Horny. As long as those three conditions were met, a man was easy enough to control.
Pity Alerie had been married for her family and beauty and not her brains. Oh, Olenna had approved of the match readily enough: Alerie would never really compete to be the power in the Reach who moved all the right strings and ensured things got done properly. But it was annoying that the girl was only useful when flat on her back. Or however Mace preferred her. Hopefully their children would be more intelligent. Olenna had high hopes for Willas, who seemed to love books and learning.
A disturbance interrupted Olenna, and she turned to see a guard blocking the way into Mace’s tent, two women in Septa’s robes arguing with him.
“-know that’s what they’re doing, that’s why we’re HERE!” one of the Septas, an Axis by her dress was arguing.
“M’lord doesn’t wish to be disturbed,” the guard said stiffly. “Chased you out once already he did. Now, be off with you.”
“It has to be now, we came all this way!” the other argued, a Fortuna. That was odd. Why would the two orders be working together in a military camp? Fortuna’s refused to give their blessings before battles typically, and Axis faithful were often worse than useless.
“Yeah! We’re on a mission!” the Axis agreed. She tossed her head, and her hood fell off. Olenna looked away, figuring the guard could be trusted to do his job. Then her head snapped back around. Blue hair. The woman had blue hair, and a strange ornament in her hair. She peered out, and...yes. That Fortuna Septa’s eyes were purple. Not unheard of, the Stormlands had some who favored the Valyrian look, but…
Olenna found herself hastening out into the raid. “Please, Septas, come to my tent. I can offer you refreshment. If there is some concern, I can bring it before my son.”
“Oh, hey Olenna,” the blue haired one said, omitting the title as if she were Olenna’s equal. Or better. “Look, get Jorgen here to step aside so that we-”
“We would be honored to accept your hospitality,” the Fortuna said, elbowing her companion and smiling at Olenna. “Thank you, Lady Redwyne. We would appreciate some assistance.”
The other grimaced and acceded. “Oh, fine. Next time I’m bringing Hestia, SHE’D get their attention.”
Feeling slightly dazed, Olenna led the two goddesses, for they had to be Aqua and Eris, back to her tent, shooed out her hand maiden, and served them her very best wine herself. They were here. Why were two of the Seven here? Granted, Olenna didn’t think much of Aqua or her cult, but Eris was a canny one. Why were they together, and here?
“What brings you two to the Stormlands?” Olenna managed, her voice steady as she watched the deities sip at their wine. Or rather, Eris sipped at hers. Aqua guzzled it.
“We’re here to grant Mace a special blessing!” Aqua said happily.
Eris regarded her companion with a hint of exasperation - one that Olenna knew well, having used it many times with her son - then turned back to Olenna. “We are here on a special mission from our patrons, to bring a special word and blessing from Eris and Aqua upon Lord Tyrell.”
“Couldn’t find anyone else to do it, so you had to do it yourselves, eh? Good help is so hard to find.”
It just slipped out. Olenna didn’t even mean for it to happen. She was planning on being respectful and differential, but a lifetime of acerbic comments and the sheer comfort and familiarity the goddesses exuded brought out Olenna’s true nature all too easily.
“Tell me about it,” Aqua grumbled, taking the bottle on the table for herself. She didn’t bother with the goblet, just drinking straight from it. Olenna did not complain: She would give up vineyards of the best wine in the Reach for a chance like this.
Eris, however, seemed to understand the situation, and gave Olenna a wink. “You always were a sharp one. I always say, I don’t favor fools. You’ve been one of my favorites, Olenna. Sorry about Luthor. Even I didn’t think he’d be that careless.”
“Well, you don’t favor fools, and as much as I loved the man, he certainly was that,” Olenna sighed. “Well. To confer a blessing on my son, eh? I have to ask: why? I was certain the signs pointed to the Targaryens having lost the Favor of the Goddesses.”
“Oh they totally have, especially with what Rheagar is trying to pull. That bastard,” Aqua grumbled, only let out a yip when Eris kicked her. Still. That was VERY useful information.
“I see. Should I attempt to get my son to dip his banners and join Robert then?” Olenna asked. It would be hard, but she might be able to bully him into it, especially if two literal goddesses backed her up.
“Do not fear. Your son shall survive this war, if all goes well,” Eris told Olenna. “That is, in fact, why we are here: We wish to grant the Tyrells one of the Children of Destiny.”
Olenna’s breath caught in her throat, and she had to take a sip of wine to keep her jaw from flopping open in shock. A Child of Destiny? One of the Legendary Heroes?
“But Mace didn’t BELIEVE us and kicked us out of his tent! I was this close to smiting him! Betcha I could call down a lightning bolt. Or get Athena to do it for me,” Aqua grumbled as she polished off the bottle, smacking her lips. Olenna hastened to get her another, ignoring her creaking knees. She was getting too old for this.
“I can persuade my son to accept your blessing, Goddesses. Though it is, perhaps, best if he does not know. Who is this child you seek to give us?”
“She is a great knight of incredible durability and strength,” Eris told Olenna as she handed Aqua the fresh bottle. “Her name is Lalatina.”
“I’m sorry, but you said a knight of renown. Surely you meant to say his name?” Olenna asked incredulously.
“Oh no, Darkness is totally a girl,” Aqua put in.
“I...see. And is her name Darkness, or Lalatina?” Olenna asked, feeling more than a little exasperated. Well, the Noble Crusader out of legend wasn’t too bad, but Olena had been hoping for someone a bit more renown for brains than brawn. Still, it was a windfall.
“You shall name her Lalatina. It’s traditional,” Eris said sternly.
Aqua sniggered, but nodded as she took a long swig.
“Ah.” Olenna firmly resolved that no such thing would happen. That was a horrendous name. She’d ensure Mace gave Olenna’s granddaughter a proper name. “And what is it you need to confer this blessing?”
“We just have to touch Mace and Alerie, we’ve got the spell all worked out,” Aqua assured Olenna.
“Very good. And this...child. She is strong, you say? Willful?”
“She can be stubborn, but she is kind, intelligent, and capable of being a model noblewoman with a steady hand to guide her,” Eris assured Olenna.
“Very well. Come. I’ll get Mace’s attention,” Olenna told the goddesses.
She did interrupt Mace and Alerie it seemed, as both were half dressed and angry. Mace did consent to receive the blessings of the “septas” when he was told it would result in a strong daughter, as he’d always wanted a little girl. Alerie was happy enough as well, and after that the two goddesses vanished before Olenna could manage to get any further information out of them.
In nine months, a girl was born to Alerie, hale and healthy. She was named Margaery, Olenna conveniently forgetting to tell Mace she should be named Lalatina. As time went on, Olenna began to wonder if such defiance had cursed the girl.
It started when she was eight, and began hounding her older brother Loras to sword fight with her. Normally, Loras would have been delighted to play at swords, even with his younger sister, but the girl simply wanted him to give her a sound drubbing, and Loras grew uncomfortable, and refused to play at swords with Margaery. Who, incidentally, was firm that she hated her name, and wished to be called Darkness. Not Lalatina, oddly enough.
When Olenna mentioned the name Lalatina, the girl moaned and said such a name sounded humiliating, and “that is not the sort of public humiliation I enjoy!”
Such was only the start of Olenna’s travails. While Margaery had been well behaved at first, she entered a period where she was constantly misbehaving, from speaking rudely and improperly to breaking things to even sneaking out of her rooms at night. Mace couldn’t bring it in his heart to punish the girl, but Olenna wasted no time in getting a switch. She was getting old, but she could still give the girl a good thrashing. Her granddaughter was a Child of Destiny, and she would bring glory and honor to her house, and secure her grandmother’s legacy.
Only, the fool girl let out a moan when she was switched, gasping and shuddering. Not in pain, but pleasure.
“G-Grandmother, why did you stop?! I, I broke your vase! I, I will break another! Oh, you must switch me so thoroughly! I deserve it! Have I not been horribly ill behaved!?” Margaery gasped, her eyes glowing with delight as she salivated and looked longingly at the switch.
After that, Margaery was no longer punished with switchings.
The girl from the age of ten also engaged in all manner of physical training, from riding, to a variety of exercises she called things like “push ups” and had odd metal bars fashioned for her to lift up. She was prodigiously strong, to the point that Olenna soon realized she could arm wrestle a full grown man and win every time. The girl would frequent the training yard, clumsily swinging around swords, axes, and maces. Once at the age of twelve, she ran right into a knight’s training lance as he rode at a quintain. It should have run her clean through, or at least left an incredible bruise. Instead, it splintered on her skin, and giggled in pleasure, clutching at herself.
After that, Olenna had to move quickly. She found an old keep at the back end of nowhere, and moved there to “retire in peace” taking Margaery with her. Mace was baffled, but Olenna insisted it was for the girl's benefit, and he acquiesced when she promised they would visit frequently.
There, Olenna finally let the girl run wild, at least in a somewhat orderly fashion. She instituted a straight training regime of physical exercise, sword play, and courtly manners that would befit a lady, only granting Margaery access to the weapons she craved when she was able to demonstrate proper etiquette. As it turned out, Margaery really could be a perfect lady when she wanted. She just didn’t want to very often. Olenna hired a discreet old knight with an open mind and no desire to ask questions to train Margaery, who soon proved she could best the combat veteran with her eyes closed and one hand tied behind her back.
Darkness, as she demanded to be called when she was clad in plate after the legendary Crusader of Belzerg, was indeed a formidable knight. Olenna had her disguise herself, then ride across the Reach as a hedge knight, helping the small folk. Darkness proved she could slaughter bandits with ease, best a dozen men in a contest of arms, and lift boulders the same size she was by the time she was thirteen. When she was fourteen, Olenna found her a suitable companion, Brienne of Tarth.
Brienne was even taller than Darkness, who was by now taller than even her lord father. She was also an ugly brute of a woman who was three years Darkness’s senior and already a master of the blade, lance, and horse. The two girls became immediate friends, and spent all their spare time battering away at one another with practice swords. Brienne wasn’t even put off by the obvious pleasure violence gave Darkness, having something of a mean streak herself. Things were settling down, though Olenna had despaired she would ever find a husband for Margaery, who talked longingly about being brutalized by men on the battlefield, or being dragged into the bushes by some mercenary who had bested her in combat and being made a “real woman.” At least the girl seemed to only be interested in men who were stronger than her, which as far as Olenna could tell, was precisely no man.
And then Eris showed up again, informing Olenna she would be sending Darkness a “friend” to help her. This turned out to be Chris Dayne, a slim girl two years younger than Darkness who was the most impudent, lackadaisical, and clever person Olenna had ever met. She also had an incredibly sticky set of fingers that resulted in Chris inevitably robbing whoever she was near blind, save for Margaery and Brienne. Olenna lost more good jewelry to the girl than she could count. The fool was like some sort of magpie, hiding her plunder and never doing anything with it.
In the end, Olenna was driven to be more of a drunkard than Aqua, pondering if Margaery was like this because of her mismatched name, or if the goddesses had just sought to play a cruel prank on Olenna. The only thing that kept her from staying permanently sozzled was the knowledge that Margaery would run off and ruin the family name forever if someone didn’t keep an eye on her.
And then came the Hand’s Tourney, which Mace insisted his entire family attend. The rest, as they say, is history.
Just like Olenna’s liver.
========================================================================
Once more, Wintertown was lined with cheering people, though this time Kazuma saw that every building was full to bursting, with encampments set up around the outskirts that were filled with soldiers, horses, and the rest of the accoutrements the army needed. It was also painfully obvious that while he was supposedly the King, he wasn’t the one everyone was cheering for. He was in the North, and everyone was celebrating Lord Eddard Stark's return from death.
And, more importantly, the fact that their good friend Yunyun had come home safely. At the first “Welcome Back Yunyun” banner held up by a group of small folk, Yunyun had blushed redder than her eyes and waved timidly to them, which of course had resulted in wild cheering. Even the soldiers all appeared to know who Yunyun was, waving excitedly when she passed, and loudly vowing vengeance for Stannis attempting to kill their beloved friend.
“Just how many friends do you have?” Kazuma asked Yunyun, having to yell over the roar of the crowd.
“Oh! Twenty six thousand, five hundred eighty three,” Yunyun answered. “Though I think my count is probably off now, a few people have probably died and more have been born, so I’ll need to fix my lists.”
“Yunyun has lots of friends!” Myrcella told her brother happily. “I’m going to be just like her! She’s already taught me lots of Friendship Lessons. The first is to smile! Smile, Big Bro! We should be happy everyone came back to Winterfell safe!”
Kazuma did manage to smile and wave, and there were a few cries of “Kazuma!” and “The North Stands with the True King!” It was nice to be appreciated, Kazuma supposed, even if he really didn’t feel like a real king yet.
As they approached the castle, Kazuma spied a dozen banners of northern lords, recognizing them all. Cecily had drilled into his head all of the houses of the north over the past few weeks, until Kazuma could recite them all: Glover, silver fist on a red background. The roaring giant on red was House Umber. The Dustins were the yellow banner with crossed bronze axes. And many more.
But were they loyal to him, or to Eddard Stark? Kazuma glanced nervously at Eddard, who was riding forward, his expression the usual stern one. That changed, however, when two figures bolted from the line of lords, sprinting down the road at full tilt, dire wolves racing behind. A smile broke over Eddard’s lips, and he dropped from the saddle to embrace his two youngest children.
Komekko and Rickon were both crying, clinging to their father’s chest and babbling noisily as their father comforted them. He picked up both his children, and Kazuma quickly dismounted alongside the other Stark children.
“We thought you were dead!” Komekko wailed as she threw herself into Robb’s arms. “Don’t ever go away again! I was so scared! I thought I was going to have to be the Lady of Winterfell and that’s your job!”
Megumin and Yunyun were smiling, until they noticed the two dolls that Hoost the Direwolf was carrying on his back. Then, their grins became decidedly fixed.
“Um, Komekko, when did you, ah, make more friends?” Yunyun stammered, apparently eyeing the empty air beside Hoost suspiciously.
“Oh. Well, I thought you were dead,” Komekko explained as Robb set her back down. “So I was going to wreck bloody vengeance. But you’re OK so now I don’t have to. But Regina and Maxwell are going to stick around and make sure people are good. Lord Umber was bad, but Lyanna taught him a lesson. But it’s OK, I put his fingers back.”
Eddard’s eyes went very wide. It was a testament to what he had seen in the past few days that he blurted out, “Your aunt?”
“Huh? No, my friend Lya,” Komekko said, pointing to where a girl about her age stood beside a tough old broad with a battle axe on her back.
“Oh.” Eddard blinked, glancing to a giant of a man with a long black beard and a bloody bandage on one hand. “Did, ah, Vanir do that?”
“No, Vanir’s with Jon. I told him to keep Jon safe and find Wiz,” Komekko said, which didn’t explain anything to anyone.
Rickon hopped down from his father, then stretched his hands up to Kazuma, who picked the kid up, groaning loudly as he did so “Oof, you got big, kiddo. When you manage that?”
“I dunno. You were gone a long time,” Rickon said seriously. “Are you king now, Big Bro Kazuma? Everyone says so.”
“Yeah. Yeah I am,” Kazuma agreed, giving Rickon a hug before setting him back down.
“Ok.” Rickon seemed to find this normal, then happily took Yunyun’s hand as they walked towards the nobility of the North.
Kazuma found himself standing beside Yunyun and Eddard at the forefront as the lords and ladies knelt. This wasn’t like it had been at King’s Landing when nobles paid obeisance to his father: these men and women were dressed not in finery, but in furs and leathers, with weapons strapped all over their bodies. Even the ladies in evidence, Mormonts from their Bear sigils, would have put even Sandor to shame for the number of dirks, daggers, maces, axes, and swords they had on. These were warriors, and they needed to be treated as such.
“I know who you are,” Kazuma said, looking out over the small crowd. They met his eyes, and Kazuma could feel them measuring him. “And you know who I am. Or rather, you think you do. I imagine I look like some green Southron boy to you. One who hasn’t shaved yet, and who has a claim to a throne in a far away land.”
There were grunts from several of the lords, and Kazuma figured he had their number there. “Perhaps I am. But I am also Kazuma Baratheon, son of Robert Baratheon, descendant of the Storm Kings of old. And I am no longer just of the south. I will rule all of the Seven Kingdoms, but the North will have a special place in my heart, always.” Kazuma took Megumin’s hand, and she grinned at him, highly approving of dramatic speeches.
“So I don’t want you to win my throne back for me,” Kazuma said, which got surprise from a few, but grins from others, guessing what he was going to say next. “I want you to ride south
with
me. I’m going to find my Uncle Stannis, and I’m going to impale his head on the biggest, rustiest spike I can find after I finish kicking the ass of every single traitorous son of a bitch who dared try and hurt Megumin and my Little Sister and Brother!”
By then end of it, Kazuma was bellowing with sword in hand, his green eyes blazing with a light that would have been familiar to those who had seen one of the Stark girl’s roused to anger. Kazuma thrust his sword into the air and shouted, “WHO’S WITH ME!?”
Behind him, the dire wolves started to howl as Megumin became the first to draw her weapon, standing beside Kazuma and raising her sword alongside his, though she had to grab his shoulder and lift herself up slightly to manage it. In a flash though, Robb and Darkness had the swords out, raising them alongside Kazuma, as did Eddard Stark and Jaime and the Kingsguard. Yunyun raised her hands as well, starting when she fired off a bolt of energy into the sky, but recovering. Komekko jumped up and shouted her approval, pointing skyward and posing before Kazuma.
The Northern leaders let out a warcry of their own, surging to their feet and raising weapons as well. This was a king they could get behind, one who spoke their language of honor, blood, and glory. Battle axes, swords, spears, and war hammers were lifted skyward as the crowd howled their approval.
Kazuma smiled in triumph, but felt a pang of guilt. How many of these people wouldn’t come home? He resolved to make sure the number was as small as possible.
There were many tearful reunions for the Starks that day, with Catelyn clutching at her returned husband and children, weeping openly. She also gave Cersei a hug, startling the queen slightly as the other woman whispered her thanks. For his part, Kazuma squirreled himself away in his room with Tyrion, begging that he needed rest from his journey, and to prepare for his wedding, which would be the very next day, with the army of the North departing soon after.
“Man, who’d have thought I’d get married before you,” Kazuma said, studying the game board. They didn’t have a Cyvasse table with them, and were instead playing a game Kazuma had “invented” called Generals, which someone from Earth would have recognized as Shogi.
“Anyone with sense. I don’t think I shall ever wed,” Tyrion informed his nephew, leaning back in his chair and stretching out his now straight legs. He’d rather enjoyed the blessing Aqua had given him, though he privately wished she’d managed to make him a couple of feet taller instead of only inches. He wasn’t any bigger, just less crooked.
“Sure you are. The ladies love you,” Kazuma said before moving one of his lances to capture a pawn.
“I pay them to love me, nephew. It is not the same,” Tyrion reached out, rapidly moving one of his Silver Bannermen to a new position, making Kazuma grimace.
“Well, if you’re going to be Lord of Casterly Rock, you’re gonna have to marry someday. Just don’t be like my dad and cheat on your wife,” Kazuma told his uncle as he scratched at his head, trying to figure out how to get out of the sprung trap without losing too much position or too many pieces.
“I doubt my lord father will ever consent to a dwarf becoming the Lion of the Rock, your grace,” Tyrion chuckled.
“Who said I was going to ask him?” Kazuma demanded bluntly, causing Tyrion to look up with a start.
“Nephew, Lord Tywin is most jealous of his legacy. He still insists that Jaime will become the next Lord of Casterly Rock.”
“No, Uncle Jaime is going to remain a member of my Kingsguard. Besides, he’s pants at politics. Give him something to fight, and he’s golden, but that’s not what the Lord of the Rock needs,” Kazuma pointed out. “Grandpa didn’t become the most feared lord in the realm by fighting people with a sword, Uncle Tyrion.”
“True. But he sees me as a stain on his legacy,” Tyrion argued as Kazuma made a move. Tyrion frowned at the board, apparently half forgettin the strategy he’d laid out.
“He’ll get over it. I’m his Legacy as much as you are. Besides, I’m the king. I say you’re going to be Lord of the Rock, and you’re damn well going to be Lord of the Rock,” Kazuma declared, pointing at Tyrion. “You’re smart, capable, and my favorite uncle. Plus, you’ve got the best claim.”
“If you say so,” Tyrion said with a shrug, and closed the jaws of his trap, making Kazuma groan softly. The rest of the game played out in Tyrion’s favor, with even a rally by Kazuma falling short and ending with his forces ruined and his king taken. Though he’d introduced Tyrion to Generals, his clever uncle had soon proven himself adroit at inventing strategies Kazuma hadn’t yet thought of.
Kazuma did have to sit in on an evening planning session for the march south. He mostly listened and asked Eddard a few questions, but he made it clear that he had absolute faith in his Hand, which seemed to please the Northern Lords. He appointed Tyrion as his Master of Coin, figuring that his uncle was likely the most economically inclined of those he knew, as well as a generally sage head to listen to (not to mention a lot more likeable than Littlefinger). Ser Barristan was, of course, his Commander of the Kingsguard, and even the most warlike of the Northern Lords listened respectfully when the experienced knight spoke.
The only surprises to the lords was when Kazuma declared Megumin to be his “Mistress of Magic” and Olenna Tyrell as “Mistress of Whisperers.” The Queen of Thorns apparently had something of a spy network already in the Reach, King’s Landing, Dorne, the Westerlands, and the Riverlands. She admitted she had virtually no contacts in the Vale or the North, as they had been far from her seat of power at the Reach.
“It will take some time to reacquire my contacts, as most of them likely think me dead. Once I do, however, they’ll feed me what information they can,” Olenna promised. “For now, I can tell you only that from what little gossip I’ve pieced together that my son is dragging his feet in calling his banners, while Stannis and the Vale are already armed and on the warpath. Stannis will move on the Westerlands with what forces he has to hand, while Lysa will move into the Riverlands. She likely hopes to find allies there.”
“Catelyn tells me Edmure has yet to respond to her letters, and likely dithers in calling his own banners,” Eddard said grimly. “Crossing the Twins shall be a challenge.”
“I can just blow them up!” Megumin offered. That got some chuckles, until everyone saw Eddard’s face had gone pale.
“We do need the bridges to cross,” Kazuma pointed out. “Maybe you can make a big enough explosion to divert the Green Fork?”
“I shall prepare my dark arts,” Megumin said seriously.
“Goddesses preserve us, she’s like her sister isn’t she?” Lord Umber muttered, absently rubbing at his hand. Cecily had taken a look and said Komekko had reattached the fingers with magic far different than what the goddesses supplied. Which made sense, considering the company the little girl kept.
“I dunno, what did Komekko make her new demons do?” Megumin asked.
That caused Eddard to make a slightly strangled sound as he choked out, “new demons?”
Megumin rolled her eyes. “I told you: Vanir is real. I realized a while ago no one but me, Yunyun, and Komekko can tell he’s not a doll, but he asked us not to tell anyone. Maxwell and Regina are the same.”
“We saw them, Lord Stark,” Golbart Glover put in. “They are most terrible to behold. The Old Gods come again.”
“Oh, those two aren’t Old Gods,” Chomusuke drawled, making several of the lords jump in surprise as she shifted to her human form. She was leaning on the back of Megumin’s chair, an amused smile on her lips. “Regina used to be a goddess, but after, ah, a certain series of events in the past, she became a Duchess of Hell. Maxwell’s always been a Devil.”
“Would they harm my daughter?” Eddard snarled, his hands clenched into fists while various northern nobles started to rethink their lives.
Chuckling, Chomusuke shook her head in amusement. “Assuming they even could , which I find highly unlikely given that this is Komekko who we are talking about, no. They’re quite loyal to her. They signed a contract, you see. Devils and demons are quite fastidious about keeping to those.”
“Are they apt to ravage the land?” Maege demanded.
“No more than I would be,” Chomusuke said with a shrug. “From your perspective, they’re very similar to us old goddesses. They’re not as powerful as my mother, but they are quite dangerous when roused to wrath. Provided none of you sign a contract with them or attempt to harm Komekko, you’ll be fine.”
“And what about you?” Roose Bolton asked, his heavy lidded eyes studying Chomusuke warily. “Are you saying you are an Old Goddess?”
“Mortal, I was alive when the first of the old men took their breath upon this world. Yes, I have been reborn as a pup to aid my sister. True, I have lost much of my power as the might of the old gods waned. But I am the daughter of Holo, the Wise Wolf, and I am very much a Goddess,” Chomusuke said, baring teeth that were all pointed fangs.
“Oh behave,” Megumin said, poking her familiar in the ribs. “Lord Bolton’s just asking.”
“As long as he does. Though I wouldn’t mind if he flayed a few men in my name. It’s been a while since I ate the flesh of my enemies,” Chomusuke grumbled.
“I’m putting a moratorium on all cannibalism,” Kazuma declared. Then he considered. “Flaying Stannis is on the table though.”
That got Lord Bolton’s interest, and he gave Kazuma a bloodless smile. “It has been some time since we had a monarch who understood the North’s... cultural peculiarities.”
“There will be no flaying,” Eddard stated firmly. He eyed Chomusuke warily. “Not even from the Old Goddesses.”
“Fine, but I’ll point out if I eat a human, it’s not cannibalism,” Chomusuke grumbled, then shifted back to being a wolf.
“No eating people,” Megumin said sternly. “We don’t do that anymore. We only Explode them.”
Chomusuke rolled her eyes as if to say “what a waste” then lay down at Megumin’s feet. The Northern Lords put a lot of thought into the “any more” part of Megumin’s statement.
“We probably should consider the impact of me, Megumin, and Yunyun’s abilities on the war,” Kazuma mused, rubbing his chin. “I’m getting pretty good at using my spells thanks to Chris.”
“You...you all know magic?” Wylis Manderly asked. He was one of the few followers of the New Goddesses at the table, and seemed worried by the many magical revelations.
“Eh, don’t worry about it, Eris said it was cool,” Kazuma said with a wave of his hand. Which only succeeded in raising further theological questions.
“My daughters, the King, and Ser Darkness were blessed by Aqua and Eris on their births,” Eddard informed the lords. “Their abilities are impressive. Normally I would be reluctant to take those so young on campaign and place them at the front, but their talents are too powerful to ignore.”
“I am the Mistress of Explosion Magic, the most powerful of spells!” Megumin bragged. “With but a single spell, I can destroy an entire fleet!”
“It’s a one shot deal though,” Kazuma added. “She collapses after. So we gotta be smart about how we use it. How often do you think you can manage an Explosion, Megs?”
“I will need at least a day to recover, perhaps more,” Megumin admitted. “Yunyun can use her spells much more frequently, but after a dozen or so she too will need to rest. You seem to be able to use yours more often.”
“I think it scales with how powerful your spell is,” Kazuma explained to the awestruck nobles. “Megumin’s spell is easily the most powerful, but it takes the most out of her. Yunyun’s spells are stronger than mine too, but I can use Kindle, Gust, Create Water, Freeze, and my other spells a lot more. I’m not actually sure how much, but after a few dozen uses I get worn out.”
“That’s still an advantage we can look to exploit over our enemies,” Ser Barristan pointed out. “One Explosion would be enough to turn the tide of any battle, as would a few of Lady Yunyun’s spells. Your abilities are also enough to lay most men low with ease, your Grace. We shall have to consider this carefully.
“If the goddesses have given their blessing, I see no reason not to,” Wylis agreed reluctantly. “Still, it is a terrible thing. What if Stannis has his own sorcerers? The Red Priests are rumored to be pyromancers. What if he recruits them to his cause?”
“Then he’ll have defeated himself, and I’ll thank him for it,” Kazuma said with a shrug. The Northern lords frowned at him, but Tyrion chuckled and Barristan nodded gravely.
“I take it you are not as familiar with the history of the Southron lands as you are with your old holdings, my Lords,” Tyrion said. “The Seven Goddesses are beloved of the small folk, and of the nobility. Were Stannis to so publicly turn his back on their teachings by inviting one of the Laughing God’s Red Priests to fight alongside him, he would lose the support of many of his allies.”
“Indeed, and since his Grace explicitly has the blessings of the Goddesses, Stannis losing their favor would quickly turn the tide in our favor,” Baristan agreed.
“I’d try harder to make this a religious war, but as you all follow the Old Goddesses that’s a double edged sword right now,” Kazuma said with a shrug. “I won’t go throwing any stones that Stannis can use for his own trebuchets.”
The rest of the discussion was boring stuff that Kazuma tried hard to pay attention to. He knew that wars were won and lost on logistics as anything else, and as Eddard was so fond of saying, Winter really was coming. The reports of the Night’s Watch calling for aid were troubling, but only token forces could be spared for the Wall.
Wildlings would keep.
Stannis Baratheon had to come first.
Chapter 32: Stations of the Cannon
Summary:
Silly fantasy names are just the best.
Chapter Text
Funding for this chapter provided by: Casterly Rock Casino. Want to make out with Tywin’s Gold? Try your luck at games of chance! Just remember, he always pays his debts...
Chapter 31: Stations of the Cannon
“We call it dragon powder,” Maester Marwyn explained as he carefully poured what looked like clumps of dark sand out of an earthen vessel into the metal tube. “The court of the Azure Emperor in Yi-Ti uses it for what they call ‘fireworks.’ Displays of light and color in the sky.”
Stannis eyed the vessel, frowning slightly as his new Maester hurried away from his display. They were set up in the old Dragon Pit, away from prying eyes. Only the newly arrived Marwyn and the doddering old Cressen were in the pit with Stannis. Marwyn had also brought a great bronze tube, something like a bell, and had loaded it with this powder.
“That may be useful for sending signals for troops, but it sounds more like a children’s plaything. Why do you show me this?”
“Watch, my lord,” Marwyn said, then with a bit of flint and steel, struck a spark onto a line of the powder he’d poured out. It snapped and caught, burning with a bright red glow as it raced towards the large container. There was a roar and a flash of light, and the far wall of the Dragon Pit exploded in a shower of rubble.
“The goddesses have seen fit to grant foolish children fickle spells. This, Your Grace, is the work of Men, and Men alone,” Marwyn said, turning and bowing slightly to Stannis.
Waving a hand in the air to clear away the dust and the smell of rotten eggs, Stannis stepped forward to inspect the wreckage, even as his guards ran forward, Davos Seaworth at their head.
“Your Grace! Are you well?” the newly appointed Hand of the King panted, the heavy silver chain of office jangling about his neck as he ran up.
“I am well, Davos. Come, have a look at this. What do you make of it?” Stannis gestured to the rubble and smoke.
“I do not know, Your Grace. What could cause such destruction to stone?” Davos asked, coughing slightly and studying the shattered wall.
“Something marvelous, Davos.” Stannis turned to Marwyn and nodded. “You will do well for my Grand Master, Marwyn. Tell me, this ‘dragon powder,’ how hard is it to make?”
“It is very dangerous to make, but the materials are not hard to come by. Saltpetre, charcoal, and sulfur. The true danger comes in its final form: as you can see, it is explosive in the extreme,” Marwyn explained.
“A terrible weapon indeed. But it is more stable than wildfyre?” Stannis demanded.
Marwyn nodded and held up the half empty clay pot. “Oh yes, Your Grace. Simple exposure to air or shaking is not enough to ignite dragonpowder. But a single spark can have ruinous consequences.”
“This device you have made with it, what do you call it?” Stannis asked, going over and inspecting the large bronze tube. Foul smoke still wafted from the thing.
“I call them-” You know what. Doesn’t matter. They’re cannons. You know they’re cannons, I know they’re cannons. It’s silly enough with the ‘dragon powder’ as is. “-cannons, Your Grace. I had this one cast from bronze. It is patterned after the devices the Yitish use to launch their fireworks. I have experimented with other materials, but they either burst or do not not hold the needed shape.”
“How many of them could you have made, and when would they be ready? Already my troops are moving against Tywin,” Stannis asked, still looking at the destroyed wall.
“To make the molds will be a matter of days, Your Grace. The actual casting will take a week or so, but acquiring the bronze will be difficult. I have employed bellfounders in the past, but I have some men who are familiar with the process. I could have the first cannon built in a month, and more to follow after that. Will that suffice, my king?”
Stannis nodded, his jaw working slightly as he mulled it over. “And the Dragon Powder?”
“That is far simpler. With the help of a few maesters, I can easily train workmen to make the stuff. Outside of the city would be best, as it is quite destructive. But we can begin making pounds of Dragon Powder almost immediately Your Grace. We already have a few hundred pounds ready for use.”
“And this one cannon,” Stannis agreed.
“Pardon, Your Grace, but I have two others built already. They are large and heavy as this, but could be moved by large horses or oxen in a wagon. They take some time to set up properly, but no longer than most siege engines.”
“Then I want these weapons to accompany my men as they march forth. What is the range of these weapons?” Stannis asked, nudging the cannon with his boot toe.
“Half a mile or more, Your Grace. Though the accuracy is not all I would desire. At least it is simple enough to make the stone balls they fire.”
Stannis grunted. “Get them set up outside the city, and begin training siege engineers in their employ. They shall have a few days to familiarize themselves. Then get to work on building more of these devices. The goddesses may have magic, but a Man has his own reason and strength. Let us see how they like their monster of incest when he faces such devices.”
Stannis left the Dragon Pit as Marwyn eagerly began to order men to haul the cannon out, Davos following him closely.
“Your Grace, is it so wise to speak so openly against the Goddesses? Fortune doesn't favor fools,” Davos whispered as they moved out into the grey light of the overcast day.
“Quoting the Book of Fair Fortune to me, are you? You know my opinions of the Seven, Davos,” Stannis growled as he beat roughly at his doublet to get the dust off of it.
“It was Eris who saved you as much as my onions, my King,” Davos argued. “The kings who lose the favor of the Seven do not rule long. Aerys was bad enough, but remember the tale of Maegor.”
“Then I shall ensure that no Envy Cultists visit me in the night,” Stannis said, turning to regard Davos steadily. “I do not fear the assassins of fickle deities. I fear the steel of Tywin Lannister, the hosts of Northmen that we have word Catelyn Stark is rallying even now, and what that damned indecisive fool Edmure Tully will do now that Hoster is on his deathbed.”
“And what of the favor of the Septs? Courting the Maesters is important, the Citadel is known for its scholarly wisdom. But they do not have the love of the people as the Septs do,” Davos replied. “Not to mention the need for aid from the spells of the septas, and to have them crown you.”
“I have reached a decision: if the Septs will not crown me in the light of the Seven, then I shall have Marwyn crown me in the light of reason,” Stannis said, continuing to walk down the path to where horses waited to take him back to the Red Keep. When Davos opened his mouth again, Stannis held up a hand. “I have made my decision, Davos. You have advised me, but in this matter, my mind is made up. Humanity has suffered under the yoke of capricious gods, old, new, and bloody red, for too long. The masses may adore the Joyful One, but I find her to be nothing but a fool who has brought yet another curse upon this land. And it is my duty to save the realm from it.”
Three days later, and the nobles of Kings Landing were assembled in the Red Keep for the coronation of Stannis Baratheon, First of his Name. There were mutters in the crowd that it was heresy to have a Maester crown the king, and the Arch Septons of the Seven Orders were notably absent from the ceremony. Still, it had been over a month since the Lannisters and their Stark allies had been driven from King’s Landing, and Stannis thought his crowning was well past due.
“-and so, in accordance with the laws of the Seven Kingdoms, I crown this Man King,” Marwyn decreed, placing the heavy golden crown that Robert had once worn atop his brother’s head. There was a scattering of polite applause, and no one spoke against the ceremony, Stannis having made it clear what would happen to any who dared do so.
However, as Stannis stood, there was a gasp, and the crowd suddenly parted, revealing a figure in violet robes and a painted mask that was slowly making their way forward, bearing a staff with a winged heart affixed to the top: one of the Magi, the Cult of Madoka.
Stannis stood atop the dias, glaring down at the figure, then around at the room. Marwyn knelt, and after a moment, so did Davos. After that, the crowd hastily knelt as well, leaving the lone cultist standing alone.
Stannis said nothing, but Davos spoke. “This man is your king, by right and by law. Will you not kneel?”
“The goddesses make kings, Onion Knight,” the figure answered in a low, melodic voice that could have come from either a man or a woman. They lifted a gloved hand, pointing a finger at Stannis. “Will you kneel before the goddesses, Stannis Baratheon?”
“They have not seen fit to crown me. Why should I pay homage to those that do not recognize my right?” Stannis demanded in turn.
“So be it. You claim your crown without the goddesses. Let us see if you can win it without them.” With that, the Magi turned and strode away, their footfalls echoing slightly in the hushed great hall.
When Stannis rode forth to war four days later, he did so without a single septa or septon in his van. Instead, he rode with dozens of maesters, all with healing links in their chains, as well as many with knowledge of warfare and statecraft. Before he left though, Stannis assembled his soldiers overlooking an old, run down hillfort that had once guarded the road into King’s Landing.
“They say that the goddesses have blessed my foes with strange powers, and that the Seven have abandoned me,” Stannis said to his men, raising one mailed fist high in the air. There was nervous shuffling, and many men looked grim or frightened. Some clutched religions icons, from the owl of Athena, to the waterwheel of Aqua, while others muttered prayers.
“I say I do not need the goddesses: For I have the Citadel,” Stannis declared. “Behold, the works of Men, not Goddesses.” With that, he dropped his arm. A second later, there was a rippling series of explosions and a blaze of flame from the odd devices that had been assembled beside the road. The soldiers jumped and cursed, but then let out cries of amazement as the Hill Fort seemed to shattered in a storm of stone and flame.
“Reload!” the siege captain roared, and the crews hastily rearmed their devices, careful to do as they had been instructed by Marwyn, swabbing the barrels with a wet sponge, then pouring in a measure of dragon powder, and lastly a shaped stone. It took nearly three minutes, but then they fired again, using slow matches. The three cannons thundered again, and the Hill Fort was further reduced. A few noted that both times, one shot had gone wide, and another had fallen short, but each time one had struck home. The old fortification collapsed at the latest hammer blow, falling in on itself and tumbling down the slope.
“That is what shall befall my enemies,” Stannis declared. “I shall have a dozen such devices ere long, and more to follow. Let the goddesses rage against me. I shall answer them with steel and fire, and craft a kingdom for Men, not Goddesses.”
“For King Stannis!” a few carefully seeded men cheered, and the cry was taken up in a ragged fashion. Some appeared heartened by the display, but others even more troubled as their king trod closer to heresy.
Stannis ground his teeth, and looked forward. Let the fools fear. When he crushed Tywin Lannister, their doubts would end.
========================================================================
The Indefatigable bore down on the merchant ship, which had heaved to and given up on escape only minutes before. It was well known that Captain Greyjoy punished those who attempted to escape her clutches or resisted her, but was merciful to captains and crew who surrendered.
The ship’s master wrung his hands, staring up at the much larger warship as it hove to, sending across two boats loaded with Ironborn sailors. Grapples were hurled up, and the pirates swarmed aboard his ship, glowering at his crew. The few guards he’d hired shied away, unwilling to face the superior numbers of the raiders. It angered the captain slightly, but he was mostly frustrated at his own impotence. Even if his guards fought like lions, they were outnumbered, and the
Indefatigable
was the faster ship, and better armed.
“Satella take these accursed Ironborn,” the man muttered as he glared at the sailors.
“Huh? No, I told her not to take the Ironborn. That’s my job!” one of the sailors said happily. The captain blinked, and realized it was a woman, though she had on an eye patch, a drawn on beard, and was wearing men’s clothes.
“What do you mean, that’s your job?” another of the sailors, this one a callow youth, asked. “Are you a priestess of the Drowned Goddess, Nyarko-san?”
“Oh Theon-kun, you’re so funny! Come on, let’s get some booty!” the girl declared, and grabbed Theon’s rear to make a point.
“There will be no seizing of goods aboards this vessel.”
The merchant captain whirled, his blood running cold as Claire Greyjoy, the Scourge of the Narrow Sea herself, clambered aboard.
“You there. Are you the master of this ship?” Claire demanded, striding over.
“I am Ship’s Master Trenton of the Golden Maid out of Lannisport, aye. We did not resist, Greyjoy. You’ll not harm me or my crew?”
“Not unless you make a fool of yourself. You are loyal to House Lannister, Captain Trenton?” Claire demanded.
“I would consider myself loyal to Casterly Rock, yes,” Trenton said slowly.
“Good. Then I have a charge for you, Captain Trenton. You are to deliver Rain Lannister and her attendants to Lannisport with all due haste,” Claire decreed, then turned to look as a fair haired woman in a somewhat stained red dress was helped aboard the ship by two men in Lannister guard uniforms. Trenton blinked in shock, then looked to Claire.
“What is this? Some sort of trap?” he asked suspiciously.
“Only if you do not deliver the lady back home safely,” Claire replied. She leaned in close, baring her teeth. “And if harm does come to Rain under your charge, captain... nothing will save you. I’ll offer whatever I have to the Drowned Goddess and ensure that if you ever set sail on salt water again, you’ll be hunted down. Then I shall have her turn you into a fish, which I shall then have my cook prepare for my own supper. Are we clear?”
It wasn’t clear at all to poor Trenton, but he nodded. “Er, yes. I, ah, I can see the Lady to Lannisport easily enough. It’s no more than a day’s sailing up the coast.”
“Good. Do so, and you will be rewarded. Fail, and I have made the consequences clear,” Claire said stiffly, leaning away from the sweating merchantman.
“Claire, you are not bullying the poor man, are you?” Rain asked, stepping over. She gave Trenton a dazzling smile. “I thank you for bearing me back home, my good man. Fulfil this charge, and my father and uncle will be pleased to see you. And you know how my family feels about debts.”
“Er, yes, my lady,” Trenton said, bobbing a quick bow. “I, ah, I shall have my things removed from my cabin, and, ah, see you are put up in all comfort. We are not a pleasure craft, but-”
“Do not fret, captain. Tell me though, do you have clothes or cloth? I am in a dreadful state, and would have a presentable dress made for my arrival in Lannisport. Dear uncle Tywin does insist one always look the part of a Lannister…”
“We, er…” Trenton trailed off, wondering if this was some scheme, but then shrugged. “We have several bolts of fine cloth from Lys. I have no tailors aboard, but the materials are yours, my lady.”
“Thank you, captain.” Rain turned to Claire, who stiffened again, flushing slightly.
“It was my pleasure to have you aboard the Indefatigable , Lady Rain. Should you require my ship or my services again, I shall be at your disposal,” Claire said formally, fixing her eyes at some point in the middle distance and coming to attention.
Rain hesitated, then curtsied. “Thank you, Captain Claire, for rescuing me and those beholden to me. Know that a Lannister always pays her debts: should you have need of me or Casterly Rock, call upon us. I... I hope we can meet again in friendship. I know that Uncle Tywin will never suffer Stannis on the Iron Throne. Perhaps...we could both work to restore the rightful ruler?”
That brought a smile to Claire’s lips, and she looked at Rain. “I would like that. And, perhaps something more. But that is talk for another time. My crew and I must return to the Iron Isles before my father does something foolish.” Claire bowed again, the hurried away, followed by her crew.
That left a very confused Captain Trenton with Rain Lannister, several dozen Lannisters and what appeared to be Northmen, and a deep sense of relief as the Indefatigable hoisted its sails and departed.
“Well, Night’s Fortune rob me blind,” Trenton breathed. “I can’t believe it. We ran into the most notorious pirate in these waters, and she didn’t even take a thing.”
“Privateer,” Rain corrected.
“I...beg pardon, my Lady?” Trenton said, turning to her in bafflement.
“Captain Greyjoy doesn’t like being called a pirate. She much prefers to be called a privateer,” Rain said. Then she smiled. “Shall we be off, captain? We’ll keep out of your crew's way and let you be about your business.”
“Yes, of course, my Lady,” Trenton agreed, and went about getting his ship squared away to make all haste for Lannisport. He’d call Claire Greyjoy whatever she bloody well wanted so long as she didn’t trouble him or his crew ever again.
It was about the second hour after midnight when the Golden Maid drew close to Lannisport Harbor. Two war galleys were patrolling the waters and came out to meet them. Their captains were at first incredulous that they were survivors from King’s Landing, but one dutifully escorted the Golden Maid to the docks, where a group of guards hurried up to the boat that took Rain and her siblings to the pier.
“Eris’s tits, that’s Ser Kevan’s children!” the serjeant cried on seeing Rain and Willem’s faces in the torchlight. “Er, beg pardon, m’lady.”
“I’ll take the coarse language, serjeant, if you see us to Casterly Rock as soon as possible. Send a runner: My father and Lord Twyin will want to know,” Rain instructed. Two soldiers immediately ran off, and Rain let out a sigh of relief as she was helped ashore along with her brother and cousin.
“Are the banners mobilising?” Rain asked as horses were commandeered and fetched for her party.
“Aye, m’lady. We received word a fortnight ago of Stannis’s treachery. Beg pardon, your ladyship, but... the Queen, Prince Kazuma, Ser Jaime, are they…?”
“I do not know. Perhaps they escaped as well,” Rain said, and that produced plenty of mutters.
Once the horses were brought, Rain trotted off. She couldn’t gallop through the streets of Lannisport in the dead of night, that was a good way to end up with a broken neck. But with the squad of soldiers running beside her bearing torches, she made her way through the city. There were signs of activity: a city as large as Lannisport never truly slept, and this was a city that was rousing itself for war. This late at night, things were quiet, but there were too many soldiers about, and inns were full to bursting from what Rain could see.
Outside the city, there were more signs of activity. Encampments of soldiers that her uncle and father had mustered had sprung up, and though they were mostly sleeping, a group of knights composed of some of her distant cousins and various minor nobles met Rain at the outskirts, providing her with fresh and better horses.
“Cousin, the Queen, Prince Kazuma, are they...?” Ser Daven Lannister demanded, his face eager despite his unkempt appearance as he’d obviously just been awoken.
“They took another ship with the Hand. I fear they were destroyed, or caught by the Dragonstone Fleet,” Rain said quietly, leaning over in her saddle to whisper to Daven.
His expression fell, and Daven ran his fingers through his long beard nervously. “I see. Well. It is good you, Willem, and Tyrek escaped at least. Come. We shall escort you to the castle. Word has been sent: your father and Lord Tywin will wish to meet with you all immediately.”
Suppressing a sigh, Rain nodded and urged her mount into a trot again as her escort fell in around her. She’d been off the Indefatigable for less than a full day, and already she missed that ship. The bars of her life were closing in about her, and soon she would be nothing but an extra daughter of House Lannister, to be married off as Uncle Tywin saw fit.
Claire had never treated her as a lesser. And she’d been rich. Rain was too important to be married off to some no account poor patrician, but she did fear she’d end up stuck in a gilded cage. What was the point of being rich if you couldn’t DO anything? Still, it would be good to see her father and mother and be home again. And, perhaps, if she could manifest her new abilities, her uncle might see her as more than a potential marriage alliance.
As it happened, Lord Tywin did not wait for Rain to arrive at Casterly Rock, instead meeting her along with her father and a group of his lords and knights at the first guard tower.
“Niece. My children and grandchildren?” Tywin asked, not bothering with further pretences.
“I do not know. More I would not say in public,” Rain replied..
For the first time since she’d ever known him, Rain saw real emotion on the face of Lord Twyin Lannister. He bowed his head, grief making a mask of his face in the instant before the shadows hid it. He took in a deep, shuddering breath, and rubbed a hand over his face. Then it was over, and the Lion of Lannister looked up again. “Very well. Come.”
Rain’s own father was far more emotive. There were tears in his eyes as he leapt from his saddle and ran to her. She let him pull her into his arms, and put her head on his shoulder, letting a few tears fall as she embraced him.
“Thank the Seven you’re alive,” Kevan Lannister whispered, his blonde beard rubbing roughly against Rain’s cheeks, wet with tears. Then he pulled away from her, kissed her on her forehead, and hugged Willem just as fiercely. He even spared a hug for Tyrek, who was crying, but trying to be brave. He and her brother were only twelve, a full five years younger than Rain. But she was a woman grown, and she had to hide her tears, much as her father was doing, though the other lords and knights were kind enough to avert their eyes.
They rode up the long riding road to Casterly Rock, past the various guard houses and gates, until they reached the final gate into the belly of the castle. Rain smiled, feeling a sense of relief as she returned to her childhood home. But she couldn’t help but feel a slight sense of foreboding as the gates closed behind them, as if she were trapped somehow.
After a cursory offer of refreshment and rest from her uncle, and a tearful reunion with her mother, Rain followed Lord Tywin and her father to the private study. The door was closed, and Lord Twyin spun in her, his green eyes boring into her. “Well?”
“As I said, I do not know for certain. It was dark, and all was confusion and chaos, and I was hidden in the hold of the Indefatigable while Captain Greyjoy repelled the boarders. But even there I felt the shockwave and heard the blast from...whatever it was. I fear my cousins are dead, along with Eddard Stark and his three eldest children.”
Once more, the mask fell, and Tywin Lannister sat down in a chair, hard. Kevan put a hand on his brother’s shoulder, and in a rare moment of weakness, Tywin leaned on him, looking far older than his fifty seven years.
“So. All three of my children. My grandchildren. All dead,” Tywin said, his voice hollow and pained.
Rain fought back tears and nodded, her throat too raw to speak.
Tywin closed his eyes and bowed his head, tears flowing down his face and staining his doublet. For exactly one minute, the Lord of Casterly Rock wept. Then he shook himself, dried his tears, and nodded. He gestured to a chair, and Rain sank into it.
“Tell me everything. We have heard rumors and had a few ravens, but I would know the truth.”
So Rain told her tale, from when Robert died at his own victory feast, to the sudden assault by Stannis and Petyr Baelish’s men. She spoke of their desperate flight, of Claire Greyjoy saving her and her brother and cousin, fighting for her life against seemingly impossible odds. She recalled seeing Claire fight alongside Jaime, shoving him to safety when he was wounded, and fighting off four Gold Cloaks with her cutlass and crossbow.
“She is...father, I think she is like me,” Rain confided.
Kevan started, looking to his brother guiltily.
“What do you mean, like you?” Twyin demanded suspiciously.
Wordlessly, Rain held out her hands, cupped together in a bowl. She closed her eyes, then whispered, “Kindle.”
Within her fingers, a flame sparked to life, burning nothing but empty air and the power that Rain fed it. She let it burn for a few moments, then drew her fingers closed, extinguishing the fire. She opened her eyes, and again, saw real emotion on Twyin’s face: complete shock and disbelief.
“When I reached my majority, my father and mother told me that they had been visited by the Goddesses Eris and Aqua. They said they foretold my birth, and blessed me with power. I...I did not awaken to it in time to save my cousins. I am...I am so sorry. But when my life was threatened directly, I...I was able to cast a spell.”
“Pyromancy,” Tywin managed. He looked Kevan. “This is true?”
“It is. I am sorry, Tywin. The goddesses swore us to secrecy. And until now, there was never any sign,” Kevan said, looking abashed.
Tywin nodded slowly, then turned back to Rain, regarding her. “Continue.”
As she spoke, Twyin stood, going to the window and looking out into the dark night. Rain told of her time with Claire, and of the..affection...they had shared. She left out some more personal parts. She was a woman grown, and some of what had passed between her and Claire was too private to share even with her uncle and father, though she might speak with her mother of it later. It was not forbidden to take another woman as a lover, and such unions had happened before so-
“You say Claire Greyjoy is fond of you?” Twyin demanded suddenly, turning around. He pierced Rain with his eyes once more, as if he could see into her soul. She had always felt nervous around her uncle, and now she began to sweat. “Tell me the truth, niece. Did you lie with her?”
“I...we did not share a bed,” Rain stammered. “But, um...we did...we were very affectionate. In private.”
“We will need allies,” Tywin said without further preamble, striding over to his desk and pointing to a map there. Rain stood and came over along with her father, looking down at the Seven Kingdoms laid out before them.
“It is my belief that Stannis has that fool Mace Tyrell hostage. If Baelish has sided with Stannis, then I will wager that Lysa Arryn has as well, and that means at least some of the Vale Lords will. With Eddard Stark dead, most of them will follow along or sit out this war. I have sent envoys to Edmure Tully, but he is an unblooded boy. He is brother to Catelyn Stark, aye, but also to Lysa Arryn. For now, I hope he shall merely remain neutral. As for the Dornishmen...who can say. Oberyn would like to see me dead, but Doran is likely to simply remain neutral. Or declare for that damned Targaryen girl.”
“We...who do we support?” Rain asked nervously.
Tywin looked up at her, a storm in his face. “For now, what I support is Stannis Baratheon’s head on a pike. A Lannister always pays their debts. And I owe him a great one in blood and steel.”
“I agree, and I would help pay it. I can do more than make simple flames, uncle,” Rain said, straightening her back.
“Perhaps…” Tywin tapped the map, considering. “The Starks I can count on. Catelyn will be enraged, as will the North. Eddard was beloved by his bannermen, and this is a grievous insult. But the North is far from here. But the Greyjoys...Balon will rise again with his son returned to him.”
“Claire doesn’t wish him to, nor does Theon,” Rain said hastily. “She would go to support Iris Targaryen for the throne.”
“I have no love for Targaryens. And from what I have heard, Iris is as mad as her father,” Tywin snorted. “Nor will I fight to return a Baratheon to the throne. Robert was a failure of a king.”
“Would you seize the throne yourself?” Rain asked, feeling a pang of fear.
“My legacy is already ash,” Tywin said bitterly. “It matters not who I fight for now. Let the Goddesses choose who would rule. I only know so long as I breathe, it shall not be Stannis. Go. Get some rest, Rain. I will decide how to use you later.”
Rain nodded, and turned to go, only to pause when her uncle called to her once more. She turned, and found him looking far more tender than he normally did. “Thank you, Rain. I am glad you are safe. Your father is my heir now. You did well, returning to us. It seems you are a Lioness in truth.”
Rain felt a swell of pride, and bowed her head to hide her own tears. “Thank you, uncle.”
But Twyin had already put her out of his mind, looking down at the map and talking quietly with her father. She sighed, and headed for her rooms. Tonight, she would rest.
And tomorrow, she would Roar.
Chapter 33: Everyone Needs a Safety Wolf
Summary:
You can dance if you want to
You can leave your friends behind
But if you touch Megumin
Then Chomusuke will bite your balls off
Chapter Text
This chapter was brought to you by the FBI: Remember kids, don’t lewd the lolis.
Chapter 32: Everyone Needs a Safety Wolf
Despite the looming crisis, Winterfell found time to deck itself in the festive colors of autumn, with wreaths of harvested grain and squash set on the walls, colorful hangings in red and golden brown, and banners decked with the last flowers before the coming winter. Guards and servants had on festive finery for the coming weddings, and the kitchens had been working overtime in a manner that would satisfy even Komekko, churning out lavish puddings, entire roast cows and pigs, warm bread, and fruits and vegetables that had been freshly harvested.
The nobility of the North had set aside their boiled leathers and armor plate for fine wools and imported linen and silk in an array of bright colors, while Catelyn Stark was dressed in a fine grey silk gown. Megumin’s dress had needed to be sewn and adjusted in haste, but was still fine with lacework in bright yellow and soft grey. Not that this pleased its wearer in the slightest.
“Do I seriously have to wear a dress?” Megumin demanded of her mother. “Is Darkness wearing a dress? Because I’m her squire. And if SHE’S not wearing a dress, neither am I.”
“Lady Tyrell will be wearing a dress,” Catelyn ground out, trying very hard not to strangle her daughter on her own wedding day. “But no matter what she does, my daughter will be wearing a proper wedding dress when she is wed to the King of the Seven Kingdoms.”
“Come on Megumin, they’re really pretty!” Yunyun encouraged, already dressed in her own grey gown. “Yours is all white with silver! You’ll look like a queen!”
“Fine. But I’m wearing Chunchumaru,” Megumin grumbled. The look her mother gave her, however, told Megumin just how unlikely that was.
It turned out, however, that Megumin would indeed get to wear her sword, as her father sent word that she was allowed to bear her blade, since she was being wed in a time of war and the sword represented the might of the North that was to be pledged to her lord husband. Megumin had absolutely no intention of giving up said sword to Kazuma, even if he was still better than her, if not by much.
Megumin was at last considered properly prepared in her new silken gown, along with the great white cloak with the image of a silver direwolf on it. She fingered the edge of the cloak, and for the first time, realized she wouldn’t be a Stark after this. That felt strange, especially since she wasn’t going to give up Chomusuke. Would she really be all that different? She didn’t really know, but suddenly she was nervous.
The other bride of the day, on the other hand, was anything but. Darkness was in a white and yellow gown, her hair done up in a fancy braid that was wrapped on top of her head. She was giddy with eagerness, a manic grin on her face as her grandmother hissed warnings to calm down before she popped out of her dress from her nervous movement.
Megumin glared at Darkness, then looked forlornly at her own bodice. She still looked like a girl, which wasn’t fair. Darkness was only three years older than her, and Yunyun looked like more of a woman too and she was only three minutes older. Well. She wasn’t going to let that stop her. Megumin would drink plenty of milk, and someday she would be six feet tall, have rock hard abs, and a rack befitting the stag she was to become.
Waiting for Megumin at the end of the hall was her father, dressed in his finest black velvet and fur with Ice on his back. There were tears in his eyes, Megumin realized as she took his hand, and he bent slightly to kiss the top of her head. “You look lovely, Megumin. Every inch a bride.”
“Thanks, dad,” Megumin said, giving her father a quick hug.
They all paraded out to the godswood, where the assembled lords and ladies of the North waited, dressed in their own finery. The godswood seemed to be celebrating the wedding itself: it had blossomed with a little help from Chomusuke and her siblings. The scent of wildflowers gave the woods a sweet ambiance. On the other side of the weirwood stood Kazuma and his party, composed of his mother, his uncles, the Kingsguard, and Myrcella and Tommen. Robb was there as well, dressed in clothes similar to his father’s, though with a red fox pelt to compliment his own red hair instead of the black marten fur of his father.
And at the foot of the weirwood tree stood Cecily, dressed in her formal Septa’s robes, along with five direwolves. She grinned and winked at Megumin, somewhat ruining the formality of the occasion, but that was to be expected.
“Dearly Beloved,” Cecily began, “We are gathered here today to-”
She paused, as Cersei Lannsiter was glaring at her for the rather non-traditional start to the wedding. “What? Look, it was that, or ‘Mawwige is what bwings us together.’ You have no idea how much the Goddesses have been bugging me about that for the past twelve hours.”
Cersei seemed taken aback at that, and several of the northern lords rather baffled as they were unaware of Cecily’s unique status. With Cersei sufficiently cowed by mention of the goddesses, Cecily coughed and began again. “We are gathered this day, in the sight of Goddesses Old and New, to join together three houses and two couples in holy matrimony. For these maids are to leave the protection of their fathers’ houses, and to be taken in by their new husbands.”
Eddard slowly walked Megumin forward as Olenna did the same for Darkness. A bit of Megumin’s nervousness fled when she saw how worried Kazuma looked, and she smiled at him to reassure both of them. This was fine, Kazuma was her best friend, and it wasn’t so bad thinking about being around him all the time. She did that anyway. Plus, they were all going south to win back the Iron Throne. It wasn’t goodbye yet.
“I give to you my daughter, flesh of my flesh, blood of my blood,” Eddard told Kazuma, gently removing the Stark cloak from her shoulders. “I pray you will treasure her as greatly as I have, and ward her against all evil.”
Cecily nodded, eyeing both brides. “Women, do you accept this man as your lord husband?”
“Yes,” Megumin said. “I pledge myself to his house, to be his wife, and bear his children, to tend his hurts, and be his shield in battle.”
She added the last bit herself, but Darkness quickly added that to her own pledge, so she figured it was alright. Her mother looked a bit mortified, but most of the Northerners bared their teeth in fierce approval, Dacey and Lyanna Mormont even raising fists in solidarity.
“Men, do you accept these maids?” Cecily asked gravely.
Kazuma nodded and swallowed. “I accept this maid, Megumin of the House of Stark, in the sight of Goddesses Old and New, to be my bride, to protect and succor, to guard against all foes, and to by my queen as we govern the realm.”
That had Megumin beaming happily, as Kazuma had made his own special addition. Robb’s sounded a bit different too, and had several people looking scandalized, but Megumin hadn’t been paying enough attention to know what he’d said. Darkness, however, looked thrilled. She was even drooling slightly. Olenna took out a flask from her sleeve and took a long swing.
It felt a bit odd to have Kazuma drape the yellow cloak about her shoulders, but it was pretty nice, and Megumin always approved of capes. Then, of course, Kazuma took out his eye patch at the same time Megumin got out hers. Both of them struck a dramatic pose together, their swords thrust Skyward.
“BEHOLD! WE ARE KAZUMA AND MEGUMIN BARATHEON, RULES OF THE SEVEN KINGDOMS, BLESSED OF THE GODDESSES, AND BEARS OF DARK AND TERRIBLE POWERS! TOGETHER, WE SHALL RECLAIM THE IRON THRONE, AND BRING JUSTICE TO THE LAND!”
Megumin grinned at Kazuma as their wedding guests laughed and clapped. Really, if she was going to have to marry someone, it was a good thing it was him.
Far away and right next to them, Aqua was bawling her eyes out as she watched the TV in her apartment. Eris was handing her boxes of tissues, and there were cartons of half eaten ice cream nearby on the couch.
“You’ve seen them get married dozens of times before, Aqua,” Eris sniffed, knowing how hypocritical it sounded, since she was dabbing at her own eyes. “There’s no need to cry about it.”
“I can’t help it, they’re just so cute this time!” Aqua wailed, loudly blowing her nose into the fistful of tissues she had. “A-and Darkness found someone too! It’s always so hard making sure she’s happy, but she’s found a man that will both love her and really abuse her this time!”
Eris glanced back at the TV, where Robb and Darkness were playing some rather aggressive tongue hockey. She was a few inches taller than Robb still, and Eris resolved to make sure that boy got another growth spurt. He was supposed to wind up at about an inch taller than Darkness, but Eris figured no one would complain if she made it a little bit more.
“They do look pretty cute together,” Eris admitted. “I did like the plot twist where he became a werewolf.”
“N-now we just need to find someone for Yunyun,” Aqua blubbered, reaching for her carton of Blue Raspberry Bubble Gum Supreme ice cream and shoveling some into her mouth. “Chris too, it’s so sad how she never ends up with any one!”
Eris’s eyes went wide. “ What!? You are not playing matchmaker for my daughter, Aqua! She’s going to end up with a nice boy, and get filthy rich!”
Aqua stopped her blubbering, a bit of ice cream dripping off her spoon onto her blue tracksuit (Kazuma having converted her to the comfy side).
“Wait, daughter ? Chris is your daughter? You mean...you mean you’ve had a kid for thousands of years?! That’s it, I’m kicking you out of the Maiden Goddess Club!”
“What?! No, Chris was me, you dummy! Did you never figure that out?! Chris was my avatar that I went down to hang out with the gang with, just like you and ‘Mizu.’”
“Oh. Wait, but Madoka said you were at the Girls Night with her and the others.” Aqua gasped, dropping her ice cream as her hands flew to her face. “Eris! Were you messing around with Time again!? You know we’re not supposed to do that!”
“No, I just... Look. Chris has sort of been my alternate persona for thousands of years, and I kind of got more and more invested in role-playing as her, and then, I started wondering if I could maybe send her down with the others, and the next thing I knew, I had gotten Ashara Dayne pregnant!”
Aqua blinked at Eris, then frowned at her crotch, which made Eris blush and cross her legs, though she too was dressed in tracksuit, hers being black and silver.
“Did you... become a guy when I wasn’t looking? Because we’re supposed to be the Seven Goddesses, not the Six Goddesses and One God.”
“No! I - just, look. You know how it is when we put the souls of reincarnation into their parents bodies?” Eris demanded.
Aqua nodded, her forehead wrinkling in thought. “Yeah.”
“Well, I sort of did a 48c on top of that,” Eris admitted.
“Oooooh, so it’s an immaculate conception thing,” Aqua said, nodding in understanding. “So you’re still a maiden, you just also have a daughter.”
“Yes! But, look, you can’t tell ANYONE about this, OK? I want Chris’s life to be normal, I don’t need her to have half a dozen manic aunties showing up and making her life all weird and mystical,” Eris ordered.
“Oh. Um, kinda too late for that,” Aqua admitted. Eris looked at her, aghast, and Aqua held up her phone, which she’d been furiously texting on one handed.
“Oh no,” Eris moaned.
There was a loud popping sound, and Hestia appeared in Aqua’s living room. It was technically totally against regulations to appear in another goddess’ domain directly, but Aqua had never been big on those, and Hestia was clearly excited. “I just put the baby down, you have a KID, Eris!? Since when? This is great!”
Before Eris could explain, Ristarte burst through the door (having slightly more decorum than Hestia, but not by much) with Seiya right behind her carrying a cake.
“We just got the news! Congratulations! It’s a girl, right? I can change the frosting color if it’s not,” Ristarte babbled, wrapping Eris in a hug. “This is so wonderful! When can Chris come over to play with our kids?!”
“I, look, this isn’t-” Eris was once more interrupted, and at that point she gave up as Madoka, Athena, Satella, and even Holo and Nyarko-san all arrived and began loudly congratulating her.
“Sorry, Chris,” Eris muttered. “It was going to happen eventually anyway…”
Back on Planetos, the wedding ceremony was over, and the feast had begun. Kazuma was sitting beside Megumin, both of them blushing slightly and awkwardly smiling at all the compliments they were getting from their guests. As they were in the North, the traditional bird pie was forgone in favor of a variety of pies, most of them savory with various meats in them. Thankfully, no one was serving Frey Pie in this reality, as they had thus far managed to behave themselves.
Megumin made a point of drinking several glasses of milk and eating plenty of food. She typically had a healthy appetite, but she really tucked it away now, desperately trying to match Darkness and Brienne in their calorie consumption. What she didn’t consider was that both Darkness and Brienne were both older and far larger, so Megumin mostly succeeded in making herself sick. She sat in her chair, moaning softly as she watched Darkness devour an entire plate of oysters brought from White Harbor.
“You OK?” Kazuma asked, leaning over to her. “I, um, I’m a little nervous, but it’s like your dad said. We’re just sleeping in the same bed. Not anything else.”
“Huh? Oh, no, I just ate too much,” Megumin admitted. “Why would I worry about sleeping in the same bed as you? I shared a bed with my sisters all the time.”
Kazuma opened his mouth, but Megumin added, “Plus, Chomusuke will be there, and I’ll have Chunchumaru, so if you try anything it will be the last thing you do.”
Next to Kazuma, his mother choked on her food. Cersei looked up at Megumin, and for a moment she thought the queen, or wait, wasn’t that her now? Was going to kill her. Only Cersei started laughing.
“Perhaps I should have had a wolf or a sword on my own wedding night, my daughter. My late Lord husband might have been better behaved then.”
Kazuma went red, but Megumin nodded. “I heard about Kazuma’s dad dishonoring you. Well, I have an insurance policy.” Megumin took out Chunchumari and laid it across the table, giving Kazuma a vicious grin. “You know I am perfectly capable of using this, right?”
Several Northern lords and ladies roared with laughter at the obvious warning, and their hilarity only increased when Kazuma turned faintly green himself and nodded.
“Yeah. Don’t worry. I’m not going to be like my dad.”
“Good. I sort of like you, so I’d hate to have to kill you,” Megumin said sweetly. Her own parents looked torn between mortification and relief at their daughter’s obvious willingness to assert her own rights.
As the evening wore on, Robb and Darkness were increasingly draped over one another, with Darkness putting Robb’s hands in increasingly inappropriate places, and Robb growing ever more excited.
For their part, both Megumin and Kazuma were suitably horrified. “We’re not going to be like that, right?” Megumin asked, somewhat reevaluating her idolization of Darkness.
“If we are, you have my permission to use Chunchumaru to kill me, because that’s gross,” Kazuma declared, making a face.
“You might not think so in three or four more years, nephew,” Tyrion chuckled. “By then, we expect you to take more pleasure in your lady’s company.”
“I already like hanging out with Megumin, but I’m not going to slobber all over her,” Kazuma said loudly as Robb was nipping at Darkness’s neck.
“Well, some of us are going to have a proper wedding night!” Robb suddenly declared. He jerked up, pulling a squealing Darkness out of her chair and throwing her over his shoulder.
“Oh! Oh! This vicious, brutal man is going to take me away and use me to satisfy his most basal desires!” Darkness cried, her face flushed and eager. “No, go faster! And don’t forget the ropes and chains!”
That resulted in Robb departing to several ribald suggestions from the guests. A few tried to form a bedding party, until Grey Wind grew to approximately the size of a small mammoth and let out a low, rumbling growl. At which point, everyone realized they had pressing business elsewhere. Eddard raised a tankard to Grey Wind in gratitude, and the wolf nodded, shrinking and slinking after his master. Unlike Chomusuke, he spent the night outside of the marriage chamber, and made certain no one else thought of going anywhere near it.
As for Kazuma and Megumin, once their eyelids began to droop, Cersei, Eddard, and Catelyn took them to the prepared bed chamber. For this night only, they would be required to share a bed, after which they would be kept separate until they came of age. It was a bit odd to hug each of their parents goodnight, but Kazuma for his part seemed a bit choked up when Eddard called him “son.” Megumin was dutiful in giving Cersei a chaste kiss, but she was quite certain Catelyn was the only mother she ever wanted or needed.
Once alone, except for their safety wolf, Kazuma and Megumin awkwardly got changed, then moved into the large bed.
“So, um, I guess we’re married now,” Kazum said, blushing slightly as he glanced over at Megumin.
“Yes. But don’t think this changes anything. You’re still a pervert and a NEET,” Megumin huffed. Then she blushed. “And, um, I do love you. I think.”
“I think I love you too, you crazy chunni girl.”
Slowly, the two of linked hands, and found that they were drawing closer together, their mouths opening slightly.
Which was when Chomusuke promptly inserted herself between them, nipping at Kazuma’s fingers until he let out a yelp and let go of Megumin’s hand.
“Ow! I wasn’t going to do anything!” Kazuma protested.
Chomusuke didn’t even dignify that with a response, but as she was currently the size of a grown wolf, which isn’t small, look it up, she made a very effective barrier. However, Kazuma and Megumin did both end up snuggling up to Chomusuke, and fell asleep with their minder before long.
And thus was Kazuma’s claim to the throne secure. His would go down as the most chuunibyou reign in history. Along with a few other things.
Cast of Characters
Chomusuke as: The Safety Wolf.
Kazuma as: Chomusuke is watching you, pal.
Megumin as: Chuuni Queen of Westeros
Darkness as: [Censored]
Robb as: Well, at least he managed to be stupid in a smart way.
and
Yunyun as: Wait, what?
The Crimson Wedding: An Alternate Westerosi History
Groaning, Yunyun blinked her eyes open, looking around and blinking. The world was swaying slightly, with the clop of hooves on stone. She looked around and found a dirty, skinny, dark haired youth looking at her wide eyed amist sacks and casks in the back of a cart.
“Um, hello,” Yunyun managed, sitting up. “Who are you?”
“Shhhh. I don’t know who you are, but we’re almost to the Twins,” the girl hissed. “Don’t say a word.”
“The Twins?” Yunyun smiled brightly. “Oh, I went there once. I didn’t have time to meet many of the Freys, but a lot of them seemed nice.”
“Shut up, boy,” Sandor’s voice growled.
Yunyun let out a cry and jumped up, wrapping Sandor in a hug. “You’re OK! Oh, I felt so bad when you got left behind! How’d you escape from Stannis in King’s Landing?”
The Hound spun, fury in his eyes. “Who are you, girl? Arry, what did you do? You're going to get us killed!”
Yunyun jerked back, feelling wounded that her friend was being so rude. “Um, Mr. Hound, you remember me, right? Yunyun Stark?”
“What? Stark?” the “boy” said, but Yunyun was pretty sure they were actually a girl.
“Shut up!” Sandor ordered, and Yunyun sank back. She looked around and saw they were surrounded by soldiers.
“Starks?” one of the men growled. “Who is that girl?”
“She’s got to be Arya Stark!” someone shouted. “Grab her! They’re nearly ready to kill Robb Stark and his bitch mother!”
Yunyun felt her blood run cold. She didn’t know who this Arya was, but if she was a Stark, she was her friend. As for the young wolf... overhead, clouds began to form, and thunder rumbled.
“Are you going to hurt Robb?” Yunyun growled as the soldiers advanced.
“We’re going to skin him and his wolf alive!” a man in a Frey uniform laughed.
Rough hands reached for Yunyun as Sandor swore and drew his sword, only for a gust of wind to blast down from the heavens, staggering the men and making them fall back.
“You. You’re going to kill my mother? And Robb?!” Yunyun roared as lightning began to flash and crackle and the wind rage and howl. The men around her cringed as her eyes began to blaze red, glowing in the dim light.
“We’ll kill you too, bitch!” a braver and stupider Frey soldier snarled, and raised his sword.
A curtain of lightning slammed down around the cart, slaying each of the Frey men.
“YOU WILL NOT HURT MY FAMILY!” Yunyun screamed. She turned to Sandor, who was gaping at her in terror. “Come on, Mr. Hound. We’re going to rescue my friends and family.”
“Yes!” the dirty girl snarled, picking up a sword from one of the smoking corpses and racing after Yunyun.
Inside the Great Hall of the Twins, the Rains of Castamere began to play, and Catelyn was just about to scream in panic when the barred doors suddenly blew clean off their hinges, shattering into splinters as they slammed downward. Every head in the hall swung to see a tall man with a greatsword standing nervously behind a girl with glowing red eyes, followed by a scrawny child with a blackened blade.
“You,” Yunyun snarled, pointing to Walder Frey. “This isn’t a battle! This is a feast! These people have eaten your meat and mead! You would betray them!?”
Walder half fell out of his chair, but managed to cry, “Kill them! Now! Before-”
He never said another word, as Yunyun pointed a finger at him and snarled, “Consuming Vortex!” Walder Frey and the rest of the Frey’s at the high table were sucked into a small black hole, and were never seen again.
In a panic, the men above the galley grabbed their crossbows, pointing them at Yunyun. The last thing they heard was “LIGHT OF SABER!” before they were reduced to so much ash.
By this point, everyone had realized something was wrong. Catelyn was screaming as Roose Bolton tried to stab her. A Magic Dart took his head clean off. Robb was struggling against several men in mail and fur cloaks, but jumped back just as two fireballs enveloped his attackers.
In the end, the Loyalist Northmen suffered only minor losses, as Crimson Death stalked the Great Hall. Lightning flickered and flashed, ice spread, and fire consumed any who would DARE harm Yunyun’s friends.
The Northern Lords stood staring in shock at this slip of a girl who had not only revealed Walder Frey’s treachery, but had just killed dozens of well armed men with no more than gestures. They were further astonished when that girl, along with a dirty youth they soon recognized as Ayra Stark, ran over and embraced Catelyn, weeping.
“I’m so sorry mom!” Yunyun wept. “I just...I got so angry! They were going to hurt you, and I couldn’t stop myself! I know you don’t like magic, but-”
“Peace, child. You...you saved us all,” Catelyn managed, feeling a strange connection to this girl as she smoothed hair from her forehead. “And you returned Arya to me. Thank you.”
Outside, there was a sudden howl, and the sounds of fighting. Still sniffling, Yunyun pulled away, giving her mother a pained smile. “I think they’re going to try to kill Grey Wind and the rest of my friends. I...I’m going to save them. OK mom?”
“I...I would be grateful if you did,” Catelyn managed, having no idea what OK meant, or why this girl was calling her mother.
“To arms!” Robb roared, taking up a sword from a fallen foe. The rest of the Northern Lords rallied, and they followed their king, and his fearsome new ally, out into the night.
In the end, it was still called the Red Wedding, for the Twins ran red that night with the blood of Freys, Boltons, and Lannister men. While Robb’s forces did indeed suffer a number of casualties, once the magic started flying in earnest, their foes panicked and broke, only surviving the night because Yunyun ran out of mana and was forced to rest. Even Grey Wind lived, though the wolf was injured before Yunyun turned in his attackers into smoking lumps of meat.
The next day, a very confused Catelyn and Robb listened to Yunyun’s tale. They couldn’t quite credit that a strange girl who claimed to be a Stark was entirely truthful or sane, but they decided that if it meant she would fight for them and not against them, they had no reason to argue. Yunyun would miss her family and friends, but once the North definitively won the War of the Five Kings, Daenerys Targaryen agreed to allow the North to become independent due to her father’s actions against Robb’s grandsire. In time, Yunyun proved that without the Might of the Frozen Throne and the guidance of the Lich King, the Others were basically just target practice for a Crimson Demon, she settled down easily enough.
After all, now she had a whole new world to make friends in!
Chapter 34: Glad You Could Make It
Summary:
Watch your tone with me, Snow. You might be a Stark, but I'm still you're commander as a member of the Night's Watch.
As if I could forget. Listen, there's something about the Others you should know...
Chapter Text
This chapter brought to you by the FDA. Keeping your food free of toxins and diseases since people missed the point of the Jungle.
Chapter 33: Glad You Could Make It
Growing up in Winterfell, Jon had thought he knew what cold was. There were years at a time where the sun did not rise, and the entire world was blanketed in snow. He had shared a bed with Robb during those long months, the two boys trying to stay warm under thick fur covers, even with a fire and the hot pipes that kept Winterfell from freezing entirely. There had been howling blizzards that lasted weeks, but during those dark days Jon and Robb had still had one another, and had played together or with their parents or younger siblings, or even Theon when he wasn’t too busy being older than them.
Now, Jon knew that he had not known true cold. Here, at the top of the world, Beyond the Wall, it was cold as death herself. And this was when it was still light for at least half the day, as they were only in Autumn. Before long, true Winter would descend, and all the light would fade.
Through snow, rapidly freezing tundra, and woods with small trees that were already drawing back into themselves for winter, the Brothers marched, along with an increasing number of Wildling warriors. There was hostility between the groups, but no fighting. If anything, the Wildlings were grateful to have the well armed and trained Brothers alongside them.
“Never did like you Crows, but I’d rather have you at my back than one of them,” Ygritte told Jon and Sam. She had been the fiery haired archer that had tried to kill Vanir, but now walked alongside them, even joining Jon and Ghost on scouting missions.
“Aye, I’m starting to think you Wildlings were never the enemy,” Jon agreed.
“Oh, we’re enemies sure enough,” Ygritte told him with a feral grin. But then she sobered, looking over to where a smoldering pile showed where wights were being burned. “But you’re alive. That counts for somethin’.”
Despite the increasing numbers of the undead, and even several encounters with the Others, the band of the living had stayed mostly safe. Wiz had provided large numbers of dragonglass arrows and knives from her shop (Vanir had attempted to charge a modest fee, but Wiz would have none of it) for the mortals to defend themselves. Of course the real defense was Wiz and Vanir themselves.
Growing up with his sisters, Jon had seen odd things, such as their ability to see in the dark, Yunyun’s propensity to make friends with anyone, Megumin’s theatrics and at times odd near prescience, and of course Komekko’s inhuman hunger. He had never seen anything like what either of the immortals could do. Wiz could make ice flow like water, summon a storm from a clear sky, rend the ground asunder, and make an absolutely delicious bear pie. Jon had seen her duel two of the Others alone, and it had been like the time Theon had agreed to duel Megumin; completely one sided and utterly unfair. Wiz had ripped the two beings to shreds in a hurricane of ice shards the size of a grown man.
As for Vanir, he seemed to make a sport of finding new and creative ways to destroy wights and their masters. From opening up a literal portal to Hell in the ground and dragging his victims to their destruction, to sending waves of exploding dolls, to the most bizarre, where Vanir threw red and white balls that imprisoned the wrights. He claimed he would “beat those foolish goddesses in a duel” but what that had to do with imprisoning undead Jon had no idea.
After sixteen days of marching over rough terrain, each of them marked by encounters with the undead, the company encountered Tormund Giantsbane and his scouts another day’s march from the Fist. Instead of attacking, the Wildlings had made themselves known to the Rangers, then came to confer with Commander Mormont and Wiz.
“You’re a sight for sore fuckin’ eyes, you old bastard,” Tormund said, clasping Mormont’s arm. “Never thought I’d be so relieved to see a Crow.”
Then Tormund turned to Wiz, bowing at the waist and looking deeply relieved. “Lady Wiz. We all feared for you when none of our parties returned from your shop. Have you come to help us drive the cursed White Walkers back?”
“Yes. And I have brought a friend as well. It is good to see all my friends making peace and standing together at this time,” Wiz said with a sad smile, clasping Tormund’s mittened hand between her bare fingers. Apparently, as a lich she did not feel the cold. “Would that we could always live in peace.”
“Yes, well, I’ll not trouble the Crows until the spring at the very least. What of your supplies?”
“We’ve provisions for ourselves, and brought what remained at the Lady’s shop,” Mormont said, gesturing to the baggage train and heavily burdened Brothers.
Tormund grunted. “Well, at least yer not more hungry mouths to feed. We’ve too many of those as is.”
“Just how many people have you gathered at the Fist?” Mormont demanded.
“Every last living soul north of the Wall, unless I miss my guess. Every man, woman, child, giant, and more.” Tormund stood silently for a moment, then sighed heavily. “Too bloody few. Perhaps 10,000 fighting men. We’ve sent a good number of those who can’t fight to Hardhome, but we’ve thrice the number of men who aren’t fit to hold a spear with us yet.”
“An army in truth,” Mormont agreed. He looked to Wiz. “Will it be enough, my lady?”
“With Vanir here, I am certain I can defeat the Death Knight I faced,” Wiz said with a bright smile.
“Moi is a Duke of Hell! Pathetic miscreants such as these shoddy constructs are no match for one such as moi!” Vanir laughed, bowing to Tormund with a flourish.
Tormund grunted and shrugged. “I don’t care if you’re a damned Kneeler or one of those southron gods. If ye can fight, yer welcome here.”
As they made their way on the last day’s march to the Fist of the First Men, Jon saw more and more signs of heavy activity. There had been little game on their journey, most of it having fled the coming of the undead or the large group of humans, but now there seemed to be nothing at all. Trees and bushes had been stripped bare of anything that was even remotely edible, and what root vegetables were around for the early fall season had been dug up and taken as well. The ground was churned and muddy in places, and there were blackened areas where fire had been used to ward off wights.
“You Crows must have drawn off the wights, they’ve hardly bothered us the past week,” Tormund remarked as they marched.
“Not all of us wear black, Giantsbane,” Ygritte snapped, glaring at the older man.
Mance glanced at her, then laughed and shook his head. “I suppose yer no a Crow with those tits of yours. How many of you travel with them?”
“Not more than two score,” Ygritte said quietly. “Many took the Crow’s offer of succor in the Southron lands, and few fighters survived the flight to the Witch’s Shop. But those of us that remain will fight for our freedom.”
“Can’t say as I blame those that went south,” Tormund said with a grunt. “I won’t kneel meself, but if it were a choice between that and turning into one of...them...I’d think about it.”
“They shall be kept safe, then sent back North when the danger passes,” Mormont stated. “Save those few who will kneel, and take oaths to serve either in the Watch or the Gift.”
After that, Jon was sent off with Ghost to screen their flanks, and Ygritte tagged along with him, nominally to “Keep an eye on you, Crow.”
“D’you think the ones who went South will be well treated, Snow?” Ygritte demanded of him. “You’re supposed to be some kind of Lordling, what would you do if the Freefolk showed up at your doorstep?”
“I’m just a bastard,” Jon said, though he knew that the Wildlings had no real concept of what that meant. “And right now, Komekko is the Stark in Winterfell. She’d probably put them all to work growing food for the Watch so she didn’t have to send so much in tithe.”
“Komekko? What kind of a name is that? I’ve heard some queer names from you Crows but that takes the-”
The next thing Jon knew, he was on top of Ygritte, his knee on her chest with her flat on her back, a snarl of anger on his lips. “My sister's name is an honorable one. My father named her himself, at the behest of his lady wife in honor of the Goddess Aqua. Komekko is a kind girl, who treats all fairly no matter their station or birth, and has a keen eye for judgement.”
Actually, Jon thought Komekko was a strange name and his sister an odd little girl with a bad habit of tattling unless you bribed her with food. However, while he could make mock of his sister in private with his other siblings, or perhaps Theon, what he would not allow was some stranger to belittle his beloved little sister.
“Well, didn’t realize the bloody lady of Winterfell was your sister. M’sorry, Snow. I want no feud with you,” Ygritte managed to wheeze after catching her breath.
Feeling a bit ashamed of himself, Jon let Ygritte up, giving her a helping hand back to her feet. “Right, well, she is my half sister. A lot of people thought to mock her growing up, even if she was the Lord of Winterfell’s daughter, but I didn’t stand for it then, and I won’t now.”
“I know what it is to stand up for kin,” Ygritte agreed, eyeing Jon appraisingly. “You move fast when you need to, Snow.”
Jon nodded, trying to keep a stoic expression as he inwardly winced at having mistreated a woman so. Not that he hadn’t played roughly with his sisters at times, especially Megumin who thought she ought to be able to wrestle Jon into submission despite him being five years her elder.
Thankfully, the woods were empty and silent, the only animal around being Ghost, though Jon was fairly certain he only partially qualified as a beast.
By sunset, they arrived at the Fist of the First Men. It was a broad hill, about 500 feet high with a gentle slope. However, this position had been reinforced, with work going on to build a stone wall around the base of the hill, and a series of ramparts around it. The trees around the Fist had been cleared for over a mile, both as a source of firewood and building material and to deny the undead and their masters any cover from arrow-fire.
The entire hill was now covered with wooden shelters and hide tents, though the great numbers of the Wildlings spilled out beyond the hill and along the river behind a barricade of sharpened stakes. The fortifications were crude, and Jon wasn’t certain they would do much good against the wights. Several large pyres at the base of the hill showed where attacks had been blunted however, so the defenses had to have some effect.
Jon went with Commander Mormont and the other officers of the Watch towards the gates of the makeshift fortification. To his surprise, several Wildlings raised fists to the Watch in salute, apparently heartened to see more fighters joining them. The real cheers came when they saw Wiz, with cries of, “The Witch lives!” being taken up and spread throughout the camp.
“Technically speaking I don’t,” Wiz told Jon quietly. She had declined a horse, and was walking along beside him. “But I appreciate the sentiment.”
“You give them hope. They know you have ever been a friend to the living,” Jon told her, and Wiz blushed and smiled.
“I try to be. I was never a very good general for the Devil King, but I like to think I’m still a good person.”
As they approached the gates, Ghost suddenly darted forward. He ran up to a low mound just before the base of the hill, a barely perceptible swell of the ground, then looked to Jon. To his astonishment, Ghost let out a sharp bark, the first loud sound Jon had ever heard from his normally silent friend.
“What is it?” Jon asked, hurrying forward.
Ghost suddenly shifted, taking on his human form, which caused cries of astonishment from both Wildlings and the Brothers. Jon ignored them, noticing the look of pain on his brother’s face. Kneekling, Ghost rested a hand on the ground, then on his breast, closing his red eyes and bowing his head. Jon copied the gesture, uncertain what it meant, but it was obvious that this place had some deep significance for Ghost.
“Then the legends are true. There are gods buried here.”
Jon looked up to see Ygritte, who slowly knelt on the other side of Ghost, looking thoughtful. “I didn’t realize your wolf, I mean, that you were his...is he a god?”
Ghost didn’t open his eyes, but he nodded once. Jon spoke for his friend, saying, “He is a Child of the Forest. His mother is Holo the Wise Wolf, guardian of House Stark and the North. And… he is my brother.”
Ghost nodded again in the affirmative, opening his eyes and smiling at Jon. He put his hand over Jon’s, then pointed to Jon’s lips, then his own, making a circling motion.
“You...wish me to speak for you?” Jon surmised.
Another nod, and Ghost rested his hands on the low mound, where Jon guessed an Old God lay buried after some ancient battle with the Others.
“Goddesses of Old, Gods of my Forebears, hear the plea of this son of Winter,” Jon said, remembering prayers his father had taught him in the Winterfell Godswood long years ago. “We ask now for guidance through this coming night. Bring us the heat of Summer to warm us, Steel to ward us, and Strength to keep us against our foes of old. We honor now this ancient one, who gave their blood that Men might live. As you give us strength, so we give you strength.”
Jon took out his dagger, removing one of his gloves, then cutting a shallow gash in his palm. Making a fist, Jon squeezed out a few drops of blood over the old grave, then passed the knife to Ghost, who did the same. Ygritte quickly copied the gesture with her own knife, her eyes very wide as she stole a quick glance at Jon.
Bowing his head, Jon knelt in silence with Ghost for a time. At last, he sensed a change, and looked to see a wolf sitting beside him. He stood slowly, wrapping a bit of cloth about his hand, then putting his glove back on.
He turned to find most of the Brothers kneeling, along with many of the Wildlings, who looked shocked to be doing so.
“Goddesses be good,” Commander Mormont groaned, getting slowly back to his feet. “You keep odd company, Snow. A demon lord, and now an Old God? The son of the Wise Wolf? You Starks are a breed apart.”
“I am just a bastard, Commander,” Jon said, blushing and looking down. “Robb is the true son of Winterfell, not I.”
“I’ll believe that when I see him next to an Old God as well,” Mormont said dryly.
Which was when Vanir ruined the mood with a loud guffaw. “The young wolves have all been given these foolish gods as playmates, this boy is merely the one they picked to send here. They are not so impressive, these young gods. Moi is far older than most of them, even dear old companions such as Hoost and Chomusuke.”
“Oh, they’re here too? Oh, I do so hope I can visit them!” Wiz said with a happy sigh. “But I’d have to go South of the Wall for that. Perhaps I can send letters. I would like to visit all our old friends again.”
“Moi merely look forward to reminding the foolish goddesses of their pathetic natures,” said, gleefully rubbing his hands together.
“Be nice to Aqua. She’s gotten a lot better,” Wiz scolded.
“So it is true, then,” a new voice said, and Jon turned to look as the Wildlings parted for a hatched faced man with deep set eyes and long hair turning to grey, dressed in leathers and furs, and bearing a winged helm under one arm. “The Witch has returned to us.”
“Mance!” Wiz cried, and hurried over to take his hands. “Congratulations! I heard you were made King Beyond the Wall. I’m sure you’ll do an excellent job.”
“You honor me, Witch,” Mance said, bowing his head slightly to Wiz. Then he turned to regard Jon and Ghost, who had planted himself next to Jon, his tail curled about his forepaws.
“It has been long since a god lived beyond the Wall. What brings you here, Child of the Forest?”
“We are here to face the Others, and drive them back along with the rest of the Night’s Watch,” Jon answered.
Mance frowned slightly, stepping past Wiz to regard Jon somberly. “You speak for this god, boy?”
“He is my brother,” Jon said stubbornly. “As he lacks a voice of his own, I would speak for him.”
Ghost nodded once, looking up at Mance with unblinking red eyes.
“I lived once in the land of the Old Goddesses, but they did not seem overly potent to me then. Now I make my camp upon where they are buried. Your kin gave their lives to stop the White Walkers once. Would you do the same, Wolf?”
Ghost let out a single bark, then looked to Jon. “We stand beside the Free Folk, as the gods and First Men did of Old, as the Night’s Watch is sworn to do.”
Mance grunted, then turned to Mormont. “What of you, Old Bear? Does this boy speak for you?”
“Jon Snow is the son of Eddard Stark, and my personal attendant,” Mormont said, coming over to put a hand on Jon’s shoulder. “While he has not the authority to speak for the entire Watch, he speaks true.”
“Well. Then I suppose we should all be grateful.” Mance’s face took on a haunted look. “It is bad, Mormont. The Others come from their frozen lands in numbers greater than I have ever seen. We will need all the help we can get.”
“If it is so dire, perhaps we should consider retreat,” Mormont replied, his tone too low to carry. “The Wall was built to hold back such horrors.”
“We cannot flee fast enough, too many of the young, the old, and the sick would be left to them, and I will not leave them for the Others, nor burn them alive,” Mance said firmly. “We fight here. This is an old place. A strong place. And the Witch and an Old God fight with us.”
“And moi! Always mortals give the foolish gods credit while ignoring the Infernal Realm,” Vanir sighed dramatically, popping out of the ground next to Mance and making the Wildling leader start in shock.
“Ah yes,” Mormont said, a smile creasing his lips. “Vanir, I think you should acquaint yourself with Mance. Did you know, he fancies himself a bard? I am certain you would enjoy critiquing his performance.”
“A bard you say? Why, moi is a music aficionado! Come, moi would hear the quaint melodies of this forsaken land. Tell moi, have you mortals here ever heard of musical theater? Moi has simply been dying for a proper performance of West Side Story. If thou art a bard, Moi has some ideas of how we can put these miscreants to use.”
Mance had time for a terrified look over his shoulder as Vanir put an arm about him and guided the King Beyond the Wall back towards his dwelling, waxing rhapsodic about things that Jon had certainly never heard of.
“Never did forgive that bastard for deserting. Serves him right to suffer the attentions of the Seven Hells for a few hours at least,” Mormont muttered. Then he shook himself. “Come, Snow. I would learn more of your latest revelation. Tell me, do you happen to have one of the Seven hidden in your back pocket? No? A shame. I never worshiped them, but I can’t help but think we could use all the help we could get for now.”
For the next few days, Jon and the Night’s Watch settled into the encampment, making a wary peace while surrounded by Wildlings. They were given a place along the North Eastern section of the lower wall, which they began to reinforce.
Strangely, Ygritte seemed to decide that she was to stay with the Watch, having become fascinated with Ghost and Jon. She spent long hours sitting in silence with Ghost, or talking to him occasionally.
“Never had a god before, but he seems a proper enough one. Doesn’t order you about like I thought a god would,” Ygritte observed one evening to Jon as they returned to camp from scouting at Mormont’s behest.
Ghost wagged his tail, giving a doggy grin as Ygritte scratched behind his ears. For some reason, Jon felt terribly jealous. They were making their way past a wildling cookfire when Ghost suddenly growled, then sprang forward. The Wildings let out an oath when they dropped their pot into the flames, which hissed and sputtered as the stew ran out and snuffed the flames.
“Damned beast, I- Oh! It’s the god-thing. What the bloody hell does the beast want?” the man demanded, then coughed into his fist.
Ghost ignored their anger, sniffing at the stew, the growling again.
“Ghost?” Jon asked, kneeling beside him. “What’s the matter?”
The wolf shifted to his human form, causing the wildlings to sputter and let out more oaths. He ran over to a bag hung from a nearby tent, pulling a handful of grain from it. With a cry, Ghost sprang away, dropping the grain. He made a strange shape in the air before him, and fire suddenly shot forth, consuming the bag of grain and what was spilled on the ground.
“What is wrong with him!?” one of the women around the fire demanded, reaching for a spear. “God or no, that’s some of the last food we have!”
“Ghost does not act for no reason. Where did you get the grain?” Ygritte demanded.
“From those Thenns that came in yesterday. They shared out a few sacks for those of us running low on food,” the man from before responded, then stopped, coughing and hacking into a fist.
Ghost turned to Jon, his hands moving in a sign that Jon had learned. “Bad.”
“Bad? The grain is bad? It’s making them sick?” Jon demanded.
Ghost shifted back to his wolf form and ran off, barking at Jon and Ygritte, who sprinted after them to angry cries behind them, demanding they replace the grain. As they ran, Ghost grabbed another bag of grain in his teeth, dragging it along as he raced to the top of the hill, where Mance was staying along with Wiz and the other Wildling Leaders.
Without pause, Ghost burst into the wooden hut, Jon and Ygrette hard on his heels. Mance looked up from speaking to Lord Mormont, and Wiz glanced up from a ledger of supplies she had before her. Without pause, Ghost ran up to Wiz, planting the bag of grain before her.
“Ghost?” Wiz asked. “What is-” With a sudden cry, Wiz pointed a finger at the grain. “Consuming Flames!”
Everyone piled out of the hut, which was rapidly filling with smoke. Ghost and Wiz were the last out, and they turned, both hurling more fire at the building.
“What in Seven Hells was that for?” Tormund coughed, glaring at Wiz.
“That grain. It was… it was Plagued,” Wiz panted, her skin far paler than normal. “Ghost. Where did you get that?”
“It was in the camp, some people had it, they said some Thenn’s gave it to them,” Jon supplied.
“Oh no,” Wiz whispered, turning to look down the hill, her eyes wide. “Oh no.”
“What? Plagued?” Mance demanded, going red with anger. “That’s impossible. The Plague was the Kinslayer’s doing. It never made it north of the Wall.”
“That was the Plague of Undeath,” Wiz said quietly. “Whoever eats that grain will die. Then rise again, as a servant... as a servant of... They will be bound to the Frozen Throne.”
“Goddesses preserve us,” Mormont breathed as the flames crackled behind them. They turned to look down at the camp, as a crowd of Wildlings ran up.
Half of them were coughing as they did so.
Chapter 35: As Luck Would Have It
Summary:
Eris has some 'splainin' to do.
Chapter Text
Funding for A Storm of Imoutos is provided by Lucky Charms. They’re magically delicious! Now with new Golden Coin marshmallows!
Chapter 34: As Luck Would Have It
Something woke Chris up out of a dead sleep, and she jerked upright, two knives appearing in her hands as she did so. She’d always slept better with a dagger or two under her pillow, and now was no exception. Even if she was in Winterfell. She really hoped no one had discovered the various purses she’d been snagging from the Northern nobles, because those kinds of questions could get real awkward, and she-
“SURPRISE!” shouted half a dozen happy voices, and after blinking a couple of times, Chris realized she wasn’t in the room she was sharing with Brienne. This one was much more opulent, with rich cloth of gold wall hangings, elegant wood paneling and-
“Mom, and um, mom?” Chris managed, realizing her mothers were at the forefront of half a dozen strangers. “What are you…?”
Chris’s mind worked fast, and she soon realized who the six smiling women with her mothers were. It wasn’t exactly hard, seeing as she had seen their pictures everywhere for her entire life, even if they were a tad off.
“Um, Chris, I’d like to introduce you to your aunts,” Eris sighed, gesturing to the beaming goddesses, who were all wearing odd pointed hats and carrying brightly wrapped packages along with what appeared to be a large cake decorated with a silver mask and Eris’ coin. For her part, Ashara Dayne looked vaguely overwhelmed, her eyes glazed over slightly, but she was smiling and had on a strange hat too.
“We brought cake!” said the short busty one that had to be Hestia, even if she was wearing clothes Chris had never seen the like of. “We know it’s not your name day, but we’ve missed so many we figured we had to have one right away!”
“Ohmygosh, Eris, she looks just like you!” Ristarte squealed, coming forward and depositing her box in bright yellow and blue paper with a bow on it atop Chris’s bedsheets. “Why didn’t you tell us? We always tell you when we’re having kids!”
Chris blinked at the goddesses, then looked to her godly mother. “I thought you said I was a secret.”
“Um, well, sort of. Aqua, er, sort of knew about you already, and, well, when she saw you at the tourney…” Eris trailed off, blushing as Aqua came over and placed an odd hat on Chris’s head.
“Naturally, I figured it out right away!” Aqua bragged.
“... It’s been more like two months, ‘Mizu.’ And seriously, that was like the worst disguise ever . At least there are other people who look like me. I’ve never seen someone with blue hair in my entire life.”
“Pfff, no one ever figures out who I am,” Aqua said dismissively. “I’m super good at disguises.”
Chris looked to Eris, who was rolling her eyes behind Aqua’s back. “It’s because no one ever believes she could be an actual goddess, isn’t it?”
“Young lady, behave yourself, or there will be no presents and cake,” Eris threatened, though she had a smile on her face and was fighting back laughter as Aqua let out an indignant squawk.
“I like presents,” Chris admitted. “Just, er, wondering where I am? Where’s Brienne?”
“Oh, we had to take you back to my house for the night. We’re technically not allowed in Winterfell, but-”
The door to the room opened, and a woman who looked an awful lot like one of the Stark direwolves in human form came in. She didn’t have the funny hat, but she did have a package, though hers was wrapped in bark and tied with vines.
“Ah, this is your cub, Eris? She has been traveling with my own. I thought her scent was familiar.”
Chris managed to get out of her bed, and soon found herself eating cake with Goddesses Old and New. Absently, she wondered if anyone had a life as insane as she did, especially as her mothers began to tell the tale of how Chris had been born, with Ashara even managing to speak despite having eight deities around her. For her part, Chris did her best to try and crawl under the table and die of embarrassment.
========================================================================
Fourteen years ago, Aqua and Eris had just finalized their plans for reincarnating the entire cadre of their loyal champions, save for Mitsurugi, who was, is and would always be painfully dull. However, there was one issue: Aqua wanted to include Chris the Thief, and Eris sort of wanted to do the same thing. It had been a long time since she’d incarnated herself as a mortal, something many of the goddesses did from time to time.
Madoka had, in fact, just gotten back from a stint as a mortal woman along with her companions, Homura having taken time off from being the Goddess of Dakka in another realm. They usually sped up time in the universe where a goddess was incarnated, to the point where a decades long life was only a few hours at most in the rest of the wider universe. That way, the goddess in question never missed out on her duties, and everything worked out in the end.
However, they couldn’t very well do that for Planetos, being far from the only active deities, and Eris was running out of excuses as to why she couldn’t simply send Chris down. The reality was, of course, that Eris WAS Chris the Thief, Chris simply being a representation of herself from her time as a mortal woman before her apotheosis. Everyone but Aqua was well aware of this fact, but Aqua had simply never made the connection, as her deductive reasoning was about as finely honed as a blunt crayon.
So, Eris did what she normally did when she couldn’t think straight or had a problem on her mind: she became Chris for a night. She picked Westeros for her adventures, as she did want to do some scouting on the ground to see how things were shaping up. The Goddesses had initially had high hopes for Robert Baratheon as King, but he was rapidly falling short of all of them, save for the fact that he was highly entertaining and an excellent combat leader. Still, the Seven had a strict policy of allowing mortals to determine their own fate, and they had given Robert the Divine Mandate to rule by having the High Septa crown him.
Eris appeared in Oldtown, clad in black and with a silver bandana tied about her face, leaving only her purple eyes exposed. It was just before sunset, and the sun was sinking into the sea, casting gold rays and painting the rooftops of Old Town in glowing orange and purple. Her point of manifestation was in a shrine to her. Not a Sept, but a high place atop an old building out of the wind, with a small bowl filled with gold and silver, along with a few prizes from various jobs thieves had pulled. There was no one to watch the shrine, but it was rarely robbed, and only by utter fools. Her priests of Night’s Fortune would come on occasion to collect the loot, and would see to it that it was put to good use. That could be anything from handouts to the needy, to being used to decorate septs dedicated to Eris.
Just as she appeared, the shrine had been in use, with a woman clad in dusty leathers placing a golden coin in the bowl. She jumped when Eris appeared, her own purple eyes going wide. “Seven Hells!”
“Oh. Hello there, Ashara. Hmm, pulling a job tonight? I thought you had a ball to attend. But I suppose you’d rather rob the Hightowers than marry Gunthor, wouldn’t you?” Eris asked, smirking behind her mask.
“I-” the woman in question swallowed, then pulled off her hood, revealing dark silky hair. “Yes, Lady Eris. I, um, I was just going to ask your favor, and I-” Ashara prostrated herself, and began to babble near hysterically at seeing a goddess suddenly appear before her eyes.
Tutting, Eris knelt down and shook her head. “I’m not here to punish you, Ashara. I’m rather impressed that a noble such as yourself has managed to pull off so many jobs. Stealing Rhaegar’s signet ring at the tourney of Riverrun was a particular triumph. Not bad for a woman from a family more famous for their swordsmen.”
Ashara Dayne’s stream of words halted when Eris spoke, and on hearing the words, a slow smile tugged on her lips, and she looked up. “Well. I think that was a pretty good job, but I have to say that my real triumph was when I swiped Cercei Lannister’s wedding gift of a jeweled pendant on her own wedding night. I was actually a bit worried you’d be upset about that one, as you’ve always favored Casterly Rock.”
“Cersei's a bitch, and she’s woefully impious,” Eris pronounced, and Ashara’s mouth fell open to hear such crassness from a goddess. “Top marks. Tell you what. I need to clear my head, and I was going to pull a job tonight. Actually, the same one you just asked for my blessing on. So, how about it? You up for splitting the haul with Night’s Fortune herself?”
Despite her mainstream reputation as a prim and proper Goddess of Fortune who favored merchants, bankers, and other economic ventures, Eris hadn’t given up her thieving ways. Her old pantheon had been a bit stuffy, but Madoka and the rest of her new friends had no problems with a bit of grand larceny, so long as it was for a good cause, all of them finding gentlemen and lady thieves terribly charming. Even Athena, who could be a bit of a prude.
Thus, Eris was also the Goddess of Night’s Fortune: she who favored thieves, swindlers, confidence men, and smugglers. She was no friend to common thugs or those who killed in their endeavors, but Eris had a fondness for those who robbed from the rich, and gave to the poor. Usually that meant the thieves, as they were invariably poorer than their victims, but Ashara Dayne was special. She stole from stuffy nobles, and kept her somewhat impoverished house solvent, but she did so with style.
“I...how could I say no, my lady?” Ashara said, taking Eris’s hand up and getting slowly to her feet. She cocked her head to one side, frowning slightly.
Eris waited for the inevitable comment about how she was shorter and less well endowed than her typical depictions, and briefly considered kicking Ashara off the roof and into a dungheap. The other woman, however, was better bred and smarter than that, and merely said. “I’ve never worked with a partner before, and certainly not a literal goddess. What do you suggest, my lady?”
“First, for this job, call me Chris. Second, it’s your job, boss. So you tell me what the scheme is. You case the place?”
“Of course, my-Chris. It’s the High Tower, which is located on an island, about 500 yards out into the bay. Normally it’s impossible to get into, but, well, there’s a ball on tonight, and they’re bringing in loads of provisions and extra servants, which means we have a way to get in,” Ashara said as the two of them began clambering over the rooftops towards the harbor, where the flame at the top of the Hightower had just been lit. It was part fortress, part castle, and part lighthouse, and was the most overbuilt building in the Seven Kingdoms, being just under 800 feet tall.
(For those of you reading from home, that’s more than twice the height of the Lighthouse of Alexandria, and just over the height of the Golden Gate Bridge. Westeros: Go Big, or Go Home.)
Before long, Ashara and Eris were down at the docks, and had snuck aboard a skiff poling its way over to the high tower. When it docked, they managed to sneak past the guards at the entrance by picking up bags of vegetables and hauling them inside along with a stream of servants who were bringing provisions in for the ongoing gala that Lord Hightower was holding to find potential brides for his second youngest son. They soon ditched the produce, ducking down side passages and avoiding servants and guards alike.
“This way. Lord Hightower keeps a copy of The Seven Pointed Star that is said to have been authored by the Goddess Ristarte herself as Tiana Arryn, kept in the Tower’s Sept. Though I’m sure you know that already,” Ashara hissed as they hurried up stairs and trap doors, making their way up the tower.
“Oh, he does. Pretty ballsy, stealing from Rista,” Eris mused.
“He’s going to give it to the Maesters. I plan to give the text as a gift to the Sept of the Moon in the Vale. In the name of Night’s Fortune, of course,” Ashara added hastily.
“Is he now? The Hightowers always did favor those grey rats,” Eris grumbled. “Not a big fan of Maesters myself, but Rista insists that they do good work, even if they would be better off just joining her cult.”
Ashara nearly stumbled as they made their way up a narrow servants stair, pausing to look at Eris in shock. “You...you don’t approve of the Maesters?”
“They don’t have the decency to charge for their services!” Eris ranted. “What kind of order of scholars doesn’t put a premium on knowledge? Plus, they’re not a big fan of the Seven. Not a bit of worship from a lot of them. Bunch of uppity mortals if you ask me.”
“I...see. Well. That is most enlightening. But come, we’re nearly there.” Ashara led the way through a few more side passages, having visited the High Tower several times just for the purpose of casing the joint. There was, of course, a Septon on duty, this one a Fortuna Septon, one of the law-abiding members of Eris’s clergy. At least when people were watching.
“It’s your job, boss. What’s the plan?” Eris whispered.
“Well, I was going to try to seduce him, then drop something in his wine to knock him out, but since you’re here…” Ashara’s teeth flashed white in the dim light. “Want to be the Cat, or the Paw?”
“I always love to see a good Cat working. I’ll swipe the book, you just keep ol’ Yancy distracted.”
“You would know his name,” Ashara murmured, then pulled out a rumpled dress from her pack, quickly throwing it over her leathers. Eris noted with amusement that Ashara had to stuff her bust, having a somewhat boyish figure herself, and not helped by the tight clothes she was wearing. When Ashara noticed, she flushed slightly. “Well, I mean, if nature doesn’t give it to you... sometimes a girl has to put a little something extra into her getup, you know?”
“Do I ever,” Eris agreed, thinking of a certain onerous phrase from old Axis Liturgy she’d FINALLY been able to get Aqua to get rid of when they’d changed pantheons.
Now in a slightly rumpled costume, Ashara began to weep, and then stumbled into the Sept. Upon seeing the distraught woman, Yancy looked up from his ledgers (he was a bit of a gambler, but in his old age he was getting boring and gambled on merchant ships instead of cards these days). “Oh! Young lady, whatever is the matter?”
“H-he left me! I found him cheating on me with Myra!” Ashara blubbered, throwing herself at Septon Yancy.
Nodding at the performance, Eris crouched low and snuck into the Sept. It wasn’t hard to locate the book, and the lock on it was pathetically easy to pick even without using a spell. She took the book out, then tossed in a coin for Rista’s trouble. She’d say sorry later, though Rista would appreciate having the book taken under the noses of the Maesters as much as Eris did. Giving a quick nod to the still hysterical Ashara, Eris slunk back out of the Sept, and a few moments later Ashara somehow managed to collect herself, and sniffling, came out into the hall with Eris. The two women grinned at one another, then headed out. They had not gone more than two steps when there was a cry from the Sept, then a shout of “THIEVES!”
“Bugger me blind,” Ashara growled, and turned as Yancy ran out of the Sept. “Coin for the Lady!” she called, and tossed a dragon to the Septon, who snagged it out of the air, pausing in his shouts.
“If you can get away, then you’ve earned her favor. Otherwise, Satella have mercy on your idiot souls!” he told the thieves, then resumed the hue and cry.
“We’ll have to climb down and jump!” Ashara told Eris, pulling out a rope and hook. They dashed to a window, lowering the line and beginning to rappel down the robe, hurriedly putting in some thieves spikes into the stone to prevent the guards from just cutting the rope and sending them plummeting to the sea below them. It was a near thing, but they managed to get to the end of the rope, looking down at the waves below them as guards shouted at them.
“Well, Luck,” Ashara said, giving Eris a grin. “Hope you put the book in oilskin.”
“Of course. And I think I’m feeling lucky tonight,” Eris said with a wink, and the two thieves jumped into the waves below. After a very cold swim, they found themselves at a quay some distance from the tower. Already, drums were sounding, and skiffs and boats were heading for the area to search for the thieves.
Even soaking wet, Eris was actually enjoying herself as she and Ashara clambered back up onto the rooftops, squelching their way back to the manor house Ashara had rented for her stay in Old Town. It was almost like her adventures with Kazuma back in Belzerg, or in other worlds over the years when he’d been reincarnated various times. A small part of Eris regretted that she’d never taken a lover, but honestly not that much. While Kazuma was a good friend, he wasn’t that sort of friend, and Eris had long ago lost any interest in that sort of thing.
Still, as they hopped over the fence and snuck back into Ashara’s rooms, Eris wished desperately she could find a way to have Chris the Thief once more threaten the wealth of nobles. This night had been a blast, and with so many worlds she had to watch over these days, she rarely got the opportunity to simply relax and be a thief. If only she could find a way to split herself, maybe incarnate as Chris and do her duties. Or even better, if she could have a mortal scion, like a twin, or maybe a daughter running around. To do that though, she’d need to take a mortal soul and-
Eris blinked as she stopped in the middle of Ashara’s room, and held up her hands. Within them glowed a bit of her soul. Only...that wasn’t her soul at all. It was a new soul, with a bit of her in it. Almost like a child. It wasn’t quite complete though, it needed something else. Eris wasn’t really sure what, unlike Hestia or Rista she wasn’t in the habit of making new souls (who had certainly gained experience with their husbands) and was a bit fuzzy on the entire process. But what to do with this shard of herself? Eris couldn’t just make it go away. She wondered if she could incarnate it as Chris, that would be-
“What is this, my lady?” Ashara shattered Eris’s thoughts by speaking and stretching out a hand to the glowing soul fragment. No sooner than her skin brushed the glowing light, then Ashara and let out a gasp as Eris felt something drain out of her, even as she was thinking of incarnating Chris the Thief. The next thing she knew, her soul fragment had vanished, and she was feeling a bit exhausted as she sprawled on the ground next to Ashara, who was groaning softly.
“What...what was that?” Ashara panted, shaking her head slightly. “I feel...odd.”
“I…” Eris blinked, then narrowed her eyes. That bit of herself wasn’t gone, exactly, it was just... broken off. Separated from her. And it had gone...right into Ashara Dayne.
Springing to her feet, Eris hovered over Ashara, who was rapidly overheating and sweating, looking dazed as though a flame was burning within her, threatening to overwhelm the mortal woman. That bit of soul was divine in nature, and not something that would mix well with a mortal’s body or soul. If Eris didn’t act fast, it would either kill Ashara, or transform her into something else entirely, likely a divine aspect of Eris, which she really didn’t want.
So, instead, Eris tried to suck the soul back out. Only, she couldn’t, not without simply killing either Ashara or the soul fragment. That felt...wrong. So something else had to be done. A soul couldn’t survive without a body, and this soul needed one, and fast. Hastily, Eris searched for a vessel, one that wouldn’t kill Ashara. She quickly found one. After all, female humans do happen to have a mechanism for producing new bodies, complete with fully attached souls.
“Um, Ashara, don’t take this the wrong way, but, er, I need your help,” Eris said hastily, feeling deeply embarrassed. “You um, you sort of got a bit of my divine energy in you, and it’s trying to consume you. It er, needs a body, and um...and I can give it one, but...you sort of have to do most of the work.”
“Anything for you, my lady,” Ashara breathed, her eyes slightly wild with fever. “I...I feel so strange, what is…?”
“If you accept, you’ll have a Child of Destiny. Er, sort of. It won’t be an incarnation of a past champion, it will, um, well, it will be a bit of me. Sort of like...A copy of myself.”
Ashara blinked, coming to an understanding of what Eris was talking about much sooner than even Eris had. “You mean...you mean you would make me pregnant? But...we’re both women, and er, well, you’re a maiden goddess, and I’m a maiden human, so, er…”
“N-not like that!” Eris stammered, flushing herself. “It would, um, be sort of a...maiden birth. I just...I have to give this soul a mortal body, and, well, you kind of have the mechanism for making a mortal body, and...and yes, I guess you would be pregnant…”
“I accept!” Ashara said, her eyes burning brightly with excitement. “I have always favored you, Eris, and would be honored to-”
“Great! Um, then let me just-” Eris put her hand on Ashara’s abdomen, trying to remember what Hestia and Ristarte had told her about children. In the end, she had to rely on instinct and half remembered things from when she’d been a mortal woman, but she managed to get the soul fragment bound to a rapidly developing vessel. It would take time for the child to be born, as they would have only a divine seed within them, and they would be mostly mortal. But…
“I... I’m going to have a daughter…” Eris whispered. She blinked. “Or, you are? I don’t... I’m not really sure how this works…”
Taking a hand from Eris, Ashara got to her feet. “I’m afraid I don’t know either. This, ah, wasn’t how I was told children are usually made, but… I feel... odd. Better now, but...am I truly pregnant with your child, Eris?”
“Yes, I can sense the child growing within you now. It, um, well, it’s a bit unusual, but, I guess it will be our daughter? She’s got bits of me, but I took your mortal, um, soil, and put my... let’s just skip the metaphor, shall we? You, um, you’ll have a girl in about nine months.”
“I...see. What should I say? Should I run away from home? Travel the land as a roving thief?” Ashara asked, sounding half terrified and half excited at the prospect.
“No, no, don’t run away from home. As for the, um, father, well, since there wasn’t one...I’ll explain things to your family. When you get home. But don’t tell anyone! I’m a maiden goddess, I’m not supposed to, you know…”
“Well, we didn’t you... I don’t think?” Ashara said, scratching her head. “This is very strange. Not that I’m ungrateful! The daughter of one of the Seven...this is like a story of ancient days, from when Ristarte and Seiya walked the land as the Hero King and his wife Tiana! What...what should I do?”
“For now, nothing. When the time comes, I’ll be with you. I’ll look out for you and the child both. I’m not sure what exactly will happen, but...things will work out. I’m certain of it.”
Nine months later, Chris Dayne was born at Starfall. She was a new person, neither Eris nor Chris of old, but her daughter in truth. She had her “mother’s” looks, and mischievous streak, and both Eris and Ashara taught Chris everything she needed to know about being a thief. At the age of 12, she was sent to be a handmaiden for Margaery Tyrell.
Which was also the day that Dawn, the Sword of the Morning and ancient heirloom of House Dayne, went missing. But that’s a tale for another time.
Cast of Characters:
Chris the Thief as: Has Two Mommies. Sort of.
Ashara Dayne as: The Madonna. Except, you know, a cat burglar.
Eris as: Technically still a Maiden.
And the cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as Everyone Is Jesus In Purgatory.
Chapter 36: Reduce, Reuse, Reincarnate
Summary:
Tell me again of the tales of ancient heroes.
And remind me how the hell the ever managed to do anything.
Chapter Text
A Clash of NEETs is part of your complete reincarnation package. Ask about our Isekai Insurance Program!
Chapter 35: Reduce, Reuse, Reincarnate
Winterfell was not built in a day, and the Northern Lords did not simply march off to war the day after Kazuma and Megumin’s wedding. Instead, there were many more days of preparation and planning that had to be conducted. Kazuma and Megumin forced themselves to sit through most of the planning sessions, desperately trying to learn just what the heck all the adults were talking about. At least they had a fairly good basis for understanding the talk of logistics, which Southron lords could be expected to help and which to hinder them, thanks to the years of training as nobility.
A great deal of time was also spent with Kazuma composing letters to the various lords of the realm, to the point that Winterfell’s ravenloft was soon emptied as he dispatched missives to each of the Seven Kingdoms stating his claim to the Iron Throne and demanding the allegiance of the nobility. It was all dreadfully tedious, which was why Kazuma was almost glad when Cecily grabbed both him and Megumin for some lessons.
The manic Septa had given Kazuma a few lectures before, typically when he and Megumin had been caught doing something they probably shouldn’t have, but up until now she had mostly left him alone. A couple days after the wedding though, she collared Kazuma and Megumin and hauled them to the Winterfell Sept for some “instruction.”
“What, we didn’t even do anything this time!” Megumin complained as Cecily ushered them into the Sept. The eyes of all seven Goddesses looked down on them, which made Kazuma gulp slightly. He paused to bow before the statue of Madoka, and wondered if he should give her an offering. She was after all the chief of the Goddesses, and was said to be the chooser of kings.
“More like you haven’t been caught. But this ain’t about that. Come on, the others are waiting in the back,” Cecily said.
“Others? Are you making Yunyun come for this too?” Kazuma asked.
“I’m making every single one of you here come, and Chris too, her mom said she should,” Cecily said, shooing Kazuma and Megumin inside the small study in the septa’s quarters and then shutting the door. Inside the room was rather crowded, with Yunyun, Komekko, Darkness, and Chris all sitting in chairs or on the floor.
“About time, I was getting bored,” Chris opined. “What’s this about anyway, Cecily? I’m not taking any stupid lessons. I got all MY lessons already. I’m just about fourteen, I don’t need them anymore.”
“There is always more we can learn, Chris,” Darkness said seriously. “I am a woman grown now, thanks to Robb, and I-”
Chris rolled her eyes and threw her hands up in the air. “Oh, will you just shut up about that already? You got laid. Big whoop. I don’t show how that changes anything.”
“Well, it gives me a better claim to the loyalty of the Reach if nothing else,” Kazuma said, slumping into a chair. “But what’s up? Why do we need more lessons?”
Cecily wrung her hands a bit, then took off her septa’s headdress. She looked at it a moment, then sighed and set it down. “It’s time to tell all of you who you are. Who we are.”
“What, that they’re the reincarnations of past heroes that my mom and Aqua dumped here?” Chris asked.
“No, that-” Cecily blinked, then glared at Chris, who gave her a shit eating grin.
“What? That’s stupid,” Kazuma declared. “I’m not some ancient hero, I’m just a kid! Well, I mean, I’m also the king, but you know what I mean.”
“No! It is true! I have foreseen it in my dark, terrible visions! I am Saint Sayaka reborn, the Sword Saint of Madoka, she who was mistress of terrible power and battled against all sorts of Witches and Devil Kings!” Megumin declared, jumping up and posing dramatically. “And Yunyun is the reincarnation of Saint Kyoko, and Komekko is Saint Mami and-”
“Yeah, no. That would be... super gross,” Cecily groaned, rubbing at her eyes with her palms and sighing. “Look, you’ve all read the Book of Awesome Things That I’ve Totally Done , right?”
“I like the pictures!” Komekko said helpfully. “Vanir says that Aqua’s kinda dumb though.”
Cecily bristled at that suggestion. “Aqua is not dumb! She’s wonderful, and kind, and-”
“And the one who’s responsible for the Kinslayer,” Kazuma pointed out. “She’s a goddess, but she’s not exactly a genius.”
Cecily wilted slightly at that, and nodded reluctantly. “Yeah, er, that’s... that’s sort of why we’re here.”
“What do you mean, why are we here?” Yunyun asked suspiciously.
“You, me, the rest of the Children of Destiny... we’re here to fix Aqua’s mistake, and stop the Kinslayer,” Cecily answered quietly.
“Are you serious? Are we really Children of Destiny? But the last one of those was-” Kazuma cut himself off, his eyes going very wide as he went pale, unable to say the forbidden name.
“Yes. It was…” Cecily looked around and dropped her voice. “-Arthas Menathil. He was sent by Aqua, but he fell. So now she’s sent us, and the others. We’re here to stop the Others and save Westeros. And, um, kill Kefka too.”
“That is... that is quite the claim,” Darkness managed after a few moments of silence that had even Chris staring at Cecily in shock. “That would explain my odd abilities... but... do you mean to say we were sent by Aqua? But that would mean-”
“I’m the Devil Queen!” Komekko said happily, which made both of her sisters jump and look nervous. “But I’m being good: Daddy said.”
“You can’t be the Devil Queen of Another World, that’s insane!” Kazuma protested. “What would that make me, anyway? You can’t mean-”
“You’re the Adventurer because you’re a stupid NEET!” Megumin said triumphantly. “The Adventurer was a lazy pervert at the start of his journey with Aqua! Just like you!”
“Are you saying... are you saying that we really ARE the Crimson Demon Clan?” Yunyun asked worriedly. “I thought Megumin just called us that because she liked the story about the village of powerful sorcerers, but... but I always did know some magic, and Megumin knows a powerful spell like the Archwizard, and I like to make friends like the Chief of the Crimson Demons, and... oh my.”
“Then I really am the Crusader Darkness! I just... I admired her from the stories I heard as a child and named myself after her, but, but if I really am-” Darkness cut herself off, looking worried. “Um, that is, ah, was the Crusader in Aqua’s tale such, a, um…”
“You’ve always been a pervert according to my mom, but she likes you anyway,” Chris said with a shrug. “I’m not the reincarnation of anyone, my mom just named me after her mortal disguise or something.”
“THEN I TRULY AM THE FOREMOST GENIUS OF THE CRIMSON DEMON CLAN!” Megumin declared, jumping up on top of the Septon’s desk and scattering a large number of papers. “I, MEGUMIN, SHALL ONCE MORE WRITE MY LEGEND IN FIRE AND BLOOD ACROSS THE LAND!”
“Wait, wait, hold on,” Kazuma said, looking deeply concerned. “Are you seriously telling me I’m not, you know... me? That I’m some asshole from another world that just happened to be reborn as a prince?!”
“No, Aqua put us all for a reason. Besides, you know that people reincarnate, or at least you should. You did listen to Septon Larris who taught you back in King’s Landing, right?” Cecily demanded.
“Yeah, he’s like my third cousin or something and I mostly paid attention,” Kazuma agreed, still looking uncertain. “But I didn’t think about it all that much. My mom always made me offer incense to the Seven, especially Aqua, but... but I didn’t think I was actually one of the heroes of legend.”
“Are you kidding?! That’s why we have so many amazing powers!” Megumin said eagerly, grabbing Kazuma by the shoulders, her red eyes burning with excitement. “You’re chosen by the Goddesses to be the King! Stannis doesn’t stand a chance! Everyone will have to bow to you!”
“Er, yeah, about that,” Kazuma rubbed the back of his neck and glanced over at Darkness. “Um, you’re from the North Megumin. Darkness probably knows though. Being a chosen champion of Aqua... that’s not exactly super great news.”
“Aqua has many devoted followers, it is true, but... she is responsible for the Kinslayer, and the Curse of Harrenhal,” Darkness agreed. “It would be unwise to trumpet that Kazuma is another Prince That Was Promised, especially from her. People would think he could bring about another Scourge of the Seven Kingdoms.”
“Yeah, er, we can’t really go telling everyone about this,” Cecily agreed. “But, you did need to know about yourselves. And the others.”
“What others?” Yunyun asked worriedly. “Do they know too?”
“There were children given to each of Seven Kingdoms, born into the great noble houses. Except for me and Riverrun, as I am just a Septa’s bastard daughter ,” Cecily explained. “You three girls were given to the Starks, and I always figured since your mother is a Tully you count for both.”
“Wait, each of the houses? Does that mean-” Kazuma blinked, then grinned. “Dust! Dust is a Child of Destiny too! Oh man, I can’t WAIT to tell him!”
Cecily nodded, forcing a smile on her face. “I think he’s one, yes, Aqua and Eris haven’t been super clear on all of them, but he has the signs. Your cousin, Rain, was given to the Lannisters. You and Lean were born to the Baratheons.” Thankfully, not even Chris noticed the tensing of Cecily’s body, or how her eyes darted away from Kazuma.
“Wait, what about Sylphina?” Yunyun asked. “Who is she supposed to be? She has to be a Child of Destiny too, right?”
“I’m not really sure, but I do know that she is one,” Cecily agreed. “I’ve mostly been charged with looking after you three Starks, and now Kazuma, Darkness, and Chris.”
“Hey! I don’t need some Axis Septa looking out for me! I can take care of myself, thank you very much!” Chris snapped.
Darkness looked at Chris, a concerned expression on her face, but she held her peace. Yunyun, however, spoke up, jumping to her feet, her red eyes glowing slightly.
“W-we have to save cousin Sylphina from Baelish! I-I just know that dirty pervert is going to do something awful to her!”
“Yes! We shall strike down the foul traitor and rescue our fair cousin with our mystic might!” Megumin agreed, hopping down and posing next to her twin sister, a wide grin on her face.
Kazuma nodded slowly, turning to Cecily. “How important are the rest of the Children of Destiny? And how many ARE there, exactly? Is Theon Greyjoy one?”
“Theon?” Cecily binked, then shook her head. “No, it’s his sister, Claire. And, well, I think you’re all important. After all, you’re up against the Kinslayer and the Lord of Light. We’re going to need as much help as we can get!”
“Right…” Kazuma nodded, rubbing his chin. “We’ve all got hidden abilities, right? I never noticed anything about Rain or Sylphina that was strange, but Rain thought I was a pervert because-well that’s not important, and Sylphina is-OOF!”
Glaring at Kazuma after she’d elbowed him in the ribs, Megumin stood over Kazuma, her red eyes glowing with irritation. Yunyun looked angry as well, and Komekko was standing beside her sisters, aping their irate expressions and crossing her arms over her chest. “You didn’t do anything perverted to our cousin, did you Kazutrash?!” Megumin demanded. “She’s sickly you know, she can’t handle that sort of thing!”
“No,” Kazuma groaned. “I never did anything like that to my Little Sister! She used to make me play house with her! I could never mistreat her!”
Megumin paused, exchanging a startled look with Yunyun, but Komekko spoke up, looking intrigued. “You played house with Sylphina? How come?”
“She, um, well, you know she’s kinda sickly, and she would look so sad if I said no, and then Myrcella would pout and- look, I wasn’t king back then, so it was OK!”
“Why, Your Grace, I didn’t know you had such a sensitive side,” Darkness said, hiding her mouth with her hand. Chris was far less polite, sniggering and shaking her head.
“Oh, think that’s funny, do you?” Kazuma demanded. “Well! I have a plan, and YOU are going to help me, Chris!”
“Oh yeah? And what’s in it for me?” Chris demanded, folding her arms over her chest and glaring at Kazuma.
“You get to heroically save my little sister from that asshole Baelish,” Kazuma declared.
“Yeah, don’t care about that. I mean monetarily.”
“Chris! You are to be a noble knight! A knight does as her lord commands, and serves with honor and pride!” Darkness protested.
“Yeah, no. I’m only here because my moms made me. Plus, hanging out in Starfall was super boring. If I’m going to risk my neck saving some kid from danger, I expect to be appropriately compensated for it,” Chris sniffed, sticking her nose in the air.
“How does 1000 golden dragons sound?” Kazuma asked, a sly grin on his face.
That got Chris’ attention. “Well, that sounds OK. But what about expenses? Rescue operations can get expensive, you know.”
“Oh, the crown will cover all your expenses related to this venture. But you have to go and get my little sister Sylphina back,” Kazuma ordered. “I don’t know what the crazy goddesses have planned for us, but either way I want my Little Sister back. We’ll figure out a way to get Lean, Dust, and all those other Children of Destiny on our side later. We’ve got a pretty good start so far, but we’ve gotta be careful. People find out we’re from Aqua and there could be... issues. So we hold off on that. Maybe we could claim we’re from Madoka or Hestia. People like those goddesses.”
“We are not turning our back on Lady Aqua! You met her, you know she’s not such a bad person!” Cecily snapped.
That got the others to look at her in confusion, save for Chris who sighed. “Remember Mizu? Well guess what.”
“Huh? There is no way that blue haired bimbo is a goddess!” Megumin argued.
“She was, um, nice, but, ah... I don’t think she was, er, very smart,” Yunyun said diplomatically.
“That’s ‘cause Aqua’s kinda an idiot,” Chris laughed, only to let out a yelp when Darkness poked at her.
“Chris! Control yourself! You might be the daughter of Eris, but you shouldn’t blaspheme! And, as I am one of the chosen of both Goddesses, I shall allow no one to besmirch their names!”
“Yeah, well, fine. But Mizu is totally Aqua. My mom says that’s ‘Japanish’ or something for Water. And Aqua’s just old Valyrian for Water, I think.”
“It’s Latin,” Cecily sighed. “Not Valyrian. Though the Valyrians did steal several Latin words and the whole ‘marble and togas’ aesthetic from the old scriptures of Hestia and Athena, which you should know. You really need a better education, Chris. And just so you’re aware, your mother has put me in charge of seeing you get it. So before we leave, I guess some language lessons are in order.”
“Right, Ms ‘I-Can-Make-Up-Languages-Whenever-I-Want.’ No one’s ever heard of Latin, that’s dumb,” Chris said with a smirk.
“Actually, Latin is mentioned as the language of the Romans, who were one of the people who worshiped Athena and Hestia. It’s brought up in Balor the Blessed’s ‘Religions of Other Worlds’ as well as High Septon Justice III’s ‘Realms of the Goddesses,’” Kazuma explained. “But yeah, I have a hard time believing that Mizu is Aqua either.”
“She, um, totally was,” Cecily admitted. “That’s, er... that’s why your parents and myself were all panicking. They recognized Aqua.”
“Wait, why didn’t my dad know who she was then?” Kazuma asked suspiciously. “He mentioned bedding Aqua.”
Cecily opened and closed her mouth for a second, then managed, “I know! Let’s ask Chomusuke! She knows who Aqua is!” Dashing over to the door, Cecily ripped it open, revealing Chomuske and Lady sitting at the threshold in humanoid form. “Hey! Chomusuke! Was Mizu really the goddess Aqua?”
“Obviously. I’d recognize that blue haired bimbo anywhere. Why, did Megumin finally figure it out?” Chomusuke asked, poking her head into the room, one of her furry ears twitching slightly.
“You... you’re serious!?” Megumin demanded, going slightly pale. She looked at Kazuma, who had taken on an unhealthy pallor as well. “But, but that means... oh no.”
“I hit a goddess,” Kazuma groaned, looking rather green around the gills. “I’m going to hell.”
“Nah, you’ve been good, I promise not to take you! Plus, Aqua and Eris would get mad and stuff,” Komekko said cheerfully.
Kazuma whipped his head around just as a blushing Megumin and Yunyun both covered their younger sister’s mouth with their hands.
“Don’t listen to her,” Megumin said quickly.
“Yes, um, Komekko, she just says crazy things sometimes!” Yunyun agreed, giving Kazuma a nervous grin. “She has such an active imagination!”
“No, she’s the Devil Queen. I used to work for her before I switched over to the Old Goddesses,” Chomusuke said with a shake of her head. “I blame you for sealing me inside your familiar as a cat, Megumin. Though I can’t be too mad, you at least keep things interesting.”
That got Yunyun to let out a squeak of panic, and Megumin to let out a snarl and launch herself at Chomusuke, who yipped and shifted back to her wolf form to roll around on the sept’s carpet as they wrestled.
“Yeah. We’re DEFINITELY not telling anyone we’re the children of Destiny,” Kazuma sighed as the two girls fought like, well, cats and dogs.
“Are you... are you really the Devil Queen?” Darkness asked Komekko warily. The little girl shrugged, then nodded.
“I think so. But I’m mostly eight. It hurts my head to think about all that stuff. And daddy is back so I don’t hafta be the grownup anymore. I’d rather be a little girl; it’s much more fun!”
“Um, please don’t tell anyone. Just Megumin and I know. Mom and dad... they just think she’s a blessing of the Goddesses like the rest of us,” Yunyun pleaded.
“We’ll look out for the little squirt,” Cecily said, ruffling Komekko’s hair affectionately. “It’s what I’ve done since she managed to bind her first demon and Aqua sent me up here in a panic.”
“Yup! And Cecily taught me it’s bad to eat people’s souls! Unless they’re really naughty. Then it’s OK!” Komekko said cheerily.
“Yeah, um, that would be bad,” Kazuma agreed, rubbing the back of his head. He looked to where Chomusuke and Megumin had come to rest, with the wolf easily pinning the girl to the ground with a large paw as Megumin panted in exhaustion. “And, er, Megumin, you remember you’re queen and stuff now, right? We need to act properly.”
“A true Queen does not allow anyone to direct aspersions towards her, or her family! She fights with honor!” Megumin gasped, glaring up at Chomusuke. In response, her wolf began to lick her face, which made Megumin howl, then laugh at her familiar’s antics.
“Uh-huh. Well, remember we’ve got the coronation tomorrow,” Kazuma said, then glanced at Cecily. “That’s everything?”
“For now. I’ll do my best to advise you, Your Grace, and to help gather the rest of the Children of Destiny. Except for that bitch, Iris,” Cecily sniffed.
That made Kazuma nod slowly. “We’ll have to plan this carefully, or we could end up with a split between the worshipers of Athena, and those of Aqua. Aqua’s popular with the small folk, but Athena’s the war goddess. And we’ll need her blessing too. Come on, Megumin, Chris. We got a plan to make.” Kazuma took the two girls to his chambers, closing the door and glancing at Chris. “Can you put some sort of spell on it so people can’t listen?”
“Sure.” Chris walked over to the door, and opened it, revealing Chomusuke, who was sitting at the threshold. “Anyone tries to listen, bite them, got it?”
The old goddess bared her fangs and wagged her tail, and Chris winked at her before she closed the door. Grinning, Chris spun around to face the less than impressed king and queen.
“What? Sometimes, the best methods are just good ole fashioned ones. I learned to use a lockpick even if I can use a spell. Never know when that will come in handy!”
“I could have done that,” Megumin sniffed. “But anyway, what do you want to talk about, Kazuma?”
“We need to rescue Sylphina,” Kazuma explained. “And, I can’t go do it myself. Neither can you, Megumin, or Yunyun. I need both of you in battle. Your spells could turn the direction of the entire war.”
Though Megumin had looked like she was going to argue, the mention of her spells changing the direction of the war made her puff up in excitement.
“Yeah, well, I know some cool magic too, missy,” Chris muttered darkly.
“You do, but most people don’t know you’re the daughter of Eris. Just Ned, and the rest of us kids,” Kazuma pointed out.
“Brienne too, and Lady Olenna. But they don’t really care,” Chris said with a shrug. “I mostly keep it a secret. It would be a real drag if everyone started following me around like I was some sort of chosen one. I’d never get to steal anything!”
“But I bet you could steal Sylphina,” Megumin said, looking to Kazuma, who grinned and gave her a thumbs up. Megumin smiled and continued. “You’re a master thief, right? You could sneak into the Eyrie, and spirit Sylphina to safety!”
“Well, I mean, I am pretty good,” Chris said nonchalantly, making a dagger appear and disappear in her hands. “But it will cost you. Like I said, a thousand dragons is a good starting point. But I want full looting rights.”
“Go for it. Lysa Arryn is our enemy; she’s with Stannis,” Kazuma agreed. “Anything you can do to hurt her. Now; what will you need for the job?”
“Hmm. Well, much as I hate to say it, I probably can’t go alone,” Chris admitted. “I’m pretty smart and tough, but I do look like a kid still. I can pass for a boy if I have to, and people are usually less suspicious of a boy on their own than a girl, but it’s a long way off. I should take an adult along. Probably Brienne. She’s kinda a stick in the mud, but she’s pretty strong and not too dumb, and she’s good to have in a fight. I mean, she practiced against Darkness, and let me tell you, anyone who can keep up with that freak of nature in a spar has to be something else.”
“That works. You could go as a hedge knight and squire. The Vale has called its banners, and a freerider would be the perfect disguise to get in,” Kazuma agreed. “I’ll write you a letter, so Sylphina knows to trust you. Get her, and get out. And, well, maybe cause a little chaos along the way. Don’t want to make things too easy for Stannis. Ned says some of the Vale lords might swear to me, he’s written letters to them, but it wouldn’t hurt to make Lysa look weak.”
“Yes! Make sure that everyone knows that it was Kazuma and Megumin, the true rulers of Westeros, who sent you, and rescued the fair maiden from great peril! I shall show you how to pose properly, that all might know the glory of the Crimson Demon Clan!” Megumin agreed, hopping up and putting a V sign by her eye.
“Yeah, see, that’s sort of antithetical to the whole ‘stealth mission’ thing,” Chris said, eyeing Megumin with an amused expression. “I’ll do the whole rigamarole if the opportunity presents itself, but we’re supposed to get in, get the loot, and get out.”
“You mean my little sister,” Kazuma prodded.
“That too,” Chris agreed easily. “But you got the money, right?”
Kazuma gave Chris a predatory grin. “Please. I’m half Lannister. And we always pay our debts.”
“Works for me. I’ll let Brienne know. We can head out ahead of the army, and move faster on our own. We’ll need mounts and stuff, I’ll let her figure out all the logistics, she’s good at that,” Chris agreed. “Now. Tell me about Sylphina. How do I get her to come with me? Since I assume stuffing her in a sack and running for it isn’t the best plan.”
“I’ll give you a letter,” Kazuma reminded her. “And, er, you might have to play house with her. She, um, she likes that.”
“Right. Pull the other one. I dunno if you think I like to play house just because I’m a girl or something-”
“I do not ‘play house,’” Megumin sniffed, taking on an imperious look.
“-preach it, sister.”
“Instead, I practice my posing, and unleash my ANCIENT AND MYSTICAL MIGHT UPON UNSUSPECTING FOOLS! For I am Megumin, Foremost Genius of the House of Stark, I mean, Baratheon, and I shall bring low any who doubt my might.”
“Well, you do you,” Chris sighed. “But anyway, I’m not playing house with your ‘Little Sister’ no matter what you say.”
“It’s the best way to get her to like you. She loves to be the mom. I was always the deadbeat dad, or older son who wanted to move away and be a merchant, or something. It happened more than I’d care to admit,” Kazuma explained.
Chris studied Kazuma’s face, then shrugged.“Sure. But playing house is another 100 gold dragons.”
“You get my little sister back, and I’ll make sure you get rewarded, don’t worry,” Kazuma promised. “You just get her to me safely.”
“Sure. But what about Lean?” Chris asked. “I can do her for another thousand.”
“You focus on rescuing Sylphina Arryn,” Kazuma ordered. “Get Brienne and figure out what you need.”
“You got it, boss!” Chris agreed happily, heading out of Kazuma’s chambers.
Once she was gone, Megumin frowned and turned to Kazuma.
“What are we going to do about all this? I mean, if we really are the Children of Destiny…” She licked her lips, shifting uncomfortably. “Talking about fighting horrible demons is one thing, but, actually fighting the Kinslayer and the Lord of Light? I don’t know, Kazuma. I’m worried.”
“Me too,” Kazuma admitted, taking Megumin’s hand. He forced a grin on his face. “But the two of us can handle it! Now, we need to worry about getting the rest of these reincarnators on our side. If they have powers like we do... it could be dangerous. So, here’s what we’re going to do about Lean…”
As Kazuma explained, Megumin’s mood brightened. His plan was complex, crazy, and a long shot. Just the kind of plan that a Crimson Demon would approve of.
Cast of Characters:
Kazuma Baratheon as: Kazuma Sato
Megumin Stark as: Megumin
Yunyun Stark as: OK I think you get the picture.
Cecily Rivers as: The Mad House’s Keeper
And the Cast of a Song of Ice and Fire as stuck on the wheel of destiny.
Chapter 37: King Me
Chapter Text
A Clash of NEETs is sponsored by Burger King. Just don’t try to wake up with the King unless you want an Explosion. And not just the diarrhea.
Chapter 37: King Me
Though recent storms had dusted the ground with snow and the last harvests had already been gathered in, the day of the Coronation dawned bright and clear. The weather was unseasonably warm, and there were even a few flowers blooming in the godswood, despite the oncoming Winter. Unlike the wedding, however, the Crowning would take place within the Winterfell Sept, with only the highest lords and ladies in attendance, as the building was small. It was vital that Kazuma be crowned King of the Seven Kingdoms, which meant he needed to be crowned in the Light of the Seven by a septa.
Which, incidentally, had Cecily in a bit of a panic.
“But I’m just a regular Axis Septa! I can’t crown the king!” she’d argued with Eddard, Catelyn, and Cersei. More than once, actually. Her latest near breakdown was just another symptom of Cecily’s increasingly nervous disposition since leaving King’s Landing.
“You are the favored of Aqua, are you not? Sent by her to guide the children of Destiny. It is appropriate that you crown the king. We cannot hope that High Septa Charity will withhold her own blessing from Stannis,” Cersei had said, drawing herself up to glare down at the shorter septa.
“Cecily, we ask you to do this because you know the will of the Goddesses. Are they opposed to your actions?” Catelyn asked gently, resting a hand on Cecily’s arm.
“Um, well, no, they’re OK with it, but I mean...I...I’m not a hero or something! I’m just their teacher!” Cecily said, wringing her hands nervously.
“You are a hero, Cecily. Your healing arts saved many lives when we escaped King’s Landing,” Eddard had said, coming to stand beside his wife. “And you have a deep connection to the Faith through the New Goddesses. Surely your High Septa will understand our pressing need?”
“Can’t you have someone else to do it? This isn’t like the wedding, anyone can do one of those!” Cecily pleaded.
Cersei shook her head, her lips thinning. “No, to marry the King and Queen is an act that only the High Septa can perform. Yet you did that willingly enough. Why do you balk now?”
“Because...because I know Megumin! And Kazuma! It just felt right to marry them! But...I don’t know. What about Iris?”
At the name of the Stormborn, Eddard looked grave, Catelyn looked concerned, and Cersei Lannister grabbed Cecily by her collar and leaned over her, her green eyes smoldering with rage as she leaned in to Cecily.
“You mark me, Septa. You WILL crown my son and his queen. Is it not enough for you that your own Goddess has manifested and declared him her ‘best bud?’ Kazuma WILL be king, and-”
Cersei cut off, blinking in surprise as Cecily was now pressing herself close to the Dowager Queen, breathing hard, face flushed, and a stupid grin on her face. Cecily managed to swallow and croak out a, “Yeah?”
“You will crown the king and queen. Understood?” Cersei growled, not backing away.
“I, um...yes,” Cecily agreed, her voice rather husky.
“Good.” Cersei pulled away, smoothing out her dress. “Serve my son well, and you will be rewarded, Cecily. He will rule the Seven Kingdoms. No matter what Stannis, dark gods, or mad witches say.” With that, Cersei spun about and stalked out of the room, leaving a flustered Cecily alone with the Starks.
Cecily set about straightening her clothes, humming to herself and peering after Cersei.
“You will do it then?” Eddard demanded, trying to ignore Cecily’s antics.
“Huh? Oh, yeah. Man. What a woman.”
“Cecily,” Catelyn snapped. “Mind yourself. Cersei is in mourning for her husband yet. Do not try your tricks on her.”
“Yeah, yeah. But she’d like it if I crowned Kazuma, right?” Cecily asked absently.
Eddard let out a groan, but Catelyn nodded. She knew how to play Cecily, and had been doing so for years. After all, Cecily was the only teacher who had ever managed to put up with Megumin. As a bonus, she was even fairly skilled as an educator. “Yes, Cecily. Very much so. And she did say you would be rewarded. Just think of how grateful Cersei would be.”
“Right! I, um, I’ll get right on that. Oh man, I hope Charity understands...I’m going to make Rista tell her it’s OK.” And with that particular bit of pseudo blasphemy, Cecily left Catelyn and Eddard alone, thoughts of... you know what, you figure it out. I’m not printing that.
With the other two gone, Catelyn looked to her husband, sagging slightly and resting a hand on her prominent abdomen. The child was yet weeks away, but Bran would be a large child when he came. “Seven help me, Ned. Sometimes I think I should convert to your faith, until I remember that your gods walk among us as our children’s pet wolves.”
“I don’t think they’re pets, my heart,” Eddard said, drawing Catelyn close. “But it is good that Cecily has agreed to the crowning. My own bannermen are not overly fond of the Southron religion by and large, but it will win us allies to have Megumin and Kazuma crowned by a priestess of the New Goddesses.”
“I’m surprised the boy has insisted that Megumin be crowned alongside him. That is not when I would expect from most men,” Catelyn admitted.
“No. But he has a mind for politics. It will win him the loyalty of the North, to have Megumin as his near equal. And, when she displays her talents in the open, it will give the move legitimacy. Though I fear it may cost him some of the more traditional lords in the Vale and Reach,” Eddard sighed.
“Do you think we can win, Ned? I have heard your tales of our daughters’ abilities, but... Edmure has not firmly committed to us. And Stannis seems to have all but the Westerlands and the Iron Islands firmly at his side, even with the Tyrell girl marrying Robb.”
“Stannis’s alliance is a fragile one. He will be accused of kinslaying, even if I do not think he killed Robert. That seems to have been a natural death. And while Stannis is a capable general, he is a man with few friends. Kazuma is unknown, true, but I am not. I have heard from the Royces in the Vale. They are uncertain of their commitment to Stannis through Lysa. She is his widow, but Jon died without a clear heir: Sylphina is sickly and a girl. Harrold Hardyng is seen as a preferable choice to inherit, perhaps by wedding the girl, young as she may be.”
“And if the Targaryens press their claims?” Catelyn took her husband's hands, putting them over her womb as their son shifted.
“Are you worried about Jon?” Eddard asked, feeling a bit of dread in his stomach. His wife had never been fond of their nephew, mostly because she had long thought him Eddard’s bastard. Knowing the truth had softened her attitude somewhat, but the history between them was bitter.
Catelyn was silent for a moment, then asked, “What if we were to reveal who he was? Do you think he would swear loyalty to Kazuma and Megumin? You say they know the truth.”
“He would be seen as an oathbreaker. He is sworn to the Watch now, and he is not the heir of House Targaryen. Viserys is, or failing that, the Stormborn. I know only a little, but the Chosen of Athena is widely respected, even here in the North, for her prowess in battle. If she picks now to press her claim... then our worst fears will be realized. But Jon is not the answer.”
Catelyn nodded, still looking pensive. “I would never have thought we must look to the Lannisters for allies. Yet here we are. You must move soon, Ned. I would accompany you South to speak with Edmure myself, but…”
“Lady and Chomusuke seem firm in their belief that for the health of our child and our bond with the Old Gods, you must remain here, my love. There is still much you can do. Strengthen our ties with Cersei and her children. We won the last war, but failed to win the peace. This time must be different.”
With that, both of them had matters to attend to now that Cecily’s nerves were soothed. Or at least her appetites engaged. The royal pair had to be dressed properly for the ceremony, which to Megumin’s delight and Kazuma’s irritation involved being girded for war.
“How come I can’t wear full plate?! If I’m going to be queen, I should be a knight in armor, like Brienne or Darkness!” Megumin argued as she was dressed in leather and fur dyed in yellow and black to befit her new house.
“Because it would take too long to outfit you with plate, Megumin,” Yunyun informed her as she and Lady helped dress the new queen, the servants having been mostly chased away when Megumin started waving about her sword in excitement earlier. “Plus, this is much prettier.”
“I don’t want to be pretty, I want to be a knight! And since I’m the queen, people have to do what I say!” Megumin argued.
“If only that were true,” Cersei said as she stepped into the room. Eddard and Jaime were seeing to Kazuma, and the king’s dressing room was no place for a woman, especially not his mother.
Megumin flushed at the dowager queen’s words, looking down. “Well, maybe if you had full plate they would have.”
“Mayhaps. At least Robert might have been more interested in me,” Cersei said, coming over to Megumin. She reached down, adjusting her thick boar’s hide mantle. It looked a bit oversized on the younger woman, but it did help make her look larger which Megumin heartily approved of.
“Do you think... Kazuma will be a good husband, right?” Yunyun asked, rubbing her hands nervously.
“He’d better be, or he shall taste my blade,” Megumin declared darkly.
“I like Kazuma!” Lady giggled, standing from adjusting the straps on Megumin’s boots. “I think he’ll be a good husband. And don’t worry, Chomuskuke will bite him if he’s not!”
“He usually does a good job,” Chomusuke agreed, idly leaning against the wall and examining her claw like nails. “And if not, well, you do remember how to cast Explosion now, right?”
“Of course! Um, mostly. But for Kazuma, I would make it only a small one. He’s not too bad most of the time,” Megumin said, giving Cersei a smile.
The Dowager Queen returned the smile, bending down to kiss Megumin on the forehead. “I think you shall do quite well, daughter. My son has a good heart, but needs someone to motivate him. Just beware your small clothes. And make sure he ceases that habit.”
“I’ve already warned him what will happen if he tries that again,” Megumin said, her red eyes flashing dangerously.
Cersei sighed and shook her head. Privately, she wondered how her son had ended up so much like Robert. Perhaps the boy had tried too hard to emulate his “father.” Still, it was for the best, and she managed to nod to Megumin.
“You will be a wonderful queen. When I was a girl, I was told that one day, another queen would come, younger and more beautiful than I and take my place. For many years, I feared that day, but now that it is here, I am glad. You will be a better queen than I, Megumin, and more beautiful as well.”
“You think I’m beautiful?” Megumin blurted, going as red as her eyes. “N-not even Kazuma has told me that…” She glanced down at her own bosom, then at Cersei’s much fuller figure.
“Breasts do not a beauty make,” Cersei said with a smile. “And you are young yet. I did not fill out until I was fourteen. Until then, I was a stick of a girl. Ask Ser Jaime, he will confirm it for you. As for my son... he is young yet to think of beautiful women, despite his proclivities. But I shall remind him a woman likes to be complimented.”
“What was your secret?! Did you drink lots of milk?! Is there some magic potion that gives you great big-”
The door opened, and Megumin cut herself off as her mother entered the room. However, the way she had been holding her hands and both her and Yunyun’s expressions told Catelyn everything she needed to know about what her daughter had been asking about.
“You are not yet a woman grown, Megumin. Give it time. As for today, you look every inch a queen,” Catelyn said as Cersei stood.
“She is a beauty already. In time, she shall make men weep,” Cersei agreed.
“Probably because she kicked them in the balls,” Chomusuke drawled, making Yunyun and Lady squawk and Cersei and Catelyn develop a sudden cough, while Megumin grinned wickedly.
“Yes! I shall be both a beauty, and a fearsome warrior! For I am MEGUMIN! FOREMOST GENIUS OF HOUSE STARK. Um, I mean, Baratheon.”
“It took me some time to recall I was a wolf and not a trout,” Cateyln managed, dabbing at her eye.
“Yes, well, mom, Cersei told me this INCREDIBLE dark prophecy!” Megumin declared as her mother began to usher her towards the sept. “She said I was going to be beautiful, like her, and you! And since you both have-”
“Megumin!” Yunyun gasped, hurrying forward. “T-that’s not-Cersei said there’s more to beauty than that!”
“Easy for you to say!” Megumin huffed. “You-”
“Lady, Chomusuke, will you take my daughters to the sept. Cersei and I will be along in a moment,” Catelyn said. “Try not to let them get into a fight.”
“I know a paralysis spell,” Chomusuke said, coming forward and grabbing Megumin. “Come on. You’d think you’d get over this eventually, but it's the same way every life. Just relax. Kazuma likes women with-”
Whatever Chomusuke had been about to say was censored by Catelyn pushing the door closed. She turned to Cersei, looking worried and a bit angry. “A prophecy? About my daughter? From who? A Fortuna?”
“It was about me, and...no,” Cersei admitted. She looked slightly guilty, but then continued, “A witch. We called her Maggie the Frog. She was Esossi. Now that I am older and wiser, I think perhaps she was one of the Red God’s priests, or had been. She fled one day when some of the Faith Militant came looking for her. But her fortellings were as good as a Fortuna’s, most of the time.”
“What was the Prophecy? If it concerns my daughter, I would hear all of it,” Catelyn said, stepping close and lowering her voice.
Cersei licked her lips. “I would be queen. And another would come, younger and more beautiful, to cast me down and take all that I hold dear. Once I feared it, but... now I think perhaps it is coming true. Megumin shall take what I hold most dear from me: my son. But I give him willingly.”
“I see.” Catelyn let out a long slow breath. “The Lord of Light is fickle and wicked, as we all learned in the septs. His words are twisted and evil. He sought to turn you against us.”
“Yes. It is fortunate I have seen through his lies. I hold Megumin no animosity,” Cersei said smoothly. Catelyn nodded, then opened the door. Together, they walked towards the sept, talking of their hopes for the future.
Cersei very carefully did not mention the rest of Maggy the Witch’s prophecy: That she would outlive her children. And that she would die by the hands of the little brother. She caught sight of Tyrion, walking with Kazuma’s party towards the sept, and forced herself to smile. She would ensure that particular part of the prophecy did not come true. She’d killed before. Filiacide would be a first, but for Tyrion, she’d happily learn if it would save Kazuma.
As for Kazuma, he was striding along, sweating despite the cool air and trying to look kingly. He absently rubbed at his face, wondering when he’d grow a beard like Robert had. He tried puffing out his chest and strutting like Jaime did, then glanced at Eddard, who lacked the confident swagger of Kazuma’s supposed uncle, but his calm, serious air gave him a presence that other men lacked. When Kazuma tried to look dour, he heard a laugh, and glanced over at Tyrion, who was grinning at him.
“Nephew, if you insist on strutting like a cat while looking as though you’ve been sucking on a lemon, you’ll frighten poor Septa Cecily away before she ever places your crown upon your head.”
“Sorry,” Kazuma muttered, slouching slightly and running his hand through his blond hair again.
“Don’t apologize! You’re the king! You’re supposed to scowl and tell me you’re doing it on purpose,” Tyrion said in a mock serious tone.
“Leave the poor lad alone, brother. He’s got enough on his mind today,” Jaime said, scowling down at the dwarf.
“It’s OK,” Kazuma said, managing to crack a grin. “He’s just trying to cheer me up. I dunno, I thought after the wedding I’d be fine, but…”
“It is good you take your duty so seriously, your grace,” Eddard said. “To be king is a weighty duty.”
“Just be sure you don’t end up as weighty as your father,” Tyrion advised, which did get Kazuma to chuckle.
Then he paused, looking around at his three father figures. “You think...you think I’ll really be a good king?”
“I know you will, Kazuma. It will be nice to serve a man I can be proud of for a change,” Jaime said, giving him a smile. “Having to cover for Robert’s indiscretions against my own sister was... difficult. As for Aerys, well, the best thing I can say about Robert is he never tried to sacrifice his own people to the Red God.”
Kazuma nearly tripped over his cloak he stopped so quickly, while Eddard and Tyrion’s heads snapped around.
“Aerys did WHAT?!” Kazuma demanded, whirling on Jaime.
“Ah. I suppose I should tell you, your Grace, as I did Robert when he became king. But, Aerys Targaryen planned to offer all of King’s Landing as a sacrifice to the Lord of Light by using Wildfire to immolate the entire city. When I learned of it...That was when I killed him, and the Red Priest who served him. I know I broke my oaths to do so, but I also swore oaths to the Seven Goddesses. Sometimes… you must choose which promises to keep.”
Jaime shifted nervously as the three other men gaped at him. The scene was interrupted when Megumin stormed up and grabbed Kazuma, spinning him around. “Do you think I’m beautiful!?”
“I…” Kazuma swallowed nervously, but did manage to see Eddard unfreeze. The older man was nodding and mouthing “yes,” so Kazuma managed, “Yes, of course. You’re the most beautiful queen in the entire land.”
That was when Kazuma saw his mother coming down the hall. He went red as Megumin smirked, but he took a deep breath. “I, um, I mean that. S-sorry, mom. I mean, you’re pretty and all, but...I think Megumin is way cuter than you are.”
“That is only appropriate,” Cersei agreed, looking rather amused. “Come. It is nearly time. We would not wish to be late to your own crowning.”
Kazuma took the lead with Megumin at his side, but glanced back at Jaime. There had to be some way to use the knowledge that mad Aerys had been in cahoots with the Red Priests. Especially if Iris Targaryen was going to start pressing her own claim, but he didn’t have time to think about that.
A carpet of flowers and grass had grown between the Winterfell Keep and the sept, helpfully provided by Lady and Yunyun. The display of magic had shocked a number of people, from servants to nobility, as the Old Goddess and her partner had chanted spells and caused the churned earth to bloom and grow in minutes. As it had been Yunyun who had done it, however, most of the residents of Winterfell had just decided that Yunyun had made friends with the very earth itself, which was now blooming in thanks. This actually wasn’t that far off the mark, as Yunyun and Lady’s particular brand of growth magic did involve communing with earth spirits, which of course meant Yunyun had made even more friends.
As Kazuma and Megumin walked towards the Sept, various soldiers, servants, and minor nobility knelt by the path. Ser Barristan and the remaining Kingsguard fell in behind Kazuma. Their ranks had been thinned with the deaths of Ser Mandon and Ser Greenfield during the flight from King’s Landing, but two new recruits had joined them: Brienne and Lyra Mormont. Kazuma had thought it a brilliant stroke both for Gender Equality and to show his appreciation of the Northern houses to appoint Lyra, while Brienne was a natural choice after her victory in the Hand’s Melee.
Once in the Sept, Kazuma came to a stop, looking down the aisle to where Cecily and several other septas and septons waited in their formal robes. He swallowed, feeling nervous and uncertain. This made becoming king seem all too real. Was this a good idea? Should he wait until he had the Iron Throne?
Then Kazuma felt a hand grab his, and he looked over at Megumin, who smiled at him. She looked a bit paler than usual, even her typical exuberance dampened for the moment. Together, the two of them knelt on the steps before Cecily, who began the ceremony.
“We are gathered here, in the Light of Goddesses Old and New, to Crown Kazuma Baratheon, the First of his Name, King of the Andals, the Rhoynar, and the First Men, and with him his Queen, Megumin Baratheon, as Protectors of the Realm, granted this mandate by the will of the Seven Goddesses.”
As Cecily spoke, there was a gasp, and Kazuma and Megumin were bathed in rainbow light, the very air shimmering slightly. For a moment, Kazuma thought he could see Mizu and Chris standing behind Cecily, only for them to vanish. He blinked, realizing that had to have been Aqua and Eris. He swallowed, and did his best to say his oaths, starting with, “I, Kazuma Baratheon, Swear to uphold the Laws of the Realm, to be the mortal ruler of the realms of men by the will of the Goddesses…”
The ceremony was long and complicated, even though it was held in the tiny Winterfell Sept instead of the traditional Great Sept of Balor. At the end of it all Cecily placed the crowns upon Kazuma and Megumin’s heads, worked in gold and silver in the shape of stag antlers and swords. Everyone knelt to the new rulers of Westeros.
Which was when both of them popped up and pulled on their eye patches.
“BEHOLD! WE ARE KAZUMA AND MEGUMIN BARATHEON, RULERS OF THE SEVEN KINGDOMS AND CHAMPIONS OF JUSTICE!”
By this point, everyone somewhat expected this display, though Yunyun and Komekko cheered loudly and enthusiastically. Even better, Jon Umber was heard to rumble, “You know, I quite like this Southron King. Really understands Northern Culture, he does.”
Thus was it that the reign of Kazuma and Megumin began, and the deadly Chuuni Disease took deep root in the North.
After the crowning there was, of course, a parade through Wintertown for all the troops to hail their new king. This time there were plenty of cheers for both Kazuma and Megumin, as well as shouts of “DOWN WITH STANNIS!”
After that, there was time for one last great feast before the host departed South. This time the feast was held outdoors, thanks to the unseasonably warm weather (which had Chomuske and Lady looking somewhat smug). Kazuma did his best to schmooze with the various Northern nobles, even as torches had to be lit thanks to the rapidly shortening days. Some of the Northern lords seemed to imbibe just a bit too much in their celebration of the new king, including Lord Cerwyn.
“All I’m saying is, the Starks seem to be looking to the South for their sons and daughters of late,” Medger said just a bit too loudly to lord Karstark. “I hope that the Starks haven’t forgotten they are of the North. Can’t let our blood run too thin.”
“Are you disparaging my bride, Medger?” Robb growled, whirling as his eyes glowed yellow in the dim light.
“Oh, I wouldn’t dream of it,” Lord Cerwyn sneered. “She’s far too delicate of a lady.”
“What?” Darkness said, blinking and coming to stand beside Robb, who she was still a few fingers taller than. “Delicate? Me?”
“You’re pretty enough, Lady Stark, but you lack the fire of a real northern woman, like my Jonelle,” Medger said with a shrug. “I don’t begrudge a man a pretty wife, but you’re no match for a true Northman.”
“She saved my life, you oaf! I should-” Robb snarled, but Darkness put his hand on his shoulder.
“My Lord husband, I request your leave to challenge this fool to a duel to defend the honor of House Stark!” Darkness growled, sounding nearly as feral as Robb had.
“You seek to have me beat your wife for you, Stark? Perhaps you deserve this Southron fool,” Medger laughed.
Robb growled, his teeth lengthening, and Medger jerked back, but Eddard stepped forward, resting a hand on both Darkness and Robb’s shoulders. Robb slumped while Darkness wilted, both looking guilty. “Yes, father, I know, I should-”
“Lord Cerwyn, are you too frightened to answer this knight’s challenge? Or had you not heard that Robert knighted my daughter in law?” Eddard said in a loud voice.
“I place no value in these Southron knights. We killed enough of them the last time we went south,” Cerwyn laughed. “Ned, you would really-”
“Answer me, Medgar. Do you refuse this knight’s challenge?” Eddard repeated. Robb looked a bit baffled, but Darkness was looking positively eager.
“Fine! But don’t blame me if I leave the fool girl bloodied!” Lord Cerwyn declared, and everyone began to step back.
“Try not to kill him,” Eddard said quietly to Darkness. “It will be good to show my lords that you are no blushing girl, but having one of my lords dead on the eve of our march south would be an ill omen.”
“And don’t get off on it,” Chris hissed, appearing next to Darkness and making both her and Eddard jump in surprise, though Robb seemed to have known she was there. “You’ve got to impress these idiots, not make them think you're a pervert!”
“Chris, please. That’s what Robb is for. He is able to satisfy my every need. Though I will not deny I shall enjoy this,” Darkness said, and ripped her gown with a swift motion, kicking off her shoes, and catching the sword that Brienne tossed her. “And I shall try not to kill him. Even if he is very rude.”
Darkness and Medgar squared off, only for Kazuma to interrupt the duel. “My lords! This duel seems mightily unfair to me! It displeases my queen and I.”
Lord Cerwyn sneered, until Megumin piped up, “Yes! It’s hardly fair to have just one man fight Darkness. He’s not even in armor. Cley! Pick up your sword and help your father. He should not stand alone.”
“My Queen!” Cley protested. “Two on one is hardly fair.”
“I agree it’s not sporting at all,” Tyrion called. “Lord Harrion, would you be willing to take arms to aid your fellow Northmen?”
Harrion Karstark looked surprised, glancing to Eddard and his father for confirmation.
“I think it would even the odds somewhat,” Eddard agreed. “Harrion, Cley, stand with Lord Cerwyn.”
The two younger men dubiously drew their swords and moved to stand by an incredulous Medgar. There were mutters of shock and disapproval from the crowd, until Dacey Mormont burst out laughing.
“I’d offer to help you, Lady Stark, but I doubt you’ll need anything but assistance finding these fools teeth when you’re done. Try not to ruin Harrion’s face: I’m somewhat fond of it.”
That was when Medgar looked at Darkness, and realized her face wasn’t flushed out of fear: She looked positively delighted. He dimly recalled hearing something about her fighting in a tourney, and winning, as well as saving Robb from someone called “The Mountain.” He had just enough time to realize that he had, perhaps, made a slight error in judgement, when Darkness charged.
She didn’t bother with using any of her rather unique abilities, or even her borrowed sword. She just ran straight at the three men, a delighted grin plastered on her face. In shock, Harrion brought his sword up in a move that should have run Darkness through, only for there to be a loud snapping sound as the blade shattered on her sternum. Darkness’s blade, however, did not snap as she slapped the flat of it into Harrion’s side, sending him flying into a table with a loud crash.
Shocked, Medgar slashed at Darkness’s side, but his sword simply cut her dress, then bounced off her skin. His last conscious thought for the evening before Darkness headbutted him was that there was no way she could have on plate with such a thin garment on. Then Darkness broke his nose, and Medgar collapsed.
At seeing his friend and father dispatched nearly in an instant, Cley decided to take things seriously. He tried to dance away from Darkness, his blade flicking out to take her in the shoulder. At seeing this, Darkness eagerly threw her shoulder into the path of the sword, breaking it and putting another hole in her dress. Cley held up his shattered weapon, a dumbfounded expression on his face, which remained when Darkness’s fist shot out and caught him in the stomach. With a dry retching sound, Cley fell to the dirt atop his father, unable to breath.
“I, um, I don’t think I killed them?” Darkness said into the stunned silence.
“Oh Seven Hells, I leave you all alone for five minutes and you’re already knocking people about!” Cecily cried, darting out of a dark alcove and adjusting her robes as someone giggled in the darkness behind her. She hurried to the defeated lords, muttering a few spells. A moment later she stood, shaking her head and dusting her hands. “Well, they’ll live, but they need rest. Be more gentle, Darkness. You’re lucky you found a husband as durable as you are. Otherwise you could get in serious trouble.”
With that, Cecily hurried back to her dark corner, leaving Darkness panting and looking slightly disappointed. Eddard Stark, a neutral expression on his face, turned to the flabbergasted lords.
“Does anyone else doubt my wisdom in choosing a bride for my son?”
No one moved, until Robb grabbed Darkness and pulled her into a kiss. “You were amazing.”
“I...I did try not to kill them,” Darkness panted. “I do enjoy, um…” She looked to Eddard Stark, then mimed a yawn. “I’m tired. What about you?”
“Tired of this feast,” Robb agreed, and the two love sick nigh-invulnerable idiots hurried off, hardly able to keep their hands off one another.
“Well, Stannis is fucked,” the Greatjon laughed. “A queen who can blow up a ship, and a lady who can’t be harmed! I almost feel sorry for the bastard!”
At that, the party resumed with wild abandon. What could possibly stop them now? They had a good feeling about this.
Cast of Characters:
Kazuma and Megumin as: The Royal Chuuni Brigade (just imagine the children…)
Cersei as: Only slightly evil.
Eddard and Catelyn Stark as: Not the parents you deserve but the parents you need.
Robb and Darkness as: Lifetime sentence to horny jail.
And the cast of A Song of Ice and Fire as having a disease, and the only cure is more moe.
Chapter 38: Chapter 38 Carnival of Horrors
Chapter Text
Brought to you by Cirque De Kefka. You’ll die laughing!
For the past week, Viserys had been able to watch as the armies of the Red God crept closer to Meereen. The massive nightfires they had lit hadn’t made it terribly hard to do so. Now, however, the Night Fires were no more than ten miles distant this night, and Viserys stood trembling on his balcony, looking out at them.
“You don’t need to be scared, Big Bro. I’ll protect you. I’ll protect everyone.”
Viserys spun to find Iris walking up to him, dressed in a tabard and wearing soft soled leather shoes. “Little Sister I-”
“You are scared, aren’t you Viserys?” Iris asked, looking up at him for a moment, then out at the flames of their enemies. It was a vast, sprawling army, with thirteen huge blazes out before them. Viserys imagined he could smell the roasting meat of the human sacrifices he knew had been offered, and were being offered even now.
“We should flee, Iris,” Viserys said, turning and grabbing his sister’s hands. He felt near panic, his heart fluttering in his chest. “We...we could be wed! Just, come away with me! We flee out a postern gate, make for the Free Cities! Away from that! They burn people, Iris! I know you’re immune to the flames, but-”
“No.”
Viserys paused, licking his lips. “But, haven’t you always wished to wed me?”
“I thought I did.” Iris turned away, pushing away Viserys’ hands. “I thought you were the true king, Viserys. That we should beat up Robert and you should be king. But you’re not acting like a king. You’re acting like a coward.”
For the first time, Viserys looked at his little sister, and realized she wasn’t a child anymore. She wasn’t a woman grown, not yet. She was only fourteen, but already she was becoming a woman, her body changing. She was taller now, though still somewhat on the short side, coming up only to Viserys’ shoulder. But she was well muscled despite her slim figure, and she had an air about her, something that made you stop and listen. Though that could just be her ability to headbutt dragons into submission.
“But I, then... am I not your Big Bro anymore?” Viserys asked, daring to feel hope.
“No, you’re still my Big Bro,” Iris said, leaning forward and resting her chin and arms on the railing. “But I don’t think I could marry a coward. I used to think you were strong, and brave, like a king should be. But you’re not, are you?”
Joy surged through Viserys. He was free! Free of this curse! Iris didn’t want to marry him! “No, I’m not.”
“Well. Then I’ll just have to make you brave. Then we can get married!”
Horrified, Viserys looked down at Iris, who was grinning broadly up at him. “What?!”
“Yep!” Iris straightened and clapped her hands, and attendants flooded into Viserys’ rooms. “We’re going to make you armor, Big Bro! Just like Rhaegar had! He was brave! You can be like him, and fight beside me tomorrow when I go out and blow up all stupid Kefka’s followers!”
“B-blow up?” Viserys stammered as servants began to dress him in mail and plate.
“Uh-huh. I’ve been training with Commander Connington and the Faith Militant! I can use a lot more spells than just Sacred Sword Technique now.” Iris turned to Viserys, looking hurt. “You never train with me, Big Bro, and you never ever noticed I learned more magic.”
“I, er, well, you see, combat isn’t really my ‘thing.’ I’m, ah, more of a tactics and strategy sort of individual, and-”
“Well, what do you think our plan for the battle should be, Big Bro?” Iris demanded, stepping forward as the servants retreated, Viserys now dressed in his armor.
“Er, um, well, if retreat is out...you should use your dragons?” Viserys ventured.
Iris gave him a thoroughly unimpressed look, her eyes half hooded. “Uh-huh. And how, exactly, should I employ my aerial assets, Big Bro?”
“To, er, break up the enemy’s' formations? Maybe?”
“The dragons will be used to destroy the enemies’ siege engines and to sweep the base of the wall in case the enemy tries ladders,” Iris said, sounding hurt and disappointed as she turned her back on Viserys. “There is a strategy meeting at first light. You should come, Big Bro. I won’t make you, but you WILL participate in the battle. As Kings should. I’ll have the Brothers cast Valor on you so you can be brave, too.”
Viserys did not sleep any more that night. He was far too busy having a panic attack. It was sort of nice, actually. He’d been quietly putting off having a panic attack for years. It was almost liberating to get it out of his system.
Aside from the fact that his little sister was definitely going to get him killed in the morning.
Then again, it might actually be the only way to get rid of this curse that kept hanging on him.
Before dawn, Viserys found Ser Jorah, who looked as though he’d slept quite well despite knowing perfectly well there was an army of monsters, wizards, insane cultists, and slave soldiers close by. And then there was the one the Red Priests had brought too.
“Ser Jorah! Have you heard of what my sister is doing?!” Viserys demanded as he hurried up to the knight.
Ser Jorah paused, eyeing Viserys. “I have not, my Lord. What has her Grace done?”
“Look at me!” Viserys cried, gesturing to the plate he was encased in. “She’s going to make me fight in the battle!”
“Viserys. You are a man grown. The Queen is a maid of fourteen. Are you such a coward you would not fight beside her?”
“Oh don’t give me that! We’ve seen Iris take a crossbow bolt to the back of the head, and the only thing it did was tickle her! That happens to me, and I’ll be dead!” Viserys snapped, grabbing Ser Joraha’s tabard and pulling himself close to the larger man. “You have to talk sense into her! I’m not an indestructible vessel of the goddesses, I’m just a man! Flesh and blood! And those Red Priests want to BURN me!”
Ser Jorah roughly brushed Viserys’ hands away. “They want to burn this entire city, and her Grace wishes to save it. Would that you were man enough to take up steel in the service of honor as she does.”
“Look, I’m all for saving people, just as long as I don’t get killed doing it! Please, Ser Jorah, I’ll do anything for you! Give you my sister’s hand in marriage, make you rich, I’ll-”
Ser Jorah’s hand hit Viserys like a blow from the Bear that he was, and Viserys spun once, then staggered to a knee, his head ringing.
“Do not presume to bribe me. Her Grace shall marry as she sees fit to serve the Goddesses and the Throne. As for riches, all that I desire is to serve the Queen. I was a man without honor, without anything to my name but a sword. But now, I have something. I have her. And I will serve Queen Iris Stormborn until my dying day. She has given me everything. The least I can give her is my life.”
Then Ser Jorah turned and strode away, his armor clanking against the stone floor. Viserys rubbed his cheek, tears coming to his eyes. How was he going to get out of this?
Spoiler alert: He wasn’t.
After Viserys was hauled out of the cellars half an hour later, Iris placed him under the care of the absolute last individual aside from herself that Viserys would have wanted: Belzerg the Dragon.
“We’re friends, right?” Viserys babbled to the great black beast, clinging desperately to its neck.
Belzerg’s long neck whipped around, and his great golden eyes peered at Viserys. The dragon snorted out a bit of flame as if in amusement. Could he understand Viserys? Viserys wasn’t certain about that, but he figured it didn’t hurt to try.
“Look, why don’t we just fly away? I’m sure we can find some helpless village or something for you to burn. You just drop me off somewhere safe, far from here, and we’ll be away from my sister forever! Please, you have to help me!”
The dragon actually rolled his eyes, then turned around to focus on his mother. His annoying uncle was just something Belzerg would have to deal with. Family: you couldn’t live with them, and if you devoured them your mother would hunt you down and use your skin as a throw rug, or something equally dire. Not that Belzerg had any intention of running away from an all you can eat buffet like the one on offer today. Surely his mother wouldn’t mind if just a few of those tasty humans were eaten?
Bother. This was why she had saddled Belzerg with Uncle Worthless. He was there to make sure Belzerg didn’t even get to eat any humans! Oh well. Perhaps they had a few horses no one would miss.
“Today, we defeat the armies of Kefka, Red God and false Lord of Light!” Iris declared to her followers, standing up atop the gatehouse above the inner wall of Meereen. “We will destroy their wicked monsters, and make this city free! We shall not allow anyone to be offered to the flames, for the Goddesses have declared that all should live free! And we shall do so in the name of Athena!”
Part of Viserys was slightly hurt that Iris didn’t tack on a “and my Big Bro” for her little speech, but another part of him was relieved. He also relieved himself when Belzerg launched into the air, soaring over the walls of Meereen and out over the battlefield. He didn’t do much more than cling to Belzerg, even as Iris called to him from the back of Imoto.
“It’s time, Big Bro! Show everyone how brave you are!” Viserys ignored that. Bravery was for people like Iris, or morons with death wishes.
What Viserys did do was get an excellent view of the ranks of the enemy's army as they began their attack on the city. Most of them were what you would expect: soldiers in various kits of gear, mostly wearing bronze armor with steel spears. Unsullied. Seeing them made Viserys shiver. These were soldiers who had been consecrated to Kefka, their very manhoods burned on an altar to the Lord of Light.
Fear of Kefka’s chosen didn’t stop Iris and her dragons, and together they dove towards the Unsullied, who were bearing rams and shoving forward siege towers. The dragons spewed forth flame, engulfing several ranks of soldiers, but to Viserys’ horror, while he flames caught the wooden and leather siege vehicles, the Unsullied were mostly unfazed.
“Iris! Iris, they're immune to the flames! The rumors are true!” Viserys babbled over the snap of the wind. He was only mostly correct, as flames did injure the Unsullied, but they were largely resistant to even dragonfire.
Whether or not Iris heard Viserys was a matter of debate, but what she did next would have been idiocy for anyone, save for her. Iris jumped from the back of Imoto, and with an arcane gesture bellowed, “SACRED EXPLODE!”
Now, before you say anything, I am contractually obligated to point out that Sacred Explode is a legally distinct spell from Explosion, and that just because Iris knows it does not mean that she is infringing on Megumin’s territory, and that according to all estimates, Megumin’s Explosion is not only larger and more powerful, but definitely more cuter. Yes, I know that’s not grammatically correct, but that’s what’s in the disclaimer, and I don’t want to be blown up.
Anyway, a large blast (but not as large a blast as an Explosion) enveloped an entire squad of Unsullied, and sent more flying backwards. Viserys and Belzerg were buffeted by the shockwave, which panicked Viserys and excited Belzerg, who roared and dove on the shaken Unsullied with claw and fang, ravaging another rank of the troops.
At first, things went well for Iris, as they always did in battle. She easily knocked aside the spears of the Unsullied near her, then set about with her sword which was taller than she was, slicing men in half.
And then Red Priests moved forward, sending out waves of flame from their hands. “LET THE BLESSINGS OF THE LORD OF LIGHT CONSUME THE HERETIC!”
“Ha! Your flames cannot burn me!” Iris laughed, devastating another rank with a series of expert blows.
“They are not aimed at you, fool,” the Red Priests laughed, and Viserys saw the bodies around Iris twitch, then began to burn.
“Iris, look out!” Viserys screamed as Belzerg roared.
Too late, Iris turned as a smoldering monstrosity of flame and flash arose, a grotesque multi-limbed horror that was made of charred flesh knit together by flames. It swung an arm at Iris, and for the first time, Viserys saw his sister take a blow, and stagger under it. His heart skipped a beat, and then Iris recovered and pointed her blade at the burning abomination. “SACRED SWORD TECHNIQUE! “
With a gout of flame and the moans of a dozen damned, the thing exploded into ashes, and the poor souls were laid to rest. At the same time, the Red Priests raised their hands again, and Viserys felt something like courage in his breast. Or maybe just self preservation.
“Stop them, Belzerg! Don’t let them make another one of those… things!” Viserys cried, pointing to the servants of Kefka as they intoned another spell. The dragon gladly stooped, answering the Red Priests with flames of his own. They proved to be far less resistant than the Unsullied, and screamed and perished in dragonfire.
With the Red Priests down, Iris rallied and pointed to the siege engines, sending Imoto and Stylish Sword to finish roasting them, while the Stormborn shattered the lines of the Unsullied. Instead of charging forward, however, the slave soldiers pulled back slightly, and began chanting.
Lord of Light, fill our hearts with fire
For the Night is Dark, and Full of Terrors
Lord of Light, bring salvation to the darkness
For the Night is Dark, and Full of Terrors.
Lord of Light, bring a smile to all who mourn
For the Night is Dark, and Full of Terrors
As they did so, the sound of thousands of bells jingling in discordant cacophony filled the air, and Viserys let out a moan.
The Harlequins had arrived.
From the ranks of the enemy host came what appeared to be circus performers, dressed in motley, with painted faces. Some glided along on legs that seemed to be stilts, their spindly bodys swaying slightly, mad grins on their faces. Others were burly brutes that moved about like some great ape, knuckles being used as feet as they moved on hands and legs, muscles bulging beneigh their brightly colored clothes. Still others were tiny things that darted about giggling madly, juggling knives or flames as they did so.
“Iris! Iris, get out of there! Those are demons!” Viserys screamed at her. He had read a great many things of the horrors of the Lord of Light, and his Harlequins were some of the greatest horrors at Kefka’s beck and call. Here, a full five hundred of the monsters had taken the field, to perform on the greatest and bloodiest stage of them all.
Iris, however, seemed excited at the prospect of demons, and charged forward. As she did so, the Harlequins sprang at her as well, cackling and hissing like mad beasts. The tall thin ones puffed out their cheeks, and blew forth flames and toxic smoke that blighted the land it passed over. The dwarves whipped out knives and fireballs at Iris, and the gorilla like brutes rushed forward with raucous cries.
As usual, the fire didn’t seem to bother Iris at all, and she easily hacked to bits the first brute that reached her. However, when the poisonous fumes engulfed her, Iris staggered and coughed, then took a hit from a dwarf’s knife in her face. It drew forth a trickle of blood, and Iris reeled, then buckled when three brutes jumped her at once, slamming her into the ground with their massive fists.
With a cry of anger, Iris surged upright, lightning exploding around her. One brute was fried on the spot and fell down, dead, while Iris skewered the second, then kicked the third hard enough to send the harlequin's head flying. But then another barrage of knives and gas struck her, and Iris stumbled again, only barely fending off another brute.
During this, Viserys just clung on for dear life as Belzerg swooped and tried to fight his way to his mother. However, the dragon was driven off by the spindly clowns breathing flame to answer his own, and the toxic fumes made the dragon wheeze and veer off.
Soon Iris was surrounded, and though she slew a score of Harlequins, more came on, and with them Red Priests and Unsullied. She was fighting and winning, but she was being worn down. She had never faced a foe that could use magic of their own, nor one that was empowered by a god, even if not as strongly as she was. She was flagging, and Viserys feared she would fall before Belzerg could come to her aid.
Behind him, there was a clap of thunder, and a bellow of, “FAITH AND FURY!”
Viserys turned in his saddle in time to see the Faith Militant jump from the walls of Meereen. They all landed on their feet, then broke into a run, a full five centuries of the Septons of the Goddess of Battle dressed for war and glowing with the blessing of their patron. They sprinted across the field in full plate faster than most men could run naked, screaming with passion.
Against most soldiers, the Harlequins were a devastating force that could break a shield wall or even defeat a mounted knight with ease. But against the Saints of Battle, they were simply an even match. Viserys watched Brother Captain Connington use his greatsword to slice a brutish Harlequin in twain, while one of his Sisters used her bow to snipe the dwarves that had been harassing Iris, slaying them with one arrow apiece.
It wasn’t entirely one sided though. Captain Wells fought and lost to a spindly harlequin, burning alive even as he punched a hole in the creature's chest. Other members of the Faith Militant died with a dagger from a dwarf in their eye, or pummeled to pulp by a brute. At first glance, the two sides were evenly matched: Equal in number, and both with divine favors upon them.
But the Harlequins did not have the Stormborn. Now with the faithful at her side, Iris got her second wind, and began unleashing holy slaughter upon the abominations. She called down lightning, made the earth quake and tremble, and moved her sword so swiftly it appeared to be in a hundred places at once. At last, even the monsters of the Red God broke, fleeing before Iris and the Saints of Battle.
“Sister!” Viserys called, landing with Belzerg close to Iris. “Back to the city! You are wounded!”
“I am FINE! Don’t be a coward!” Iris snarled, licking blood from her lips. She looked like a terror, her hair matted and bloodstained, and not just with her enemies, her nose broken and going black and purple, armor blackened and charred. “We shall pursue them and slay them!”
“Stormborn, your brother gives good advice,” Connington wheezed, clutching his side where his armor was dented from a mighty blow. “Your dragons have destroyed the enemy siege weapons: we should fall back and regroup. These are not the only nor the worst horrors the Red God can field. Meereen has walls: we should use them.”
Iris looked around, and seemed to realize that the Faith Militant had been decimated themselves, with one in ten of the brothers and sisters laying dead on the field, and twice that many wounded, many grievously. She gritted her teeth, and nodded. “Very well. Big Bro is right. We will fall back and meet the foe from a position of strength.”
Taking their wounded, the Faith Militant retreated in good order, with the Unsullied keeping a wary distance and only harassing with thrown darts, not wanting to get too close to Iris. The queen had taken a position in the rearguard and was the last to retreat from the field. They were let in through a postern gate, and the armies of the Red God retreated to lick their wounds as well.
Back in the city, Viserys landed and was horrified to discover that Imoto had barely made it back. She lay on the stones of the road, making pitious sounds and cradling one wing which was shredded and torn from arrows and javelins, and burned with pyromancy. Even dragons were not indestructible. Though the wounds did not seem to be serious enough to be mortal, the smaller dragon would need to recover, and that could take weeks or months.
Viserys was grateful that Belzerg seemed unwounded, but the larger black dragon seemed disturbed that his sibling was in pain and crooned and nuzzled at her, glaring at Viserys as if this was all somehow his fault.
“Look out, coming through!” Garreth cried, scrambling forward with Lirra. They hurried up to the somewhat bedraggled Faith Militant, and raised their hands.
“Nature’s Beauty!” the Axis cultists cried, flashing paper fans and striking silly poses as water spurted forth. Viserys rolled his eyes. Party tricks. How could that help?
Actually, being able to create fresh potable water that just so happened to be Holy Water was indeed very helpful, despite also being a neat ice breaker at get togethers. The waters created by the blessing Aqua had bestowed on her cultists soothed away burns, helped relieve the symptoms of the poisonous gas, and also would help prevent infection in wounds. It was also excellent for morale, as having a clear sign that the Seven were with you tended to help any soldiers take heart, but was especially gladening to the Faith Militant, who thanked their counterparts most fervently.
“Big Bro, did we lose?” Iris asked quietly, eyeing the Faith Militant as some were carried away on stretchers and the rest fell out to rest and recover from battle.
“No, I don’t think so. You did accomplish your objective, yes? The assault was stymied, and the enemy's siege engines destroyed,” Viserys pointed out.
“Yes. But we took heavy losses, and Imoto is injured. I...I couldn’t even beat them all on my own, Big Bro,” Iris admitted, looking more than a little worried.
“Oh, I am sure you would have managed eventually. But Iris, these aren’t simple men that you fight. These are the chosen of the Red God. You can’t just win through brute strength here,” Viserys pointed out.
Slowly, Iris nodded, her expression sober. “You’re right, Big Bro.” Then she grinned, a somewhat disturbing expression with how battle stained she was. “See? I knew you could be brave! You’ll be a great king yet!” And with that, Iris skipped off to see to the defense of the city.
For his part, Viserys went looking for a hole to hide in.
Cast of Characters:
Iris Targaryen as: Even the world’s strongest can’t win ‘em all.
Viserys Targaryen as: a cowardly fool.
Ser Jorah as: Riding that redemption arc high.
And the Cast of a Song of Ice and Fire as in on the freak show.
Chapter 39: All’s Fire On The Western Front
Chapter Text
This chapter brought to you by: Castamere in Concert. Make it Reign on your Foes.
Chapter 39: All’s Fire On The Western Front
Fall had come to the Westerlands. The aspens were turning gold, a last show of color before the chill of winter crept in. Through the rough hills and crags over roads covered in carpets of gold marched the steel and chivalry of the Westerlands. As they went, more and more joined them, the bannermen of the Lion swelling the ranks. They knew what it was to defy their lord, and all hastened to not be the last joining in the battle.
Tywin Lannister did not ride at the forefront of his army. He believed such an act was for fools; a commander was better served behind the front lines, directing the battle, instead of running about like some fool knight. A general’s weapon was his mind, according to Tywin, not his steel.
Rain wondered what that said about her, when what she could fight with really was her mind. She had been riding before of course, having gone out frequently with the queen as one of her ladies in waiting, or near Casterly Rock as a girl, and had thought herself an experienced rider. She was learning that she had no idea what it truly meant to be saddlesore and weary from a long day of hardship, far more than the leisurely journey to and from Winterfell.
Worse still, she could not ride side-saddle for this campaign, and her uncle would not suffer the slow pace of a carriage. As such, she had been forced to wear divided skirts like a merchant's wife, though of a finer cut, and keep up with Tywin’s party. It was slightly embarrassing to ride so amongst men, but she had two lady’s maids with her, both chosen by her mother, and at least she did not need to suffer alone.
There was much talk of war, and the making of it, but Rain didn’t really understand much of it. What she did understand were the talks of supplies, paymasters, and the quartering of troops. Battles, scouts, and troop deployments were not a part of a lady’s education, but knowing how to run a castle and see to the provision of her husband’s forces was. The second time she went to Great Uncle Stafford to privately correct his reports, he angrily told her she could do them herself if Rain thought she was so much better of a quartermaster.
“Done,” Uncle Tywin declared, upon overhearing the conversation. “And if the maid proves to have a better head than you for numbers, Stafford, than she shall be my new quartermaster.”
Rain was incredibly nervous when she presented her first set of reports, but did her best to do so in a clear, steady voice, though her hands trembled enough that the papers rustled slightly.
“Excellent. You will continue in these duties.”
That had been all Uncle Tywin had to say on the matter, but Rain’s father spoke to her privately afterwards.
“You did well, Rain,” Kevan said, patting her on the shoulder and smiling. Her father gave her a gentle smile. “I thank Eris every day you were returned to us.”
“Thank you, father. I...I am grateful I survived as well. I wish…” Rain looked down, feeling both sorrow and guilt. She should have been able to save her royal cousins if she really was a Child of Destiny.
“Not even my brother blames you for those deaths. They can be laid solely at the feet of Stannis the Kinslayer,” Kevan said, his tone grim. Though he was going thick in the waist and balding as he entered middle age, he was still a formidable man. Rain had never really feared her father, for he was gentle with her even in discipline, but she understood why others did.
A Lannister always paid their debts. And Rain owed Stannis a large one indeed.
Still, it was terrifying the first time Rain rode out with two score of their Household Knights led by her father. Stannis’s men were raiding their lands. A light horse detachment was burning farms and villages along the Gold Road towards the Deep Den, and the Lyddens were hard pressed and outnumbered. Tywin marched partially to relieve them, and partially because this was the most direct route to Stannis and to vengeance.
“It is time we see what you are capable of,” Uncle Tywin had ordered Rain and her father. “Call down the fury of the goddesses upon Stannis, for he has turned his back upon them.”
If the rumors out of King’s Landing were to be believed, it was true. Rumor had it he had been crowned by a Maester, rejecting the blessing of the Magi, and by extension that of Madoka herself.
“Eris, grant us fortune,” Rain whispered under her breath as they rode past burned out farmhouses and smoldering orchards. “Athena, grant us wisdom and valor.” Rain swallowed, seeing the crumpled forms of bodies in the fields. “And Satella, grant the dead mercy.”
Despite the gnawing acid in her belly, the party rode unmolested through signs of war for some hours without an appearance from the enemy besides the devastation they had wrought. They were just coming to a small hamlet, over which a dark haze of smoke lingered. The party was riding between two low hills, when there was a sudden cry, and a man fell from his horse with a crossbow bolt in his side.
Rain turned as a yell went up, and riders in the uniforms of House Baratheon stormed down the slope, bellowing out, “FOR STANNIS!”
Rain didn’t think, even as he father barked orders. The same strange power that she had felt weeks ago flowed through her, and she pointed at the riders with a finger as Claire's words echoed in her mind.
At sea, you use ice and wind magic. Not lightning and fire.
“BLIZZARD!” Rain roared, and cold winds rushed out from behind her. Dark clouds formed over the charging riders’ heads, and they didn’t even have time to look up before hailstones the size of grapefruit pelted them with the force of an avalanche. Horses screamed and riders swore, and men and beast both died in the tempest. After only a few seconds, it relented, but the time Rain had bought had been enough.
Her father led the charge, and the Lannister knights slammed into their bloodied foes. The melee was short, and brutal, and when it was finished only a few riderless Baratheon steeds could limp away. No prisoners had been taken.
Rain looked up atop the hill, and saw two men hastily remounting, their crossbows tossed down and forgotten. She raised a finger, pointing, and screamed, “WIND BLADE!”
One man screamed so loud he was heard even over the shriek of the wind, and fell to the ground, his legs severed from his body. The other scrambled into the saddle and fled, with Lannister knights in hot pursuit.
For her part, Rain sat in her saddle, panting as though she had just run a mile. Then she looked over at the body of a man whose head had been caved in by a shard of ice, and promptly leaned over and retched, emptying her belly of its contents loudly and messily.
Someone rubbed her back, and she was vaguely aware of her father speaking softly to her, but couldn’t make out the words from the ringing in her ears. When she came to her senses, she took the canteen her father offered and took a long swing, then spewed it out the ground, coughing and retching anew.
“I remember the first battlefield I saw,” Kevan said grimly, reaching over and rubbing Rain’s back. “The Stepstones. A grim, filthy business. I emptied my stomach as well.”
“T-truly?” Rain gasped, wiping at her lips as she trembled like a leaf in the wind.
“Aye. And not a sane man that hasn’t. Even your uncle saw his breakfast again after he killed his first man. He was a boy then, but all the same. I’ve seen grown men, brave men, sick up after a battle.”
“It’s true,” Cousin Daven agreed, bringing his horse next to Rain’s as he cleaned his blade with a rag. “I remember my first battle as well. I wept for a night. There is no shame in grief, cousin. But what you did... Goddesses be good. I’ve seen magic done true enough, even saw a Red Priest burn a man before we rode him down. But that? I’ve never seen that.”
“No man has since the last dragon died, and the Targaryens’ magic with them,” Kevan said grimly. “Compose yourself, Rain. We may have need of your abilities again.”
Rain steeled herself, but thankfully there were no further attacks as they returned to the Lannister host. When they returned to camp, Rain was given no time to refresh herself, instead being brought before Uncle Tywin as soon as she was off her horse.
“Well?” Tywin demanded, standing over his maps and lists of scout reports.
Rain swallowed, and looked to her father.
“She killed a dozen men at a word, and crippled a dozen more. Ice rained from the heavens thirty yards from where she was, then she launched a blade of wind that could cut leather and steel as though they were sack cloth at twice that,” Kevan reported. He grimaced. “One who saw what she could do fled, and we could not find him. Stannis will know of her abilities soon, if he does not already.”
“Unfortunate. But perhaps something we can use. If the man knows we have a mage out of legend, he shall be more cautious, and Stannis Baratheon was ever a cautious man,” Tywin observed. He looked at Rain, frowning. “Can you do it again?”
“I... Yes, Uncle. I did not enjoy killing but... but they killed my family as well. This time, I will not be found wanting,” Rain declared, forcing herself to stand up straight.
Tywin nodded, a haunted look in his eyes. He was looking slightly gaunt, and he took few meals these days. It didn’t take a maester to know that knowing that his children and grandchildren were all dead was gnawing at him like one of the demons of the Seven Hells.
“Good. We shall have need of it. Stannis has conjured forth a monstrosity of his own. He calls them cannons. My information indicates they are a kind of siege weapon, able to hurl stones five times the distance of a catapult. I have my doubts, but even if it can achieve only half that it shall be a dangerous weapon. We too must be wary. Stannis is no man’s fool.”
Rain was not sent out again with the outriders, instead being kept inside the camp with her father and uncle. Due to the revelation that she was a Child of Destiny, favored of Eris, guards were assigned to her. She was used to having guards around her all the time by this point, though it was a somewhat unique experience to have them be concerned about her safety instead of simply being a result of being in the halls of power.
After a few more days, the armies of Stannis Baratheon and Tywin Lannister clashed at a decently sized town near the Deep Den known as Sheepswood, for the flocks that were kept there. It was an important trading center, and goods from all over the Seven Kingdoms passed through it to the Crownlands, thanks to it being near a navigable river that flowed down to the Lesser Mander as well as the Gold Road.
There had been clashes there for a week and more, including the one where Rain had unleashed her spells. Judging by the movement of his troops as well as scouting reports on the composition of his armies, Stannis was moving to besiege the Deep Den.Tywin wished to force Stannis back, with the eventual goal of driving his foe all the way to King’s Landing before the Reach or Vale could ride to Stannis’s aid.
The first portion of the battle happened in the evening, as outriders from Stannis’s force ran into a column of Lydden men moving to link up with the Lannister forces. The fighting was fierce, and it looked as though Stannis’ men would prevail and take Lorn Lydden, Lewys Lydden’s son and heir, captive. Then some of Tywin’s scouts arrived to reinforce the Lydden men, and rescued Lorn. Before they could break free, more of Stannis’s outriders joined in, and soon the battle swirled out of control, with more men from both sides hurrying forward to the fight.
Sensing an opportunity, Tywin moved his main force forward, offering battle. Stannis’s forces withdrew to Sheepswood, but arrayed themselves on the ruins of the town wall, preparing to accept the challenge the next day.
That evening, Tywin met with his lords to discuss their strategic options for the next day. Rain hovered in the background, uncertain of what to do. In the end, it was decided that they could not go around Stannis’s troops, and that while they did have a defensive position, the river to one side and the woods on the other, as well as the Deep Den to Stannis’s rear, would serve Tywin as a means to hem in Stannis’s forces.
“He’s pinned himself, and he has no way out. We beat his host here, and they can’t retreat,” Stafford pointed out.
“He has good defensive terrain though. Assaulting the town could prove costly,” Kevan argued. “We need to draw him out.”
“Would you have us stall him, here? The Reach, the Vale, and even the Dornishmen are mobilizing. We have the numerical advantage, for now, but that will not last,” Damon, Stafford’s brother pointed out.
They went back and forth for some time, until Tywin stood from his seat. Everyone fell silent, looking to the Lion of Casterly Rock. In the end, all their words were wind: Only Tywin’s decision mattered.
“Stannis is here. He cost me two sons, a daughter, and my grandchildren. I intend to teach him the same lesson I taught to the Reynes and Tarbecks: I always pay my debts. We attack at dawn.”
With that, all arguments evaporated, even Rain’s father’s objections. They bowed, and went to inform their men. Rain stayed behind with Tywin, who was leaning over the maps, his head lowered, hiding his face in shadows.
“Leave us,” Tywin growled, and the servants and guards scampered away. Rain made to leave as well, but Tywin stopped her. “You stay, niece.”
Rain waited nervously until the last of the help had gone. Tywin looked up, and Rain saw that flash of raw pain again. Then it was gone. “So. You are a Child of Destiny. Sent by the Lady of Fortune herself.”
“So my father and mother tell me,” Rain agreed.
Tywin grunted. “So your powers tell me. You will be needed on the morrow.”
“They were my kin as well,” Rain whispered, her voice raw, her throat sore and aching with unshed tears. “I...I am sorry I could not save them.”
“I as well.” Tywin was silent for a moment, then glanced at Rain. “I do not scold you, Rain. I wish I could have seen Stannis’s treachery coming. I do not usually hold with superstition. I say my prayers to the Goddesses, and give Eris her cut: I am no fool. But... perhaps.”
Tywin walked over to a small chest and opened it, taking out a velvet bag. “Come. Sit.”
Rain hurried over, and Tywin sat down, giving her the back. Rain glanced at her uncle, and when he nodded, reached in and withdrew a deck of cards. She gasped, nearly dropping them. “A Fortuna Deck! Uncle, I am no septa…”
“You are the favored of Eris. Perhaps if I had the cards done for me more often I could have seen the danger coming. Read them for me now.”
“I... I do not...” Rain swallowed, then slowly began to shuffle the deck. She knew how to read the cards, most nobles in the Westerlands, if not all of the Seven Kingdoms, did. Technically Eris warned against using the cards to tell the future, but her Septas and Septons could use her blessing to catch glimpses of the future with a Fortuna deck. It was no mere superstition when done by one favored of Eris: they did see the future through the cards, if only dimly.
The first two cards Rain flipped were the Winged Heart, and the Other World.
“The first card is the Sign of Hope, which means that our endeavor is not doomed,” Rain said slowly. “But the Other World...Hope is Far? Or…”
“Hope comes from another world. A Child of Destiny,” Tywin grunted.
Rain bit her lip and nodded. That was her reading as well. She flipped over four more cards. The Devil King, The Trial, the Seven Fingered Hand, and the Ancient King.
“Evil is here, a trial for us to face unto death itself. We should be cautious,” Rain said, the words coming unbidden to her as she looked down at the stern gaze of King Seiya, his hand raised in warning.
Next came the most important part of the reading. Rain laid out seven cards from the deck, then flipped them over in quick succession. As she did so, a card slipped from the deck, landing face up on the last card.
Rain blinked. Sometimes the Fortuna Decks were finicky. If an extra card was dealt...it was meant to be. She read the cards.
“The Healer comes after the King: caution is the word of the day. Next is the Maiden of Battle, so if we are cautious, we shall triumph. The Masked Demon and it is followed by... by the Kinslayer. There is treachery afoot, and it brings death, Uncle. Next is the Saint of Swords and the Lost Treasure. I think... I think it means that a divine champion is lost, and must be found. Last is... Last is the Fair Maid, under... under the Kraken.”
Rain licked her lips and looked up. “Uncle, I think… I think Claire Greyjoy is the Saint of Swords, the treasure that is lost. The fair maid...it’s me. I... I am uncertain but...”
“You are associated with the Greyjoy woman,” Tywin muttered. He glanced at the map, his mouth thinning into a line. “Caution. Hmph. Well. We must attack, but I shall make some alterations to the plan.”
Tywin stood and turned his back to Rain, who gathered up the cards, then tucked them into a pouch. She waited a moment, then hurried to her own tent.
She spent that night in prayer, sleeping hardly more than an hour or two. While Rain directed her prayers to all Seven Goddesses, she prayed especially fervently that night to Athena, Goddess of Wisdom, Lady of Battle. Typically Athena was not a goddess Rain directed much of her devotion towards. She asked for Wisdom, yes, but usually she felt drawn to Ristarte or Madoka when asking for that. This night, however, Rain knew she would ride to war and death, and she had already had a taste of what that was like.
“Shield my family, Athena, Goddess of Battle, and give Uncle Tywin your own mind as he directs our troops. Grant me valor and strength, that I might strike down evil and attain justice for my slain kin,” Rain whispered.
Rain, of course did not forget her patron, and took out an entire purse of gold, setting it on her bed as an offering.
“Eris, Maiden of Fortune, Thief of Destiny, grant me your favor once more. Let me steal victory from the foe, and send ill fortune upon Stannis.”
Rain lit scented candles for the rest of the Seven, their fragrance an offering to the divine.
“Aqua, Lady of Waters, let us know the joy of victory and let our hearts be pure and free of guilt.”
“Satella, Lover of All, delay the coming of our soldiers to your halls, and let your judgement fall upon the guilty, as you judge the souls of all mankind.”
“Hestia, Mother and Comforter, shelter your sons this day, and preserve their lives. See that our cause is just, and let your fires warm our hearts.”
“Ristarte, Healer and Friend, give my uncle caution, and let your blessing save the poor souls of the wounded from death.”
“Madoka, the Hope of Mankind, Chooser of Kings, let us strike down this false king, who crowned himself without your light. Guide my path, and give me strength to face my fears.”
All too soon, Rain’s maids dressed her, and she mounted her horse, riding out as the men assembled. Septas and Septons walked the ranks of their soldiers, saying prayers similar to the ones that Rain had spoken. She edged closer to her uncle, who spoke with a Fortuna Septa and a Brother of the Faith Militant.
“We cannot cast our blessings upon your men this day,” the Brother was saying. “You know the laws of the Seven: Only when Men face Great Evil may the goddesses intervene. When Men fight Men, the Seven take no part, for it grieves them.”
“Stannis crowned himself outside of the Light of the Seven,” Tywin said calmly. “Have you asked?”
The Brother exchanged a look with the Septa, who sighed. “I have not, my Lord.” She closed her eyes, her lips moving slightly. A moment later, she started, and looked to the Brother, her eyes wide. He was clutching his chest, his own eyes wide with shock in the early morning light.
“My Lady, she says... she says she has already blessed you this day with her favor,” the Septa said, and looked at Rain, an expression of awe on her face. “You truly are a Child of Destiny, are you not?”
Rain nodded, her heart thundering in her chest.
“I cannot bless all here; Athena will not countenance it,” the Brother declared. But then he held his hand towards Rain. “But one among you is favored: Go with the Valor of the Seven. You fight this day for Justice.”
A silver owl erupted from the Brother’s Hand, and flew towards Rain, settling on her shoulder. It opened its beak, and whispered, “I hear your prayers, Rain, Champion of my Sisters. Fight this day with my blessing.”
Then the owl dissolved into silver sparks that sank into Rain’s skin. The hairs on the back of her neck and arms rose, and she felt strength surge through her. She raised a hand, and a shining spear of pure light formed there. She stared at it in shock, then clutched it, the warmth from the object filling her.
“THE GODDESSES ARE WITH US THIS DAY!” Tywin bellowed, turning his horse to face his men. “LET NONE DISPUTE THE RIGHTEOUSNESS OF OUR CAUSE! STRIKE DOWN STANNIS THE KINSLAYER, THE FALSE KING WHO KNOWS NOT THE LIGHT OF THE SEVEN!”
The Lannister host roared with passion and fury, and sprang forward even as the first rays of the dawn broke over the horizon before them.
Rain rode beside her uncle, who stayed slightly back. He and his captains made for a low rise, and their reigned in as their troops streamed around them. Tywin looked pleased, his jaw set in grim determination, but his eyes burning with an eager light.
“You are not normally so religious, Uncle,” Rain said quietly. “A change of heart?”
“Hardly,” Tywin said dryly as he watched his men march towards Sheepswood. “But there is little that can motivate a man more than the knowledge that a goddess has his back. Gold may put steel in a man’s hands, and fear may lead him to fight for me, but love will make him charge into Satella’s arms with a smile on his lips.”
“That seems callous,” Rain said, feeling a bit dirty, as though she had been used in a lie.
“That is war. Do not underestimate the importance of morale. An army that lacks courage can break and flee, but one that fights for a cause they think righteous can suffer outrageous misfortune and still press on,” Tywin declared. “Now. Make ready. You know your place.”
Rain nodded and steeled herself. The task before her was simple: Find the strange weapons called cannons, and destroy them before they could unleash their destruction.
She did not have to wait long. When the Lannister host was still half a mile from Sheepswood, there was a sound like thunder. A moment later, a spray of earth kicked up fifty yards in front of the lead troops. Rain peered down at the town, and spied a plume of white smoke rising from a section of the town wall.
“There,” Tywin declared. “Damon, escort Lady Rain and ensure she is able to work her craft.”
“Aye, Lord Tywin. Men! Form up around the lady!” Damon barked, and instantly a score of riders formed around Rain as she heeled her horse down the gentle slope towards the town.
“How close do you need to be?” Damon asked, and even as he did there was another peal of thunder. This time, there were screams from the soldiers as several were flung into the air at the impact of a projectile. The ranks were quickly filled though, and there was no step missed.
“I’m not sure exactly, but I need to be able to clearly see this cannon, I think,” Rain replied.
“We’ll need to be close then. We’ll stay behind the front ranks of foot,” Demon declared.
The cannon thundered again and again, one shot coming every few minutes. The Lannister troops were closing the distance rapidly, and soon arrows and conventional catapults joined in the bombardment.
Sheepswood had a stone wall six feet high around it, but the wall was already damaged from days of fighting, and the gates of the town had been torn down, with only a hastily made barricade in the way. It was an obvious weak point to push for the gate, but Tywin had not wanted to bottleneck his men, and the front ranks of men carried short ladders. This would not be a proper siege; the town was no castle, and the wall rough enough that a man could climb it without a ladder given time.
Still, as Rain got closer, she made out the cannon. It was a long tube of bronze on a wooden carriage, with a crew of half a dozen men working it. She did not understand the device’s machinations, but she did know it had to be destroyed. This was a time for fire and lightning.
“FIREBALL!” Rain roared, and a ball of flame the size of man’s chest shot out of her palm and raced towards the cannon. It caught one of the crew in the back, and the poor man screamed as he pitched from the wall. His body, however, had shielded the weapon, and the startled crew managed to continue to reload it.
Rain focused, taking a deep breath, and pointed again. “LIGHTNING!”
This time the bolt from the rapidly brightening sky struck the bronze tube, arching over it and into two of the men working it. It also set off an explosion, killing another man as he shoved a stone into the barrel. The wooden frame burst alight with flame, and the two remaining men dove away from their weapon. Rain sent a Wind Blade at the thing, and the burning frame shattered. The bronze tube rolled off the wall, and disappeared from sight.
Rain grinned in triumph, only to scream in frustration as more thunderous reports sounded from the wall. Two additional cannons revealed themselves, and they were trained upon Rain this time. Stannis had indeed heard of a mage in the Lannister ranks, and he would not suffer one to rule the battlefield uncontested.
Horses screamed as two of Damon’s knights were caught in a blast from one of the stones ramming into the earth, the shards of rock slicing them and their mounts cruelly. They did shield Rain from harm, however, and with Athena’s blessing burning in her breast, Rain turned towards the second cannon.
“BLIZZARD!” Rain screamed, and the shot from the cannon was spoiled as a shard of ice slammed into it. The crew cried out in alarm and dashed for cover, and Rain bared her teeth in triumph. She turned towards the third cannon and-
Sound roared in Rain’s ears, then vanished as she was flung through the air. Pain, horrible pain, wracked her body, and she tried to scream, but the noise was tinny and distant. A moment later, a Damon’s pale face filled her vision, and she was hauled into the air by his thick arms. She staggered to her feet, trying to walk as Damon dragged her over to a horse.
“GET HER OUT OF HERE!” Damon bellowed, but it was like a whisper in Rain’s ears. The knight she’d been given to tossed her over his knees and kicked his horse into a gallop. Sound slowly returned, and Rain saw that the Lannister forces were retreating. Had she failed so badly?
After what felt like an eternity, but was no more than a handful of minutes, Rain was deposited into the arms of two Renewal Cultists. They muttered prayers as their hands glowed green and passed over Rain’s body.
“There, that should fix you for now. You are whole, My Lady. Nothing too serious,” one of the healers told her, then turned away to see to more injured men.
Rain turned and watched as the Lannister forces retreated, the lone cannon she had not destroyed still thundering. It was doing damage, yes, but surely that one weapon was not enough to cause a rout?
Then Rain saw a line of cavalry burst from the tree line to the north. It raced for the retreating Lannister soldiers, and Rain saw the trap they had nearly fallen into. It seemed that Stannis had planned to wait until Tywin’s forces were engaged at the wall, then send his horse into their flank. But because they had fallen back before they had engaged, that hadn’t worked.
And Rain was still healthy. She pointed at the horses, and screamed out half a dozen spells. It wasn’t until she spoke the last one that she realized how tired and dizzy she felt, and she nearly collapsed until strong arms grabbed her and steadied her. She looked up to see the face of her Uncle, who gave her a grim smile.
“The Goddesses advised caution. And only a fool does not heed them,” Tywin said, a note of triumph in his voice as his foot moved to butcher Stannis’s broken line of cavalry. “You did well, Rain. I have the measure of those weapons now. Dangerous. Very dangerous in a siege especially. But they alone will not win a war. Not with so few.”
“I destroyed two of them,” Rain gasped. “There is but one left. Is... is that enough?”
“For now. But I believe those cannons to be much like a sword or catapult,” Tywin said grimly. “You can destroy one. But more can be built. A pity we did not capture one. But Stannis’ attack is spoiled, and his advantage in weaponry is mostly blunted.”
“What will we do now?” Rain asked, shivering again as she looked out over the field of carnage. She could see the devastation she had wrought, where the earth was burned or ripped asunder and men lay scattered like cast away toys.
“Now we fortify,” Tywin said grimly. “I had a scout’s report just before the battle was joined: Randall Tarly is only a few days’ march hence. He is the best general in Westeros, and together with Stannis, they will outnumber us. We must fight a defensive campaign.”
“Yes, Uncle,” Rain agreed, feeling a sense of hopelessness. Her powers were great, but they hadn’t been enough to turn the tide of battle alone.
“You however, shall not be with us,” Tywin declared, turning to Rain. “You shall go to the Iron Islands and do what you must to make an alliance with them. I care not for Baleon, but his daughter and son sound as though they are ready to rise against him. Get them on our side. Stannis’ navy is weak after what happened at King’s Landing, and if we can press him at sea we shall gain an advantage. Offer then anything.”
“A-anything?” Rain stammered, her cheeks flushing slightly.
“Claire Greyjoy’s preferences are as well known as Renly Baratheon’s. Formalize a relationship with her if you must, or perhaps her brother. One of them will be the next Lord of the Iron Isles, and remind them that Lannister gold and steel would be enough to tip the balance in their favor.”
“Marriage with Theon is out of the question,” Rain babbled, her mind racing. “He is sleeping with the Drowned Goddess.”
Tywin blinked at that. “And you did not consider that a detail worth mentioning before?”
“I thought you would think me mad if I said a goddess had taken him to her bed, even the Crawling Chaos,” Rain explained, looking guiltily down at her feet. Then she looked up. “Have you spoken to my father about this?”
“My brother understands duty well. If giving you to the Krakens will give us the alliance we so desperately need until the Northmen can make their way here, we shall do it,” Tywin growled. “I will have my legacy, and it will not be one of a ruined house that bent the knee to false pretenders.”
“I... I understand,” Rain agreed. “I... I do not mind the thought of being lady Greyjoy’s... companion.”
“Just see to it that you find a suitable septon to get you with child. I’ll have a Lannister on the Seastone chair, even if one through unconventional means.”
“Er, yes, uncle,” Rain agreed. She wondered absently what Nyarko-san could manage. Either way, she would do her duty to her house and family.
And find a way to bring Stannis Baratheon tumbling down.
Chapter 40: Saving the Princess is a Full Time Job
Chapter Text
Brought to you by: Maesterpedia. For your answers to life, the universe and everything!
Chapter 40: Saving The Princess Is A Full Time Job
“Are you sure this is a good idea?”
There were a great many things Dust was sure of, like the fact that his Uncle Oberyn was the coolest person ever, or that Kazuma was a cheating bastard when it came to rock paper scissors. He did not, however, have the faintest clue what was and wasn’t a good idea. So, of course, he smiled at Lean and nodded as he lied through his teeth.
“Of course it is! You haven’t really lived until you’ve snuck away from home and had a day on the town!”
“You’re really sure you can’t see it?” Lean asked, trying to peer around behind herself to the back of her dress where her tail was hidden. She wasn’t dressed in her usual silks and linens, but in roughspun wool that Dust had snagged from the servant’s washing, while he was dressed in a stableboy’s clothes.
“Positive. Can’t even tell you got one,” Dust assured her.
“Well, alright. My father would be very cross if he were to find out,” Lean said, peering nervously towards the door of her room.
“Which is why we waited until he was a hundred leagues away to do this!” Dust declared happily. “Come on, I’ve got a rope and everything!”
It was just before dawn, and Lean and Dust rappelled down the rope he’d affixed from her balcony to the roof below, then snuck along it to another rope, then it was down onto a courtyard near one of the servants gates. No one really remarked on two children scurrying out of a servants’ door into the city. Dust had prepared some excuse about them being sent by “that ass Prince Dust'' for some item or other, but it turned out they didn’t need it.
Lean was red faced and panting as they hurried along, then broke into nervous giggles as Dust led her down a side street.
“What’s wrong?” he asked, worried she wasn’t used to the exercise.
“Nothing! I just... I’ve never run away from home before,” Lean tittered, her dark eyes sparkling with delight. “Normally I’m very responsible.”
“Me too!” Dust laughed, and Lean gave him an incredulous look. “If something bad happens, usually I’m the one who’s responsible for it,” Dust clarified with a roguish waggle of his eyebrows, and Lean guffawed.
“Come on!” Dust said, and held out his hand. Lean took it, and the two of them ran off into King’s Landing.
Dust kept to the better parts of the town. As much as he would have enjoyed mucking about Flea Bottom, Lean probably would not. King’s Landing, like any city built in the Light of the Seven, had a properly maintained sewage system and wasn’t as filthy as the cities in Essos that Uncle Oberyn had told Dust about, but it was still full of horse dung and sweaty, smelly bodies, and in Flea Bottom the sewers ran into the river and the bay, and that was a whole new set of horrid smells. It was enough of an incentive to take Lean down Fortune’s Lane to the Queens’ Market, so named for the first two queens of the Seven Kingdoms, Visenya and Rhaenys. Dust always thought it was weird that there had been two queens instead of one, and that they had both been Aegon’s sisters, but he wasn’t one to judge.
Lean’s eyes were wide as they walked amongst the common people, dodging wagons and horses and winding their way through the growing crowd. She kept a tight grip on Dust’s hand the entire way, which made him feel rather like a brave and noble knight, protecting his fair lady.
And not at all like a treacherous heel who was going to betray her and her father and trick her into marrying him so he could get a lordship even though he was the youngest son of his father. Dust worked very hard not to think about that at all times. Well, not that hard. He forgot stuff all the time.
Despite the fact that they were wearing servants’ clothes, Dust judged that they were dressed more like the children of a prosperous merchant or tradesman, and as such they were given a degree of respect from the vendors whose wares they sampled, mostly honey cakes, sweetmeats, and other such treats. Lean laughed and was delighted to see a pair of mummers performing in the square, putting on a rendition of an old comedy routine that involved a farmer and his neighbor arguing about how to run a farm.
It was actually a rather bawdy play with several references to “a massive cock me wife is fond of” and “a pair of tits I want to get me hands on.” The objects in question were respectively a fowl and a couple of songbirds, but the rather expressive hand gestures and outraged expression of the straight man of the pair told the audience just what they were referring to. Dust realized perhaps a bit too late that the rather sheltered Lean might find the entire thing offensive, but she seemed caught up in the energy of the crowd, and either the crude humor went over her head or she was actually enjoying herself.
Either way worked for Dust, and he relaxed as they enjoyed the mummers. He often snuck out to slum it with the small folk, if for no other reason than that they didn’t take him so seriously. Everyone seemed to expect Dust to behave like, well, a prince. He could do it, most of the time, but he much preferred to take things easy.
Unfortunately, as Dust was taking things easy, Lean started to enjoy herself just a little too much. Slowly, her skirts started to swish, then lift up, her tail wagging happily as she laughed and clapped for the show. The first person to notice was a young boy, who, being a curious sort, grabbed Lean’s skirts and lifted them up, exposing her long bushy striped tail for all to see.
“Goddesses be good, an abomination!” someone yelled.
“She’s one of those Northern Savages Lord Stannis ran off!” another woman yelled. “A Child o’ The Forest!”
Angry yells erupted around Lean and Dust, and someone ripped Lean’s skirt, exposing her legs and tail for all to see. Rough shoves began to turn dangerous, and Dust realized that they were in trouble. The crowd around them was packed in tight, and neither of them had much room to maneuver. Lean screamed in panic, and Dust desperately tried to use the staff he was carrying to fend people off. There were simply too many, and unless he started killing people, he’d never clear a path.
“WIND CURTAIN!” Lean suddenly screamed as someone tried to strike at her. A gale force wind slammed into the crowd, staggering it and driving many back, opening up a small space around Lean. Dust was the only one to stay on his feet near her, and Lean grabbed him and dragged him into the small space at the center of the howling vortex.
Lean gripped Dust tightly, and though she was trembling, her face had a hint of stoicism to it. “We have to get out of here, Dust.”
“Right. Hold on!” Scooping Lean in his arms, Dust lept straight up, higher than he ever had before, easily twenty feet on the vertical. The crowd below them was panicking and howling for blood, but Dust ignored them. He grunted when he landed on a nearby rooftop, bending his legs with the force of the impact, but he didn’t stop. Instead, he leapt from roof to roof, aiming for the Red Keep and ignoring the tumult behind them.
It didn’t take long for Dust to draw near to the Red Keep, and he and Lean did their best to sneak back in. They even managed to get past the guards and servants and make it all the way to Lean’s room without being found.
Which was why when they opened the door and found Lady Selyse waiting there, both Dust and Lean could only stand there, panting and red faced as the Queen slowly stood, her expression grim.
“Where,” Selyse ground out, “have the two of you been?”
“If I say nowhere, would you believe me?” Dust asked hopefully. One look from the Queen should have been enough to strike him dead, but Dust was made of sterner and stupider stuff.
“Mother, it was my fault, don’t blame Prince Dust! I begged him to take me out, to see the city!” Lean cried, rushing forward and grabbing her mother’s hand.
“What? No way, it was my fault, I talked you into it!” Dust protested.
The truth was somewhere halfway between both. Lean was desperately curious about the outside world, and Dust had regaled her with all sorts of stories, then offered to take Lean to see for herself. She’d been a little reluctant and nervous, but it hadn’t taken very much persuasion from Dust to get her to agree to go on an Adventure, one the sheltered girl was eager to have.
Selyse’s mouth grew even more bloodless and thin, and she glared down at Dust, who flinched slightly, but nevertheless strode up to stand beside Lean.
“I knew betrothing our daughter to a Dornishman was a mistake. You’re nothing but a lout and a fool.”
“Hey, I may be a lout and a fool, but it ain’t ‘cause I’m Dornish!” Dust protested, more offended at the slight to his homeland than himself.
“He is not! Dust is gallant, and kind, and rescued me from peril and he actually cares about me, tail and all!” Lean argued.
“Silence!” Selyse snapped, which made both children only argue more. “SILENCE!”
When both Dust and Lean petulantly quieted down, Selyse flared her nostrils and glared at them both. “You shall both be punished for this. I know not what mischief you have been up to yet, but I will not countenance it! Septa Norra will see to you, my daughter. Your behavior is most uncouth. As for you Dust Martell, I do not trust your uncle to see to your discipline. I cannot have you whipped as you should be, but I forbid you to see my daughter for a month!”
“I’d rather you whip me than that!” Dust protested, but the Queen wouldn’t see reason. She summoned the guards, who dragged Dust from the Princess’s chambers. Realistically, Dust knew he could have trounced the armsmen and done what he wished, but the very thought of abusing loyal men for no other reason than because he could made Dust feel slightly sick. Despondent, he allowed himself to be dragged to his chambers and deposited there.
His Uncle Oberyn wasn’t at the keep, having gone out for another one of his “meetings.” Dust was pretty sure half the time his Uncle really was having clandestine meetings with spies and assassins, and the other half of the time he was doing things Dust didn’t really understand beyond knowing they were both gross and adult.
Stewing in his room, Dust sat on his bed and felt sorry for himself for a little while, but mostly he felt guilty about Lean. He really did like her, and the two of them were becoming fast friends. They were two years apart, but somehow Dust and Lean just clicked, as though they had known each other for years, instead of having met just two months ago.
Which was actually true, as they’d known each other for more lifetimes than Dust could readily fathom even when he wasn’t twelve years old. He was hardly aware he was playing out one of the favorite stories of the goddesses, and wouldn’t really have cared even if he had known. It wasn’t in his nature to think long or deeply about such things. Or any things. Lean would have found it terribly romantic as she was something of a sucker for those sorts of stories.
Just as Dust was actually starting to do a bit of soul searching to decide if he REALLY wanted to betray Lean’s trust, there was a scraping sound. He looked up to find a figure dressed in dark robes slipping through a crack in the wall that had opened by a bookcase that Dust mostly used for storing cool looking rocks.
Springing to his feet, Dust grabbed his spear from the wall and spun it about once before leaving it at the intruder’s throat. They froze, slowly raising their hands in surrender.
“My Prince, I mean you no harm,” a soft, slurred voice said, and Dust frowned, tilting his head to one side.
“Lord Varys?”
“Just so,” the eunuch agreed, lowering a dark hood to reveal puffy lips that spread in a sheepish grin. “Forgive me, I didn't mean to startle you.”
“Why didn’t you just come through the door?” Dust asked suspiciously, not lowering the spear.
“There are many eyes in this keep, and not all of them friendly, young Prince. I wish to have a word with you, and see if you can help me solve a most perplexing puzzle.”
“Well... OK,” Dust agreed hesitantly, and set aside the spear. He wasn’t afraid of Varys; Dust wasn’t really afraid of anyone. Even his older brother Quinten or his Uncle Oberyn couldn’t really hurt him in combat, and Dust had fought and killed an Abomination in the desert once. So why fear a fat, pudgy man who didn’t even look like he knew how to hold a sword?
This was actually pretty foolish of Dust, as out of all the people in King’s Landing, Varys was one of the few who had the knowledge and skill to kill a warrior of Dust’s caliber, though not through direct combat. A spider nearly always trapped its prey before going in for the kill, and Dust was wandering dangerously close to the web.
“You seem rather fond of the Princess, young Dust,” Varys said, sitting uninvited atop some cushions that Dust had stacked on the floor. “Tell me, where exactly do your loyalties lie?”
“Well, obviously to the Iron Throne,” Dust said, feeling uncertain. He wasn’t totally sure who was and wasn’t in on the Plan that his dad and Uncle Oberyn had cooked up. He was pretty sure Claire Greyjoy had been one of the conspirators, as she’d met with Uncle Oberyn many times over the years. Varys was another man that Uncle Oberyn met with frequently, and Dust was nearly certain that he was in on The Plan, but didn’t want to say anything.
“And what of your friend, the exiled prince? I have a letter here from him,” Varys said. “A most queer bird brought it-”
Dust snatched the letter right out of Varys hands before he finished talking and cracked it open. He didn’t recognize the handwriting, but Dust wasn’t exactly a scribe and didn’t pay attention to that sort of thing anyway. It read;
Dear Hamsterspawn,
Listen. I need you to do me a favor. I have it on good authority that a great and terrible evil has taken up residence in King’s Landing. Multiple great and terrible evils in fact. I was given a prophecy from someone close to me. She said,
Within the squalid streets, red monsters stalk the walk
The coin pincher lies, and beds down with evil!
He saw death in the flames, and death he shall bring!
Cold death, hot death, summer endless and winter long
Beware the gods of evil!
Rise, Children of Destiny, and fulfill your charge!
So anyway, it might sound crazy but I’m pretty sure this time the chuni is onto something. You know what Red Priests and necromancers are like, you cheating dork. Don’t let anything happen to my little sister! In fact, it would be best if you found her and brought her somewhere safe. Preferably to me. You know I’d never hurt her.
Your Friendly Enemy, Panty Thief
“How did you know this was from Kazuma?” Dust asked without thinking.
“I had my guesses, but you seem to have confirmed them. I ask again, where do your loyalties lie, Prince Dust?” Varys demanded, his beady eyes searching Dust’s face.
“Well...I mean...I’m marrying Lean, so her I guess?” Dust stammered
“Indeed, and yet, my little birds tell me that Dorn’s loyalty lies to the dragon, not the stag. I have spoken with your uncle, and I agree: neither Kazuma nor Stannis Baratheon are fit to sit the Iron Throne,” Varys said, steepling his fingers before him as Dust sat on the carpet across from him.
“Well, I mean, I still like Lean,” Dust said stubbornly.
“A sweet child, if an odd one. The events at the square today...so sad. The poor girl is much abused, don’t you think?” Varys prodded.
“People shouldn’t get mad just because she has a tail. She’s not from the North, and who’d care if she was? The Old Goddesses aren’t bad like Kefka or-”
With startling speed, Varys shot across the floor, his seemingly soft hands gripping Dust with shocking strength as one covered the startled boy’s mouth.
“Do not speak that name,” Varys hissed, a dangerous gleam in his eyes. “It is a terrible name. And were you about to speak the name of the Kinslayer as well? You are more foolish than I thought.”
“I’ve killed necromancers and undead, I don’t see why I should be scared of him,” Dust tried to say, but the voice came out muffled by the hand over his lips.
“Let me tell you a story,” Varys said, slowly removing a hand from Dust’s mouth. “Like the best sort of tales, this one is true.”
“I like stories,” Dust agreed, still not sure what this was all about.
“We shall see if you feel the same way by the end of it, my prince. Once, there was a lad, like you. Strong, young, and hale. Only, he was poor, so very poor, and he lived in Essos, where the Light of the Seven does not shelter the lives of men.”
“Was the boy you?” Dust guessed.
“So very clever you are. Yes, he was me. You see, this boy was a slave. He worked for a band of mummers, traveling the world and performing. So, he was poor, but happy, for his life was not as bad as it could have been.”
“Is this about how everyone saw Lean’s tail? Because that was sort of my fault but I don’t see what you have to do with it,” Dust interrupted.
“Listen, my prince. This has nothing to do with our sweet princess, or so we must hope. You see, one day, a man bought the boy from his masters for a sum of money. It was not so much, not even a gold Dragon, but it was worth more than the boy to his master. And so, he was sold to a Red Priest.”
Dust paled slightly, his mouth forming an “o” of dismay.
“Just so. The Red Priest did as Red Priests do: he took the boy, and removed his manhood, and offered it up to his god. The Red God. The Laughing God. The one you so foolishly named.”
“As I lay there, bleeding, dying, I heard laughter from those flames. It was high and eerie, otherworldly in nature. And in those flames I saw a grinning face, with eyes of black flame. The Red God granted his priest favor, and with that favor he went on to perform miracles, greater than even a septa of the Seven could muster. But at what price?”
“So that’s how you, uh, you know…”
“How I became a eunuch, yes. I was severed, root and stem, the flower of my manhood given to the Red God. And do you know what came of that?”
“Um, no, but I guess it wasn’t good?”
“Oh, I think it was good, in the end,” Varys answered, chuckling darkly. “You see, that boy grew up. And he grew to hate the Red God. Oh, so deeply do I hate the Laughing God, the Lord of Light, and whatever else his servants call him. He eats the manhood of a thousand boys every day, and consumes an equal number of maidens whole. He is always hungry, the Red God. Hungry for power. Hungry for the blood of men.”
“That doesn’t sound very good,” Dust whispered, feeling sick to his stomach.
“It is not. But it motivated that boy to become the man I am. Do you know who and what I serve, my prince?” Varys demanded, his voice suddenly as cold as steel.
“Um, Iris Targaryen?” Dust guessed.
“No. Not at all. I serve the Realm. No, that is not true. I serve Men. All men, everywhere. And do you know how best men would be served?”
“Well I hope it’s not with garlic and butter,” Dust stammered.
“By-what?” Varys blinked, baffled at Dust’s response.
“Well you were talking about burning things and the Lord of Light eating them and I was thinking when you eat meat it’s best with garlic and butter and I was hungry but that makes me kinda sick because eating people is super gross and now I’m not hungry anymore,” Dust babbled.
“I... your mind works in a most curious way, my prince.”
“Thanks, you too,” Dust answered absently, still feeling sick.
Varys studied him for a long moment, then cocked his head to one side. “Do you understand the point of my story?”
“I shouldn’t say the K word and Red Priests are just the worst?” Dust said vehemently, clutching his own manhood unconsciously.
“That is...one possible lesson to take from my tale,” Varys agreed slowly. “I wonder, Prince Dust, if you could confirm something for me: Are you blessed by the Goddesses?”
“Um, well, dad always said I’m real lucky,” Dust chuckled nervously, edging away from Varys.
“And yet you show the most interesting abilities. Any other boy of twelve would have been butchered if they faced the Mountain That Rides,” Varys mused.
“That son of a bitch had it coming!” Dust snarled, glaring at Varys. “What I did was just and right, and if there’s any reason that Aqua and Eris gave me to my dad it was to-”
He shut up, as even Dust realized he had said far too much at that point.
Varys only nodded. “That explains much. I suppose Lean is the same?”
Dust shrugged and very firmly kept his lips pressed together. Even he could rub two brain cells together on occasion.
Vary sighed. “If only I had known earlier. I was not born into your religion, and the mythology of it escapes me at times. Still, it is good to know. Keep our Princess safe, young Dust. I came to warn you: there is a Red Priest in the city.”
“What, you mean like Thoros of Myr? He converted though,” Dust protested. “He does that sword-on-fire trick, but it’s just wildfire.”
“I mean a servant of the Lord of Light is in this city. There are signs. Strange illnesses. Sudden fires in the night, where men and women are burned to death. Corpses vanishing. And ill rumors of shadowy demons. Be cautious, young Prince. You are a piece that would be sorely missed in this game.”
“What game? Are we playing Cyvasse? I’m not as good as Kaz but I’m not awful,” Dust asked uncertainly.
Varys closed his eyes, and Dust got the impression he was counting something. What, he wasn’t sure. Dust hated math, and avoided counting as much as possible. Maybe that was why Kazuma always beat him at Cyvasse.
“I must depart, I am afraid. Look after the Princess, Your Highness. It is my belief the two of you will have a role to play in what comes, given your peculiar abilities.”
“Well I mean, yeah, we’re betrothed and stuff,” Dust said, really not sure where Varys was going with all this.
Varys rubbed his forehead with one hand, muttering, “For once, I actually pity Baelish and his ‘thick northern idiots.’” What that meant, Dust had no clue. Then the Spider looked up, a pained smile on his face. “You are both Children of Destiny, blessed by the Seven Goddesses. The Red Priests are agents of the Red God. They will want to kill you. I am trying to tell you to look after Princess Lean, as I fear a confrontation between the Lord of the Light and his forces approaches.”
“Oh. Well why didn’t you just say so?” Dust asked, wrinkling his nose in confusion. “What’s all this stuff about games and role playing? ‘Cause I did that with Sylphina once and I am not playing the merchant husband who has to go away on a long voyage and longs for his wife but also plans to bring her an expensive gift. Because that’s just too much to keep track of.”
“I...I am afraid I must go,” Varys groaned, standing up and making for the bookcase. He muttered, “Ristarte grant me patience,” as he went, but Dust wasn’t really sure why. Maybe he just hated waiting as much as Dust did. Dust was totally patient, as long as he could have what he wanted right away.
Still, Dust took the idea of a threat to Lean very seriously. He was, after all, betrothed to her. Also, she was a princess, and he was a heroic prince, which totally meant saving the fair maiden was part of his job description. He thought long and hard about what to do, for about two minutes, then decided to do what he always did: improvise.
Some time later, Dust opened his eyes at the sound of soft feet above him.
“Dust, what are you doing? You’re not supposed to be seeing me,” Lean said, looking down at Dust, who was currently hanging upside from her balcony by his toes.
“Keeping watch,” Dust said confidently. He was starting to feel funny though. How did bats manage to do this all day? “Also, I can't see you, because I’m upside down.”
“Keeping watch for what?” Lean asked curiously, trying to follow Dust’s gaze.
“Danger,” Dust declared. He lifted himself up and did a backflip onto the balcony, where he perched, his eyes squeezed shut so he couldn’t see Lean. “What do you know about Red Priests?”
“That they are wicked and vile, and offer naughty children to the Red God,” Lean said with a shudder.
“Sounds like the Cult of the Other,” Dust muttered, frowning. He absently wondered how he was supposed to keep an eye out if he had to keep his eyes closed.
“Dust, are you going to stand there with your eyes shut all evening?” Lean demanded after several seconds.
“Well, I could sit down,” Dust mused. “I just can’t see you, or I’d be violating your mother’s command.”
“And since when have you cared about disobeying my mother?” Lean asked in exasperation.
Dust opened his eyes. That was a very good point.
“Now, what’s this about keeping watch and Red Priests?” Lean asked, sounding suspicious.
“Well, the Spider came and told me a bunch of stuff, and the long and short of it is, if I don’t keep an eye on you, the Red Priests are going to come and burn your manhood,” Dust explained.
Lean blinked in astonishment, then let out a sigh and took Dust’s hand in hers and squeezed it. “Dust. You are worried that a Red Priest is going to break into the Red Keep, the most well defended fortress in Westeros, a country where it is illegal to be a Red Priest and they are burned on sight as witches.”
“Yeah.”
“You are worried about this because Lord Varys, a paranoid man who sees conspiracies and danger in every shadow told you to keep an eye on me.”
“Uh-huh.”
“And, what you are truly worried about is that they will burn my manhood,” Lean said, her tone that of a very tortured and patient parent trying to get a stubborn toddler to listen to reason.
“Pretty much.”
“Dust. What, exactly, do you think I am?” Lean asked, her tone suddenly dangerous.
“Um, beautiful?” Dust guessed. Uncle Oberyn always said calling a woman beautiful was pretty safe.
“Well, that’s nice, but Dust, what exactly makes you think I have a manhood?” Lean demanded, that dangerous edge in her voice still.
Dust blinked. Then let out a soft groan and hung his head. “You don’t have a manhood. Because you’re a girl.”
“Yes, Dust. Generally speaking, you have to be a man to have a manhood ,” Lean agreed, now sounding rather amused.
“Sorry. I just...I’m worried! And nervous! What if someone betrays you?” Dust asked, then winced.
“Why do you think someone is going to betray me?” Lean asked. “Did Varys tell you that too?”
“Well, um, you know, I think there might be a conspiracy to betray King Stannis,” Dust admitted. Then his stomach growled rather loudly, and he blushed. “Um, sorry. Forgot to eat. I was too busy guarding you.”
“How long were you hanging under my balcony?” Lean asked, now barely restraining a giggle.
“I dunno, I sort of fell asleep for a bit, it was kinda comfortable until my head started to feel all funny,” Dust admitted. “You got any food?”
“No, but I’m hungry too. Mother sent me only bread, water, and a bit of cheese for dinner and told me to say extra prayers to Hestia to be a better daughter,” Lean admitted. She looked around, bit her lip, then grinned. “Want to sneak out and get some dinner?”
“I’m not taking you back to the square, what if the Red Priest is waiting and gets us!?” Dust demanded.
Lean rolled her eyes, held up a hand, and snapped a finger. A bright flame appeared there, crackling merrily. “They’re not the only ones who can conjure fire, Dust. I don’t normally show anyone, but...well, you’re my best friend. Actually, you’re my only friend, which is actually depressing when I think about it.”
“Why, am I not a good friend?” Dust asked, feeling hurt.
“No, but It would be nice to have confirmation that you are, in fact, a very odd boy,” Lean giggled. She closed her fist and giggled. “Come on, let’s sneak down to the kitchens. I’m feeling rather cross with Mother. Not see you for a month indeed! I’m not going back to having only my books for friends.”
“You and Kaz,” Dust chuckled. “You know him?”
Lean rolled her eyes. “Dust, he’s my cousin. We wrote one another all the time. We used to send one another our favorite books.”
“Nerd.”
“Excuse me?”
“You’re a nerd, like Kazuma. Or maybe a shut in NEET like Megumin was calling him. Don’t know what that is really though,” Dust admitted, scooping Lean up. “Come on, let’s get some food. I’ll introduce you to Sandor and Jory!”
After pilfering some bread, cheese, a wineskin, and some sweetcakes from the kitchens, Dust and Lean snuck down to the cells, where it didn’t really matter what time of the day it was. Avoiding the guards wasn’t that hard, as they were pretty loud as they walked their routes, and Lean knew another spell that summoned a veil of darkness. It was pretty cool, actually, and Dust wondered if she would be willing to use it to pull a few pranks.
Meanwhile, down in the deepest of the Red Keep’s Black Cells, Sandor and Jory stirred as the light approached, blinking sunken eyes. They’d been trapped down here for over a month now, and Dust felt pretty bad about that. They weren’t bad people, they shouldn’t have to be locked up! But they served Kazuma, who was the enemy, and that made them bad guys or something. Dust still wasn’t happy about having to fight against his friend either. That didn’t feel right. Politics still sucked.
“Well, who’s this pretty little thing then?” Sandor growled, coming over to the bars of his cell and peering out. A scruffy beard now adorned the hounds face, and his teeth were yellowed and stained from a lack of care.
Lean wrinkled her nose. “Don’t you know the teachings of Hestia? You’re supposed to brush your teeth twice every day.”
The Hound roared with laughter and leaned back, and Jory let out a raspy chuckle and shook his head. “I’m afraid they don’t think enough of prisoners to give us brushes and powder, my lady. You must be Lean Baratheon. Prince Dust has spoken of you often.”
“Oh?” Lean eyed Dust out of the corner of her eye. “What has he said?”
“That you’re the prettiest thing he’s ever seen,” the Hound answered, sinking down to his haunches. “I can’t say I disagree too strongly with the lad.”
Lean’s skirts suddenly swished as her tail began to wag, drawing Sandor and Jory’s attention and curiosity.
“I, um, I didn’t tell them about...you know,” Dust admitted, then quickly passed the men each a wineskin. “Anyway! My lady, this is Jory Castel, and Sandor ‘Don’t Call Me Ser’ Clegane. They were the leaders of the men who covered Kazuma’s escape.”
“I thought you were sickly,” Sandor mused, lowering the wineskin and studying Lean. “But you seem hale enough. You’ll have to be, to keep up with this one.”
“I can keep up with Dust just fine,” Lean sniffed, but her skirts continued to rustle slightly until she noticed and let out a squeak.
“Can you now?” Jory asked, curious. He cocked his head to one side. “I’ve wondered for some time now. Are you like the King and his bride?”
“My father and mother?” Lean asked, confused.
“He means King Kazuma and the Stark girls. They’re queer sorts,” Sandor said, letting out a loud belch. “Well I can answer that for you, Jory. If he killed my brother, he has to be. Seven preserve us. How many of you odd children are there running about the Seven Kingdoms?”
“Varys said the same thing,” Dust muttered. When Lean looked at him questioningly, he explained. “Er, the Spider said I was a Child of Destiny. And um well.” Dust leaned in close to Lean and whispered, “my father told me that the Goddesses Eris and Aqua appeared to him and my mother before they had me.”
“What!? But the same thing-” Lean quieted herself and glanced at Sandor and Jory. “Should we really speak in front of them? They are the enemy's men.”
“Well, I mean, is Kaz really the enemy? He never seemed that bad to me,” Dust pointed out.
Lean sighed and shrugged. “Well it’s not as though they can go anywhere. But anyway. I am pleased to meet you, Ser Castel, Ser Clegane, I-”
“DON’T CALL ME SER!” the Hound bellowed. “I’m no bloody knight! I-”
Sandor cut off, and Jory let out a muffled oath. Lean had jerked back, and her tail was standing up stock straight at the sudden noise, bristing up behind her.
“Seven Hells,” Sandor rasped. “You are like the Stark girls, and their wolves. Saw them turn into people, I did. Thought I was mad, but now-”
“Wevegottagobye,” Dust gasped, tossing the food to both Sandor and Jory and trying to hustle Lean away.
“No, it’s alright, I just... no one’s ever yelled at me like that,” Lean managed, her tail slowly lowering. She blushed slightly, glancing at Sandor and Jory. “You... you must think me a freak.”
“No, my lady, not at all. My family serves the Seven, but I know a Child of the Forest when I see one,” Jory said solemnly, bowing to Lean. “We honor the goddesses, Old and New.”
“I’m not... I’m just a girl,” Lean stammered, blushing slightly.
“No you’re not. I bet you can shoot fire out of your arse, or rip a man's arm out of the socket,” Sandor said around a mouthful of bread.
“Sandor! She’s a princess!” Dust said in a strangled tone.
“Take more than that to impress me. Spent more time looking for bloody princess’ cats than anything else,” Sandor grumbled.
Lean suddenly giggled and nodded. “Kazuma told me you had to look for Lion-O more than once in his letters. He said you were very kind to cousin Myrcella.” Suddenly, Lean hugged herself, looking distraught. “I don’t... do you really think they were monsters born of incest?”
“Not a chance,” Sandor said dismissively. “Monsters of incest would be brats no one could stand or like. Kazuma was lazy and rude, but he was a good lad. Myrcella was about the sweetest girl you ever met, and Tommen was kind and timid. They’re no more monstrous than you are. And I know about the tail now.”
“I...yes.” Lean turned away, tears trickling down her cheek. “It was a pleasure to meet you both. I... don’t meet many people. Come, Dust. It’s late.”
Dust followed Lean silently up the stairs for a way out. Suddenly, she turned to him, a pleading expression on her face.
“Dust...you don't think my cousins were wicked, do you? Kazuma...he was always kind to me. He always wrote to me. Called me his ‘little sister.’ I... I liked him, though I never met him. He can’t... but my father... I don’t know. I hate this! Why do we have to fight?”
“I don’t know,” Dust admitted, feeling helpless. He tried to smile, despite having to fight back tears of his own. “But don’t worry. I’ll be your knight. I’ll protect you from any monsters, Lean. Even Red Priests.”
“Ok.”
They made their way up through the cells, dashing into the hallway, and ran smack into two people hurrying along the corridors.
“Oh!” Lean gasped. She looked up, then squeaked and jerked away. “Lord Baelish!”
“Princess. What are you and Prince Dust doing here at this hour?” Littlefinger asked, frowning down at the two of them.
“I was, er, showing Princess Lean the castle!” Dust said, smiling broadly. “What are you and, um, your lady friend doing here?”
“Nothing you need to concern yourself with,” the red haired woman said in a slightly slurred accent. She smiled, reaching out and touching Lean’s cheek. “Such a pretty little thing. You must be careful. For the night is dark, and full of terrors.”
“Yeah, well, we can take ‘em,” Dust said, puffing out his chest and looking up at the woman. She was tall, much taller than Baelish, and had long red hair. She was very pretty, with a figure that would have gotten uncle Obreyn’s interest immediately. In fact…
“Hey, are you Mel?” Dust asked. “You know my Uncle Oberyn?”
A smile crooked the woman’s lips. “I have met Prince Oberyn, yes. You could say I work for Lord Baelish.”
A few things clicked in Dust’s head, and he grabbed Lean. He really didn’t need to introduce her to one of his Uncle’s friend’s from one of Lord Baelish’s places. “Er, nice to meet you, bye, don’t tell anyone you met us.”
The two children hurried away, and Dust breathed a sigh of relief. That had been way too close.
He had no idea.
Chapter 41: Swear on Me Mum
Chapter Text
Sponsored by Eris Brand Anti-Theft insurance. Fortune doesn’t favor fools, but she does run a protection racket.
Chapter 41: Swear on Me Mum
It was yet dark when two figures with four horses departed Winterfell, though with the rapidly approaching winter it was somewhat late in the day. As the pale sun rose, the riders pressed further south across fields, then through forest along the King’s Road. For the first few hours, the trip was silent, with the smaller of the pair slouched in her saddle, looking bleary eyed and tired, while the other rode stiff and straight. After three hours, the silence was finally broken when Chris yawned, then began to rummage through her mounts saddle bags.
“We do not stop until midday,” Brienne said without looking over. “If you are hungry, eat in the saddle.”
“Nah, just wanted to check something.” Chris pulled out a lovely silver necklace, studded with sapphires. She grinned to herself and held it up so the gems caught the sunlight. Brienne glanced at Chris, then did a double take, a look of horror coming over the knight.
“Chris! That is Lady Catelyn’s necklace! I saw her wearing it at the feast!”
“I know, right? Pretty sweet. I was up all night snagging it and some other-” Chris cut off as Brienne veered towards her and tried to snatch the necklace away, but the smaller girl easily dodged and used her legs to steer her horse away.
“We are noble knights on a sacred quest for the king! We do not steal, especially not from our lieges! What else do you have?!”
“Nothing,” Chris said, sticking her tongue out at Brienne.
“You just told me you were up all night, robbing our friends!”
“Yeah, but now you’re acting all huffy, so I didn’t steal anythin’. It was a gift.”
“Chris, if you are to be my squire, I will not have you so flagrantly violating the law!” Brienne snapped. “You took bread and salt at Lord Stark’s table, and were his guest! Guests do not steal from their hosts!”
“Oh come on! I just borrowed them! I totally didn’t violate any laws! Or may the goddess strike me down!” Chris declared, dramatically raising one hand and putting the other over her breast. No sooner had those words been spoken, however, then a giant wolf jumped out of a weirwood tree by the side of the road, knocking Chris clean out of her saddle with a squeal.
“Youngling,” the wolf growled as it straddled the panicked Chris. “Thy mother sends word that thou art a noble thief. Thou must not steal from thy hosts, for thy dame honors her contracts, and thou didst form one between thyself and the Starks when thou were under their roof.”
Chris swallowed, and looked to Brienne, but instead of going for her sword, the knight was busy calming the horses. She spared one look for Chris, which was a smug “I told you so” expression. While most people would panic at the sight of giant talking wolves, Brienne was sort of used to them by this point.
“Uh, uh, uh,” Chris gasped, then stammered, “Um, er, sorry. Who are you again…?”
“Does thou not recognize me? I am Holo, the Last Wolf. I was at thy name day party a fortnight ago.”
“Oh. Hi. I uh, I guess I’m in trouble, huh?”
“Indeed. I have come at Eris’s request to return thine ill-gotten gains. Thy punishment is in the hands of the Lady of Tarth.”
Holo let Chris up, who went over to her saddlebags and began pulling out various valuables: a pair of silver goblets, a fine hunting horn, several rings, a bag of coins, and Maester Lewin’s best far-eye. She put all in a bag and passed it over to Holo, who took the bag in her teeth.
“That is everything?” the Old Goddess demanded.
Chris nodded, then stopped and blushed. “Well, um, there is…” She reached behind herself, gripping thin air, then drawing out a sword that glowed with a bright inner light. “But, uh, I stole this from my mom, and...I think I was supposed to steal it?”
“Eris knows of the sword. She and Ashara Dayne agree thou should keep it in thy possession for the nonce. Thou shalt know what to do with it when the time comes. If this is all, I must be away.”
“Yeah, that’s everything. But, um, I did steal this bracelet from my mom at Whiteharbor, but she didn’t say anything about it so…?”
“That, young pup, was a gift. Now behave thyself, or the good Lady of Tarth shall be forced to punish thee yet more vigorously,” Holo said sternly. Then she turned to Brienne, giving her a big wolfish grin. “Fair fortune to thee, knight of the south. Thou hast fought beside my pups, and I count thee as one of mine own pack, though thou worship the Southron Goddesses.”
“Thank you, Holo,” Brienne said, dismounting and bowing. “Tell Lady Eris I shall do my best to look after Chris, not only as my squire, but as if she were my own sister. Er, not that I would call myself a daughter of a goddess, but-”
“Fear not, noble warrior. Thy sentiments are understood.” Holo stepped forward, breathing out over Brienne, then Chris. “Go, with the blessings of Goddesses Old and New. Thy mission is of greater import than thou may realize.”
Then the Old Goddess took up the saddlebag of stolen goods, and vanished back into the Weirwood tree.
Chris shuffled nervously as Brienne slowly stood and remounted, then looked down at Chris with a stern expression. Chris offered a nervous smile, only for Brienne to burst out giggling.
“‘May the goddesses strike me down?’ From most, I would consider that foolish, but from you, Chris? You are lucky Eris did not simply manifest herself and take a switch to you.”
“Yeah, yeah. Laugh it up,” Chris hopped back onto her own nervous mount, jerking the reins around. “Let’s just go.”
“What is next? Will you say ‘May Satella take me if I lie,’ only for the goddess of death herself to arrive and drag you off to a time out?”
“You’re hilarious, Brienne.”
“Perhaps you will ask that Madoka blind you for falsehood, and have her descend from on high to darken your eyes?”
“Drop it, Brienne.”
“My point is that you’re the one who told me all Seven Goddesses are officially your aunts, and apparently so are Holo and the Drowned Goddess. Are you simply lonely?”
Chris glared at Brienne, slouching in her saddle and sulking.
“Oh, and you shall be doing our dishes for a fortnight, and digging our latrine pit.”
“WHAT?! That’s totally unfair!”
“I should point out that as my squire, normally you would be expected to do such things. Some would even consider serving their knight in such a way an honor.”
“Some people are stupid.”
“Some people are also wise enough not to steal from a Lord Paramount, and most are certainly wise enough not to taunt the goddesses about such things. Especially if they just so happen to be Eris’s own daughter.”
“This adventure sucks.”
“Take heart, Chris. I shall make a fine knight of you yet,” Brienne promised. “Though I have to ask: did you really steal your family's legendary sword?”
“Look, Dawn’s like, an heirloom, or something. I’m totally Ashara Dayne’s daughter, and you know I’m not half bad with a sword. And, since I was going on an Adventure I sort of...borrowed it. Without asking.”
“Well, I suppose if your mother did not mind, I shall not lecture you on it,” Brienne said with a sigh. “And, if you truly are a Child of Destiny, sent to face the evils of this world, you shall need it. We will practice with it whenever we camp alone for the night.”
Chris rolled her eyes, but she did manage a secretive smile when Brienne wasn’t looking. Finally! She had been waiting to try out Dawn forever! With that weapon, she could totally beat Brienne for once!
Later that night, when Chris was nursing her bruises, she decided that magic swords were cool and all, but being six and a half feet tall and double Chris’s reach was just cheating. She was going to charge Kazuma extra for this.
========================================================================
Leaving Winterfell turned out to be a lot harder than Kazuma had thought it would be. Not just in the logistics, but what -or rather who- he had to leave behind.
“You take care of Cella and Mom, OK, Tommy? You’re the big bro now,” Kazuma told his little brother, kneeling in the gravel by the castle gates. He gave Tommen a big hug, and both he and his little brother manfully held back tears.
“Kick ‘em in the balls, Big Bro,” Tommen whispered, pressing his head against Kazuma’s shoulder.
“I’ll give Stannis a swing just for you,” Kazuma promised, fighting back his own tears. He’d been away from Tommen and Myrcella, and even his mother before, on trips down to Dorne or to the Stormlands, but this was different. He was going to war. At least they’d be safe here.
Myrcella, unlike Tommen, did not feel the need not to cry, and wailed and made Kazuma promise he would stay safe and not let Megumin and Yunyun get hurt. “You come back, you hear? You’re my Big Bro, you can’t die!”
“I won’t,” Kazuma promised, drying his sister's eyes with his own handkerchief. “Look out for Tommy, OK? He’s going to be lonely, even with Rick and Shaggy Dog to play with.”
“We’ll have ‘Mekko and Lya too,” Myrcella sniffed. “And mommy will be here.” Then Myrcella looked to Eddard, reaching up for him to pick her up, which the older man did. “You take care of Kazuma, OK? I know he’s the king, but he’s my big bro and...and he needs a dad.”
“I shall ensure that His Highness is well taken care of, and look after him as I would my own son,” Eddard promised, kissing Myrcella on the forehead and then setting her back down.
She sniffed and nodded, then took Komekko’s hand. She too was crying too, and had protested loudly that “everyone should stay here so I can keep them safe!” In the end though, she had agreed her father and siblings needed to go south again, and that she needed to be the Stark in Winterfell and keep the North safe. Normally the idea of a little girl doing so would have been silly. Then again, normally said little girls didn’t have at least four demons at their beck and call.
Then Kazuma hugged his mother. After a long discussion, it had been decided that Cersei would remain behind. Especially after Kazuma had caught her taking dinner privately with Cecily, who most certainly would NOT be staying behind.
They had discussed it in private the day before, Kazuma feeling petulant, but Cersei trying to be gentle, and at the same time, lie her pants off.
“I never loved Robert. You know that, Kazuma,” Cersei told him.
“Yeah, you two hated one another,” Kazuma grumbled. “But I didn’t think YOU would hop into bed with someone else!”
“Kazuma.”
He’d looked up at Cersei, and she had sighed and smoothed a bit of blonde hair away from his forehead. “Cecily and I...we have not slept together. Nor shall we, for at least another nine months, as is proper. But you should know: it was not just your father I held no affection for.”
Kazuma’s brow wrinkled, then his eyes went wide. “You mean, you-”
“Do not love men,” Cersei confirmed, spinning a lie to save her children, and herself. “Cecily is beautiful, and young, but I shall abstain, for your and your siblings sake, until the time of mourning for Robert has passed. But when that time has passed...perhaps I would like to have someone who did love me.”
Kazuma’s first instinct had been to say something nasty, but he bit his tongue. He sighed, thinking of Robert with Satella, and nodded. “I guess I can’t be too mad at you. Not what dad wanted, anyway.”
It was now somewhat common knowledge that Cecily and Cersei were infatuated with one another, much to Cecily’s delight. Only Jaime and Cersei knew the truth: Cersei wasn’t a lesbian, or at least, hadn’t been one, and Cecily was simply a convenient way to further put to rest the very real truth of who Kazuma’s (and Myrcella’s and Tommen’s) actual father was. Cersei wouldn’t have been the first person pushed into a traditional marriage alliance against her wishes and preferences, nor the last. The Seven might not have a problem with non-traditional arrangements, but that didn’t change how the politics of Westeros worked, or at least not that much.
So Kazuma’s parting with Cersei was at least a little bittersweet for him, but he dutifully kissed and hugged her. “Stay safe, OK?”
“I fear more for you, my son,” Cersei said, trying to force a smile. She well remembered the words of Maggy the Frog: She would outlive her children. Kazuma could not die, could he? He was favored of Aqua, she would not let her champion fall.
Cersei probably would not have felt better if she knew about Kazuma’s somewhat casual relationship with Satella in past lives, as he was in the running for “most resurrections” in the Seven’s Pantheon. Though a certain unfortunate one had returned by death more times than even Kazuma.
With that done, Kazuma mounted his horse, pulling up beside Megumin, who’s eyes were definitely not red from crying at leaving her mother again. Kazuma gave one last wave to his family, and nodded to Ser Oakheart and Ser Blount, who would be staying behind to guard the Dowager Queen and her younger children. Though Kazuma would have liked to have Sandor on guard, that would be somewhat difficult for the latter as he was a prisoner of Stannis. Kazuma was just glad they’d gotten a letter revealing he was alive. He’d get his Hound back somehow.
There were fewer cheers from the people in Wintertown as the Northern Host marched forth than there had been when last Kazuma had departed Winterfell, and there were more than a few weeping mothers, children, and old men along the road.
“This isn’t as much fun as I imagined it would be,” Megumin said quietly as they passed a teary eyed young woman waving to Fat Tom, two children clutching at her skirts and a babe in her arms. “Samath is a nice lady, I visited her with Yunyun when Baby Tom was born. She’s scared because Fat Tom almost died in King’s Landing; he took a nasty wound in the fighting but Cecily healed him. But he said he has to go back and fight again.”
“Yeah. I always imagined riding out with my dad against Mad Aerys, and I thought it would be exciting,” Kazuma agreed. He paused, reining his horse to the side as they were about to leave the town, before a large crowd of small folk. A few were clapping and cheering, but more just looked grim, worried, or desperate.
“We’ll come back with everyone we can!” he shouted to the crowd. “I, Kazuma Baratheon, will fight to protect everyone, no matter how great or small! We’ll free the Seven Kingdoms, and bring peace to the realm, and bring back as many of your husbands and sons as we can!”
“That is a promise of a Crimson Demon!” Megumin agreed, standing up in her saddle. Which made her almost as tall as Kazuma. Fear not! For I, Queen Megumin, shall use my vast mystic powers to safeguard every last soldier I can!”
The words seemed to startle both the crowd and the army, but a moment later the small folk really did break out in cheers, chanting “Kazuma! Megumin! Kazuma! Megumin!”
Both of them blushed, sitting on their horses with uncertainty, until Eddard came and guided them away. “That was well done. It is good for rulers to show compassion for their subjects, great and small. I pray that you will succeed in your endeavor, but be careful: war is always a terrible business.”
“Normally, war does not have my Explosion, nor Kazuma’s magic!” Megumin declared, her eyes glowing brightly in the pale morning light. “We shall shatter Stannis’s forces, and keep our own soldiers safe.”
“Mayhaps. But do not forget: the men who fight for Stannis have their own mothers, sisters, daughters, fathers, brothers, and sons. They are just as much your subjects as these are.”
Kazuma and Megumin blinked, then shared a look of horror. Licking his lips, Kazuma spoke hesitantly.
“But then...are you saying we should not fight? We have to, don’t we?”
“We do. But you must unite the realm, not divide it. Stannis must be destroyed, but have mercy on those who bend the knee to you.”
“You always said you have to be willing to let a man get up once you force him to his knees,” Megumin said slowly, looking uncertain. “But...they’re evil, right? Because...they tried to kill us, and they did kill some of our guards, like Harwin.”
“They are our enemies, and I grant Baelish is an evil man,” Eddard agreed. “But I do not think Stannis evil, nor most of the men who follow him. Make no mistake: we may have to kill Stannis, though it would stain your reign with kinslaying, he began this war.”
“But then why are we fighting?” Megumin demanded. “We fight evil! We’re heroes!”
“Sometimes, two sides that are both good fight one another. Like in the Dance of the Dragons. Neither Aegon II nor Rhaenyra were really evil. They just... they both wanted to rule. And they were too stubborn to listen to reason,” Kazuma said, looking pained.
Megumin looked like she disagreed, but when her father nodded, she huffed and looked away, plainly upset. Later, when they stopped for lunch, Megumin and Chomusuke headed into the woods alone, despite the efforts of the Kingsguard. Kazuma snuck after them, and before found Megumin in a forest clearing sitting on a mossy log, clinging to the other girl and weeping.
“W-what if I killed good people?” Megumin blubbered to the old goddess as she stroked Megumin’s back. “They were supposed to be evil! I’m supposed to use my magic for good!”
“They were trying to kill you, and your family. Do you regret saving them?” Chomusuke asked gently. “You are a wolf, and a wolf will protect her pack. What you did was not wrong.”
Megumin saw Kazuma and shied away, looking frightened. “Do you...do you hate me because I killed so many people?”
“No. I’m thankful. I wish I could have used my powers to kill Stannis and stop the whole thing, but all I can do is lame stuff,” Kazuma said, sitting next to her on the rotting wood.
“I didn’t...I didn’t really think about how many people I killed, but it was a lot, wasn’t it? Even more than the bandits,” Megumin said quietly as Kazuma rested his head on her own shoulder.
“Probably,” Kazuma admitted. “But I’m going to kill a lot more.”
Megumin frowned, shifting slightly to look over at him. “How? Did you learn Explosion?”
“He is the Alpha. The pack hunts at his command. All the men on both sides die at his word,” Chomusuke said.
Megumin started, sitting up and looking at Kazuma as he rested his head in his hands. “But-”
“She’s right. I’ve already killed a lot of people. There’s been fighting in the Westerlands and Crownlands. Just skirmishes that we’ve heard of, but there’s a big battle brewing between Stannis and my grandpa Tywin. And it won’t be the only one. No matter who wins, that’s just the first of their troops. Both sides have reserves. Stannis has a lot more because he controls so much more land, but the fighting will last for months. Which is good. Because it will take us months to get there.”
“Should we...go ahead of our army?” Megumin asked, looking to Chomusuke. “You could get us there faster, right?”
“I could move perhaps twice as fast as the army with both of you alone, at least for a few weeks. Even then, I could not arrive at the fighting in less than a month’s time. And Megumin, I am powerful, and so are both of you, but we would be destroyed alone.”
“What if we brought Yunyun, or Darkness and Robb too?” Kazuma asked.
Chomusuke shrugged. “Together perhaps you could destroy the foe, but it would be dangerous, even with my litter mates. This is something you should speak with your sires about. They know more of war than I.”
“Wish I could talk to my dad, but Robert’s dead. At least I can speak to Eddard,” Kazuma muttered. He considered, then nodded. “Yeah, I should talk to Tyrion, Selmy, and Jaime too. They know a lot about fighting and stuff.”
When the three of them returned to the rest of the army, Kazuma got a rather stern look from Ser Barristan, and a lecture from Jaime about “wandering off alone.”
“We weren’t alone, we had Chomusuke with us! And she’s literally a goddess!” Megumin snapped when Jaime started to go on about, ‘bandits and wild beasts.”
That made Jaime pause, looking to Chomusuke, who had gone back to being a wolf. She gave me a toothy grin, but he shook his head. “You should have better sense if you are a goddess. They are the King and Queen: They can go nowhere alone. They are young, but that does not change their duties, nor the dangers arrayed against them.”
Chomusuke looked just as abashed as the royal couple in the end, and bowed her head to Jaime. However, once they were back in the saddle, Kazuma had his more senior advisers ride with them.
“I’ve been thinking,” Kazuma said, which made Tyrion snort.
“Were you? I thought you were wandering off, trying to make the rest of us go as white as Ser Barristan in worry.”
“Look, fine, we won’t do it again, but listen: a lot of our strength is concentrated in just a few people,” Kazuma argued.
“What do you mean?” Olena asked suspiciously. Despite her age and gender, she’d insisted on being given a horse, and so far was keeping up just fine. “You’re not planning on running off on some insane quest with just your supposed Children of Destiny and getting your fool selves all killed?”
“No. I mean, sort of?” Kazuma admitted.
“We aren’t going to run off alone, that’s why we’re talking with you!” Megumin argued, glaring at the Queen of Thorns. “But listen: all these soldiers are slow! Dad says they can only march 20 miles a day, and they have to take every seventh day to rest! So that’s 120 miles in a week, which means it will take us at LEAST eleven weeks just to get to the Trident! And they’re already fighting in the Westerlands! What about Twyin Lannister?”
“He shall have to hold,” Eddard said grimly. “We can send a detachment of horse ahead, but if they press too hard they will arrive exhausted and unable to be of much aid. If they are cut off, they could be destroyed by Stannis’s heavy foot.”
“What if we send a small force, light horse, just to get Megumin, Yunyun, Darkness, and Robb there?” Kazuma demanded, blushing slightly. He didn’t include himself in the argument, as while he did have magic and skills, they were not exactly the most useful in a battlefield setting. At least, so far.
“What, is Robb now a Child of Destiny too? Is every child of House Stark some hero of legend now?” Olena demanded.
“No, but he can turn into a warg and rip people in half. Darkness says he cut her, and most swords just break when they hit her,” Megumin pointed out.
“That is actually a fair point,” Tyrion agreed, rubbing his chin. “I confess, I am no grand strategist, but the Stark girls alone would seem to me to be a dangerous force on the battlefield. What say you, Ser Barristan, Lord Stark?”
“I fought on the Stepping Stones. I have seen what a Red Priest can do to even the most valiant charge of chivalry,” the old knight said with a grimace. “And their pyromancy is as nothing compared to what I saw Lady Yunyun and Queen Megumin accomplish. The same is true for the monstrosities that the Red God creates: they can break a line of infantry as well as an entire line of knights when they crash into the fight.”
“See?” Kazuma said, his eyes lighting up, but then Selmy held up a hand.
“Your Grace, let me finish. I killed two such beasts, and helped Jason the Stormborn slay a pyromancer. And, as we all know, Jason Lannister was just as blessed of the Goddesses as any, wielding the powers of the Saints themselves in battle. But even as he slew Maelys the Monstrous, the very land he stood upon sunk into the sea as he felled his foe, both of them fatally wounded. Even you, Your Grace, with all your powers, can be laid low. I would wager even Lady Darkness has a breaking point. She bleeds, and therefore, she can die. Perhaps she would slay a score of men before she did, perhaps a hundred. But at some point, even the greatest of warriors break.”
“To go with a light escort would be sheer folly, especially when we do not know what Stannis has at his own disposal. These are strange days. You have heard the rumors that he has metal dragons that breath fire and can destroy castles from a thousand yards away. Mayhaps it is folly, but that is not a chance we should take. My advice to you, Your Grace, is to be patient. You are young, and you wish to end this war quickly, this is well and good. But do not be so hasty that you rush to defeat instead of victory.”
Feeling sick, Kazuma looked to Megumin, who looked as despondent as he felt. Both of them turned to Eddard, but the Hand nodded.
“Ser Barristan is wise. You are both likely to be key to our victory, but to race ahead of the army invites disaster. Tywin can hold for a few months. If all else fails, he has his holdfasts and the Rock itself. Unless Stannis truly does have dragons, he cannot take every castle in the Westerlands before we arrive.”
Kazuma and Megumin finally nodded agreement, listening as their advisers helped them craft a plan to approach the South. They could sprint the last of the way, but it was safest and surest to march at a steady rate down the Kingsroad, keeping their lines of supply and baggage intact. They had yet to hear word from the Twins, however, and Tyrion proposed a possible solution:
“Ride forward with a sizable group of horse to arrive at the Twins before the host, and negotiate with Walder Frey. Get him on your side, and perhaps the Riverlords will follow. With them at our backs, the foot can move faster, as we would have more sure supply, and would not have to rely on the ox carts we have with us.”
“I guess that would help,” Kazuma agreed, looking to Megumin.
“And if the Freys do not swear to us, I shall Explode them!” Megumin swore.
“Actually,” Kazuma said, rubbing his chin. “Maybe a demonstration is in order. Are there any conveniently abandoned ruins visible from the Twins that Megumin could destroy to impress Lord Frey?”
“There’s an old holdfast on this side of the river that is abandoned,” Ser Jaime agreed.
Kazuma grinned. “Well then. Maybe some demolition work should be conducted. We wouldn't want Lord Frey to be late this time.”
Chapter 42: The Last Stand of the Free Folk
Chapter Text
In memory of those happy few, who stood together on Saint Crispin’s Day.
Chapter 42: The Last Stand of the Free Folk
The chill air was still and oppressive, with not even a breeze to stir it. The usual sounds of life in the camp had gone silent, only the shuffling of feet and the persistent coughs from the remaining assembled Free Folk and Black Brothers as they stood. Jon looked up at the grey sky, and shivered in the dim light. He glanced at Ygritte and Sam, but they were as pale as Jon thought he was. Ghost stood between himself and Ygritte, his red eyes watching the proceedings, even his tail still as he sat on his haunches, waiting.
It was Wiz who spoke and broke the silence, standing from the panel of three judges. Herself, Lord Commander Mormont, and Mance Rayder had been selected to pass judgement on the accused. Other Wilding leaders had wanted to be a part of the judgement, but in the end they had acceded to representation by Mance.
“You are all found guilty of aiding and abetting our ancient and hated foe, the Great Other, and his agents, of poisoning rations, and engaging in vile necromancy,” Wiz pronounced. Her normally gentle tone had taken on an edge as hard as old ice, and as chill as the grave.
“What we did, we did for the Lich King!” one of the Thenns, a woman dressed in moldy furs, rasped.
“Silence!” Mormont thundered.
“We shall rise again in death, and rule over you fools!” one of her companions cried.
“Silence them!” Mance roared, and gags were roughly forced around the mouths of the Thenns.
“There is no doubt: There are members of the Cult of the Other,” Wiz declared, her expression grim. “There can be only one punishment for such. Light the pyres.”
The crowd howled their approval, even the Black Brothers. For his part, Jon felt sick.
“What do you think, god?” Ygritte asked, kneeling beside Ghost and putting an arm around him. “Is it right they burn?”
Ghost was silent, as usual, but shifted to the form of a man, putting an arm around Ygritte. He nodded solemnly, then helped her stand even as she trembled.
“I don’t like this,” Sam muttered, watching as the nine Thenns were tied onto three pyres of wood.
“It’s what must be done,” Jon said, shivering despite his warm cloak. “I saw my father execute a witch, once. I don’t recall if she served the Red God or the Others, but it matters not. Those that treat with such dark powers must be destroyed.”
“They’ve killed too many already,” Ygritte agreed, looking over to a small child of no more than five or six. He was coughing into his hand, and had taken on a splotchy complexion. He’d be dead before long, and they’d have to burn his living corpse as well.
Only a day after the plagued grain had been discovered, the Wildings and Black Brothers had been decimated. A full tenth of their number had perished from the Plague of Undeath only to rise again. Some requested to be killed before they could die of the disease. It was likely the boy's parents would kill him soon, if they hadn’t died already. Another tenth of their numbers would die soon, and more after that. The Plague couldn’t be spread through the air, a small mercy. But it was spread via food, water, and close contact. A lover’s embrace. A kiss. A shared drinking cup. It was enough.
And they had no Renewalists to heal the disease, Axis to purify the toxins, or even the Envy Cult to grant Last Mercy. Those that fell ill were doomed.
Ghost had communicated he could do nothing. His abilities were severely dampened beyond the wall, and he was a warrior, not a healer. He would fight alongside his brother against the enemy, but he could not cure the sick.
None north of the Wall could.
And retreat grew less likely by the hour.
Not long after the plagued grain was discovered, the Others had made themselves known. The woods were now full of wights, Others, and fouler things. Abominations, twisted monstrosities formed of the corpses of dozens of men and beasts, had been seen in the woods. Risen giants with great vats of plague upon their backs were stalking the forest. The plant life was rapidly sickening, and even in this cold, it was blooming with rot and corruption. In such an environment, the air became a poison, and the plants’ spores could carry the Plague to any who entered.
The nine cultists screamed as they burned, and many cheered. Others coughed. Jon looked to Lord Mormont, and the Old Bear’s expression was grim. He nodded to Jon, then turned to the newly erected command tent, along with Mance, Wiz, and a very dour looking Vanir. Jon followed, along with Ghost. Ygritte tried to come as well, but Ghost put a hand on her chest and shook his head, looking pained. Ygritte made to argue, but after a few gestures from Ghost, she took up watch outside the tent, looking upset, but mollified.
“We cannot maintain our position,” Mormont said without preamble once they were all inside. “The longer we stay, the weaker we become, and the stronger our foe grows. We must flee, and we have to do it sooner rather than later.”
Mance sat heavily at the table, his face pained. “Many will not make it. Especially the young and old.”
“Is that an argument against making for the Wall?” Mormont demanded.
“No,” Mance answered, bowing his head. “A statement of fact. They have poisoned most of our food supplies. With what the godling sniffed out...we have barely enough for a week. Heh. Well, more, considering how many shall perish shortly. But staying here will doom us all.”
“Fighting free will not be easy, even for Vanir and I,” Wiz said, her own expression still dark and troubled. “We shall not be able to protect you all.”
“We shall stand beside you, my lady,” Jon vowed. “Without you, we would have no hope of breaking free.”
“Snow speaks truly,” Mormont agreed. “It is vital, my lady, that you and Lord Vanir make it to the Wall. They must be warned: the Kinslayer has risen.”
“Oh, so now moi is ‘Lord Vanir?’ Moi told you long ago of moi’s status as a Duke, but thou behaved as though moi was a genie thou could conjure!” Vanir laughed.
“I don’t know what a duke is, nor do I care,” Mormont sighed. “But you're powerful enough to be a lord, that’s for a certainty.”
“Vanir, peace. You know who the Kinslayer is, and where he’s from. We cannot allow him to cover all these lands in death and darkness!” Wiz protested. Vanir opened his mouth and raised a finger, until Wiz added, “Just think of what Komekko would say!”
“Thou hast a point,” Vanir grumbled. Then he smiled and laughed. “And besides, moi could not torment these amusing mortals further if they all perished! And there are still the meddling goddesses…”
“Well I don’t care if you’re a fool, a demon, or the Emperor of Yi Ti,” Mance growled. “The dead are the enemy of all the living!”
Wiz looked deeply hurt by those words, so Jon hastily added, “We know that you are different, Lady Wiz. I am sure Mance means no offense.”
“Oh, aye. My apologies, Witch. You know what I meant,” Mance said gruffly, and Wiz nodded, looking a bit relieved.
“We’d best begin then,” Mormont said, standing. “Snow, you and Ghost will need to find us a way forward. He can detect a safe path, free of corruption. Work with Tormund and the Halfhand to choose the best men.”
“Yes, Lord Commander,” Jon agreed, and the meeting broke up. He walked outside and found Ygritte glaring at him. “What?”
“If you don’t pick me because of some stupid southron belief that women can’t hold a spear, so help me Snow, I’ll murder you in your sleep,” she growled.
“I’m not a Southron, Ygritte, I’m from Winterfell,” Jon said, feeling slightly exasperated.
“That’s still south,” she muttered, still glaring at Jon.
“Aye, I suppose it is,” Jon agreed, thinking of Komekko and his other sisters, and wondering if they were really still alive. He hoped so. “I think Ghost would be upset if I didn’t ask you to join us. He seems fond of you.”
Ghost’s tongue lolled in a doggy grin, and his tail thumped the ground several times. That made the fiery wilding lose her scowl, and she nodded. “Well, good. If I left the two of you rock headed idiots alone, you’d both end up dead. And I can’t let my favorite god get himself killed so soon after I met him.”
“We have managed to avoid getting killed thus far,” Jon pointed out as they walked towards where Tormund’s tent was.
“You know nothing, Jon Snow,” Ygritte said with a snort. She glanced down at Ghost, who was trotting alongside them. “And don’t think you’re any smarter just because you’re a god. You know nothing either, Ghost.”
Ghost sneezed, then gave Ygritte a hurt look, his ears drooping slightly and tail flagging.
“Don’t try that on me! Just because you can look adorable doesn’t mean you know anything,” Ygritte lectured.
Ghost suddenly shifted to his human form, grabbed Ygritte’s bow from her hands, and took off at a dead run before she could react.
“YOU GET BACK HERE!” Ygritte shouted, sprinting after Ghost. “I’VE ALWAYS WANTED A GODSKIN CLOAK, AND I’LL START WITH YOURS IF YOU DON’T GIVE ME MY BOW BACK!”
Jon sighed and shook his head, but managed a wan smile. Ghost did give the bow back, and though Ygritte fussed and fumed, he saw a smile on her lips as well. Ghost wagged his tail at her, but when she wasn’t looking, he looked to Jon soberly, and made the sign for “danger,” then looked at Ygritte and grimaced.
“Aye,” Jon ageed. “But you think she’d be safer if we left her behind?”
Ghost shook his head, and went back on all fours. But he didn’t look best pleased. Then again, considering the circumstances, who would be?
“About bloody time, staying here is madness,” Tormund rumbled when Jon told him. “I suppose you’ll need me to help you lost crows find your way back home?”
“You know these lands well, do you not?” Jon asked him.
“Aye, that I do.” Tormund hesitated, then added. “So does the Halfhand. I hate the Black bastard’s guts, but at a time like this…”
“He’ll be aiding us,” Jon promised. “Pick out a dozen men. The way forward will be perilous, but Ghost will be at our side.”
“Hmph. How well can a god fight?” Tormund muttered. “Else why would they need the Wall?”
But he didn’t protest further.
The Halfhand already had his dozen rangers picked out, and didn’t seem surprised Jon would be leading them. “That Old God’s nose is useful. He’ll help us avoid the worst of the corruption spreading. I’ve never had to make my way through Plagued Lands, but I’ve seen the Blight and heard the stories. Wear a cloth over your face, Snow. We don’t have holy water from one of those Southron priestesses to aid us, but it shall have to be enough.”
Jon had just about gathered what supplies he needed, when a cry arose. He hurried out of his tent, and saw sudden frantic activity. He hurried to get a clear view, and what he saw chilled his blood.
Out of the mists to the North, a grey line had begun to emerge. In moments, it resolved itself into a shambling mass of what at this distance, seemed to be men. But Jon knew that not one of them breathed. It was a massive army, numbering in the tens of thousands, perhaps more. How could there be that many corpses in all of the lands beyond the Wall? He didn’t know, but it didn’t matter: They were here.
“SNOW!”
Jon turned to see Lord Mormont hurrying towards him, the Old Bear puffing and bellowing. “Get moving, now!”
“But that army, they-”
“Some of us will stay and hold them off,” Mormont said, handing over a satchel of papers. “In this is the Lady’s Phylactery, and a mask that Vanir gave me. Get it beyond the Wall. Tell them what is coming.”
Jon swallowed, looking around the camp as Wildings ran about in panic. “But...the women, the children...what of them?”
“They’ll follow behind, I and the other Brothers and some of the wildings will stay and fight as long as we can. But some of you must get through, Snow. Go, now! Hurry!”
Jon could only nod. He whistled for Ghost, who ran for him with Ygritte. He spotted Sam, who was standing alone as other’s raced by. “Sam! Come on! We’ve got to get a message through to the Shadow Tower!”
“But, I’m out of ravens!” Sam answered, looking as pale as one of the Others that rode for them.
Jon shoved the satchel into his hands. “Then carry it yourself. Come on! We’re going to make a run for it!”
Sam looked down at the bundle, then grimaced. He shook his head, and gave Jon the bundle again. “No, Jon. I’m fat, and I’m slow. Besides: there are women and children who will still need to flee. I’ll stay until they’re away, then follow.”
“But Sam, you don’t know how to fight!” Jon protested.
Sam shrugged, then pulled out an obsidian dagger. “I’ll do my best. I’m a craven, but I won’t slow you. If you see my father...tell him his son died well. It’ll be a lie, but maybe it will bring my mother a measure of peace.”
“Sam, I-”
“Snow, you fool! Do you know nothing!?” Ygritte snarled, grabbing him. “Come on! Your friend is showing more courage than most! Die well, Samwell Tarly. And do not them take you.”
“I won’t,” Sam promised, his voice faint.
Jon let himself be pulled away. The last he saw of Sam when he was alive, Sam was loading children into a cart, then picking up the tracers and moving it himself.
As for Jon, he and his score of rangers and Wildlings plunged into the Plague Lands. They did not even make it to the treeline before the undead attacked, a mob of wights two score strong shambling out of cover, then sprinting for them with unearthly howls, a glowing blue Other riding an icy spider behind them.
“Forward!” Tormond roared, and raised a bronze axe in each hand as he charged the Wights.
Before the battle could be joined, a sudden warmth filled the air. Jon heard Ygritte gasp, and he turned to see Ghost, now in human form. Strangely, what Jon noticed first was that Ghost’s left hand, white and pale as ever, now had a glowing golden triangle emblazoned on it. Ghost’s eyes, normally red, now glowed with that same Golden light.
In the Old God’s hands was a bow made of light, and on the nock was a silver arrow that blazed like the sun at noon in midsummer.
Let Hope guide Courage in this hour.
Jon didn’t know where voice had come from, but by the reactions of the Rangers and Wildlings, they heard it as well.
“HIYAAAH!” Ghost roared, the first spoken sound Jon had ever heard him make. The silver arrow lept from the bow, and blazed forward, cutting a swathe through the wights, then skewered the Other on his spider. The alien necromancer let out a cry like splitting ice, then shattered. The wights suddenly fell to the ground, a few sliding forward on their momentum.
“Seven Hells,” Qhroin breathed. “He really is a god.”
“Don’t just stand there, move!” Jon ordered, realizing that everyone had stopped to stare slack jawed at Ghost. “Run! We’ve got to get clear before that army closes in!”
Jon made to follow his own advice, but Ghost gripped his arm. He turned in confusion, but then gaped. In Ghost’s other hand was a sword like none he had ever seen. Its blade seemed to be of Valyrian steel, but it emitted a faint glow. There was a slight bulge in the metal near the crossguard, with three triangles stamped into it. The crossguard itself was colored blue, and seemed to be formed in the shape of upthrust wings.
“Ghost, I-”
Ghost pressed the sword into Jon’s hands, and he took it. It felt warm in his grasp, and he felt both Hope and Courage flow through him.
“I… thank you, my brother,” Jon said, his voice raw with sudden emotion. “This is a mighty gift.”
Ghost nodded, then turned to Ygritte. He took the glowing bow of light from his back, along with a quiver of silver arrows.
“What, what are you-” Ygritte gasped, but she took the bow. Swallowing, she nodded. “Thank you. I...I could go back. Fight to save more people…”
Ghost shook his head, his eyes going back to their normal red color. His expression was torn and pained, and he made a few quick signs. We must warn the South. Winter is here.
“Aye. I suppose we must.” Ygritte gripped the bow, and turned towards the woods. “I won’t be easy. But what will you fight with, Ghost?”
Ghost grinned, showing white teeth. Then, he began to grow, even as he went back to his lupin form. When he finished, he was as tall as a mammoth, and there was a glowing golden triangle on his forehead. He suddenly lifted his head, and Ghost howled. No sound came forth, but Jon felt it in his bones. Around him, the Rangers and Wildlings laughed.
“Come on then, Lord Snow!” the Halfhand chuckled. “They think a few undead can stop us? HA! I could fight a thousand!”
“You’ll have to beat me to it, Crow,” Tormund rumbled. “Come on, lads! Let’s show these crows how free men fight!”
Jon charged forward with them, then turned his head when he heard a cry from Ygritte. He saw Ghost lift her in his jaws, then sling her onto his back.
“Don’t manhandle me like that, Ghost! Even if you’re a god, I bow to no one!” Ygritte scolded, but she clung on to the white fur gamely as Ghost broke into a thundering trot.
“Don’t complain, girl, and maybe your god will let you ride him properly later!” Tormund called, to much laughter from the wildlings and Brothers alike.
Jon smiled, but did not laugh. He ran forward with Ghost, his new blade held out before him as more undead appeared amidst the trees. He gritted his teeth.
It was one hundred and sixty three miles to the Shadow Tower. He just prayed enough of them would be alive at the end of it to save his family.
========================================================================
Standing beside Vanir at the makeshift ramparts, Wiz felt as though her heart was racing. It wasn’t. She hadn’t had a true heart in so long she barely remembered what it had been like to have one. But when she looked to those who stood beside her, from the frightened mortals, to her longtime friend, she felt her heart swell with love anyway. She turned back to face the oncoming undead hordes. She’d save all she could.
Behind Wiz, the evacuation continued, mostly the elderly and the very young, along with a few guardians. Most would still perish. Wiz would buy them all the time she could.
“Do not look so sad, O woman who has at last learned how to run a business,” Vanir chuckled. “They are but mortals. They would perish soon enough in any regard.”
“All life is precious, Vanir. No matter how brief,” Wiz replied, continuing an argument so old it predated Westerosi civilization itself.
“Hmph. Well, dost thou not find it droll that once we would have led such an army?” Vanir chuckled, indicating the implacable line of undead as it marched relentlessly forward.
“Never. I served the Devil King of old, but only on the condition that he never take an innocent life. When he broke that bargain, I broke him,” Wiz snarled, the ancient memories still kindling fury. For a lich, she was rather emotional. Probably something to do with Aqua’s blessing. Wiz still thanked the Goddess of Waters for that gift every day.
“Thou art no fun, as is typical,” Vanir sighed. “Once, moi did lead armies of demons to oppress mortal races.”
“I know.”
“Hmph. You do not fear moi will change sides?”
“If I did, I would know who to tell on you to,” Wiz answered, a faint smile brushing her lips.
“Ah! At last! My jests warm the ancient maiden’s heart! Though one would wonder when thou shall ever take a lover, dearest Wiz.”
“When I find a man I won’t have to bury one day,” Wiz answered simply, raising her hands as she silently began her spell.
Vanir snapped his fingers, and the earth before them rippled as he conjured forth his constructs. “What of the foolish adventurer who enslaves himself, as he once enslaved a goddess?”
“Kazuma dies all the time, Vanir. Besides, he’d never be content to settle down to a quiet life,” Wiz said. Then her eyes glowed a bright blue. “CRYSTAL. ICE. PRISON!”
Cackling hordes of dolls raced forward as Wiz flung the fury of a hundred lifetimes at the oncoming undead. The attacks of the two immortals blew massive holes in the line of undead, vaporising hundreds at a single stroke.
It did not matter. The undead closed ranks, and some of the fallen who had not been utterly destroyed reformed, rising up again.
“That should not be possible,” Vanir muttered, his eyes narrowing. “The necromantic energies required to bind souls so quickly…”
“He’s here,” Wiz said grimly. “Arthas.”
There were sharp intakes of breath from the mortals around Wiz, and she began another spell.
“DO NOT FEAR HIS NAME! IT ONLY GIVES ARTHAS THE KINSLAYER POWER OVER YOU!” Wiz roared, and flung forth more icy blades.
“Easy for you to say, you’re an immortal witch,” one of the Black Brothers muttered.
“Perhaps I am. But he can slay me the same as the rest of you,” Wiz replied calmly, sending out another vortex of frozen destruction.
“He cannot slay moi, for moi is not here!” Vanir laughed. “Come, thou thrice damned prince! Let moi escort thee to the infernal realms as thou so justly deserve!”
Despite Wiz and Vanir’s efforts, the undead soon closed the distance, and up and down the palisade, men and women fought for their lives. Wiz screamed her defiance, sending tornadoes of wind and ice to scour the undead away, but their foe was literally endless. Arthas Menathil as the Lich King had been the most powerful Necromancer Wiz had ever heard of. Now, he was a literal god of death.
It was hopeless. But Wiz fought on. She had to buy enough time for as many to escape as possible.
For a day and a night, Wiz and Vanir fought. During that time, the Wildlings and Black Brothers fought beside them, but their numbers were not endless, and those that fell rose to fight for their enemy. The air was full of mist and smoke, and a blizzard swirled around them, reducing their visibility to almost nothing, but Wiz could sense the malevolent presence of the Lord of the Undead there, and she knew fear. For she herself began to feel his call.
Slowly, they were forced up the hill to the last stronghold of the First Men. No more than two dozen living Men remained, but Wiz fought on to save them. She struck down three Death Knights, and half a dozen liches much like herself. Vanir laughed and fought through the first day and night, but at last, he was exhausted. In one final display of defiance, he flung himself high into the air, then rained down as shattered fragments of earth and mask that exploded in balls of flame, laughing all the while.
Wiz was comforted only in the knowledge that he wasn’t truly destroyed; He would reform around the mask they had given to Jon, or failing that, Komekko could summon him again after a time of rest in the infernal realm, though that could take years.
With that, the undead were forced back, and Wiz stood with her bare handful of survivors, exhausted, batterened, and yet, unbroken. She stood yet, panting and weary, but refusing to give in. The undead drew back, and for a moment, Wiz dared hope she had won.
Enough .
Footsteps sounded on the rocky, ice covered ground, heavy metal armor clanking.
“No,” Jorah Mormont rasped, forcing himself to his feet and drawing his Valyrian steel blade. “Not him.”
“Who else could it be?” Mance demanded. Both had somehow survived thus far. The two former enemies stood together beside Wiz, as the footsteps of doom echoed ever closer.
“Flee, my lady, while you can!” Mormont suddenly cried, and raced forward, his sword held aloft, Mance at his side.
“No, Jorah, you cannot-” Wiz cried, but she was too late.
He emerged from the fog and mist, clad in plate as black as his own soul. The cursed blade that glowed with runes of frost and death swung once. Whereas the swords of his minions the Others shrieked and failed against Valyrian Steel, Frostmourne was made of the blood of an Old God.
It clove Longclaw as Valyrian steel did mortal blades.
Mormont and Mance fell at the feet of the Lich King, dead.
“I have no curse that would sum up your crimes,” Wiz hissed, ice forming around her fists. “You are damned. You have damned yourself, time and again, even when offered salvation!”
A King serves no one. Not even goddesses.
“Is that what you are? Where is your kingdom, Arthas? Where are your people?” Wiz demanded.
I suppose you expect me to say that these are my people , Arthas replied, a note of amusement in his cold voice. That this wasteland is my kingdom.
Wiz hesitated, looking around as Others and the undead emerged to stand beside their king. “You claim to be a king. I had thought you would believe these were your people.”
These are only the seed of my people. This world, only the start to my kingdom. A shimmer appeared in the air, along with a strange land that Wiz had never seen before. But one that she knew.
“Azeroth? But-”
I knew of other worlds before. Once, I would have been content to sit in Icecrown, a single world under my crown. Now? Now I shall not rest until I have reclaimed all that should have been mine, and seized all that Aqua thinks is hers. She thought to rule over me. In the end, I shall teach her the same lesson I taught Yogg’Saron. All must serve the One True King.
“I will never serve you!” Wiz screamed, and hurled all that remind of her magic at the Great Other.
Arthas rebuffed her attack with a flick of his hand, runes glowing on his armor. A King has need of a Queen. And I do not plan to give you a choice.
Wiz screamed her defiance as Frostmourne swung for her. Just before it impacted her flesh, there was a flash of blue light, and a single, pure note.
Then all Wiz knew was darkness. And for a time, peace. She slept.
=======================================================================
For a moment, Arthas stood above the spot where the lich that had so long defied him had been. She had vanished suddenly, but he recognized the magic: Aqua’s. That hated, cursed being, the one that had called him from beyond death itself to serve once more.
But Arthas was the Lord of the Dead. Not the servant of a fool. He turned back to the two corpses behind him, and raised his blade.
Come. Your King commands it.
Jorah Mormont and Mance Rayder gasped for breath with lungs that did not fill as they rose to their knees. “We serve at your command, Your Grace.”
Where did the survivors flee to? What did they take with them?
“The Shadow Tower, your Grace,” Mormont answered, his eyes now glowing the same icy blue as the rest of Arthas’s subjects. “With them, they took Wiz the Witch’s phylactery, and the mask of Vanir, Duke of Hell.”
So that was how she had escaped. Very well. Wiz would be destroyed, or serve. There was no inbetween.
Go. Find them. Take what forces you need. Benjen already hunts the Old God and the blood of Stark. Do you know what magic the beast god used?
“I did not, but he is an Old God; they have many secrets,” Mormont answered. “I knew the Bear of the Isle, my sister’s lover. He did many strange things, so if Ghost has odd magics it would not surprise me.”
Very well. He shall serve in the end. Come. I have a task for you as well, Mance.
The supposed King Beyond the Wall rose and trailed after Arthas as he made his way down the Fist of the First Men. Mance was not a proper king, but Arthas took the same cold pleasure he always did when he forced a former ruler to bend the knee to the One True King. He had defied gods and demons aplenty, but it had been a mortal man who had slew him in the end.
Arthas would never forget that, nor underestimate a single man again. But Westeros had no Ashbringer to stop him, and the Seven Goddesses were pathetic compared to the power of the Holy Light.
Still. Caution.
“What is it you command, my Lord?” Mance asked. Impertinent. As he had been in life. Good. Tools were more effective when they retained a semblance of their former selves.
Do you know what they say of this place?
“They say this is where the First Men and the Old Gods turned back the Others, and first defeated, then imprisoned, the Great Other.
It is true. But the victory did not come cheaply.
“Aye. Many gods lie buried here.”
Arthas reached the foot of the hill, and turned, his eyes roaming over the Great Barrow. He raised Frostmourne, his old blade reforged once more, and plunged it into the ground.
Even gods can rise again to serve.
Nearby, the earth erupted, and the skeletal remains of a mammoth, larger than any of its natural kin, clawed its way up out of the earth. Rotting hide and frozen, mummified flesh clung to it, and the former Old God trumpeted its defiance in the face of Arthas.
Arthas raised a hand, and the Mammoth God cowed, then knelt to him.
His lips curved upward in a cold smile.
In the end, all served.
Chapter 43: Meddling Kids
Chapter Text
Chapter 43: Meddling Kids
Cautiously, Dust picked up his communication device. “Special Agent Buttercup, this is Special Agent Lancer. What’s your status, over?”
There was a heavy sigh, not audible through the communicator, which made Dust frown.
“Dust, is this really necessary? I do think it's clever what you did with the string and cups, but this feels a bit silly. We’re the only ones here. Why do you insist on the strange names? And what’s a ‘special agent’ anyway?”
Dust stubbornly held his communicator, which was a wooden cup he’d drilled a hole in with and tied some twine through the bottom of. “Agent Buttercup, it is of the utmost importance we maintain operational security.”
“Whatever for? We haven’t told anyone else we’re on the lookout for Red Priests,” Lean pointed out. She was hiding atop the roof a few feet away from Dust, and they were observing the comings and goings down below.
“I dunno, but Kazuma and Sylphina talked about it when we played house once. I was the treacherous servant gathering intel for the Jade Emperor’s Labyrinthine Court, and Kazuma was the cunning counter agent out to stop me. Sylphina was the noblewoman I was supposed to spy on, and Tommen was her guard, and Myrcella was my contact in the Jade Court.”
“That doesn’t sound anything like playing house to me. But then again, the only times I got to play house were with my dolls,” Lean muttered.
Dust shot her a concerned look, setting down the cup. “You OK?”
“No, not really. I’m scared, Dust,” Lean admitted, hugging herself as her tail drooped slightly. “Aren’t you scared?”
Dust scratched his head, then shrugged. “I mean, not really? My Uncle Oberyn took me out to the desert a few times to hunt for undead. Red Priests can’t be that much more dangerous than undead. Plus, you got like, magic and stuff. We’ve totally got this.”
Lean nodded, but still looked worried. “I’d still feel better if we could tell a septa or one of the brothers of the Faith Militant.”
“Yeah, but then we’d get in huge trouble and your mom would ship me back to Dorne or something,” Dust said, feeling morose. The idea of being parted from Lean was almost as bad as the idea of betraying her. Would she want to have nothing to do with him when she learned the truth?
“Yes, which is why I haven’t done it. That, and I suppose if you can best The Mountain That Rides, we can take on one Red Priest. And I do have my magic.”
Thus the two children spent the morning carefully watching the courtyard, though they didn’t see much beyond the usual traffic, and neither had the faintest clue what to look for.
“Say, what do you think a Red Priest looks like?” Dust wondered as they indulged in a midmorning snack of smuggled apples.
“Well...they’re mostly from Essos, right? So, they’d look Essosi,” Lean said after carefully chewing and swallowing her food.
That made sense to Dust, but then he frowned. “But...there’s lots of Essosi. Just like there's different kinds of Westerosi. You look like a Stormlander, but no one would mistake me for one of those. And then there’s Westerlanders, Northmen, Valemen, Riverlanders, and-”
“Alright, alright. Well, I suppose it’s too much to hope they’ll just wear red and strut about making ominous pronouncements, right?” Lean asked with a nervous titter. “That’s what they do in the books I’ve read.”
“Dunno, never fought Red Priests. Necromancers do like to dress up in black though. And they have skulls all over the place. Also, they stink. Like, really bad. Even the live ones. They smell like old farts and rotten meat.”
“I shall endeavor to stay upwind of them then,” Lean giggled. She suddenly frowned, sniffing the air. “Say, do you smell that?”
“No, did you fart?” Dust asked, foolishly sniffing the air.
“No! It smells like-” Lean jumped up, her tail standing on end as she pointed. “Look! Smoke!”
Sure enough, down near River Row, a large plume of smoke was rising, and in the distance, shouts and alarms.
“Fires! That’s where the Red Priest is sure to be!” Dust declared, scooping up Lean and slinging her onto his back. She clung on gamely as Dust jumped through the air, practically flying with mighty leaps. He couldn’t quite clear tall buildings in a single bound, but he was making excellent time. They made it to the source of the fire in only a few minutes, and Dust was surprised to see shouting members of his uncle’s personal guard leading a bucket brigade to put out the fire.
“Ser Arron, what’s going on? Where’s my uncle?” Dust demanded.
The knight in question spun about to see Dust drop out of the sky, but as he had seen Dust’s antics before, accepted it. “Fire, my lord. Your uncle was in the brothel when it went up, we’re trying to put out the flames, but-”
“UNCLE OBERYN!” Dust screamed, and dropped Lean. He charged into the burning building, headless of the choking smoke or the heat of the flames. He quickly put a cloth around his face, then hurried forward, kicking down doors. Behind the second one, he found a terrified woman hiding in the corner, coughing and blind as flames licked around her.
Despite his intent to find his uncle, Dust was physically incapable of not helping an innocent woman when he found her, even if she was a whore. “Don’t worry, my Lady, Prince Dust is here!”
The woman could only cough in response, but Dust picked her up and barreled out onto the street, depositing the woman with the fire brigade. He wet his neck cloth, and made to dash back in.
“Dust, wait!” Lean called, waving frantically. One of the guards had her, and wouldn’t let her get near the flames.
“My uncle’s in there, I’m going back in!” Dust cried.
“I know, but I can help! I know some spells that can put out flames!” Lean cried.
Dust hastily grabbed her away from the guards, and the two of them ran back into the burning building. Lean was able to snuff out some flames with freezing gusts of wind, but the building was large, and the fire was spreading to adjacent ones. They were fighting a losing battle, and both of them knew it.
Still, they found more trapped survivors, some conscious, others not. Dust and Lean dragged those they could to safety, Lean managing to haul a fat man who had passed out from smoke by dragging his leg. She had to grunt and strain, but her extraordinary strength was equal to the task, even as Dust carried the two unconscious whores, a boy, and a girl, out to the street.
They plunged back in one final time, heading to the lower level. The smoke was thick and choking and even with Lean’s spells the flames crept closer. Still, they battered down a door, and Dust spied a familiar set of robes.
“Uncle Oberyn!” Dust cried, and hastened over to the bed. When he saw what lay there, Dust turned and vomited, feeling sick from the smoke and the sight of his uncle’s throat slit from ear to ear.
“He’s dead, we have to leave!” Lean cried.
Nodding, Dust allowed himself to be led out. The two children made it to a balcony, where they jumped out into the street, collapsing onto the ground.
Cheers erupted as both of them lay in the dirt, retching and coughing. Dust looked up with bleary eyes to find the fire brigade (as all cities were required by Ristarte’s Book of New Growth to have fire safety preparations in place) along with the locals all cheering for them. Some of the Martell house guards hurried over, giving the two heroes water. A Renewal Cultist saw to their wounds, and an Axis Septon saw to the poisons they had breathed in.
“You saved the street, by the Seven!” the Fire Marshal declared, slapping Dust on the back when he managed to stand. “Such heroism! And isn’t this the Princess? Well, I haven’t much liked King Stannis since he refused Madoka, but his daughter seems alright.”
“The Prince has always had Eris’ own luck,” Ser Arron chuckled. Then he turned sober. “Your uncle, did you…?”
“Dead,” Dust managed, his eyes red and watering with more than the smoke. “He was dead. I couldn’t save him.”
“Satella guide him to her halls,” Ser Arron prayed, both hands clutching his chest over his heart in the traditional genuflection for the death goddess. “Come. We’d best get you both back to the keep.”
“Ummm,” the two children said, exchanging nervous glances.
“Don’t tell my mother,” Lean pleaded, scrubbing a hand across her soot stained face.
“Yeah, uh, let’s just say we, er, fell into an ash pit?” Dust suggested.
“Why would you not wish to tell the Queen of your brave intervention and attempts to save Lord Oberyn?” Ser Arron asked.
“No reason!” the children chorused.
Fortunately for Lean, Queen Selyse was far more grateful that her daughter was unharmed that she was angry that Lean had risked her life. This meant that she had plenty of leftover anger and frustration to take out on Dust.
“This is the final insult, Prince Dust,” Selyse told Dust in frosty tones once they were alone. “You have endangered the life of my daughter for the last time. I am banishing you from King’s Landing, until such a time as your betrothal can be fulfilled or, perhaps, annulled.”
“What?! You can’t do that! Uncle Oberyn-” Dust choked on his own words, tears of frustration and anger filling his eyes.
“The death of Prince Oberyn is tragic. All the more reason for you to return to Sunspear to mourn,” the Queen said in icy tones.
“Return you to Sunspear,” Dust muttered once the queen was gone. He slumped into his bed, hot tears running down his cheeks and staining the covers. For all his powers and strength, he hadn’t been able to save one of the people most important to him.
“Pssst. Dust! Are you...are you alright?”
Dust sat up to find Lean perched on his balcony, looking rather concerned.
“Yes. No. I dunno. My lungs hurt and my head is sore, but I’m not injured all that badly,” Dust said, looking at his still stooty and blackened skin.
“I’m not talking about that,” Lean said, coming in to sit beside Dust. She smelled faintly of lavender soap, and was freshly cleaned. Dust wondered how long he’d been laying there and crying. Longer than he’d thought.
“What about your Uncle? We found him... Dust, that fire wasn’t an accident. Your Uncle was murdered, and someone set fire to that building to hide it. I think... I think it was the Red Priests.”
Dust considered that, rubbing at his eyes. “Yeah. Yeah I think you’re right. But I’m being exiled. How am I supposed to catch them?”
Lean gave Dust a flat look. “Are you really going to just get on a ship because my mother told you to and sail off, leaving me alone in a city that’s invested with heretics and murders?”
“Well, no, I guess not. I just…” Dust hung his head and sniffed.
Despite his mess, Lean reached over and gave him a tight hug. “I know. My uncle died not too long ago too. We weren’t as close, but... it still hurt.”
“Really? Which uncle?” Dust asked.
Lean sighed and pulled away. “Dust. I’m the princess, remember? And who is my father?”
“Stannis,” Dust answered, feeling guilty all of a sudden. His uncle might be dead, but The Plan to install Iris as Queen was probably still on. Then he remembered. “Oh, right, Robert was your uncle. Um, sorry.”
“No, it’s alright, he wasn’t a very good uncle. I just wish... my father can be so stubborn at times. And my mother.” Lean squared her shoulders, suddenly looking rather fierce as her eyes smoldered. “And me. And I’m not letting my best friend get sent away for saving people. Especially not when someone murdered his uncle and there are apparently Red Priests out for blood. What if they go after my mother next?”
“I hadn’t thought about that. I don’t think your mom likes me very much but I don’t want her to get hurt,” Dust said, scratching at his head. “So what do we do?”
“Well, first, we do some investigating. I’ve read about it in books. First, we must ascertain what your uncle was doing at that establishment,” Lean declared, jumping up and pacing back and forth, hands clasped behind her back.
“Well, it was a brothel. So, you know.”
“Oh. Um, right. Ah, well, we should... find out which, um, woman, he was seeing?”
“Well it could have been a man, or both. Uncle Oberyn wasn’t picky.”
“Dust... let’s just go question the witnesses.”
It wasn’t hard to track down the victims of the fire, as everyone was quite eager to point Dust and Lean in the right direction, calling them both “Heroes” or “Blessed of the Goddesses.”
“You know, I actually am. Are you?” Dust asked Lean as they hurried towards the home of one of the brothel's former employees.
“Yes, I thought as much. My father is still rather upset with Eris and Aqua. I think he blames them for, um, well, my tail. He always preferred Ristarte or Athena according to Septa Norra, but these days he doesn’t pray at all.”
They were walking up to the door, when Lean sniffed the air again. “Smoke! Dust, get the door open!”
Dust obligingly obliterated the door by smashing straight through it, head first. Thankfully, that was the thickest part of his body. Inside, they found one of the women they had rescued tied to a pillar, a pile of burning blankets about her.
“FREEZE GUST!” Lean cried, and the fires rapidly abated. Dust sprang forward, ripping away the binding cords and dragging the woman out of the smoke filled room to the street.
“T-thank you, Your Highnesses,” the woman coughed once she had managed to clear her lungs. “That’s the second time you saved me! Seven preserve us, that was a Red Priestess!”
“I knew it,” Lean muttered, glaring back at the smoking building as citizens rushed towards them. “Red Priests. What happened, what did they say?”
“Nothing, except blasphemies m’lady. I was just laying down when she came in, all masked and hooded. Tied me up, said some prayers to the Red God, and then lit the fire. You came just in the nick of time, she left only moments before you arrived,” the woman told them.
“The others! She’s going to go after the other survivors!” Lean cried. “Quick, where are they!?”
“T-that way, what should I-”
“Get to the Sept of Balor and tell the brothers there that there’s red priests in the city lighting fires and trying to burn people,” Dust told the woman.
“Red Priests?!” someone in the crowd cried.
“Witches and demons!” another wailed.
“We’ll go after her and save the others,” Lean cried, jumping on Dust’s back. “Don’t worry, the Goddesses sent us to stop them! Come on Dust, let’s stop this!”
They raced off to where the next dwelling was, an apartment in a rough part of town. Dust once more used his skeleton key by annihilating the door with his shoulder, and both of them stormed in to find a panicked looking young man being accosted by a figure in dark robes with a mummer’s mask over their face.
“Unhand them!” Dust roared, charging forward. He didn’t try to kill the Red Priest, as he wanted answers. Why had they killed his Uncle Oberyn? He pinned the cloaked figure to the wall, ripping the mask off. When he saw the face beneath it, Dust jerked back. “L-Lord Varys?!”
“Ah, Prince Dust, it seems we had the same thought. I was just here to save this young man from the attention of the Red Priests.”
“He was trying to kidnap me!” the pretty boy cried, jerking away. “He’s the one who set the fire at the brothel, I know it!”
“I think we’ve found our Red Priest,” Lean said, pointing a finger that glowed with red power at Varys. “Not a woman, but a Eunuch. I think we found your Uncle’s murderer, Dust.”
“Why!? Why did you kill my Uncle?!” Dust demanded, raising his spear and pointing it at Varys throat.
“Prince Dust, please, I have told you, I am on your side. I was trying to save this boy from the Red Priests, not kill him.”
“I don’t think so,” Dust snarled. “All your fancy words, and you were just trying to offer more blood to the Laughing God! Well, no more! I knew you Essosi rats couldn’t be trusted!”
Varys tried to protest further, but Dust shoved a bit of rag in the fat man’s mouth, then bound him with strips of cloth. Not long after, armored brothers of the Faith Militant arrived, taking Lord Varys into custody.
“The Goddesses will judge him now,” the Sergeant said, nodding to Dust and Lean. “You have done a great service for the Faithful this day, the both of you. It seems the Children of Destiny walk the land once more in truth.”
That got the gawkers muttering, several of them shouting thanks to both Dust and Lean, as well as the Seven Goddesses for sparing them from the plots of Red Priests. The two children blushed and shuffled their feet, unsure of what to do. They were saved from having to make a speech when the crowd parted for riders in Baratheon livery, led by the Hand of the King.
“Princess Lean!” Ser Davos called, dismounting and forcing his way through the crowd. “You had us all worried sick about you, what is the meaning of this?”
“The Princess and her consort have bravely saved the lives of many this day,” the Brother Sergeant told the Hand. “Not only did they rescue many from a fire, but they have brought this villain, a witch and Red Priest, to justice in the Light of the Seven.”
“Lord Varys?!” Ser Davos gasped upon seeing the prisoner. “But this-”
“We caught him red handed!” Dust declared, pointing at the still gagged spymaster. “He was trying to take this boy and cut his manhood off and offer it to the Lord of Light!”
“Heretic!”
“Murderer!”
“String him up!”
“Give him Satella’s Mercy!”
“He shall be judged in the Light of the Seven at the Sept, as is the law,” the Sergeant said firmly. “It matters not if he is lord, peasant, or sojourner. All must face the Judgement of the Three.”
“Very well, I give him into your hands as the King’s representative,” Davos agreed. “But I must take these two back to the Red Keep.”
“Go, Children of Destiny, with the Blessing of Athena,” the Sergeant told them, making an arcane sign in the air. Two silver owls appeared, flying out to perch atop Dust and Lean’s shoulders, before vanishing in a flash of light.
The crowd muttered and gasped, many of them kneeling and genuflecting, others crying, “The Children of Destiny!”
“Um, we should go,” Dust said, feeling nervous and awkward at the sudden attention. Lean nodded her agreement, and Davos bundled them both away, back up to the Red Keep. This time, their reception from the queen was far warmer, taking place in the Great Hall.
“It seems we owe you a debt of gratitude once more, Prince Dust,” Queen Selyse said somewhat stiffly. “To think a servant of the Laughing God was in this city, making foul sacrifices...we rescind the order to have you departed. You may be the best protection our daughter could wish for.”
“And he’s my friend, mother!” Lean argued. “You can’t just send him away!”
“You are to be commended as well, my daughter. I do not like the thought of you endangering yourself at such a tender age…”
“I’m a Child of Destiny too! You know I have magic!” Lean argued. She suddenly ripped her dress, right there in front of the assembled nobles and servants. “I shouldn’t have to hide my tail!”
“Yeah, it’s a blessing from the Goddesses!” Dust agreed. “And it’s cute!”
The nobles and servants whispered amongst themselves, even as Selyse went scarlet at the rather bawdy display. However, with a cough, Zesta and Marian, the Arch Axis and Arch Fortuna, stepped forward.
“We recognize these two as having been sent by the Goddesses, Children of Destiny in our time of need,” Marian said, raising her formal staff high. “The Princess’s tail is a mark of the favor of Eris, Goddess of Fortune, for her sacred animal is the raccoon, the masked thief whom luck favors.”
“Prince Dust too is favored of the Goddesses, blessed with strength and courage to face the foes of the Seven,” Zesta proclaimed.
Dust and Lean beamed, and even the Queen was forced to nod, then kneel. Unlike her husband, Selyse was still a devoted member of the faithful. “So the chosen representatives of the goddesses have spoken. I was visited by the goddesses Eris and Aqua, along with my husband, before I became with child. My daughter was blessed and sent by them.”
“Ix-nay on the Aqua-way,” Zesta said out of the side of his mouth. Causing the queen to look at him in puzzlement.
“Let there be feasting and celebration, for the city is saved from terror this day!” Zesta hastily added, which was much more in line with what everyone expected from an Axis Septon, Arch or not.
That sounded good to Dust. His uncle wouldn’t have wanted him to mope about and cry anyway, and Dust felt better having avenged his death.
That night, there was a great feast, with Dust and Lean in the place of honor. There was singing, dancing, and even some Axis cutlists performing mummery, juggling, and various party tricks. It was a grand display, but Dust kept looking around for his Uncle Oberyn, who always loved these sorts of parties. Lean seemed to notice his worn expression, and whispered to her mother.
The Queen nodded, standing and saying, “Though theirs is a terrible destiny, my daughter and her betrothed are as yet children. They must depart, for it has been a long and wearying day for them.”
Dust and Lean were escorted by a few guards to their chambers, where Dust went about getting ready for bed. He was just about to blow out the lights and retire when that damn bookcase swung open again. He grabbed his spear and spun towards it, but it wasn’t Lord Varys who entered.
“Ah, Prince Dust, congratulations,” Lord Baelish said, smiling broadly. “You have unmasked the Spider at last.”
“Um, yeah, I guess. Why are you here?” Dust asked, lowering the spear.
“To congratulate you. And also give you some information. You see, it was my brothel that burned. I did some questioning of my own, and I think I know some things you might wish to,” Baelish explained.
“Really, like what?” Dust asked, coming back to alertness.
“Ah, first, a toast, to you, and the princess. To thwarted plans,” Baelish said, offering Dust a goblet.
Dust politely accepted the cup, quickly chugging the wine then wiping his mouth. “What did you learn?”
“Well, you see, there may be more than one Red Priest,” Baelish explained. “Varys was always a tricky one, with his ‘little birds’ flitting about and spying. They could be watching even now.”
Dust yawned, trying to stay awake. “Yeah, I heard about those. How many do you think there are?”
“I don’t know, but you haven’t caught all of them. There are traitors everywhere, you know,” Baelise said.
Dust winced, feeling guilty as usual at the mention of traitors. His mind was fogged, and all he managed to blurt was, “But what is there plan?”
“It could be many things. Perhaps they seek to ignite the old wildfire stashes buried throughout the city by Mad Aerys,” Baelish suggested, watching Dust’s drooping eyelids.
“Why...why would they do that?” Dust yawned.
“Who knows? Perhaps simply to cause chaos. A little chaos can lead to the most interesting opportunities.”
Muzzily, Dust rubbed at his eyes, which he was struggling to keep open. He had been tired, but the day seemed to be crashing home all at once. “Yeah. I...sometimes...cause...some chaos…”
Dust slumped to the ground, his head spinning. The last thing he saw before he passed out was Baelish’s grin.
“Chaos is a ladder. And one I intend to climb. You’ll meddle in my plans no more, foolish child.”
As consciousness fled, Dust heard the sound of mad laughter.
Cast of Characters:
Varys as: And I would have gotten away with helping too, if it wasn’t for you meddling kids.

Pages Navigation
SonicTundra on Chapter 1 Sun 02 Aug 2020 06:14PM UTC
Comment Actions
ForumExplorer on Chapter 1 Thu 06 Aug 2020 07:38PM UTC
Comment Actions
ForumExplorer on Chapter 1 Thu 06 Aug 2020 08:26PM UTC
Comment Actions
FullParagon on Chapter 1 Fri 07 Aug 2020 01:13AM UTC
Comment Actions
greybox00 on Chapter 1 Mon 10 Aug 2020 10:22AM UTC
Comment Actions
FullParagon on Chapter 1 Mon 10 Aug 2020 12:30PM UTC
Comment Actions
Black_John on Chapter 1 Mon 04 Jan 2021 02:16PM UTC
Comment Actions
theworldsendcredits on Chapter 1 Thu 17 Jun 2021 12:56PM UTC
Comment Actions
ThatRabidPotato on Chapter 1 Sat 26 Feb 2022 06:07AM UTC
Comment Actions
ElectricFan on Chapter 1 Thu 06 Oct 2022 11:35PM UTC
Comment Actions
Brianus on Chapter 2 Tue 04 Aug 2020 01:08AM UTC
Last Edited Tue 04 Aug 2020 01:08AM UTC
Comment Actions
FullParagon on Chapter 2 Thu 06 Aug 2020 03:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
Brianus on Chapter 2 Thu 06 Aug 2020 03:20PM UTC
Comment Actions
FullParagon on Chapter 2 Thu 06 Aug 2020 03:33PM UTC
Comment Actions
SonicTundra on Chapter 2 Wed 05 Aug 2020 09:05AM UTC
Comment Actions
ThatRabidPotato on Chapter 2 Sat 26 Feb 2022 07:56AM UTC
Comment Actions
SonicTundra on Chapter 3 Sat 08 Aug 2020 04:42AM UTC
Comment Actions
FullParagon on Chapter 3 Sat 08 Aug 2020 04:59AM UTC
Comment Actions
greybox00 on Chapter 3 Mon 10 Aug 2020 11:02AM UTC
Comment Actions
greybox00 on Chapter 3 Mon 10 Aug 2020 11:00AM UTC
Comment Actions
ThatRabidPotato on Chapter 3 Sat 26 Feb 2022 08:18AM UTC
Comment Actions
Brianus on Chapter 4 Wed 12 Aug 2020 10:30AM UTC
Comment Actions
FullParagon on Chapter 4 Wed 12 Aug 2020 11:56PM UTC
Comment Actions
greybox00 on Chapter 4 Fri 14 Aug 2020 08:41PM UTC
Comment Actions
SonicTundra on Chapter 4 Sun 16 Aug 2020 12:38PM UTC
Comment Actions
FullParagon on Chapter 4 Sun 16 Aug 2020 03:45PM UTC
Comment Actions
SonicTundra on Chapter 4 Mon 17 Aug 2020 12:35AM UTC
Comment Actions
FullParagon on Chapter 4 Mon 17 Aug 2020 01:05AM UTC
Comment Actions
ThatRabidPotato on Chapter 5 Sat 26 Feb 2022 09:28AM UTC
Comment Actions
Account Deleted on Chapter 6 Sat 22 Aug 2020 07:01AM UTC
Comment Actions
ThatRabidPotato on Chapter 6 Sat 26 Feb 2022 08:39PM UTC
Comment Actions
greybox00 on Chapter 6 Sat 22 Aug 2020 08:04AM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation